diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
505 files changed, 29414 insertions, 5772 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/00-INDEX b/Documentation/00-INDEX index 65bbd26..49c0513 100644 --- a/Documentation/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/00-INDEX @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ Please try and keep the descriptions small enough to fit on one line. Following translations are available on the WWW: - - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (JF@linux.or.jp), at - http://www.linux.or.jp/JF/ + - Japanese, maintained by the JF Project (jf@listserv.linux.or.jp), at + http://linuxjf.sourceforge.jp/ 00-INDEX - this file. @@ -104,6 +104,8 @@ cpuidle/ - info on CPU_IDLE, CPU idle state management subsystem. cputopology.txt - documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs. +crc32.txt + - brief tutorial on CRC computation cris/ - directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture. crypto/ @@ -216,8 +218,6 @@ m68k/ - directory with info about Linux on Motorola 68k architecture. magic-number.txt - list of magic numbers used to mark/protect kernel data structures. -mca.txt - - info on supporting Micro Channel Architecture (e.g. PS/2) systems. md.txt - info on boot arguments for the multiple devices driver. memory-barriers.txt diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill index 4201d5b..ff60ad9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill +++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-rfkill @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Date: 09-Jul-2007 KernelVersion v2.6.22 Contact: linux-wireless@vger.kernel.org Description: Current state of the transmitter. - This file is deprecated and sheduled to be removed in 2014, + This file is deprecated and scheduled to be removed in 2014, because its not possible to express the 'soft and hard block' state of the rfkill driver. Values: A numeric value. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs index 8ffd28b..0020c49 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/devfs @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: devfs Date: July 2005 (scheduled), finally removed in kernel v2.6.18 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: devfs has been unmaintained for a number of years, has unfixable races, contains a naming policy within the kernel that is diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3243613 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/removed/ip_queue @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +What: ip_queue +Date: finally removed in kernel v3.5.0 +Contact: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org> +Description: + ip_queue has been replaced by nfnetlink_queue which provides + more advanced queueing mechanism to user-space. The ip_queue + module was already announced to become obsolete years ago. + +Users: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc index 9a75fb2..e960cd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-driver-usb-usbtmc @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/interface_capabilities -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/device_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/interface_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/device_capabilities Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields @@ -12,10 +12,10 @@ Description: The files are read only. -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_interface_capabilities -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/usb488_device_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_interface_capabilities +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/usb488_device_capabilities Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: These files show the various USB TMC capabilities as described by the device itself. The full description of the bitfields @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ Description: The files are read only. -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermChar +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermChar Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: This file is the TermChar value to be sent to the USB TMC device as described by the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ Description: sent to the device or not. -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/TermCharEnabled +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/TermCharEnabled Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: This file determines if the TermChar is to be sent to the device on every transaction or not. For more details about @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ Description: published by the USB-IF. -What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/devices/*/auto_abort +What: /sys/bus/usb/drivers/usbtmc/*/auto_abort Date: August 2008 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: - This file determines if the the transaction of the USB TMC + This file determines if the transaction of the USB TMC device is to be automatically aborted if there is any error. For more details about this, please see the document, "Universal Serial Bus Test and Measurement Class Specification diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module index 75be431..a0dd21c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module +++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-module @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ Description: The name of the module that is in the kernel. This module name will show up either if the module is built directly into the kernel, or if it is loaded as a - dyanmic module. + dynamic module. /sys/module/MODULENAME/parameters This directory contains individual files that are each diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd76cc6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-olpc @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/olpc-ec/cmd +Date: Dec 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: devel@lists.laptop.org +Description: + +A generic interface for executing OLPC Embedded Controller commands and +reading their responses. + +To execute a command, write data with the format: CC:N A A A A +CC is the (hex) command, N is the count of expected reply bytes, and A A A A +are optional (hex) arguments. + +To read the response (if any), read from the generic node after executing +a command. Hex reply bytes will be returned, *whether or not* they came from +the immediately previous command. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto new file mode 100644 index 0000000..685d5a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-pfo-nx-crypto @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/debug/nx-crypto/* +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Kent Yoder <key@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +Description: + + These debugfs interfaces are built by the nx-crypto driver, built in +arch/powerpc/crypto/nx. + +Error Detection +=============== + +errors: +- A u32 providing a total count of errors since the driver was loaded. The +only errors counted here are those returned from the hcall, H_COP_OP. + +last_error: +- The most recent non-zero return code from the H_COP_OP hcall. -EBUSY is not +recorded here (the hcall will retry until -EBUSY goes away). + +last_error_pid: +- The process ID of the process who received the most recent error from the +hcall. + +Device Use +========== + +aes_bytes: +- The total number of bytes encrypted using AES in any of the driver's +supported modes. + +aes_ops: +- The total number of AES operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha256_bytes: +- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-256. + +sha256_ops: +- The total number of SHA-256 operations submitted to the hardware. + +sha512_bytes: +- The total number of bytes hashed by the hardware using SHA-512. + +sha512_ops: +- The total number of SHA-512 operations submitted to the hardware. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..281ecc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/dev-kmsg @@ -0,0 +1,90 @@ +What: /dev/kmsg +Date: Mai 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Kay Sievers <kay@vrfy.org> +Description: The /dev/kmsg character device node provides userspace access + to the kernel's printk buffer. + + Injecting messages: + Every write() to the opened device node places a log entry in + the kernel's printk buffer. + + The logged line can be prefixed with a <N> syslog prefix, which + carries the syslog priority and facility. The single decimal + prefix number is composed of the 3 lowest bits being the syslog + priority and the higher bits the syslog facility number. + + If no prefix is given, the priority number is the default kernel + log priority and the facility number is set to LOG_USER (1). It + is not possible to inject messages from userspace with the + facility number LOG_KERN (0), to make sure that the origin of + the messages can always be reliably determined. + + Accessing the buffer: + Every read() from the opened device node receives one record + of the kernel's printk buffer. + + The first read() directly following an open() always returns + first message in the buffer; there is no kernel-internal + persistent state; many readers can concurrently open the device + and read from it, without affecting other readers. + + Every read() will receive the next available record. If no more + records are available read() will block, or if O_NONBLOCK is + used -EAGAIN returned. + + Messages in the record ring buffer get overwritten as whole, + there are never partial messages received by read(). + + In case messages get overwritten in the circular buffer while + the device is kept open, the next read() will return -EPIPE, + and the seek position be updated to the next available record. + Subsequent reads() will return available records again. + + Unlike the classic syslog() interface, the 64 bit record + sequence numbers allow to calculate the amount of lost + messages, in case the buffer gets overwritten. And they allow + to reconnect to the buffer and reconstruct the read position + if needed, without limiting the interface to a single reader. + + The device supports seek with the following parameters: + SEEK_SET, 0 + seek to the first entry in the buffer + SEEK_END, 0 + seek after the last entry in the buffer + SEEK_DATA, 0 + seek after the last record available at the time + the last SYSLOG_ACTION_CLEAR was issued. + + The output format consists of a prefix carrying the syslog + prefix including priority and facility, the 64 bit message + sequence number and the monotonic timestamp in microseconds. + The values are separated by a ','. Future extensions might + add more comma separated values before the terminating ';'. + Unknown values should be gracefully ignored. + + The human readable text string starts directly after the ';' + and is terminated by a '\n'. Untrusted values derived from + hardware or other facilities are printed, therefore + all non-printable characters in the log message are escaped + by "\x00" C-style hex encoding. + + A line starting with ' ', is a continuation line, adding + key/value pairs to the log message, which provide the machine + readable context of the message, for reliable processing in + userspace. + + Example: + 7,160,424069;pci_root PNP0A03:00: host bridge window [io 0x0000-0x0cf7] (ignored) + SUBSYSTEM=acpi + DEVICE=+acpi:PNP0A03:00 + 6,339,5140900;NET: Registered protocol family 10 + 30,340,5690716;udevd[80]: starting version 181 + + The DEVICE= key uniquely identifies devices the following way: + b12:8 - block dev_t + c127:3 - char dev_t + n8 - netdev ifindex + +sound:card0 - subsystem:devname + +Users: dmesg(1), userspace kernel log consumers diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..87ca569 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-dm @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/name +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device name. + Read-only string containing mapped device name. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/uuid +Date: January 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.29 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device UUID. + Read-only string containing DM-UUID or empty string + if DM-UUID is not set. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules + +What: /sys/block/dm-<num>/dm/suspended +Date: June 2009 +KernelVersion: 2.6.31 +Contact: dm-devel@redhat.com +Description: Device-mapper device suspend state. + Contains the value 1 while the device is suspended. + Otherwise it contains 0. Read-only attribute. +Users: util-linux, device-mapper udev rules diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d535757 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-rssd @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +What: /sys/block/rssd*/registers +Date: March 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com> +Description: This is a read-only file. Dumps below driver information and + hardware registers. + - S ACTive + - Command Issue + - Allocated + - Completed + - PORT IRQ STAT + - HOST IRQ STAT + +What: /sys/block/rssd*/status +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Asai Thambi S P <asamymuthupa@micron.com> +Description: This is a read-only file. Indicates the status of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format new file mode 100644 index 0000000..079afc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-event_source-devices-format @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Where: /sys/bus/event_source/devices/<dev>/format +Date: January 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.3 +Contact: Jiri Olsa <jolsa@redhat.com> +Description: + Attribute group to describe the magic bits that go into + perf_event_attr::config[012] for a particular pmu. + Each attribute of this group defines the 'hardware' bitmask + we want to export, so that userspace can deal with sane + name/value pairs. + + Example: 'config1:1,6-10,44' + Defines contents of attribute that occupies bits 1,6-10,44 of + perf_event_attr::config1. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b1b282 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-hsi @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +What: /sys/bus/hsi +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + The bus will be populated with devices (hsi_clients) representing + the protocols available in the system. Bus drivers implement + those protocols. + +What: /sys/bus/hsi/devices/.../modalias +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.4 +Contact: Carlos Chinea <carlos.chinea@nokia.com> +Description: Stores the same MODALIAS value emitted by uevent + Format: hsi:<hsi_client device name> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1b62230 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_hvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling backlight device for high-voltage current + sink HVLED[n] (n = 1, 2) (0, 1). + +What: /sys/bus/i2c/devices/.../output_lvled[n] +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the controlling led device for low-voltage current sink + LVLED[n] (n = 1..5) (0..3). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bc8a47 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio @@ -0,0 +1,737 @@ +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware chip or device accessed by one communication port. + Corresponds to a grouping of sensor channels. X is the IIO + index of the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + An event driven driver of data capture to an in kernel buffer. + May be provided by a device driver that also has an IIO device + based on hardware generated events (e.g. data ready) or + provided by a separate driver for other hardware (e.g. + periodic timer, GPIO or high resolution timer). + Contains trigger type specific elements. These do not + generalize well and hence are not documented in this file. + X is the IIO index of the trigger. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory of attributes relating to the buffer for the device. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/name +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the physical chip / device for device X. + Typically a part number. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Some devices have internal clocks. This parameter sets the + resulting sampling frequency. In many devices this + parameter has an effect on input filters etc rather than + simply controlling when the input is sampled. As this + effects datardy triggers, hardware buffers and the sysfs + direct access interfaces, it may be found in any of the + relevant directories. If it effects all of the above + then it is to be found in the base device directory. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/buffer/sampling_frequency_available +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/triggerX/sampling_frequency_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + When the internal sampling clock can only take a small + discrete set of values, this file lists those available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent ADC oversampling. Controls the sampling ratio + of the digital filter if available. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/oversampling_ratio_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware dependent values supported by the oversampling filter. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc) voltage measurement from + channel Y. In special cases where the channel does not + correspond to externally available input one of the named + versions may be used. The number must always be specified and + unique to allow association with event codes. Units after + application of scale and offset are microvolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY-voltageZ_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled) differential voltage measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are microvolts. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw capacitance measurement from channel Y. Units after + application of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitanceY-in_capacitanceZ_raw +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw differential capacitance measurement equivalent to + channel Y - channel Z where these channel numbers apply to the + physically equivalent inputs when non differential readings are + separately available. In differential only parts, then all that + is required is a consistent labeling. Units after application + of scale and offset are nanofarads. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled no bias removal etc) temperature measurement. + If an axis is specified it generally means that the temperature + sensor is associated with one part of a compound device (e.g. + a gyroscope axis). Units after application of scale and offset + are milli degrees Celsuis. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempX_input +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scaled temperature measurement in milli degrees Celsius. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Acceleration in direction x, y or z (may be arbitrarily assigned + but should match other such assignments on device). + Has all of the equivalent parameters as per voltageY. Units + after application of scale and offset are m/s^2. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Angular velocity about axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned) Data converted by application of offset then scale to + radians per second. Has all the equivalent parameters as + per voltageY. Units after application of scale and offset are + radians per second. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_incli_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Inclination raw reading about axis x, y or z (may be + arbitrarily assigned). Data converted by application of offset + and scale to Degrees. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Magnetic field along axis x, y or z (may be arbitrarily + assigned). Data converted by application of offset + then scale to Gauss. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_peak_raw +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Highest value since some reset condition. These + attributes allow access to this and are otherwise + the direct equivalent of the <type>Y[_name]_raw attributes. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_xyz_squared_peak_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.36 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A computed peak value based on the sum squared magnitude of + the underlying value in the specified directions. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_tempY_offset +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_temp_offset +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, offset to be added to <type>[Y]_raw prior + to scaling by <type>[Y]_scale in order to obtain value in the + <type> units as specified in <type>[y]_raw documentation. + Not present if the offset is always 0 or unknown. If Y or + axis <x|y|z> is not present, then the offset applies to all + in channels of <type>. + May be writable if a variable offset can be applied on the + device. Note that this is different to calibbias which + is for devices (or drivers) that apply offsets to compensate + for variation between different instances of the part, typically + adjusted by using some hardware supported calibration procedure. + Calibbias is applied internally, offset is applied in userspace + to the _raw output. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_peak_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_x_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_y_scale +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_magn_z_scale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If known for a device, scale to be applied to <type>Y[_name]_raw + post addition of <type>[Y][_name]_offset in order to obtain the + measured value in <type> units as specified in + <type>[Y][_name]_raw documentation. If shared across all in + channels then Y and <x|y|z> are not present and the value is + called <type>[Y][_name]_scale. The peak modifier means this + value is applied to <type>Y[_name]_peak_raw values. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibbias +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibbias +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration offset. (assumed to fix production + inaccuracies). + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltageY_supply_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_voltage_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_x_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_y_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_z_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_x_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_y_calibscale +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_calibscale +what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_illuminance0_calibscale +what /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity0_calibscale +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied calibration scale factor. (assumed to fix + production inaccuracies). If shared across all channels, + <type>_calibscale is used. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_accel_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_voltage-voltage_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltageX_scale_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_capacitance_scale_available +KernelVersion: 2.635 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a discrete set of scale values are available, they + are listed in this attribute. + +What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_hardwaregain +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Hardware applied gain factor. If shared across all channels, + <type>_hardwaregain is used. + +What: /sys/.../in_accel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_magn_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +What: /sys/.../in_anglvel_filter_low_pass_3db_frequency +KernelVersion: 3.2 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If a known or controllable low pass filter is applied + to the underlying data channel, then this parameter + gives the 3dB frequency of the filter in Hz. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for + channel Y. The number must always be specified and + unique if the output corresponds to a single channel. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY&Z_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Raw (unscaled, no bias etc.) output voltage for an aggregate of + channel Y, channel Z, etc. This interface is available in cases + where a single output sets the value for multiple channels + simultaneously. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown_mode +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the output powerdown mode. + DAC output stage is disconnected from the amplifier and + 1kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 1kOhm resistor + 100kohm_to_gnd: connected to ground via an 100kOhm resistor + three_state: left floating + For a list of available output power down options read + outX_powerdown_mode_available. If Y is not present the + mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_votlageY_powerdown_mode_available +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown_mode_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Lists all available output power down modes. + If Y is not present the mode is shared across all outputs. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltageY_powerdown +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_voltage_powerdown +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Writing 1 causes output Y to enter the power down mode specified + by the corresponding outY_powerdown_mode. Clearing returns to + normal operation. Y may be suppressed if all outputs are + controlled together. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/events +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Configuration of which hardware generated events are passed up + to user-space. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold in the specified + (_rising|_falling) direction. If the direction is not specified, + then either the device will report an event which ever direction + a single threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_thresh_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both thresholds + or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may + vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_tempY_roc_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Event generated when channel passes a threshold on the rate of + change (1st differential) in the specified (_rising|_falling) + direction. If the direction is not specified, then either the + device will report an event which ever direction a single + threshold value is passed in (e.g. + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_value) or + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_rising_value and + <type>[Y][_name]_<raw|input>_roc_falling_value may take + different values, but the device can only enable both rate of + change thresholds or neither. + Note the driver will assume the last p events requested are + to be enabled where p is however many it supports (which may + vary depending on the exact set requested. So if you want to be + sure you have set what you think you have, check the contents of + these attributes after everything is configured. Drivers may + have to buffer any parameters so that they are consistent when + a given event type is enabled a future point (and not those for + whatever event was previously enabled). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_thresh_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_falling_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_illuminance0_thresh_rising_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_falling_value +what: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of threshold that the device is comparing + against for the events enabled by + <type>Y[_name]_thresh[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, but + direction is not specified for this attribute, then a single + threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_raw_roc_falling_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_raw_roc_falling_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Specifies the value of rate of change threshold that the + device is comparing against for the events enabled by + <type>[Y][_name]_roc[_rising|falling]_en. + If separate attributes exist for the two directions, + but direction is not specified for this attribute, + then a single threshold value applies to both directions. + The raw or input element of the name indicates whether the + value is in raw device units or in processed units (as _raw + and _input do on sysfs direct channel read attributes). + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_thresh_falling_period +hat: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_anglvel_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_x_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_y_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_magn_z_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_supply_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_voltageY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_thresh_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_rising_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_tempY_roc_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_intensity0_thresh_period +What: /sys/.../events/in_proximity0_thresh_period +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Period of time (in seconds) for which the condition must be + met before an event is generated. If direction is not + specified then this period applies to both directions. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_y_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_z_mag_falling_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_rising_en +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/events/in_accel_x&y&z_mag_falling_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Similar to in_accel_x_thresh[_rising|_falling]_en, but here the + magnitude of the channel is compared to the threshold, not its + signed value. + +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_raw_mag_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_x_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_y_raw_mag_rising_value +What: /sys/.../events/in_accel_z_raw_mag_rising_value +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The value to which the magnitude of the channel is compared. If + number or direction is not specified, applies to all channels of + this type. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/trigger/current_trigger +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + The name of the trigger source being used, as per string given + in /sys/class/iio/triggerY/name. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/length +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Number of scans contained by the buffer. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/bytes_per_datum +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Bytes per scan. Due to alignment fun, the scan may be larger + than implied directly by the scan_element parameters. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/enable +KernelVersion: 2.6.35 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Actually start the buffer capture up. Will start trigger + if first device and appropriate. + +What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/buffer/scan_elements +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Directory containing interfaces for elements that will be + captured for a single triggered sample set in the buffer. + +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_x_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_y_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_z_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_x_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_y_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_z_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_timestamp_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY-voltageZ_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_x_en +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_y_en +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Scan element control for triggered data capture. + +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_type +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_type +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_type +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_type +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_type +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltage-in_type +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_type +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_timestamp_type +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + Description of the scan element data storage within the buffer + and hence the form in which it is read from user-space. + Form is [be|le]:[s|u]bits/storagebits[>>shift]. + be or le specifies big or little endian. s or u specifies if + signed (2's complement) or unsigned. bits is the number of bits + of data and storagebits is the space (after padding) that it + occupies in the buffer. shift if specified, is the shift that + needs to be applied prior to masking out unused bits. Some + devices put their data in the middle of the transferred elements + with additional information on both sides. Note that some + devices will have additional information in the unused bits + so to get a clean value, the bits value must be used to mask + the buffer output value appropriately. The storagebits value + also specifies the data alignment. So s48/64>>2 will be a + signed 48 bit integer stored in a 64 bit location aligned to + a a64 bit boundary. To obtain the clean value, shift right 2 + and apply a mask to zero the top 16 bits of the result. + For other storage combinations this attribute will be extended + appropriately. + +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_type_available +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + If the type parameter can take one of a small set of values, + this attribute lists them. + +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_voltageY_supply_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_x_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_y_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_accel_z_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_x_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_y_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_anglvel_z_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_x_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_y_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_magn_z_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_x_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_incli_y_index +What: /sys/.../buffer/scan_elements/in_timestamp_index +KernelVersion: 2.6.37 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + A single positive integer specifying the position of this + scan element in the buffer. Note these are not dependent on + what is enabled and may not be contiguous. Thus for user-space + to establish the full layout these must be used in conjunction + with all _en attributes to establish which channels are present, + and the relevant _type attributes to establish the data storage + format. + +What: /sys/.../iio:deviceX/in_anglvel_z_quadrature_correction_raw +KernelVersion: 2.6.38 +Contact: linux-iio@vger.kernel.org +Description: + This attribute is used to read the amount of quadrature error + present in the device at a given time. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..189e419 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rpmsg @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified with a (textual) name, + which is maximum 32 bytes long (defined as RPMSG_NAME_SIZE in + rpmsg.h). + + This sysfs entry contains the name of this channel. + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../src +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity (a kernel driver). + + This sysfs entry contains the src (local) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if no driver exists for this + channel). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../dst +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels have a local ("source") rpmsg address, + and remote ("destination") rpmsg address. When an entity + starts listening on one end of a channel, it assigns it with + a unique rpmsg address (a 32 bits integer). This way when + inbound messages arrive to this address, the rpmsg core + dispatches them to the listening entity. + + This sysfs entry contains the dst (remote) rpmsg address + of this channel. If it contains 0xffffffff, then an address + wasn't assigned (can happen if the kernel driver that + is attached to this channel is exposing a service to the + remote processor. This make it a local rpmsg server, + and it is listening for inbound messages that may be sent + from any remote rpmsg client; it is not bound to a single + remote entity). + +What: /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../announce +Date: June 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com> +Description: + Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote + processor. Channels are identified by a textual name (see + /sys/bus/rpmsg/devices/.../name above) and have a local + ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg + address. + + A channel is first created when an entity, whether local + or remote, starts listening on it for messages (and is thus + called an rpmsg server). + + When that happens, a "name service" announcement is sent + to the other processor, in order to let it know about the + creation of the channel (this way remote clients know they + can start sending messages). + + This sysfs entry tells us whether the channel is a local + server channel that is announced (values are either + true or false). diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb index b4f5487..6df4e6f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-usb @@ -135,6 +135,17 @@ Description: for the device and attempt to bind to it. For example: # echo "8086 10f5" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + Reading from this file will list all dynamically added + device IDs in the same format, with one entry per + line. For example: + # cat /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/new_id + 8086 10f5 + dead beef 06 + f00d cafe + + The list will be truncated at PAGE_SIZE bytes due to + sysfs restrictions. + What: /sys/bus/usb-serial/drivers/.../new_id Date: October 2011 Contact: linux-usb@vger.kernel.org @@ -157,6 +168,10 @@ Description: match the driver to the device. For example: # echo "046d c315" > /sys/bus/usb/drivers/foo/remove_id + Reading from this file will list the dynamically added + device IDs, exactly like reading from the entry + "/sys/bus/usb/drivers/.../new_id" + What: /sys/bus/usb/device/.../avoid_reset_quirk Date: December 2009 Contact: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.org> @@ -182,3 +197,14 @@ Description: USB2 hardware LPM is enabled for the device. Developer can write y/Y/1 or n/N/0 to the file to enable/disable the feature. + +What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../removable +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + Some information about whether a given USB device is + physically fixed to the platform can be inferred from a + combination of hub descriptor bits and platform-specific data + such as ACPI. This file will read either "removable" or + "fixed" if the information is available, and "unknown" + otherwise. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency new file mode 100644 index 0000000..df0f782 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-cfq-target-latency @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +What: /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency +Date: March 2012 +contact: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com> +Description: + The /sys/block/<device>/iosched/target_latency only exists + when the user sets cfq to /sys/block/<device>/scheduler. + It contains an estimated latency time for the cfq. cfq will + use it to calculate the time slice used for every task. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class index 4b0cb89..676530f 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/class/ Date: Febuary 2006 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: The /sys/class directory will consist of a group of subdirectories describing individual classes of devices diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77cf7ac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the ALS output channel used as input in + ALS-current-control mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - out_current0 (backlight 0) + 1 - out_current1 (backlight 1) + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this backlight (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - exponential mode + 1 - linear mode + +What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where + + bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 - PWM-input enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon new file mode 100644 index 0000000..20ab361 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-extcon @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../ +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Provide a place in sysfs for the extcon objects. + This allows accessing extcon specific variables. + The name of extcon object denoted as ... is the name given + with extcon_dev_register. + + One extcon device denotes a single external connector + port. An external connector may have multiple cables + attached simultaneously. Many of docks, cradles, and + accessory cables have such capability. For example, + the 30-pin port of Nuri board (/arch/arm/mach-exynos) + may have both HDMI and Charger attached, or analog audio, + video, and USB cables attached simulteneously. + + If there are cables mutually exclusive with each other, + such binary relations may be expressed with extcon_dev's + mutually_exclusive array. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../name shows the name of the extcon + object. If the extcon object has an optional callback + "show_name" defined, the callback will provide the name with + this sysfs node. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../state shows and stores the cable + attach/detach information of the corresponding extcon object. + If the extcon object has an optional callback "show_state" + defined, the showing function is overriden with the optional + callback. + + If the default callback for showing function is used, the + format is like this: + # cat state + USB_OTG=1 + HDMI=0 + TA=1 + EAR_JACK=0 + # + In this example, the extcon device have USB_OTG and TA + cables attached and HDMI and EAR_JACK cables detached. + + In order to update the state of an extcon device, enter a hex + state number starting with 0x. + echo 0xHEX > state + + This updates the whole state of the extcon dev. + Inputs of all the methods are required to meet the + mutually_exclusive contidions if they exist. + + It is recommended to use this "global" state interface if + you need to enter the value atomically. The later state + interface associated with each cable cannot update + multiple cable states of an extcon device simultaneously. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows the name of cable + "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon device. + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/state +Date: February 2012 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + The /sys/class/extcon/.../cable.x/name shows and stores the + state of cable "x" (integer between 0 and 31) of an extcon + device. The state value is either 0 (detached) or 1 + (attached). + +What: /sys/class/extcon/.../mutually_exclusive/... +Date: December 2011 +Contact: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> +Description: + Shows the relations of mutually exclusiveness. For example, + if the mutually_exclusive array of extcon_dev is + {0x3, 0x5, 0xC, 0x0}, the, the output is: + # ls mutually_exclusive/ + 0x3 + 0x5 + 0xc + # + + Note that mutually_exclusive is a sub-directory of the extcon + device and the file names under the mutually_exclusive + directory show the mutually-exclusive sets, not the contents + of the files. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..620ebb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-led-driver-lm3533 @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_channel +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the ALS output channel to use as input in + ALS-current-control mode (1, 2), where + + 1 - out_current1 + 2 - out_current2 + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/als_en +Date: May 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Enable ALS-current-control mode (0, 1). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/falltime +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/risetime +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the pattern generator fall and rise times (0..7), where + + 0 - 2048 us + 1 - 262 ms + 2 - 524 ms + 3 - 1.049 s + 4 - 2.097 s + 5 - 4.194 s + 6 - 8.389 s + 7 - 16.78 s + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/id +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Get the id of this led (0..3). + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/linear +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the brightness-mapping mode (0, 1), where + + 0 - exponential mode + 1 - linear mode + +What: /sys/class/leds/<led>/pwm +Date: April 2012 +KernelVersion: 3.5 +Contact: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com> +Description: + Set the PWM-input control mask (5 bits), where + + bit 5 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 4 + bit 4 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 3 + bit 3 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 2 + bit 2 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 1 + bit 1 - PWM-input enabled in Zone 0 + bit 0 - PWM-input enabled diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh index b020014..c81fe89 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh @@ -14,6 +14,15 @@ Description: mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the same time (if available). +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance +Date: November 2011 +Contact: Simon Wunderlich <siwu@hrz.tu-chemnitz.de> +Description: + Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature + is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops + between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft + interface <mesh_iface>. + What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation Date: October 2010 Contact: Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de> @@ -65,6 +74,13 @@ Description: Defines the penalty which will be applied to an originator message's tq-field on every hop. +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo +Date: Dec 2011 +Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> +Description: + Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance + uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh. + What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/vis_mode Date: May 2010 Contact: Marek Lindner <lindner_marek@yahoo.de> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices index 6a25671..5fcc943 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /sys/devices Date: February 2006 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: The /sys/devices tree contains a snapshot of the internal state of the kernel device tree. Devices will diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power index 8ffbc25..45000f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-power @@ -96,16 +96,26 @@ Description: is read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. -What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_hit_count -Date: September 2010 +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_abort_count +Date: February 2012 Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> Description: - The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_hit_count attribute contains the + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_abort_count attribute contains the number of times the processing of a wakeup event associated with - the device might prevent the system from entering a sleep state. - This attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to - wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not - present. + the device might have aborted system transition into a sleep + state in progress. This attribute is read-only. If the device + is not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this + attribute is not present. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_expire_count +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_expire_count attribute contains the + number of times a wakeup event associated with the device has + been reported with a timeout that expired. This attribute is + read-only. If the device is not enabled to wake up the system + from sleep states, this attribute is not present. What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_active Date: September 2010 @@ -148,6 +158,17 @@ Description: not enabled to wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not present. +What: /sys/devices/.../power/wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../wakeup_prevent_sleep_time_ms attribute + contains the total time the device has been preventing + opportunistic transitions to sleep states from occuring. + This attribute is read-only. If the device is not enabled to + wake up the system from sleep states, this attribute is not + present. + What: /sys/devices/.../power/autosuspend_delay_ms Date: September 2010 Contact: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu> @@ -165,3 +186,21 @@ Description: Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, attempts to read or write it will yield I/O errors. + +What: /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_latency_us +Date: March 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Description: + The /sys/devices/.../power/pm_qos_resume_latency_us attribute + contains the PM QoS resume latency limit for the given device, + which is the maximum allowed time it can take to resume the + device, after it has been suspended at run time, from a resume + request to the moment the device will be ready to process I/O, + in microseconds. If it is equal to 0, however, this means that + the PM QoS resume latency may be arbitrary. + + Not all drivers support this attribute. If it isn't supported, + it is not present. + + This attribute has no effect on system-wide suspend/resume and + hibernation. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6d9cc25 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-soc @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +What: /sys/devices/socX +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/devices/ directory contains a sub-directory for each + System-on-Chip (SoC) device on a running platform. Information + regarding each SoC can be obtained by reading sysfs files. This + functionality is only available if implemented by the platform. + + The directory created for each SoC will also house information + about devices which are commonly contained in /sys/devices/platform. + It has been agreed that if an SoC device exists, its supported + devices would be better suited to appear as children of that SoC. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/machine +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains the SoC machine + name (e.g. Ux500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/family +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute common to all SoCs. Contains SoC family name + (e.g. DB8500). + +What: /sys/devices/socX/soc_id +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. In the case of + ST-Ericsson's chips this contains the SoC serial number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/revision +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported by most SoCs. Contains the SoC's + manufacturing revision number. + +What: /sys/devices/socX/process +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + Read-only attribute supported ST-Ericsson's silicon. Contains the + the process by which the silicon chip was manufactured. + +What: /sys/bus/soc +Date: January 2012 +contact: Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org> +Description: + The /sys/bus/soc/ directory contains the usual sub-folders + expected under most buses. /sys/bus/soc/devices is of particular + interest, as it contains a symlink for each SoC device found on + the system. Each symlink points back into the aforementioned + /sys/devices/socX devices. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index e7be75b..5dab364 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -9,31 +9,6 @@ Description: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/ -What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/sched_mc_power_savings - /sys/devices/system/cpu/sched_smt_power_savings -Date: June 2006 -Contact: Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org> -Description: Discover and adjust the kernel's multi-core scheduler support. - - Possible values are: - - 0 - No power saving load balance (default value) - 1 - Fill one thread/core/package first for long running threads - 2 - Also bias task wakeups to semi-idle cpu package for power - savings - - sched_mc_power_savings is dependent upon SCHED_MC, which is - itself architecture dependent. - - sched_smt_power_savings is dependent upon SCHED_SMT, which - is itself architecture dependent. - - The two files are independent of each other. It is possible - that one file may be present without the other. - - Introduced by git commit 5c45bf27. - - What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/kernel_max /sys/devices/system/cpu/offline /sys/devices/system/cpu/online diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop index 0a81023..678819a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-samsung-laptop @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/performance_level Date: January 1, 2010 KernelVersion: 2.6.33 -Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Contact: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" that are can be modified by a function key, and by this sysfs file. These values don't always make a whole lot @@ -17,3 +17,21 @@ Description: Some Samsung laptops have different "performance levels" Specifically, not all support the "overclock" option, and it's still unknown if this value even changes anything, other than making the user feel a bit better. + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/battery_life_extender +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Max battery charge level can be modified, battery cycle + life can be extended by reducing the max battery charge + level. + 0 means normal battery mode (100% charge) + 1 means battery life extender mode (80% charge) + +What: /sys/devices/platform/samsung/usb_charge +Date: December 1, 2011 +KernelVersion: 3.3 +Contact: Corentin Chary <corentin.chary@gmail.com> +Description: Use your USB ports to charge devices, even + when your laptop is powered off. + 1 means enabled, 0 means disabled. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom index 0130d66..8d55a83 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-wacom @@ -9,15 +9,24 @@ Description: or 0 otherwise. Writing to this file one of these values switches reporting speed. +What: /sys/class/leds/0005\:056A\:00BD.0001\:selector\:*/ +Date: May 2012 +Kernel Version: 3.5 +Contact: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org +Description: + LED selector for Intuos4 WL. There are 4 leds, but only one LED + can be lit at a time. Max brightness is 127. + What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/led Date: August 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: Attribute group for control of the status LEDs and the OLEDs. This attribute group is only available for Intuos 4 M, L, - and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs) and Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD - (LEDs only). Therefore its presence implicitly signifies the - presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the tablet device. + and XL (with LEDs and OLEDs), Intuos 5 (LEDs only), and Cintiq + 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD (LEDs only). Therefore its presence + implicitly signifies the presence of said LEDs and OLEDs on the + tablet device. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status0_luminance Date: August 2011 @@ -40,10 +49,10 @@ What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status_led0 Date: August 2011 Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org Description: - Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4) - or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq 24HD) status - LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the same side are - always inactive. + Writing to this file sets which one of the four (for Intuos 4 + and Intuos 5) or of the right four (for Cintiq 21UX2 and Cintiq + 24HD) status LEDs is active (0..3). The other three LEDs on the + same side are always inactive. What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/<busnum>-<devnum>:<cfg>.<intf>/wacom_led/status_led1_select Date: September 2011 diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi index 4f9ba3c..dd930c8 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-firmware-acpi @@ -1,3 +1,23 @@ +What: /sys/firmware/acpi/bgrt/ +Date: January 2012 +Contact: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com> +Description: + The BGRT is an ACPI 5.0 feature that allows the OS + to obtain a copy of the firmware boot splash and + some associated metadata. This is intended to be used + by boot splash applications in order to interact with + the firmware boot splash in order to avoid jarring + transitions. + + image: The image bitmap. Currently a 32-bit BMP. + status: 1 if the image is valid, 0 if firmware invalidated it. + type: 0 indicates image is in BMP format. + version: The version of the BGRT. Currently 1. + xoffset: The number of pixels between the left of the screen + and the left edge of the image. + yoffset: The number of pixels between the top of the screen + and the top edge of the image. + What: /sys/firmware/acpi/interrupts/ Date: February 2008 Contact: Len Brown <lenb@kernel.org> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cleancache b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cleancache deleted file mode 100644 index 662ae64..0000000 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-mm-cleancache +++ /dev/null @@ -1,11 +0,0 @@ -What: /sys/kernel/mm/cleancache/ -Date: April 2011 -Contact: Dan Magenheimer <dan.magenheimer@oracle.com> -Description: - /sys/kernel/mm/cleancache/ contains a number of files which - record a count of various cleancache operations - (sum across all filesystems): - succ_gets - failed_gets - puts - flushes diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power index b464d1276..31725ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-power @@ -172,3 +172,62 @@ Description: Reading from this file will display the current value, which is set to 1 MB by default. + +What: /sys/power/autosleep +Date: April 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Description: + The /sys/power/autosleep file can be written one of the strings + returned by reads from /sys/power/state. If that happens, a + work item attempting to trigger a transition of the system to + the sleep state represented by that string is queued up. This + attempt will only succeed if there are no active wakeup sources + in the system at that time. After every execution, regardless + of whether or not the attempt to put the system to sleep has + succeeded, the work item requeues itself until user space + writes "off" to /sys/power/autosleep. + + Reading from this file causes the last string successfully + written to it to be returned. + +What: /sys/power/wake_lock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_lock file allows user space to create + wakeup source objects and activate them on demand (if one of + those wakeup sources is active, reads from the + /sys/power/wakeup_count file block or return false). When a + string without white space is written to /sys/power/wake_lock, + it will be assumed to represent a wakeup source name. If there + is a wakeup source object with that name, it will be activated + (unless active already). Otherwise, a new wakeup source object + will be registered, assigned the given name and activated. + If a string written to /sys/power/wake_lock contains white + space, the part of the string preceding the white space will be + regarded as a wakeup source name and handled as descrived above. + The other part of the string will be regarded as a timeout (in + nanoseconds) such that the wakeup source will be automatically + deactivated after it has expired. The timeout, if present, is + set regardless of the current state of the wakeup source object + in question. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of it that are active at + the moment, separated with spaces. + + +What: /sys/power/wake_unlock +Date: February 2012 +Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl> +Description: + The /sys/power/wake_unlock file allows user space to deactivate + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock. + When a string is written to /sys/power/wake_unlock, it will be + assumed to represent the name of a wakeup source to deactivate. + If a wakeup source object of that name exists and is active at + the moment, it will be deactivated. + + Reads from this file return a string consisting of the names of + wakeup sources created with the help of /sys/power/wake_lock + that are inactive at the moment, separated with spaces. diff --git a/Documentation/CodingStyle b/Documentation/CodingStyle index 2b90d32..c58b236 100644 --- a/Documentation/CodingStyle +++ b/Documentation/CodingStyle @@ -793,6 +793,35 @@ own custom mode, or may have some other magic method for making indentation work correctly. + Chapter 19: Inline assembly + +In architecture-specific code, you may need to use inline assembly to interface +with CPU or platform functionality. Don't hesitate to do so when necessary. +However, don't use inline assembly gratuitously when C can do the job. You can +and should poke hardware from C when possible. + +Consider writing simple helper functions that wrap common bits of inline +assembly, rather than repeatedly writing them with slight variations. Remember +that inline assembly can use C parameters. + +Large, non-trivial assembly functions should go in .S files, with corresponding +C prototypes defined in C header files. The C prototypes for assembly +functions should use "asmlinkage". + +You may need to mark your asm statement as volatile, to prevent GCC from +removing it if GCC doesn't notice any side effects. You don't always need to +do so, though, and doing so unnecessarily can limit optimization. + +When writing a single inline assembly statement containing multiple +instructions, put each instruction on a separate line in a separate quoted +string, and end each string except the last with \n\t to properly indent the +next instruction in the assembly output: + + asm ("magic %reg1, #42\n\t" + "more_magic %reg2, %reg3" + : /* outputs */ : /* inputs */ : /* clobbers */); + + Appendix I: References diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt index b768cc0..5c72eed 100644 --- a/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt +++ b/Documentation/DMA-attributes.txt @@ -31,3 +31,21 @@ may be weakly ordered, that is that reads and writes may pass each other. Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WEAK_ORDERING, those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default behavior. + +DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE +---------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE specifies that writes to the mapping may be +buffered to improve performance. + +Since it is optional for platforms to implement DMA_ATTR_WRITE_COMBINE, +those that do not will simply ignore the attribute and exhibit default +behavior. + +DMA_ATTR_NON_CONSISTENT +----------------------- + +DMA_ATTR_NON_CONSISTENT lets the platform to choose to return either +consistent or non-consistent memory as it sees fit. By using this API, +you are guaranteeing to the platform that you have all the correct and +necessary sync points for this memory in the driver. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl index 2014155..f3e214f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/80211.tmpl @@ -129,7 +129,6 @@ !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_pmksa !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_auth !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_auth_timeout -!Finclude/net/cfg80211.h __cfg80211_auth_canceled !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_rx_assoc !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_assoc_timeout !Finclude/net/cfg80211.h cfg80211_send_deauth @@ -517,7 +516,7 @@ !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe -!Finclude/net/mac80211.h rate_control_changed +!Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_rate_control_changed !Finclude/net/mac80211.h ieee80211_tx_rate_control !Finclude/net/mac80211.h rate_control_send_low </chapter> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile index 66725a3..bc3d9f8c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/Makefile @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ # To add a new book the only step required is to add the book to the # list of DOCBOOKS. -DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml mcabook.xml device-drivers.xml \ +DOCBOOKS := z8530book.xml device-drivers.xml \ kernel-hacking.xml kernel-locking.xml deviceiobook.xml \ writing_usb_driver.xml networking.xml \ kernel-api.xml filesystems.xml lsm.xml usb.xml kgdb.xml \ diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl index 9c27e51..7514dbf 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/device-drivers.tmpl @@ -446,4 +446,21 @@ X!Idrivers/video/console/fonts.c !Edrivers/i2c/i2c-core.c </chapter> + <chapter id="hsi"> + <title>High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI)</title> + + <para> + High Speed Synchronous Serial Interface (HSI) is a + serial interface mainly used for connecting application + engines (APE) with cellular modem engines (CMT) in cellular + handsets. + + HSI provides multiplexing for up to 16 logical channels, + low-latency and full duplex communication. + </para> + +!Iinclude/linux/hsi/hsi.h +!Edrivers/hsi/hsi.c + </chapter> + </book> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl index f51f285..3fca32c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/filesystems.tmpl @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ an example. <title>See also</title> <para> <citation> - <ulink url="ftp://ftp.uk.linux.org/pub/linux/sct/fs/jfs/journal-design.ps.gz"> + <ulink url="http://kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/sct/ext3/journal-design.ps.gz"> Journaling the Linux ext2fs Filesystem, LinuxExpo 98, Stephen Tweedie </ulink> </citation> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl index 7160652..00687ee 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-api.tmpl @@ -212,19 +212,6 @@ X!Edrivers/pci/hotplug.c <sect1><title>PCI Hotplug Support Library</title> !Edrivers/pci/hotplug/pci_hotplug_core.c </sect1> - <sect1><title>MCA Architecture</title> - <sect2><title>MCA Device Functions</title> - <para> - Refer to the file arch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c for more information. - </para> -<!-- FIXME: Removed for now since no structured comments in source -X!Earch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c ---> - </sect2> - <sect2><title>MCA Bus DMA</title> -!Iarch/x86/include/asm/mca_dma.h - </sect2> - </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="firmware"> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl index 07a9c48..eee7142 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kernel-hacking.tmpl @@ -1289,7 +1289,7 @@ static struct block_device_operations opt_fops = { * Sparc assembly will do this to ya. */ C_LABEL(cputypvar): - .asciz "compatability" + .asciz "compatibility" /* Tested on SS-5, SS-10. Probably someone at Sun applied a spell-checker. */ .align 4 diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl index d71b57f..4ee4ba3 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/kgdb.tmpl @@ -362,6 +362,23 @@ </para> </para> </sect1> + <sect1 id="kgdbreboot"> + <title>Run time parameter: kgdbreboot</title> + <para> The kgdbreboot feature allows you to change how the debugger + deals with the reboot notification. You have 3 choices for the + behavior. The default behavior is always set to 0.</para> + <orderedlist> + <listitem><para>echo -1 > /sys/module/debug_core/parameters/kgdbreboot</para> + <para>Ignore the reboot notification entirely.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para>echo 0 > /sys/module/debug_core/parameters/kgdbreboot</para> + <para>Send the detach message to any attached debugger client.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem><para>echo 1 > /sys/module/debug_core/parameters/kgdbreboot</para> + <para>Enter the debugger on reboot notify.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </sect1> </chapter> <chapter id="usingKDB"> <title>Using kdb</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl index cdd1bb9..deb71ba 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/libata.tmpl @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ <para> The contents of this file are subject to the Open Software License version 1.1 that can be found at - <ulink url="http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl-1.1.txt">http://www.opensource.org/licenses/osl-1.1.txt</ulink> and is included herein - by reference. + <ulink url="http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing:OSL1.1">http://fedoraproject.org/wiki/Licensing:OSL1.1</ulink> + and is included herein by reference. </para> <para> @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ and other resources, etc. <title>HSM violation</title> <para> This error is indicated when STATUS value doesn't match HSM - requirement during issuing or excution any ATA/ATAPI command. + requirement during issuing or execution any ATA/ATAPI command. </para> <itemizedlist> @@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ and other resources, etc. <listitem> <para> - !BSY && ERR after CDB tranfer starts but before the + !BSY && ERR after CDB transfer starts but before the last byte of CDB is transferred. ATA/ATAPI standard states that "The device shall not terminate the PACKET command with an error before the last byte of the command packet has @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@ and other resources, etc. to complete a command. Combined with the fact that MWDMA and PIO transfer errors aren't allowed to use ICRC bit up to ATA/ATAPI-7, it seems to imply that ABRT bit alone could - indicate tranfer errors. + indicate transfer errors. </para> <para> However, ATA/ATAPI-8 draft revision 1f removes the part diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl b/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl deleted file mode 100644 index 467ccac..0000000 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/mcabook.tmpl +++ /dev/null @@ -1,107 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.1.2//EN" - "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.1.2/docbookx.dtd" []> - -<book id="MCAGuide"> - <bookinfo> - <title>MCA Driver Programming Interface</title> - - <authorgroup> - <author> - <firstname>Alan</firstname> - <surname>Cox</surname> - <affiliation> - <address> - <email>alan@lxorguk.ukuu.org.uk</email> - </address> - </affiliation> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>David</firstname> - <surname>Weinehall</surname> - </author> - <author> - <firstname>Chris</firstname> - <surname>Beauregard</surname> - </author> - </authorgroup> - - <copyright> - <year>2000</year> - <holder>Alan Cox</holder> - <holder>David Weinehall</holder> - <holder>Chris Beauregard</holder> - </copyright> - - <legalnotice> - <para> - This documentation is free software; you can redistribute - it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public - License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either - version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later - version. - </para> - - <para> - This program is distributed in the hope that it will be - useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied - warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. - See the GNU General Public License for more details. - </para> - - <para> - You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public - License along with this program; if not, write to the Free - Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, - MA 02111-1307 USA - </para> - - <para> - For more details see the file COPYING in the source - distribution of Linux. - </para> - </legalnotice> - </bookinfo> - -<toc></toc> - - <chapter id="intro"> - <title>Introduction</title> - <para> - The MCA bus functions provide a generalised interface to find MCA - bus cards, to claim them for a driver, and to read and manipulate POS - registers without being aware of the motherboard internals or - certain deep magic specific to onboard devices. - </para> - <para> - The basic interface to the MCA bus devices is the slot. Each slot - is numbered and virtual slot numbers are assigned to the internal - devices. Using a pci_dev as other busses do does not really make - sense in the MCA context as the MCA bus resources require card - specific interpretation. - </para> - <para> - Finally the MCA bus functions provide a parallel set of DMA - functions mimicing the ISA bus DMA functions as closely as possible, - although also supporting the additional DMA functionality on the - MCA bus controllers. - </para> - </chapter> - <chapter id="bugs"> - <title>Known Bugs And Assumptions</title> - <para> - None. - </para> - </chapter> - - <chapter id="pubfunctions"> - <title>Public Functions Provided</title> -!Edrivers/mca/mca-legacy.c - </chapter> - - <chapter id="dmafunctions"> - <title>DMA Functions Provided</title> -!Iarch/x86/include/asm/mca_dma.h - </chapter> - -</book> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile index 6628b4b..3625209 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/Makefile @@ -70,6 +70,8 @@ IOCTLS = \ VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_MBUS_CODE \ VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_SIZE \ VIDIOC_SUBDEV_ENUM_FRAME_INTERVAL \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION \ + VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION \ TYPES = \ $(shell perl -ne 'print "$$1 " if /^typedef\s+[^\s]+\s+([^\s]+)\;/' $(srctree)/include/linux/videodev2.h) \ @@ -193,7 +195,7 @@ DVB_DOCUMENTED = \ # install_media_images = \ - $(Q)cp $(OBJIMGFILES) $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api + $(Q)cp $(OBJIMGFILES) $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/v4l/*.svg $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/media_api $(MEDIA_OBJ_DIR)/%: $(MEDIA_SRC_DIR)/%.b64 $(Q)base64 -d $< >$@ diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml index c7a4ca5..e633c09 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/dvb/dvbproperty.xml @@ -531,6 +531,139 @@ typedef enum fe_delivery_system { here are referring to what can be found in the TMCC-structure - independent of the mode.</para> </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-FIC-VER"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_FIC_VER</constant></title> + <para>Version number of the FIC (Fast Information Channel) signaling data.</para> + <para>FIC is used for relaying information to allow rapid service acquisition by the receiver.</para> + <para>Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 30, 31</para> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-PARADE-ID"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_PARADE_ID</constant></title> + <para>Parade identification number</para> + <para>A parade is a collection of up to eight MH groups, conveying one or two ensembles.</para> + <para>Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 126, 127</para> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-NOG"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_NOG</constant></title> + <para>Number of MH groups per MH subframe for a designated parade.</para> + <para>Possible values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8</para> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-TNOG"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_TNOG</constant></title> + <para>Total number of MH groups including all MH groups belonging to all MH parades in one MH subframe.</para> + <para>Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 30, 31</para> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SGN"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SGN</constant></title> + <para>Start group number.</para> + <para>Possible values: 0, 1, 2, 3, ..., 14, 15</para> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-PRC"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_PRC</constant></title> + <para>Parade repetition cycle.</para> + <para>Possible values: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8</para> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-MODE"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant></title> + <para>RS frame mode.</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_mode { + ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_ONLY = 0, + ATSCMH_RSFRAME_PRI_SEC = 1, +} atscmh_rs_frame_mode_t; +</programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-ENSEMBLE"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant></title> + <para>RS frame ensemble.</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble { + ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_PRI = 0, + ATSCMH_RSFRAME_ENS_SEC = 1, +} atscmh_rs_frame_ensemble_t; +</programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-PRI"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></title> + <para>RS code mode (primary).</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode { + ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187 = 0, + ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187 = 1, + ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187 = 2, +} atscmh_rs_code_mode_t; +</programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-CODE-MODE-SEC"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></title> + <para>RS code mode (secondary).</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_rs_code_mode { + ATSCMH_RSCODE_211_187 = 0, + ATSCMH_RSCODE_223_187 = 1, + ATSCMH_RSCODE_235_187 = 2, +} atscmh_rs_code_mode_t; +</programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-BLOCK-MODE"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant></title> + <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Block Mode.</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_block_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_SEP = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_BLK_COMB = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_block_mode_t; +</programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-A"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></title> + <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; +</programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-B"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></title> + <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; +</programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-C"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></title> + <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; +</programlisting> + </section> + <section id="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE-MODE-D"> + <title><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></title> + <para>Series Concatenated Convolutional Code Rate.</para> + <para>Possible values are:</para> +<programlisting> +typedef enum atscmh_sccc_code_mode { + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_HLF = 0, + ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_QTR = 1, +} atscmh_sccc_code_mode_t; +</programlisting> + </section> </section> <section id="DTV-API-VERSION"> <title><constant>DTV_API_VERSION</constant></title> @@ -774,6 +907,33 @@ typedef enum fe_hierarchy { <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-BANDWIDTH-HZ"><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant></link></para></listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> + <section id="atscmh-params"> + <title>ATSC-MH delivery system</title> + <para>The following parameters are valid for ATSC-MH:</para> + <itemizedlist mark='opencircle'> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-API-VERSION"><constant>DTV_API_VERSION</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-DELIVERY-SYSTEM"><constant>DTV_DELIVERY_SYSTEM</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-TUNE"><constant>DTV_TUNE</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-CLEAR"><constant>DTV_CLEAR</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-FREQUENCY"><constant>DTV_FREQUENCY</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-BANDWIDTH-HZ"><constant>DTV_BANDWIDTH_HZ</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-FIC-VER"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_FIC_VER</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-PARADE-ID"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_PARADE_ID</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-NOG"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_NOG</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-TNOG"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_TNOG</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SGN"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SGN</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-PRC"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_PRC</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-MODE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-RS-FRAME-ENSEMBLE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_RS_FRAME_ENSEMBLE</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-CODE-MODE-PRI"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_CODE_MODE_PRI</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-CODE-MODE-SEC"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_CODE_MODE_SEC</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-BLOCK-MODE"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_BLOCK_MODE</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-A"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_A</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-B"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_B</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-C"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_C</constant></link></para></listitem> + <listitem><para><link linkend="DTV-ATSCMH-SCCC-CODE_MODE-D"><constant>DTV_ATSCMH_SCCC_CODE_MODE_D</constant></link></para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </section> </section> <section id="frontend-property-cable-systems"> <title>Properties used on cable delivery systems</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml index cea6fd3..7c49fac 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/biblio.xml @@ -128,6 +128,26 @@ url="http://www.ijg.org">http://www.ijg.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> <subtitle>Version 1.02</subtitle> </biblioentry> + <biblioentry id="itu-t81"> + <abbrev>ITU-T.81</abbrev> + <authorgroup> + <corpauthor>International Telecommunication Union +(<ulink url="http://www.itu.int">http://www.itu.int</ulink>)</corpauthor> + </authorgroup> + <title>ITU-T Recommendation T.81 +"Information Technology — Digital Compression and Coding of Continous-Tone +Still Images — Requirements and Guidelines"</title> + </biblioentry> + + <biblioentry id="w3c-jpeg-jfif"> + <abbrev>W3C JPEG JFIF</abbrev> + <authorgroup> + <corpauthor>The World Wide Web Consortium (<ulink +url="http://www.w3.org/Graphics/JPEG">http://www.w3.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> + </authorgroup> + <title>JPEG JFIF</title> + </biblioentry> + <biblioentry id="smpte12m"> <abbrev>SMPTE 12M</abbrev> <authorgroup> @@ -177,4 +197,33 @@ in the frequency range from 87,5 to 108,0 MHz</title> <title>NTSC-4: United States RBDS Standard</title> </biblioentry> + <biblioentry id="iso12232"> + <abbrev>ISO 12232:2006</abbrev> + <authorgroup> + <corpauthor>International Organization for Standardization +(<ulink url="http://www.iso.org">http://www.iso.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> + </authorgroup> + <title>Photography — Digital still cameras — Determination + of exposure index, ISO speed ratings, standard output sensitivity, and + recommended exposure index</title> + </biblioentry> + + <biblioentry id="cea861"> + <abbrev>CEA-861-E</abbrev> + <authorgroup> + <corpauthor>Consumer Electronics Association +(<ulink url="http://www.ce.org">http://www.ce.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> + </authorgroup> + <title>A DTV Profile for Uncompressed High Speed Digital Interfaces</title> + </biblioentry> + + <biblioentry id="vesadmt"> + <abbrev>VESA DMT</abbrev> + <authorgroup> + <corpauthor>Video Electronics Standards Association +(<ulink url="http://www.vesa.org">http://www.vesa.org</ulink>)</corpauthor> + </authorgroup> + <title>VESA and Industry Standards and Guidelines for Computer Display Monitor Timing (DMT)</title> + </biblioentry> + </bibliography> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml index c79278a..4101aeb 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/common.xml @@ -724,41 +724,49 @@ if (-1 == ioctl (fd, &VIDIOC-S-STD;, &std_id)) { } </programlisting> </example> + </section> <section id="dv-timings"> <title>Digital Video (DV) Timings</title> <para> - The video standards discussed so far has been dealing with Analog TV and the + The video standards discussed so far have been dealing with Analog TV and the corresponding video timings. Today there are many more different hardware interfaces such as High Definition TV interfaces (HDMI), VGA, DVI connectors etc., that carry video signals and there is a need to extend the API to select the video timings for these interfaces. Since it is not possible to extend the &v4l2-std-id; due to -the limited bits available, a new set of IOCTLs is added to set/get video timings at +the limited bits available, a new set of IOCTLs was added to set/get video timings at the input and output: </para><itemizedlist> <listitem> - <para>DV Presets: Digital Video (DV) presets. These are IDs representing a + <para>DV Timings: This will allow applications to define detailed +video timings for the interface. This includes parameters such as width, height, +polarities, frontporch, backporch etc. The <filename>linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h</filename> +header can be used to get the timings of the formats in the <xref linkend="cea861" /> and +<xref linkend="vesadmt" /> standards. + </para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>DV Presets: Digital Video (DV) presets (<emphasis role="bold">deprecated</emphasis>). + These are IDs representing a video timing at the input/output. Presets are pre-defined timings implemented by the hardware according to video standards. A __u32 data type is used to represent a preset unlike the bit mask that is used in &v4l2-std-id; allowing future extensions -to support as many different presets as needed.</para> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <para>Custom DV Timings: This will allow applications to define more detailed -custom video timings for the interface. This includes parameters such as width, height, -polarities, frontporch, backporch etc. - </para> +to support as many different presets as needed. This API is deprecated in favor of the DV Timings +API.</para> </listitem> </itemizedlist> + <para>To enumerate and query the attributes of the DV timings supported by a device, + applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-TIMINGS; and &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; ioctls. + To set DV timings for the device, applications use the +&VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl and to get current DV timings they use the +&VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl. To detect the DV timings as seen by the video receiver applications +use the &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl.</para> <para>To enumerate and query the attributes of DV presets supported by a device, applications use the &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS; ioctl. To get the current DV preset, applications use the &VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET; ioctl and to set a preset they use the -&VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET; ioctl.</para> - <para>To set custom DV timings for the device, applications use the -&VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl and to get current custom DV timings they use the -&VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; ioctl.</para> +&VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET; ioctl. To detect the preset as seen by the video receiver applications +use the &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-PRESET; ioctl.</para> <para>Applications can make use of the <xref linkend="input-capabilities" /> and <xref linkend="output-capabilities"/> flags to decide what ioctls are available to set the video timings for the device.</para> - </section> </section> &sub-controls; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml index c736380..ea42ef8 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml @@ -444,7 +444,7 @@ linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR24</constant></link></para></entr <entry><para><link linkend="pixfmt-rgb"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_BGR32</constant></link><footnote> <para>Presumably all V4L RGB formats are -little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to machine endianess. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue +little-endian, although some drivers might interpret them according to machine endianness. V4L2 defines little-endian, big-endian and red/blue swapped variants. For details see <xref linkend="pixfmt-rgb" />.</para> </footnote></para></entry> </row> @@ -823,7 +823,7 @@ standard); 35468950 Hz PAL and SECAM (625-line standards)</entry> <row> <entry>sample_format</entry> <entry>V4L2_PIX_FMT_GREY. The last four bytes (a -machine endianess integer) contain a frame counter.</entry> +machine endianness integer) contain a frame counter.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>start[]</entry> @@ -2393,6 +2393,68 @@ details.</para> to the <link linkend="control">User controls class</link>. </para> </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Added the device_caps field to struct v4l2_capabilities and added the new + V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS capability.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.4</title> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Added <link linkend="jpeg-controls">JPEG compression control + class</link>.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Extended the DV Timings API: + &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-TIMINGS;, &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-TIMINGS; and + &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP;.</para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + + <section> + <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.5</title> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para>Added integer menus, the new type will be + V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Added selection API for V4L2 subdev interface: + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-SELECTION; and + &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-SELECTION;.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> Added <constant>V4L2_COLORFX_ANTIQUE</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_COLORFX_ART_FREEZE</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_COLORFX_AQUA</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SILHOUETTE</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SOLARIZATION</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_COLORFX_VIVID</constant> and + <constant>V4L2_COLORFX_ARBITRARY_CBCR</constant> menu items + to the <constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX</constant> control.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> Added <constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR</constant> control.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para> Added camera controls <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP</constant>, + <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS</constant> and + <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE</constant>. + </para> + </listitem> </orderedlist> </section> @@ -2494,6 +2556,10 @@ and may change in the future.</para> ioctls.</para> </listitem> <listitem> + <para>&VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD; and &VIDIOC-TRY-DECODER-CMD; +ioctls.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> <para>&VIDIOC-DBG-G-REGISTER; and &VIDIOC-DBG-S-REGISTER; ioctls.</para> </listitem> @@ -2501,6 +2567,10 @@ ioctls.</para> <para>&VIDIOC-DBG-G-CHIP-IDENT; ioctl.</para> </listitem> <listitem> + <para>&VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-TIMINGS;, &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-TIMINGS; and + &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; ioctls.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> <para>Flash API. <xref linkend="flash-controls" /></para> </listitem> <listitem> @@ -2509,6 +2579,14 @@ ioctls.</para> <listitem> <para>Selection API. <xref linkend="selection-api" /></para> </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>Sub-device selection API: &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-SELECTION; + and &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-SELECTION; ioctls.</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><link linkend="v4l2-auto-focus-area"><constant> + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_AREA</constant></link> control.</para> + </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> @@ -2524,6 +2602,17 @@ interfaces and should not be implemented in new drivers.</para> <constant>VIDIOC_S_MPEGCOMP</constant> ioctls. Use Extended Controls, <xref linkend="extended-controls" />.</para> </listitem> + <listitem> + <para>&VIDIOC-G-DV-PRESET;, &VIDIOC-S-DV-PRESET;, &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-PRESETS; and + &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-PRESET; ioctls. Use the DV Timings API (<xref linkend="dv-timings" />).</para> + </listitem> + <listitem> + <para><constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_CROP</constant> and + <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_CROP</constant> ioctls. Use + <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION</constant> and + <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION</constant>, <xref + linkend="vidioc-subdev-g-selection" />.</para> + </listitem> </itemizedlist> </section> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index a1be378..676bc46 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -285,18 +285,92 @@ minimum value disables backlight compensation.</entry> <row id="v4l2-colorfx"> <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX</constant></entry> <entry>enum</entry> - <entry>Selects a color effect. Possible values for -<constant>enum v4l2_colorfx</constant> are: -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_NONE</constant> (0), -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_BW</constant> (1), -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SEPIA</constant> (2), -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_NEGATIVE</constant> (3), -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_EMBOSS</constant> (4), -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKETCH</constant> (5), -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKY_BLUE</constant> (6), -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_GRASS_GREEN</constant> (7), -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKIN_WHITEN</constant> (8) and -<constant>V4L2_COLORFX_VIVID</constant> (9).</entry> + <entry>Selects a color effect. The following values are defined: + </entry> + </row><row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_NONE</constant> </entry> + <entry>Color effect is disabled.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_ANTIQUE</constant> </entry> + <entry>An aging (old photo) effect.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_ART_FREEZE</constant> </entry> + <entry>Frost color effect.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_AQUA</constant> </entry> + <entry>Water color, cool tone.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_BW</constant> </entry> + <entry>Black and white.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_EMBOSS</constant> </entry> + <entry>Emboss, the highlights and shadows replace light/dark boundaries + and low contrast areas are set to a gray background.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_GRASS_GREEN</constant> </entry> + <entry>Grass green.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_NEGATIVE</constant> </entry> + <entry>Negative.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SEPIA</constant> </entry> + <entry>Sepia tone.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKETCH</constant> </entry> + <entry>Sketch.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKIN_WHITEN</constant> </entry> + <entry>Skin whiten.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SKY_BLUE</constant> </entry> + <entry>Sky blue.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SOLARIZATION</constant> </entry> + <entry>Solarization, the image is partially reversed in tone, + only color values above or below a certain threshold are inverted. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SILHOUETTE</constant> </entry> + <entry>Silhouette (outline).</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_VIVID</constant> </entry> + <entry>Vivid colors.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR</constant> </entry> + <entry>The Cb and Cr chroma components are replaced by fixed + coefficients determined by <constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR</constant> + control.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR</constant></entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + <entry>Determines the Cb and Cr coefficients for <constant>V4L2_COLORFX_SET_CBCR</constant> + color effect. Bits [7:0] of the supplied 32 bit value are interpreted as + Cr component, bits [15:8] as Cb component and bits [31:16] must be zero. + </entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_ROTATE</constant></entry> @@ -1286,6 +1360,49 @@ produce a slight hiss, but in the encoder itself, guaranteeing a fixed and reproducible audio bitstream. 0 = unmuted, 1 = muted.</entry> </row> <row><entry></entry></row> + <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-dec-playback"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK</constant> </entry> + <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_dec_playback</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Determines how monolingual audio should be played back. +Possible values are:</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_AUTO</constant> </entry> + <entry>Automatically determines the best playback mode.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_STEREO</constant> </entry> + <entry>Stereo playback.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_LEFT</constant> </entry> + <entry>Left channel playback.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_RIGHT</constant> </entry> + <entry>Right channel playback.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_MONO</constant> </entry> + <entry>Mono playback.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_PLAYBACK_SWAPPED_STEREO</constant> </entry> + <entry>Stereo playback with swapped left and right channels.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row id="v4l2-mpeg-audio-dec-multilingual-playback"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_AUDIO_DEC_MULTILINGUAL_PLAYBACK</constant> </entry> + <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_audio_dec_playback</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Determines how multilingual audio should be played back.</entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-encoding"> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_ENCODING</constant> </entry> <entry>enum v4l2_mpeg_video_encoding</entry> @@ -1447,6 +1564,22 @@ of the video. The supplied 32-bit integer is interpreted as follows (bit </tbody> </entrytbl> </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-dec-pts"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_PTS</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer64</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This read-only control returns the +33-bit video Presentation Time Stamp as defined in ITU T-REC-H.222.0 and ISO/IEC 13818-1 of +the currently displayed frame. This is the same PTS as is used in &VIDIOC-DECODER-CMD;.</entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row id="v4l2-mpeg-video-dec-frame"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_DEC_FRAME</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer64</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This read-only control returns the +frame counter of the frame that is currently displayed (decoded). This value is reset to 0 whenever +the decoder is started.</entry> + </row> <row><entry></entry></row> @@ -1964,7 +2097,7 @@ Possible values are:</entry> <entry>integer</entry> </row> <row><entry spanname="descr">Cyclic intra macroblock refresh. This is the number of continuous macroblocks -refreshed every frame. Each frame a succesive set of macroblocks is refreshed until the cycle completes and starts from the +refreshed every frame. Each frame a successive set of macroblocks is refreshed until the cycle completes and starts from the top of the frame. Applicable to H264, H263 and MPEG4 encoder.</entry> </row> @@ -2124,7 +2257,7 @@ Applicable to the MPEG4 and H264 encoders.</entry> <entry>integer</entry> </row> <row><entry spanname="descr">The Video Buffer Verifier size in kilobytes, it is used as a limitation of frame skip. -The VBV is defined in the standard as a mean to verify that the produced stream will be succesfully decoded. +The VBV is defined in the standard as a mean to verify that the produced stream will be successfully decoded. The standard describes it as "Part of a hypothetical decoder that is conceptually connected to the output of the encoder. Its purpose is to provide a constraint on the variability of the data rate that an encoder or editing process may produce.". @@ -2137,7 +2270,7 @@ Applicable to the MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG4 encoders.</entry> <entry>integer</entry> </row> <row><entry spanname="descr">The Coded Picture Buffer size in kilobytes, it is used as a limitation of frame skip. -The CPB is defined in the H264 standard as a mean to verify that the produced stream will be succesfully decoded. +The CPB is defined in the H264 standard as a mean to verify that the produced stream will be successfully decoded. Applicable to the H264 encoder.</entry> </row> @@ -2716,6 +2849,51 @@ remain constant.</entry> <row><entry></entry></row> <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_BIAS</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer menu</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr"> Determines the automatic +exposure compensation, it is effective only when <constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_AUTO</constant> +control is set to <constant>AUTO</constant>, <constant>SHUTTER_PRIORITY </constant> +or <constant>APERTURE_PRIORITY</constant>. +It is expressed in terms of EV, drivers should interpret the values as 0.001 EV +units, where the value 1000 stands for +1 EV. +<para>Increasing the exposure compensation value is equivalent to decreasing +the exposure value (EV) and will increase the amount of light at the image +sensor. The camera performs the exposure compensation by adjusting absolute +exposure time and/or aperture.</para></entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row id="v4l2-exposure-metering"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING</constant> </entry> + <entry>enum v4l2_exposure_metering</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Determines how the camera measures +the amount of light available for the frame exposure. Possible values are:</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_AVERAGE</constant> </entry> + <entry>Use the light information coming from the entire frame +and average giving no weighting to any particular portion of the metered area. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_CENTER_WEIGHTED</constant> </entry> + <entry>Average the light information coming from the entire frame +giving priority to the center of the metered area.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_EXPOSURE_METERING_SPOT</constant> </entry> + <entry>Measure only very small area at the center of the frame.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PAN_RELATIVE</constant> </entry> <entry>integer</entry> </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control turns the @@ -2798,13 +2976,107 @@ negative values towards infinity. This is a write-only control.</entry> <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO</constant> </entry> <entry>boolean</entry> - </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Enables automatic focus -adjustments. The effect of manual focus adjustments while this feature + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Enables continuous automatic +focus adjustments. The effect of manual focus adjustments while this feature is enabled is undefined, drivers should ignore such requests.</entry> </row> <row><entry></entry></row> <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START</constant> </entry> + <entry>button</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Starts single auto focus process. +The effect of setting this control when <constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO</constant> +is set to <constant>TRUE</constant> (1) is undefined, drivers should ignore +such requests.</entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP</constant> </entry> + <entry>button</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Aborts automatic focusing +started with <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START</constant> control. It is +effective only when the continuous autofocus is disabled, that is when +<constant>V4L2_CID_FOCUS_AUTO</constant> control is set to <constant>FALSE +</constant> (0).</entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row id="v4l2-auto-focus-status"> + <entry spanname="id"> + <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS</constant> </entry> + <entry>bitmask</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">The automatic focus status. This is a read-only + control.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_IDLE</constant> </entry> + <entry>Automatic focus is not active.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_BUSY</constant> </entry> + <entry>Automatic focusing is in progress.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_REACHED</constant> </entry> + <entry>Focus has been reached.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS_FAILED</constant> </entry> + <entry>Automatic focus has failed, the driver will not + transition from this state until another action is + performed by an application.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr"> +Setting <constant>V4L2_LOCK_FOCUS</constant> lock bit of the <constant>V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK +</constant> control may stop updates of the <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS</constant> +control value.</entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row id="v4l2-auto-focus-range"> + <entry spanname="id"> + <constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE</constant> </entry> + <entry>enum v4l2_auto_focus_range</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Determines auto focus distance range +for which lens may be adjusted. </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_AUTO</constant> </entry> + <entry>The camera automatically selects the focus range.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_NORMAL</constant> </entry> + <entry>Normal distance range, limited for best automatic focus +performance.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_MACRO</constant> </entry> + <entry>Macro (close-up) auto focus. The camera will +use its minimum possible distance for auto focus.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE_INFINITY</constant> </entry> + <entry>The lens is set to focus on an object at infinite distance.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row> <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_ZOOM_ABSOLUTE</constant> </entry> <entry>integer</entry> </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Specify the objective lens @@ -2873,6 +3145,295 @@ camera sensor on or off, or specify its strength. Such band-stop filters can be used, for example, to filter out the fluorescent light component.</entry> </row> <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row id="v4l2-auto-n-preset-white-balance"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE</constant> </entry> + <entry>enum v4l2_auto_n_preset_white_balance</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Sets white balance to automatic, +manual or a preset. The presets determine color temperature of the light as +a hint to the camera for white balance adjustments resulting in most accurate +color representation. The following white balance presets are listed in order +of increasing color temperature.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_MANUAL</constant> </entry> + <entry>Manual white balance.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_AUTO</constant> </entry> + <entry>Automatic white balance adjustments.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_INCANDESCENT</constant> </entry> + <entry>White balance setting for incandescent (tungsten) lighting. +It generally cools down the colors and corresponds approximately to 2500...3500 K +color temperature range.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT</constant> </entry> + <entry>White balance preset for fluorescent lighting. +It corresponds approximately to 4000...5000 K color temperature.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLUORESCENT_H</constant> </entry> + <entry>With this setting the camera will compensate for +fluorescent H lighting.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_HORIZON</constant> </entry> + <entry>White balance setting for horizon daylight. +It corresponds approximately to 5000 K color temperature.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_DAYLIGHT</constant> </entry> + <entry>White balance preset for daylight (with clear sky). +It corresponds approximately to 5000...6500 K color temperature.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_FLASH</constant> </entry> + <entry>With this setting the camera will compensate for the flash +light. It slightly warms up the colors and corresponds roughly to 5000...5500 K +color temperature.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_CLOUDY</constant> </entry> + <entry>White balance preset for moderately overcast sky. +This option corresponds approximately to 6500...8000 K color temperature +range.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_WHITE_BALANCE_SHADE</constant> </entry> + <entry>White balance preset for shade or heavily overcast +sky. It corresponds approximately to 9000...10000 K color temperature. +</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row id="v4l2-wide-dynamic-range"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_WIDE_DYNAMIC_RANGE</constant></entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">Enables or disables the camera's wide dynamic +range feature. This feature allows to obtain clear images in situations where +intensity of the illumination varies significantly throughout the scene, i.e. +there are simultaneously very dark and very bright areas. It is most commonly +realized in cameras by combining two subsequent frames with different exposure +times. <footnote id="ctypeconv"><para> This control may be changed to a menu +control in the future, if more options are required.</para></footnote></entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row id="v4l2-image-stabilization"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION</constant></entry> + <entry>boolean</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">Enables or disables image stabilization. + <footnoteref linkend="ctypeconv"/></entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer menu</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Determines ISO equivalent of an +image sensor indicating the sensor's sensitivity to light. The numbers are +expressed in arithmetic scale, as per <xref linkend="iso12232" /> standard, +where doubling the sensor sensitivity is represented by doubling the numerical +ISO value. Applications should interpret the values as standard ISO values +multiplied by 1000, e.g. control value 800 stands for ISO 0.8. Drivers will +usually support only a subset of standard ISO values. The effect of setting +this control while the <constant>V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO</constant> +control is set to a value other than <constant>V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_MANUAL +</constant> is undefined, drivers should ignore such requests.</entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row id="v4l2-iso-sensitivity-auto-type"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO</constant> </entry> + <entry>enum v4l2_iso_sensitivity_type</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">Enables or disables automatic ISO +sensitivity adjustments.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_MANUAL</constant> </entry> + <entry>Manual ISO sensitivity.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO</constant> </entry> + <entry>Automatic ISO sensitivity adjustments.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row id="v4l2-scene-mode"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE</constant> </entry> + <entry>enum v4l2_scene_mode</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">This control allows to select +scene programs as the camera automatic modes optimized for common shooting +scenes. Within these modes the camera determines best exposure, aperture, +focusing, light metering, white balance and equivalent sensitivity. The +controls of those parameters are influenced by the scene mode control. +An exact behavior in each mode is subject to the camera specification. + +<para>When the scene mode feature is not used, this control should be set to +<constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_NONE</constant> to make sure the other possibly +related controls are accessible. The following scene programs are defined: +</para> +</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_NONE</constant> </entry> + <entry>The scene mode feature is disabled.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_BACKLIGHT</constant> </entry> + <entry>Backlight. Compensates for dark shadows when light is + coming from behind a subject, also by automatically turning + on the flash.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_BEACH_SNOW</constant> </entry> + <entry>Beach and snow. This mode compensates for all-white or +bright scenes, which tend to look gray and low contrast, when camera's automatic +exposure is based on an average scene brightness. To compensate, this mode +automatically slightly overexposes the frames. The white balance may also be +adjusted to compensate for the fact that reflected snow looks bluish rather +than white.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_CANDLELIGHT</constant> </entry> + <entry>Candle light. The camera generally raises the ISO +sensitivity and lowers the shutter speed. This mode compensates for relatively +close subject in the scene. The flash is disabled in order to preserve the +ambiance of the light.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_DAWN_DUSK</constant> </entry> + <entry>Dawn and dusk. Preserves the colors seen in low +natural light before dusk and after down. The camera may turn off the flash, +and automatically focus at infinity. It will usually boost saturation and +lower the shutter speed.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_FALL_COLORS</constant> </entry> + <entry>Fall colors. Increases saturation and adjusts white +balance for color enhancement. Pictures of autumn leaves get saturated reds +and yellows.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_FIREWORKS</constant> </entry> + <entry>Fireworks. Long exposure times are used to capture +the expanding burst of light from a firework. The camera may invoke image +stabilization.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_LANDSCAPE</constant> </entry> + <entry>Landscape. The camera may choose a small aperture to +provide deep depth of field and long exposure duration to help capture detail +in dim light conditions. The focus is fixed at infinity. Suitable for distant +and wide scenery.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_NIGHT</constant> </entry> + <entry>Night, also known as Night Landscape. Designed for low +light conditions, it preserves detail in the dark areas without blowing out bright +objects. The camera generally sets itself to a medium-to-high ISO sensitivity, +with a relatively long exposure time, and turns flash off. As such, there will be +increased image noise and the possibility of blurred image.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_PARTY_INDOOR</constant> </entry> + <entry>Party and indoor. Designed to capture indoor scenes +that are lit by indoor background lighting as well as the flash. The camera +usually increases ISO sensitivity, and adjusts exposure for the low light +conditions.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_PORTRAIT</constant> </entry> + <entry>Portrait. The camera adjusts the aperture so that the +depth of field is reduced, which helps to isolate the subject against a smooth +background. Most cameras recognize the presence of faces in the scene and focus +on them. The color hue is adjusted to enhance skin tones. The intensity of the +flash is often reduced.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_SPORTS</constant> </entry> + <entry>Sports. Significantly increases ISO and uses a fast +shutter speed to freeze motion of rapidly-moving subjects. Increased image +noise may be seen in this mode.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_SUNSET</constant> </entry> + <entry>Sunset. Preserves deep hues seen in sunsets and +sunrises. It bumps up the saturation.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SCENE_MODE_TEXT</constant> </entry> + <entry>Text. It applies extra contrast and sharpness, it is +typically a black-and-white mode optimized for readability. Automatic focus +may be switched to close-up mode and this setting may also involve some +lens-distortion correction.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK</constant></entry> + <entry>bitmask</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">This control locks or unlocks the automatic +focus, exposure and white balance. The automatic adjustments can be paused +independently by setting the corresponding lock bit to 1. The camera then retains +the settings until the lock bit is cleared. The following lock bits are defined: +</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_LOCK_EXPOSURE</constant></entry> + <entry>Automatic exposure adjustments lock.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_LOCK_WHITE_BALANCE</constant></entry> + <entry>Automatic white balance adjustments lock.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_LOCK_FOCUS</constant></entry> + <entry>Automatic focus lock.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr"> +When a given algorithm is not enabled, drivers should ignore requests +to lock it and should return no error. An example might be an application +setting bit <constant>V4L2_LOCK_WHITE_BALANCE</constant> when the +<constant>V4L2_CID_AUTO_WHITE_BALANCE</constant> control is set to +<constant>FALSE</constant>. The value of this control may be changed +by exposure, white balance or focus controls.</entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + </tbody> </tgroup> </table> @@ -3377,6 +3938,335 @@ interface and may change in the future.</para> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> + </section> + + <section id="jpeg-controls"> + <title>JPEG Control Reference</title> + <para>The JPEG class includes controls for common features of JPEG + encoders and decoders. Currently it includes features for codecs + implementing progressive baseline DCT compression process with + Huffman entrophy coding.</para> + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="jpeg-control-id"> + <title>JPEG Control IDs</title> + + <tgroup cols="4"> + <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" /> + <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" /> + <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" /> + <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" /> + <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" /> + <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry> + <entry align="left">Type</entry> + </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_JPEG_CLASS</constant> </entry> + <entry>class</entry> + </row><row><entry spanname="descr">The JPEG class descriptor. Calling + &VIDIOC-QUERYCTRL; for this control will return a description of this + control class. + + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING</constant></entry> + <entry>menu</entry> + </row> + <row id="v4l2-jpeg-chroma-subsampling"> + <entry spanname="descr">The chroma subsampling factors describe how + each component of an input image is sampled, in respect to maximum + sample rate in each spatial dimension. See <xref linkend="itu-t81"/>, + clause A.1.1. for more details. The <constant> + V4L2_CID_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING</constant> control determines how + Cb and Cr components are downsampled after coverting an input image + from RGB to Y'CbCr color space. + </entry> + </row> + <row id = "v4l2-jpeg-chroma-subsampling"> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_444</constant> + </entry><entry>No chroma subsampling, each pixel has + Y, Cr and Cb values.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_422</constant> + </entry><entry>Horizontally subsample Cr, Cb components + by a factor of 2.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_420</constant> + </entry><entry>Subsample Cr, Cb components horizontally + and vertically by 2.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_411</constant> + </entry><entry>Horizontally subsample Cr, Cb components + by a factor of 4.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_410</constant> + </entry><entry>Subsample Cr, Cb components horizontally + by 4 and vertically by 2.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_CHROMA_SUBSAMPLING_GRAY</constant> + </entry><entry>Use only luminance component.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL</constant> + </entry><entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr"> + The restart interval determines an interval of inserting RSTm + markers (m = 0..7). The purpose of these markers is to additionally + reinitialize the encoder process, in order to process blocks of + an image independently. + For the lossy compression processes the restart interval unit is + MCU (Minimum Coded Unit) and its value is contained in DRI + (Define Restart Interval) marker. If <constant> + V4L2_CID_JPEG_RESTART_INTERVAL</constant> control is set to 0, + DRI and RSTm markers will not be inserted. + </entry> + </row> + <row id="jpeg-quality-control"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY</constant></entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr"> + <constant>V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY</constant> control + determines trade-off between image quality and size. + It provides simpler method for applications to control image quality, + without a need for direct reconfiguration of luminance and chrominance + quantization tables. + + In cases where a driver uses quantization tables configured directly + by an application, using interfaces defined elsewhere, <constant> + V4L2_CID_JPEG_COMPRESSION_QUALITY</constant> control should be set + by driver to 0. + + <para>The value range of this control is driver-specific. Only + positive, non-zero values are meaningful. The recommended range + is 1 - 100, where larger values correspond to better image quality. + </para> + </entry> + </row> + <row id="jpeg-active-marker-control"> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER</constant></entry> + <entry>bitmask</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">Specify which JPEG markers are included + in compressed stream. This control is valid only for encoders. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entrytbl spanname="descr" cols="2"> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_APP0</constant></entry> + <entry>Application data segment APP<subscript>0</subscript>.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_APP1</constant></entry> + <entry>Application data segment APP<subscript>1</subscript>.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_COM</constant></entry> + <entry>Comment segment.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_DQT</constant></entry> + <entry>Quantization tables segment.</entry> + </row><row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER_DHT</constant></entry> + <entry>Huffman tables segment.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </entrytbl> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <para>For more details about JPEG specification, refer + to <xref linkend="itu-t81"/>, <xref linkend="jfif"/>, + <xref linkend="w3c-jpeg-jfif"/>.</para> + </section> + + <section id="image-source-controls"> + <title>Image Source Control Reference</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + + <para>This is an <link + linkend="experimental">experimental</link> interface and may + change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <para> + The Image Source control class is intended for low-level + control of image source devices such as image sensors. The + devices feature an analogue to digital converter and a bus + transmitter to transmit the image data out of the device. + </para> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="image-source-control-id"> + <title>Image Source Control IDs</title> + + <tgroup cols="4"> + <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" /> + <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" /> + <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" /> + <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" /> + <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" /> + <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry> + <entry align="left">Type</entry> + </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS</constant></entry> + <entry>class</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">The IMAGE_SOURCE class descriptor.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_VBLANK</constant></entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">Vertical blanking. The idle period + after every frame during which no image data is produced. + The unit of vertical blanking is a line. Every line has + length of the image width plus horizontal blanking at the + pixel rate defined by + <constant>V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE</constant> control in the + same sub-device.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_HBLANK</constant></entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">Horizontal blanking. The idle + period after every line of image data during which no + image data is produced. The unit of horizontal blanking is + pixels.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_ANALOGUE_GAIN</constant></entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">Analogue gain is gain affecting + all colour components in the pixel matrix. The gain + operation is performed in the analogue domain before A/D + conversion. + </entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + </section> + + <section id="image-process-controls"> + <title>Image Process Control Reference</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + + <para>This is an <link + linkend="experimental">experimental</link> interface and may + change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <para> + The Image Source control class is intended for low-level control of + image processing functions. Unlike + <constant>V4L2_CID_IMAGE_SOURCE_CLASS</constant>, the controls in + this class affect processing the image, and do not control capturing + of it. + </para> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="image-process-control-id"> + <title>Image Source Control IDs</title> + + <tgroup cols="4"> + <colspec colname="c1" colwidth="1*" /> + <colspec colname="c2" colwidth="6*" /> + <colspec colname="c3" colwidth="2*" /> + <colspec colname="c4" colwidth="6*" /> + <spanspec namest="c1" nameend="c2" spanname="id" /> + <spanspec namest="c2" nameend="c4" spanname="descr" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry spanname="id" align="left">ID</entry> + <entry align="left">Type</entry> + </row><row rowsep="1"><entry spanname="descr" align="left">Description</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_IMAGE_PROC_CLASS</constant></entry> + <entry>class</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">The IMAGE_PROC class descriptor.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_LINK_FREQ</constant></entry> + <entry>integer menu</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">Data bus frequency. Together with the + media bus pixel code, bus type (clock cycles per sample), the + data bus frequency defines the pixel rate + (<constant>V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE</constant>) in the + pixel array (or possibly elsewhere, if the device is not an + image sensor). The frame rate can be calculated from the pixel + clock, image width and height and horizontal and vertical + blanking. While the pixel rate control may be defined elsewhere + than in the subdev containing the pixel array, the frame rate + cannot be obtained from that information. This is because only + on the pixel array it can be assumed that the vertical and + horizontal blanking information is exact: no other blanking is + allowed in the pixel array. The selection of frame rate is + performed by selecting the desired horizontal and vertical + blanking. The unit of this control is Hz. </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_PIXEL_RATE</constant></entry> + <entry>64-bit integer</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry spanname="descr">Pixel rate in the source pads of + the subdev. This control is read-only and its unit is + pixels / second. + </entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> </section> </section> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml index 0916a73..4afcbbe 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-subdev.xml @@ -76,11 +76,12 @@ <wordasword>format</wordasword> means the combination of media bus data format, frame width and frame height.</para></note> - <para>Image formats are typically negotiated on video capture and output - devices using the <link linkend="crop">cropping and scaling</link> ioctls. - The driver is responsible for configuring every block in the video pipeline - according to the requested format at the pipeline input and/or - output.</para> + <para>Image formats are typically negotiated on video capture and + output devices using the format and <link + linkend="vidioc-subdev-g-selection">selection</link> ioctls. The + driver is responsible for configuring every block in the video + pipeline according to the requested format at the pipeline input + and/or output.</para> <para>For complex devices, such as often found in embedded systems, identical image sizes at the output of a pipeline can be achieved using @@ -276,11 +277,11 @@ </section> <section> - <title>Cropping and scaling</title> + <title>Selections: cropping, scaling and composition</title> <para>Many sub-devices support cropping frames on their input or output pads (or possible even on both). Cropping is used to select the area of - interest in an image, typically on a video sensor or video decoder. It can + interest in an image, typically on an image sensor or a video decoder. It can also be used as part of digital zoom implementations to select the area of the image that will be scaled up.</para> @@ -288,26 +289,179 @@ &v4l2-rect; by the coordinates of the top left corner and the rectangle size. Both the coordinates and sizes are expressed in pixels.</para> - <para>The crop rectangle is retrieved and set using the - &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-G-CROP; and &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-CROP; ioctls. Like for pad - formats, drivers store try and active crop rectangles. The format - negotiation mechanism applies to crop settings as well.</para> - - <para>On input pads, cropping is applied relatively to the current pad - format. The pad format represents the image size as received by the - sub-device from the previous block in the pipeline, and the crop rectangle - represents the sub-image that will be transmitted further inside the - sub-device for processing. The crop rectangle be entirely containted - inside the input image size.</para> - - <para>Input crop rectangle are reset to their default value when the input - image format is modified. Drivers should use the input image size as the - crop rectangle default value, but hardware requirements may prevent this. - </para> + <para>As for pad formats, drivers store try and active + rectangles for the selection targets of ACTUAL type <xref + linkend="v4l2-subdev-selection-targets">.</xref></para> + + <para>On sink pads, cropping is applied relative to the + current pad format. The pad format represents the image size as + received by the sub-device from the previous block in the + pipeline, and the crop rectangle represents the sub-image that + will be transmitted further inside the sub-device for + processing.</para> + + <para>The scaling operation changes the size of the image by + scaling it to new dimensions. The scaling ratio isn't specified + explicitly, but is implied from the original and scaled image + sizes. Both sizes are represented by &v4l2-rect;.</para> + + <para>Scaling support is optional. When supported by a subdev, + the crop rectangle on the subdev's sink pad is scaled to the + size configured using the &VIDIOC-SUBDEV-S-SELECTION; IOCTL + using <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_COMPOSE_ACTUAL</constant> + selection target on the same pad. If the subdev supports scaling + but not composing, the top and left values are not used and must + always be set to zero.</para> + + <para>On source pads, cropping is similar to sink pads, with the + exception that the source size from which the cropping is + performed, is the COMPOSE rectangle on the sink pad. In both + sink and source pads, the crop rectangle must be entirely + contained inside the source image size for the crop + operation.</para> + + <para>The drivers should always use the closest possible + rectangle the user requests on all selection targets, unless + specifically told otherwise. + <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_SIZE_GE</constant> and + <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_SIZE_LE</constant> flags may be + used to round the image size either up or down. <xref + linkend="v4l2-subdev-selection-flags"></xref></para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Types of selection targets</title> + + <section> + <title>ACTUAL targets</title> + + <para>ACTUAL targets reflect the actual hardware configuration + at any point of time. There is a BOUNDS target + corresponding to every ACTUAL.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>BOUNDS targets</title> + + <para>BOUNDS targets is the smallest rectangle that contains + all valid ACTUAL rectangles. It may not be possible to set the + ACTUAL rectangle as large as the BOUNDS rectangle, however. + This may be because e.g. a sensor's pixel array is not + rectangular but cross-shaped or round. The maximum size may + also be smaller than the BOUNDS rectangle.</para> + </section> - <para>Cropping behaviour on output pads is not defined.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Order of configuration and format propagation</title> + + <para>Inside subdevs, the order of image processing steps will + always be from the sink pad towards the source pad. This is also + reflected in the order in which the configuration must be + performed by the user: the changes made will be propagated to + any subsequent stages. If this behaviour is not desired, the + user must set + <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_KEEP_CONFIG</constant> flag. This + flag causes no propagation of the changes are allowed in any + circumstances. This may also cause the accessed rectangle to be + adjusted by the driver, depending on the properties of the + underlying hardware.</para> + + <para>The coordinates to a step always refer to the actual size + of the previous step. The exception to this rule is the source + compose rectangle, which refers to the sink compose bounds + rectangle --- if it is supported by the hardware.</para> + + <orderedlist> + <listitem>Sink pad format. The user configures the sink pad + format. This format defines the parameters of the image the + entity receives through the pad for further processing.</listitem> + + <listitem>Sink pad actual crop selection. The sink pad crop + defines the crop performed to the sink pad format.</listitem> + + <listitem>Sink pad actual compose selection. The size of the + sink pad compose rectangle defines the scaling ratio compared + to the size of the sink pad crop rectangle. The location of + the compose rectangle specifies the location of the actual + sink compose rectangle in the sink compose bounds + rectangle.</listitem> + + <listitem>Source pad actual crop selection. Crop on the source + pad defines crop performed to the image in the sink compose + bounds rectangle.</listitem> + + <listitem>Source pad format. The source pad format defines the + output pixel format of the subdev, as well as the other + parameters with the exception of the image width and height. + Width and height are defined by the size of the source pad + actual crop selection.</listitem> + </orderedlist> + + <para>Accessing any of the above rectangles not supported by the + subdev will return <constant>EINVAL</constant>. Any rectangle + referring to a previous unsupported rectangle coordinates will + instead refer to the previous supported rectangle. For example, + if sink crop is not supported, the compose selection will refer + to the sink pad format dimensions instead.</para> + + <figure id="subdev-image-processing-crop"> + <title>Image processing in subdevs: simple crop example</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="subdev-image-processing-crop.svg" + format="SVG" scale="200" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In the above example, the subdev supports cropping on its + sink pad. To configure it, the user sets the media bus format on + the subdev's sink pad. Now the actual crop rectangle can be set + on the sink pad --- the location and size of this rectangle + reflect the location and size of a rectangle to be cropped from + the sink format. The size of the sink crop rectangle will also + be the size of the format of the subdev's source pad.</para> + + <figure id="subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source"> + <title>Image processing in subdevs: scaling with multiple sources</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg" + format="SVG" scale="200" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>In this example, the subdev is capable of first cropping, + then scaling and finally cropping for two source pads + individually from the resulting scaled image. The location of + the scaled image in the cropped image is ignored in sink compose + target. Both of the locations of the source crop rectangles + refer to the sink scaling rectangle, independently cropping an + area at location specified by the source crop rectangle from + it.</para> + + <figure id="subdev-image-processing-full"> + <title>Image processing in subdevs: scaling and composition + with multiple sinks and sources</title> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="subdev-image-processing-full.svg" + format="SVG" scale="200" /> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + </figure> + + <para>The subdev driver supports two sink pads and two source + pads. The images from both of the sink pads are individually + cropped, then scaled and further composed on the composition + bounds rectangle. From that, two independent streams are cropped + and sent out of the subdev from the source pads.</para> </section> + </section> &sub-subdev-formats; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml index b815929..fd6aca2 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/io.xml @@ -543,12 +543,13 @@ and can range from zero to the number of buffers allocated with the &VIDIOC-REQBUFS; ioctl (&v4l2-requestbuffers; <structfield>count</structfield>) minus one.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> <entry>Type of the buffer, same as &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> or &v4l2-requestbuffers; -<structfield>type</structfield>, set by the application.</entry> +<structfield>type</structfield>, set by the application. See <xref +linkend="v4l2-buf-type" /></entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -568,7 +569,7 @@ refers to an input stream, applications when an output stream.</entry> linkend="buffer-flags" />.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-field;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>field</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> <entry>Indicates the field order of the image in the @@ -630,11 +631,12 @@ bandwidth. These devices identify by not enumerating any video standards, see <xref linkend="standard" />.</para></entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-memory;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>memory</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> <entry>This field must be set by applications and/or drivers -in accordance with the selected I/O method.</entry> +in accordance with the selected I/O method. See <xref linkend="v4l2-memory" + /></entry> </row> <row> <entry>union</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml index 3fd3ce5..5274c24 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-nv12m.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-NV12M"> <refmeta> - <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M ('NV12M')</refentrytitle> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_NV12M ('NM12')</refentrytitle> &manvol; </refmeta> <refnamediv> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml index 7b27409..c1c62a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10.xml @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ - <refentry> + <refentry id="pixfmt-srggb10"> <refmeta> <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10 ('RG10'), V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10 ('BA10'), diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8eace3e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8.xml @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ + <refentry id="pixfmt-srggb10dpcm8"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle> + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10DPCM8 ('bBA8'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10DPCM8 ('bGA8'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8 ('BD10'), + V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10DPCM8 ('bRA8'), + </refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + <refnamediv> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SBGGR10DPCM8"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SBGGR10DPCM8</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGBRG10DPCM8"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGBRG10DPCM8</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG10DPCM8"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8</constant></refname> + <refname id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SRGGB10DPCM8"><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SRGGB10DPCM8</constant></refname> + <refpurpose>10-bit Bayer formats compressed to 8 bits</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <para>The following four pixel formats are raw sRGB / Bayer formats + with 10 bits per colour compressed to 8 bits each, using DPCM + compression. DPCM, differential pulse-code modulation, is lossy. + Each colour component consumes 8 bits of memory. In other respects + this format is similar to <xref + linkend="pixfmt-srggb10">.</xref></para> + + </refsect1> + </refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml index 9957863..60308f1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt-yuv420m.xml @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ <refentry id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-YUV420M"> <refmeta> - <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M ('YU12M')</refentrytitle> + <refentrytitle>V4L2_PIX_FMT_YUV420M ('YM12')</refentrytitle> &manvol; </refmeta> <refnamediv> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml index 31eaae2..f5ac15e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/pixfmt.xml @@ -673,6 +673,7 @@ access the palette, this must be done with ioctls of the Linux framebuffer API.< &sub-srggb8; &sub-sbggr16; &sub-srggb10; + &sub-srggb10dpcm8; &sub-srggb12; </section> @@ -876,11 +877,6 @@ kernel sources in the file <filename>Documentation/video4linux/cx2341x/README.hm <entry>'S561'</entry> <entry>Compressed GBRG Bayer format used by the gspca driver.</entry> </row> - <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-SGRBG10DPCM8"> - <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_SGRBG10DPCM8</constant></entry> - <entry>'DB10'</entry> - <entry>10 bit raw Bayer DPCM compressed to 8 bits.</entry> - </row> <row id="V4L2-PIX-FMT-PAC207"> <entry><constant>V4L2_PIX_FMT_PAC207</constant></entry> <entry>'P207'</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml index 2f0bdb4..b299e47 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/selection-api.xml @@ -52,6 +52,10 @@ cropping and composing rectangles have the same size.</para> </textobject> </mediaobject> </figure> + +For complete list of the available selection targets see table <xref +linkend="v4l2-sel-target"/> + </section> <section> @@ -186,7 +190,7 @@ V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant> target.</para> <section> - <title>Scaling control.</title> + <title>Scaling control</title> <para>An application can detect if scaling is performed by comparing the width and the height of rectangles obtained using <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE @@ -200,7 +204,7 @@ the scaling ratios using these values.</para> <section> - <title>Comparison with old cropping API.</title> + <title>Comparison with old cropping API</title> <para>The selection API was introduced to cope with deficiencies of previous <link linkend="crop"> API </link>, that was designed to control simple capture diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.dia b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.dia new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e32ba53 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.dia @@ -0,0 +1,614 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<dia:diagram xmlns:dia="http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/"> + <dia:diagramdata> + <dia:attribute name="background"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pagebreak"> + <dia:color val="#000099"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="paper"> + <dia:composite type="paper"> + <dia:attribute name="name"> + <dia:string>#A4#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="tmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="bmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="lmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="rmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="is_portrait"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="scaling"> + <dia:real val="0.49000000953674316"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fitto"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="grid"> + <dia:composite type="grid"> + <dia:attribute name="width_x"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="width_y"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="visible_x"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="visible_y"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:composite type="color"/> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#d8e5e5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="guides"> + <dia:composite type="guides"> + <dia:attribute name="hguides"/> + <dia:attribute name="vguides"/> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:diagramdata> + <dia:layer name="Background" visible="true" active="true"> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O0"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-0.4,6.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-0.45,6.45;23.1387,16.2"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="-0.4,6.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="23.48871579904775"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="9.6500000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O1"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="0.225,9.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="0.175,9.4;8.225,14.7"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="0.225,9.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="7.9499999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="5.1999999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#a52a2a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O2"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="3.175,10.55"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="3.125,10.5;7.925,14.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="3.175,10.55"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="4.6999999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.8499999999999979"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O3"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="3.725,11.3875"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="3.725,10.7925;6.6025,13.14"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink +crop +selection#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="3.725,11.3875"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O4"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="1.475,7.9"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="1.475,7.305;1.475,8.0525"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>##</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="1.475,7.9"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O5"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="0.426918,7.89569"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="0.426918,7.30069;3.90942,8.84819"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink media +bus format#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="0.426918,7.89569"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#a52a2a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O6"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="17.4887,7.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="17.4887,7.155;21.8112,8.7025"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#source media +bus format#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="17.4887,7.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#8b6914"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O7"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="17.5244,9.5417"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="17.4744,9.4917;22.2387,13.35"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="17.5244,9.5417"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="4.6643157990477508"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.758300000000002"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#8b6914"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O8"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="17.5244,13.3"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="3.12132,13.2463;17.5781,14.4537"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="17.5244,13.3"/> + <dia:point val="3.175,14.4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O7" connection="5"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="5"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O9"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="17.5244,9.5417"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="3.12162,9.48832;17.5778,10.6034"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="17.5244,9.5417"/> + <dia:point val="3.175,10.55"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O7" connection="0"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="0"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O10"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="22.1887,13.3"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="7.82132,13.2463;22.2424,14.4537"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="22.1887,13.3"/> + <dia:point val="7.875,14.4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O7" connection="7"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="7"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O11"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="22.1887,9.5417"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="7.82161,9.48831;22.2421,10.6034"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="22.1887,9.5417"/> + <dia:point val="7.875,10.55"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O7" connection="2"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O12"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="23.23,10.5742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="23.18,10.5242;24.13,11.4742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="23.23,10.5742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O13"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="24.08,10.9992"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="24.03,10.6388;32.4953,11.3624"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="24.08,10.9992"/> + <dia:point val="32.3835,11.0007"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O12" connection="3"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O14"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="25.3454,10.49"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="25.3454,9.895;29.9904,10.6425"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 1 (source)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="25.3454,10.49"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O15"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-1.44491,11.6506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-1.49491,11.6006;-0.54491,12.5506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="-1.44491,11.6506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O16"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-9.61991,12.09"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-9.67,11.7149;-1.33311,12.4385"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="-9.61991,12.09"/> + <dia:point val="-1.44491,12.0756"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O15" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O17"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-7.39291,11.49"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-7.39291,10.895;-3.58791,11.6425"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 0 (sink)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="-7.39291,11.49"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + </dia:layer> +</dia:diagram> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.svg b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.svg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18b0f5d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-crop.svg @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/2001/PR-SVG-20010719/DTD/svg10.dtd"> +<svg width="43cm" height="10cm" viewBox="-194 128 844 196" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x="-8" y="130" width="469.774" height="193"/> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="4.5" y="189" width="159" height="104"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a52a2a" x="4.5" y="189" width="159" height="104"/> + </g> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="63.5" y="211" width="94" height="77"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x="63.5" y="211" width="94" height="77"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #0000ff;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="74.5" y="227.75"> + <tspan x="74.5" y="227.75">sink</tspan> + <tspan x="74.5" y="243.75">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="74.5" y="259.75">selection</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="29.5" y="158"> + <tspan x="29.5" y="158"></tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #a52a2a;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="8.53836" y="157.914"> + <tspan x="8.53836" y="157.914">sink media</tspan> + <tspan x="8.53836" y="173.914">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #8b6914;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="349.774" y="155"> + <tspan x="349.774" y="155">source media</tspan> + <tspan x="349.774" y="171">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="350.488" y="190.834" width="93.2863" height="75.166"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="350.488" y="190.834" width="93.2863" height="75.166"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="350.488" y1="266" x2="63.5" y2="288"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="350.488" y1="190.834" x2="63.5" y2="211"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="443.774" y1="266" x2="157.5" y2="288"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="443.774" y1="190.834" x2="157.5" y2="211"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="473.1" cy="219.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="473.1" cy="219.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="473.1" cy="219.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="481.6" y1="219.984" x2="637.934" y2="220.012"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="645.434,220.014 635.433,225.012 637.934,220.012 635.435,215.012 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="645.434,220.014 635.433,225.012 637.934,220.012 635.435,215.012 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="506.908" y="209.8"> + <tspan x="506.908" y="209.8">pad 1 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="-192.398" y1="241.8" x2="-38.6343" y2="241.529"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="-31.1343,241.516 -41.1254,246.534 -38.6343,241.529 -41.1431,236.534 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="-31.1343,241.516 -41.1254,246.534 -38.6343,241.529 -41.1431,236.534 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="-147.858" y="229.8"> + <tspan x="-147.858" y="229.8">pad 0 (sink)</tspan> + </text> +</svg> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.dia b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.dia new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a0d7829 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.dia @@ -0,0 +1,1588 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<dia:diagram xmlns:dia="http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/"> + <dia:diagramdata> + <dia:attribute name="background"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pagebreak"> + <dia:color val="#000099"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="paper"> + <dia:composite type="paper"> + <dia:attribute name="name"> + <dia:string>#A4#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="tmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="bmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="lmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="rmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="is_portrait"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="scaling"> + <dia:real val="0.49000000953674316"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fitto"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="grid"> + <dia:composite type="grid"> + <dia:attribute name="width_x"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="width_y"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="visible_x"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="visible_y"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:composite type="color"/> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#d8e5e5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="guides"> + <dia:composite type="guides"> + <dia:attribute name="hguides"/> + <dia:attribute name="vguides"/> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:diagramdata> + <dia:layer name="Background" visible="true" active="true"> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O0"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="15.945,6.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="15.895,6.4;26.4,18.95"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="15.945,6.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="10.404999999254942"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="12.449999999999992"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#ff765a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O1"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-0.1,3.65"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-0.15,3.6;40.25,20.85"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="-0.1,3.65"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="40.300000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="17.149999999999999"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O2"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-1.05,7.9106"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-1.1,7.8606;-0.15,8.8106"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="-1.05,7.9106"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O3"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="40.3366,9.8342"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="40.2866,9.7842;41.2366,10.7342"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="40.3366,9.8342"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O4"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-9.225,8.35"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-9.27509,7.97487;-0.938197,8.69848"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="-9.225,8.35"/> + <dia:point val="-1.05,8.3356"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O5"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="41.1866,10.2592"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="41.1366,9.89879;49.6019,10.6224"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="41.1866,10.2592"/> + <dia:point val="49.4901,10.2607"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O3" connection="3"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O6"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-6.998,7.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-6.998,7.155;-3.193,7.9025"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 0 (sink)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="-6.998,7.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O7"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="42.452,9.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="42.452,9.155;47.097,9.9025"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 2 (source)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="42.452,9.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O8"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="0.275,6"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="0.225,5.95;8.275,11.25"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="0.275,6"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="7.9499999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="5.1999999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#a52a2a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O9"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="3.125,6.8"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="3.075,6.75;7.875,10.7"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="3.125,6.8"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="4.6999999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.8499999999999979"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O10"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="1.525,4.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="1.525,3.855;1.525,4.6025"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>##</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="1.525,4.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O11"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="0.476918,4.44569"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="0.476918,3.85069;3.95942,5.39819"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink media +bus format#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="0.476918,4.44569"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#a52a2a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O12"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,9.28251"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="16.6322,9.23251;24.9922,17.9564"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,9.28251"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="8.2600228398861297"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="8.6238900617957164"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#00ff00"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O13"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,17.9064"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="3.05732,10.5823;16.7499,17.9741"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,17.9064"/> + <dia:point val="3.125,10.65"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O12" connection="5"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O9" connection="5"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O14"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,9.28251"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="3.06681,6.74181;16.7404,9.3407"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,9.28251"/> + <dia:point val="3.125,6.8"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O12" connection="0"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O9" connection="0"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O15"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="24.9422,17.9064"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="7.75945,10.5845;25.0077,17.9719"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="24.9422,17.9064"/> + <dia:point val="7.825,10.65"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O12" connection="7"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O9" connection="7"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O16"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="24.9422,9.28251"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="7.76834,6.74334;24.9989,9.33917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="24.9422,9.28251"/> + <dia:point val="7.825,6.8"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O12" connection="2"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O9" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O17"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.7352,7.47209"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="16.7352,6.87709;22.5602,8.42459"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink compose +selection (scaling)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="16.7352,7.47209"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#00ff00"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O18"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="20.4661,9.72825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="20.4161,9.67825;25.5254,13.3509"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="20.4661,9.72825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="5.009308462554376"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.5726155970598077"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O19"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.475,5.2564"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="34.475,4.6614;38.7975,6.2089"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#source media +bus format#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="34.475,5.2564"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#8b6914"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O20"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.4244,8.6917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="34.3744,8.6417;39.4837,12.3143"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="34.4244,8.6917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="5.009308462554376"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.5726155970598077"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#8b6914"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O21"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.4244,12.2643"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="20.4125,12.2107;34.478,13.3545"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="34.4244,12.2643"/> + <dia:point val="20.4661,13.3009"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O20" connection="5"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O18" connection="5"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O22"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.4244,8.6917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="20.4125,8.63813;34.478,9.78182"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="34.4244,8.6917"/> + <dia:point val="20.4661,9.72825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O20" connection="0"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O18" connection="0"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O23"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="39.4337,12.2643"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="25.4218,12.2107;39.4873,13.3545"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="39.4337,12.2643"/> + <dia:point val="25.4754,13.3009"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O20" connection="7"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O18" connection="7"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O24"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="39.4337,8.6917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="25.4218,8.63813;39.4873,9.78182"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="39.4337,8.6917"/> + <dia:point val="25.4754,9.72825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O20" connection="2"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O18" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O25"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.25,5.15"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="16.25,4.555;21.68,6.1025"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink compose +bounds selection#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="16.25,5.15"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#ff765a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O26"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-1.02991,16.6506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-1.07991,16.6006;-0.12991,17.5506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="-1.02991,16.6506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O27"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-9.20491,17.09"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-9.255,16.7149;-0.918107,17.4385"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="-9.20491,17.09"/> + <dia:point val="-1.02991,17.0756"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O26" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O28"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-6.95,16.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-6.95,15.855;-3.145,16.6025"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 1 (sink)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="-6.95,16.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O29"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="0.390412,14.64"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="0.340412,14.59;6.045,18.8"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="0.390412,14.64"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="5.604587512785236"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="4.1099999999999994"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#a52a2a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O30"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="2.645,15.74"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="2.595,15.69;5.6,18.3"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="2.645,15.74"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="2.904999999254942"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="2.5100000000000016"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O31"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="1.595,12.99"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="1.595,12.395;1.595,13.1425"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>##</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="1.595,12.99"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O32"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="17.945,12.595"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="2.58596,12.536;18.004,15.799"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="17.945,12.595"/> + <dia:point val="2.645,15.74"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O36" connection="0"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O30" connection="0"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O33"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="17.945,15.8"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="2.58772,15.7427;18.0023,18.3073"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="17.945,15.8"/> + <dia:point val="2.645,18.25"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O36" connection="5"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O30" connection="5"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O34"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="21.7,15.8"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="5.49307,15.7431;21.7569,18.3069"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="21.7,15.8"/> + <dia:point val="5.55,18.25"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O36" connection="7"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O30" connection="7"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O35"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="21.7,12.595"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="5.49136,12.5364;21.7586,15.7986"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="21.7,12.595"/> + <dia:point val="5.55,15.74"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O36" connection="2"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O30" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O36"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="17.945,12.595"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="17.895,12.545;21.75,15.85"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="17.945,12.595"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="3.7549999992549452"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.2049999992549427"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#00ff00"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O37"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="22.1631,14.2233"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="22.1131,14.1733;25.45,16.7"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="22.1631,14.2233"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="3.2369000000000021"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="2.4267000000000003"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O38"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.6714,16.2367"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="34.6214,16.1867;37.9,18.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="34.6714,16.2367"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="3.178600000000003"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="2.4632999999999967"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#8b6914"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O39"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.6714,18.7"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="22.1057,16.5926;34.7288,18.7574"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="34.6714,18.7"/> + <dia:point val="22.1631,16.65"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O38" connection="5"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O37" connection="5"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O40"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.6714,16.2367"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="22.1058,14.166;34.7287,16.294"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="34.6714,16.2367"/> + <dia:point val="22.1631,14.2233"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O38" connection="0"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O37" connection="0"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O41"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="37.85,18.7"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="25.3425,16.5925;37.9075,18.7575"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="37.85,18.7"/> + <dia:point val="25.4,16.65"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O38" connection="7"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O37" connection="7"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O42"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="37.85,16.2367"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="25.3427,14.166;37.9073,16.294"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="37.85,16.2367"/> + <dia:point val="25.4,14.2233"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O38" connection="2"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O37" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O43"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="40.347,16.7742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="40.297,16.7242;41.247,17.6742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="40.347,16.7742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O44"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="41.197,17.1992"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="41.147,16.8388;49.6123,17.5624"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="41.197,17.1992"/> + <dia:point val="49.5005,17.2007"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O43" connection="3"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O45"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="42.4624,16.69"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="42.4624,16.095;47.1074,16.8425"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 3 (source)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="42.4624,16.69"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O46"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="9.85,4.55"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="9.85,3.955;12.7275,6.3025"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink +crop +selection#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="9.85,4.55"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O47"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="27.65,4.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="27.65,4.155;30.5275,6.5025"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#source +crop +selection#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="27.65,4.75"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O48"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="10.55,6.6"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="7.7135,6.39438;10.6035,7.11605"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="10.55,6.6"/> + <dia:point val="7.825,6.8"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O9" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O49"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="10.45,6.55"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="5.48029,6.48236;10.5176,15.8387"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="10.45,6.55"/> + <dia:point val="5.55,15.74"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O30" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O50"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="27.5246,6.66071"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="25.406,6.59136;27.594,9.82122"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="27.5246,6.66071"/> + <dia:point val="25.4754,9.72825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O18" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O51"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="27.5036,6.68935"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="25.2161,6.62775;27.5652,14.331"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="27.5036,6.68935"/> + <dia:point val="25.4,14.2233"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O37" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + </dia:layer> +</dia:diagram> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.svg b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.svg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3322cf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-full.svg @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/2001/PR-SVG-20010719/DTD/svg10.dtd"> +<svg width="59cm" height="18cm" viewBox="-186 71 1178 346" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="318.9" y="129" width="208.1" height="249"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #ff765a" x="318.9" y="129" width="208.1" height="249"/> + </g> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x="-2" y="73" width="806" height="343"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="-12.5" cy="166.712" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-12.5" cy="166.712" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-12.5" cy="166.712" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="815.232" cy="205.184" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="815.232" cy="205.184" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="815.232" cy="205.184" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="-184.5" y1="167" x2="-30.7361" y2="166.729"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="-23.2361,166.716 -33.2272,171.734 -30.7361,166.729 -33.2449,161.734 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="-23.2361,166.716 -33.2272,171.734 -30.7361,166.729 -33.2449,161.734 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="823.732" y1="205.184" x2="980.066" y2="205.212"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="987.566,205.214 977.565,210.212 980.066,205.212 977.567,200.212 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="987.566,205.214 977.565,210.212 980.066,205.212 977.567,200.212 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="-139.96" y="155"> + <tspan x="-139.96" y="155">pad 0 (sink)</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="849.04" y="195"> + <tspan x="849.04" y="195">pad 2 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="5.5" y="120" width="159" height="104"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a52a2a" x="5.5" y="120" width="159" height="104"/> + </g> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="62.5" y="136" width="94" height="77"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x="62.5" y="136" width="94" height="77"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="30.5" y="89"> + <tspan x="30.5" y="89"></tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #a52a2a;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="9.53836" y="88.9138"> + <tspan x="9.53836" y="88.9138">sink media</tspan> + <tspan x="9.53836" y="104.914">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="333.644" y="185.65" width="165.2" height="172.478"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #00ff00" x="333.644" y="185.65" width="165.2" height="172.478"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="333.644" y1="358.128" x2="62.5" y2="213"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="333.644" y1="185.65" x2="62.5" y2="136"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="498.844" y1="358.128" x2="156.5" y2="213"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="498.844" y1="185.65" x2="156.5" y2="136"/> + <text style="fill: #00ff00;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="334.704" y="149.442"> + <tspan x="334.704" y="149.442">sink compose</tspan> + <tspan x="334.704" y="165.442">selection (scaling)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="409.322" y="194.565" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x="409.322" y="194.565" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #8b6914;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="689.5" y="105.128"> + <tspan x="689.5" y="105.128">source media</tspan> + <tspan x="689.5" y="121.128">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="688.488" y="173.834" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="688.488" y="173.834" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="688.488" y1="245.286" x2="409.322" y2="266.018"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="688.488" y1="173.834" x2="409.322" y2="194.565"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="788.674" y1="245.286" x2="509.508" y2="266.018"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="788.674" y1="173.834" x2="509.508" y2="194.565"/> + <text style="fill: #ff765a;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="325" y="103"> + <tspan x="325" y="103">sink compose</tspan> + <tspan x="325" y="119">bounds selection</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="-12.0982" cy="341.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-12.0982" cy="341.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-12.0982" cy="341.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="-184.098" y1="341.8" x2="-30.3343" y2="341.529"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="-22.8343,341.516 -32.8254,346.534 -30.3343,341.529 -32.8431,336.534 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="-22.8343,341.516 -32.8254,346.534 -30.3343,341.529 -32.8431,336.534 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="-139" y="329"> + <tspan x="-139" y="329">pad 1 (sink)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="7.80824" y="292.8" width="112.092" height="82.2"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a52a2a" x="7.80824" y="292.8" width="112.092" height="82.2"/> + </g> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="52.9" y="314.8" width="58.1" height="50.2"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x="52.9" y="314.8" width="58.1" height="50.2"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="31.9" y="259.8"> + <tspan x="31.9" y="259.8"></tspan> + </text> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="358.9" y1="251.9" x2="52.9" y2="314.8"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="358.9" y1="316" x2="52.9" y2="365"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="434" y1="316" x2="111" y2="365"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="434" y1="251.9" x2="111" y2="314.8"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #00ff00" x="358.9" y="251.9" width="75.1" height="64.1"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x="443.262" y="284.466" width="64.738" height="48.534"/> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="693.428" y="324.734" width="63.572" height="49.266"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="693.428" y="324.734" width="63.572" height="49.266"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="693.428" y1="374" x2="443.262" y2="333"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="693.428" y1="324.734" x2="443.262" y2="284.466"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="757" y1="374" x2="508" y2="333"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="757" y1="324.734" x2="508" y2="284.466"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="815.44" cy="343.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="815.44" cy="343.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="815.44" cy="343.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="823.94" y1="343.984" x2="980.274" y2="344.012"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="987.774,344.014 977.773,349.012 980.274,344.012 977.775,339.012 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="987.774,344.014 977.773,349.012 980.274,344.012 977.775,339.012 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="849.248" y="333.8"> + <tspan x="849.248" y="333.8">pad 3 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #0000ff;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="197" y="91"> + <tspan x="197" y="91">sink</tspan> + <tspan x="197" y="107">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="197" y="123">selection</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #a020f0;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="553" y="95"> + <tspan x="553" y="95">source</tspan> + <tspan x="553" y="111">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="553" y="127">selection</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x1="211" y1="132" x2="166.21" y2="135.287"/> + <polygon style="fill: #0000ff" points="158.73,135.836 168.337,130.118 166.21,135.287 169.069,140.091 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" points="158.73,135.836 168.337,130.118 166.21,135.287 169.069,140.091 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x1="209" y1="131" x2="115.581" y2="306.209"/> + <polygon style="fill: #0000ff" points="112.052,312.827 112.345,301.65 115.581,306.209 121.169,306.355 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" points="112.052,312.827 112.345,301.65 115.581,306.209 121.169,306.355 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x1="550.492" y1="133.214" x2="514.916" y2="186.469"/> + <polygon style="fill: #a020f0" points="510.75,192.706 512.147,181.613 514.916,186.469 520.463,187.168 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" points="510.75,192.706 512.147,181.613 514.916,186.469 520.463,187.168 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x1="550.072" y1="133.787" x2="510.618" y2="275.089"/> + <polygon style="fill: #a020f0" points="508.601,282.312 506.475,271.336 510.618,275.089 516.106,274.025 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" points="508.601,282.312 506.475,271.336 510.618,275.089 516.106,274.025 "/> + </g> +</svg> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.dia b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.dia new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cd50a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.dia @@ -0,0 +1,1152 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> +<dia:diagram xmlns:dia="http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/"> + <dia:diagramdata> + <dia:attribute name="background"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pagebreak"> + <dia:color val="#000099"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="paper"> + <dia:composite type="paper"> + <dia:attribute name="name"> + <dia:string>#A4#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="tmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="bmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="lmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="rmargin"> + <dia:real val="2.8222000598907471"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="is_portrait"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="scaling"> + <dia:real val="0.49000000953674316"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fitto"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="grid"> + <dia:composite type="grid"> + <dia:attribute name="width_x"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="width_y"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="visible_x"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="visible_y"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:composite type="color"/> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#d8e5e5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="guides"> + <dia:composite type="guides"> + <dia:attribute name="hguides"/> + <dia:attribute name="vguides"/> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:diagramdata> + <dia:layer name="Background" visible="true" active="true"> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O0"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-0.4,6.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-0.45,6.45;39.95,22.9"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="-0.4,6.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="40.299999999999997"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="16.349999999999998"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O1"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="0.225,9.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="0.175,9.4;8.225,14.7"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="0.225,9.45"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="7.9499999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="5.1999999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#a52a2a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O2"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="2.475,10.2"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="2.425,10.15;7.225,14.1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="2.475,10.2"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="4.6999999999999975"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.8499999999999979"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O3"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="3,11.2"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="3,10.605;5.8775,12.9525"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink +crop +selection#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="3,11.2"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#0000ff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O4"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="1.475,7.9"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="1.475,7.305;1.475,8.0525"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>##</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="1.475,7.9"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O5"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="0.426918,7.89569"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="0.426918,7.30069;3.90942,8.84819"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink media +bus format#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="0.426918,7.89569"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#a52a2a"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O6"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,9.28251"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="16.6322,9.23251;24.9922,17.9564"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,9.28251"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="8.2600228398861297"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="8.6238900617957164"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#00ff00"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O7"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,17.9064"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="2.41365,13.9886;16.7436,17.9678"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,17.9064"/> + <dia:point val="2.475,14.05"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O6" connection="5"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="5"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O8"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,9.28251"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="2.42188,9.22939;16.7353,10.2531"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="16.6822,9.28251"/> + <dia:point val="2.475,10.2"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O6" connection="0"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="0"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O9"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="24.9422,17.9064"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="7.11553,13.9905;25.0017,17.9659"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="24.9422,17.9064"/> + <dia:point val="7.175,14.05"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O6" connection="7"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="7"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O10"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="24.9422,9.28251"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="7.12249,9.23;24.9947,10.2525"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="24.9422,9.28251"/> + <dia:point val="7.175,10.2"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O6" connection="2"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O2" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O11"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="16.7352,7.47209"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="16.7352,6.87709;22.5602,8.42459"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#sink compose +selection (scaling)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="16.7352,7.47209"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#00ff00"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O12"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="19.1161,9.97825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="19.0661,9.92825;24.1754,13.6009"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="19.1161,9.97825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="5.009308462554376"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.5726155970598077"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O13"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="27.1661,7.47209"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="27.1661,6.87709;30.0436,9.22459"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#source +crop +selection#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="27.1661,7.47209"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O14"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.575,7.8564"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="34.575,7.2614;38.8975,8.8089"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#source media +bus format#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="34.575,7.8564"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#8b6914"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O15"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.5244,11.2917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="34.4744,11.2417;39.5837,14.9143"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="34.5244,11.2917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="5.009308462554376"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.5726155970598077"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#8b6914"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O16"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.5244,14.8643"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="19.062,13.4968;34.5785,14.9184"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="34.5244,14.8643"/> + <dia:point val="19.1161,13.5509"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O15" connection="5"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O12" connection="5"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O17"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.5244,11.2917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="19.062,9.92418;34.5785,11.3458"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="34.5244,11.2917"/> + <dia:point val="19.1161,9.97825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O15" connection="0"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O12" connection="0"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O18"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="39.5337,14.8643"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="24.0713,13.4968;39.5878,14.9184"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="39.5337,14.8643"/> + <dia:point val="24.1254,13.5509"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O15" connection="7"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O12" connection="7"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O19"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="39.5337,11.2917"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="24.0713,9.92418;39.5878,11.3458"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="39.5337,11.2917"/> + <dia:point val="24.1254,9.97825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O15" connection="2"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O12" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O20"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="39.98,12.0742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="39.93,12.0242;40.88,12.9742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="39.98,12.0742"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O21"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="40.83,12.4992"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="40.78,12.1388;49.2453,12.8624"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="40.83,12.4992"/> + <dia:point val="49.1335,12.5007"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O20" connection="3"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O22"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="42.0954,11.99"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="42.0954,11.395;46.7404,12.1425"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 1 (source)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="42.0954,11.99"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O23"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-1.44491,11.6506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-1.49491,11.6006;-0.54491,12.5506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="-1.44491,11.6506"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O24"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-9.61991,12.09"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-9.67,11.7149;-1.33311,12.4385"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="-9.61991,12.09"/> + <dia:point val="-1.44491,12.0756"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O23" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O25"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="-7.39291,11.49"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="-7.39291,10.895;-3.58791,11.6425"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 0 (sink)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="-7.39291,11.49"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O26"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="19.4911,13.8333"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="19.4411,13.7833;24.5504,17.4559"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="19.4911,13.8333"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="5.009308462554376"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.5726155970598077"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Box" version="0" id="O27"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.4994,17.2967"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="34.4494,17.2467;39.5587,20.9193"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="34.4994,17.2967"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="5.009308462554376"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="3.5726155970598077"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000149011612"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="border_color"> + <dia:color val="#8b6914"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O28"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.4994,20.8693"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="19.4311,17.3459;34.5594,20.9293"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="34.4994,20.8693"/> + <dia:point val="19.4911,17.4059"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O27" connection="5"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O26" connection="5"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O29"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="34.4994,17.2967"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="19.4311,13.7733;34.5594,17.3567"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="34.4994,17.2967"/> + <dia:point val="19.4911,13.8333"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O27" connection="0"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O26" connection="0"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O30"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="39.5087,20.8693"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="24.4404,17.3459;39.5687,20.9293"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="39.5087,20.8693"/> + <dia:point val="24.5004,17.4059"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O27" connection="7"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O26" connection="7"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O31"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="39.5087,17.2967"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="24.4404,13.7733;39.5687,17.3567"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="39.5087,17.2967"/> + <dia:point val="24.5004,13.8333"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#e60505"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="4"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O27" connection="2"/> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O26" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Geometric - Perfect Circle" version="1" id="O32"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="39.855,18.7792"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="39.805,18.7292;40.755,19.6792"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="meta"> + <dia:composite type="dict"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_corner"> + <dia:point val="39.855,18.7792"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_width"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="elem_height"> + <dia:real val="0.84999999999999787"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_width"> + <dia:real val="0.10000000000000001"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_colour"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="fill_colour"> + <dia:color val="#ffffff"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="show_background"> + <dia:boolean val="true"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_style"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_horizontal"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="flip_vertical"> + <dia:boolean val="false"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="subscale"> + <dia:real val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O33"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="40.705,19.2042"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="40.655,18.8438;49.1203,19.5674"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="40.705,19.2042"/> + <dia:point val="49.0085,19.2057"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="0" to="O32" connection="3"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Text" version="1" id="O34"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="41.9704,18.695"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="41.9704,18.1;46.6154,18.8475"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="text"> + <dia:composite type="text"> + <dia:attribute name="string"> + <dia:string>#pad 2 (source)#</dia:string> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="font"> + <dia:font family="sans" style="0" name="Helvetica"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="height"> + <dia:real val="0.80000000000000004"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="pos"> + <dia:point val="41.9704,18.695"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="color"> + <dia:color val="#000000"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="alignment"> + <dia:enum val="0"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:composite> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="valign"> + <dia:enum val="3"/> + </dia:attribute> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O35"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="27.3,9.55"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="24.0146,9.49376;27.3562,10.255"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="27.3,9.55"/> + <dia:point val="24.1254,9.97825"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O12" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + <dia:object type="Standard - Line" version="0" id="O36"> + <dia:attribute name="obj_pos"> + <dia:point val="27.3454,9.53624"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="obj_bb"> + <dia:rectangle val="24.4311,9.46695;27.4147,13.9265"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="conn_endpoints"> + <dia:point val="27.3454,9.53624"/> + <dia:point val="24.5004,13.8333"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="numcp"> + <dia:int val="1"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="line_color"> + <dia:color val="#a020f0"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow"> + <dia:enum val="22"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_length"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:attribute name="end_arrow_width"> + <dia:real val="0.5"/> + </dia:attribute> + <dia:connections> + <dia:connection handle="1" to="O26" connection="2"/> + </dia:connections> + </dia:object> + </dia:layer> +</dia:diagram> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2340c0f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-image-processing-scaling-multi-source.svg @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?> +<!DOCTYPE svg PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD SVG 1.0//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/2001/PR-SVG-20010719/DTD/svg10.dtd"> +<svg width="59cm" height="17cm" viewBox="-194 128 1179 330" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x="-8" y="130" width="806" height="327"/> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="4.5" y="189" width="159" height="104"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a52a2a" x="4.5" y="189" width="159" height="104"/> + </g> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="49.5" y="204" width="94" height="77"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #0000ff" x="49.5" y="204" width="94" height="77"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #0000ff;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="60" y="224"> + <tspan x="60" y="224">sink</tspan> + <tspan x="60" y="240">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="60" y="256">selection</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="29.5" y="158"> + <tspan x="29.5" y="158"></tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #a52a2a;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="8.53836" y="157.914"> + <tspan x="8.53836" y="157.914">sink media</tspan> + <tspan x="8.53836" y="173.914">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="333.644" y="185.65" width="165.2" height="172.478"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #00ff00" x="333.644" y="185.65" width="165.2" height="172.478"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="333.644" y1="358.128" x2="49.5" y2="281"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="333.644" y1="185.65" x2="49.5" y2="204"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="498.844" y1="358.128" x2="143.5" y2="281"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="498.844" y1="185.65" x2="143.5" y2="204"/> + <text style="fill: #00ff00;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="334.704" y="149.442"> + <tspan x="334.704" y="149.442">sink compose</tspan> + <tspan x="334.704" y="165.442">selection (scaling)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="382.322" y="199.565" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x="382.322" y="199.565" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #a020f0;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="543.322" y="149.442"> + <tspan x="543.322" y="149.442">source</tspan> + <tspan x="543.322" y="165.442">crop</tspan> + <tspan x="543.322" y="181.442">selection</tspan> + </text> + <text style="fill: #8b6914;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="691.5" y="157.128"> + <tspan x="691.5" y="157.128">source media</tspan> + <tspan x="691.5" y="173.128">bus format</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="690.488" y="225.834" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="690.488" y="225.834" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="690.488" y1="297.286" x2="382.322" y2="271.018"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="690.488" y1="225.834" x2="382.322" y2="199.565"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="790.674" y1="297.286" x2="482.508" y2="271.018"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="790.674" y1="225.834" x2="482.508" y2="199.565"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="808.1" cy="249.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="808.1" cy="249.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="808.1" cy="249.984" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="816.6" y1="249.984" x2="972.934" y2="250.012"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="980.434,250.014 970.433,255.012 972.934,250.012 970.435,245.012 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="980.434,250.014 970.433,255.012 972.934,250.012 970.435,245.012 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="841.908" y="239.8"> + <tspan x="841.908" y="239.8">pad 1 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="-20.3982" cy="241.512" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="-192.398" y1="241.8" x2="-38.6343" y2="241.529"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="-31.1343,241.516 -41.1254,246.534 -38.6343,241.529 -41.1431,236.534 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="-31.1343,241.516 -41.1254,246.534 -38.6343,241.529 -41.1431,236.534 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="-147.858" y="229.8"> + <tspan x="-147.858" y="229.8">pad 0 (sink)</tspan> + </text> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x="389.822" y="276.666" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <g> + <rect style="fill: #ffffff" x="689.988" y="345.934" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + <rect style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #8b6914" x="689.988" y="345.934" width="100.186" height="71.4523"/> + </g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="689.988" y1="417.386" x2="389.822" y2="348.118"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="689.988" y1="345.934" x2="389.822" y2="276.666"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="790.174" y1="417.386" x2="490.008" y2="348.118"/> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke-dasharray: 4; stroke: #e60505" x1="790.174" y1="345.934" x2="490.008" y2="276.666"/> + <g> + <ellipse style="fill: #ffffff" cx="805.6" cy="384.084" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="805.6" cy="384.084" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + <ellipse style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" cx="805.6" cy="384.084" rx="8.5" ry="8.5"/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" x1="814.1" y1="384.084" x2="970.434" y2="384.112"/> + <polygon style="fill: #000000" points="977.934,384.114 967.933,389.112 970.434,384.112 967.935,379.112 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #000000" points="977.934,384.114 967.933,389.112 970.434,384.112 967.935,379.112 "/> + </g> + <text style="fill: #000000;text-anchor:start;font-size:12.8;font-family:sanserif;font-style:normal;font-weight:normal" x="839.408" y="373.9"> + <tspan x="839.408" y="373.9">pad 2 (source)</tspan> + </text> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x1="546" y1="191" x2="492.157" y2="198.263"/> + <polygon style="fill: #a020f0" points="484.724,199.266 493.966,192.974 492.157,198.263 495.303,202.884 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" points="484.724,199.266 493.966,192.974 492.157,198.263 495.303,202.884 "/> + </g> + <g> + <line style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" x1="546.908" y1="190.725" x2="495.383" y2="268.548"/> + <polygon style="fill: #a020f0" points="491.242,274.802 492.594,263.703 495.383,268.548 500.932,269.224 "/> + <polygon style="fill: none; fill-opacity:0; stroke-width: 2; stroke: #a020f0" points="491.242,274.802 492.594,263.703 495.383,268.548 500.932,269.224 "/> + </g> +</svg> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml index e97c512..015c561 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ documentation.</contrib> <firstname>Hans</firstname> <surname>Verkuil</surname> <contrib>Designed and documented the VIDIOC_LOG_STATUS ioctl, -the extended control ioctls and major parts of the sliced VBI -API.</contrib> +the extended control ioctls, major parts of the sliced VBI API, the +MPEG encoder and decoder APIs and the DV Timings API.</contrib> <affiliation> <address> <email>hverkuil@xs4all.nl</email> @@ -96,6 +96,17 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib> </address> </affiliation> </author> + + <author> + <firstname>Sakari</firstname> + <surname>Ailus</surname> + <contrib>Subdev selections API.</contrib> + <affiliation> + <address> + <email>sakari.ailus@iki.fi</email> + </address> + </affiliation> + </author> </authorgroup> <copyright> @@ -112,6 +123,7 @@ Remote Controller chapter.</contrib> <year>2009</year> <year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> + <year>2012</year> <holder>Bill Dirks, Michael H. Schimek, Hans Verkuil, Martin Rubli, Andy Walls, Muralidharan Karicheri, Mauro Carvalho Chehab, Pawel Osciak</holder> @@ -128,6 +140,44 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter applications. --> <revision> + <revnumber>3.5</revnumber> + <date>2012-05-07</date> + <authorinitials>sa, sn</authorinitials> + <revremark>Added V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU and V4L2 subdev + selections API. Improved the description of V4L2_CID_COLORFX + control, added V4L2_CID_COLORFX_CBCR control. + Added camera controls V4L2_CID_AUTO_EXPOSURE_BIAS, + V4L2_CID_AUTO_N_PRESET_WHITE_BALANCE, V4L2_CID_IMAGE_STABILIZATION, + V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY, V4L2_CID_ISO_SENSITIVITY_AUTO, + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_METERING, V4L2_CID_SCENE_MODE, + V4L2_CID_3A_LOCK, V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_START, + V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STOP, V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_STATUS + and V4L2_CID_AUTO_FOCUS_RANGE. + </revremark> + <date>2012-05-01</date> + <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials> + <revremark>Added VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS, VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS and + VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP. + </revremark> + </revision> + + <revision> + <revnumber>3.4</revnumber> + <date>2012-01-25</date> + <authorinitials>sn</authorinitials> + <revremark>Added <link linkend="jpeg-controls">JPEG compression + control class.</link> + </revremark> + </revision> + + <revision> + <revnumber>3.3</revnumber> + <date>2012-01-11</date> + <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials> + <revremark>Added device_caps field to struct v4l2_capabilities.</revremark> + </revision> + + <revision> <revnumber>3.2</revnumber> <date>2011-08-26</date> <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials> @@ -417,7 +467,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark> </partinfo> <title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title> - <subtitle>Revision 3.2</subtitle> + <subtitle>Revision 3.5</subtitle> <chapter id="common"> &sub-common; @@ -473,11 +523,14 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark> &sub-cropcap; &sub-dbg-g-chip-ident; &sub-dbg-g-register; + &sub-decoder-cmd; &sub-dqevent; + &sub-dv-timings-cap; &sub-encoder-cmd; &sub-enumaudio; &sub-enumaudioout; &sub-enum-dv-presets; + &sub-enum-dv-timings; &sub-enum-fmt; &sub-enum-framesizes; &sub-enum-frameintervals; @@ -512,6 +565,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark> &sub-querycap; &sub-queryctrl; &sub-query-dv-preset; + &sub-query-dv-timings; &sub-querystd; &sub-prepare-buf; &sub-reqbufs; @@ -523,6 +577,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark> &sub-subdev-g-crop; &sub-subdev-g-fmt; &sub-subdev-g-frame-interval; + &sub-subdev-g-selection; &sub-subscribe-event; <!-- End of ioctls. --> &sub-mmap; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml index 73ae8a6..765549f 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-create-bufs.xml @@ -48,6 +48,12 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link> + interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + <para>This ioctl is used to create buffers for <link linkend="mmap">memory mapped</link> or <link linkend="userp">user pointer</link> I/O. It can be used as an alternative or in addition to the @@ -94,16 +100,18 @@ information.</para> <entry>The number of buffers requested or granted.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-memory;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>memory</structfield></entry> <entry>Applications set this field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> or -<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>.</entry> +<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-memory" +/></entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-format;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>format</structfield></entry> - <entry>Filled in by the application, preserved by the driver.</entry> + <entry>Filled in by the application, preserved by the driver. + See <xref linkend="v4l2-format" />.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml index b4f2f25..f1bac2c 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ output.</para> &cs-str; <tbody valign="top"> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application. Only these types are valid here: @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Only these types are valid here: <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>, <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> -and higher.</entry> +and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>struct <link linkend="v4l2-rect-crop">v4l2_rect</link></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..74b87f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-decoder-cmd.xml @@ -0,0 +1,256 @@ +<refentry id="vidioc-decoder-cmd"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD</refname> + <refpurpose>Execute an decoder command</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct v4l2_decoder_cmd *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD, VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link> +interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <para>These ioctls control an audio/video (usually MPEG-) decoder. +<constant>VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD</constant> sends a command to the +decoder, <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD</constant> can be used to +try a command without actually executing it. To send a command applications +must initialize all fields of a &v4l2-decoder-cmd; and call +<constant>VIDIOC_DECODER_CMD</constant> or <constant>VIDIOC_TRY_DECODER_CMD</constant> +with a pointer to this structure.</para> + + <para>The <structfield>cmd</structfield> field must contain the +command code. Some commands use the <structfield>flags</structfield> field for +additional information. +</para> + + <para>A <function>write</function>() or &VIDIOC-STREAMON; call sends an implicit +START command to the decoder if it has not been started yet. +</para> + + <para>A <function>close</function>() or &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; call of a streaming +file descriptor sends an implicit immediate STOP command to the decoder, and all +buffered data is discarded.</para> + + <para>These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support +them. They were introduced in Linux 3.3.</para> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-decoder-cmd"> + <title>struct <structname>v4l2_decoder_cmd</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="5"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>cmd</structfield></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>The decoder command, see <xref linkend="decoder-cmds" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>Flags to go with the command. If no flags are defined for +this command, drivers and applications must set this field to zero.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>union</entry> + <entry>(anonymous)</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>struct</entry> + <entry><structfield>start</structfield></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>Structure containing additional data for the +<constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_START</constant> command.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>__s32</entry> + <entry><structfield>speed</structfield></entry> + <entry>Playback speed and direction. The playback speed is defined as +<structfield>speed</structfield>/1000 of the normal speed. So 1000 is normal playback. +Negative numbers denote reverse playback, so -1000 does reverse playback at normal +speed. Speeds -1, 0 and 1 have special meanings: speed 0 is shorthand for 1000 +(normal playback). A speed of 1 steps just one frame forward, a speed of -1 steps +just one frame back. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>format</structfield></entry> + <entry>Format restrictions. This field is set by the driver, not the +application. Possible values are <constant>V4L2_DEC_START_FMT_NONE</constant> if +there are no format restrictions or <constant>V4L2_DEC_START_FMT_GOP</constant> +if the decoder operates on full GOPs (<wordasword>Group Of Pictures</wordasword>). +This is usually the case for reverse playback: the decoder needs full GOPs, which +it can then play in reverse order. So to implement reverse playback the application +must feed the decoder the last GOP in the video file, then the GOP before that, etc. etc. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>struct</entry> + <entry><structfield>stop</structfield></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>Structure containing additional data for the +<constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP</constant> command.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>__u64</entry> + <entry><structfield>pts</structfield></entry> + <entry>Stop playback at this <structfield>pts</structfield> or immediately +if the playback is already past that timestamp. Leave to 0 if you want to stop after the +last frame was decoded. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>struct</entry> + <entry><structfield>raw</structfield></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>data</structfield>[16]</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and +applications must set the array to zero.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="decoder-cmds"> + <title>Decoder Commands</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_START</constant></entry> + <entry>0</entry> + <entry>Start the decoder. When the decoder is already +running or paused, this command will just change the playback speed. +That means that calling <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_START</constant> when +the decoder was paused will <emphasis>not</emphasis> resume the decoder. +You have to explicitly call <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_RESUME</constant> for that. +This command has one flag: +<constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_START_MUTE_AUDIO</constant>. If set, then audio will +be muted when playing back at a non-standard speed. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP</constant></entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>Stop the decoder. When the decoder is already stopped, +this command does nothing. This command has two flags: +if <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_TO_BLACK</constant> is set, then the decoder will +set the picture to black after it stopped decoding. Otherwise the last image will +repeat. If <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_STOP_IMMEDIATELY</constant> is set, then the decoder +stops immediately (ignoring the <structfield>pts</structfield> value), otherwise it +will keep decoding until timestamp >= pts or until the last of the pending data from +its internal buffers was decoded. +</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_PAUSE</constant></entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>Pause the decoder. When the decoder has not been +started yet, the driver will return an &EPERM;. When the decoder is +already paused, this command does nothing. This command has one flag: +if <constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_PAUSE_TO_BLACK</constant> is set, then set the +decoder output to black when paused. +</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_DEC_CMD_RESUME</constant></entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry>Resume decoding after a PAUSE command. When the +decoder has not been started yet, the driver will return an &EPERM;. +When the decoder is already running, this command does nothing. No +flags are defined for this command.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + &return-value; + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The <structfield>cmd</structfield> field is invalid.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EPERM</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The application sent a PAUSE or RESUME command when +the decoder was not running.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6673ce5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-dv-timings-cap.xml @@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ +<refentry id="vidioc-dv-timings-cap"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</refname> + <refpurpose>The capabilities of the Digital Video receiver/transmitter</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_timings_cap *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link> + interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <para>To query the available timings, applications initialize the +<structfield>index</structfield> field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-dv-timings-cap; +and call the <constant>VIDIOC_DV_TIMINGS_CAP</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all supported DV timings, +applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the +driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>. Note that drivers may enumerate a +different set of DV timings after switching the video input or +output.</para> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-bt-timings-cap"> + <title>struct <structname>v4l2_bt_timings_cap</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>min_width</structfield></entry> + <entry>Minimum width of the active video in pixels.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>max_width</structfield></entry> + <entry>Maximum width of the active video in pixels.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>min_height</structfield></entry> + <entry>Minimum height of the active video in lines.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>max_height</structfield></entry> + <entry>Maximum height of the active video in lines.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u64</entry> + <entry><structfield>min_pixelclock</structfield></entry> + <entry>Minimum pixelclock frequency in Hz.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u64</entry> + <entry><structfield>max_pixelclock</structfield></entry> + <entry>Maximum pixelclock frequency in Hz.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>standards</structfield></entry> + <entry>The video standard(s) supported by the hardware. + See <xref linkend="dv-bt-standards"/> for a list of standards.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry> + <entry>Several flags giving more information about the capabilities. + See <xref linkend="dv-bt-cap-capabilities"/> for a description of the flags. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[16]</entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-dv-timings-cap"> + <title>struct <structname>v4l2_dv_timings_cap</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="4"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> + <entry>Type of DV timings as listed in <xref linkend="dv-timing-types"/>.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>union</entry> + <entry><structfield></structfield></entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>&v4l2-bt-timings-cap;</entry> + <entry><structfield>bt</structfield></entry> + <entry>BT.656/1120 timings capabilities of the hardware.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>raw_data</structfield>[32]</entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-bt-cap-capabilities"> + <title>DV BT Timing capabilities</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>Flag</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_INTERLACED</entry> + <entry>Interlaced formats are supported. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_PROGRESSIVE</entry> + <entry>Progressive formats are supported. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_REDUCED_BLANKING</entry> + <entry>CVT/GTF specific: the timings can make use of reduced blanking (CVT) +or the 'Secondary GTF' curve (GTF). + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_CAP_CUSTOM</entry> + <entry>Can support non-standard timings, i.e. timings not belonging to the +standards set in the <structfield>standards</structfield> field. + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + &return-value; + </refsect1> +</refentry> + +<!-- +Local Variables: +mode: sgml +sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" +indent-tabs-mode: nil +End: +--> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml index af7f3f2..f431b3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-encoder-cmd.xml @@ -74,15 +74,16 @@ only used by the STOP command and contains one bit: If the encoding will continue until the end of the current <wordasword>Group Of Pictures</wordasword>, otherwise it will stop immediately.</para> - <para>A <function>read</function>() call sends a START command to -the encoder if it has not been started yet. After a STOP command, + <para>A <function>read</function>() or &VIDIOC-STREAMON; call sends an implicit +START command to the encoder if it has not been started yet. After a STOP command, <function>read</function>() calls will read the remaining data buffered by the driver. When the buffer is empty, <function>read</function>() will return zero and the next <function>read</function>() call will restart the encoder.</para> - <para>A <function>close</function>() call sends an immediate STOP -to the encoder, and all buffered data is discarded.</para> + <para>A <function>close</function>() or &VIDIOC-STREAMOFF; call of a streaming +file descriptor sends an implicit immediate STOP to the encoder, and all buffered +data is discarded.</para> <para>These ioctls are optional, not all drivers may support them. They were introduced in Linux 2.6.21.</para> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml index 0be17c2..509f001 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-presets.xml @@ -48,6 +48,10 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> + <para>This ioctl is <emphasis role="bold">deprecated</emphasis>. + New drivers and applications should use &VIDIOC-ENUM-DV-TIMINGS; instead. + </para> + <para>To query the attributes of a DV preset, applications initialize the <structfield>index</structfield> field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-dv-enum-preset; and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_PRESETS</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24c3bf4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-dv-timings.xml @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ +<refentry id="vidioc-enum-dv-timings"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</refname> + <refpurpose>Enumerate supported Digital Video timings</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct v4l2_enum_dv_timings *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link> + interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <para>While some DV receivers or transmitters support a wide range of timings, others +support only a limited number of timings. With this ioctl applications can enumerate a list +of known supported timings. Call &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; to check if it also supports other +standards or even custom timings that are not in this list.</para> + + <para>To query the available timings, applications initialize the +<structfield>index</structfield> field and zero the reserved array of &v4l2-enum-dv-timings; +and call the <constant>VIDIOC_ENUM_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl with a pointer to this +structure. Drivers fill the rest of the structure or return an +&EINVAL; when the index is out of bounds. To enumerate all supported DV timings, +applications shall begin at index zero, incrementing by one until the +driver returns <errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode>. Note that drivers may enumerate a +different set of DV timings after switching the video input or +output.</para> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-enum-dv-timings"> + <title>struct <structname>v4l2_enum_dv_timings</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry> + <entry>Number of the DV timings, set by the +application.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>&v4l2-dv-timings;</entry> + <entry><structfield>timings</structfield></entry> + <entry>The timings.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + &return-value; + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The &v4l2-enum-dv-timings; <structfield>index</structfield> +is out of bounds.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> +</refentry> + +<!-- +Local Variables: +mode: sgml +sgml-parent-document: "v4l2.sgml" +indent-tabs-mode: nil +End: +--> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml index 347d142..81ebe48 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enum-fmt.xml @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ the application. This is in no way related to the <structfield> pixelformat</structfield> field.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application. Only these types are valid here: @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ Only these types are valid here: <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE</constant>, <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> -and higher.</entry> +and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml index 9b8efcd..46d5a04 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enuminput.xml @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009. <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry> <entry>0x00000002</entry> - <entry>This input supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry> + <entry>This input supports setting video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_IN_CAP_STD</constant></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml index a64d5ef..4280200 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-enumoutput.xml @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ input/output interface to linux-media@vger.kernel.org on 19 Oct 2009. <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_CUSTOM_TIMINGS</constant></entry> <entry>0x00000002</entry> - <entry>This output supports setting custom video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry> + <entry>This output supports setting video timings by using VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_OUT_CAP_STD</constant></entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml index 01a50640..c4ff3b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-crop.xml @@ -100,14 +100,14 @@ changed and <constant>VIDIOC_S_CROP</constant> returns the &cs-str; <tbody valign="top"> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>Type of the data stream, set by the application. Only these types are valid here: <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE</constant>, <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT</constant>, <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OVERLAY</constant>, and custom (driver defined) types with code <constant>V4L2_BUF_TYPE_PRIVATE</constant> -and higher.</entry> +and higher. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml index 7940c11..61be9fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-preset.xml @@ -48,6 +48,12 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> + + <para>These ioctls are <emphasis role="bold">deprecated</emphasis>. + New drivers and applications should use &VIDIOC-G-DV-TIMINGS; and &VIDIOC-S-DV-TIMINGS; + instead. + </para> + <para>To query and select the current DV preset, applications use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_PRESET</constant> and <constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_PRESET</constant> ioctls which take a pointer to a &v4l2-dv-preset; type as argument. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml index 4a8648a..eda1a29 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-dv-timings.xml @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ <refnamediv> <refname>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</refname> <refname>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</refname> - <refpurpose>Get or set custom DV timings for input or output</refpurpose> + <refpurpose>Get or set DV timings for input or output</refpurpose> </refnamediv> <refsynopsisdiv> @@ -48,12 +48,15 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> - <para>To set custom DV timings for the input or output, applications use the -<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl and to get the current custom timings, + <para>To set DV timings for the input or output, applications use the +<constant>VIDIOC_S_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl and to get the current timings, applications use the <constant>VIDIOC_G_DV_TIMINGS</constant> ioctl. The detailed timing information is filled in using the structure &v4l2-dv-timings;. These ioctls take a pointer to the &v4l2-dv-timings; structure as argument. If the ioctl is not supported or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;.</para> +<para>The <filename>linux/v4l2-dv-timings.h</filename> header can be used to get the +timings of the formats in the <xref linkend="cea861" /> and <xref linkend="vesadmt" /> +standards.</para> </refsect1> <refsect1> @@ -83,12 +86,13 @@ or the timing values are not correct, the driver returns &EINVAL;.</para> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry> - <entry>Width of the active video in pixels</entry> + <entry>Width of the active video in pixels.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry> - <entry>Height of the active video in lines</entry> + <entry>Height of the active video frame in lines. So for interlaced formats the + height of the active video in each field is <structfield>height</structfield>/2.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -125,32 +129,52 @@ bit 0 (V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL) is for vertical sync polarity and bit 1 (V4L2_DV_H <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>vfrontporch</structfield></entry> - <entry>Vertical front porch in lines</entry> + <entry>Vertical front porch in lines. For interlaced formats this refers to the + odd field (aka field 1).</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>vsync</structfield></entry> - <entry>Vertical sync length in lines</entry> + <entry>Vertical sync length in lines. For interlaced formats this refers to the + odd field (aka field 1).</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>vbackporch</structfield></entry> - <entry>Vertical back porch in lines</entry> + <entry>Vertical back porch in lines. For interlaced formats this refers to the + odd field (aka field 1).</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>il_vfrontporch</structfield></entry> - <entry>Vertical front porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry> + <entry>Vertical front porch in lines for the even field (aka field 2) of + interlaced field formats.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>il_vsync</structfield></entry> - <entry>Vertical sync length in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry> + <entry>Vertical sync length in lines for the even field (aka field 2) of + interlaced field formats.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>il_vbackporch</structfield></entry> - <entry>Vertical back porch in lines for bottom field of interlaced field formats</entry> + <entry>Vertical back porch in lines for the even field (aka field 2) of + interlaced field formats.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>standards</structfield></entry> + <entry>The video standard(s) this format belongs to. This will be filled in by + the driver. Applications must set this to 0. See <xref linkend="dv-bt-standards"/> + for a list of standards.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> + <entry>Several flags giving more information about the format. + See <xref linkend="dv-bt-flags"/> for a description of the flags. + </entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -211,6 +235,90 @@ bit 0 (V4L2_DV_VSYNC_POS_POL) is for vertical sync polarity and bit 1 (V4L2_DV_H </tbody> </tgroup> </table> + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-bt-standards"> + <title>DV BT Timing standards</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>Timing standard</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CEA861</entry> + <entry>The timings follow the CEA-861 Digital TV Profile standard</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_STD_DMT</entry> + <entry>The timings follow the VESA Discrete Monitor Timings standard</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_STD_CVT</entry> + <entry>The timings follow the VESA Coordinated Video Timings standard</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_BT_STD_GTF</entry> + <entry>The timings follow the VESA Generalized Timings Formula standard</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="dv-bt-flags"> + <title>DV BT Timing flags</title> + <tgroup cols="2"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>Flag</entry> + <entry>Description</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_BLANKING</entry> + <entry>CVT/GTF specific: the timings use reduced blanking (CVT) or the 'Secondary +GTF' curve (GTF). In both cases the horizontal and/or vertical blanking +intervals are reduced, allowing a higher resolution over the same +bandwidth. This is a read-only flag, applications must not set this. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS</entry> + <entry>CEA-861 specific: set for CEA-861 formats with a framerate that is a multiple +of six. These formats can be optionally played at 1 / 1.001 speed to +be compatible with 60 Hz based standards such as NTSC and PAL-M that use a framerate of +29.97 frames per second. If the transmitter can't generate such frequencies, then the +flag will also be cleared. This is a read-only flag, applications must not set this. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_REDUCED_FPS</entry> + <entry>CEA-861 specific: only valid for video transmitters, the flag is cleared +by receivers. It is also only valid for formats with the V4L2_DV_FL_CAN_REDUCE_FPS flag +set, for other formats the flag will be cleared by the driver. + +If the application sets this flag, then the pixelclock used to set up the transmitter is +divided by 1.001 to make it compatible with NTSC framerates. If the transmitter +can't generate such frequencies, then the flag will also be cleared. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>V4L2_DV_FL_HALF_LINE</entry> + <entry>Specific to interlaced formats: if set, then field 1 (aka the odd field) +is really one half-line longer and field 2 (aka the even field) is really one half-line +shorter, so each field has exactly the same number of half-lines. Whether half-lines can be +detected or used depends on the hardware. + </entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> </refsect1> <refsect1> &return-value; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml index b17a7aa..e3d5afcd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-ext-ctrls.xml @@ -265,6 +265,32 @@ These controls are described in <xref These controls are described in <xref linkend="flash-controls" />.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_JPEG</constant></entry> + <entry>0x9d0000</entry> + <entry>The class containing JPEG compression controls. +These controls are described in <xref + linkend="jpeg-controls" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_SOURCE</constant></entry> + <entry>0x9e0000</entry> <entry>The class containing image + source controls. These controls are described in <xref + linkend="image-source-controls" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_IMAGE_PROC</constant></entry> + <entry>0x9f0000</entry> <entry>The class containing image + processing controls. These controls are described in <xref + linkend="image-process-controls" />.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_CLASS_JPEG</constant></entry> + <entry>0x9d0000</entry> + <entry>The class containing JPEG compression controls. +These controls are described in <xref + linkend="jpeg-controls" />.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml index 17fbda1..52acff1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-fmt.xml @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ this ioctl.</para> <colspec colname="c4" /> <tbody valign="top"> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> <entry>Type of the data stream, see <xref diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml index 66e9a52..69c178a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-frequency.xml @@ -95,14 +95,14 @@ the &v4l2-output; <structfield>modulator</structfield> field and the &v4l2-modulator; <structfield>index</structfield> field.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-tuner-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>The tuner type. This is the same value as in the -&v4l2-tuner; <structfield>type</structfield> field. The type must be set +&v4l2-tuner; <structfield>type</structfield> field. See The type must be set to <constant>V4L2_TUNER_RADIO</constant> for <filename>/dev/radioX</filename> device nodes, and to <constant>V4L2_TUNER_ANALOG_TV</constant> for all others. The field is not applicable to modulators, &ie; ignored -by drivers.</entry> +by drivers. See <xref linkend="v4l2-tuner-type" /></entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml index 01ea24b..4874849 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-jpegcomp.xml @@ -57,6 +57,11 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> + <para>These ioctls are <emphasis role="bold">deprecated</emphasis>. + New drivers and applications should use <link linkend="jpeg-controls"> + JPEG class controls</link> for image quality and JPEG markers control. + </para> + <para>[to do]</para> <para>Ronald Bultje elaborates:</para> @@ -86,7 +91,10 @@ to add them.</para> <row> <entry>int</entry> <entry><structfield>quality</structfield></entry> - <entry></entry> + <entry>Deprecated. If <link linkend="jpeg-quality-control"><constant> + V4L2_CID_JPEG_IMAGE_QUALITY</constant></link> control is exposed by + a driver applications should use it instead and ignore this field. + </entry> </row> <row> <entry>int</entry> @@ -116,7 +124,11 @@ to add them.</para> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>jpeg_markers</structfield></entry> - <entry>See <xref linkend="jpeg-markers" />.</entry> + <entry>See <xref linkend="jpeg-markers"/>. Deprecated. + If <link linkend="jpeg-active-marker-control"><constant> + V4L2_CID_JPEG_ACTIVE_MARKER</constant></link> control + is exposed by a driver applications should use it instead + and ignore this field.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml index 19b1d85..f83d2cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-parm.xml @@ -75,11 +75,12 @@ devices.</para> &cs-ustr; <tbody valign="top"> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry></entry> <entry>The buffer (stream) type, same as &v4l2-format; -<structfield>type</structfield>, set by the application.</entry> +<structfield>type</structfield>, set by the application. See <xref + linkend="v4l2-buf-type" /></entry> </row> <row> <entry>union</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml index a9d36e0..bb04eff 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-selection.xml @@ -58,43 +58,43 @@ <para>The ioctls are used to query and configure selection rectangles.</para> -<para> To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set <structfield> -&v4l2-selection;::type </structfield> to the respective buffer type. Do not -use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE +<para> To query the cropping (composing) rectangle set &v4l2-selection; +<structfield> type </structfield> field to the respective buffer type. +Do not use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE </constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE </constant>. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE </constant>. The next step is -setting <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::target </structfield> to value -<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE </constant> (<constant> +setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> field +to <constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE </constant> (<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant>). Please refer to table <xref linkend="v4l2-sel-target" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> for additional -targets. Fields <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::flags </structfield> and -<structfield> &v4l2-selection;::reserved </structfield> are ignored and they -must be filled with zeros. The driver fills the rest of the structure or +targets. The <structfield>flags</structfield> and <structfield>reserved +</structfield> fields of &v4l2-selection; are ignored and they must be filled +with zeros. The driver fills the rest of the structure or returns &EINVAL; if incorrect buffer type or target was used. If cropping (composing) is not supported then the active rectangle is not mutable and it is -always equal to the bounds rectangle. Finally, structure <structfield> -&v4l2-selection;::r </structfield> is filled with the current cropping +always equal to the bounds rectangle. Finally, the &v4l2-rect; +<structfield>r</structfield> rectangle is filled with the current cropping (composing) coordinates. The coordinates are expressed in driver-dependent units. The only exception are rectangles for images in raw formats, whose coordinates are always expressed in pixels. </para> -<para> To change the cropping (composing) rectangle set <structfield> -&v4l2-selection;::type </structfield> to the respective buffer type. Do not +<para> To change the cropping (composing) rectangle set the &v4l2-selection; +<structfield>type</structfield> field to the respective buffer type. Do not use multiplanar buffers. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE </constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_CAPTURE_MPLANE </constant>. Use <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT </constant> instead of <constant> V4L2_BUF_TYPE_VIDEO_OUTPUT_MPLANE </constant>. The next step is -setting <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::target </structfield> to value -<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE </constant> (<constant> +setting the value of &v4l2-selection; <structfield>target</structfield> to +<constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE</constant> (<constant> V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE </constant>). Please refer to table <xref linkend="v4l2-sel-target" /> or <xref linkend="selection-api" /> for additional -targets. Set desired active area into the field <structfield> -&v4l2-selection;::r </structfield>. Field <structfield> -&v4l2-selection;::reserved </structfield> is ignored and must be filled with -zeros. The driver may adjust the rectangle coordinates. An application may -introduce constraints to control rounding behaviour. Set the field -<structfield> &v4l2-selection;::flags </structfield> to one of values: +targets. The &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> rectangle need to be +set to the desired active area. Field &v4l2-selection; <structfield> reserved +</structfield> is ignored and must be filled with zeros. The driver may adjust +coordinates of the requested rectangle. An application may +introduce constraints to control rounding behaviour. The &v4l2-selection; +<structfield>flags</structfield> field must be set to one of the following: <itemizedlist> <listitem> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ and vertical offset and sizes are chosen according to following priority: <orderedlist> <listitem> - <para>Satisfy constraints from <structfield>&v4l2-selection;::flags</structfield>.</para> + <para>Satisfy constraints from &v4l2-selection; <structfield>flags</structfield>.</para> </listitem> <listitem> <para>Adjust width, height, left, and top to hardware limits and alignments.</para> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ and vertical offset and sizes are chosen according to following priority: </listitem> </orderedlist> -On success the field <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::r </structfield> contains +On success the &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> field contains the adjusted rectangle. When the parameters are unsuitable the application may modify the cropping (composing) or image parameters and repeat the cycle until satisfactory parameters have been negotiated. If constraints flags have to be @@ -162,38 +162,38 @@ exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> <tbody valign="top"> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTIVE</constant></entry> - <entry>0</entry> - <entry>area that is currently cropped by hardware</entry> + <entry>0x0000</entry> + <entry>The area that is currently cropped by hardware.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_DEFAULT</constant></entry> - <entry>1</entry> - <entry>suggested cropping rectangle that covers the "whole picture"</entry> + <entry>0x0001</entry> + <entry>Suggested cropping rectangle that covers the "whole picture".</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant></entry> - <entry>2</entry> - <entry>limits for the cropping rectangle</entry> + <entry>0x0002</entry> + <entry>Limits for the cropping rectangle.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTIVE</constant></entry> - <entry>256</entry> - <entry>area to which data are composed by hardware</entry> + <entry>0x0100</entry> + <entry>The area to which data is composed by hardware.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_DEFAULT</constant></entry> - <entry>257</entry> - <entry>suggested composing rectangle that covers the "whole picture"</entry> + <entry>0x0101</entry> + <entry>Suggested composing rectangle that covers the "whole picture".</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS</constant></entry> - <entry>258</entry> - <entry>limits for the composing rectangle</entry> + <entry>0x0102</entry> + <entry>Limits for the composing rectangle.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_PADDED</constant></entry> - <entry>259</entry> - <entry>the active area and all padding pixels that are inserted or modified by the hardware</entry> + <entry>0x0103</entry> + <entry>The active area and all padding pixels that are inserted or modified by hardware.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -209,12 +209,14 @@ exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_FLAG_GE</constant></entry> <entry>0x00000001</entry> - <entry>indicate that adjusted rectangle must contain a rectangle from <structfield>&v4l2-selection;::r</structfield></entry> + <entry>Indicates that the adjusted rectangle must contain the original + &v4l2-selection; <structfield>r</structfield> rectangle.</entry> </row> <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_SEL_FLAG_LE</constant></entry> <entry>0x00000002</entry> - <entry>indicate that adjusted rectangle must be inside a rectangle from <structfield>&v4l2-selection;::r</structfield></entry> + <entry>Indicates that the adjusted rectangle must be inside the original + &v4l2-rect; <structfield>r</structfield> rectangle.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -245,27 +247,29 @@ exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> - <entry>Type of the buffer (from &v4l2-buf-type;)</entry> + <entry>Type of the buffer (from &v4l2-buf-type;).</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>target</structfield></entry> - <entry>used to select between <link linkend="v4l2-sel-target"> cropping and composing rectangles </link></entry> + <entry>Used to select between <link linkend="v4l2-sel-target"> cropping + and composing rectangles</link>.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> - <entry>control over coordinates adjustments, refer to <link linkend="v4l2-sel-flags">selection flags</link></entry> + <entry>Flags controlling the selection rectangle adjustments, refer to + <link linkend="v4l2-sel-flags">selection flags</link>.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry> <entry><structfield>r</structfield></entry> - <entry>selection rectangle</entry> + <entry>The selection rectangle.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved[9]</structfield></entry> - <entry>Reserved fields for future use</entry> + <entry>Reserved fields for future use.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -278,24 +282,24 @@ exist no rectangle </emphasis> that satisfies the constraints.</para> <varlistentry> <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term> <listitem> - <para>The buffer <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::type </structfield> -or <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::target </structfield> is not supported, or -the <structfield> &v4l2-selection;::flags </structfield> are invalid.</para> + <para>Given buffer type <structfield>type</structfield> or +the selection target <structfield>target</structfield> is not supported, +or the <structfield>flags</structfield> argument is not valid.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode></term> <listitem> - <para>it is not possible to adjust a rectangle <structfield> -&v4l2-selection;::r </structfield> that satisfies all contraints from -<structfield> &v4l2-selection;::flags </structfield>.</para> + <para>It is not possible to adjust &v4l2-rect; <structfield> +r</structfield> rectangle to satisfy all contraints given in the +<structfield>flags</structfield> argument.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> <varlistentry> <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term> <listitem> - <para>it is not possible to apply change of selection rectangle at the moment. -Usually because streaming is in progress.</para> + <para>It is not possible to apply change of the selection rectangle +at the moment. Usually because streaming is in progress.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> </variablelist> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml index 71741da..bd015d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-sliced-vbi-cap.xml @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ using the &VIDIOC-S-FMT; ioctl as described in <xref <structfield>service_lines</structfield>[1][0] to zero.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>Type of the data stream, see <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" />. Should be diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml index 91ec2fb..62a1aa2 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-g-tuner.xml @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ user.<!-- FIXME Video inputs already have a name, the purpose of this field is not quite clear.--></para></entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-tuner-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry spanname="hspan">Type of the tuner, see <xref linkend="v4l2-tuner-type" />.</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml index 7bde698..fa7ad7e 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-prepare-buf.xml @@ -48,6 +48,12 @@ <refsect1> <title>Description</title> + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link> + interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + <para>Applications can optionally call the <constant>VIDIOC_PREPARE_BUF</constant> ioctl to pass ownership of the buffer to the driver before actually enqueuing it, using the diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml index 23b17f6..1bc8aeb 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-preset.xml @@ -49,6 +49,10 @@ input</refpurpose> <refsect1> <title>Description</title> + <para>This ioctl is <emphasis role="bold">deprecated</emphasis>. + New drivers and applications should use &VIDIOC-QUERY-DV-TIMINGS; instead. + </para> + <para>The hardware may be able to detect the current DV preset automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications call <constant> VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_PRESET</constant> with a pointer to a diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44935a0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-query-dv-timings.xml @@ -0,0 +1,104 @@ +<refentry id="vidioc-query-dv-timings"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</refname> + <refpurpose>Sense the DV preset received by the current +input</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct v4l2_dv_timings *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental"> experimental </link> + interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <para>The hardware may be able to detect the current DV timings +automatically, similar to sensing the video standard. To do so, applications +call <constant>VIDIOC_QUERY_DV_TIMINGS</constant> with a pointer to a +&v4l2-dv-timings;. Once the hardware detects the timings, it will fill in the +timings structure. + +If the timings could not be detected because there was no signal, then +<errorcode>ENOLINK</errorcode> is returned. If a signal was detected, but +it was unstable and the receiver could not lock to the signal, then +<errorcode>ENOLCK</errorcode> is returned. If the receiver could lock to the signal, +but the format is unsupported (e.g. because the pixelclock is out of range +of the hardware capabilities), then the driver fills in whatever timings it +could find and returns <errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode>. In that case the application +can call &VIDIOC-DV-TIMINGS-CAP; to compare the found timings with the hardware's +capabilities in order to give more precise feedback to the user. +</para> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + &return-value; + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENOLINK</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>No timings could be detected because no signal was found. +</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ENOLCK</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The signal was unstable and the hardware could not lock on to it. +</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>ERANGE</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>Timings were found, but they are out of range of the hardware +capabilities. +</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml index e3664d6..4643505 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-querycap.xml @@ -124,12 +124,35 @@ printf ("Version: %u.%u.%u\n", <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>capabilities</structfield></entry> - <entry>Device capabilities, see <xref - linkend="device-capabilities" />.</entry> + <entry>Available capabilities of the physical device as a whole, see <xref + linkend="device-capabilities" />. The same physical device can export + multiple devices in /dev (e.g. /dev/videoX, /dev/vbiY and /dev/radioZ). + The <structfield>capabilities</structfield> field should contain a union + of all capabilities available around the several V4L2 devices exported + to userspace. + For all those devices the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> field + returns the same set of capabilities. This allows applications to open + just one of the devices (typically the video device) and discover whether + video, vbi and/or radio are also supported. + </entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> - <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[4]</entry> + <entry><structfield>device_caps</structfield></entry> + <entry>Device capabilities of the opened device, see <xref + linkend="device-capabilities" />. Should contain the available capabilities + of that specific device node. So, for example, <structfield>device_caps</structfield> + of a radio device will only contain radio related capabilities and + no video or vbi capabilities. This field is only set if the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> + field contains the <constant>V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS</constant> capability. + Only the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> field can have the + <constant>V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS</constant> capability, <structfield>device_caps</structfield> + will never set <constant>V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS</constant>. + </entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[3]</entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set this array to zero.</entry> </row> @@ -276,6 +299,13 @@ linkend="async">asynchronous</link> I/O methods.</entry> <entry>The device supports the <link linkend="mmap">streaming</link> I/O method.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CAP_DEVICE_CAPS</constant></entry> + <entry>0x80000000</entry> + <entry>The driver fills the <structfield>device_caps</structfield> + field. This capability can only appear in the <structfield>capabilities</structfield> + field and never in the <structfield>device_caps</structfield> field.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml index 36660d3..e6645b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-queryctrl.xml @@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ the first control with a higher ID. Drivers which do not support this flag yet always return an &EINVAL;.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-ctrl-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>Type of control, see <xref linkend="v4l2-ctrl-type" />.</entry> @@ -215,11 +215,12 @@ the array to zero.</entry> <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-querymenu"> <title>struct <structname>v4l2_querymenu</structname></title> - <tgroup cols="3"> + <tgroup cols="4"> &cs-str; <tbody valign="top"> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry></entry> <entry><structfield>id</structfield></entry> <entry>Identifies the control, set by the application from the respective &v4l2-queryctrl; @@ -227,18 +228,38 @@ from the respective &v4l2-queryctrl; </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry></entry> <entry><structfield>index</structfield></entry> <entry>Index of the menu item, starting at zero, set by the application.</entry> </row> <row> + <entry>union</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> <entry>__u8</entry> <entry><structfield>name</structfield>[32]</entry> <entry>Name of the menu item, a NUL-terminated ASCII -string. This information is intended for the user.</entry> +string. This information is intended for the user. This field is valid +for <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_MENU</constant> type controls.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry>__s64</entry> + <entry><structfield>value</structfield></entry> + <entry> + Value of the integer menu item. This field is valid for + <constant>V4L2_CTRL_FLAG_INTEGER_MENU</constant> type + controls. + </entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry></entry> <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield></entry> <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers must set the array to zero.</entry> @@ -292,6 +313,20 @@ the menu items can be enumerated with the <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> ioctl.</entry> </row> <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_INTEGER_MENU</constant></entry> + <entry>≥ 0</entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>N-1</entry> + <entry> + The control has a menu of N choices. The values of the + menu items can be enumerated with the + <constant>VIDIOC_QUERYMENU</constant> ioctl. This is + similar to <constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_MENU</constant> + except that instead of strings, the menu items are + signed 64-bit integers. + </entry> + </row> + <row> <entry><constant>V4L2_CTRL_TYPE_BITMASK</constant></entry> <entry>0</entry> <entry>n/a</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml index 7be4b1d..d7c9505 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-reqbufs.xml @@ -92,18 +92,19 @@ streamoff.--></para> <entry>The number of buffers requested or granted.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-buf-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>Type of the stream or buffers, this is the same as the &v4l2-format; <structfield>type</structfield> field. See <xref linkend="v4l2-buf-type" /> for valid values.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-memory;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>memory</structfield></entry> <entry>Applications set this field to <constant>V4L2_MEMORY_MMAP</constant> or -<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>.</entry> +<constant>V4L2_MEMORY_USERPTR</constant>. See <xref linkend="v4l2-memory" +/>.</entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml index e013da8..407dfce 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-s-hw-freq-seek.xml @@ -73,10 +73,11 @@ same value as in the &v4l2-input; <structfield>tuner</structfield> field and the &v4l2-tuner; <structfield>index</structfield> field.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>&v4l2-tuner-type;</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>type</structfield></entry> <entry>The tuner type. This is the same value as in the -&v4l2-tuner; <structfield>type</structfield> field.</entry> +&v4l2-tuner; <structfield>type</structfield> field. See <xref + linkend="v4l2-tuner-type" /></entry> </row> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> @@ -96,8 +97,8 @@ field and the &v4l2-tuner; <structfield>index</structfield> field.</entry> <row> <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[7]</entry> - <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Drivers and - applications must set the array to zero.</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications + must set the array to zero.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> @@ -112,7 +113,7 @@ field and the &v4l2-tuner; <structfield>index</structfield> field.</entry> <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term> <listitem> <para>The <structfield>tuner</structfield> index is out of -bounds or the value in the <structfield>type</structfield> field is +bounds, the wrap_around value is not supported or the value in the <structfield>type</structfield> field is wrong.</para> </listitem> </varlistentry> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml index 0619732..4cddd78 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-crop.xml @@ -58,9 +58,12 @@ <title>Description</title> <note> - <title>Experimental</title> - <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link> - interface and may change in the future.</para> + <title>Obsolete</title> + + <para>This is an <link linkend="obsolete">obsolete</link> + interface and may be removed in the future. It is superseded by + <link linkend="vidioc-subdev-g-selection">the selection + API</link>.</para> </note> <para>To retrieve the current crop rectangle applications set the diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml new file mode 100644 index 0000000..208e9f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-subdev-g-selection.xml @@ -0,0 +1,228 @@ +<refentry id="vidioc-subdev-g-selection"> + <refmeta> + <refentrytitle>ioctl VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION</refentrytitle> + &manvol; + </refmeta> + + <refnamediv> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION</refname> + <refname>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION</refname> + <refpurpose>Get or set selection rectangles on a subdev pad</refpurpose> + </refnamediv> + + <refsynopsisdiv> + <funcsynopsis> + <funcprototype> + <funcdef>int <function>ioctl</function></funcdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>fd</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>int <parameter>request</parameter></paramdef> + <paramdef>struct v4l2_subdev_selection *<parameter>argp</parameter></paramdef> + </funcprototype> + </funcsynopsis> + </refsynopsisdiv> + + <refsect1> + <title>Arguments</title> + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>fd</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>&fd;</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>request</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION, VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><parameter>argp</parameter></term> + <listitem> + <para></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + <title>Description</title> + + <note> + <title>Experimental</title> + <para>This is an <link linkend="experimental">experimental</link> + interface and may change in the future.</para> + </note> + + <para>The selections are used to configure various image + processing functionality performed by the subdevs which affect the + image size. This currently includes cropping, scaling and + composition.</para> + + <para>The selection API replaces <link + linkend="vidioc-subdev-g-crop">the old subdev crop API</link>. All + the function of the crop API, and more, are supported by the + selections API.</para> + + <para>See <xref linkend="subdev"></xref> for + more information on how each selection target affects the image + processing pipeline inside the subdevice.</para> + + <section> + <title>Types of selection targets</title> + + <para>There are two types of selection targets: actual and bounds. + The ACTUAL targets are the targets which configure the hardware. + The BOUNDS target will return a rectangle that contain all + possible ACTUAL rectangles.</para> + </section> + + <section> + <title>Discovering supported features</title> + + <para>To discover which targets are supported, the user can + perform <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_G_SELECTION</constant> on them. + Any unsupported target will return + <constant>EINVAL</constant>.</para> + </section> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-selection-targets"> + <title>V4L2 subdev selection targets</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_TGT_CROP_ACTUAL</constant></entry> + <entry>0x0000</entry> + <entry>Actual crop. Defines the cropping + performed by the processing step.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_TGT_CROP_BOUNDS</constant></entry> + <entry>0x0002</entry> + <entry>Bounds of the crop rectangle.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_ACTUAL</constant></entry> + <entry>0x0100</entry> + <entry>Actual compose rectangle. Used to configure scaling + on sink pads and composition on source pads.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_TGT_COMPOSE_BOUNDS</constant></entry> + <entry>0x0102</entry> + <entry>Bounds of the compose rectangle.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-selection-flags"> + <title>V4L2 subdev selection flags</title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-def; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_SIZE_GE</constant></entry> + <entry>(1 << 0)</entry> <entry>Suggest the driver it + should choose greater or equal rectangle (in size) than + was requested. Albeit the driver may choose a lesser size, + it will only do so due to hardware limitations. Without + this flag (and + <constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_SIZE_LE</constant>) the + behaviour is to choose the closest possible + rectangle.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_SIZE_LE</constant></entry> + <entry>(1 << 1)</entry> <entry>Suggest the driver it + should choose lesser or equal rectangle (in size) than was + requested. Albeit the driver may choose a greater size, it + will only do so due to hardware limitations.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>V4L2_SUBDEV_SEL_FLAG_KEEP_CONFIG</constant></entry> + <entry>(1 << 2)</entry> + <entry>The configuration should not be propagated to any + further processing steps. If this flag is not given, the + configuration is propagated inside the subdevice to all + further processing steps.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + <table pgwide="1" frame="none" id="v4l2-subdev-selection"> + <title>struct <structname>v4l2_subdev_selection</structname></title> + <tgroup cols="3"> + &cs-str; + <tbody valign="top"> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>which</structfield></entry> + <entry>Active or try selection, from + &v4l2-subdev-format-whence;.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>pad</structfield></entry> + <entry>Pad number as reported by the media framework.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>target</structfield></entry> + <entry>Target selection rectangle. See + <xref linkend="v4l2-subdev-selection-targets">.</xref>.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>flags</structfield></entry> + <entry>Flags. See + <xref linkend="v4l2-subdev-selection-flags">.</xref></entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>&v4l2-rect;</entry> + <entry><structfield>rect</structfield></entry> + <entry>Selection rectangle, in pixels.</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry>__u32</entry> + <entry><structfield>reserved</structfield>[8]</entry> + <entry>Reserved for future extensions. Applications and drivers must + set the array to zero.</entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + + </refsect1> + + <refsect1> + &return-value; + + <variablelist> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EBUSY</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The selection rectangle can't be changed because the + pad is currently busy. This can be caused, for instance, by + an active video stream on the pad. The ioctl must not be + retried without performing another action to fix the problem + first. Only returned by + <constant>VIDIOC_SUBDEV_S_SELECTION</constant></para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + <varlistentry> + <term><errorcode>EINVAL</errorcode></term> + <listitem> + <para>The &v4l2-subdev-selection; + <structfield>pad</structfield> references a non-existing + pad, the <structfield>which</structfield> field references a + non-existing format, or the selection target is not + supported on the given subdev pad.</para> + </listitem> + </varlistentry> + </variablelist> + </refsect1> +</refentry> diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S b/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b486fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1024x768.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1024x768.S: EDID data set for standard 1024x768 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2011 Carsten Emde <C.Emde@osadl.org> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 65000 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1024 +#define YPIX 768 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_4_3 +#define XBLANK 320 +#define YBLANK 38 +#define XOFFSET 8 +#define XPULSE 144 +#define YOFFSET (63+3) +#define YPULSE (63+6) +#define DPI 72 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux XGA" +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x08 /* Bit 3 -> 1024x768 @60 Hz */ +#define HSYNC_POL 0 +#define VSYNC_POL 0 +#define CRC 0x55 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S b/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a2799fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1280x1024.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1280x1024.S: EDID data set for standard 1280x1024 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2011 Carsten Emde <C.Emde@osadl.org> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 108000 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1280 +#define YPIX 1024 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_5_4 +#define XBLANK 408 +#define YBLANK 42 +#define XOFFSET 48 +#define XPULSE 112 +#define YOFFSET (63+1) +#define YPULSE (63+3) +#define DPI 72 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux SXGA" +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x00 /* none */ +#define HSYNC_POL 1 +#define VSYNC_POL 1 +#define CRC 0xa0 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S b/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S new file mode 100644 index 0000000..96f67ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1680x1050.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1680x1050.S: EDID data set for standard 1680x1050 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2012 Carsten Emde <C.Emde@osadl.org> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 146250 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1680 +#define YPIX 1050 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_16_10 +#define XBLANK 560 +#define YBLANK 39 +#define XOFFSET 104 +#define XPULSE 176 +#define YOFFSET (63+3) +#define YPULSE (63+6) +#define DPI 96 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux WSXGA" +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x00 /* none */ +#define HSYNC_POL 1 +#define VSYNC_POL 1 +#define CRC 0x26 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S b/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S new file mode 100644 index 0000000..36ed5d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/1920x1080.S @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +/* + 1920x1080.S: EDID data set for standard 1920x1080 60 Hz monitor + + Copyright (C) 2012 Carsten Emde <C.Emde@osadl.org> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + +/* EDID */ +#define VERSION 1 +#define REVISION 3 + +/* Display */ +#define CLOCK 148500 /* kHz */ +#define XPIX 1920 +#define YPIX 1080 +#define XY_RATIO XY_RATIO_16_9 +#define XBLANK 280 +#define YBLANK 45 +#define XOFFSET 88 +#define XPULSE 44 +#define YOFFSET (63+4) +#define YPULSE (63+5) +#define DPI 96 +#define VFREQ 60 /* Hz */ +#define TIMING_NAME "Linux FHD" +#define ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS 0x00 /* none */ +#define HSYNC_POL 1 +#define VSYNC_POL 1 +#define CRC 0x05 + +#include "edid.S" diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75a9f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +In the good old days when graphics parameters were configured explicitly +in a file called xorg.conf, even broken hardware could be managed. + +Today, with the advent of Kernel Mode Setting, a graphics board is +either correctly working because all components follow the standards - +or the computer is unusable, because the screen remains dark after +booting or it displays the wrong area. Cases when this happens are: +- The graphics board does not recognize the monitor. +- The graphics board is unable to detect any EDID data. +- The graphics board incorrectly forwards EDID data to the driver. +- The monitor sends no or bogus EDID data. +- A KVM sends its own EDID data instead of querying the connected monitor. +Adding the kernel parameter "nomodeset" helps in most cases, but causes +restrictions later on. + +As a remedy for such situations, the kernel configuration item +CONFIG_DRM_LOAD_EDID_FIRMWARE was introduced. It allows to provide an +individually prepared or corrected EDID data set in the /lib/firmware +directory from where it is loaded via the firmware interface. The code +(see drivers/gpu/drm/drm_edid_load.c) contains built-in data sets for +commonly used screen resolutions (1024x768, 1280x1024, 1680x1050, +1920x1080) as binary blobs, but the kernel source tree does not contain +code to create these data. In order to elucidate the origin of the +built-in binary EDID blobs and to facilitate the creation of individual +data for a specific misbehaving monitor, commented sources and a +Makefile environment are given here. + +To create binary EDID and C source code files from the existing data +material, simply type "make". + +If you want to create your own EDID file, copy the file 1024x768.S and +replace the settings with your own data. The CRC value in the last line + #define CRC 0x55 +is a bit tricky. After a first version of the binary data set is +created, it must be be checked with the "edid-decode" utility which will +most probably complain about a wrong CRC. Fortunately, the utility also +displays the correct CRC which must then be inserted into the source +file. After the make procedure is repeated, the EDID data set is ready +to be used. diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/Makefile b/Documentation/EDID/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 0000000..17763ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ + +SOURCES := $(wildcard [0-9]*x[0-9]*.S) + +BIN := $(patsubst %.S, %.bin, $(SOURCES)) + +IHEX := $(patsubst %.S, %.bin.ihex, $(SOURCES)) + +CODE := $(patsubst %.S, %.c, $(SOURCES)) + +all: $(BIN) $(IHEX) $(CODE) + +clean: + @rm -f *.o *.bin.ihex *.bin *.c + +%.o: %.S + @cc -c $^ + +%.bin: %.o + @objcopy -Obinary $^ $@ + +%.bin.ihex: %.o + @objcopy -Oihex $^ $@ + @dos2unix $@ 2>/dev/null + +%.c: %.bin + @echo "{" >$@; hexdump -f hex $^ >>$@; echo "};" >>$@ diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/edid.S b/Documentation/EDID/edid.S new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea97ae2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/edid.S @@ -0,0 +1,261 @@ +/* + edid.S: EDID data template + + Copyright (C) 2012 Carsten Emde <C.Emde@osadl.org> + + This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License + as published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 + of the License, or (at your option) any later version. + + This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + GNU General Public License for more details. + + You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA. +*/ + + +/* Manufacturer */ +#define MFG_LNX1 'L' +#define MFG_LNX2 'N' +#define MFG_LNX3 'X' +#define SERIAL 0 +#define YEAR 2012 +#define WEEK 5 + +/* EDID 1.3 standard definitions */ +#define XY_RATIO_16_10 0b00 +#define XY_RATIO_4_3 0b01 +#define XY_RATIO_5_4 0b10 +#define XY_RATIO_16_9 0b11 + +#define mfgname2id(v1,v2,v3) \ + ((((v1-'@')&0x1f)<<10)+(((v2-'@')&0x1f)<<5)+((v3-'@')&0x1f)) +#define swap16(v1) ((v1>>8)+((v1&0xff)<<8)) +#define msbs2(v1,v2) ((((v1>>8)&0x0f)<<4)+((v2>>8)&0x0f)) +#define msbs4(v1,v2,v3,v4) \ + (((v1&0x03)>>2)+((v2&0x03)>>4)+((v3&0x03)>>6)+((v4&0x03)>>8)) +#define pixdpi2mm(pix,dpi) ((pix*25)/dpi) +#define xsize pixdpi2mm(XPIX,DPI) +#define ysize pixdpi2mm(YPIX,DPI) + + .data + +/* Fixed header pattern */ +header: .byte 0x00,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0x00 + +mfg_id: .word swap16(mfgname2id(MFG_LNX1, MFG_LNX2, MFG_LNX3)) + +prod_code: .word 0 + +/* Serial number. 32 bits, little endian. */ +serial_number: .long SERIAL + +/* Week of manufacture */ +week: .byte WEEK + +/* Year of manufacture, less 1990. (1990-2245) + If week=255, it is the model year instead */ +year: .byte YEAR-1990 + +version: .byte VERSION /* EDID version, usually 1 (for 1.3) */ +revision: .byte REVISION /* EDID revision, usually 3 (for 1.3) */ + +/* If Bit 7=1 Digital input. If set, the following bit definitions apply: + Bits 6-1 Reserved, must be 0 + Bit 0 Signal is compatible with VESA DFP 1.x TMDS CRGB, + 1 pixel per clock, up to 8 bits per color, MSB aligned, + If Bit 7=0 Analog input. If clear, the following bit definitions apply: + Bits 6-5 Video white and sync levels, relative to blank + 00=+0.7/-0.3 V; 01=+0.714/-0.286 V; + 10=+1.0/-0.4 V; 11=+0.7/0 V + Bit 4 Blank-to-black setup (pedestal) expected + Bit 3 Separate sync supported + Bit 2 Composite sync (on HSync) supported + Bit 1 Sync on green supported + Bit 0 VSync pulse must be serrated when somposite or + sync-on-green is used. */ +video_parms: .byte 0x6d + +/* Maximum horizontal image size, in centimetres + (max 292 cm/115 in at 16:9 aspect ratio) */ +max_hor_size: .byte xsize/10 + +/* Maximum vertical image size, in centimetres. + If either byte is 0, undefined (e.g. projector) */ +max_vert_size: .byte ysize/10 + +/* Display gamma, minus 1, times 100 (range 1.00-3.5 */ +gamma: .byte 120 + +/* Bit 7 DPMS standby supported + Bit 6 DPMS suspend supported + Bit 5 DPMS active-off supported + Bits 4-3 Display type: 00=monochrome; 01=RGB colour; + 10=non-RGB multicolour; 11=undefined + Bit 2 Standard sRGB colour space. Bytes 25-34 must contain + sRGB standard values. + Bit 1 Preferred timing mode specified in descriptor block 1. + Bit 0 GTF supported with default parameter values. */ +dsp_features: .byte 0xea + +/* Chromaticity coordinates. */ +/* Red and green least-significant bits + Bits 7-6 Red x value least-significant 2 bits + Bits 5-4 Red y value least-significant 2 bits + Bits 3-2 Green x value lst-significant 2 bits + Bits 1-0 Green y value least-significant 2 bits */ +red_green_lsb: .byte 0x5e + +/* Blue and white least-significant 2 bits */ +blue_white_lsb: .byte 0xc0 + +/* Red x value most significant 8 bits. + 0-255 encodes 0-0.996 (255/256); 0-0.999 (1023/1024) with lsbits */ +red_x_msb: .byte 0xa4 + +/* Red y value most significant 8 bits */ +red_y_msb: .byte 0x59 + +/* Green x and y value most significant 8 bits */ +green_x_y_msb: .byte 0x4a,0x98 + +/* Blue x and y value most significant 8 bits */ +blue_x_y_msb: .byte 0x25,0x20 + +/* Default white point x and y value most significant 8 bits */ +white_x_y_msb: .byte 0x50,0x54 + +/* Established timings */ +/* Bit 7 720x400 @ 70 Hz + Bit 6 720x400 @ 88 Hz + Bit 5 640x480 @ 60 Hz + Bit 4 640x480 @ 67 Hz + Bit 3 640x480 @ 72 Hz + Bit 2 640x480 @ 75 Hz + Bit 1 800x600 @ 56 Hz + Bit 0 800x600 @ 60 Hz */ +estbl_timing1: .byte 0x00 + +/* Bit 7 800x600 @ 72 Hz + Bit 6 800x600 @ 75 Hz + Bit 5 832x624 @ 75 Hz + Bit 4 1024x768 @ 87 Hz, interlaced (1024x768) + Bit 3 1024x768 @ 60 Hz + Bit 2 1024x768 @ 72 Hz + Bit 1 1024x768 @ 75 Hz + Bit 0 1280x1024 @ 75 Hz */ +estbl_timing2: .byte ESTABLISHED_TIMINGS_BITS + +/* Bit 7 1152x870 @ 75 Hz (Apple Macintosh II) + Bits 6-0 Other manufacturer-specific display mod */ +estbl_timing3: .byte 0x00 + +/* Standard timing */ +/* X resolution, less 31, divided by 8 (256-2288 pixels) */ +std_xres: .byte (XPIX/8)-31 +/* Y resolution, X:Y pixel ratio + Bits 7-6 X:Y pixel ratio: 00=16:10; 01=4:3; 10=5:4; 11=16:9. + Bits 5-0 Vertical frequency, less 60 (60-123 Hz) */ +std_vres: .byte (XY_RATIO<<6)+VFREQ-60 + .fill 7,2,0x0101 /* Unused */ + +descriptor1: +/* Pixel clock in 10 kHz units. (0.-655.35 MHz, little-endian) */ +clock: .word CLOCK/10 + +/* Horizontal active pixels 8 lsbits (0-4095) */ +x_act_lsb: .byte XPIX&0xff +/* Horizontal blanking pixels 8 lsbits (0-4095) + End of active to start of next active. */ +x_blk_lsb: .byte XBLANK&0xff +/* Bits 7-4 Horizontal active pixels 4 msbits + Bits 3-0 Horizontal blanking pixels 4 msbits */ +x_msbs: .byte msbs2(XPIX,XBLANK) + +/* Vertical active lines 8 lsbits (0-4095) */ +y_act_lsb: .byte YPIX&0xff +/* Vertical blanking lines 8 lsbits (0-4095) */ +y_blk_lsb: .byte YBLANK&0xff +/* Bits 7-4 Vertical active lines 4 msbits + Bits 3-0 Vertical blanking lines 4 msbits */ +y_msbs: .byte msbs2(YPIX,YBLANK) + +/* Horizontal sync offset pixels 8 lsbits (0-1023) From blanking start */ +x_snc_off_lsb: .byte XOFFSET&0xff +/* Horizontal sync pulse width pixels 8 lsbits (0-1023) */ +x_snc_pls_lsb: .byte XPULSE&0xff +/* Bits 7-4 Vertical sync offset lines 4 lsbits -63) + Bits 3-0 Vertical sync pulse width lines 4 lsbits -63) */ +y_snc_lsb: .byte ((YOFFSET-63)<<4)+(YPULSE-63) +/* Bits 7-6 Horizontal sync offset pixels 2 msbits + Bits 5-4 Horizontal sync pulse width pixels 2 msbits + Bits 3-2 Vertical sync offset lines 2 msbits + Bits 1-0 Vertical sync pulse width lines 2 msbits */ +xy_snc_msbs: .byte msbs4(XOFFSET,XPULSE,YOFFSET,YPULSE) + +/* Horizontal display size, mm, 8 lsbits (0-4095 mm, 161 in) */ +x_dsp_size: .byte xsize&0xff + +/* Vertical display size, mm, 8 lsbits (0-4095 mm, 161 in) */ +y_dsp_size: .byte ysize&0xff + +/* Bits 7-4 Horizontal display size, mm, 4 msbits + Bits 3-0 Vertical display size, mm, 4 msbits */ +dsp_size_mbsb: .byte msbs2(xsize,ysize) + +/* Horizontal border pixels (each side; total is twice this) */ +x_border: .byte 0 +/* Vertical border lines (each side; total is twice this) */ +y_border: .byte 0 + +/* Bit 7 Interlaced + Bits 6-5 Stereo mode: 00=No stereo; other values depend on bit 0: + Bit 0=0: 01=Field sequential, sync=1 during right; 10=similar, + sync=1 during left; 11=4-way interleaved stereo + Bit 0=1 2-way interleaved stereo: 01=Right image on even lines; + 10=Left image on even lines; 11=side-by-side + Bits 4-3 Sync type: 00=Analog composite; 01=Bipolar analog composite; + 10=Digital composite (on HSync); 11=Digital separate + Bit 2 If digital separate: Vertical sync polarity (1=positive) + Other types: VSync serrated (HSync during VSync) + Bit 1 If analog sync: Sync on all 3 RGB lines (else green only) + Digital: HSync polarity (1=positive) + Bit 0 2-way line-interleaved stereo, if bits 4-3 are not 00. */ +features: .byte 0x18+(VSYNC_POL<<2)+(HSYNC_POL<<1) + +descriptor2: .byte 0,0 /* Not a detailed timing descriptor */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ + .byte 0xff /* Descriptor is monitor serial number (text) */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ +start1: .ascii "Linux #0" +end1: .byte 0x0a /* End marker */ + .fill 12-(end1-start1), 1, 0x20 /* Padded spaces */ +descriptor3: .byte 0,0 /* Not a detailed timing descriptor */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ + .byte 0xfd /* Descriptor is monitor range limits */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ +start2: .byte VFREQ-1 /* Minimum vertical field rate (1-255 Hz) */ + .byte VFREQ+1 /* Maximum vertical field rate (1-255 Hz) */ + .byte (CLOCK/(XPIX+XBLANK))-1 /* Minimum horizontal line rate + (1-255 kHz) */ + .byte (CLOCK/(XPIX+XBLANK))+1 /* Maximum horizontal line rate + (1-255 kHz) */ + .byte (CLOCK/10000)+1 /* Maximum pixel clock rate, rounded up + to 10 MHz multiple (10-2550 MHz) */ + .byte 0 /* No extended timing information type */ +end2: .byte 0x0a /* End marker */ + .fill 12-(end2-start2), 1, 0x20 /* Padded spaces */ +descriptor4: .byte 0,0 /* Not a detailed timing descriptor */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ + .byte 0xfc /* Descriptor is text */ + .byte 0 /* Must be zero */ +start3: .ascii TIMING_NAME +end3: .byte 0x0a /* End marker */ + .fill 12-(end3-start3), 1, 0x20 /* Padded spaces */ +extensions: .byte 0 /* Number of extensions to follow */ +checksum: .byte CRC /* Sum of all bytes must be 0 */ diff --git a/Documentation/EDID/hex b/Documentation/EDID/hex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8873ebb --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/EDID/hex @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +"\t" 8/1 "0x%02x, " "\n" diff --git a/Documentation/HOWTO b/Documentation/HOWTO index f7ade3b..59c080f 100644 --- a/Documentation/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/HOWTO @@ -218,16 +218,16 @@ The development process Linux kernel development process currently consists of a few different main kernel "branches" and lots of different subsystem-specific kernel branches. These different branches are: - - main 2.6.x kernel tree - - 2.6.x.y -stable kernel tree - - 2.6.x -git kernel patches + - main 3.x kernel tree + - 3.x.y -stable kernel tree + - 3.x -git kernel patches - subsystem specific kernel trees and patches - - the 2.6.x -next kernel tree for integration tests + - the 3.x -next kernel tree for integration tests -2.6.x kernel tree +3.x kernel tree ----------------- -2.6.x kernels are maintained by Linus Torvalds, and can be found on -kernel.org in the pub/linux/kernel/v2.6/ directory. Its development +3.x kernels are maintained by Linus Torvalds, and can be found on +kernel.org in the pub/linux/kernel/v3.x/ directory. Its development process is as follows: - As soon as a new kernel is released a two weeks window is open, during this period of time maintainers can submit big diffs to @@ -262,20 +262,20 @@ mailing list about kernel releases: released according to perceived bug status, not according to a preconceived timeline." -2.6.x.y -stable kernel tree +3.x.y -stable kernel tree --------------------------- -Kernels with 4-part versions are -stable kernels. They contain +Kernels with 3-part versions are -stable kernels. They contain relatively small and critical fixes for security problems or significant -regressions discovered in a given 2.6.x kernel. +regressions discovered in a given 3.x kernel. This is the recommended branch for users who want the most recent stable kernel and are not interested in helping test development/experimental versions. -If no 2.6.x.y kernel is available, then the highest numbered 2.6.x +If no 3.x.y kernel is available, then the highest numbered 3.x kernel is the current stable kernel. -2.6.x.y are maintained by the "stable" team <stable@vger.kernel.org>, and +3.x.y are maintained by the "stable" team <stable@vger.kernel.org>, and are released as needs dictate. The normal release period is approximately two weeks, but it can be longer if there are no pressing problems. A security-related problem, instead, can cause a release to happen almost @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ The file Documentation/stable_kernel_rules.txt in the kernel tree documents what kinds of changes are acceptable for the -stable tree, and how the release process works. -2.6.x -git patches +3.x -git patches ------------------ These are daily snapshots of Linus' kernel tree which are managed in a git repository (hence the name.) These patches are usually released @@ -317,13 +317,13 @@ revisions to it, and maintainers can mark patches as under review, accepted, or rejected. Most of these patchwork sites are listed at http://patchwork.kernel.org/. -2.6.x -next kernel tree for integration tests +3.x -next kernel tree for integration tests --------------------------------------------- -Before updates from subsystem trees are merged into the mainline 2.6.x +Before updates from subsystem trees are merged into the mainline 3.x tree, they need to be integration-tested. For this purpose, a special testing repository exists into which virtually all subsystem trees are pulled on an almost daily basis: - http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/sfr/linux-next.git + http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/next/linux-next.git http://linux.f-seidel.de/linux-next/pmwiki/ This way, the -next kernel gives a summary outlook onto what will be diff --git a/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27dcaab --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/IRQ-domain.txt @@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ +irq_domain interrupt number mapping library + +The current design of the Linux kernel uses a single large number +space where each separate IRQ source is assigned a different number. +This is simple when there is only one interrupt controller, but in +systems with multiple interrupt controllers the kernel must ensure +that each one gets assigned non-overlapping allocations of Linux +IRQ numbers. + +The irq_alloc_desc*() and irq_free_desc*() APIs provide allocation of +irq numbers, but they don't provide any support for reverse mapping of +the controller-local IRQ (hwirq) number into the Linux IRQ number +space. + +The irq_domain library adds mapping between hwirq and IRQ numbers on +top of the irq_alloc_desc*() API. An irq_domain to manage mapping is +preferred over interrupt controller drivers open coding their own +reverse mapping scheme. + +irq_domain also implements translation from Device Tree interrupt +specifiers to hwirq numbers, and can be easily extended to support +other IRQ topology data sources. + +=== irq_domain usage === +An interrupt controller driver creates and registers an irq_domain by +calling one of the irq_domain_add_*() functions (each mapping method +has a different allocator function, more on that later). The function +will return a pointer to the irq_domain on success. The caller must +provide the allocator function with an irq_domain_ops structure with +the .map callback populated as a minimum. + +In most cases, the irq_domain will begin empty without any mappings +between hwirq and IRQ numbers. Mappings are added to the irq_domain +by calling irq_create_mapping() which accepts the irq_domain and a +hwirq number as arguments. If a mapping for the hwirq doesn't already +exist then it will allocate a new Linux irq_desc, associate it with +the hwirq, and call the .map() callback so the driver can perform any +required hardware setup. + +When an interrupt is received, irq_find_mapping() function should +be used to find the Linux IRQ number from the hwirq number. + +If the driver has the Linux IRQ number or the irq_data pointer, and +needs to know the associated hwirq number (such as in the irq_chip +callbacks) then it can be directly obtained from irq_data->hwirq. + +=== Types of irq_domain mappings === +There are several mechanisms available for reverse mapping from hwirq +to Linux irq, and each mechanism uses a different allocation function. +Which reverse map type should be used depends on the use case. Each +of the reverse map types are described below: + +==== Linear ==== +irq_domain_add_linear() + +The linear reverse map maintains a fixed size table indexed by the +hwirq number. When a hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated for +the hwirq, and the IRQ number is stored in the table. + +The Linear map is a good choice when the maximum number of hwirqs is +fixed and a relatively small number (~ < 256). The advantages of this +map are fixed time lookup for IRQ numbers, and irq_descs are only +allocated for in-use IRQs. The disadvantage is that the table must be +as large as the largest possible hwirq number. + +The majority of drivers should use the linear map. + +==== Tree ==== +irq_domain_add_tree() + +The irq_domain maintains a radix tree map from hwirq numbers to Linux +IRQs. When an hwirq is mapped, an irq_desc is allocated and the +hwirq is used as the lookup key for the radix tree. + +The tree map is a good choice if the hwirq number can be very large +since it doesn't need to allocate a table as large as the largest +hwirq number. The disadvantage is that hwirq to IRQ number lookup is +dependent on how many entries are in the table. + +Very few drivers should need this mapping. At the moment, powerpc +iseries is the only user. + +==== No Map ===- +irq_domain_add_nomap() + +The No Map mapping is to be used when the hwirq number is +programmable in the hardware. In this case it is best to program the +Linux IRQ number into the hardware itself so that no mapping is +required. Calling irq_create_direct_mapping() will allocate a Linux +IRQ number and call the .map() callback so that driver can program the +Linux IRQ number into the hardware. + +Most drivers cannot use this mapping. + +==== Legacy ==== +irq_domain_add_legacy() +irq_domain_add_legacy_isa() + +The Legacy mapping is a special case for drivers that already have a +range of irq_descs allocated for the hwirqs. It is used when the +driver cannot be immediately converted to use the linear mapping. For +example, many embedded system board support files use a set of #defines +for IRQ numbers that are passed to struct device registrations. In that +case the Linux IRQ numbers cannot be dynamically assigned and the legacy +mapping should be used. + +The legacy map assumes a contiguous range of IRQ numbers has already +been allocated for the controller and that the IRQ number can be +calculated by adding a fixed offset to the hwirq number, and +visa-versa. The disadvantage is that it requires the interrupt +controller to manage IRQ allocations and it requires an irq_desc to be +allocated for every hwirq, even if it is unused. + +The legacy map should only be used if fixed IRQ mappings must be +supported. For example, ISA controllers would use the legacy map for +mapping Linux IRQs 0-15 so that existing ISA drivers get the correct IRQ +numbers. diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile index 9b4bc5c..31d302b 100644 --- a/Documentation/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/Makefile @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ obj-m := DocBook/ accounting/ auxdisplay/ connector/ \ filesystems/ filesystems/configfs/ ia64/ laptops/ networking/ \ - pcmcia/ spi/ timers/ vm/ watchdog/src/ + pcmcia/ spi/ timers/ watchdog/src/ misc-devices/mei/ diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt index c43460d..7c1dfb1 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/RTFP.txt @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@ -Read the F-ing Papers! +Read the Fscking Papers! This document describes RCU-related publications, and is followed by the corresponding bibtex entries. A number of the publications may -be found at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/. +be found at http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/. For others, browsers +and search engines will usually find what you are looking for. The first thing resembling RCU was published in 1980, when Kung and Lehman [Kung80] recommended use of a garbage collector to defer destruction @@ -160,7 +161,26 @@ which Mathieu Desnoyers is now maintaining [MathieuDesnoyers2009URCU] [MathieuDesnoyersPhD]. TINY_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU] made its appearance, as did expedited RCU [PaulEMcKenney2009expeditedRCU]. The problem of resizeable RCU-protected hash tables may now be on a path -to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash]. +to a solution [JoshTriplett2009RPHash]. A few academic researchers are now +using RCU to solve their parallel problems [HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU]. + +2010 produced a simpler preemptible-RCU implementation +based on TREE_RCU [PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU], lockdep-RCU +[PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU], another resizeable RCU-protected hash +table [HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash] (this one consuming more memory, +but allowing arbitrary changes in hash function, as required for DoS +avoidance in the networking code), realization of the 2009 RCU-protected +hash table with atomic node move [JoshTriplett2010RPHash], an update on +the RCU API [PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI]. + +2011 marked the inclusion of Nick Piggin's fully lockless dentry search +[LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS], an RCU-protected red-black +tree using software transactional memory to protect concurrent updates +(strange, but true!) [PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree], yet another variant of +RCU-protected resizeable hash tables [Triplett:2011:RPHash], the 3.0 RCU +trainwreck [PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck], and Neil Brown's "Meet the +Lockers" LWN article [NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers]. + Bibtex Entries @@ -173,6 +193,14 @@ Bibtex Entries ,volume="5" ,number="3" ,pages="354-382" +,note="Available: +\url{http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=320619&dl=GUIDE,} +[Viewed December 3, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Use garbage collector to clean up data after everyone is done with it. + . + Oldest use of something vaguely resembling RCU that I have found. +} } @techreport{Manber82 @@ -184,6 +212,31 @@ Bibtex Entries ,number="82-01-01" ,month="January" ,pages="28" +,annotation={ + . + Superseded by Manber84. + . + Describes concurrent AVL tree implementation. Uses a + garbage-collection mechanism to handle concurrent use and deletion + of nodes in the tree, but lacks the summary-of-execution-history + concept of read-copy locking. + . + Keeps full list of processes that were active when a given + node was to be deleted, and waits until all such processes have + -terminated- before allowing this node to be reused. This is + not described in great detail -- one could imagine using process + IDs for this if the ID space was large enough that overlapping + never occurred. + . + This restriction makes this algorithm unsuitable for use in + systems comprised of long-lived processes. It also produces + completely unacceptable overhead in systems with large numbers + of processes. Finally, it is specific to AVL trees. + . + Cites Kung80, so not an independent invention, but the first + RCU-like usage that does not rely on an automatic garbage + collector. +} } @article{Manber84 @@ -195,6 +248,74 @@ Bibtex Entries ,volume="9" ,number="3" ,pages="439-455" +,annotation={ + Describes concurrent AVL tree implementation. Uses a + garbage-collection mechanism to handle concurrent use and deletion + of nodes in the tree, but lacks the summary-of-execution-history + concept of read-copy locking. + . + Keeps full list of processes that were active when a given + node was to be deleted, and waits until all such processes have + -terminated- before allowing this node to be reused. This is + not described in great detail -- one could imagine using process + IDs for this if the ID space was large enough that overlapping + never occurred. + . + This restriction makes this algorithm unsuitable for use in + systems comprised of long-lived processes. It also produces + completely unacceptable overhead in systems with large numbers + of processes. Finally, it is specific to AVL trees. +} +} + +@Conference{RichardRashid87a +,Author="Richard Rashid and Avadis Tevanian and Michael Young and +David Golub and Robert Baron and David Black and William Bolosky and +Jonathan Chew" +,Title="Machine-Independent Virtual Memory Management for Paged +Uniprocessor and Multiprocessor Architectures" +,Booktitle="{2\textsuperscript{nd} Symposium on Architectural Support +for Programming Languages and Operating Systems}" +,Publisher="Association for Computing Machinery" +,Month="October" +,Year="1987" +,pages="31-39" +,Address="Palo Alto, CA" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.cse.ucsc.edu/~randal/221/rashid-machvm.pdf} +[Viewed February 17, 2005]" +,annotation={ + Describes lazy TLB flush, where one waits for each CPU to pass + through a scheduling-clock interrupt before reusing a given range + of virtual address. Does not describe how one determines that + all CPUs have in fact taken such an interrupt, though there are + no shortage of straightforward methods for accomplishing this. + . + Note that it does not make sense to just wait a fixed amount of + time, since a given CPU might have interrupts disabled for an + extended amount of time. +} +} + +@article{BarbaraLiskov1988ArgusCACM +,author = {Barbara Liskov} +,title = {Distributed programming in {Argus}} +,journal = {Commun. ACM} +,volume = {31} +,number = {3} +,year = {1988} +,issn = {0001-0782} +,pages = {300--312} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/42392.42399} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation= { + At the top of page 307: "Conflicts with deposits and withdrawals + are necessary if the reported total is to be up to date. They + could be avoided by having total return a sum that is slightly + out of date." Relies on semantics -- approximate numerical + values sometimes OK. +} } @techreport{Hennessy89 @@ -216,6 +337,13 @@ Bibtex Entries ,year="1990" ,number="CS-TR-2222.1" ,month="June" +,annotation={ + Concurrent access to skip lists. Has both weak and strong search. + Uses concept of ``garbage queue'', but has no real way of cleaning + the garbage efficiently. + . + Appears to be an independent invention of an RCU-like mechanism. +} } @Book{Adams91 @@ -223,20 +351,15 @@ Bibtex Entries ,title="Concurrent Programming, Principles, and Practices" ,Publisher="Benjamin Cummins" ,Year="1991" +,annotation={ + Has a few paragraphs describing ``chaotic relaxation'', a + numerical analysis technique that allows multiprocessors to + avoid synchronization overhead by using possibly-stale data. + . + Seems like this is descended from yet another independent + invention of RCU-like function -- but this is restricted + in that reclamation is not necessary. } - -@phdthesis{HMassalinPhD -,author="H. Massalin" -,title="Synthesis: An Efficient Implementation of Fundamental Operating -System Services" -,school="Columbia University" -,address="New York, NY" -,year="1992" -,annotation=" - Mondo optimizing compiler. - Wait-free stuff. - Good advice: defer work to avoid synchronization. -" } @unpublished{Jacobson93 @@ -244,7 +367,13 @@ System Services" ,title="Avoid Read-Side Locking Via Delayed Free" ,year="1993" ,month="September" -,note="Verbal discussion" +,note="private communication" +,annotation={ + Use fixed time delay to approximate grace period. Very simple, + but subject to random memory corruption under heavy load. + . + Independent invention of RCU-like mechanism. +} } @Conference{AjuJohn95 @@ -256,6 +385,17 @@ System Services" ,Year="1995" ,pages="11-23" ,Address="New Orleans, LA" +,note="Available: +\url{https://www.usenix.org/publications/library/proceedings/neworl/full_papers/john.a} +[Viewed October 1, 2010]" +,annotation={ + Age vnodes out of the cache, and have a fixed time set by a kernel + parameter. Not clear that all races were in fact correctly handled. + Used a 20-minute time by default, which would most definitely not + be suitable during DoS attacks or virus scans. + . + Apparently independent invention of RCU-like mechanism. +} } @conference{Pu95a, @@ -301,31 +441,47 @@ Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="1995" -,number="US Patent 5,442,758 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 5,442,758" ,month="August" +,annotation={ + Describes the parallel RCU infrastructure. Includes NUMA aspect + (structure of bitmap can reflect bus structure of computer system). + . + Another independent invention of an RCU-like mechanism, but the + "real" RCU this time! +} } @techreport{Slingwine97 ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" -,title="Method for maintaining data coherency using thread -activity summaries in a multicomputer system" +,title="Method for Maintaining Data Coherency Using Thread Activity +Summaries in a Multicomputer System" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="1997" -,number="US Patent 5,608,893 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 5,608,893" ,month="March" +,pages="19" +,annotation={ + Describes use of RCU to synchronize data between a pair of + SMP/NUMA computer systems. +} } @techreport{Slingwine98 ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" -,title="Apparatus and method for achieving reduced overhead -mutual exclusion and maintaining coherency in a multiprocessor -system utilizing execution history and thread monitoring" +,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual +Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System +Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="1998" -,number="US Patent 5,727,209 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 5,727,209" ,month="March" +,annotation={ + Describes doing an atomic update by copying the data item and + then substituting it into the data structure. +} } @Conference{McKenney98 @@ -337,6 +493,15 @@ Problems" ,Year="1998" ,pages="509-518" ,Address="Las Vegas, NV" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rclockpdcsproof.pdf} +[Viewed December 3, 2007]" +,annotation={ + Describes and analyzes RCU mechanism in DYNIX/ptx. Describes + application to linked list update and log-buffer flushing. + Defines 'quiescent state'. Includes both measured and analytic + evaluation. +} } @Conference{Gamsa99 @@ -349,18 +514,76 @@ Operating System Design and Implementation}" ,Year="1999" ,pages="87-100" ,Address="New Orleans, LA" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.usenix.org/events/osdi99/full_papers/gamsa/gamsa.pdf} +[Viewed August 30, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Use of RCU-like facility in K42/Tornado. Another independent + invention of RCU. + See especially pages 7-9 (Section 5). +} +} + +@unpublished{RustyRussell2000a +,Author="Rusty Russell" +,Title="Re: modular net drivers" +,month="June" +,year="2000" +,day="23" +,note="Available: +\url{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/netdev/archive/2000-06/msg00250.html} +[Viewed April 10, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Proto-RCU proposal from Phil Rumpf and Rusty Russell. + Yet another independent invention of RCU. + Outline of algorithm to unload modules... + . + Appeared on net-dev mailing list. +} +} + +@unpublished{RustyRussell2000b +,Author="Rusty Russell" +,Title="Re: modular net drivers" +,month="June" +,year="2000" +,day="24" +,note="Available: +\url{http://oss.sgi.com/projects/netdev/archive/2000-06/msg00254.html} +[Viewed April 10, 2006]" +,annotation={ + Proto-RCU proposal from Phil Rumpf and Rusty Russell. + . + Appeared on net-dev mailing list. +} +} + +@unpublished{McKenney01b +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Read-Copy Update Mutual Exclusion in {Linux}" +,month="February" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lse.sourceforge.net/locking/rcu/rcupdate_doc.html} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation={ + Prototypical Linux documentation for RCU. +} } @techreport{Slingwine01 ,author="John D. Slingwine and Paul E. McKenney" -,title="Apparatus and method for achieving reduced overhead -mutual exclusion and maintaining coherency in a multiprocessor -system utilizing execution history and thread monitoring" +,title="Apparatus and Method for Achieving Reduced Overhead Mutual +Exclusion and Maintaining Coherency in a Multiprocessor System +Utilizing Execution History and Thread Monitoring" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="2001" -,number="US Patent 5,219,690 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 6,219,690" ,month="April" +,annotation={ + 'Change in mode' aspect of RCU. Can be thought of as a lazy barrier. +} } @Conference{McKenney01a @@ -372,14 +595,61 @@ Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" ,Year="2001" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2001/abstracts/readcopy.php} -\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/rclock/rclock_OLS.2001.05.01c.pdf} +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rclock_OLS.2001.05.01c.pdf} [Viewed June 23, 2004]" -annotation=" -Described RCU, and presented some patches implementing and using it in -the Linux kernel. +,annotation={ + Described RCU, and presented some patches implementing and using + it in the Linux kernel. +} +} + +@unpublished{McKenney01f +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=100259266316456&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Memory-barrier and Alpha thread. 100 messages, not too bad... +" +} + +@unpublished{Spraul01 +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="Re: {RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=100264675012867&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Suggested burying memory barriers in Linux's list-manipulation + primitives. " } +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2001a +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="{Re:} {[Lse-tech]} {Re:} {RFC:} patch to allow lock-free traversal of lists with insertion" +,month="October" +,year="2001" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2001/10/13/105} +[Viewed August 21, 2004]" +} + +@unpublished{Blanchard02a +,Author="Anton Blanchard" +,Title="some RCU dcache and ratcache results" +,month="March" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=101637107412972&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +} + @Conference{Linder02a ,Author="Hanna Linder and Dipankar Sarma and Maneesh Soni" ,Title="Scalability of the Directory Entry Cache" @@ -387,6 +657,10 @@ the Linux kernel. ,Month="June" ,Year="2002" ,pages="289-300" +,annotation=" + Measured scalability of Linux 2.4 kernel's directory-entry cache + (dcache), and measured some scalability enhancements. +" } @Conference{McKenney02a @@ -400,49 +674,76 @@ Andrea Arcangeli and Andi Kleen and Orran Krieger and Rusty Russell" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.linux.org.uk/~ajh/ols2002_proceedings.pdf.gz} [Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Presented and compared a number of RCU implementations for the + Linux kernel. +" } -@conference{Michael02a -,author="Maged M. Michael" -,title="Safe Memory Reclamation for Dynamic Lock-Free Objects Using Atomic -Reads and Writes" -,Year="2002" -,Month="August" -,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 21\textsuperscript{st} Annual ACM -Symposium on Principles of Distributed Computing}" -,pages="21-30" +@unpublished{Sarma02a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="specweb99: dcache scalability results" +,month="July" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=102645767914212&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" ,annotation=" - Each thread keeps an array of pointers to items that it is - currently referencing. Sort of an inside-out garbage collection - mechanism, but one that requires the accessing code to explicitly - state its needs. Also requires read-side memory barriers on - most architectures. + Compare fastwalk and RCU for dcache. RCU won. " } -@conference{Michael02b -,author="Maged M. Michael" -,title="High Performance Dynamic Lock-Free Hash Tables and List-Based Sets" -,Year="2002" -,Month="August" -,booktitle="{Proceedings of the 14\textsuperscript{th} Annual ACM -Symposium on Parallel -Algorithms and Architecture}" -,pages="73-82" +@unpublished{Barbieri02 +,Author="Luca Barbieri" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} Initial support for struct {vfs\_cred}" +,month="August" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=103082050621241&w=2} +[Viewed: June 23, 2004]" ,annotation=" - Like the title says... + Suggested RCU for vfs\_shared\_cred. " } -@InProceedings{HerlihyLM02 -,author={Maurice Herlihy and Victor Luchangco and Mark Moir} -,title="The Repeat Offender Problem: A Mechanism for Supporting Dynamic-Sized, -Lock-Free Data Structures" -,booktitle={Proceedings of 16\textsuperscript{th} International -Symposium on Distributed Computing} -,year=2002 +@unpublished{Dickins02a +,author="Hugh Dickins" +,title="Use RCU for System-V IPC" +,year="2002" +,month="October" +,note="private communication" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma02b +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Some dcache\_rcu benchmark numbers" ,month="October" -,pages="339-353" +,year="2002" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=103462075416638&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Performance of dcache RCU on kernbench for 16x NUMA-Q and 1x, + 2x, and 4x systems. RCU does no harm, and helps on 16x. +" +} + +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2003a +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} small fixes in brlock.h" +,month="March" +,year="2003" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2003/3/9/205} +[Viewed March 13, 2006]" +,annotation=" + Linus suggests replacing brlock with RCU and/or seqlocks: + . + 'It's entirely possible that the current user could be replaced + by RCU and/or seqlocks, and we could get rid of brlocks entirely.' + . + Steve Hemminger responds by replacing them with RCU. +" } @article{Appavoo03a @@ -457,6 +758,20 @@ B. Rosenburg and M. Stumm and J. Xenidis" ,volume="42" ,number="1" ,pages="60-76" +,annotation=" + Use of RCU to enable hot-swapping for autonomic behavior in K42. +" +} + +@unpublished{Seigh03 +,author="Joseph W. {Seigh II}" +,title="Read Copy Update" +,Year="2003" +,Month="March" +,note="email correspondence" +,annotation=" + Described the relationship of the VM/XA passive serialization to RCU. +" } @Conference{Arcangeli03 @@ -470,6 +785,27 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,year="2003" ,month="June" ,pages="297-310" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rcu.FREENIX.2003.06.14.pdf} +[Viewed November 21, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Compared updated RCU implementations for the Linux kernel, and + described System V IPC use of RCU, including order-of-magnitude + performance improvements. +" +} + +@Conference{Soules03a +,Author="Craig A. N. Soules and Jonathan Appavoo and Kevin Hui and +Dilma {Da Silva} and Gregory R. Ganger and Orran Krieger and +Michael Stumm and Robert W. Wisniewski and Marc Auslander and +Michal Ostrowski and Bryan Rosenburg and Jimi Xenidis" +,Title="System Support for Online Reconfiguration" +,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2003 USENIX Annual Technical Conference" +,Publisher="USENIX Association" +,year="2003" +,month="June" +,pages="141-154" } @article{McKenney03a @@ -481,6 +817,22 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,volume="1" ,number="114" ,pages="18-26" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxjournal.com/article/6993} +[Viewed November 14, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Reader-friendly intro to RCU, with the infamous old-man-and-brat + cartoon. +" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma03a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="RCU low latency patches" +,month="December" +,year="2003" +,note="Message ID: 20031222180114.GA2248@in.ibm.com" +,annotation="dipankar/ct.2004.03.27/RCUll.2003.12.22.patch" } @techreport{Friedberg03a @@ -489,9 +841,14 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" ,address="Washington, DC" ,year="2003" -,number="US Patent 6,662,184 (contributed under GPL)" +,number="US Patent 6,662,184" ,month="December" ,pages="112" +,annotation=" + Applies RCU to a wildcard-search Patricia tree in order to permit + synchronization-free lookup. RCU is used to retain removed nodes + for a grace period before freeing them. +" } @article{McKenney04a @@ -503,6 +860,12 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,volume="1" ,number="118" ,pages="38-46" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxjournal.com/node/7124} +[Viewed December 26, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Reader friendly intro to dcache and RCU. +" } @Conference{McKenney04b @@ -514,8 +877,83 @@ Dipankar Sarma" ,Address="Adelaide, Australia" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.linux.org.au/conf/2004/abstracts.html#90} -\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/rclock/lockperf.2004.01.17a.pdf} +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/lockperf.2004.01.17a.pdf} [Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Compares performance of RCU to that of other locking primitives + over a number of CPUs (x86, Opteron, Itanium, and PPC). +" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma04a +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {RCU} for low latency (experimental)" +,month="March" +,year="2004" +,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108003746402892&w=2}" +,annotation="Head of thread: dipankar/2004.03.23/rcu-low-lat.1.patch" +} + +@unpublished{Sarma04b +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="Re: {[PATCH]} {RCU} for low latency (experimental)" +,month="March" +,year="2004" +,note="\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108016474829546&w=2}" +,annotation="dipankar/rcuth.2004.03.24/rcu-throttle.patch" +} + +@unpublished{Spraul04a +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="[RFC] 0/5 rcu lock update" +,month="May" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108546407726602&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Hierarchical-bitmap patch for RCU infrastructure. +" +} + +@unpublished{Steiner04a +,Author="Jack Steiner" +,Title="Re: [Lse-tech] [RFC, PATCH] 1/5 rcu lock update: +Add per-cpu batch counter" +,month="May" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=108551764515332&w=2} +[Viewed June 23, 2004]" +,annotation={ + RCU runs reasonably on a 512-CPU SGI using Manfred Spraul's patches, + which may be found at: + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/20/49 (split vars into cachelines) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/22/114 (cpu_quiet() patch) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/24 (0/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/23 (1/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/265 (works for Jack) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/20 (2/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/22 (3/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/19 (4/5) + https://lkml.org/lkml/2004/5/25/21 (5/5) +} +} + +@Conference{Sarma04c +,Author="Dipankar Sarma and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Making {RCU} Safe for Deep Sub-Millisecond Response +Realtime Applications" +,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2004 USENIX Annual Technical Conference +(FREENIX Track)" +,Publisher="USENIX Association" +,year="2004" +,month="June" +,pages="182-191" +,annotation=" + Describes and compares a number of modifications to the Linux RCU + implementation that make it friendly to realtime applications. +" } @phdthesis{PaulEdwardMcKenneyPhD @@ -529,17 +967,118 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUdissertation.2004.07.14e1.pdf} [Viewed October 15, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Describes RCU implementations and presents design patterns + corresponding to common uses of RCU in several operating-system + kernels. +" } -@Conference{Sarma04c -,Author="Dipankar Sarma and Paul E. McKenney" -,Title="Making RCU Safe for Deep Sub-Millisecond Response Realtime Applications" -,Booktitle="Proceedings of the 2004 USENIX Annual Technical Conference -(FREENIX Track)" -,Publisher="USENIX Association" +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2004rcu:dereference +,Author="Dipankar Sarma" +,Title="{Re: RCU : Abstracted RCU dereferencing [5/5]}" +,month="August" ,year="2004" -,month="June" -,pages="182-191" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/6/237} +[Viewed June 8, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Introduce rcu_dereference(). +" +} + +@unpublished{JimHouston04a +,Author="Jim Houston" +,Title="{[RFC\&PATCH] Alternative {RCU} implementation}" +,month="August" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/8/30/87} +[Viewed February 17, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Uses active code in rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock() to + make RCU happen, allowing RCU to function on CPUs that do not + receive a scheduling-clock interrupt. +" +} + +@unpublished{TomHart04a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart" +,Title="Master's Thesis: Applying Lock-free Techniques to the {Linux} Kernel" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tomhart/masters_thesis.html} +[Viewed October 15, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Proposes comparing RCU to lock-free methods for the Linux kernel. +" +} + +@unpublished{Vaddagiri04a +,Author="Srivatsa Vaddagiri" +,Title="Subject: [RFC] Use RCU for tcp\_ehash lookup" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=109395731700004&r=1&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Srivatsa's RCU patch for tcp_ehash lookup. +" +} + +@unpublished{Thirumalai04a +,Author="Ravikiran Thirumalai" +,Title="Subject: [patchset] Lockfree fd lookup 0 of 5" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?t=109144217400003&r=1&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Ravikiran's lockfree FD patch. +" +} + +@unpublished{Thirumalai04b +,Author="Ravikiran Thirumalai" +,Title="Subject: Re: [patchset] Lockfree fd lookup 0 of 5" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=109152521410459&w=2} +[Viewed October 18, 2004]" +,annotation=" + Ravikiran's lockfree FD patch. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2004rcu:assign:pointer +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH 1/3] RCU: \url{rcu_assign_pointer()} removal of memory barriers}" +,month="October" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2004/10/23/241} +[Viewed June 8, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Introduce rcu_assign_pointer(). +" +} + +@unpublished{JamesMorris04a +,Author="James Morris" +,Title="{[PATCH 2/3] SELinux} scalability - convert {AVC} to {RCU}" +,day="15" +,month="November" +,year="2004" +,note="Available: +\url{http://marc.theaimsgroup.com/?l=linux-kernel&m=110054979416004&w=2} +[Viewed December 10, 2004]" +,annotation=" + James Morris posts Kaigai Kohei's patch to LKML. +" } @unpublished{JamesMorris04b @@ -550,6 +1089,85 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" ,note="Available: \url{http://www.livejournal.com/users/james_morris/2153.html} [Viewed December 10, 2004]" +,annotation=" + RCU helps SELinux performance. ;-) Made LWN. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005RCUSemantics +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="{RCU} Semantics: A First Attempt" +,month="January" +,year="2005" +,day="30" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/rcu-semantics.2005.01.30a.pdf} +[Viewed December 6, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Early derivation of RCU semantics. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005e +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Real-Time Preemption and {RCU}" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,day="17" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/17/199} +[Viewed September 5, 2005]" +,annotation=" + First posting showing how RCU can be safely adapted for + preemptable RCU read side critical sections. +" +} + +@unpublished{EsbenNeilsen2005a +,Author="Esben Neilsen" +,Title="Re: Real-Time Preemption and {RCU}" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,day="18" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/3/18/122} +[Viewed March 30, 2006]" +,annotation=" + Esben Neilsen suggests read-side suppression of grace-period + processing for crude-but-workable realtime RCU. The downside + is indefinite grace periods...But this is OK for experimentation + and testing. +" +} + +@unpublished{TomHart05a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown" +,Title="Efficient Memory Reclamation is Necessary for Fast Lock-Free +Data Structures" +,month="March" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{ftp://ftp.cs.toronto.edu/csrg-technical-reports/515/} +[Viewed March 4, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Comparison of RCU, QBSR, and EBSR. RCU wins for read-mostly + workloads. ;-) +" +} + +@unpublished{JonCorbet2005DeprecateSyncKernel +,Author="Jonathan Corbet" +,Title="API change: synchronize_kernel() deprecated" +,month="May" +,day="3" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/134484/} +[Viewed May 3, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Jon Corbet describes deprecation of synchronize_kernel() + in favor of synchronize_rcu() and synchronize_sched(). +" } @unpublished{PaulMcKenney05a @@ -568,7 +1186,7 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" @conference{PaulMcKenney05b ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma" -,Title="Towards Hard Realtime Response from the Linux Kernel on SMP Hardware" +,Title="Towards Hard Realtime Response from the {Linux} Kernel on {SMP} Hardware" ,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2005" ,month="April" ,year="2005" @@ -578,6 +1196,103 @@ Oregon Health and Sciences University" [Viewed May 13, 2005]" ,annotation=" Realtime turns into making RCU yet more realtime friendly. + http://lca2005.linux.org.au/Papers/Paul%20McKenney/Towards%20Hard%20Realtime%20Response%20from%20the%20Linux%20Kernel/LKS.2005.04.22a.pdf +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyHomePage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{Paul} {E.} {McKenney}" +,month="May" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/} +[Viewed May 25, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Paul McKenney's home page. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUPage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Read-Copy Update {(RCU)}" +,month="May" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU} +[Viewed May 25, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Paul McKenney's RCU page. +" +} + +@unpublished{JosephSeigh2005a +,Author="Joseph Seigh" +,Title="{RCU}+{SMR} (hazard pointers)" +,month="July" +,year="2005" +,note="Personal communication" +,annotation=" + Joe Seigh announcing his atomic-ptr-plus project. + http://sourceforge.net/projects/atomic-ptr-plus/ +" +} + +@unpublished{JosephSeigh2005b +,Author="Joseph Seigh" +,Title="Lock-free synchronization primitives" +,month="July" +,day="6" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://sourceforge.net/projects/atomic-ptr-plus/} +[Viewed August 8, 2005]" +,annotation=" + Joe Seigh's atomic-ptr-plus project. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005c +,Author="Paul E.McKenney" +,Title="{[RFC,PATCH] RCU} and {CONFIG\_PREEMPT\_RT} sane patch" +,month="August" +,day="1" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/1/155} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation=" + First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005d +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [Fwd: Re: [patch] Real-Time Preemption, -RT-2.6.13-rc4-V0.7.52-01]" +,month="August" +,day="8" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/8/8/108} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation=" + First operating counter-based realtime RCU patch posted to LKML, + but fixed so that various unusual combinations of configuration + parameters all function properly. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2005rcutorture +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {RCU} torture testing" +,month="October" +,day="1" +,year="2005" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2005/10/1/70} +[Viewed March 14, 2006]" +,annotation=" + First rcutorture patch. " } @@ -591,22 +1306,39 @@ Distributed Processing Symposium" ,year="2006" ,day="25-29" ,address="Rhodes, Greece" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/hart_ipdps06.pdf} +[Viewed April 28, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Compares QSBR, HPBR, EBR, and lock-free reference counting. + http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tomhart/perflab/ipdps06.tgz +" +} + +@unpublished{NickPiggin2006radixtree +,Author="Nick Piggin" +,Title="[patch 3/3] radix-tree: {RCU} lockless readside" +,month="June" +,day="20" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/6/20/238} +[Viewed March 25, 2008]" ,annotation=" - Compares QSBR (AKA "classic RCU"), HPBR, EBR, and lock-free - reference counting. + RCU-protected radix tree. " } @Conference{PaulEMcKenney2006b ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Dipankar Sarma and Ingo Molnar and Suparna Bhattacharya" -,Title="Extending RCU for Realtime and Embedded Workloads" +,Title="Extending {RCU} for Realtime and Embedded Workloads" ,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" ,Month="July" ,Year="2006" ,pages="v2 123-138" ,note="Available: -\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/index_2006.php} +\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184} \url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/OLSrtRCU.2006.08.11a.pdf} [Viewed January 1, 2007]" ,annotation=" @@ -614,6 +1346,37 @@ Suparna Bhattacharya" " } +@unpublished{WikipediaRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Chris Purcell and Algae and Ben Schumin and +Gaius Cornelius and Qwertyus and Neil Conway and Sbw and Blainster and +Canis Rufus and Zoicon5 and Anome and Hal Eisen" +,Title="Read-Copy Update" +,month="July" +,day="8" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Read-copy-update} +[Viewed August 21, 2006]" +,annotation=" + Wikipedia RCU page as of July 8 2006. +" +} + +@Conference{NickPiggin2006LocklessPageCache +,Author="Nick Piggin" +,Title="A Lockless Pagecache in Linux---Introduction, Progress, Performance" +,Booktitle="{Ottawa Linux Symposium}" +,Month="July" +,Year="2006" +,pages="v2 249-254" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.linuxsymposium.org/2006/view_abstract.php?content_key=184} +[Viewed January 11, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Uses RCU-protected radix tree for a lockless page cache. +" +} + @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2006c ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" ,Title="Sleepable {RCU}" @@ -637,29 +1400,301 @@ Revised: ,day="18" ,year="2006" ,note="Available: -\url{http://www.nada.kth.se/~snilsson/public/papers/trash/trash.pdf} -[Viewed February 24, 2007]" +\url{http://www.nada.kth.se/~snilsson/publications/TRASH/trash.pdf} +[Viewed March 4, 2011]" ,annotation=" RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. " } -@unpublished{ThomasEHart2007a -,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown and Jonathan Walpole" -,Title="Performance of memory reclamation for lockless synchronization" -,journal="J. Parallel Distrib. Comput." +@unpublished{ChristophHellwig2006RCU2SRCU +,Author="Christoph Hellwig" +,Title="Re: {[-mm PATCH 1/4]} {RCU}: split classic rcu" +,month="September" +,day="28" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/9/28/160} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUusagePage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU} {Linux} Usage" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage.html} +[Viewed January 14, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Paul McKenney's RCU page showing graphs plotting Linux-kernel + usage of RCU. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenneyRCUusageRawDataPage +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Read-Copy Update {(RCU)} Usage in {Linux} Kernel" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/linuxusage/rculocktab.html} +[Viewed January 14, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Paul McKenney's RCU page showing Linux usage of RCU in tabular + form, with links to corresponding cscope databases. +" +} + +@unpublished{GauthamShenoy2006RCUrwlock +,Author="Gautham R. Shenoy" +,Title="[PATCH 4/5] lock\_cpu\_hotplug: Redesign - Lightweight implementation of lock\_cpu\_hotplug" +,month="October" +,year="2006" +,day=26 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/10/26/73} +[Viewed January 26, 2009]" +,annotation=" + RCU-based reader-writer lock that allows readers to proceed with + no memory barriers or atomic instruction in absence of writers. + If writer do show up, readers must of course wait as required by + the semantics of reader-writer locking. This is a recursive + lock. +" +} + +@unpublished{JensAxboe2006SlowSRCU +,Author="Jens Axboe" +,Title="Re: [patch] cpufreq: mark \url{cpufreq_tsc()} as +\url{core_initcall_sync}" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=17 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/56} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation=" + SRCU's grace periods are too slow for Jens, even after a + factor-of-three speedup. + Sped-up version of SRCU at http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/17/359. +" +} + +@unpublished{OlegNesterov2006QRCU +,Author="Oleg Nesterov" +,Title="Re: [patch] cpufreq: mark {\tt cpufreq\_tsc()} as +{\tt core\_initcall\_sync}" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=19 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/19/69} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation=" + First cut of QRCU. Expanded/corrected versions followed. + Used to be OlegNesterov2007QRCU, now time-corrected. +" +} + +@unpublished{OlegNesterov2006aQRCU +,Author="Oleg Nesterov" +,Title="Re: [RFC, PATCH 1/2] qrcu: {"quick"} srcu implementation" +,month="November" +,year="2006" +,day=30 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2006/11/29/330} +[Viewed November 26, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Expanded/corrected version of QRCU. + Used to be OlegNesterov2007aQRCU, now time-corrected. +" +} + +@unpublished{EvgeniyPolyakov2006RCUslowdown +,Author="Evgeniy Polyakov" +,Title="Badness in postponing work" +,month="December" +,year="2006" +,day=05 +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.ioremap.net/node/41} +[Viewed October 28, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Using RCU as a pure delay leads to a 2.5x slowdown in skbs in + the Linux kernel. +" +} + +@inproceedings{ChrisMatthews2006ClusteredObjectsRCU +,author = {Matthews, Chris and Coady, Yvonne and Appavoo, Jonathan} +,title = {Portability events: a programming model for scalable system infrastructures} +,booktitle = {PLOS '06: Proceedings of the 3rd workshop on Programming languages and operating systems} +,year = {2006} +,isbn = {1-59593-577-0} +,pages = {11} +,location = {San Jose, California} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1215995.1216006} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Uses K42's RCU-like functionality to manage clustered-object + lifetimes. +}} + +@article{DilmaDaSilva2006K42 +,author = {Silva, Dilma Da and Krieger, Orran and Wisniewski, Robert W. and Waterland, Amos and Tam, David and Baumann, Andrew} +,title = {K42: an infrastructure for operating system research} +,journal = {SIGOPS Oper. Syst. Rev.} +,volume = {40} +,number = {2} +,year = {2006} +,issn = {0163-5980} +,pages = {34--42} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1131322.1131333} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Describes relationship of K42 generations to RCU. +}} + +# CoreyMinyard2007list_splice_rcu +@unpublished{CoreyMinyard2007list:splice:rcu +,Author="Corey Minyard and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} add an {RCU} version of list splicing" +,month="January" +,year="2007" +,day=3 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/3/112} +[Viewed May 28, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Patch for list_splice_rcu(). +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007rcubarrier +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{RCU} and Unloadable Modules" +,month="January" +,day="14" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/217484/} +[Viewed November 22, 2007]" +,annotation=" + LWN article introducing the rcu_barrier() primitive. +" +} + +@unpublished{PeterZijlstra2007SyncBarrier +,Author="Peter Zijlstra and Ingo Molnar" +,Title="{[PATCH 3/7]} barrier: a scalable synchonisation barrier" +,month="January" +,year="2007" +,day=28 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/1/28/34} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation=" + RCU-like implementation for frequent updaters and rare readers(!). + Subsumed into QRCU. Maybe... +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007BoostRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Priority-Boosting {RCU} Read-Side Critical Sections" +,month="February" +,day="5" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/220677/} +Revised: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/RCUbooststate.2007.04.16a.pdf} +[Viewed September 7, 2007]" +,annotation=" + LWN article introducing RCU priority boosting. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulMcKenney2007QRCUpatch +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} {QRCU} with lockless fastpath" +,month="February" +,year="2007" +,day=24 +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Patch for QRCU supplying lock-free fast path. +" +} + +@article{JonathanAppavoo2007K42RCU +,author = {Appavoo, Jonathan and Silva, Dilma Da and Krieger, Orran and Auslander, Marc and Ostrowski, Michal and Rosenburg, Bryan and Waterland, Amos and Wisniewski, Robert W. and Xenidis, Jimi and Stumm, Michael and Soares, Livio} +,title = {Experience distributing objects in an SMMP OS} +,journal = {ACM Trans. Comput. Syst.} +,volume = {25} +,number = {3} +,year = {2007} +,issn = {0734-2071} +,pages = {6/1--6/52} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1275517.1275518} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Role of RCU in K42. +}} + +@conference{RobertOlsson2007Trash +,Author="Robert Olsson and Stefan Nilsson" +,Title="{TRASH}: A dynamic {LC}-trie and hash data structure" +,booktitle="Workshop on High Performance Switching and Routing (HPSR'07)" +,month="May" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://ieeexplore.ieee.org/xpl/freeabs_all.jsp?arnumber=4281239} +[Viewed October 1, 2010]" +,annotation=" + RCU-protected dynamic trie-hash combination. +" +} + +@conference{PeterZijlstra2007ConcurrentPagecacheRCU +,Author="Peter Zijlstra" +,Title="Concurrent Pagecache" +,Booktitle="Linux Symposium" +,month="June" ,year="2007" -,note="To appear in J. Parallel Distrib. Comput. - \url{doi=10.1016/j.jpdc.2007.04.010}" +,address="Ottawa, Canada" +,note="Available: +\url{http://ols.108.redhat.com/2007/Reprints/zijlstra-Reprint.pdf} +[Viewed April 14, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Page-cache modifications permitting RCU readers and concurrent + updates. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007whatisRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="What is {RCU}?" +,year="2007" +,month="07" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/whatisRCU.html} +[Viewed July 6, 2007]" ,annotation={ - Compares QSBR (AKA "classic RCU"), HPBR, EBR, and lock-free - reference counting. Journal version of ThomasEHart2006a. + Describes RCU in Linux kernel. } } @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007QRCUspin ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" -,Title="Using Promela and Spin to verify parallel algorithms" +,Title="Using {Promela} and {Spin} to verify parallel algorithms" ,month="August" ,day="1" ,year="2007" @@ -669,6 +1704,50 @@ Revised: ,annotation=" LWN article describing Promela and spin, and also using Oleg Nesterov's QRCU as an example (with Paul McKenney's fastpath). + Merged patch at: http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/2/25/18 +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WG21DDOatomics +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Hans-J. Boehm and Lawrence Crowl" +,Title="C++ Data-Dependency Ordering: Atomics and Memory Model" +,month="August" +,day="3" +,year="2007" +,note="Preprint: +\url{http://open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2008/n2664.htm} +[Viewed December 7, 2009]" +,annotation=" + RCU for C++, parts 1 and 2. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WG21DDOannotation +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Lawrence Crowl" +,Title="C++ Data-Dependency Ordering: Function Annotation" +,month="September" +,day="18" +,year="2008" +,note="Preprint: +\url{http://open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/papers/2008/n2782.htm} +[Viewed December 7, 2009]" +,annotation=" + RCU for C++, part 2, updated many times. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007PreemptibleRCUPatch +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="[PATCH RFC 0/9] {RCU}: Preemptible {RCU}" +,month="September" +,day="10" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/9/10/213} +[Viewed October 25, 2007]" +,annotation=" + Final patch for preemptable RCU to -rt. (Later patches were + to mainline, eventually incorporated.) " } @@ -686,10 +1765,46 @@ Revised: " } +@article{ThomasEHart2007a +,Author="Thomas E. Hart and Paul E. McKenney and Angela Demke Brown and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="Performance of memory reclamation for lockless synchronization" +,journal="J. Parallel Distrib. Comput." +,volume={67} +,number="12" +,year="2007" +,issn="0743-7315" +,pages="1270--1285" +,doi="http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.jpdc.2007.04.010" +,publisher="Academic Press, Inc." +,address="Orlando, FL, USA" +,annotation={ + Compares QSBR, HPBR, EBR, and lock-free reference counting. + Journal version of ThomasEHart2006a. +} +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2007call:rcu:schedNeeded +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" +,Title="Re: [patch 1/2] {Linux} Kernel Markers - Support Multiple Probes" +,month="December" +,day="20" +,year="2007" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2007/12/20/244} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Request for call_rcu_sched() and rcu_barrier_sched(). +" +} + + ######################################################################## # # "What is RCU?" LWN series. # +# http://lwn.net/Articles/262464/ (What is RCU, Fundamentally?) +# http://lwn.net/Articles/263130/ (What is RCU's Usage?) +# http://lwn.net/Articles/264090/ (What is RCU's API?) @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2007WhatIsRCUFundamentally ,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" @@ -723,7 +1838,7 @@ Revised: 3. RCU is a Bulk Reference-Counting Mechanism 4. RCU is a Poor Man's Garbage Collector 5. RCU is a Way of Providing Existence Guarantees - 6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish + 6. RCU is a Way of Waiting for Things to Finish " } @@ -747,20 +1862,96 @@ Revised: # ######################################################################## + +@unpublished{SteveRostedt2008dyntickRCUpatch +,Author="Steven Rostedt and Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="{[PATCH]} add support for dynamic ticks and preempt rcu" +,month="January" +,day="29" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/1/29/208} +[Viewed March 27, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Patch that prevents preemptible RCU from unnecessarily waking + up dynticks-idle CPUs. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008LKMLDependencyOrdering +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [PATCH 02/22 -v7] Add basic support for gcc profiler instrumentation" +,month="February" +,day="1" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/2/2/255} +[Viewed October 18, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Explanation of compilers violating dependency ordering. +" +} + +@Conference{PaulEMcKenney2008Beijing +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Introducing Technology Into {Linux} Or: +Introducing your technology Into {Linux} will require introducing a +lot of {Linux} into your technology!!!" +,Booktitle="2008 Linux Developer Symposium - China" +,Publisher="OSS China" +,Month="February" +,Year="2008" +,Address="Beijing, China" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/TechIntroLinux.2008.02.19a.pdf} +[Viewed August 12, 2008]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008dynticksRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney and Steven Rostedt" +,Title="Integrating and Validating dynticks and Preemptable RCU" +,month="April" +,day="24" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/279077/} +[Viewed April 24, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Describes use of Promela and Spin to validate (and fix!) the + dynticks/RCU interface. +" +} + @article{DinakarGuniguntala2008IBMSysJ ,author="D. Guniguntala and P. E. McKenney and J. Triplett and J. Walpole" ,title="The read-copy-update mechanism for supporting real-time applications on shared-memory multiprocessor systems with {Linux}" ,Year="2008" -,Month="April" +,Month="April-June" ,journal="IBM Systems Journal" ,volume="47" ,number="2" -,pages="@@-@@" +,pages="221-236" ,annotation=" RCU, realtime RCU, sleepable RCU, performance. " } +@unpublished{LaiJiangshan2008NewClassicAlgorithm +,Author="Lai Jiangshan" +,Title="[{RFC}][{PATCH}] rcu classic: new algorithm for callbacks-processing" +,month="June" +,day="3" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/6/2/539} +[Viewed December 10, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Updated RCU classic algorithm. Introduced multi-tailed list + for RCU callbacks and also pulling common code into + __call_rcu(). +" +} + @article{PaulEMcKenney2008RCUOSR ,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" ,title="Introducing technology into the {Linux} kernel: a case study" @@ -778,6 +1969,52 @@ Revised: } } +@unpublished{ManfredSpraul2008StateMachineRCU +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="[{RFC}, {PATCH}] state machine based rcu" +,month="August" +,day="21" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/8/21/336} +[Viewed December 8, 2008]" +,annotation=" + State-based RCU. One key thing that this patch does is to + separate the dynticks handling of NMIs and IRQs. +" +} + +@unpublished{ManfredSpraul2008dyntickIRQNMI +,Author="Manfred Spraul" +,Title="Re: [{RFC}, {PATCH}] v4 scalable classic {RCU} implementation" +,month="September" +,day="6" +,year="2008" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2008/9/6/86} +[Viewed December 8, 2008]" +,annotation=" + Manfred notes a fix required to my attempt to separate irq + and NMI processing for hierarchical RCU's dynticks interface. +" +} + +@techreport{PaulEMcKenney2008cyclicRCU +,author="Paul E. McKenney" +,title="Efficient Support of Consistent Cyclic Search With Read-Copy Update" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="2008" +,number="US Patent 7,426,511" +,month="September" +,pages="23" +,annotation=" + Maintains an additional level of indirection to allow + readers to confine themselves to the desired snapshot of the + data structure. Only permits one update at a time. +" +} + @unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2008HierarchicalRCU ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" ,Title="Hierarchical {RCU}" @@ -793,6 +2030,21 @@ Revised: " } +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009BloatwatchRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Re: [PATCH fyi] RCU: the bloatwatch edition" +,month="January" +,day="14" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/1/14/449} +[Viewed January 15, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Small-footprint implementation of RCU for uniprocessor + embedded applications -- and also for exposition purposes. +" +} + @conference{PaulEMcKenney2009MaliciousURCU ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" ,Title="Using a Malicious User-Level {RCU} to Torture {RCU}-Based Algorithms" @@ -816,15 +2068,17 @@ Revised: ,year="2009" ,note="Available: \url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/2/5/572} -\url{git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git} +\url{http://lttng.org/urcu} [Viewed February 20, 2009]" ,annotation=" Mathieu Desnoyers's user-space RCU implementation. git://lttng.org/userspace-rcu.git + http://lttng.org/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=userspace-rcu.git + http://lttng.org/urcu " } -@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009BloatWatchRCU +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009LWNBloatWatchRCU ,Author="Paul E. McKenney" ,Title="{RCU}: The {Bloatwatch} Edition" ,month="March" @@ -852,14 +2106,29 @@ Revised: " } -@unpublished{JoshTriplett2009RPHash +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009fastRTRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="[{PATCH} {RFC} -tip 0/4] {RCU} cleanups and simplified preemptable {RCU}" +,month="July" +,day="23" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/7/23/294} +[Viewed August 15, 2009]" +,annotation=" + First posting of simple and fast preemptable RCU. +" +} + +@InProceedings{JoshTriplett2009RPHash ,Author="Josh Triplett" ,Title="Scalable concurrent hash tables via relativistic programming" ,month="September" ,year="2009" -,note="Linux Plumbers Conference presentation" +,booktitle="Linux Plumbers Conference 2009" ,annotation=" RP fun with hash tables. + See also JoshTriplett2010RPHash " } @@ -872,4 +2141,323 @@ Revised: ,note="Available: \url{http://www.lttng.org/pub/thesis/desnoyers-dissertation-2009-12.pdf} [Viewed December 9, 2009]" +,annotation={ + Chapter 6 (page 97) covers user-level RCU. +} +} + +@unpublished{RelativisticProgrammingWiki +,Author="Josh Triplett and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="Relativistic Programming" +,month="September" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://wiki.cs.pdx.edu/rp/} +[Viewed December 9, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Main Relativistic Programming Wiki. +" +} + +@conference{PaulEMcKenney2009DeterministicRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Deterministic Synchronization in Multicore Systems: the Role of {RCU}" +,Booktitle="Eleventh Real Time Linux Workshop" +,month="September" +,year="2009" +,address="Dresden, Germany" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/realtime/paper/DetSyncRCU.2009.08.18a.pdf} +[Viewed January 14, 2009]" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2009HuntingHeisenbugs +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Hunting Heisenbugs" +,month="November" +,year="2009" +,day="1" +,note="Available: +\url{http://paulmck.livejournal.com/14639.html} +[Viewed June 4, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Day-one bug in Tree RCU that took forever to track down. +" +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009defer:rcu +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers" +,Title="Kernel RCU: shrink the size of the struct rcu\_head" +,month="December" +,year="2009" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lkml.org/lkml/2009/10/18/129} +[Viewed December 29, 2009]" +,annotation=" + Mathieu proposed defer_rcu() with fixed-size per-thread pool + of RCU callbacks. +" +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009VerifPrePub +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Michel R. Dagenais" +,Title="Multi-Core Systems Modeling for Formal Verification of Parallel Algorithms" +,month="December" +,year="2009" +,note="Submitted to IEEE TPDS" +,annotation=" + OOMem model for Mathieu's user-level RCU mechanical proof of + correctness. +" +} + +@unpublished{MathieuDesnoyers2009URCUPrePub +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Alan Stern and Michel R. Dagenais and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="User-Level Implementations of Read-Copy Update" +,month="December" +,year="2010" +,url=\url{http://www.computer.org/csdl/trans/td/2012/02/ttd2012020375-abs.html} +,annotation=" + RCU overview, desiderata, semi-formal semantics, user-level RCU + usage scenarios, three classes of RCU implementation, wait-free + RCU updates, RCU grace-period batching, update overhead, + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-main-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-supp-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + Superseded by MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU. +" +} + +@inproceedings{HariKannan2009DynamicAnalysisRCU +,author = {Kannan, Hari} +,title = {Ordering decoupled metadata accesses in multiprocessors} +,booktitle = {MICRO 42: Proceedings of the 42nd Annual IEEE/ACM International Symposium on Microarchitecture} +,year = {2009} +,isbn = {978-1-60558-798-1} +,pages = {381--390} +,location = {New York, New York} +,doi = {http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/1669112.1669161} +,publisher = {ACM} +,address = {New York, NY, USA} +,annotation={ + Uses RCU to protect metadata used in dynamic analysis. +}} + +@conference{PaulEMcKenney2010SimpleOptRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Simplicity Through Optimization" +,Booktitle="linux.conf.au 2010" +,month="January" +,year="2010" +,address="Wellington, New Zealand" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/SimplicityThruOptimization.2010.01.21f.pdf} +[Viewed October 10, 2010]" +,annotation=" + TREE_PREEMPT_RCU optimizations greatly simplified the old + PREEMPT_RCU implementation. +" +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2010LockdepRCU +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="Lockdep-{RCU}" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,day="1" +,note="Available: +\url{https://lwn.net/Articles/371986/} +[Viewed June 4, 2010]" +,annotation=" + CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, or at least an early version. +" +} + +@unpublished{AviKivity2010KVM2RCU +,Author="Avi Kivity" +,Title="[{PATCH} 37/40] {KVM}: Bump maximum vcpu count to 64" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{http://www.mail-archive.com/kvm@vger.kernel.org/msg28640.html} +[Viewed March 20, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Use of RCU permits KVM to increase the size of guest OSes from + 16 CPUs to 64 CPUs. +" +} + +@unpublished{HerbertXu2010RCUResizeHash +,Author="Herbert Xu" +,Title="bridge: Add core IGMP snooping support" +,month="February" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{http://kerneltrap.com/mailarchive/linux-netdev/2010/2/26/6270589} +[Viewed March 20, 2011]" +,annotation={ + Use a pair of list_head structures to support RCU-protected + resizable hash tables. +}} + +@article{JoshTriplett2010RPHash +,author="Josh Triplett and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,title="Scalable Concurrent Hash Tables via Relativistic Programming" +,journal="ACM Operating Systems Review" +,year=2010 +,volume=44 +,number=3 +,month="July" +,annotation={ + RP fun with hash tables. + http://portal.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=1842733.1842750 +}} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2010RCUAPI +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="The {RCU} {API}, 2010 Edition" +,month="December" +,day="8" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/418853/} +[Viewed December 8, 2010]" +,annotation=" + Includes updated software-engineering features. +" +} + +@mastersthesis{AndrejPodzimek2010masters +,author="Andrej Podzimek" +,title="Read-Copy-Update for OpenSolaris" +,school="Charles University in Prague" +,year="2010" +,note="Available: +\url{https://andrej.podzimek.org/thesis.pdf} +[Viewed January 31, 2011]" +,annotation={ + Reviews RCU implementations and creates a few for OpenSolaris. + Drives quiescent-state detection from RCU read-side primitives, + in a manner roughly similar to that of Jim Houston. +}} + +@unpublished{LinusTorvalds2011Linux2:6:38:rc1:NPigginVFS +,Author="Linus Torvalds" +,Title="Linux 2.6.38-rc1" +,month="January" +,year="2011" +,note="Available: +\url{https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/1/18/322} +[Viewed March 4, 2011]" +,annotation={ + "The RCU-based name lookup is at the other end of the spectrum - the + absolute anti-gimmick. It's some seriously good stuff, and gets rid of + the last main global lock that really tends to hurt some kernel loads. + The dentry lock is no longer a big serializing issue. What's really + nice about it is that it actually improves performance a lot even for + single-threaded loads (on an SMP kernel), because it gets rid of some + of the most expensive parts of path component lookup, which was the + d_lock on every component lookup. So I'm seeing improvements of 30-50% + on some seriously pathname-lookup intensive loads." +}} + +@techreport{JoshTriplett2011RPScalableCorrectOrdering +,author = {Josh Triplett and Philip W. Howard and Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole} +,title = {Scalable Correct Memory Ordering via Relativistic Programming} +,year = {2011} +,number = {11-03} +,institution = {Portland State University} +,note = {\url{http://www.cs.pdx.edu/pdfs/tr1103.pdf}} +} + +@inproceedings{PhilHoward2011RCUTMRBTree +,author = {Philip W. Howard and Jonathan Walpole} +,title = {A Relativistic Enhancement to Software Transactional Memory} +,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 3rd USENIX conference on Hot topics in parallelism} +,series = {HotPar'11} +,year = {2011} +,location = {Berkeley, CA} +,pages = {1--6} +,numpages = {6} +,url = {http://www.usenix.org/event/hotpar11/tech/final_files/Howard.pdf} +,publisher = {USENIX Association} +,address = {Berkeley, CA, USA} +} + +@techreport{PaulEMcKenney2011cyclicparallelRCU +,author="Paul E. McKenney and Jonathan Walpole" +,title="Efficient Support of Consistent Cyclic Search With Read-Copy Update and Parallel Updates" +,institution="US Patent and Trademark Office" +,address="Washington, DC" +,year="2011" +,number="US Patent 7,953,778" +,month="May" +,pages="34" +,annotation=" + Maintains an array of generation numbers to track in-flight + updates and keeps an additional level of indirection to allow + readers to confine themselves to the desired snapshot of the + data structure. +" +} + +@inproceedings{Triplett:2011:RPHash +,author = {Triplett, Josh and McKenney, Paul E. and Walpole, Jonathan} +,title = {Resizable, Scalable, Concurrent Hash Tables via Relativistic Programming} +,booktitle = {Proceedings of the 2011 USENIX Annual Technical Conference} +,month = {June} +,year = {2011} +,pages = {145--158} +,numpages = {14} +,url={http://www.usenix.org/event/atc11/tech/final_files/atc11_proceedings.pdf} +,publisher = {The USENIX Association} +,address = {Portland, OR USA} +} + +@unpublished{PaulEMcKenney2011RCU3.0trainwreck +,Author="Paul E. McKenney" +,Title="3.0 and {RCU:} what went wrong" +,month="July" +,day="27" +,year="2011" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/453002/} +[Viewed July 27, 2011]" +,annotation=" + Analysis of the RCU trainwreck in Linux kernel 3.0. +" +} + +@unpublished{NeilBrown2011MeetTheLockers +,Author="Neil Brown" +,Title="Meet the Lockers" +,month="August" +,day="3" +,year="2011" +,note="Available: +\url{http://lwn.net/Articles/453685/} +[Viewed September 2, 2011]" +,annotation=" + The Locker family as an analogy for locking, reference counting, + RCU, and seqlock. +" +} + +@article{MathieuDesnoyers2012URCU +,Author="Mathieu Desnoyers and Paul E. McKenney and Alan Stern and Michel R. Dagenais and Jonathan Walpole" +,Title="User-Level Implementations of Read-Copy Update" +,journal="IEEE Transactions on Parallel and Distributed Systems" +,volume={23} +,year="2012" +,issn="1045-9219" +,pages="375-382" +,doi="http://doi.ieeecomputersociety.org/10.1109/TPDS.2011.159" +,publisher="IEEE Computer Society" +,address="Los Alamitos, CA, USA" +,annotation={ + RCU overview, desiderata, semi-formal semantics, user-level RCU + usage scenarios, three classes of RCU implementation, wait-free + RCU updates, RCU grace-period batching, update overhead, + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-main-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf + http://www.rdrop.com/users/paulmck/RCU/urcu-supp-accepted.2011.08.30a.pdf +} } diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt index bff2d8b..5c8d749 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/checklist.txt @@ -180,6 +180,20 @@ over a rather long period of time, but improvements are always welcome! operations that would not normally be undertaken while a real-time workload is running. + In particular, if you find yourself invoking one of the expedited + primitives repeatedly in a loop, please do everyone a favor: + Restructure your code so that it batches the updates, allowing + a single non-expedited primitive to cover the entire batch. + This will very likely be faster than the loop containing the + expedited primitive, and will be much much easier on the rest + of the system, especially to real-time workloads running on + the rest of the system. + + In addition, it is illegal to call the expedited forms from + a CPU-hotplug notifier, or while holding a lock that is acquired + by a CPU-hotplug notifier. Failing to observe this restriction + will result in deadlock. + 7. If the updater uses call_rcu() or synchronize_rcu(), then the corresponding readers must use rcu_read_lock() and rcu_read_unlock(). If the updater uses call_rcu_bh() or diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt index 083d88c..523364e 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/stallwarn.txt @@ -12,14 +12,38 @@ CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_TIMEOUT This kernel configuration parameter defines the period of time that RCU will wait from the beginning of a grace period until it issues an RCU CPU stall warning. This time period is normally - ten seconds. + sixty seconds. -RCU_SECONDS_TILL_STALL_RECHECK + This configuration parameter may be changed at runtime via the + /sys/module/rcutree/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_timeout, however + this parameter is checked only at the beginning of a cycle. + So if you are 30 seconds into a 70-second stall, setting this + sysfs parameter to (say) five will shorten the timeout for the + -next- stall, or the following warning for the current stall + (assuming the stall lasts long enough). It will not affect the + timing of the next warning for the current stall. - This macro defines the period of time that RCU will wait after - issuing a stall warning until it issues another stall warning - for the same stall. This time period is normally set to three - times the check interval plus thirty seconds. + Stall-warning messages may be enabled and disabled completely via + /sys/module/rcutree/parameters/rcu_cpu_stall_suppress. + +CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_VERBOSE + + This kernel configuration parameter causes the stall warning to + also dump the stacks of any tasks that are blocking the current + RCU-preempt grace period. + +RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO + + This kernel configuration parameter causes the stall warning to + print out additional per-CPU diagnostic information, including + information on scheduling-clock ticks and RCU's idle-CPU tracking. + +RCU_STALL_DELAY_DELTA + + Although the lockdep facility is extremely useful, it does add + some overhead. Therefore, under CONFIG_PROVE_RCU, the + RCU_STALL_DELAY_DELTA macro allows five extra seconds before + giving an RCU CPU stall warning message. RCU_STALL_RAT_DELAY @@ -64,6 +88,54 @@ INFO: rcu_bh_state detected stalls on CPUs/tasks: { } (detected by 4, 2502 jiffi This is rare, but does happen from time to time in real life. +If the CONFIG_RCU_CPU_STALL_INFO kernel configuration parameter is set, +more information is printed with the stall-warning message, for example: + + INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU + 0: (63959 ticks this GP) idle=241/3fffffffffffffff/0 + (t=65000 jiffies) + +In kernels with CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ, even more information is +printed: + + INFO: rcu_preempt detected stall on CPU + 0: (64628 ticks this GP) idle=dd5/3fffffffffffffff/0 drain=0 . timer=-1 + (t=65000 jiffies) + +The "(64628 ticks this GP)" indicates that this CPU has taken more +than 64,000 scheduling-clock interrupts during the current stalled +grace period. If the CPU was not yet aware of the current grace +period (for example, if it was offline), then this part of the message +indicates how many grace periods behind the CPU is. + +The "idle=" portion of the message prints the dyntick-idle state. +The hex number before the first "/" is the low-order 12 bits of the +dynticks counter, which will have an even-numbered value if the CPU is +in dyntick-idle mode and an odd-numbered value otherwise. The hex +number between the two "/"s is the value of the nesting, which will +be a small positive number if in the idle loop and a very large positive +number (as shown above) otherwise. + +For CONFIG_RCU_FAST_NO_HZ kernels, the "drain=0" indicates that the +CPU is not in the process of trying to force itself into dyntick-idle +state, the "." indicates that the CPU has not given up forcing RCU +into dyntick-idle mode (it would be "H" otherwise), and the "timer=-1" +indicates that the CPU has not recented forced RCU into dyntick-idle +mode (it would otherwise indicate the number of microseconds remaining +in this forced state). + + +Multiple Warnings From One Stall + +If a stall lasts long enough, multiple stall-warning messages will be +printed for it. The second and subsequent messages are printed at +longer intervals, so that the time between (say) the first and second +message will be about three times the interval between the beginning +of the stall and the first message. + + +What Causes RCU CPU Stall Warnings? + So your kernel printed an RCU CPU stall warning. The next question is "What caused it?" The following problems can result in RCU CPU stall warnings: @@ -128,4 +200,5 @@ is occurring, which will usually be in the function nearest the top of that portion of the stack which remains the same from trace to trace. If you can reliably trigger the stall, ftrace can be quite helpful. -RCU bugs can often be debugged with the help of CONFIG_RCU_TRACE. +RCU bugs can often be debugged with the help of CONFIG_RCU_TRACE +and with RCU's event tracing. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt index d67068d..4ddf391 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/torture.txt @@ -47,6 +47,16 @@ irqreader Says to invoke RCU readers from irq level. This is currently permit this. (Or, more accurately, variants of RCU that do -not- permit this know to ignore this variable.) +n_barrier_cbs If this is nonzero, RCU barrier testing will be conducted, + in which case n_barrier_cbs specifies the number of + RCU callbacks (and corresponding kthreads) to use for + this testing. The value cannot be negative. If you + specify this to be non-zero when torture_type indicates a + synchronous RCU implementation (one for which a member of + the synchronize_rcu() rather than the call_rcu() family is + used -- see the documentation for torture_type below), an + error will be reported and no testing will be carried out. + nfakewriters This is the number of RCU fake writer threads to run. Fake writer threads repeatedly use the synchronous "wait for current readers" function of the interface selected by @@ -69,6 +79,13 @@ onoff_interval CPU-hotplug operations regardless of what value is specified for onoff_interval. +onoff_holdoff The number of seconds to wait until starting CPU-hotplug + operations. This would normally only be used when + rcutorture was built into the kernel and started + automatically at boot time, in which case it is useful + in order to avoid confusing boot-time code with CPUs + coming and going. + shuffle_interval The number of seconds to keep the test threads affinitied to a particular subset of the CPUs, defaults to 3 seconds. @@ -79,6 +96,24 @@ shutdown_secs The number of seconds to run the test before terminating zero, which disables test termination and system shutdown. This capability is useful for automated testing. +stall_cpu The number of seconds that a CPU should be stalled while + within both an rcu_read_lock() and a preempt_disable(). + This stall happens only once per rcutorture run. + If you need multiple stalls, use modprobe and rmmod to + repeatedly run rcutorture. The default for stall_cpu + is zero, which prevents rcutorture from stalling a CPU. + + Note that attempts to rmmod rcutorture while the stall + is ongoing will hang, so be careful what value you + choose for this module parameter! In addition, too-large + values for stall_cpu might well induce failures and + warnings in other parts of the kernel. You have been + warned! + +stall_cpu_holdoff + The number of seconds to wait after rcutorture starts + before stalling a CPU. Defaults to 10 seconds. + stat_interval The number of seconds between output of torture statistics (via printk()). Regardless of the interval, statistics are printed when the module is unloaded. @@ -163,7 +198,7 @@ OUTPUT The statistics output is as follows: rcu-torture:--- Start of test: nreaders=16 nfakewriters=4 stat_interval=30 verbose=0 test_no_idle_hz=1 shuffle_interval=3 stutter=5 irqreader=1 fqs_duration=0 fqs_holdoff=0 fqs_stutter=3 test_boost=1/0 test_boost_interval=7 test_boost_duration=4 - rcu-torture: rtc: (null) ver: 155441 tfle: 0 rta: 155441 rtaf: 8884 rtf: 155440 rtmbe: 0 rtbke: 0 rtbre: 0 rtbf: 0 rtb: 0 nt: 3055767 + rcu-torture: rtc: (null) ver: 155441 tfle: 0 rta: 155441 rtaf: 8884 rtf: 155440 rtmbe: 0 rtbe: 0 rtbke: 0 rtbre: 0 rtbf: 0 rtb: 0 nt: 3055767 rcu-torture: Reader Pipe: 727860534 34213 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rcu-torture: Reader Batch: 727877838 17003 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 rcu-torture: Free-Block Circulation: 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 155440 0 @@ -205,6 +240,9 @@ o "rtmbe": A non-zero value indicates that rcutorture believes that rcu_assign_pointer() and rcu_dereference() are not working correctly. This value should be zero. +o "rtbe": A non-zero value indicates that one of the rcu_barrier() + family of functions is not working correctly. + o "rtbke": rcutorture was unable to create the real-time kthreads used to force RCU priority inversion. This value should be zero. @@ -271,11 +309,13 @@ The following script may be used to torture RCU: #!/bin/sh modprobe rcutorture - sleep 100 + sleep 3600 rmmod rcutorture dmesg | grep torture: The output can be manually inspected for the error flag of "!!!". One could of course create a more elaborate script that automatically -checked for such errors. The "rmmod" command forces a "SUCCESS" or -"FAILURE" indication to be printk()ed. +checked for such errors. The "rmmod" command forces a "SUCCESS", +"FAILURE", or "RCU_HOTPLUG" indication to be printk()ed. The first +two are self-explanatory, while the last indicates that while there +were no RCU failures, CPU-hotplug problems were detected. diff --git a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt index 49587ab..f6f15ce 100644 --- a/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt +++ b/Documentation/RCU/trace.txt @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ rcu/rcuboost: The output of "cat rcu/rcudata" looks as follows: rcu_sched: - 0 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=50 of=0 ri=0 ql=163 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=153737 co=0 ca=0 - 1 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=58 of=0 ri=0 ql=634 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=191037 co=0 ca=0 - 2 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=175 of=0 ri=0 ql=74 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=75991 co=0 ca=0 - 3 c=20942 g=20943 pq=1 pgp=20942 qp=1 dt=1846/0/0 df=404 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=72261 co=0 ca=0 - 4 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=83 of=0 ri=0 ql=48 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=128365 co=0 ca=0 - 5 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=64 of=0 ri=0 ql=169 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=164360 co=0 ca=0 - 6 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=183 of=0 ri=0 ql=62 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=65663 co=0 ca=0 - 7 c=20897 g=20897 pq=1 pgp=20896 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=382 of=0 ri=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=75006 co=0 ca=0 + 0 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=50 of=0 ql=163 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=153737 co=0 ca=0 + 1 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=58 of=0 ql=634 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=191037 co=0 ca=0 + 2 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=175 of=0 ql=74 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=75991 co=0 ca=0 + 3 c=20942 g=20943 pq=1 pgp=20942 qp=1 dt=1846/0/0 df=404 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=72261 co=0 ca=0 + 4 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=83 of=0 ql=48 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=128365 co=0 ca=0 + 5 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=64 of=0 ql=169 qs=NRW. kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=164360 co=0 ca=0 + 6 c=20972 g=20973 pq=1 pgp=20973 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=183 of=0 ql=62 qs=N.W. kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=65663 co=0 ca=0 + 7 c=20897 g=20897 pq=1 pgp=20896 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=382 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=75006 co=0 ca=0 rcu_bh: - 0 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 1 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=3 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=151 co=0 ca=0 - 2 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 3 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1846/0/0 df=8 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 4 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 5 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=4 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 6 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=6 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 - 7 c=1474 g=1474 pq=1 pgp=1473 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=8 of=0 ri=1 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 0 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=545/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/0 ktl=ebc3 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 1 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=967/1/0 df=3 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/1 ktl=58c b=10 ci=151 co=0 ca=0 + 2 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1081/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/2 ktl=da94 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 3 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1846/0/0 df=8 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/3 ktl=d1cd b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 4 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=369/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/4 ktl=e0e7 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 5 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=381/1/0 df=4 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/5 ktl=fb2f b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 6 c=1480 g=1480 pq=1 pgp=1480 qp=0 dt=1037/1/0 df=6 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/6 ktl=d2ad b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 + 7 c=1474 g=1474 pq=1 pgp=1473 qp=0 dt=1572/0/0 df=8 of=0 ql=0 qs=.... kt=0/W/7 ktl=cf15 b=10 ci=0 co=0 ca=0 The first section lists the rcu_data structures for rcu_sched, the second for rcu_bh. Note that CONFIG_TREE_PREEMPT_RCU kernels will have an @@ -119,10 +119,6 @@ o "of" is the number of times that some other CPU has forced a CPU is offline when it is really alive and kicking) is a fatal error, so it makes sense to err conservatively. -o "ri" is the number of times that RCU has seen fit to send a - reschedule IPI to this CPU in order to get it to report a - quiescent state. - o "ql" is the number of RCU callbacks currently residing on this CPU. This is the total number of callbacks, regardless of what state they are in (new, waiting for grace period to diff --git a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches index 4468ce2..c379a2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/SubmittingPatches +++ b/Documentation/SubmittingPatches @@ -150,7 +150,8 @@ be able to justify all violations that remain in your patch. Look through the MAINTAINERS file and the source code, and determine if your change applies to a specific subsystem of the kernel, with -an assigned maintainer. If so, e-mail that person. +an assigned maintainer. If so, e-mail that person. The script +scripts/get_maintainer.pl can be very useful at this step. If no maintainer is listed, or the maintainer does not respond, send your patch to the primary Linux kernel developer's mailing list, diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt index e7cc363..e20b6da 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/apei/einj.txt @@ -53,6 +53,14 @@ directory apei/einj. The following files are provided. This file is used to set the second error parameter value. Effect of parameter depends on error_type specified. +- notrigger + The EINJ mechanism is a two step process. First inject the error, then + perform some actions to trigger it. Setting "notrigger" to 1 skips the + trigger phase, which *may* allow the user to cause the error in some other + context by a simple access to the cpu, memory location, or device that is + the target of the error injection. Whether this actually works depends + on what operations the BIOS actually includes in the trigger phase. + BIOS versions based in the ACPI 4.0 specification have limited options to control where the errors are injected. Your BIOS may support an extension (enabled with the param_extension=1 module parameter, or diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt index b5aada9..5f5aa16 100644 --- a/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt +++ b/Documentation/aoe/aoe.txt @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ CREATING DEVICE NODES sh Documentation/aoe/mkshelf.sh /dev/etherd 0 There is also an autoload script that shows how to edit - /etc/modprobe.conf to ensure that the aoe module is loaded when + /etc/modprobe.d/aoe.conf to ensure that the aoe module is loaded when necessary. USING DEVICE NODES diff --git a/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh b/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh index 78dad13..815dff4 100644 --- a/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh +++ b/Documentation/aoe/autoload.sh @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ #!/bin/sh # set aoe to autoload by installing the -# aliases in /etc/modprobe.conf +# aliases in /etc/modprobe.d/ -f=/etc/modprobe.conf +f=/etc/modprobe.d/aoe.conf if test ! -r $f || test ! -w $f; then echo "cannot configure $f for module autoloading" 1>&2 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX index 91c24a1..36420e1 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/arm/00-INDEX @@ -4,8 +4,6 @@ Booting - requirements for booting Interrupts - ARM Interrupt subsystem documentation -IXP2000 - - Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP2000 Network Processor msm - MSM specific documentation Netwinder diff --git a/Documentation/arm/IXP2000 b/Documentation/arm/IXP2000 deleted file mode 100644 index 68d21d9..0000000 --- a/Documentation/arm/IXP2000 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Release Notes for Linux on Intel's IXP2000 Network Processor - -Maintained by Deepak Saxena <dsaxena@plexity.net> -------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -1. Overview - -Intel's IXP2000 family of NPUs (IXP2400, IXP2800, IXP2850) is designed -for high-performance network applications such high-availability -telecom systems. In addition to an XScale core, it contains up to 8 -"MicroEngines" that run special code, several high-end networking -interfaces (UTOPIA, SPI, etc), a PCI host bridge, one serial port, -flash interface, and some other odds and ends. For more information, see: - -http://developer.intel.com - -2. Linux Support - -Linux currently supports the following features on the IXP2000 NPUs: - -- On-chip serial -- PCI -- Flash (MTD/JFFS2) -- I2C through GPIO -- Timers (watchdog, OS) - -That is about all we can support under Linux ATM b/c the core networking -components of the chip are accessed via Intel's closed source SDK. -Please contact Intel directly on issues with using those. There is -also a mailing list run by some folks at Princeton University that might -be of help: https://lists.cs.princeton.edu/mailman/listinfo/ixp2xxx - -WHATEVER YOU DO, DO NOT POST EMAIL TO THE LINUX-ARM OR LINUX-ARM-KERNEL -MAILING LISTS REGARDING THE INTEL SDK. - -3. Supported Platforms - -- Intel IXDP2400 Reference Platform -- Intel IXDP2800 Reference Platform -- Intel IXDP2401 Reference Platform -- Intel IXDP2801 Reference Platform -- RadiSys ENP-2611 - -4. Usage Notes - -- The IXP2000 platforms usually have rather complex PCI bus topologies - with large memory space requirements. In addition, b/c of the way the - Intel SDK is designed, devices are enumerated in a very specific - way. B/c of this this, we use "pci=firmware" option in the kernel - command line so that we do not re-enumerate the bus. - -- IXDP2x01 systems have variable clock tick rates that we cannot determine - via HW registers. The "ixdp2x01_clk=XXX" cmd line options allow you - to pass the clock rate to the board port. - -5. Thanks - -The IXP2000 work has been funded by Intel Corp. and MontaVista Software, Inc. - -The following people have contributed patches/comments/etc: - -Naeem F. Afzal -Lennert Buytenhek -Jeffrey Daly - -------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Last Update: 8/09/2004 diff --git a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt index 253a35c..57aae77 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/SPEAr/overview.txt @@ -8,53 +8,56 @@ Introduction weblink : http://www.st.com/spear The ST Microelectronics SPEAr range of ARM9/CortexA9 System-on-Chip CPUs are - supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr300, - SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported. Support for the SPEAr13XX - series is in progress. + supported by the 'spear' platform of ARM Linux. Currently SPEAr1310, + SPEAr1340, SPEAr300, SPEAr310, SPEAr320 and SPEAr600 SOCs are supported. Hierarchy in SPEAr is as follows: SPEAr (Platform) - SPEAr3XX (3XX SOC series, based on ARM9) - SPEAr300 (SOC) - - SPEAr300_EVB (Evaluation Board) + - SPEAr300 Evaluation Board - SPEAr310 (SOC) - - SPEAr310_EVB (Evaluation Board) + - SPEAr310 Evaluation Board - SPEAr320 (SOC) - - SPEAr320_EVB (Evaluation Board) + - SPEAr320 Evaluation Board - SPEAr6XX (6XX SOC series, based on ARM9) - SPEAr600 (SOC) - - SPEAr600_EVB (Evaluation Board) + - SPEAr600 Evaluation Board - SPEAr13XX (13XX SOC series, based on ARM CORTEXA9) - - SPEAr1300 (SOC) + - SPEAr1310 (SOC) + - SPEAr1310 Evaluation Board + - SPEAr1340 (SOC) + - SPEAr1340 Evaluation Board Configuration ------------- A generic configuration is provided for each machine, and can be used as the default by - make spear600_defconfig - make spear300_defconfig - make spear310_defconfig - make spear320_defconfig + make spear13xx_defconfig + make spear3xx_defconfig + make spear6xx_defconfig Layout ------ - The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3XX, SPEAr6XX and - SPEAr13XX) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear + The common files for multiple machine families (SPEAr3xx, SPEAr6xx and + SPEAr13xx) are located in the platform code contained in arch/arm/plat-spear with headers in plat/. Each machine series have a directory with name arch/arm/mach-spear followed by series name. Like mach-spear3xx, mach-spear6xx and mach-spear13xx. - Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c and for - spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine - specific files, like spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and spear600.c. - mach-spear* also contains board specific files for each machine type. + Common file for machines of spear3xx family is mach-spear3xx/spear3xx.c, for + spear6xx is mach-spear6xx/spear6xx.c and for spear13xx family is + mach-spear13xx/spear13xx.c. mach-spear* also contain soc/machine specific + files, like spear1310.c, spear1340.c spear300.c, spear310.c, spear320.c and + spear600.c. mach-spear* doesn't contains board specific files as they fully + support Flattened Device Tree. Document Author --------------- - Viresh Kumar, (c) 2010 ST Microelectronics + Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>, (c) 2010-2012 ST Microelectronics diff --git a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt index a17df9f..5673594 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt +++ b/Documentation/arm/kernel_user_helpers.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ inline (either in the code emitted directly by the compiler, or part of the implementation of a library call) when optimizing for a recent enough processor that has the necessary native support, but only if resulting binaries are already to be incompatible with earlier ARM processors due to -useage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words +usage of similar native instructions for other things. In other words don't make binaries unable to run on earlier processors just for the sake of not using these kernel helpers if your compiled code is not going to use new instructions for other purpose. diff --git a/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f5e4caa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/backlight/lp855x-driver.txt @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +Kernel driver lp855x +==================== + +Backlight driver for LP855x ICs + +Supported chips: + Texas Instruments LP8550, LP8551, LP8552, LP8553 and LP8556 + +Author: Milo(Woogyom) Kim <milo.kim@ti.com> + +Description +----------- + +* Brightness control + +Brightness can be controlled by the pwm input or the i2c command. +The lp855x driver supports both cases. + +* Device attributes + +1) bl_ctl_mode +Backlight control mode. +Value : pwm based or register based + +2) chip_id +The lp855x chip id. +Value : lp8550/lp8551/lp8552/lp8553/lp8556 + +Platform data for lp855x +------------------------ + +For supporting platform specific data, the lp855x platform data can be used. + +* name : Backlight driver name. If it is not defined, default name is set. +* mode : Brightness control mode. PWM or register based. +* device_control : Value of DEVICE CONTROL register. +* initial_brightness : Initial value of backlight brightness. +* pwm_data : Platform specific pwm generation functions. + Only valid when brightness is pwm input mode. + Functions should be implemented by PWM driver. + - pwm_set_intensity() : set duty of PWM + - pwm_get_intensity() : get current duty of PWM +* load_new_rom_data : + 0 : use default configuration data + 1 : update values of eeprom or eprom registers on loading driver +* size_program : Total size of lp855x_rom_data. +* rom_data : List of new eeprom/eprom registers. + +example 1) lp8552 platform data : i2c register mode with new eeprom data + +#define EEPROM_A5_ADDR 0xA5 +#define EEPROM_A5_VAL 0x4f /* EN_VSYNC=0 */ + +static struct lp855x_rom_data lp8552_eeprom_arr[] = { + {EEPROM_A5_ADDR, EEPROM_A5_VAL}, +}; + +static struct lp855x_platform_data lp8552_pdata = { + .name = "lcd-bl", + .mode = REGISTER_BASED, + .device_control = I2C_CONFIG(LP8552), + .initial_brightness = INITIAL_BRT, + .load_new_rom_data = 1, + .size_program = ARRAY_SIZE(lp8552_eeprom_arr), + .rom_data = lp8552_eeprom_arr, +}; + +example 2) lp8556 platform data : pwm input mode with default rom data + +static struct lp855x_platform_data lp8556_pdata = { + .mode = PWM_BASED, + .device_control = PWM_CONFIG(LP8556), + .initial_brightness = INITIAL_BRT, + .pwm_data = { + .pwm_set_intensity = platform_pwm_set_intensity, + .pwm_get_intensity = platform_pwm_get_intensity, + }, +}; diff --git a/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt b/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt index d36b01f..d245f39 100644 --- a/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt +++ b/Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ 3. But there are some exceptions - Kernel permit the identical GPIO be requested both as GPIO and GPIO - interrut. + interrupt. Some drivers, like gpio-keys, need this behavior. Kernel only print out warning messages like, bfin-gpio: GPIO 24 is already reserved by gpio-keys: BTN0, and you are diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt index 6ccab88..470fe4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/floppy.txt @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ you can put: options floppy omnibook messages -in /etc/modprobe.conf. +in a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/. The floppy driver related options are: diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt index 84f0a15..b4b1fb3 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/blkio-controller.txt @@ -94,11 +94,11 @@ Throttling/Upper Limit policy Hierarchical Cgroups ==================== -- Currently none of the IO control policy supports hierarhical groups. But - cgroup interface does allow creation of hierarhical cgroups and internally +- Currently none of the IO control policy supports hierarchical groups. But + cgroup interface does allow creation of hierarchical cgroups and internally IO policies treat them as flat hierarchy. - So this patch will allow creation of cgroup hierarhcy but at the backend + So this patch will allow creation of cgroup hierarchcy but at the backend everything will be treated as flat. So if somebody created a hierarchy like as follows. @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Proportional weight policy files - blkio.idle_time - Debugging aid only enabled if CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP=y. This is the amount of time spent by the IO scheduler idling for a - given cgroup in anticipation of a better request than the exising ones + given cgroup in anticipation of a better request than the existing ones from other queues/cgroups. This is in nanoseconds. If this is read when the cgroup is in an idling state, the stat will only report the idle_time accumulated till the last idle period and will not include @@ -283,34 +283,34 @@ Throttling/Upper limit policy files ----------------------------------- - blkio.throttle.read_bps_device - Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is - specified in bytes per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is + specified in bytes per second. Rules are per device. Following is the format. echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.read_bps_device - blkio.throttle.write_bps_device - Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is - specified in bytes per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is + specified in bytes per second. Rules are per device. Following is the format. echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_bytes_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.write_bps_device - blkio.throttle.read_iops_device - Specifies upper limit on READ rate from the device. IO rate is - specified in IO per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is + specified in IO per second. Rules are per device. Following is the format. echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.read_iops_device - blkio.throttle.write_iops_device - Specifies upper limit on WRITE rate to the device. IO rate is - specified in io per second. Rules are per deivce. Following is + specified in io per second. Rules are per device. Following is the format. echo "<major>:<minor> <rate_io_per_second>" > /cgrp/blkio.throttle.write_iops_device Note: If both BW and IOPS rules are specified for a device, then IO is - subjectd to both the constraints. + subjected to both the constraints. - blkio.throttle.io_serviced - Number of IOs (bio) completed to/from the disk by the group (as diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt index a7c96ae..8e74980 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cgroups.txt @@ -558,8 +558,7 @@ Each subsystem may export the following methods. The only mandatory methods are create/destroy. Any others that are null are presumed to be successful no-ops. -struct cgroup_subsys_state *create(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, - struct cgroup *cgrp) +struct cgroup_subsys_state *create(struct cgroup *cgrp) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called to create a subsystem state object for a cgroup. The @@ -574,7 +573,7 @@ identified by the passed cgroup object having a NULL parent (since it's the root of the hierarchy) and may be an appropriate place for initialization code. -void destroy(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) +void destroy(struct cgroup *cgrp) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) The cgroup system is about to destroy the passed cgroup; the subsystem @@ -585,7 +584,7 @@ cgroup->parent is still valid. (Note - can also be called for a newly-created cgroup if an error occurs after this subsystem's create() method has been called for the new cgroup). -int pre_destroy(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp); +int pre_destroy(struct cgroup *cgrp); Called before checking the reference count on each subsystem. This may be useful for subsystems which have some extra references even if @@ -593,8 +592,7 @@ there are not tasks in the cgroup. If pre_destroy() returns error code, rmdir() will fail with it. From this behavior, pre_destroy() can be called multiple times against a cgroup. -int can_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, - struct cgroup_taskset *tset) +int can_attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called prior to moving one or more tasks into a cgroup; if the @@ -615,8 +613,7 @@ fork. If this method returns 0 (success) then this should remain valid while the caller holds cgroup_mutex and it is ensured that either attach() or cancel_attach() will be called in future. -void cancel_attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, - struct cgroup_taskset *tset) +void cancel_attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called when a task attach operation has failed after can_attach() has succeeded. @@ -625,23 +622,22 @@ function, so that the subsystem can implement a rollback. If not, not necessary. This will be called only about subsystems whose can_attach() operation have succeeded. The parameters are identical to can_attach(). -void attach(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp, - struct cgroup_taskset *tset) +void attach(struct cgroup *cgrp, struct cgroup_taskset *tset) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called after the task has been attached to the cgroup, to allow any post-attachment activity that requires memory allocations or blocking. The parameters are identical to can_attach(). -void fork(struct cgroup_subsy *ss, struct task_struct *task) +void fork(struct task_struct *task) Called when a task is forked into a cgroup. -void exit(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct task_struct *task) +void exit(struct task_struct *task) Called during task exit. -int populate(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) +int populate(struct cgroup *cgrp) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called after creation of a cgroup to allow a subsystem to populate @@ -651,7 +647,7 @@ include/linux/cgroup.h for details). Note that although this method can return an error code, the error code is currently not always handled well. -void post_clone(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *cgrp) +void post_clone(struct cgroup *cgrp) (cgroup_mutex held by caller) Called during cgroup_create() to do any parameter @@ -659,7 +655,7 @@ initialization which might be required before a task could attach. For example in cpusets, no task may attach before 'cpus' and 'mems' are set up. -void bind(struct cgroup_subsys *ss, struct cgroup *root) +void bind(struct cgroup *root) (cgroup_mutex and ss->hierarchy_mutex held by caller) Called when a cgroup subsystem is rebound to a different hierarchy diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt index 5c51ed4..cefd3d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ and name space for cpusets, with a minimum of additional kernel code. The cpus and mems files in the root (top_cpuset) cpuset are read-only. The cpus file automatically tracks the value of -cpu_online_map using a CPU hotplug notifier, and the mems file +cpu_online_mask using a CPU hotplug notifier, and the mems file automatically tracks the value of node_states[N_HIGH_MEMORY]--i.e., nodes with memory--using the cpuset_track_online_nodes() hook. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt index 4c95c00..dd88540 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt @@ -34,8 +34,7 @@ Current Status: linux-2.6.34-mmotm(development version of 2010/April) Features: - accounting anonymous pages, file caches, swap caches usage and limiting them. - - private LRU and reclaim routine. (system's global LRU and private LRU - work independently from each other) + - pages are linked to per-memcg LRU exclusively, and there is no global LRU. - optionally, memory+swap usage can be accounted and limited. - hierarchical accounting - soft limit @@ -154,7 +153,7 @@ updated. page_cgroup has its own LRU on cgroup. 2.2.1 Accounting details All mapped anon pages (RSS) and cache pages (Page Cache) are accounted. -Some pages which are never reclaimable and will not be on the global LRU +Some pages which are never reclaimable and will not be on the LRU are not accounted. We just account pages under usual VM management. RSS pages are accounted at page_fault unless they've already been accounted @@ -185,12 +184,14 @@ behind this approach is that a cgroup that aggressively uses a shared page will eventually get charged for it (once it is uncharged from the cgroup that brought it in -- this will happen on memory pressure). +But see section 8.2: when moving a task to another cgroup, its pages may +be recharged to the new cgroup, if move_charge_at_immigrate has been chosen. + Exception: If CONFIG_CGROUP_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP is not used. When you do swapoff and make swapped-out pages of shmem(tmpfs) to be backed into memory in force, charges for pages are accounted against the caller of swapoff rather than the users of shmem. - 2.4 Swap Extension (CONFIG_CGROUP_MEM_RES_CTLR_SWAP) Swap Extension allows you to record charge for swap. A swapped-in page is @@ -375,14 +376,15 @@ cgroup might have some charge associated with it, even though all tasks have migrated away from it. (because we charge against pages, not against tasks.) -Such charges are freed or moved to their parent. At moving, both of RSS -and CACHES are moved to parent. -rmdir() may return -EBUSY if freeing/moving fails. See 5.1 also. +We move the stats to root (if use_hierarchy==0) or parent (if +use_hierarchy==1), and no change on the charge except uncharging +from the child. Charges recorded in swap information is not updated at removal of cgroup. Recorded information is discarded and a cgroup which uses swap (swapcache) will be charged as a new owner of it. +About use_hierarchy, see Section 6. 5. Misc. interfaces. @@ -395,13 +397,15 @@ will be charged as a new owner of it. Almost all pages tracked by this memory cgroup will be unmapped and freed. Some pages cannot be freed because they are locked or in-use. Such pages are - moved to parent and this cgroup will be empty. This may return -EBUSY if - VM is too busy to free/move all pages immediately. + moved to parent(if use_hierarchy==1) or root (if use_hierarchy==0) and this + cgroup will be empty. Typical use case of this interface is that calling this before rmdir(). Because rmdir() moves all pages to parent, some out-of-use page caches can be moved to the parent. If you want to avoid that, force_empty will be useful. + About use_hierarchy, see Section 6. + 5.2 stat file memory.stat file includes following statistics @@ -431,17 +435,10 @@ hierarchical_memory_limit - # of bytes of memory limit with regard to hierarchy hierarchical_memsw_limit - # of bytes of memory+swap limit with regard to hierarchy under which memory cgroup is. -total_cache - sum of all children's "cache" -total_rss - sum of all children's "rss" -total_mapped_file - sum of all children's "cache" -total_pgpgin - sum of all children's "pgpgin" -total_pgpgout - sum of all children's "pgpgout" -total_swap - sum of all children's "swap" -total_inactive_anon - sum of all children's "inactive_anon" -total_active_anon - sum of all children's "active_anon" -total_inactive_file - sum of all children's "inactive_file" -total_active_file - sum of all children's "active_file" -total_unevictable - sum of all children's "unevictable" +total_<counter> - # hierarchical version of <counter>, which in + addition to the cgroup's own value includes the + sum of all hierarchical children's values of + <counter>, i.e. total_cache # The following additional stats are dependent on CONFIG_DEBUG_VM. @@ -623,8 +620,7 @@ memory cgroup. bit | what type of charges would be moved ? -----+------------------------------------------------------------------------ 0 | A charge of an anonymous page(or swap of it) used by the target task. - | Those pages and swaps must be used only by the target task. You must - | enable Swap Extension(see 2.4) to enable move of swap charges. + | You must enable Swap Extension(see 2.4) to enable move of swap charges. -----+------------------------------------------------------------------------ 1 | A charge of file pages(normal file, tmpfs file(e.g. ipc shared memory) | and swaps of tmpfs file) mmapped by the target task. Unlike the case of @@ -637,8 +633,6 @@ memory cgroup. 8.3 TODO -- Implement madvise(2) to let users decide the vma to be moved or not to be - moved. - All of moving charge operations are done under cgroup_mutex. It's not good behavior to hold the mutex too long, so we may need some trick. diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt index 95b24d7..0c4a344 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt @@ -77,11 +77,11 @@ to work with it. where the charging failed. d. int res_counter_charge_locked - (struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val) + (struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val, bool force) The same as res_counter_charge(), but it must not acquire/release the res_counter->lock internally (it must be called with res_counter->lock - held). + held). The force parameter indicates whether we can bypass the limit. e. void res_counter_uncharge[_locked] (struct res_counter *rc, unsigned long val) @@ -92,6 +92,14 @@ to work with it. The _locked routines imply that the res_counter->lock is taken. + f. void res_counter_uncharge_until + (struct res_counter *rc, struct res_counter *top, + unsinged long val) + + Almost same as res_cunter_uncharge() but propagation of uncharge + stops when rc == top. This is useful when kill a res_coutner in + child cgroup. + 2.1 Other accounting routines There are more routines that may help you with common needs, like diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1943fae --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/clk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,233 @@ + The Common Clk Framework + Mike Turquette <mturquette@ti.com> + +This document endeavours to explain the common clk framework details, +and how to port a platform over to this framework. It is not yet a +detailed explanation of the clock api in include/linux/clk.h, but +perhaps someday it will include that information. + + Part 1 - introduction and interface split + +The common clk framework is an interface to control the clock nodes +available on various devices today. This may come in the form of clock +gating, rate adjustment, muxing or other operations. This framework is +enabled with the CONFIG_COMMON_CLK option. + +The interface itself is divided into two halves, each shielded from the +details of its counterpart. First is the common definition of struct +clk which unifies the framework-level accounting and infrastructure that +has traditionally been duplicated across a variety of platforms. Second +is a common implementation of the clk.h api, defined in +drivers/clk/clk.c. Finally there is struct clk_ops, whose operations +are invoked by the clk api implementation. + +The second half of the interface is comprised of the hardware-specific +callbacks registered with struct clk_ops and the corresponding +hardware-specific structures needed to model a particular clock. For +the remainder of this document any reference to a callback in struct +clk_ops, such as .enable or .set_rate, implies the hardware-specific +implementation of that code. Likewise, references to struct clk_foo +serve as a convenient shorthand for the implementation of the +hardware-specific bits for the hypothetical "foo" hardware. + +Tying the two halves of this interface together is struct clk_hw, which +is defined in struct clk_foo and pointed to within struct clk. This +allows easy for navigation between the two discrete halves of the common +clock interface. + + Part 2 - common data structures and api + +Below is the common struct clk definition from +include/linux/clk-private.h, modified for brevity: + + struct clk { + const char *name; + const struct clk_ops *ops; + struct clk_hw *hw; + char **parent_names; + struct clk **parents; + struct clk *parent; + struct hlist_head children; + struct hlist_node child_node; + ... + }; + +The members above make up the core of the clk tree topology. The clk +api itself defines several driver-facing functions which operate on +struct clk. That api is documented in include/linux/clk.h. + +Platforms and devices utilizing the common struct clk use the struct +clk_ops pointer in struct clk to perform the hardware-specific parts of +the operations defined in clk.h: + + struct clk_ops { + int (*prepare)(struct clk_hw *hw); + void (*unprepare)(struct clk_hw *hw); + int (*enable)(struct clk_hw *hw); + void (*disable)(struct clk_hw *hw); + int (*is_enabled)(struct clk_hw *hw); + unsigned long (*recalc_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw, + unsigned long parent_rate); + long (*round_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw, unsigned long, + unsigned long *); + int (*set_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw, u8 index); + u8 (*get_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw); + int (*set_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw, unsigned long); + void (*init)(struct clk_hw *hw); + }; + + Part 3 - hardware clk implementations + +The strength of the common struct clk comes from its .ops and .hw pointers +which abstract the details of struct clk from the hardware-specific bits, and +vice versa. To illustrate consider the simple gateable clk implementation in +drivers/clk/clk-gate.c: + +struct clk_gate { + struct clk_hw hw; + void __iomem *reg; + u8 bit_idx; + ... +}; + +struct clk_gate contains struct clk_hw hw as well as hardware-specific +knowledge about which register and bit controls this clk's gating. +Nothing about clock topology or accounting, such as enable_count or +notifier_count, is needed here. That is all handled by the common +framework code and struct clk. + +Let's walk through enabling this clk from driver code: + + struct clk *clk; + clk = clk_get(NULL, "my_gateable_clk"); + + clk_prepare(clk); + clk_enable(clk); + +The call graph for clk_enable is very simple: + +clk_enable(clk); + clk->ops->enable(clk->hw); + [resolves to...] + clk_gate_enable(hw); + [resolves struct clk gate with to_clk_gate(hw)] + clk_gate_set_bit(gate); + +And the definition of clk_gate_set_bit: + +static void clk_gate_set_bit(struct clk_gate *gate) +{ + u32 reg; + + reg = __raw_readl(gate->reg); + reg |= BIT(gate->bit_idx); + writel(reg, gate->reg); +} + +Note that to_clk_gate is defined as: + +#define to_clk_gate(_hw) container_of(_hw, struct clk_gate, clk) + +This pattern of abstraction is used for every clock hardware +representation. + + Part 4 - supporting your own clk hardware + +When implementing support for a new type of clock it only necessary to +include the following header: + +#include <linux/clk-provider.h> + +include/linux/clk.h is included within that header and clk-private.h +must never be included from the code which implements the operations for +a clock. More on that below in Part 5. + +To construct a clk hardware structure for your platform you must define +the following: + +struct clk_foo { + struct clk_hw hw; + ... hardware specific data goes here ... +}; + +To take advantage of your data you'll need to support valid operations +for your clk: + +struct clk_ops clk_foo_ops { + .enable = &clk_foo_enable; + .disable = &clk_foo_disable; +}; + +Implement the above functions using container_of: + +#define to_clk_foo(_hw) container_of(_hw, struct clk_foo, hw) + +int clk_foo_enable(struct clk_hw *hw) +{ + struct clk_foo *foo; + + foo = to_clk_foo(hw); + + ... perform magic on foo ... + + return 0; +}; + +Below is a matrix detailing which clk_ops are mandatory based upon the +hardware capbilities of that clock. A cell marked as "y" means +mandatory, a cell marked as "n" implies that either including that +callback is invalid or otherwise uneccesary. Empty cells are either +optional or must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. + + clock hardware characteristics + ----------------------------------------------------------- + | gate | change rate | single parent | multiplexer | root | + |------|-------------|---------------|-------------|------| +.prepare | | | | | | +.unprepare | | | | | | + | | | | | | +.enable | y | | | | | +.disable | y | | | | | +.is_enabled | y | | | | | + | | | | | | +.recalc_rate | | y | | | | +.round_rate | | y | | | | +.set_rate | | y | | | | + | | | | | | +.set_parent | | | n | y | n | +.get_parent | | | n | y | n | + | | | | | | +.init | | | | | | + ----------------------------------------------------------- + +Finally, register your clock at run-time with a hardware-specific +registration function. This function simply populates struct clk_foo's +data and then passes the common struct clk parameters to the framework +with a call to: + +clk_register(...) + +See the basic clock types in drivers/clk/clk-*.c for examples. + + Part 5 - static initialization of clock data + +For platforms with many clocks (often numbering into the hundreds) it +may be desirable to statically initialize some clock data. This +presents a problem since the definition of struct clk should be hidden +from everyone except for the clock core in drivers/clk/clk.c. + +To get around this problem struct clk's definition is exposed in +include/linux/clk-private.h along with some macros for more easily +initializing instances of the basic clock types. These clocks must +still be initialized with the common clock framework via a call to +__clk_init. + +clk-private.h must NEVER be included by code which implements struct +clk_ops callbacks, nor must it be included by any logic which pokes +around inside of struct clk at run-time. To do so is a layering +violation. + +To better enforce this policy, always follow this simple rule: any +statically initialized clock data MUST be defined in a separate file +from the logic that implements its ops. Basically separate the logic +from the data and all is well. diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt index a20bfd4..66ef8f3 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ maxcpus=n Restrict boot time cpus to n. Say if you have 4 cpus, using other cpus later online, read FAQ's for more info. additional_cpus=n (*) Use this to limit hotpluggable cpus. This option sets - cpu_possible_map = cpu_present_map + additional_cpus + cpu_possible_mask = cpu_present_mask + additional_cpus cede_offline={"off","on"} Use this option to disable/enable putting offlined processors to an extended H_CEDE state on @@ -64,11 +64,11 @@ should only rely on this to count the # of cpus, but *MUST* not rely on the apicid values in those tables for disabled apics. In the event BIOS doesn't mark such hot-pluggable cpus as disabled entries, one could use this parameter "additional_cpus=x" to represent those cpus in the -cpu_possible_map. +cpu_possible_mask. possible_cpus=n [s390,x86_64] use this to set hotpluggable cpus. This option sets possible_cpus bits in - cpu_possible_map. Thus keeping the numbers of bits set + cpu_possible_mask. Thus keeping the numbers of bits set constant even if the machine gets rebooted. CPU maps and such @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ CPU maps and such [More on cpumaps and primitive to manipulate, please check include/linux/cpumask.h that has more descriptive text.] -cpu_possible_map: Bitmap of possible CPUs that can ever be available in the +cpu_possible_mask: Bitmap of possible CPUs that can ever be available in the system. This is used to allocate some boot time memory for per_cpu variables that aren't designed to grow/shrink as CPUs are made available or removed. Once set during boot time discovery phase, the map is static, i.e no bits @@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ are added or removed anytime. Trimming it accurately for your system needs upfront can save some boot time memory. See below for how we use heuristics in x86_64 case to keep this under check. -cpu_online_map: Bitmap of all CPUs currently online. Its set in __cpu_up() +cpu_online_mask: Bitmap of all CPUs currently online. Its set in __cpu_up() after a cpu is available for kernel scheduling and ready to receive interrupts from devices. Its cleared when a cpu is brought down using __cpu_disable(), before which all OS services including interrupts are migrated to another target CPU. -cpu_present_map: Bitmap of CPUs currently present in the system. Not all +cpu_present_mask: Bitmap of CPUs currently present in the system. Not all of them may be online. When physical hotplug is processed by the relevant subsystem (e.g ACPI) can change and new bit either be added or removed from the map depending on the event is hot-add/hot-remove. There are currently @@ -99,22 +99,22 @@ at which time hotplug is disabled. You really dont need to manipulate any of the system cpu maps. They should be read-only for most use. When setting up per-cpu resources almost always use -cpu_possible_map/for_each_possible_cpu() to iterate. +cpu_possible_mask/for_each_possible_cpu() to iterate. Never use anything other than cpumask_t to represent bitmap of CPUs. #include <linux/cpumask.h> - for_each_possible_cpu - Iterate over cpu_possible_map - for_each_online_cpu - Iterate over cpu_online_map - for_each_present_cpu - Iterate over cpu_present_map + for_each_possible_cpu - Iterate over cpu_possible_mask + for_each_online_cpu - Iterate over cpu_online_mask + for_each_present_cpu - Iterate over cpu_present_mask for_each_cpu_mask(x,mask) - Iterate over some random collection of cpu mask. #include <linux/cpu.h> get_online_cpus() and put_online_cpus(): The above calls are used to inhibit cpu hotplug operations. While the -cpu_hotplug.refcount is non zero, the cpu_online_map will not change. +cpu_hotplug.refcount is non zero, the cpu_online_mask will not change. If you merely need to avoid cpus going away, you could also use preempt_disable() and preempt_enable() for those sections. Just remember the critical section cannot call any diff --git a/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt index 50d7b16..9d28a34 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpuidle/sysfs.txt @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 8 10:42 state3 /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/state0: total 0 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 desc +-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 disable -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power @@ -45,6 +46,7 @@ total 0 /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/state1: total 0 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 desc +-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 disable -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power @@ -54,6 +56,7 @@ total 0 /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/state2: total 0 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 desc +-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 disable -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power @@ -63,6 +66,7 @@ total 0 /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu0/cpuidle/state3: total 0 -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 desc +-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 disable -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name -r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power @@ -72,6 +76,7 @@ total 0 * desc : Small description about the idle state (string) +* disable : Option to disable this idle state (bool) * latency : Latency to exit out of this idle state (in microseconds) * name : Name of the idle state (string) * power : Power consumed while in this idle state (in milliwatts) diff --git a/Documentation/crc32.txt b/Documentation/crc32.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a08a7dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/crc32.txt @@ -0,0 +1,182 @@ +A brief CRC tutorial. + +A CRC is a long-division remainder. You add the CRC to the message, +and the whole thing (message+CRC) is a multiple of the given +CRC polynomial. To check the CRC, you can either check that the +CRC matches the recomputed value, *or* you can check that the +remainder computed on the message+CRC is 0. This latter approach +is used by a lot of hardware implementations, and is why so many +protocols put the end-of-frame flag after the CRC. + +It's actually the same long division you learned in school, except that +- We're working in binary, so the digits are only 0 and 1, and +- When dividing polynomials, there are no carries. Rather than add and + subtract, we just xor. Thus, we tend to get a bit sloppy about + the difference between adding and subtracting. + +Like all division, the remainder is always smaller than the divisor. +To produce a 32-bit CRC, the divisor is actually a 33-bit CRC polynomial. +Since it's 33 bits long, bit 32 is always going to be set, so usually the +CRC is written in hex with the most significant bit omitted. (If you're +familiar with the IEEE 754 floating-point format, it's the same idea.) + +Note that a CRC is computed over a string of *bits*, so you have +to decide on the endianness of the bits within each byte. To get +the best error-detecting properties, this should correspond to the +order they're actually sent. For example, standard RS-232 serial is +little-endian; the most significant bit (sometimes used for parity) +is sent last. And when appending a CRC word to a message, you should +do it in the right order, matching the endianness. + +Just like with ordinary division, you proceed one digit (bit) at a time. +Each step of the division you take one more digit (bit) of the dividend +and append it to the current remainder. Then you figure out the +appropriate multiple of the divisor to subtract to being the remainder +back into range. In binary, this is easy - it has to be either 0 or 1, +and to make the XOR cancel, it's just a copy of bit 32 of the remainder. + +When computing a CRC, we don't care about the quotient, so we can +throw the quotient bit away, but subtract the appropriate multiple of +the polynomial from the remainder and we're back to where we started, +ready to process the next bit. + +A big-endian CRC written this way would be coded like: +for (i = 0; i < input_bits; i++) { + multiple = remainder & 0x80000000 ? CRCPOLY : 0; + remainder = (remainder << 1 | next_input_bit()) ^ multiple; +} + +Notice how, to get at bit 32 of the shifted remainder, we look +at bit 31 of the remainder *before* shifting it. + +But also notice how the next_input_bit() bits we're shifting into +the remainder don't actually affect any decision-making until +32 bits later. Thus, the first 32 cycles of this are pretty boring. +Also, to add the CRC to a message, we need a 32-bit-long hole for it at +the end, so we have to add 32 extra cycles shifting in zeros at the +end of every message, + +These details lead to a standard trick: rearrange merging in the +next_input_bit() until the moment it's needed. Then the first 32 cycles +can be precomputed, and merging in the final 32 zero bits to make room +for the CRC can be skipped entirely. This changes the code to: + +for (i = 0; i < input_bits; i++) { + remainder ^= next_input_bit() << 31; + multiple = (remainder & 0x80000000) ? CRCPOLY : 0; + remainder = (remainder << 1) ^ multiple; +} + +With this optimization, the little-endian code is particularly simple: +for (i = 0; i < input_bits; i++) { + remainder ^= next_input_bit(); + multiple = (remainder & 1) ? CRCPOLY : 0; + remainder = (remainder >> 1) ^ multiple; +} + +The most significant coefficient of the remainder polynomial is stored +in the least significant bit of the binary "remainder" variable. +The other details of endianness have been hidden in CRCPOLY (which must +be bit-reversed) and next_input_bit(). + +As long as next_input_bit is returning the bits in a sensible order, we don't +*have* to wait until the last possible moment to merge in additional bits. +We can do it 8 bits at a time rather than 1 bit at a time: +for (i = 0; i < input_bytes; i++) { + remainder ^= next_input_byte() << 24; + for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) { + multiple = (remainder & 0x80000000) ? CRCPOLY : 0; + remainder = (remainder << 1) ^ multiple; + } +} + +Or in little-endian: +for (i = 0; i < input_bytes; i++) { + remainder ^= next_input_byte(); + for (j = 0; j < 8; j++) { + multiple = (remainder & 1) ? CRCPOLY : 0; + remainder = (remainder >> 1) ^ multiple; + } +} + +If the input is a multiple of 32 bits, you can even XOR in a 32-bit +word at a time and increase the inner loop count to 32. + +You can also mix and match the two loop styles, for example doing the +bulk of a message byte-at-a-time and adding bit-at-a-time processing +for any fractional bytes at the end. + +To reduce the number of conditional branches, software commonly uses +the byte-at-a-time table method, popularized by Dilip V. Sarwate, +"Computation of Cyclic Redundancy Checks via Table Look-Up", Comm. ACM +v.31 no.8 (August 1998) p. 1008-1013. + +Here, rather than just shifting one bit of the remainder to decide +in the correct multiple to subtract, we can shift a byte at a time. +This produces a 40-bit (rather than a 33-bit) intermediate remainder, +and the correct multiple of the polynomial to subtract is found using +a 256-entry lookup table indexed by the high 8 bits. + +(The table entries are simply the CRC-32 of the given one-byte messages.) + +When space is more constrained, smaller tables can be used, e.g. two +4-bit shifts followed by a lookup in a 16-entry table. + +It is not practical to process much more than 8 bits at a time using this +technique, because tables larger than 256 entries use too much memory and, +more importantly, too much of the L1 cache. + +To get higher software performance, a "slicing" technique can be used. +See "High Octane CRC Generation with the Intel Slicing-by-8 Algorithm", +ftp://download.intel.com/technology/comms/perfnet/download/slicing-by-8.pdf + +This does not change the number of table lookups, but does increase +the parallelism. With the classic Sarwate algorithm, each table lookup +must be completed before the index of the next can be computed. + +A "slicing by 2" technique would shift the remainder 16 bits at a time, +producing a 48-bit intermediate remainder. Rather than doing a single +lookup in a 65536-entry table, the two high bytes are looked up in +two different 256-entry tables. Each contains the remainder required +to cancel out the corresponding byte. The tables are different because the +polynomials to cancel are different. One has non-zero coefficients from +x^32 to x^39, while the other goes from x^40 to x^47. + +Since modern processors can handle many parallel memory operations, this +takes barely longer than a single table look-up and thus performs almost +twice as fast as the basic Sarwate algorithm. + +This can be extended to "slicing by 4" using 4 256-entry tables. +Each step, 32 bits of data is fetched, XORed with the CRC, and the result +broken into bytes and looked up in the tables. Because the 32-bit shift +leaves the low-order bits of the intermediate remainder zero, the +final CRC is simply the XOR of the 4 table look-ups. + +But this still enforces sequential execution: a second group of table +look-ups cannot begin until the previous groups 4 table look-ups have all +been completed. Thus, the processor's load/store unit is sometimes idle. + +To make maximum use of the processor, "slicing by 8" performs 8 look-ups +in parallel. Each step, the 32-bit CRC is shifted 64 bits and XORed +with 64 bits of input data. What is important to note is that 4 of +those 8 bytes are simply copies of the input data; they do not depend +on the previous CRC at all. Thus, those 4 table look-ups may commence +immediately, without waiting for the previous loop iteration. + +By always having 4 loads in flight, a modern superscalar processor can +be kept busy and make full use of its L1 cache. + +Two more details about CRC implementation in the real world: + +Normally, appending zero bits to a message which is already a multiple +of a polynomial produces a larger multiple of that polynomial. Thus, +a basic CRC will not detect appended zero bits (or bytes). To enable +a CRC to detect this condition, it's common to invert the CRC before +appending it. This makes the remainder of the message+crc come out not +as zero, but some fixed non-zero value. (The CRC of the inversion +pattern, 0xffffffff.) + +The same problem applies to zero bits prepended to the message, and a +similar solution is used. Instead of starting the CRC computation with +a remainder of 0, an initial remainder of all ones is used. As long as +you start the same way on decoding, it doesn't make a difference. diff --git a/Documentation/cris/README b/Documentation/cris/README index d9b0868..8dbdb1a 100644 --- a/Documentation/cris/README +++ b/Documentation/cris/README @@ -1,38 +1,34 @@ -Linux 2.4 on the CRIS architecture -================================== -$Id: README,v 1.7 2001/04/19 12:38:32 bjornw Exp $ +Linux on the CRIS architecture +============================== -This is a port of Linux 2.4 to Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX embedded -network CPU. For more information about CRIS and ETRAX please see further -below. +This is a port of Linux to Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX, +ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 embedded network CPUs. + +For more information about CRIS and ETRAX please see further below. In order to compile this you need a version of gcc with support for the -ETRAX chip family. Please see this link for more information on how to +ETRAX chip family. Please see this link for more information on how to download the compiler and other tools useful when building and booting software for the ETRAX platform: -http://developer.axis.com/doc/software/devboard_lx/install-howto.html - -<more specific information should come in this document later> +http://developer.axis.com/wiki/doku.php?id=axis:install-howto-2_20 What is CRIS ? -------------- CRIS is an acronym for 'Code Reduced Instruction Set'. It is the CPU architecture in Axis Communication AB's range of embedded network CPU's, -called ETRAX. The latest CPU is called ETRAX 100LX, where LX stands for -'Linux' because the chip was designed to be a good host for the Linux -operating system. +called ETRAX. The ETRAX 100LX chip -------------------- -For reference, please see the press-release: +For reference, please see the following link: -http://www.axis.com/news/us/001101_etrax.htm +http://www.axis.com/products/dev_etrax_100lx/index.htm -The ETRAX 100LX is a 100 MIPS processor with 8kB cache, MMU, and a very broad -range of built-in interfaces, all with modern scatter/gather DMA. +The ETRAX 100LX is a 100 MIPS processor with 8kB cache, MMU, and a very broad +range of built-in interfaces, all with modern scatter/gather DMA. Memory interfaces: @@ -51,20 +47,28 @@ I/O interfaces: * SCSI * two parallel-ports * two generic 8-bit ports - - (not all interfaces are available at the same time due to chip pin + + (not all interfaces are available at the same time due to chip pin multiplexing) -The previous version of the ETRAX, the ETRAX 100, sits in almost all of -Axis shipping thin-servers like the Axis 2100 web camera or the ETRAX 100 -developer-board. It lacks an MMU so the Linux we run on that is a version -of uClinux (Linux 2.0 without MM-support) ported to the CRIS architecture. -The new Linux 2.4 port has full MM and needs a CPU with an MMU, so it will -not run on the ETRAX 100. +ETRAX 100LX is CRISv10 architecture. + + +The ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 chips +------------------------------- -A version of the Axis developer-board with ETRAX 100LX (running Linux -2.4) is now available. For more information please see developer.axis.com. +The ETRAX FS is a 200MHz 32-bit RISC processor with on-chip 16kB +I-cache and 16kB D-cache and with a wide range of device interfaces +including multiple high speed serial ports and an integrated USB 1.1 PHY. +The ARTPEC-3 is a variant of the ETRAX FS with additional IO-units +used by the Axis Communications network cameras. + +See below link for more information: + +http://www.axis.com/products/dev_etrax_fs/index.htm + +ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 are both CRISv32 architectures. Bootlog ------- @@ -182,10 +186,6 @@ SwapFree: 0 kB -rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 16252 Jan 01 00:00 telnetd -(All programs are statically linked to the libc at this point - we have not ported the - shared libraries yet) - - diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt index 2a8c113..946c733 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-raid.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ The target is named "raid" and it accepts the following parameters: raid6_nc RAID6 N continue - rotating parity N (right-to-left) with data continuation - Refererence: Chapter 4 of + Reference: Chapter 4 of http://www.snia.org/sites/default/files/SNIA_DDF_Technical_Position_v2.0.pdf <#raid_params>: The number of parameters that follow. diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt index 0e5df9b..a333bcb 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/persistent-data.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Introduction The more-sophisticated device-mapper targets require complex metadata that is managed in kernel. In late 2010 we were seeing that various -different targets were rolling their own data strutures, for example: +different targets were rolling their own data structures, for example: - Mikulas Patocka's multisnap implementation - Heinz Mauelshagen's thin provisioning target diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt index 801d9d1..3370bc4 100644 --- a/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/thin-provisioning.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Introduction ============ -This document descibes a collection of device-mapper targets that +This document describes a collection of device-mapper targets that between them implement thin-provisioning and snapshots. The main highlight of this implementation, compared to the previous @@ -75,10 +75,12 @@ less sharing than average you'll need a larger-than-average metadata device. As a guide, we suggest you calculate the number of bytes to use in the metadata device as 48 * $data_dev_size / $data_block_size but round it up -to 2MB if the answer is smaller. The largest size supported is 16GB. +to 2MB if the answer is smaller. If you're creating large numbers of +snapshots which are recording large amounts of change, you may find you +need to increase this. -If you're creating large numbers of snapshots which are recording large -amounts of change, you may need find you need to increase this. +The largest size supported is 16GB: If the device is larger, +a warning will be issued and the excess space will not be used. Reloading a pool table ---------------------- @@ -167,6 +169,38 @@ ii) Using an internal snapshot. dmsetup create snap --table "0 2097152 thin /dev/mapper/pool 1" +External snapshots +------------------ + +You can use an external _read only_ device as an origin for a +thinly-provisioned volume. Any read to an unprovisioned area of the +thin device will be passed through to the origin. Writes trigger +the allocation of new blocks as usual. + +One use case for this is VM hosts that want to run guests on +thinly-provisioned volumes but have the base image on another device +(possibly shared between many VMs). + +You must not write to the origin device if you use this technique! +Of course, you may write to the thin device and take internal snapshots +of the thin volume. + +i) Creating a snapshot of an external device + + This is the same as creating a thin device. + You don't mention the origin at this stage. + + dmsetup message /dev/mapper/pool 0 "create_thin 0" + +ii) Using a snapshot of an external device. + + Append an extra parameter to the thin target specifying the origin: + + dmsetup create snap --table "0 2097152 thin /dev/mapper/pool 0 /dev/image" + + N.B. All descendants (internal snapshots) of this snapshot require the + same extra origin parameter. + Deactivation ------------ @@ -189,7 +223,13 @@ i) Constructor <low water mark (blocks)> [<number of feature args> [<arg>]*] Optional feature arguments: - - 'skip_block_zeroing': skips the zeroing of newly-provisioned blocks. + + skip_block_zeroing: Skip the zeroing of newly-provisioned blocks. + + ignore_discard: Disable discard support. + + no_discard_passdown: Don't pass discards down to the underlying + data device, but just remove the mapping. Data block size must be between 64KB (128 sectors) and 1GB (2097152 sectors) inclusive. @@ -237,16 +277,6 @@ iii) Messages Deletes a thin device. Irreversible. - trim <dev id> <new size in sectors> - - Delete mappings from the end of a thin device. Irreversible. - You might want to use this if you're reducing the size of - your thinly-provisioned device. In many cases, due to the - sharing of blocks between devices, it is not possible to - determine in advance how much space 'trim' will release. (In - future a userspace tool might be able to perform this - calculation.) - set_transaction_id <current id> <new id> Userland volume managers, such as LVM, need a way to @@ -262,7 +292,7 @@ iii) Messages i) Constructor - thin <pool dev> <dev id> + thin <pool dev> <dev id> [<external origin dev>] pool dev: the thin-pool device, e.g. /dev/mapper/my_pool or 253:0 @@ -271,6 +301,11 @@ i) Constructor the internal device identifier of the device to be activated. + external origin dev: + an optional block device outside the pool to be treated as a + read-only snapshot origin: reads to unprovisioned areas of the + thin target will be mapped to this device. + The pool doesn't store any size against the thin devices. If you load a thin target that is smaller than you've been using previously, then you'll have no access to blocks mapped beyond the end. If you diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..32e4879 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/verity.txt @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +dm-verity +========== + +Device-Mapper's "verity" target provides transparent integrity checking of +block devices using a cryptographic digest provided by the kernel crypto API. +This target is read-only. + +Construction Parameters +======================= + <version> <dev> <hash_dev> <hash_start> + <data_block_size> <hash_block_size> + <num_data_blocks> <hash_start_block> + <algorithm> <digest> <salt> + +<version> + This is the version number of the on-disk format. + + 0 is the original format used in the Chromium OS. + The salt is appended when hashing, digests are stored continuously and + the rest of the block is padded with zeros. + + 1 is the current format that should be used for new devices. + The salt is prepended when hashing and each digest is + padded with zeros to the power of two. + +<dev> + This is the device containing the data the integrity of which needs to be + checked. It may be specified as a path, like /dev/sdaX, or a device number, + <major>:<minor>. + +<hash_dev> + This is the device that that supplies the hash tree data. It may be + specified similarly to the device path and may be the same device. If the + same device is used, the hash_start should be outside of the dm-verity + configured device size. + +<data_block_size> + The block size on a data device. Each block corresponds to one digest on + the hash device. + +<hash_block_size> + The size of a hash block. + +<num_data_blocks> + The number of data blocks on the data device. Additional blocks are + inaccessible. You can place hashes to the same partition as data, in this + case hashes are placed after <num_data_blocks>. + +<hash_start_block> + This is the offset, in <hash_block_size>-blocks, from the start of hash_dev + to the root block of the hash tree. + +<algorithm> + The cryptographic hash algorithm used for this device. This should + be the name of the algorithm, like "sha1". + +<digest> + The hexadecimal encoding of the cryptographic hash of the root hash block + and the salt. This hash should be trusted as there is no other authenticity + beyond this point. + +<salt> + The hexadecimal encoding of the salt value. + +Theory of operation +=================== + +dm-verity is meant to be setup as part of a verified boot path. This +may be anything ranging from a boot using tboot or trustedgrub to just +booting from a known-good device (like a USB drive or CD). + +When a dm-verity device is configured, it is expected that the caller +has been authenticated in some way (cryptographic signatures, etc). +After instantiation, all hashes will be verified on-demand during +disk access. If they cannot be verified up to the root node of the +tree, the root hash, then the I/O will fail. This should identify +tampering with any data on the device and the hash data. + +Cryptographic hashes are used to assert the integrity of the device on a +per-block basis. This allows for a lightweight hash computation on first read +into the page cache. Block hashes are stored linearly-aligned to the nearest +block the size of a page. + +Hash Tree +--------- + +Each node in the tree is a cryptographic hash. If it is a leaf node, the hash +is of some block data on disk. If it is an intermediary node, then the hash is +of a number of child nodes. + +Each entry in the tree is a collection of neighboring nodes that fit in one +block. The number is determined based on block_size and the size of the +selected cryptographic digest algorithm. The hashes are linearly-ordered in +this entry and any unaligned trailing space is ignored but included when +calculating the parent node. + +The tree looks something like: + +alg = sha256, num_blocks = 32768, block_size = 4096 + + [ root ] + / . . . \ + [entry_0] [entry_1] + / . . . \ . . . \ + [entry_0_0] . . . [entry_0_127] . . . . [entry_1_127] + / ... \ / . . . \ / \ + blk_0 ... blk_127 blk_16256 blk_16383 blk_32640 . . . blk_32767 + + +On-disk format +============== + +Below is the recommended on-disk format. The verity kernel code does not +read the on-disk header. It only reads the hash blocks which directly +follow the header. It is expected that a user-space tool will verify the +integrity of the verity_header and then call dmsetup with the correct +parameters. Alternatively, the header can be omitted and the dmsetup +parameters can be passed via the kernel command-line in a rooted chain +of trust where the command-line is verified. + +The on-disk format is especially useful in cases where the hash blocks +are on a separate partition. The magic number allows easy identification +of the partition contents. Alternatively, the hash blocks can be stored +in the same partition as the data to be verified. In such a configuration +the filesystem on the partition would be sized a little smaller than +the full-partition, leaving room for the hash blocks. + +struct superblock { + uint8_t signature[8] + "verity\0\0"; + + uint8_t version; + 1 - current format + + uint8_t data_block_bits; + log2(data block size) + + uint8_t hash_block_bits; + log2(hash block size) + + uint8_t pad1[1]; + zero padding + + uint16_t salt_size; + big-endian salt size + + uint8_t pad2[2]; + zero padding + + uint32_t data_blocks_hi; + big-endian high 32 bits of the 64-bit number of data blocks + + uint32_t data_blocks_lo; + big-endian low 32 bits of the 64-bit number of data blocks + + uint8_t algorithm[16]; + cryptographic algorithm + + uint8_t salt[384]; + salt (the salt size is specified above) + + uint8_t pad3[88]; + zero padding to 512-byte boundary +} + +Directly following the header (and with sector number padded to the next hash +block boundary) are the hash blocks which are stored a depth at a time +(starting from the root), sorted in order of increasing index. + +Status +====== +V (for Valid) is returned if every check performed so far was valid. +If any check failed, C (for Corruption) is returned. + +Example +======= + +Setup a device: + dmsetup create vroot --table \ + "0 2097152 "\ + "verity 1 /dev/sda1 /dev/sda2 4096 4096 2097152 1 "\ + "4392712ba01368efdf14b05c76f9e4df0d53664630b5d48632ed17a137f39076 "\ + "1234000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000" + +A command line tool veritysetup is available to compute or verify +the hash tree or activate the kernel driver. This is available from +the LVM2 upstream repository and may be supplied as a package called +device-mapper-verity-tools: + git://sources.redhat.com/git/lvm2 + http://sourceware.org/git/?p=lvm2.git + http://sourceware.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb.cgi/LVM2/verity?cvsroot=lvm2 + +veritysetup -a vroot /dev/sda1 /dev/sda2 \ + 4392712ba01368efdf14b05c76f9e4df0d53664630b5d48632ed17a137f39076 diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt index 0038318..47a154f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devices.txt @@ -98,7 +98,8 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated. 8 = /dev/random Nondeterministic random number gen. 9 = /dev/urandom Faster, less secure random number gen. 10 = /dev/aio Asynchronous I/O notification interface - 11 = /dev/kmsg Writes to this come out as printk's + 11 = /dev/kmsg Writes to this come out as printk's, reads + export the buffered printk records. 12 = /dev/oldmem Used by crashdump kernels to access the memory of the kernel that crashed. @@ -846,13 +847,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated. ... 31 = /dev/tap15 16th Ethertap device - 36 block MCA ESDI hard disk - 0 = /dev/eda First ESDI disk whole disk - 64 = /dev/edb Second ESDI disk whole disk - ... - - Partitions are handled in the same way as IDE disks - (see major number 3). + 36 block OBSOLETE (was MCA ESDI hard disk) 37 char IDE tape 0 = /dev/ht0 First IDE tape diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52478c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arch_timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +* ARM architected timer + +ARM Cortex-A7 and Cortex-A15 have a per-core architected timer, which +provides per-cpu timers. + +The timer is attached to a GIC to deliver its per-processor interrupts. + +** Timer node properties: + +- compatible : Should at least contain "arm,armv7-timer". + +- interrupts : Interrupt list for secure, non-secure, virtual and + hypervisor timers, in that order. + +- clock-frequency : The frequency of the main counter, in Hz. Optional. + +Example: + + timer { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15-timer", + "arm,armv7-timer"; + interrupts = <1 13 0xf08>, + <1 14 0xf08>, + <1 11 0xf08>, + <1 10 0xf08>; + clock-frequency = <100000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c63097d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,65 @@ +* AT91's Analog to Digital Converter (ADC) + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-adc" + - reg: Should contain ADC registers location and length + - interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the ADC + - atmel,adc-channel-base: Offset of the first channel data register + - atmel,adc-channels-used: Bitmask of the channels muxed and enable for this + device + - atmel,adc-drdy-mask: Mask of the DRDY interruption in the ADC + - atmel,adc-num-channels: Number of channels available in the ADC + - atmel,adc-startup-time: Startup Time of the ADC in microseconds as + defined in the datasheet + - atmel,adc-status-register: Offset of the Interrupt Status Register + - atmel,adc-trigger-register: Offset of the Trigger Register + - atmel,adc-vref: Reference voltage in millivolts for the conversions + +Optional properties: + - atmel,adc-use-external: Boolean to enable of external triggers + +Optional trigger Nodes: + - Required properties: + * trigger-name: Name of the trigger exposed to the user + * trigger-value: Value to put in the Trigger register + to activate this trigger + - Optional properties: + * trigger-external: Is the trigger an external trigger? + +Examples: +adc0: adc@fffb0000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-adc"; + reg = <0xfffb0000 0x100>; + interrupts = <20 4>; + atmel,adc-channel-base = <0x30>; + atmel,adc-channels-used = <0xff>; + atmel,adc-drdy-mask = <0x10000>; + atmel,adc-num-channels = <8>; + atmel,adc-startup-time = <40>; + atmel,adc-status-register = <0x1c>; + atmel,adc-trigger-register = <0x08>; + atmel,adc-use-external; + atmel,adc-vref = <3300>; + + trigger@0 { + trigger-name = "external-rising"; + trigger-value = <0x1>; + trigger-external; + }; + trigger@1 { + trigger-name = "external-falling"; + trigger-value = <0x2>; + trigger-external; + }; + + trigger@2 { + trigger-name = "external-any"; + trigger-value = <0x3>; + trigger-external; + }; + + trigger@3 { + trigger-name = "continuous"; + trigger-value = <0x6>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..aabca4f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +* Advanced Interrupt Controller (AIC) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic" +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property. +- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It sould be 2. + The first cell is the IRQ number (aka "Peripheral IDentifier" on datasheet). + The second cell is used to specify flags: + bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags: + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered. + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. + Valid combinations are 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. + Default flag for internal sources should be set to 4 (active high). +- reg: Should contain AIC registers location and length + +Examples: + /* + * AIC + */ + aic: interrupt-controller@fffff000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-aic"; + interrupt-controller; + interrupt-parent; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + reg = <0xfffff000 0x200>; + }; + + /* + * An interrupt generating device that is wired to an AIC. + */ + dma: dma-controller@ffffec00 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-dma"; + reg = <0xffffec00 0x200>; + interrupts = <21 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ecc81e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +Atmel AT91 device tree bindings. +================================ + +PIT Timer required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-pit" +- reg: Should contain registers location and length +- interrupts: Should contain interrupt for the PIT which is the IRQ line + shared across all System Controller members. + +TC/TCLIB Timer required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-pit". + <chip> can be "at91rm9200" or "at91sam9x5" +- reg: Should contain registers location and length +- interrupts: Should contain all interrupts for the TC block + Note that you can specify several interrupt cells if the TC + block has one interrupt per channel. + +Examples: + +One interrupt per TC block: + tcb0: timer@fff7c000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-tcb"; + reg = <0xfff7c000 0x100>; + interrupts = <18 4>; + }; + +One interrupt per TC channel in a TC block: + tcb1: timer@fffdc000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-tcb"; + reg = <0xfffdc000 0x100>; + interrupts = <26 4 27 4 28 4>; + }; + +RSTC Reset Controller required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-rstc". + <chip> can be "at91sam9260" or "at91sam9g45" +- reg: Should contain registers location and length + +Example: + + rstc@fffffd00 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-rstc"; + reg = <0xfffffd00 0x10>; + }; + +RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc", + "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc", +- reg: Should contain registers location and length + For at91sam9263 and at91sam9g45 you must specify 2 entries. + +Examples: + + ramc0: ramc@ffffe800 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc"; + reg = <0xffffe800 0x200>; + }; + + ramc0: ramc@ffffe400 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc"; + reg = <0xffffe400 0x200 + 0xffffe600 0x200>; + }; + +SHDWC Shutdown Controller + +required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-shdwc". + <chip> can be "at91sam9260", "at91sam9rl" or "at91sam9x5". +- reg: Should contain registers location and length + +optional properties: +- atmel,wakeup-mode: String, operation mode of the wakeup mode. + Supported values are: "none", "high", "low", "any". +- atmel,wakeup-counter: Counter on Wake-up 0 (between 0x0 and 0xf). + +optional at91sam9260 properties: +- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up. + +optional at91sam9rl properties: +- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up. +- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up. + +optional at91sam9x5 properties: +- atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Clock Wake-up. + +Example: + + rstc@fffffd00 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-rstc"; + reg = <0xfffffd00 0x10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..389bed5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-pmc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +* Power Management Controller (PMC) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-pmc" +- reg: Should contain PMC registers location and length + +Examples: + pmc: pmc@fffffc00 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-pmc"; + reg = <0xfffffc00 0x100>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6528e21 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/exynos/power_domain.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Samsung Exynos Power Domains + +Exynos processors include support for multiple power domains which are used +to gate power to one or more peripherals on the processor. + +Required Properties: +- compatiable: should be one of the following. + * samsung,exynos4210-pd - for exynos4210 type power domain. +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +Optional Properties: +- samsung,exynos4210-pd-off: Specifies that the power domain is in turned-off + state during boot and remains to be turned-off until explicitly turned-on. + +Example: + + lcd0: power-domain-lcd0 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-pd"; + reg = <0x10023C00 0x10>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt index 54bddda..ac9e751 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.txt @@ -1,6 +1,14 @@ Freescale i.MX Platforms Device Tree Bindings ----------------------------------------------- +i.MX23 Evaluation Kit +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx23-evk", "fsl,imx23"; + +i.MX28 Evaluation Kit +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx28-evk", "fsl,imx28"; + i.MX51 Babbage Board Required root node properties: - compatible = "fsl,imx51-babbage", "fsl,imx51"; @@ -28,3 +36,29 @@ Required root node properties: i.MX6 Quad SABRE Lite Board Required root node properties: - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabrelite", "fsl,imx6q"; + +i.MX6 Quad SABRE Smart Device Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6q-sabresd", "fsl,imx6q"; + +Generic i.MX boards +------------------- + +No iomux setup is done for these boards, so this must have been configured +by the bootloader for boards to work with the generic bindings. + +i.MX27 generic board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx27"; + +i.MX51 generic board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx51"; + +i.MX53 generic board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx53"; + +i.MX6q generic board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "fsl,imx6q"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt index 9b4b82a..62eb8df 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt @@ -11,7 +11,9 @@ have PPIs or SGIs. Main node required properties: - compatible : should be one of: + "arm,cortex-a15-gic" "arm,cortex-a9-gic" + "arm,cortex-a7-gic" "arm,arm11mp-gic" - interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller - #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an @@ -39,8 +41,9 @@ Main node required properties: the GIC cpu interface register base and size. Optional -- interrupts : Interrupt source of the parent interrupt controller. Only - present on secondary GICs. +- interrupts : Interrupt source of the parent interrupt controller on + secondary GICs, or VGIC maintainance interrupt on primary GIC (see + below). - cpu-offset : per-cpu offset within the distributor and cpu interface regions, used when the GIC doesn't have banked registers. The offset is @@ -57,3 +60,31 @@ Example: <0xfff10100 0x100>; }; + +* GIC virtualization extensions (VGIC) + +For ARM cores that support the virtualization extensions, additional +properties must be described (they only exist if the GIC is the +primary interrupt controller). + +Required properties: + +- reg : Additional regions specifying the base physical address and + size of the VGIC registers. The first additional region is the GIC + virtual interface control register base and size. The 2nd additional + region is the GIC virtual cpu interface register base and size. + +- interrupts : VGIC maintainance interrupt. + +Example: + + interrupt-controller@2c001000 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a15-gic"; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0x2c001000 0x1000>, + <0x2c002000 0x1000>, + <0x2c004000 0x2000>, + <0x2c006000 0x2000>; + interrupts = <1 9 0xf04>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx-mic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx-mic.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..539adca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx-mic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +* NXP LPC32xx Main Interrupt Controller + (MIC, including SIC1 and SIC2 secondary controllers) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc3220-mic" +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- interrupt-parent: Empty for the interrupt controller itself +- #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. Should be 2. + The first cell is the IRQ number + The second cell is used to specify mode: + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered + 4 = active high level-sensitive + 8 = active low level-sensitive + Default for internal sources should be set to 4 (active high). +- reg: Should contain MIC registers location and length + +Examples: + /* + * MIC + */ + mic: interrupt-controller@40008000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-mic"; + interrupt-controller; + interrupt-parent; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + reg = <0x40008000 0xC000>; + }; + + /* + * ADC + */ + adc@40048000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-adc"; + reg = <0x40048000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <39 4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..56ec8dd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/lpc32xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +NXP LPC32xx Platforms Device Tree Bindings +------------------------------------------ + +Boards with the NXP LPC32xx SoC shall have the following properties: + +Required root node property: + +compatible: must be "nxp,lpc3220", "nxp,lpc3230", "nxp,lpc3240" or "nxp,lpc3250" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..80b9a94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +* Marvell MMP Interrupt controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "mrvl,mmp-intc", "mrvl,mmp2-intc" or + "mrvl,mmp2-mux-intc" +- reg : Address and length of the register set of the interrupt controller. + If the interrupt controller is intc, address and length means the range + of the whold interrupt controller. If the interrupt controller is mux-intc, + address and length means one register. Since address of mux-intc is in the + range of intc. mux-intc is secondary interrupt controller. +- reg-names : Name of the register set of the interrupt controller. It's + only required in mux-intc interrupt controller. +- interrupts : Should be the port interrupt shared by mux interrupts. It's + only required in mux-intc interrupt controller. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. +- mrvl,intc-nr-irqs : Specifies the number of interrupts in the interrupt + controller. +- mrvl,clr-mfp-irq : Specifies the interrupt that needs to clear MFP edge + detection first. + +Example: + intc: interrupt-controller@d4282000 { + compatible = "mrvl,mmp2-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + reg = <0xd4282000 0x1000>; + mrvl,intc-nr-irqs = <64>; + }; + + intcmux4@d4282150 { + compatible = "mrvl,mmp2-mux-intc"; + interrupts = <4>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x150 0x4>, <0x168 0x4>; + reg-names = "mux status", "mux mask"; + mrvl,intc-nr-irqs = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..117d741 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/mrvl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +Marvell Platforms Device Tree Bindings +---------------------------------------------------- + +PXA168 Aspenite Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "mrvl,pxa168-aspenite", "mrvl,pxa168"; + +PXA910 DKB Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "mrvl,pxa910-dkb"; + +MMP2 Brownstone Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "mrvl,mmp2-brownstone"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9a6e251 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mrvl/timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* Marvell MMP Timer controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "mrvl,mmp-timer". +- reg : Address and length of the register set of timer controller. +- interrupts : Should be the interrupt number. + +Example: + timer0: timer@d4014000 { + compatible = "mrvl,mmp-timer"; + reg = <0xd4014000 0x100>; + interrupts = <13>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/intc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/intc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2583e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/intc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +* OMAP Interrupt Controller + +OMAP2/3 are using a TI interrupt controller that can support several +configurable number of interrupts. + +Main node required properties: + +- compatible : should be: + "ti,omap2-intc" +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells : Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. The type shall be a <u32> and the value shall be 1. + + The cell contains the interrupt number in the range [0-128]. +- ti,intc-size: Number of interrupts handled by the interrupt controller. +- reg: physical base address and size of the intc registers map. + +Example: + + intc: interrupt-controller@1 { + compatible = "ti,omap2-intc"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + ti,intc-size = <96>; + reg = <0x48200000 0x1000>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt index dbdab40..e78e8bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ IPs present in the SoC. On top of that an omap_device is created to extend the platform_device capabilities and to allow binding with one or several hwmods. The hwmods will contain all the information to build the device: -adresse range, irq lines, dma lines, interconnect, PRCM register, +address range, irq lines, dma lines, interconnect, PRCM register, clock domain, input clocks. For the moment just point to the existing hwmod, the next step will be to move data from hwmod to device-tree representation. @@ -41,3 +41,9 @@ Boards: - OMAP4 PandaBoard : Low cost community board compatible = "ti,omap4-panda", "ti,omap4430" + +- OMAP3 EVM : Software Developement Board for OMAP35x, AM/DM37x + compatible = "ti,omap3-evm", "ti,omap3" + +- AM335X EVM : Software Developement Board for AM335x + compatible = "ti,am335x-evm", "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/interrupt-combiner.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/interrupt-combiner.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2f2171 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/interrupt-combiner.txt @@ -0,0 +1,52 @@ +* Samsung Exynos Interrupt Combiner Controller + +Samsung's Exynos4 architecture includes a interrupt combiner controller which +can combine interrupt sources as a group and provide a single interrupt request +for the group. The interrupt request from each group are connected to a parent +interrupt controller, such as GIC in case of Exynos4210. + +The interrupt combiner controller consists of multiple combiners. Upto eight +interrupt sources can be connected to a combiner. The combiner outputs one +combined interrupt for its eight interrupt sources. The combined interrupt +is usually connected to a parent interrupt controller. + +A single node in the device tree is used to describe the interrupt combiner +controller module (which includes multiple combiners). A combiner in the +interrupt controller module shares config/control registers with other +combiners. For example, a 32-bit interrupt enable/disable config register +can accommodate upto 4 interrupt combiners (with each combiner supporting +upto 8 interrupt sources). + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "samsung,exynos4210-combiner". +- interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: should be <2>. The meaning of the cells are + * First Cell: Combiner Group Number. + * Second Cell: Interrupt number within the group. +- reg: Base address and size of interrupt combiner registers. +- interrupts: The list of interrupts generated by the combiners which are then + connected to a parent interrupt controller. The format of the interrupt + specifier depends in the interrupt parent controller. + +Optional properties: +- samsung,combiner-nr: The number of interrupt combiners supported. If this + property is not specified, the default number of combiners is assumed + to be 16. +- interrupt-parent: pHandle of the parent interrupt controller, if not + inherited from the parent node. + + +Example: + + The following is a an example from the Exynos4210 SoC dtsi file. + + combiner:interrupt-controller@10440000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-combiner"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + reg = <0x10440000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 0 0>, <0 1 0>, <0 2 0>, <0 3 0>, + <0 4 0>, <0 5 0>, <0 6 0>, <0 7 0>, + <0 8 0>, <0 9 0>, <0 10 0>, <0 11 0>, + <0 12 0>, <0 13 0>, <0 14 0>, <0 15 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt index 6b07f65..1881e1c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sirf.txt @@ -1,3 +1,3 @@ -prima2 "cb" evalutation board +prima2 "cb" evaluation board Required root node properties: - compatible = "sirf,prima2-cb", "sirf,prima2"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-timer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c001722 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear-timer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +* SPEAr ARM Timer + +** Timer node required properties: + +- compatible : Should be: + "st,spear-timer" +- reg: Address range of the timer registers +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupt: Should contain the timer interrupt number + +Example: + + timer@f0000000 { + compatible = "st,spear-timer"; + reg = <0xf0000000 0x400>; + interrupts = <2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0d42949 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/spear.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +ST SPEAr Platforms Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------- + +Boards with the ST SPEAr600 SoC shall have the following properties: +Required root node property: +compatible = "st,spear600"; + +Boards with the ST SPEAr300 SoC shall have the following properties: +Required root node property: +compatible = "st,spear300"; + +Boards with the ST SPEAr310 SoC shall have the following properties: +Required root node property: +compatible = "st,spear310"; + +Boards with the ST SPEAr320 SoC shall have the following properties: +Required root node property: +compatible = "st,spear320"; + +Boards with the ST SPEAr1310 SoC shall have the following properties: +Required root node property: +compatible = "st,spear1310"; + +Boards with the ST SPEAr1340 SoC shall have the following properties: +Required root node property: +compatible = "st,spear1340"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/emc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/emc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..09335f8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/emc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +Embedded Memory Controller + +Properties: +- name : Should be emc +- #address-cells : Should be 1 +- #size-cells : Should be 0 +- compatible : Should contain "nvidia,tegra20-emc". +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device +- nvidia,use-ram-code : If present, the sub-nodes will be addressed + and chosen using the ramcode board selector. If omitted, only one + set of tables can be present and said tables will be used + irrespective of ram-code configuration. + +Child device nodes describe the memory settings for different configurations and clock rates. + +Example: + + emc@7000f400 { + #address-cells = < 1 >; + #size-cells = < 0 >; + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-emc"; + reg = <0x7000f4000 0x200>; + } + + +Embedded Memory Controller ram-code table + +If the emc node has the nvidia,use-ram-code property present, then the +next level of nodes below the emc table are used to specify which settings +apply for which ram-code settings. + +If the emc node lacks the nvidia,use-ram-code property, this level is omitted +and the tables are stored directly under the emc node (see below). + +Properties: + +- name : Should be emc-tables +- nvidia,ram-code : the binary representation of the ram-code board strappings + for which this node (and children) are valid. + + + +Embedded Memory Controller configuration table + +This is a table containing the EMC register settings for the various +operating speeds of the memory controller. They are always located as +subnodes of the emc controller node. + +There are two ways of specifying which tables to use: + +* The simplest is if there is just one set of tables in the device tree, + and they will always be used (based on which frequency is used). + This is the preferred method, especially when firmware can fill in + this information based on the specific system information and just + pass it on to the kernel. + +* The slightly more complex one is when more than one memory configuration + might exist on the system. The Tegra20 platform handles this during + early boot by selecting one out of possible 4 memory settings based + on a 2-pin "ram code" bootstrap setting on the board. The values of + these strappings can be read through a register in the SoC, and thus + used to select which tables to use. + +Properties: +- name : Should be emc-table +- compatible : Should contain "nvidia,tegra20-emc-table". +- reg : either an opaque enumerator to tell different tables apart, or + the valid frequency for which the table should be used (in kHz). +- clock-frequency : the clock frequency for the EMC at which this + table should be used (in kHz). +- nvidia,emc-registers : a 46 word array of EMC registers to be programmed + for operation at the 'clock-frequency' setting. + The order and contents of the registers are: + RC, RFC, RAS, RP, R2W, W2R, R2P, W2P, RD_RCD, WR_RCD, RRD, REXT, + WDV, QUSE, QRST, QSAFE, RDV, REFRESH, BURST_REFRESH_NUM, PDEX2WR, + PDEX2RD, PCHG2PDEN, ACT2PDEN, AR2PDEN, RW2PDEN, TXSR, TCKE, TFAW, + TRPAB, TCLKSTABLE, TCLKSTOP, TREFBW, QUSE_EXTRA, FBIO_CFG6, ODT_WRITE, + ODT_READ, FBIO_CFG5, CFG_DIG_DLL, DLL_XFORM_DQS, DLL_XFORM_QUSE, + ZCAL_REF_CNT, ZCAL_WAIT_CNT, AUTO_CAL_INTERVAL, CFG_CLKTRIM_0, + CFG_CLKTRIM_1, CFG_CLKTRIM_2 + + emc-table@166000 { + reg = <166000>; + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-emc-table"; + clock-frequency = < 166000 >; + nvidia,emc-registers = < 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 >; + }; + + emc-table@333000 { + reg = <333000>; + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-emc-table"; + clock-frequency = < 333000 >; + nvidia,emc-registers = < 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 + 0 0 0 0 >; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..234406d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-ahb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra AHB + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-ahb" or "nvidia,tegra30-ahb" +- reg : Should contain 1 register ranges(address and length) + +Example: + ahb: ahb@6000c004 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ahb"; + reg = <0x6000c004 0x10c>; /* AHB Arbitration + Gizmo Controller */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c25a0a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-mc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra20 MC(Memory Controller) + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-mc" +- reg : Should contain 2 register ranges(address and length); see the + example below. Note that the MC registers are interleaved with the + GART registers, and hence must be represented as multiple ranges. +- interrupts : Should contain MC General interrupt. + +Example: + mc { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-mc"; + reg = <0x7000f000 0x024 + 0x7000f03c 0x3c4>; + interrupts = <0 77 0x04>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5846e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra Power Management Controller (PMC) + +Properties: +- name : Should be pmc +- compatible : Should contain "nvidia,tegra<chip>-pmc". +- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device +- nvidia,invert-interrupt : If present, inverts the PMU interrupt signal. + The PMU is an external Power Management Unit, whose interrupt output + signal is fed into the PMC. This signal is optionally inverted, and then + fed into the ARM GIC. The PMC is not involved in the detection or + handling of this interrupt signal, merely its inversion. + +Example: + +pmc@7000f400 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-pmc"; + reg = <0x7000e400 0x400>; + nvidia,invert-interrupt; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-mc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-mc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e47e73f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra30-mc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra30 MC(Memory Controller) + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra30-mc" +- reg : Should contain 4 register ranges(address and length); see the + example below. Note that the MC registers are interleaved with the + SMMU registers, and hence must be represented as multiple ranges. +- interrupts : Should contain MC General interrupt. + +Example: + mc { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-mc"; + reg = <0x7000f000 0x010 + 0x7000f03c 0x1b4 + 0x7000f200 0x028 + 0x7000f284 0x17c>; + interrupts = <0 77 0x04>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75b8610 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/twd.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +* ARM Timer Watchdog + +ARM 11MP, Cortex-A5 and Cortex-A9 are often associated with a per-core +Timer-Watchdog (aka TWD), which provides both a per-cpu local timer +and watchdog. + +The TWD is usually attached to a GIC to deliver its two per-processor +interrupts. + +** Timer node required properties: + +- compatible : Should be one of: + "arm,cortex-a9-twd-timer" + "arm,cortex-a5-twd-timer" + "arm,arm11mp-twd-timer" + +- interrupts : One interrupt to each core + +- reg : Specify the base address and the size of the TWD timer + register window. + +Example: + + twd-timer@2c000600 { + compatible = "arm,arm11mp-twd-timer""; + reg = <0x2c000600 0x20>; + interrupts = <1 13 0xf01>; + }; + +** Watchdog node properties: + +- compatible : Should be one of: + "arm,cortex-a9-twd-wdt" + "arm,cortex-a5-twd-wdt" + "arm,arm11mp-twd-wdt" + +- interrupts : One interrupt to each core + +- reg : Specify the base address and the size of the TWD watchdog + register window. + +Example: + + twd-watchdog@2c000620 { + compatible = "arm,arm11mp-twd-wdt"; + reg = <0x2c000620 0x20>; + interrupts = <1 14 0xf01>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ec8b50c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/vexpress.txt @@ -0,0 +1,146 @@ +ARM Versatile Express boards family +----------------------------------- + +ARM's Versatile Express platform consists of a motherboard and one +or more daughterboards (tiles). The motherboard provides a set of +peripherals. Processor and RAM "live" on the tiles. + +The motherboard and each core tile should be described by a separate +Device Tree source file, with the tile's description including +the motherboard file using a /include/ directive. As the motherboard +can be initialized in one of two different configurations ("memory +maps"), care must be taken to include the correct one. + +Required properties in the root node: +- compatible value: + compatible = "arm,vexpress,<model>", "arm,vexpress"; + where <model> is the full tile model name (as used in the tile's + Technical Reference Manual), eg.: + - for Coretile Express A5x2 (V2P-CA5s): + compatible = "arm,vexpress,v2p-ca5s", "arm,vexpress"; + - for Coretile Express A9x4 (V2P-CA9): + compatible = "arm,vexpress,v2p-ca9", "arm,vexpress"; + If a tile comes in several variants or can be used in more then one + configuration, the compatible value should be: + compatible = "arm,vexpress,<model>,<variant>", \ + "arm,vexpress,<model>", "arm,vexpress"; + eg: + - Coretile Express A15x2 (V2P-CA15) with Tech Chip 1: + compatible = "arm,vexpress,v2p-ca15,tc1", \ + "arm,vexpress,v2p-ca15", "arm,vexpress"; + - LogicTile Express 13MG (V2F-2XV6) running Cortex-A7 (3 cores) SMM: + compatible = "arm,vexpress,v2f-2xv6,ca7x3", \ + "arm,vexpress,v2f-2xv6", "arm,vexpress"; + +Optional properties in the root node: +- tile model name (use name from the tile's Technical Reference + Manual, eg. "V2P-CA5s") + model = "<model>"; +- tile's HBI number (unique ARM's board model ID, visible on the + PCB's silkscreen) in hexadecimal transcription: + arm,hbi = <0xhbi> + eg: + - for Coretile Express A5x2 (V2P-CA5s) HBI-0191: + arm,hbi = <0x191>; + - Coretile Express A9x4 (V2P-CA9) HBI-0225: + arm,hbi = <0x225>; + +Top-level standard "cpus" node is required. It must contain a node +with device_type = "cpu" property for every available core, eg.: + + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "arm,cortex-a5"; + reg = <0>; + }; + }; + +The motherboard description file provides a single "motherboard" node +using 2 address cells corresponding to the Static Memory Bus used +between the motherboard and the tile. The first cell defines the Chip +Select (CS) line number, the second cell address offset within the CS. +All interrupt lines between the motherboard and the tile are active +high and are described using single cell. + +Optional properties of the "motherboard" node: +- motherboard's memory map variant: + arm,v2m-memory-map = "<name>"; + where name is one of: + - "rs1" - for RS1 map (i.a. peripherals on CS3); this map is also + referred to as "ARM Cortex-A Series memory map": + arm,v2m-memory-map = "rs1"; + When this property is missing, the motherboard is using the original + memory map (also known as the "Legacy memory map", primarily used + with the original CoreTile Express A9x4) with peripherals on CS7. + +Motherboard .dtsi files provide a set of labelled peripherals that +can be used to obtain required phandle in the tile's "aliases" node: +- UARTs, note that the numbers correspond to the physical connectors + on the motherboard's back panel: + v2m_serial0, v2m_serial1, v2m_serial2 and v2m_serial3 +- I2C controllers: + v2m_i2c_dvi and v2m_i2c_pcie +- SP804 timers: + v2m_timer01 and v2m_timer23 + +Current Linux implementation requires a "arm,v2m_timer" alias +pointing at one of the motherboard's SP804 timers, if it is to be +used as the system timer. This alias should be defined in the +motherboard files. + +The tile description must define "ranges", "interrupt-map-mask" and +"interrupt-map" properties to translate the motherboard's address +and interrupt space into one used by the tile's processor. + +Abbreviated example: + +/dts-v1/; + +/ { + model = "V2P-CA5s"; + arm,hbi = <0x225>; + compatible = "arm,vexpress-v2p-ca5s", "arm,vexpress"; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + chosen { }; + + aliases { + serial0 = &v2m_serial0; + }; + + cpus { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + cpu@0 { + device_type = "cpu"; + compatible = "arm,cortex-a5"; + reg = <0>; + }; + }; + + gic: interrupt-controller@2c001000 { + compatible = "arm,cortex-a9-gic"; + #interrupt-cells = <3>; + #address-cells = <0>; + interrupt-controller; + reg = <0x2c001000 0x1000>, + <0x2c000100 0x100>; + }; + + motherboard { + /* CS0 is visible at 0x08000000 */ + ranges = <0 0 0x08000000 0x04000000>; + interrupt-map-mask = <0 0 63>; + /* Active high IRQ 0 is connected to GIC's SPI0 */ + interrupt-map = <0 0 0 &gic 0 0 4>; + }; +}; + +/include/ "vexpress-v2m-rs1.dtsi" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/calxeda-sata.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt index 79caa56..8bb8a76 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/calxeda-sata.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ata/ahci-platform.txt @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -* Calxeda SATA Controller +* AHCI SATA Controller SATA nodes are defined to describe on-chip Serial ATA controllers. Each SATA controller should have its own node. Required properties: -- compatible : compatible list, contains "calxeda,hb-ahci" +- compatible : compatible list, contains "calxeda,hb-ahci" or "snps,spear-ahci" - interrupts : <interrupt mapping for SATA IRQ> - reg : <registers mapping> @@ -14,4 +14,3 @@ Example: reg = <0xffe08000 0x1000>; interrupts = <115>; }; - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ded0398 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-mxs-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +* Freescale MXS DMA + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "fsl,<chip>-dma-apbh" or "fsl,<chip>-dma-apbx" +- reg : Should contain registers location and length + +Supported chips: +imx23, imx28. + +Examples: +dma-apbh@80004000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-dma-apbh"; + reg = <0x80004000 2000>; +}; + +dma-apbx@80024000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-dma-apbx"; + reg = <0x80024000 2000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c0d85db --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/snps-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* Synopsys Designware DMA Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "snps,dma-spear1340" +- reg: Address range of the DMAC registers +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupt: Should contain the DMAC interrupt number + +Example: + + dma@fc000000 { + compatible = "snps,dma-spear1340"; + reg = <0xfc000000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <12>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..90fa7da --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +* NVIDIA Tegra APB DMA controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "nvidia,<chip>-apbdma" +- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. This shuld include + all of the per-channel registers. +- interrupts: Should contain all of the per-channel DMA interrupts. + +Examples: + +apbdma: dma@6000a000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-apbdma"; + reg = <0x6000a000 0x1200>; + interrupts = < 0 136 0x04 + 0 137 0x04 + 0 138 0x04 + 0 139 0x04 + 0 140 0x04 + 0 141 0x04 + 0 142 0x04 + 0 143 0x04 + 0 144 0x04 + 0 145 0x04 + 0 146 0x04 + 0 147 0x04 + 0 148 0x04 + 0 149 0x04 + 0 150 0x04 + 0 151 0x04 >; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mm-lantiq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mm-lantiq.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f93d514 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mm-lantiq.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Lantiq SoC External Bus memory mapped GPIO controller + +By attaching hardware latches to the EBU it is possible to create output +only gpios. This driver configures a special memory address, which when +written to outputs 16 bit to the latches. + +The node describing the memory mapped GPIOs needs to be a child of the node +describing the "lantiq,localbus". + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "lantiq,gpio-mm-lantiq" +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently + unused). +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller. + +Optional properties: +- lantiq,shadow : The default value that we shall assume as already set on the + shift register cascade. + +Example: + +localbus@0 { + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges = <0 0 0x0 0x3ffffff /* addrsel0 */ + 1 0 0x4000000 0x4000010>; /* addsel1 */ + compatible = "lantiq,localbus", "simple-bus"; + + gpio_mm0: gpio@4000000 { + compatible = "lantiq,gpio-mm"; + reg = <1 0x0 0x10>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + lantiq,shadow = <0x77f> + }; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mxs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mxs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c35673 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-mxs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +* Freescale MXS GPIO controller + +The Freescale MXS GPIO controller is part of MXS PIN controller. The +GPIOs are organized in port/bank. Each port consists of 32 GPIOs. + +As the GPIO controller is embedded in the PIN controller and all the +GPIO ports share the same IO space with PIN controller, the GPIO node +will be represented as sub-nodes of MXS pinctrl node. + +Required properties for GPIO node: +- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-gpio". The supported SoCs include + imx23 and imx28. +- interrupts : Should be the port interrupt shared by all 32 pins. +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently + unused). +- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2. The first cell is the GPIO number. + The second cell bits[3:0] is used to specify trigger type and level flags: + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered. + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. + +Note: Each GPIO port should have an alias correctly numbered in "aliases" +node. + +Examples: + +aliases { + gpio0 = &gpio0; + gpio1 = &gpio1; + gpio2 = &gpio2; + gpio3 = &gpio3; + gpio4 = &gpio4; +}; + +pinctrl@80018000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-pinctrl", "simple-bus"; + reg = <0x80018000 2000>; + + gpio0: gpio@0 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-gpio"; + interrupts = <127>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + gpio1: gpio@1 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-gpio"; + interrupts = <126>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + gpio2: gpio@2 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-gpio"; + interrupts = <125>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + gpio3: gpio@3 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-gpio"; + interrupts = <124>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; + + gpio4: gpio@4 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-gpio"; + interrupts = <123>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-nmk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-nmk.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ee87467 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-nmk.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +Nomadik GPIO controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "st,nomadik-gpio". +- reg : Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- interrupts : The interrupt outputs from the controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be two: + The first cell is the pin number. + The second cell is used to specify optional parameters: + - bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags: + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered. + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. +- gpio-bank : Specifies which bank a controller owns. +- st,supports-sleepmode : Specifies whether controller can sleep or not + +Example: + + gpio1: gpio@8012e080 { + compatible = "st,nomadik-gpio"; + reg = <0x8012e080 0x80>; + interrupts = <0 120 0x4>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + interrupt-controller; + supports-sleepmode; + gpio-bank = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bff51a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-omap.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +OMAP GPIO controller bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: + - "ti,omap2-gpio" for OMAP2 controllers + - "ti,omap3-gpio" for OMAP3 controllers + - "ti,omap4-gpio" for OMAP4 controllers +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. + - first cell is the pin number + - second cell is used to specify optional parameters (unused) +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2. +- interrupt-controller: Mark the device node as an interrupt controller + The first cell is the GPIO number. + The second cell is used to specify flags: + bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags: + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered. + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. + +OMAP specific properties: +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the GPIO: + "gpio<X>", <X> being the 1-based instance number from the HW spec + + +Example: + +gpio4: gpio4 { + compatible = "ti,omap4-gpio"; + ti,hwmods = "gpio4"; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stp-xway.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stp-xway.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..854de13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-stp-xway.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +Lantiq SoC Serial To Parallel (STP) GPIO controller + +The Serial To Parallel (STP) is found on MIPS based Lantiq socs. It is a +peripheral controller used to drive external shift register cascades. At most +3 groups of 8 bits can be driven. The hardware is able to allow the DSL modem +to drive the 2 LSBs of the cascade automatically. + + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "lantiq,gpio-stp-xway" +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently + unused). +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller. + +Optional properties: +- lantiq,shadow : The default value that we shall assume as already set on the + shift register cascade. +- lantiq,groups : Set the 3 bit mask to select which of the 3 groups are enabled + in the shift register cascade. +- lantiq,dsl : The dsl core can control the 2 LSBs of the gpio cascade. This 2 bit + property can enable this feature. +- lantiq,phy1 : The gphy1 core can control 3 bits of the gpio cascade. +- lantiq,phy2 : The gphy2 core can control 3 bits of the gpio cascade. +- lantiq,rising : use rising instead of falling edge for the shift register + +Example: + +gpio1: stp@E100BB0 { + compatible = "lantiq,gpio-stp-xway"; + reg = <0xE100BB0 0x40>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + + lantiq,shadow = <0xffff>; + lantiq,groups = <0x7>; + lantiq,dsl = <0x3>; + lantiq,phy1 = <0x7>; + lantiq,phy2 = <0x7>; + /* lantiq,rising; */ +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..16695d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-twl4030.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +twl4030 GPIO controller bindings + +Required properties: +- compatible: + - "ti,twl4030-gpio" for twl4030 GPIO controller +- #gpio-cells : Should be two. + - first cell is the pin number + - second cell is used to specify optional parameters (unused) +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2. +- interrupt-controller: Mark the device node as an interrupt controller + The first cell is the GPIO number. + The second cell is not used. + +Example: + +twl_gpio: gpio { + compatible = "ti,twl4030-gpio"; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..66efc80 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_atmel.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* Atmel GPIO controller (PIO) + +Required properties: +- compatible: "atmel,<chip>-gpio", where <chip> is at91rm9200 or at91sam9x5. +- reg: Should contain GPIO controller registers location and length +- interrupts: Should be the port interrupt shared by all the pins. +- #gpio-cells: Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and + the second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently + unused). +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. + +Example: + pioA: gpio@fffff200 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-gpio"; + reg = <0xfffff200 0x100>; + interrupts = <2 4>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4f8ec94 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Device-Tree bindings for i2c gpio driver + +Required properties: + - compatible = "i2c-gpio"; + - gpios: sda and scl gpio + + +Optional properties: + - i2c-gpio,sda-open-drain: sda as open drain + - i2c-gpio,scl-open-drain: scl as open drain + - i2c-gpio,scl-output-only: scl as output only + - i2c-gpio,delay-us: delay between GPIO operations (may depend on each platform) + - i2c-gpio,timeout-ms: timeout to get data + +Example nodes: + +i2c@0 { + compatible = "i2c-gpio"; + gpios = <&pioA 23 0 /* sda */ + &pioA 24 0 /* scl */ + >; + i2c-gpio,sda-open-drain; + i2c-gpio,scl-open-drain; + i2c-gpio,delay-us = <2>; /* ~100 kHz */ + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + rv3029c2@56 { + compatible = "rv3029c2"; + reg = <0x56>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_lpc32xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_lpc32xx.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4981936 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_lpc32xx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +NXP LPC32xx SoC GPIO controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "nxp,lpc3220-gpio" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- gpio-controller: Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #gpio-cells: Should be 3: + 1) bank: + 0: GPIO P0 + 1: GPIO P1 + 2: GPIO P2 + 3: GPIO P3 + 4: GPI P3 + 5: GPO P3 + 2) pin number + 3) optional parameters: + - bit 0 specifies polarity (0 for normal, 1 for inverted) +- reg: Index of the GPIO group + +Example: + + gpio: gpio@40028000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-gpio"; + reg = <0x40028000 0x1000>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <3>; /* bank, pin, flags */ + }; + + leds { + compatible = "gpio-leds"; + + led0 { + gpios = <&gpio 5 1 1>; /* GPO_P3 1, active low */ + linux,default-trigger = "heartbeat"; + default-state = "off"; + }; + + led1 { + gpios = <&gpio 5 14 1>; /* GPO_P3 14, active low */ + linux,default-trigger = "timer"; + default-state = "off"; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_nvidia.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_nvidia.txt index eb4b530..023c952 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_nvidia.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio_nvidia.txt @@ -1,8 +1,40 @@ -NVIDIA Tegra 2 GPIO controller +NVIDIA Tegra GPIO controller Required properties: -- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-gpio" +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra<chip>-gpio" +- reg : Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- interrupts : The interrupt outputs from the controller. For Tegra20, + there should be 7 interrupts specified, and for Tegra30, there should + be 8 interrupts specified. - #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the second cell is used to specify optional parameters: - bit 0 specifies polarity (0 for normal, 1 for inverted) - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a GPIO controller. +- #interrupt-cells : Should be 2. + The first cell is the GPIO number. + The second cell is used to specify flags: + bits[3:0] trigger type and level flags: + 1 = low-to-high edge triggered. + 2 = high-to-low edge triggered. + 4 = active high level-sensitive. + 8 = active low level-sensitive. + Valid combinations are 1, 2, 3, 4, 8. +- interrupt-controller : Marks the device node as an interrupt controller. + +Example: + +gpio: gpio@6000d000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gpio"; + reg = < 0x6000d000 0x1000 >; + interrupts = < 0 32 0x04 + 0 33 0x04 + 0 34 0x04 + 0 35 0x04 + 0 55 0x04 + 0 87 0x04 + 0 89 0x04 >; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..05428f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/mrvl-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +* Marvell PXA GPIO controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "mrvl,pxa-gpio" or "mrvl,mmp-gpio" +- reg : Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts : Should be the port interrupt shared by all gpio pins. + There're three gpio interrupts in arch-pxa, and they're gpio0, + gpio1 and gpio_mux. There're only one gpio interrupt in arch-mmp, + gpio_mux. +- interrupt-name : Should be the name of irq resource. Each interrupt + binds its interrupt-name. +- interrupt-controller : Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells: Specifies the number of cells needed to encode an + interrupt source. +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller. +- #gpio-cells : Should be one. It is the pin number. + +Example: + + gpio: gpio@d4019000 { + compatible = "mrvl,mmp-gpio"; + reg = <0xd4019000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <49>; + interrupt-name = "gpio_mux"; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <1>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sodaville.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sodaville.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..563eff2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/sodaville.txt @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +GPIO controller on CE4100 / Sodaville SoCs +========================================== + +The bindings for CE4100's GPIO controller match the generic description +which is covered by the gpio.txt file in this folder. + +The only additional property is the intel,muxctl property which holds the +value which is written into the MUXCNTL register. + +There is no compatible property for now because the driver is probed via +PCI id (vendor 0x8086 device 0x2e67). + +The interrupt specifier consists of two cells encoded as follows: + - <1st cell>: The interrupt-number that identifies the interrupt source. + - <2nd cell>: The level-sense information, encoded as follows: + 4 - active high level-sensitive + 8 - active low level-sensitive + +Example of the GPIO device and one user: + + pcigpio: gpio@b,1 { + /* two cells for GPIO and interrupt */ + #gpio-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + compatible = "pci8086,2e67.2", + "pci8086,2e67", + "pciclassff0000", + "pciclassff00"; + + reg = <0x15900 0x0 0x0 0x0 0x0>; + /* Interrupt line of the gpio device */ + interrupts = <15 1>; + /* It is an interrupt and GPIO controller itself */ + interrupt-controller; + gpio-controller; + intel,muxctl = <0>; + }; + + testuser@20 { + compatible = "example,testuser"; + /* User the 11th GPIO line as an active high triggered + * level interrupt + */ + interrupts = <11 8>; + interrupt-parent = <&pcigpio>; + /* Use this GPIO also with the gpio functions */ + gpios = <&pcigpio 11 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1bfc02d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mxs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +* Freescale MXS Inter IC (I2C) Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,<chip>-i2c" +- reg: Should contain registers location and length +- interrupts: Should contain ERROR and DMA interrupts + +Examples: + +i2c0: i2c@80058000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fsl,imx28-i2c"; + reg = <0x80058000 2000>; + interrupts = <111 68>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mrvl-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mrvl-i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b891ee2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mrvl-i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ +* I2C + +Required properties : + + - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device + - compatible : should be "mrvl,mmp-twsi" where mmp is the name of a + compatible processor, e.g. pxa168, pxa910, mmp2, mmp3. + For the pxa2xx/pxa3xx, an additional node "mrvl,pxa-i2c" is required + as shown in the example below. + +Recommended properties : + + - interrupts : the interrupt number + - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this device. If the parent is the default + interrupt controller in device tree, it could be ignored. + - mrvl,i2c-polling : Disable interrupt of i2c controller. Polling + status register of i2c controller instead. + - mrvl,i2c-fast-mode : Enable fast mode of i2c controller. + +Examples: + twsi1: i2c@d4011000 { + compatible = "mrvl,mmp-twsi"; + reg = <0xd4011000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <7>; + mrvl,i2c-fast-mode; + }; + + twsi2: i2c@d4025000 { + compatible = "mrvl,mmp-twsi"; + reg = <0xd4025000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <58>; + }; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mux.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..af84cce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/mux.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +Common i2c bus multiplexer/switch properties. + +An i2c bus multiplexer/switch will have several child busses that are +numbered uniquely in a device dependent manner. The nodes for an i2c bus +multiplexer/switch will have one child node for each child +bus. + +Required properties: +- #address-cells = <1>; +- #size-cells = <0>; + +Required properties for child nodes: +- #address-cells = <1>; +- #size-cells = <0>; +- reg : The sub-bus number. + +Optional properties for child nodes: +- Other properties specific to the multiplexer/switch hardware. +- Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding + + +Example : + + /* + An NXP pca9548 8 channel I2C multiplexer at address 0x70 + with two NXP pca8574 GPIO expanders attached, one each to + ports 3 and 4. + */ + + mux@70 { + compatible = "nxp,pca9548"; + reg = <0x70>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + i2c@3 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <3>; + + gpio1: gpio@38 { + compatible = "nxp,pca8574"; + reg = <0x38>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + }; + }; + i2c@4 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <4>; + + gpio2: gpio@38 { + compatible = "nxp,pca8574"; + reg = <0x38>; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/pnx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/pnx.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe98ada --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/pnx.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +* NXP PNX I2C Controller + +Required properties: + + - reg: Offset and length of the register set for the device + - compatible: should be "nxp,pnx-i2c" + - interrupts: configure one interrupt line + - #address-cells: always 1 (for i2c addresses) + - #size-cells: always 0 + - interrupt-parent: the phandle for the interrupt controller that + services interrupts for this device. + +Optional properties: + + - clock-frequency: desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz, Default: 100000 Hz + +Examples: + + i2c1: i2c@400a0000 { + compatible = "nxp,pnx-i2c"; + reg = <0x400a0000 0x100>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <51 0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + }; + + i2c2: i2c@400a8000 { + compatible = "nxp,pnx-i2c"; + reg = <0x400a8000 0x100>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <50 0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <100000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung-i2c.txt index 38832c7..b6cb5a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung-i2c.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/samsung-i2c.txt @@ -6,14 +6,18 @@ Required properties: - compatible: value should be either of the following. (a) "samsung, s3c2410-i2c", for i2c compatible with s3c2410 i2c. (b) "samsung, s3c2440-i2c", for i2c compatible with s3c2440 i2c. + (c) "samsung, s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c", for s3c2440-like i2c used + inside HDMIPHY block found on several samsung SoCs - reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. - samsung,i2c-sda-delay: Delay (in ns) applied to data line (SDA) edges. - - gpios: The order of the gpios should be the following: <SDA, SCL>. - The gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. Optional properties: + - gpios: The order of the gpios should be the following: <SDA, SCL>. + The gpio specifier depends on the gpio controller. Required in all + cases except for "samsung,s3c2440-hdmiphy-i2c" whose input/output + lines are permanently wired to the respective client - samsung,i2c-slave-addr: Slave address in multi-master enviroment. If not specified, default value is 0. - samsung,i2c-max-bus-freq: Desired frequency in Hz of the bus. If not diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/sirf-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/sirf-i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7baf9e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/sirf-i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +I2C for SiRFprimaII platforms + +Required properties : +- compatible : Must be "sirf,prima2-i2c" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu. + +Optional properties: +- clock-frequency : Constains desired I2C/HS-I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. + The absence of the propoerty indicates the default frequency 100 kHz. + +Examples : + +i2c0: i2c@b00e0000 { + compatible = "sirf,prima2-i2c"; + reg = <0xb00e0000 0x10000>; + interrupts = <24>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/xiic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/xiic.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ceabbe9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/xiic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Xilinx IIC controller: + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "xlnx,xps-iic-2.00.a" +- reg : IIC register location and length +- interrupts : IIC controller unterrupt +- #address-cells = <1> +- #size-cells = <0> + +Optional properties: +- Child nodes conforming to i2c bus binding + +Example: + + axi_iic_0: i2c@40800000 { + compatible = "xlnx,xps-iic-2.00.a"; + interrupts = < 1 2 >; + reg = < 0x40800000 0x10000 >; + + #size-cells = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3cd8b98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +A simple common binding for matrix-connected key boards. Currently targeted at +defining the keys in the scope of linux key codes since that is a stable and +standardized interface at this time. + +Required properties: +- linux,keymap: an array of packed 1-cell entries containing the equivalent + of row, column and linux key-code. The 32-bit big endian cell is packed + as: + row << 24 | column << 16 | key-code + +Optional properties: +Some users of this binding might choose to specify secondary keymaps for +cases where there is a modifier key such as a Fn key. Proposed names +for said properties are "linux,fn-keymap" or with another descriptive +word for the modifier other from "Fn". + +Example: + linux,keymap = < 0x00030012 + 0x0102003a >; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/spear-keyboard.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/spear-keyboard.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4a846d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/spear-keyboard.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +* SPEAr keyboard controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "st,spear300-kbd" + +Optional properties, in addition to those specified by the shared +matrix-keyboard bindings: +- autorepeat: bool: enables key autorepeat +- st,mode: keyboard mode: 0 - 9x9, 1 - 6x6, 2 - 2x2 + +Example: + +kbd@fc400000 { + compatible = "st,spear300-kbd"; + reg = <0xfc400000 0x100>; + linux,keymap = < 0x00030012 + 0x0102003a >; + autorepeat; + st,mode = <0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tegra-kbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tegra-kbc.txt index 5ecfa99..72683be 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tegra-kbc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/tegra-kbc.txt @@ -3,16 +3,21 @@ Required properties: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra20-kbc" -Optional properties: -- debounce-delay: delay in milliseconds per row scan for debouncing -- repeat-delay: delay in milliseconds before repeat starts -- ghost-filter: enable ghost filtering for this device -- wakeup-source: configure keyboard as a wakeup source for suspend/resume +Optional properties, in addition to those specified by the shared +matrix-keyboard bindings: + +- linux,fn-keymap: a second keymap, same specification as the + matrix-keyboard-controller spec but to be used when the KEY_FN modifier + key is pressed. +- nvidia,debounce-delay-ms: delay in milliseconds per row scan for debouncing +- nvidia,repeat-delay-ms: delay in milliseconds before repeat starts +- nvidia,ghost-filter: enable ghost filtering for this device +- nvidia,wakeup-source: configure keyboard as a wakeup source for suspend/resume Example: keyboard: keyboard { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-kbc"; reg = <0x7000e200 0x100>; - ghost-filter; + nvidia,ghost-filter; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/lpc32xx-tsc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/lpc32xx-tsc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41cbf4b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/lpc32xx-tsc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +* NXP LPC32xx SoC Touchscreen Controller (TSC) + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "nxp,lpc3220-tsc" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: The TSC/ADC interrupt + +Example: + + tsc@40048000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-tsc"; + reg = <0x40048000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <39 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl6040-vibra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl6040-vibra.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5b1918b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl6040-vibra.txt @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +Vibra driver for the twl6040 family + +The vibra driver is a child of the twl6040 MFD dirver. +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "ti,twl6040-vibra"; +- interrupts: 4, Vibra overcurrent interrupt +- vddvibl-supply: Regulator supplying the left vibra motor +- vddvibr-supply: Regulator supplying the right vibra motor +- vibldrv_res: Board specific left driver resistance +- vibrdrv_res: Board specific right driver resistance +- viblmotor_res: Board specific left motor resistance +- vibrmotor_res: Board specific right motor resistance + +Optional properties: +- vddvibl_uV: If the vddvibl default voltage need to be changed +- vddvibr_uV: If the vddvibr default voltage need to be changed + +Example: +/* + * 8-channel high quality low-power audio codec + * http://www.ti.com/lit/ds/symlink/twl6040.pdf + */ +twl6040: twl6040@4b { + ... + twl6040_vibra: twl6040@1 { + compatible = "ti,twl6040-vibra"; + interrupts = <4>; + vddvibl-supply = <&vbat>; + vddvibr-supply = <&vbat>; + vibldrv_res = <8>; + vibrdrv_res = <3>; + viblmotor_res = <10>; + vibrmotor_res = <10>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra20-gart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra20-gart.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..099d936 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iommu/nvidia,tegra20-gart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra 20 GART + +Required properties: +- compatible: "nvidia,tegra20-gart" +- reg: Two pairs of cells specifying the physical address and size of + the memory controller registers and the GART aperture respectively. + +Example: + + gart { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gart"; + reg = <0x7000f024 0x00000018 /* controller registers */ + 0x58000000 0x02000000>; /* GART aperture */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9052-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9052-i2c.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1857f4a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/da9052-i2c.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +* Dialog DA9052/53 Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "dlg,da9052", "dlg,da9053-aa", + "dlg,da9053-ab", or "dlg,da9053-bb" + +Sub-nodes: +- regulators : Contain the regulator nodes. The DA9052/53 regulators are + bound using their names as listed below: + + buck0 : regulator BUCK0 + buck1 : regulator BUCK1 + buck2 : regulator BUCK2 + buck3 : regulator BUCK3 + ldo4 : regulator LDO4 + ldo5 : regulator LDO5 + ldo6 : regulator LDO6 + ldo7 : regulator LDO7 + ldo8 : regulator LDO8 + ldo9 : regulator LDO9 + ldo10 : regulator LDO10 + ldo11 : regulator LDO11 + ldo12 : regulator LDO12 + ldo13 : regulator LDO13 + + The bindings details of individual regulator device can be found in: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Examples: + +i2c@63fc8000 { /* I2C1 */ + status = "okay"; + + pmic: dialog@48 { + compatible = "dlg,da9053-aa"; + reg = <0x48>; + + regulators { + buck0 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2075000>; + }; + + buck1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2075000>; + }; + + buck2 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <925000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2500000>; + }; + + buck3 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <925000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2500000>; + }; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..645f5ea --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ +TPS65910 Power Management Integrated Circuit + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,tps65910" or "ti,tps65911" +- reg: I2C slave address +- interrupts: the interrupt outputs of the controller +- #gpio-cells: number of cells to describe a GPIO, this should be 2. + The first cell is the GPIO number. + The second cell is used to specify additional options <unused>. +- gpio-controller: mark the device as a GPIO controller +- #interrupt-cells: the number of cells to describe an IRQ, this should be 2. + The first cell is the IRQ number. + The second cell is the flags, encoded as the trigger masks from + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupts.txt +- regulators: This is the list of child nodes that specify the regulator + initialization data for defined regulators. Not all regulators for the given + device need to be present. The definition for each of these nodes is defined + using the standard binding for regulators found at + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt. + + The valid names for regulators are: + tps65910: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd2, vdd3, vdig1, vdig2, vpll, vdac, vaux1, + vaux2, vaux33, vmmc + tps65911: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd3, vddctrl, ldo1, ldo2, ldo3, ldo4, ldo5, + ldo6, ldo7, ldo8 + +Optional properties: +- ti,vmbch-threshold: (tps65911) main battery charged threshold + comparator. (see VMBCH_VSEL in TPS65910 datasheet) +- ti,vmbch2-threshold: (tps65911) main battery discharged threshold + comparator. (see VMBCH_VSEL in TPS65910 datasheet) +- ti,en-gpio-sleep: enable sleep control for gpios + There should be 9 entries here, one for each gpio. + +Regulator Optional properties: +- ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control: enable external sleep + control through external inputs [0 (not enabled), 1 (EN1), 2 (EN2) or 4(EN3)] + If this property is not defined, it defaults to 0 (not enabled). + +Example: + + pmu: tps65910@d2 { + compatible = "ti,tps65910"; + reg = <0xd2>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = < 0 118 0x04 >; + + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + interrupt-controller; + + ti,vmbch-threshold = 0; + ti,vmbch2-threshold = 0; + + ti,en-gpio-sleep = <0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0>; + + regulators { + vdd1_reg: vdd1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = < 600000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-boot-on; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <0>; + }; + vdd2_reg: vdd2 { + regulator-min-microvolt = < 600000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-boot-on; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <4>; + }; + vddctrl_reg: vddctrl { + regulator-min-microvolt = < 600000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1400000>; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-boot-on; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <0>; + }; + vio_reg: vio { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-boot-on; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <1>; + }; + ldo1_reg: ldo1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <0>; + }; + ldo2_reg: ldo2 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1050000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1050000>; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <0>; + }; + ldo3_reg: ldo3 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <0>; + }; + ldo4_reg: ldo4 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <0>; + }; + ldo5_reg: ldo5 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <0>; + }; + ldo6_reg: ldo6 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <0>; + }; + ldo7_reg: ldo7 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1200000>; + regulator-always-on; + regulator-boot-on; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <1>; + }; + ldo8_reg: ldo8 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + ti,regulator-ext-sleep-control = <1>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc67c6f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl6040.txt @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +Texas Instruments TWL6040 family + +The TWL6040s are 8-channel high quality low-power audio codecs providing audio +and vibra functionality on OMAP4+ platforms. +They are connected ot the host processor via i2c for commands, McPDM for audio +data and commands. + +Required properties: +- compatible : Must be "ti,twl6040"; +- reg: must be 0x4b for i2c address +- interrupts: twl6040 has one interrupt line connecteded to the main SoC +- interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller +- twl6040,audpwron-gpio: Power on GPIO line for the twl6040 + +- vio-supply: Regulator for the twl6040 VIO supply +- v2v1-supply: Regulator for the twl6040 V2V1 supply + +Optional properties, nodes: +- enable-active-high: To power on the twl6040 during boot. + +Vibra functionality +Required properties: +- vddvibl-supply: Regulator for the left vibra motor +- vddvibr-supply: Regulator for the right vibra motor +- vibra { }: Configuration section for vibra parameters containing the following + properties: +- ti,vibldrv-res: Resistance parameter for left driver +- ti,vibrdrv-res: Resistance parameter for right driver +- ti,viblmotor-res: Resistance parameter for left motor +- ti,viblmotor-res: Resistance parameter for right motor + +Optional properties within vibra { } section: +- vddvibl_uV: If the vddvibl default voltage need to be changed +- vddvibr_uV: If the vddvibr default voltage need to be changed + +Example: +&i2c1 { + twl6040: twl@4b { + compatible = "ti,twl6040"; + reg = <0x4b>; + + interrupts = <0 119 4>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + twl6040,audpwron-gpio = <&gpio4 31 0>; + + vio-supply = <&v1v8>; + v2v1-supply = <&v2v1>; + enable-active-high; + + /* regulators for vibra motor */ + vddvibl-supply = <&vbat>; + vddvibr-supply = <&vbat>; + + vibra { + /* Vibra driver, motor resistance parameters */ + ti,vibldrv-res = <8>; + ti,vibrdrv-res = <3>; + ti,viblmotor-res = <10>; + ti,vibrmotor-res = <10>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91dfda2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/bmp085.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +BMP085/BMP18x digital pressure sensors + +Required properties: +- compatible: bosch,bmp085 + +Optional properties: +- chip-id: configurable chip id for non-default chip revisions +- temp-measurement-period: temperature measurement period (milliseconds) +- default-oversampling: default oversampling value to be used at startup, + value range is 0-3 with rising sensitivity. + +Example: + +pressure@77 { + compatible = "bosch,bmp085"; + reg = <0x77>; + chip-id = <10>; + temp-measurement-period = <100>; + default-oversampling = <2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt index 64bcb8b..0d93b4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt @@ -11,9 +11,11 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-parent : interrupt source phandle. - clock-frequency : specifies eSDHC base clock frequency. - sdhci,wp-inverted : (optional) specifies that eSDHC controller - reports inverted write-protect state; + reports inverted write-protect state; New devices should use + the generic "wp-inverted" property. - sdhci,1-bit-only : (optional) specifies that a controller can - only handle 1-bit data transfers. + only handle 1-bit data transfers. New devices should use the + generic "bus-width = <1>" property. - sdhci,auto-cmd12: (optional) specifies that a controller can only handle auto CMD12. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt index ab22fe6..c7e404b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Required properties: - interrupts : Should contain eSDHC interrupt Optional properties: -- fsl,card-wired : Indicate the card is wired to host permanently +- non-removable : Indicate the card is wired to host permanently - fsl,cd-internal : Indicate to use controller internal card detection - fsl,wp-internal : Indicate to use controller internal write protection - cd-gpios : Specify GPIOs for card detection diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt index 89a0084..d64aea5 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc-spi-slot.txt @@ -10,7 +10,8 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - gpios : may specify GPIOs in this order: Card-Detect GPIO, - Write-Protect GPIO. + Write-Protect GPIO. Note that this does not follow the + binding from mmc.txt, for historic reasons. - interrupts : the interrupt of a card detect interrupt. - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6e70dcd --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +These properties are common to multiple MMC host controllers. Any host +that requires the respective functionality should implement them using +these definitions. + +Required properties: +- bus-width: Number of data lines, can be <1>, <4>, or <8> + +Optional properties: +- cd-gpios : Specify GPIOs for card detection, see gpio binding +- wp-gpios : Specify GPIOs for write protection, see gpio binding +- cd-inverted: when present, polarity on the wp gpio line is inverted +- wp-inverted: when present, polarity on the wp gpio line is inverted +- non-removable: non-removable slot (like eMMC) +- max-frequency: maximum operating clock frequency + +Example: + +sdhci@ab000000 { + compatible = "sdhci"; + reg = <0xab000000 0x200>; + interrupts = <23>; + bus-width = <4>; + cd-gpios = <&gpio 69 0>; + cd-inverted; + wp-gpios = <&gpio 70 0>; + max-frequency = <50000000>; +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmci.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14a81d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +* ARM PrimeCell MultiMedia Card Interface (MMCI) PL180/1 + +The ARM PrimeCell MMCI PL180 and PL181 provides and interface for +reading and writing to MultiMedia and SD cards alike. + +Required properties: +- compatible : contains "arm,pl18x", "arm,primecell". +- reg : contains pl18x registers and length. +- interrupts : contains the device IRQ(s). +- arm,primecell-periphid : contains the PrimeCell Peripheral ID. + +Optional properties: +- wp-gpios : contains any write protect (ro) gpios +- cd-gpios : contains any card detection gpios +- cd-inverted : indicates whether the cd gpio is inverted +- max-frequency : contains the maximum operating frequency +- bus-width : number of data lines, can be <1>, <4>, or <8> +- mmc-cap-mmc-highspeed : indicates whether MMC is high speed capable +- mmc-cap-sd-highspeed : indicates whether SD is high speed capable diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mxs-mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mxs-mmc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..14d870a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mxs-mmc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Freescale MXS MMC controller + +The Freescale MXS Synchronous Serial Ports (SSP) can act as a MMC controller +to support MMC, SD, and SDIO types of memory cards. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,<chip>-mmc". The supported chips include + imx23 and imx28. +- reg: Should contain registers location and length +- interrupts: Should contain ERROR and DMA interrupts +- fsl,ssp-dma-channel: APBH DMA channel for the SSP +- bus-width: Number of data lines, can be <1>, <4>, or <8> + +Optional properties: +- wp-gpios: Specify GPIOs for write protection + +Examples: + +ssp0: ssp@80010000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-mmc"; + reg = <0x80010000 2000>; + interrupts = <96 82>; + fsl,ssp-dma-channel = <0>; + bus-width = <8>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia-sdhci.txt index 7e51154..f77c303 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia-sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia-sdhci.txt @@ -7,12 +7,12 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should be "nvidia,<chip>-sdhci" - reg : Should contain SD/MMC registers location and length - interrupts : Should contain SD/MMC interrupt +- bus-width : Number of data lines, can be <1>, <4>, or <8> Optional properties: - cd-gpios : Specify GPIOs for card detection - wp-gpios : Specify GPIOs for write protection - power-gpios : Specify GPIOs for power control -- support-8bit : Boolean, indicates if 8-bit mode should be used. Example: @@ -23,5 +23,5 @@ sdhci@c8000200 { cd-gpios = <&gpio 69 0>; /* gpio PI5 */ wp-gpios = <&gpio 57 0>; /* gpio PH1 */ power-gpios = <&gpio 155 0>; /* gpio PT3 */ - support-8bit; + bus-width = <8>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a53958 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/ti-omap-hsmmc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +* TI Highspeed MMC host controller for OMAP + +The Highspeed MMC Host Controller on TI OMAP family +provides an interface for MMC, SD, and SDIO types of memory cards. + +Required properties: +- compatible: + Should be "ti,omap2-hsmmc", for OMAP2 controllers + Should be "ti,omap3-hsmmc", for OMAP3 controllers + Should be "ti,omap4-hsmmc", for OMAP4 controllers +- ti,hwmods: Must be "mmc<n>", n is controller instance starting 1 +- reg : should contain hsmmc registers location and length + +Optional properties: +ti,dual-volt: boolean, supports dual voltage cards +<supply-name>-supply: phandle to the regulator device tree node +"supply-name" examples are "vmmc", "vmmc_aux" etc +bus-width: Number of data lines, default assumed is 1 if the property is missing. +cd-gpios: GPIOs for card detection +wp-gpios: GPIOs for write protection +ti,non-removable: non-removable slot (like eMMC) +ti,needs-special-reset: Requires a special softreset sequence + +Example: + mmc1: mmc@0x4809c000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4-hsmmc"; + reg = <0x4809c000 0x400>; + ti,hwmods = "mmc1"; + ti,dual-volt; + bus-width = <4>; + vmmc-supply = <&vmmc>; /* phandle to regulator node */ + ti,non-removable; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/arm-versatile.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/arm-versatile.txt index 476845d..beace4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/arm-versatile.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/arm-versatile.txt @@ -4,5 +4,5 @@ Required properties: - compatible : must be "arm,versatile-flash"; - bank-width : width in bytes of flash interface. -Optional properties: -- Subnode partition map from mtd flash binding +The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the +address space. See partition.txt for more detail. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-dataflash.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-dataflash.txt index ef66ddd..1889a4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-dataflash.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-dataflash.txt @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "atmel,<model>", "atmel,<series>", "atmel,dataflash". +The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the +address space. See partition.txt for more detail. + Example: flash@1 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a200695 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Atmel NAND flash + +Required properties: +- compatible : "atmel,at91rm9200-nand". +- reg : should specify localbus address and size used for the chip, + and if availlable the ECC. +- atmel,nand-addr-offset : offset for the address latch. +- atmel,nand-cmd-offset : offset for the command latch. +- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes + representing partitions. + +- gpios : specifies the gpio pins to control the NAND device. detect is an + optional gpio and may be set to 0 if not present. + +Optional properties: +- nand-ecc-mode : String, operation mode of the NAND ecc mode, soft by default. + Supported values are: "none", "soft", "hw", "hw_syndrome", "hw_oob_first", + "soft_bch". +- nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8 +- nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false + +Examples: +nand0: nand@40000000,0 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-nand"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x40000000 0x10000000 + 0xffffe800 0x200 + >; + atmel,nand-addr-offset = <21>; /* ale */ + atmel,nand-cmd-offset = <22>; /* cle */ + nand-on-flash-bbt; + nand-ecc-mode = "soft"; + gpios = <&pioC 13 0 /* rdy */ + &pioC 14 0 /* nce */ + 0 /* cd */ + >; + partition@0 { + ... + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt index 00f1f54..fce4894 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsl-upm-nand.txt @@ -19,6 +19,10 @@ Optional properties: read registers (tR). Required if property "gpios" is not used (R/B# pins not connected). +Each flash chip described may optionally contain additional sub-nodes +describing partitions of the address space. See partition.txt for more +detail. + Examples: upm@1,0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e2c663b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/fsmc-nand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +* FSMC NAND + +Required properties: +- compatible : "st,spear600-fsmc-nand" +- reg : Address range of the mtd chip +- reg-names: Should contain the reg names "fsmc_regs" and "nand_data" +- st,ale-off : Chip specific offset to ALE +- st,cle-off : Chip specific offset to CLE + +Optional properties: +- bank-width : Width (in bytes) of the device. If not present, the width + defaults to 1 byte +- nand-skip-bbtscan: Indicates the the BBT scanning should be skipped + +Example: + + fsmc: flash@d1800000 { + compatible = "st,spear600-fsmc-nand"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0xd1800000 0x1000 /* FSMC Register */ + 0xd2000000 0x4000>; /* NAND Base */ + reg-names = "fsmc_regs", "nand_data"; + st,ale-off = <0x20000>; + st,cle-off = <0x10000>; + + bank-width = <1>; + nand-skip-bbtscan; + + partition@0 { + ... + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt index 719f4dc..36ef07d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpio-control-nand.txt @@ -25,6 +25,9 @@ Optional properties: GPIO state and before and after command byte writes, this register will be read to ensure that the GPIO accesses have completed. +The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the +address space. See partition.txt for more detail. + Examples: gpio-nand@1,0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt index 80152cb..a63c2bd7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt @@ -23,27 +23,8 @@ are defined: - vendor-id : Contains the flash chip's vendor id (1 byte). - device-id : Contains the flash chip's device id (1 byte). -In addition to the information on the mtd bank itself, the -device tree may optionally contain additional information -describing partitions of the address space. This can be -used on platforms which have strong conventions about which -portions of a flash are used for what purposes, but which don't -use an on-flash partition table such as RedBoot. - -Each partition is represented as a sub-node of the mtd device. -Each node's name represents the name of the corresponding -partition of the mtd device. - -Flash partitions - - reg : The partition's offset and size within the mtd bank. - - label : (optional) The label / name for this partition. - If omitted, the label is taken from the node name (excluding - the unit address). - - read-only : (optional) This parameter, if present, is a hint to - Linux that this partition should only be mounted - read-only. This is usually used for flash partitions - containing early-boot firmware images or data which should not - be clobbered. +The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the +address space. See partition.txt for more detail. Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03855c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +* MTD generic binding + +- nand-ecc-mode : String, operation mode of the NAND ecc mode. + Supported values are: "none", "soft", "hw", "hw_syndrome", "hw_oob_first", + "soft_bch". +- nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8 +- nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/orion-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/orion-nand.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b2356b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/orion-nand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +NAND support for Marvell Orion SoC platforms + +Required properties: +- compatible : "mrvl,orion-nand". +- reg : Base physical address of the NAND and length of memory mapped + region + +Optional properties: +- cle : Address line number connected to CLE. Default is 0 +- ale : Address line number connected to ALE. Default is 1 +- bank-width : Width in bytes of the device. Default is 1 +- chip-delay : Chip dependent delay for transferring data from array to read + registers in usecs + +The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the +address space. See partition.txt for more detail. + +Example: + +nand@f4000000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + cle = <0>; + ale = <1>; + bank-width = <1>; + chip-delay = <25>; + compatible = "mrvl,orion-nand"; + reg = <0xf4000000 0x400>; + + partition@0 { + label = "u-boot"; + reg = <0x0000000 0x100000>; + read-only; + }; + + partition@100000 { + label = "uImage"; + reg = <0x0100000 0x200000>; + }; + + partition@300000 { + label = "dtb"; + reg = <0x0300000 0x100000>; + }; + + partition@400000 { + label = "root"; + reg = <0x0400000 0x7d00000>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f114ce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partition.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Representing flash partitions in devicetree + +Partitions can be represented by sub-nodes of an mtd device. This can be used +on platforms which have strong conventions about which portions of a flash are +used for what purposes, but which don't use an on-flash partition table such +as RedBoot. + +#address-cells & #size-cells must both be present in the mtd device and be +equal to 1. + +Required properties: +- reg : The partition's offset and size within the mtd bank. + +Optional properties: +- label : The label / name for this partition. If omitted, the label is taken + from the node name (excluding the unit address). +- read-only : This parameter, if present, is a hint to Linux that this + partition should only be mounted read-only. This is usually used for flash + partitions containing early-boot firmware images or data which should not be + clobbered. + +Examples: + + +flash@0 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + partition@0 { + label = "u-boot"; + reg = <0x0000000 0x100000>; + read-only; + }; + + uimage@100000 { + reg = <0x0100000 0x200000>; + }; +]; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/spear_smi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/spear_smi.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7248aad --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/spear_smi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +* SPEAr SMI + +Required properties: +- compatible : "st,spear600-smi" +- reg : Address range of the mtd chip +- #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes + representing partitions. +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupts: Should contain the STMMAC interrupts +- clock-rate : Functional clock rate of SMI in Hz + +Optional properties: +- st,smi-fast-mode : Flash supports read in fast mode + +Example: + + smi: flash@fc000000 { + compatible = "st,spear600-smi"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0xfc000000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <12>; + clock-rate = <50000000>; /* 50MHz */ + + flash@f8000000 { + st,smi-fast-mode; + ... + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt index 1ad80d5..f31b686 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/fsl-flexcan.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -Flexcan CAN contoller on Freescale's ARM and PowerPC system-on-a-chip (SOC). +Flexcan CAN controller on Freescale's ARM and PowerPC system-on-a-chip (SOC). Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt index de43951..7ab9e1a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fsl-fec.txt @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Optional properties: Example: -fec@83fec000 { +ethernet@83fec000 { compatible = "fsl,imx51-fec", "fsl,imx27-fec"; reg = <0x83fec000 0x4000>; interrupts = <87>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..585021a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/lpc-eth.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* NXP LPC32xx SoC Ethernet Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "nxp,lpc-eth" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupts: Should contain ethernet controller interrupt + +Optional properties: +- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface. + Supported values are: "mii", "rmii" (default) +- use-iram: Use LPC32xx internal SRAM (IRAM) for DMA buffering +- local-mac-address : 6 bytes, mac address + +Example: + + mac: ethernet@31060000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc-eth"; + reg = <0x31060000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <29 0>; + + phy-mode = "rmii"; + use-iram; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-gpio.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-gpio.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7938411 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-gpio.txt @@ -0,0 +1,127 @@ +Properties for an MDIO bus multiplexer/switch controlled by GPIO pins. + +This is a special case of a MDIO bus multiplexer. One or more GPIO +lines are used to control which child bus is connected. + +Required properties in addition to the generic multiplexer properties: + +- compatible : mdio-mux-gpio. +- gpios : GPIO specifiers for each GPIO line. One or more must be specified. + + +Example : + + /* The parent MDIO bus. */ + smi1: mdio@1180000001900 { + compatible = "cavium,octeon-3860-mdio"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x11800 0x00001900 0x0 0x40>; + }; + + /* + An NXP sn74cbtlv3253 dual 1-of-4 switch controlled by a + pair of GPIO lines. Child busses 2 and 3 populated with 4 + PHYs each. + */ + mdio-mux { + compatible = "mdio-mux-gpio"; + gpios = <&gpio1 3 0>, <&gpio1 4 0>; + mdio-parent-bus = <&smi1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + mdio@2 { + reg = <2>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy11: ethernet-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* Pin 10, active low */ + }; + phy12: ethernet-phy@2 { + reg = <2>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* Pin 10, active low */ + }; + phy13: ethernet-phy@3 { + reg = <3>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* Pin 10, active low */ + }; + phy14: ethernet-phy@4 { + reg = <4>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* Pin 10, active low */ + }; + }; + + mdio@3 { + reg = <3>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy21: ethernet-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <12 8>; /* Pin 12, active low */ + }; + phy22: ethernet-phy@2 { + reg = <2>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <12 8>; /* Pin 12, active low */ + }; + phy23: ethernet-phy@3 { + reg = <3>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <12 8>; /* Pin 12, active low */ + }; + phy24: ethernet-phy@4 { + reg = <4>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <12 8>; /* Pin 12, active low */ + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f65606f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux.txt @@ -0,0 +1,136 @@ +Common MDIO bus multiplexer/switch properties. + +An MDIO bus multiplexer/switch will have several child busses that are +numbered uniquely in a device dependent manner. The nodes for an MDIO +bus multiplexer/switch will have one child node for each child bus. + +Required properties: +- mdio-parent-bus : phandle to the parent MDIO bus. +- #address-cells = <1>; +- #size-cells = <0>; + +Optional properties: +- Other properties specific to the multiplexer/switch hardware. + +Required properties for child nodes: +- #address-cells = <1>; +- #size-cells = <0>; +- reg : The sub-bus number. + + +Example : + + /* The parent MDIO bus. */ + smi1: mdio@1180000001900 { + compatible = "cavium,octeon-3860-mdio"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x11800 0x00001900 0x0 0x40>; + }; + + /* + An NXP sn74cbtlv3253 dual 1-of-4 switch controlled by a + pair of GPIO lines. Child busses 2 and 3 populated with 4 + PHYs each. + */ + mdio-mux { + compatible = "mdio-mux-gpio"; + gpios = <&gpio1 3 0>, <&gpio1 4 0>; + mdio-parent-bus = <&smi1>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + mdio@2 { + reg = <2>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy11: ethernet-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* Pin 10, active low */ + }; + phy12: ethernet-phy@2 { + reg = <2>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* Pin 10, active low */ + }; + phy13: ethernet-phy@3 { + reg = <3>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* Pin 10, active low */ + }; + phy14: ethernet-phy@4 { + reg = <4>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <10 8>; /* Pin 10, active low */ + }; + }; + + mdio@3 { + reg = <3>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + phy21: ethernet-phy@1 { + reg = <1>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <12 8>; /* Pin 12, active low */ + }; + phy22: ethernet-phy@2 { + reg = <2>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <12 8>; /* Pin 12, active low */ + }; + phy23: ethernet-phy@3 { + reg = <3>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <12 8>; /* Pin 12, active low */ + }; + phy24: ethernet-phy@4 { + reg = <4>; + compatible = "marvell,88e1149r"; + marvell,reg-init = <3 0x10 0 0x5777>, + <3 0x11 0 0x00aa>, + <3 0x12 0 0x4105>, + <3 0x13 0 0x0a60>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio>; + interrupts = <12 8>; /* Pin 12, active low */ + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1f62623 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* STMicroelectronics 10/100/1000 Ethernet driver (GMAC) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,spear600-gmac" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupts: Should contain the STMMAC interrupts +- interrupt-names: Should contain the interrupt names "macirq" + "eth_wake_irq" if this interrupt is supported in the "interrupts" + property +- phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface. + Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii". + +Optional properties: +- mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address + +Examples: + + gmac0: ethernet@e0800000 { + compatible = "st,spear600-gmac"; + reg = <0xe0800000 0x8000>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <24 23>; + interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq"; + mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */ + phy-mode = "gmii"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab19e6b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +* Freescale IOMUX Controller (IOMUXC) for i.MX + +The IOMUX Controller (IOMUXC), together with the IOMUX, enables the IC +to share one PAD to several functional blocks. The sharing is done by +multiplexing the PAD input/output signals. For each PAD there are up to +8 muxing options (called ALT modes). Since different modules require +different PAD settings (like pull up, keeper, etc) the IOMUXC controls +also the PAD settings parameters. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +Freescale IMX pin configuration node is a node of a group of pins which can be +used for a specific device or function. This node represents both mux and config +of the pins in that group. The 'mux' selects the function mode(also named mux +mode) this pin can work on and the 'config' configures various pad settings +such as pull-up, open drain, drive strength, etc. + +Required properties for iomux controller: +- compatible: "fsl,<soc>-iomuxc" + Please refer to each fsl,<soc>-pinctrl.txt binding doc for supported SoCs. + +Required properties for pin configuration node: +- fsl,pins: two integers array, represents a group of pins mux and config + setting. The format is fsl,pins = <PIN_FUNC_ID CONFIG>, PIN_FUNC_ID is a + pin working on a specific function, CONFIG is the pad setting value like + pull-up on this pin. Please refer to fsl,<soc>-pinctrl.txt for the valid + pins and functions of each SoC. + +Bits used for CONFIG: +NO_PAD_CTL(1 << 31): indicate this pin does not need config. + +SION(1 << 30): Software Input On Field. +Force the selected mux mode input path no matter of MUX_MODE functionality. +By default the input path is determined by functionality of the selected +mux mode (regular). + +Other bits are used for PAD setting. +Please refer to each fsl,<soc>-pinctrl,txt binding doc for SoC specific part +of bits definitions. + +NOTE: +Some requirements for using fsl,imx-pinctrl binding: +1. We have pin function node defined under iomux controller node to represent + what pinmux functions this SoC supports. +2. The pin configuration node intends to work on a specific function should + to be defined under that specific function node. + The function node's name should represent well about what function + this group of pins in this pin configuration node are working on. +3. The driver can use the function node's name and pin configuration node's + name describe the pin function and group hierarchy. + For example, Linux IMX pinctrl driver takes the function node's name + as the function name and pin configuration node's name as group name to + create the map table. +4. Each pin configuration node should have a phandle, devices can set pins + configurations by referring to the phandle of that pin configuration node. + +Examples: +usdhc@0219c000 { /* uSDHC4 */ + fsl,card-wired; + vmmc-supply = <®_3p3v>; + status = "okay"; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&pinctrl_usdhc4_1>; +}; + +iomuxc@020e0000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx6q-iomuxc"; + reg = <0x020e0000 0x4000>; + + /* shared pinctrl settings */ + usdhc4 { + pinctrl_usdhc4_1: usdhc4grp-1 { + fsl,pins = <1386 0x17059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CMD__USDHC4_CMD */ + 1392 0x10059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CLK__USDHC4_CLK */ + 1462 0x17059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__USDHC4_DAT0 */ + 1470 0x17059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__USDHC4_DAT1 */ + 1478 0x17059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__USDHC4_DAT2 */ + 1486 0x17059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT3__USDHC4_DAT3 */ + 1493 0x17059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__USDHC4_DAT4 */ + 1501 0x17059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__USDHC4_DAT5 */ + 1509 0x17059 /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__USDHC4_DAT6 */ + 1517 0x17059>; /* MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__USDHC4_DAT7 */ + }; + }; + .... +}; +Refer to the IOMUXC controller chapter in imx6q datasheet, +0x17059 means enable hysteresis, 47KOhm Pull Up, 50Mhz speed, +80Ohm driver strength and Fast Slew Rate. +User should refer to each SoC spec to set the correct value. + +TODO: when dtc macro support is available, we can change above raw data +to dt macro which can get better readability in dts file. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx51-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx51-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b96fa4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx51-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,787 @@ +* Freescale IMX51 IOMUX Controller + +Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part +and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,imx51-iomuxc" +- fsl,pins: two integers array, represents a group of pins mux and config + setting. The format is fsl,pins = <PIN_FUNC_ID CONFIG>, PIN_FUNC_ID is a + pin working on a specific function, CONFIG is the pad setting value like + pull-up for this pin. Please refer to imx51 datasheet for the valid pad + config settings. + +CONFIG bits definition: +PAD_CTL_HVE (1 << 13) +PAD_CTL_HYS (1 << 8) +PAD_CTL_PKE (1 << 7) +PAD_CTL_PUE (1 << 6) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN (0 << 4) +PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP (1 << 4) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP (2 << 4) +PAD_CTL_PUS_22K_UP (3 << 4) +PAD_CTL_ODE (1 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_LOW (0 << 1) +PAD_CTL_DSE_MED (1 << 1) +PAD_CTL_DSE_HIGH (2 << 1) +PAD_CTL_DSE_MAX (3 << 1) +PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST (1 << 0) +PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW (0 << 0) + +See below for available PIN_FUNC_ID for imx51: +MX51_PAD_EIM_D16__AUD4_RXFS 0 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D16__AUD5_TXD 1 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D16__EIM_D16 2 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D16__GPIO2_0 3 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D16__I2C1_SDA 4 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D16__UART2_CTS 5 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D16__USBH2_DATA0 6 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D17__AUD5_RXD 7 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D17__EIM_D17 8 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D17__GPIO2_1 9 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D17__UART2_RXD 10 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D17__UART3_CTS 11 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D17__USBH2_DATA1 12 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D18__AUD5_TXC 13 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D18__EIM_D18 14 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D18__GPIO2_2 15 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D18__UART2_TXD 16 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D18__UART3_RTS 17 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D18__USBH2_DATA2 18 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D19__AUD4_RXC 19 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D19__AUD5_TXFS 20 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D19__EIM_D19 21 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D19__GPIO2_3 22 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D19__I2C1_SCL 23 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D19__UART2_RTS 24 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D19__USBH2_DATA3 25 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D20__AUD4_TXD 26 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D20__EIM_D20 27 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D20__GPIO2_4 28 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D20__SRTC_ALARM_DEB 29 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D20__USBH2_DATA4 30 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D21__AUD4_RXD 31 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D21__EIM_D21 32 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D21__GPIO2_5 33 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D21__SRTC_ALARM_DEB 34 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D21__USBH2_DATA5 35 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D22__AUD4_TXC 36 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D22__EIM_D22 37 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D22__GPIO2_6 38 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D22__USBH2_DATA6 39 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D23__AUD4_TXFS 40 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D23__EIM_D23 41 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D23__GPIO2_7 42 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D23__SPDIF_OUT1 43 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D23__USBH2_DATA7 44 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D24__AUD6_RXFS 45 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D24__EIM_D24 46 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D24__GPIO2_8 47 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D24__I2C2_SDA 48 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D24__UART3_CTS 49 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D24__USBOTG_DATA0 50 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D25__EIM_D25 51 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D25__KEY_COL6 52 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D25__UART2_CTS 53 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D25__UART3_RXD 54 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D25__USBOTG_DATA1 55 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D26__EIM_D26 56 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D26__KEY_COL7 57 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D26__UART2_RTS 58 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D26__UART3_TXD 59 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D26__USBOTG_DATA2 60 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D27__AUD6_RXC 61 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D27__EIM_D27 62 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D27__GPIO2_9 63 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D27__I2C2_SCL 64 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D27__UART3_RTS 65 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D27__USBOTG_DATA3 66 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D28__AUD6_TXD 67 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D28__EIM_D28 68 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D28__KEY_ROW4 69 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D28__USBOTG_DATA4 70 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D29__AUD6_RXD 71 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D29__EIM_D29 72 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D29__KEY_ROW5 73 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D29__USBOTG_DATA5 74 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D30__AUD6_TXC 75 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D30__EIM_D30 76 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D30__KEY_ROW6 77 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D30__USBOTG_DATA6 78 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D31__AUD6_TXFS 79 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D31__EIM_D31 80 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D31__KEY_ROW7 81 +MX51_PAD_EIM_D31__USBOTG_DATA7 82 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A16__EIM_A16 83 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A16__GPIO2_10 84 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A16__OSC_FREQ_SEL0 85 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A17__EIM_A17 86 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A17__GPIO2_11 87 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A17__OSC_FREQ_SEL1 88 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A18__BOOT_LPB0 89 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A18__EIM_A18 90 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A18__GPIO2_12 91 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A19__BOOT_LPB1 92 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A19__EIM_A19 93 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A19__GPIO2_13 94 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A20__BOOT_UART_SRC0 95 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A20__EIM_A20 96 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A20__GPIO2_14 97 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A21__BOOT_UART_SRC1 98 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A21__EIM_A21 99 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A21__GPIO2_15 100 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A22__EIM_A22 101 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A22__GPIO2_16 102 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A23__BOOT_HPN_EN 103 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A23__EIM_A23 104 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A23__GPIO2_17 105 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A24__EIM_A24 106 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A24__GPIO2_18 107 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A24__USBH2_CLK 108 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A25__DISP1_PIN4 109 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A25__EIM_A25 110 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A25__GPIO2_19 111 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A25__USBH2_DIR 112 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A26__CSI1_DATA_EN 113 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A26__DISP2_EXT_CLK 114 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A26__EIM_A26 115 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A26__GPIO2_20 116 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A26__USBH2_STP 117 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A27__CSI2_DATA_EN 118 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A27__DISP1_PIN1 119 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A27__EIM_A27 120 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A27__GPIO2_21 121 +MX51_PAD_EIM_A27__USBH2_NXT 122 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB0__EIM_EB0 123 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB1__EIM_EB1 124 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB2__AUD5_RXFS 125 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB2__CSI1_D2 126 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB2__EIM_EB2 127 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB2__FEC_MDIO 128 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB2__GPIO2_22 129 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB2__GPT_CMPOUT1 130 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB3__AUD5_RXC 131 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB3__CSI1_D3 132 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB3__EIM_EB3 133 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB3__FEC_RDATA1 134 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB3__GPIO2_23 135 +MX51_PAD_EIM_EB3__GPT_CMPOUT2 136 +MX51_PAD_EIM_OE__EIM_OE 137 +MX51_PAD_EIM_OE__GPIO2_24 138 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS0__EIM_CS0 139 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS0__GPIO2_25 140 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS1__EIM_CS1 141 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS1__GPIO2_26 142 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__AUD5_TXD 143 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__CSI1_D4 144 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__EIM_CS2 145 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__FEC_RDATA2 146 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__GPIO2_27 147 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS2__USBOTG_STP 148 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS3__AUD5_RXD 149 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS3__CSI1_D5 150 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS3__EIM_CS3 151 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS3__FEC_RDATA3 152 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS3__GPIO2_28 153 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS3__USBOTG_NXT 154 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS4__AUD5_TXC 155 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS4__CSI1_D6 156 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS4__EIM_CS4 157 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS4__FEC_RX_ER 158 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS4__GPIO2_29 159 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS4__USBOTG_CLK 160 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS5__AUD5_TXFS 161 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS5__CSI1_D7 162 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS5__DISP1_EXT_CLK 163 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS5__EIM_CS5 164 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS5__FEC_CRS 165 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS5__GPIO2_30 166 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CS5__USBOTG_DIR 167 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DTACK__EIM_DTACK 168 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DTACK__GPIO2_31 169 +MX51_PAD_EIM_LBA__EIM_LBA 170 +MX51_PAD_EIM_LBA__GPIO3_1 171 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CRE__EIM_CRE 172 +MX51_PAD_EIM_CRE__GPIO3_2 173 +MX51_PAD_DRAM_CS1__DRAM_CS1 174 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_WE_B__GPIO3_3 175 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_WE_B__NANDF_WE_B 176 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_WE_B__PATA_DIOW 177 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_WE_B__SD3_DATA0 178 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RE_B__GPIO3_4 179 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RE_B__NANDF_RE_B 180 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RE_B__PATA_DIOR 181 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RE_B__SD3_DATA1 182 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_ALE__GPIO3_5 183 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_ALE__NANDF_ALE 184 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_ALE__PATA_BUFFER_EN 185 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CLE__GPIO3_6 186 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CLE__NANDF_CLE 187 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CLE__PATA_RESET_B 188 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__GPIO3_7 189 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__NANDF_WP_B 190 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__PATA_DMACK 191 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__SD3_DATA2 192 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB0__ECSPI2_SS1 193 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB0__GPIO3_8 194 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB0__NANDF_RB0 195 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB0__PATA_DMARQ 196 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB0__SD3_DATA3 197 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB1__CSPI_MOSI 198 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB1__ECSPI2_RDY 199 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB1__GPIO3_9 200 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB1__NANDF_RB1 201 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB1__PATA_IORDY 202 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB1__SD4_CMD 203 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB2__DISP2_WAIT 204 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB2__ECSPI2_SCLK 205 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB2__FEC_COL 206 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB2__GPIO3_10 207 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB2__NANDF_RB2 208 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB2__USBH3_H3_DP 209 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB2__USBH3_NXT 210 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB3__DISP1_WAIT 211 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB3__ECSPI2_MISO 212 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB3__FEC_RX_CLK 213 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB3__GPIO3_11 214 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB3__NANDF_RB3 215 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB3__USBH3_CLK 216 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RB3__USBH3_H3_DM 217 +MX51_PAD_GPIO_NAND__GPIO_NAND 218 +MX51_PAD_GPIO_NAND__PATA_INTRQ 219 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS0__GPIO3_16 220 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS0__NANDF_CS0 221 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS1__GPIO3_17 222 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS1__NANDF_CS1 223 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS2__CSPI_SCLK 224 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS2__FEC_TX_ER 225 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS2__GPIO3_18 226 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS2__NANDF_CS2 227 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS2__PATA_CS_0 228 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS2__SD4_CLK 229 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS2__USBH3_H1_DP 230 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS3__FEC_MDC 231 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS3__GPIO3_19 232 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS3__NANDF_CS3 233 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS3__PATA_CS_1 234 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS3__SD4_DAT0 235 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS3__USBH3_H1_DM 236 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS4__FEC_TDATA1 237 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS4__GPIO3_20 238 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS4__NANDF_CS4 239 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS4__PATA_DA_0 240 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS4__SD4_DAT1 241 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS4__USBH3_STP 242 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS5__FEC_TDATA2 243 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS5__GPIO3_21 244 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS5__NANDF_CS5 245 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS5__PATA_DA_1 246 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS5__SD4_DAT2 247 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS5__USBH3_DIR 248 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS6__CSPI_SS3 249 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS6__FEC_TDATA3 250 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS6__GPIO3_22 251 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS6__NANDF_CS6 252 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS6__PATA_DA_2 253 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS6__SD4_DAT3 254 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS7__FEC_TX_EN 255 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS7__GPIO3_23 256 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS7__NANDF_CS7 257 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_CS7__SD3_CLK 258 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RDY_INT__ECSPI2_SS0 259 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RDY_INT__FEC_TX_CLK 260 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RDY_INT__GPIO3_24 261 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RDY_INT__NANDF_RDY_INT 262 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_RDY_INT__SD3_CMD 263 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D15__ECSPI2_MOSI 264 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D15__GPIO3_25 265 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D15__NANDF_D15 266 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D15__PATA_DATA15 267 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D15__SD3_DAT7 268 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D14__ECSPI2_SS3 269 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D14__GPIO3_26 270 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D14__NANDF_D14 271 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D14__PATA_DATA14 272 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D14__SD3_DAT6 273 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D13__ECSPI2_SS2 274 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D13__GPIO3_27 275 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D13__NANDF_D13 276 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D13__PATA_DATA13 277 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D13__SD3_DAT5 278 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D12__ECSPI2_SS1 279 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D12__GPIO3_28 280 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D12__NANDF_D12 281 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D12__PATA_DATA12 282 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D12__SD3_DAT4 283 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D11__FEC_RX_DV 284 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D11__GPIO3_29 285 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D11__NANDF_D11 286 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D11__PATA_DATA11 287 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D11__SD3_DATA3 288 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D10__GPIO3_30 289 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D10__NANDF_D10 290 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D10__PATA_DATA10 291 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D10__SD3_DATA2 292 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D9__FEC_RDATA0 293 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D9__GPIO3_31 294 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D9__NANDF_D9 295 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D9__PATA_DATA9 296 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D9__SD3_DATA1 297 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D8__FEC_TDATA0 298 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D8__GPIO4_0 299 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D8__NANDF_D8 300 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D8__PATA_DATA8 301 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D8__SD3_DATA0 302 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D7__GPIO4_1 303 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D7__NANDF_D7 304 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D7__PATA_DATA7 305 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D7__USBH3_DATA0 306 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D6__GPIO4_2 307 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D6__NANDF_D6 308 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D6__PATA_DATA6 309 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D6__SD4_LCTL 310 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D6__USBH3_DATA1 311 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D5__GPIO4_3 312 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D5__NANDF_D5 313 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D5__PATA_DATA5 314 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D5__SD4_WP 315 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D5__USBH3_DATA2 316 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D4__GPIO4_4 317 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D4__NANDF_D4 318 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D4__PATA_DATA4 319 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D4__SD4_CD 320 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D4__USBH3_DATA3 321 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D3__GPIO4_5 322 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D3__NANDF_D3 323 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D3__PATA_DATA3 324 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D3__SD4_DAT4 325 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D3__USBH3_DATA4 326 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D2__GPIO4_6 327 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D2__NANDF_D2 328 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D2__PATA_DATA2 329 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D2__SD4_DAT5 330 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D2__USBH3_DATA5 331 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D1__GPIO4_7 332 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D1__NANDF_D1 333 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D1__PATA_DATA1 334 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D1__SD4_DAT6 335 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D1__USBH3_DATA6 336 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D0__GPIO4_8 337 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D0__NANDF_D0 338 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D0__PATA_DATA0 339 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D0__SD4_DAT7 340 +MX51_PAD_NANDF_D0__USBH3_DATA7 341 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D8__CSI1_D8 342 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D8__GPIO3_12 343 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D9__CSI1_D9 344 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D9__GPIO3_13 345 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D10__CSI1_D10 346 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D11__CSI1_D11 347 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D12__CSI1_D12 348 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D13__CSI1_D13 349 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D14__CSI1_D14 350 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D15__CSI1_D15 351 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D16__CSI1_D16 352 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D17__CSI1_D17 353 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D18__CSI1_D18 354 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_D19__CSI1_D19 355 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_VSYNC__CSI1_VSYNC 356 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_VSYNC__GPIO3_14 357 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_HSYNC__CSI1_HSYNC 358 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_HSYNC__GPIO3_15 359 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_PIXCLK__CSI1_PIXCLK 360 +MX51_PAD_CSI1_MCLK__CSI1_MCLK 361 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D12__CSI2_D12 362 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D12__GPIO4_9 363 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D13__CSI2_D13 364 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D13__GPIO4_10 365 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D14__CSI2_D14 366 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D15__CSI2_D15 367 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D16__CSI2_D16 368 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D17__CSI2_D17 369 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D18__CSI2_D18 370 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D18__GPIO4_11 371 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D19__CSI2_D19 372 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_D19__GPIO4_12 373 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_VSYNC__CSI2_VSYNC 374 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_VSYNC__GPIO4_13 375 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_HSYNC__CSI2_HSYNC 376 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_HSYNC__GPIO4_14 377 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_PIXCLK__CSI2_PIXCLK 378 +MX51_PAD_CSI2_PIXCLK__GPIO4_15 379 +MX51_PAD_I2C1_CLK__GPIO4_16 380 +MX51_PAD_I2C1_CLK__I2C1_CLK 381 +MX51_PAD_I2C1_DAT__GPIO4_17 382 +MX51_PAD_I2C1_DAT__I2C1_DAT 383 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_TXD__AUD3_TXD 384 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_TXD__GPIO4_18 385 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_RXD__AUD3_RXD 386 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_RXD__GPIO4_19 387 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_RXD__UART3_RXD 388 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_CK__AUD3_TXC 389 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_CK__GPIO4_20 390 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_FS__AUD3_TXFS 391 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_FS__GPIO4_21 392 +MX51_PAD_AUD3_BB_FS__UART3_TXD 393 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_MOSI__ECSPI1_MOSI 394 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_MOSI__GPIO4_22 395 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_MOSI__I2C1_SDA 396 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_MISO__AUD4_RXD 397 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_MISO__ECSPI1_MISO 398 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_MISO__GPIO4_23 399 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SS0__AUD4_TXC 400 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SS0__ECSPI1_SS0 401 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SS0__GPIO4_24 402 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__AUD4_TXD 403 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__ECSPI1_SS1 404 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SS1__GPIO4_25 405 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_RDY__AUD4_TXFS 406 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_RDY__ECSPI1_RDY 407 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_RDY__GPIO4_26 408 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SCLK__ECSPI1_SCLK 409 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SCLK__GPIO4_27 410 +MX51_PAD_CSPI1_SCLK__I2C1_SCL 411 +MX51_PAD_UART1_RXD__GPIO4_28 412 +MX51_PAD_UART1_RXD__UART1_RXD 413 +MX51_PAD_UART1_TXD__GPIO4_29 414 +MX51_PAD_UART1_TXD__PWM2_PWMO 415 +MX51_PAD_UART1_TXD__UART1_TXD 416 +MX51_PAD_UART1_RTS__GPIO4_30 417 +MX51_PAD_UART1_RTS__UART1_RTS 418 +MX51_PAD_UART1_CTS__GPIO4_31 419 +MX51_PAD_UART1_CTS__UART1_CTS 420 +MX51_PAD_UART2_RXD__FIRI_TXD 421 +MX51_PAD_UART2_RXD__GPIO1_20 422 +MX51_PAD_UART2_RXD__UART2_RXD 423 +MX51_PAD_UART2_TXD__FIRI_RXD 424 +MX51_PAD_UART2_TXD__GPIO1_21 425 +MX51_PAD_UART2_TXD__UART2_TXD 426 +MX51_PAD_UART3_RXD__CSI1_D0 427 +MX51_PAD_UART3_RXD__GPIO1_22 428 +MX51_PAD_UART3_RXD__UART1_DTR 429 +MX51_PAD_UART3_RXD__UART3_RXD 430 +MX51_PAD_UART3_TXD__CSI1_D1 431 +MX51_PAD_UART3_TXD__GPIO1_23 432 +MX51_PAD_UART3_TXD__UART1_DSR 433 +MX51_PAD_UART3_TXD__UART3_TXD 434 +MX51_PAD_OWIRE_LINE__GPIO1_24 435 +MX51_PAD_OWIRE_LINE__OWIRE_LINE 436 +MX51_PAD_OWIRE_LINE__SPDIF_OUT 437 +MX51_PAD_KEY_ROW0__KEY_ROW0 438 +MX51_PAD_KEY_ROW1__KEY_ROW1 439 +MX51_PAD_KEY_ROW2__KEY_ROW2 440 +MX51_PAD_KEY_ROW3__KEY_ROW3 441 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL0__KEY_COL0 442 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL0__PLL1_BYP 443 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL1__KEY_COL1 444 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL1__PLL2_BYP 445 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL2__KEY_COL2 446 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL2__PLL3_BYP 447 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL3__KEY_COL3 448 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL4__I2C2_SCL 449 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL4__KEY_COL4 450 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL4__SPDIF_OUT1 451 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL4__UART1_RI 452 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL4__UART3_RTS 453 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL5__I2C2_SDA 454 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL5__KEY_COL5 455 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL5__UART1_DCD 456 +MX51_PAD_KEY_COL5__UART3_CTS 457 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_CLK__CSPI_SCLK 458 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_CLK__GPIO1_25 459 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_CLK__I2C2_SCL 460 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_CLK__USBH1_CLK 461 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DIR__CSPI_MOSI 462 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DIR__GPIO1_26 463 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DIR__I2C2_SDA 464 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DIR__USBH1_DIR 465 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_STP__CSPI_RDY 466 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_STP__GPIO1_27 467 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_STP__UART3_RXD 468 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_STP__USBH1_STP 469 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_NXT__CSPI_MISO 470 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_NXT__GPIO1_28 471 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_NXT__UART3_TXD 472 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_NXT__USBH1_NXT 473 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA0__GPIO1_11 474 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA0__UART2_CTS 475 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA0__USBH1_DATA0 476 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA1__GPIO1_12 477 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA1__UART2_RXD 478 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA1__USBH1_DATA1 479 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA2__GPIO1_13 480 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA2__UART2_TXD 481 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA2__USBH1_DATA2 482 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA3__GPIO1_14 483 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA3__UART2_RTS 484 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA3__USBH1_DATA3 485 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA4__CSPI_SS0 486 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA4__GPIO1_15 487 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA4__USBH1_DATA4 488 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA5__CSPI_SS1 489 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA5__GPIO1_16 490 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA5__USBH1_DATA5 491 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA6__CSPI_SS3 492 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA6__GPIO1_17 493 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA6__USBH1_DATA6 494 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA7__ECSPI1_SS3 495 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA7__ECSPI2_SS3 496 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA7__GPIO1_18 497 +MX51_PAD_USBH1_DATA7__USBH1_DATA7 498 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN11__DI1_PIN11 499 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN11__ECSPI1_SS2 500 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN11__GPIO3_0 501 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN12__DI1_PIN12 502 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN12__GPIO3_1 503 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN13__DI1_PIN13 504 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN13__GPIO3_2 505 +MX51_PAD_DI1_D0_CS__DI1_D0_CS 506 +MX51_PAD_DI1_D0_CS__GPIO3_3 507 +MX51_PAD_DI1_D1_CS__DI1_D1_CS 508 +MX51_PAD_DI1_D1_CS__DISP1_PIN14 509 +MX51_PAD_DI1_D1_CS__DISP1_PIN5 510 +MX51_PAD_DI1_D1_CS__GPIO3_4 511 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_DIN__DISP1_PIN1 512 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_DIN__DISPB2_SER_DIN 513 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_DIN__GPIO3_5 514 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_DIO__DISP1_PIN6 515 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_DIO__DISPB2_SER_DIO 516 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_DIO__GPIO3_6 517 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_CLK__DISP1_PIN17 518 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_CLK__DISP1_PIN7 519 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_CLK__DISPB2_SER_CLK 520 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_CLK__GPIO3_7 521 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_RS__DISP1_EXT_CLK 522 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_RS__DISP1_PIN16 523 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_RS__DISP1_PIN8 524 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_RS__DISPB2_SER_RS 525 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_RS__DISPB2_SER_RS 526 +MX51_PAD_DISPB2_SER_RS__GPIO3_8 527 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT0__DISP1_DAT0 528 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT1__DISP1_DAT1 529 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT2__DISP1_DAT2 530 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT3__DISP1_DAT3 531 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT4__DISP1_DAT4 532 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT5__DISP1_DAT5 533 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT6__BOOT_USB_SRC 534 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT6__DISP1_DAT6 535 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT7__BOOT_EEPROM_CFG 536 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT7__DISP1_DAT7 537 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT8__BOOT_SRC0 538 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT8__DISP1_DAT8 539 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT9__BOOT_SRC1 540 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT9__DISP1_DAT9 541 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT10__BOOT_SPARE_SIZE 542 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT10__DISP1_DAT10 543 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT11__BOOT_LPB_FREQ2 544 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT11__DISP1_DAT11 545 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT12__BOOT_MLC_SEL 546 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT12__DISP1_DAT12 547 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT13__BOOT_MEM_CTL0 548 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT13__DISP1_DAT13 549 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT14__BOOT_MEM_CTL1 550 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT14__DISP1_DAT14 551 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT15__BOOT_BUS_WIDTH 552 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT15__DISP1_DAT15 553 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT16__BOOT_PAGE_SIZE0 554 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT16__DISP1_DAT16 555 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT17__BOOT_PAGE_SIZE1 556 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT17__DISP1_DAT17 557 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT18__BOOT_WEIM_MUXED0 558 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT18__DISP1_DAT18 559 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT18__DISP2_PIN11 560 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT18__DISP2_PIN5 561 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT19__BOOT_WEIM_MUXED1 562 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT19__DISP1_DAT19 563 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT19__DISP2_PIN12 564 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT19__DISP2_PIN6 565 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT20__BOOT_MEM_TYPE0 566 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT20__DISP1_DAT20 567 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT20__DISP2_PIN13 568 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT20__DISP2_PIN7 569 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT21__BOOT_MEM_TYPE1 570 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT21__DISP1_DAT21 571 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT21__DISP2_PIN14 572 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT21__DISP2_PIN8 573 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT22__BOOT_LPB_FREQ0 574 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT22__DISP1_DAT22 575 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT22__DISP2_D0_CS 576 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT22__DISP2_DAT16 577 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT23__BOOT_LPB_FREQ1 578 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT23__DISP1_DAT23 579 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT23__DISP2_D1_CS 580 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT23__DISP2_DAT17 581 +MX51_PAD_DISP1_DAT23__DISP2_SER_CS 582 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN3__DI1_PIN3 583 +MX51_PAD_DI1_PIN2__DI1_PIN2 584 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP2__DISP1_SER_CLK 585 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP2__DISP2_WAIT 586 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP3__CSI1_DATA_EN 587 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP3__DISP1_SER_DIO 588 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP3__FEC_TX_ER 589 +MX51_PAD_DI2_PIN4__CSI2_DATA_EN 590 +MX51_PAD_DI2_PIN4__DI2_PIN4 591 +MX51_PAD_DI2_PIN4__FEC_CRS 592 +MX51_PAD_DI2_PIN2__DI2_PIN2 593 +MX51_PAD_DI2_PIN2__FEC_MDC 594 +MX51_PAD_DI2_PIN3__DI2_PIN3 595 +MX51_PAD_DI2_PIN3__FEC_MDIO 596 +MX51_PAD_DI2_DISP_CLK__DI2_DISP_CLK 597 +MX51_PAD_DI2_DISP_CLK__FEC_RDATA1 598 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP4__DI2_PIN15 599 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP4__DISP1_SER_DIN 600 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP4__DISP2_PIN1 601 +MX51_PAD_DI_GP4__FEC_RDATA2 602 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT0__DISP2_DAT0 603 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT0__FEC_RDATA3 604 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT0__KEY_COL6 605 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT0__UART3_RXD 606 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT0__USBH3_CLK 607 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT1__DISP2_DAT1 608 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT1__FEC_RX_ER 609 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT1__KEY_COL7 610 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT1__UART3_TXD 611 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT1__USBH3_DIR 612 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT2__DISP2_DAT2 613 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT3__DISP2_DAT3 614 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT4__DISP2_DAT4 615 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT5__DISP2_DAT5 616 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT6__DISP2_DAT6 617 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT6__FEC_TDATA1 618 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT6__GPIO1_19 619 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT6__KEY_ROW4 620 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT6__USBH3_STP 621 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT7__DISP2_DAT7 622 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT7__FEC_TDATA2 623 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT7__GPIO1_29 624 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT7__KEY_ROW5 625 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT7__USBH3_NXT 626 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT8__DISP2_DAT8 627 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT8__FEC_TDATA3 628 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT8__GPIO1_30 629 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT8__KEY_ROW6 630 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT8__USBH3_DATA0 631 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT9__AUD6_RXC 632 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT9__DISP2_DAT9 633 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT9__FEC_TX_EN 634 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT9__GPIO1_31 635 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT9__USBH3_DATA1 636 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT10__DISP2_DAT10 637 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT10__DISP2_SER_CS 638 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT10__FEC_COL 639 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT10__KEY_ROW7 640 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT10__USBH3_DATA2 641 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT11__AUD6_TXD 642 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT11__DISP2_DAT11 643 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT11__FEC_RX_CLK 644 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT11__GPIO1_10 645 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT11__USBH3_DATA3 646 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT12__AUD6_RXD 647 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT12__DISP2_DAT12 648 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT12__FEC_RX_DV 649 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT12__USBH3_DATA4 650 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT13__AUD6_TXC 651 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT13__DISP2_DAT13 652 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT13__FEC_TX_CLK 653 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT13__USBH3_DATA5 654 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT14__AUD6_TXFS 655 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT14__DISP2_DAT14 656 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT14__FEC_RDATA0 657 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT14__USBH3_DATA6 658 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT15__AUD6_RXFS 659 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT15__DISP1_SER_CS 660 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT15__DISP2_DAT15 661 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT15__FEC_TDATA0 662 +MX51_PAD_DISP2_DAT15__USBH3_DATA7 663 +MX51_PAD_SD1_CMD__AUD5_RXFS 664 +MX51_PAD_SD1_CMD__CSPI_MOSI 665 +MX51_PAD_SD1_CMD__SD1_CMD 666 +MX51_PAD_SD1_CLK__AUD5_RXC 667 +MX51_PAD_SD1_CLK__CSPI_SCLK 668 +MX51_PAD_SD1_CLK__SD1_CLK 669 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA0__AUD5_TXD 670 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA0__CSPI_MISO 671 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA0__SD1_DATA0 672 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA0__EIM_DA0 673 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA1__EIM_DA1 674 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA2__EIM_DA2 675 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA3__EIM_DA3 676 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA1__AUD5_RXD 677 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA1__SD1_DATA1 678 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA4__EIM_DA4 679 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA5__EIM_DA5 680 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA6__EIM_DA6 681 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA7__EIM_DA7 682 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA2__AUD5_TXC 683 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA2__SD1_DATA2 684 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA10__EIM_DA10 685 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA11__EIM_DA11 686 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA8__EIM_DA8 687 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA9__EIM_DA9 688 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA3__AUD5_TXFS 689 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA3__CSPI_SS1 690 +MX51_PAD_SD1_DATA3__SD1_DATA3 691 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_0__CSPI_SS2 692 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_0__GPIO1_0 693 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_0__SD1_CD 694 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_1__CSPI_MISO 695 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_1__GPIO1_1 696 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_1__SD1_WP 697 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA12__EIM_DA12 698 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA13__EIM_DA13 699 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA14__EIM_DA14 700 +MX51_PAD_EIM_DA15__EIM_DA15 701 +MX51_PAD_SD2_CMD__CSPI_MOSI 702 +MX51_PAD_SD2_CMD__I2C1_SCL 703 +MX51_PAD_SD2_CMD__SD2_CMD 704 +MX51_PAD_SD2_CLK__CSPI_SCLK 705 +MX51_PAD_SD2_CLK__I2C1_SDA 706 +MX51_PAD_SD2_CLK__SD2_CLK 707 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA0__CSPI_MISO 708 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA0__SD1_DAT4 709 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA0__SD2_DATA0 710 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA1__SD1_DAT5 711 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA1__SD2_DATA1 712 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA1__USBH3_H2_DP 713 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA2__SD1_DAT6 714 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA2__SD2_DATA2 715 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA2__USBH3_H2_DM 716 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA3__CSPI_SS2 717 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA3__SD1_DAT7 718 +MX51_PAD_SD2_DATA3__SD2_DATA3 719 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_2__CCM_OUT_2 720 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_2__GPIO1_2 721 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_2__I2C2_SCL 722 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_2__PLL1_BYP 723 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_2__PWM1_PWMO 724 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_3__GPIO1_3 725 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_3__I2C2_SDA 726 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_3__PLL2_BYP 727 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_3__PWM2_PWMO 728 +MX51_PAD_PMIC_INT_REQ__PMIC_INT_REQ 729 +MX51_PAD_PMIC_INT_REQ__PMIC_PMU_IRQ_B 730 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_4__DISP2_EXT_CLK 731 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_4__EIM_RDY 732 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_4__GPIO1_4 733 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_4__WDOG1_WDOG_B 734 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_5__CSI2_MCLK 735 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_5__DISP2_PIN16 736 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_5__GPIO1_5 737 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_5__WDOG2_WDOG_B 738 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_6__DISP2_PIN17 739 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_6__GPIO1_6 740 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_6__REF_EN_B 741 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_7__CCM_OUT_0 742 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_7__GPIO1_7 743 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_7__SD2_WP 744 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_7__SPDIF_OUT1 745 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_8__CSI2_DATA_EN 746 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_8__GPIO1_8 747 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_8__SD2_CD 748 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_8__USBH3_PWR 749 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_9__CCM_OUT_1 750 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_9__DISP2_D1_CS 751 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_9__DISP2_SER_CS 752 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_9__GPIO1_9 753 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_9__SD2_LCTL 754 +MX51_PAD_GPIO1_9__USBH3_OC 755 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx53-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx53-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca85ca4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx53-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1202 @@ +* Freescale IMX53 IOMUX Controller + +Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part +and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,imx53-iomuxc" +- fsl,pins: two integers array, represents a group of pins mux and config + setting. The format is fsl,pins = <PIN_FUNC_ID CONFIG>, PIN_FUNC_ID is a + pin working on a specific function, CONFIG is the pad setting value like + pull-up for this pin. Please refer to imx53 datasheet for the valid pad + config settings. + +CONFIG bits definition: +PAD_CTL_HVE (1 << 13) +PAD_CTL_HYS (1 << 8) +PAD_CTL_PKE (1 << 7) +PAD_CTL_PUE (1 << 6) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN (0 << 4) +PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP (1 << 4) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP (2 << 4) +PAD_CTL_PUS_22K_UP (3 << 4) +PAD_CTL_ODE (1 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_LOW (0 << 1) +PAD_CTL_DSE_MED (1 << 1) +PAD_CTL_DSE_HIGH (2 << 1) +PAD_CTL_DSE_MAX (3 << 1) +PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST (1 << 0) +PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW (0 << 0) + +See below for available PIN_FUNC_ID for imx53: +MX53_PAD_GPIO_19__KPP_COL_5 0 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_19__GPIO4_5 1 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_19__CCM_CLKO 2 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_19__SPDIF_OUT1 3 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_19__RTC_CE_RTC_EXT_TRIG2 4 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_19__ECSPI1_RDY 5 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_19__FEC_TDATA_3 6 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_19__SRC_INT_BOOT 7 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL0__KPP_COL_0 8 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL0__GPIO4_6 9 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL0__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXC 10 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL0__UART4_TXD_MUX 11 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL0__ECSPI1_SCLK 12 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL0__FEC_RDATA_3 13 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL0__SRC_ANY_PU_RST 14 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW0__KPP_ROW_0 15 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW0__GPIO4_7 16 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW0__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXD 17 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW0__UART4_RXD_MUX 18 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW0__ECSPI1_MOSI 19 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW0__FEC_TX_ER 20 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL1__KPP_COL_1 21 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL1__GPIO4_8 22 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL1__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXFS 23 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL1__UART5_TXD_MUX 24 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL1__ECSPI1_MISO 25 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL1__FEC_RX_CLK 26 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL1__USBPHY1_TXREADY 27 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW1__KPP_ROW_1 28 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW1__GPIO4_9 29 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW1__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXD 30 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW1__UART5_RXD_MUX 31 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW1__ECSPI1_SS0 32 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW1__FEC_COL 33 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW1__USBPHY1_RXVALID 34 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL2__KPP_COL_2 35 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL2__GPIO4_10 36 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL2__CAN1_TXCAN 37 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL2__FEC_MDIO 38 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL2__ECSPI1_SS1 39 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL2__FEC_RDATA_2 40 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL2__USBPHY1_RXACTIVE 41 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW2__KPP_ROW_2 42 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW2__GPIO4_11 43 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW2__CAN1_RXCAN 44 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW2__FEC_MDC 45 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW2__ECSPI1_SS2 46 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW2__FEC_TDATA_2 47 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW2__USBPHY1_RXERROR 48 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL3__KPP_COL_3 49 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL3__GPIO4_12 50 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL3__USBOH3_H2_DP 51 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL3__SPDIF_IN1 52 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL3__I2C2_SCL 53 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL3__ECSPI1_SS3 54 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL3__FEC_CRS 55 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL3__USBPHY1_SIECLOCK 56 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW3__KPP_ROW_3 57 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW3__GPIO4_13 58 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW3__USBOH3_H2_DM 59 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW3__CCM_ASRC_EXT_CLK 60 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW3__I2C2_SDA 61 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW3__OSC32K_32K_OUT 62 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW3__CCM_PLL4_BYP 63 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW3__USBPHY1_LINESTATE_0 64 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL4__KPP_COL_4 65 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL4__GPIO4_14 66 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL4__CAN2_TXCAN 67 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL4__IPU_SISG_4 68 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL4__UART5_RTS 69 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL4__USBOH3_USBOTG_OC 70 +MX53_PAD_KEY_COL4__USBPHY1_LINESTATE_1 71 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW4__KPP_ROW_4 72 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW4__GPIO4_15 73 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW4__CAN2_RXCAN 74 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW4__IPU_SISG_5 75 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW4__UART5_CTS 76 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW4__USBOH3_USBOTG_PWR 77 +MX53_PAD_KEY_ROW4__USBPHY1_VBUSVALID 78 +MX53_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__IPU_DI0_DISP_CLK 79 +MX53_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__GPIO4_16 80 +MX53_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__USBOH3_USBH2_DIR 81 +MX53_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_STATE_0 82 +MX53_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_0 83 +MX53_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__USBPHY1_AVALID 84 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN15__IPU_DI0_PIN15 85 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN15__GPIO4_17 86 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN15__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXC 87 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN15__SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_STATE_1 88 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN15__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_1 89 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN15__USBPHY1_BVALID 90 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN2__IPU_DI0_PIN2 91 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN2__GPIO4_18 92 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN2__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXD 93 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN2__SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_STATE_2 94 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN2__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_2 95 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN2__USBPHY1_ENDSESSION 96 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN3__IPU_DI0_PIN3 97 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN3__GPIO4_19 98 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN3__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXFS 99 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN3__SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_STATE_3 100 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN3__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_3 101 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN3__USBPHY1_IDDIG 102 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN4__IPU_DI0_PIN4 103 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN4__GPIO4_20 104 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN4__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXD 105 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN4__ESDHC1_WP 106 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN4__SDMA_DEBUG_YIELD 107 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN4__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_4 108 +MX53_PAD_DI0_PIN4__USBPHY1_HOSTDISCONNECT 109 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__IPU_DISP0_DAT_0 110 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__GPIO4_21 111 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__CSPI_SCLK 112 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__USBOH3_USBH2_DATA_0 113 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__SDMA_DEBUG_CORE_RUN 114 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_5 115 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__USBPHY2_TXREADY 116 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__IPU_DISP0_DAT_1 117 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__GPIO4_22 118 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__CSPI_MOSI 119 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__USBOH3_USBH2_DATA_1 120 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_SEL 121 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_6 122 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__USBPHY2_RXVALID 123 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__IPU_DISP0_DAT_2 124 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__GPIO4_23 125 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__CSPI_MISO 126 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__USBOH3_USBH2_DATA_2 127 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__SDMA_DEBUG_MODE 128 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_7 129 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__USBPHY2_RXACTIVE 130 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__IPU_DISP0_DAT_3 131 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__GPIO4_24 132 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__CSPI_SS0 133 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__USBOH3_USBH2_DATA_3 134 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_ERROR 135 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_8 136 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__USBPHY2_RXERROR 137 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__IPU_DISP0_DAT_4 138 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__GPIO4_25 139 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__CSPI_SS1 140 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__USBOH3_USBH2_DATA_4 141 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_RWB 142 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_9 143 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__USBPHY2_SIECLOCK 144 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__IPU_DISP0_DAT_5 145 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__GPIO4_26 146 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__CSPI_SS2 147 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__USBOH3_USBH2_DATA_5 148 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__SDMA_DEBUG_MATCHED_DMBUS 149 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_10 150 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__USBPHY2_LINESTATE_0 151 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__IPU_DISP0_DAT_6 152 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__GPIO4_27 153 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__CSPI_SS3 154 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__USBOH3_USBH2_DATA_6 155 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__SDMA_DEBUG_RTBUFFER_WRITE 156 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_11 157 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__USBPHY2_LINESTATE_1 158 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__IPU_DISP0_DAT_7 159 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__GPIO4_28 160 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__CSPI_RDY 161 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__USBOH3_USBH2_DATA_7 162 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_0 163 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_12 164 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__USBPHY2_VBUSVALID 165 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__IPU_DISP0_DAT_8 166 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__GPIO4_29 167 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__PWM1_PWMO 168 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__WDOG1_WDOG_B 169 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_1 170 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_13 171 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__USBPHY2_AVALID 172 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__IPU_DISP0_DAT_9 173 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__GPIO4_30 174 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__PWM2_PWMO 175 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__WDOG2_WDOG_B 176 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_2 177 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_14 178 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__USBPHY2_VSTATUS_0 179 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__IPU_DISP0_DAT_10 180 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__GPIO4_31 181 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__USBOH3_USBH2_STP 182 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_3 183 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_15 184 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__USBPHY2_VSTATUS_1 185 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__IPU_DISP0_DAT_11 186 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__GPIO5_5 187 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__USBOH3_USBH2_NXT 188 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_4 189 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_16 190 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__USBPHY2_VSTATUS_2 191 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__IPU_DISP0_DAT_12 192 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__GPIO5_6 193 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__USBOH3_USBH2_CLK 194 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__SDMA_DEBUG_EVENT_CHANNEL_5 195 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_17 196 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__USBPHY2_VSTATUS_3 197 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__IPU_DISP0_DAT_13 198 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__GPIO5_7 199 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXFS 200 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_LINES_0 201 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_18 202 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__USBPHY2_VSTATUS_4 203 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__IPU_DISP0_DAT_14 204 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__GPIO5_8 205 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXC 206 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_LINES_1 207 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_19 208 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__USBPHY2_VSTATUS_5 209 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__IPU_DISP0_DAT_15 210 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__GPIO5_9 211 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__ECSPI1_SS1 212 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__ECSPI2_SS1 213 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_LINES_2 214 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_20 215 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__USBPHY2_VSTATUS_6 216 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__IPU_DISP0_DAT_16 217 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__GPIO5_10 218 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__ECSPI2_MOSI 219 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXC 220 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__SDMA_EXT_EVENT_0 221 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_LINES_3 222 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_21 223 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__USBPHY2_VSTATUS_7 224 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__IPU_DISP0_DAT_17 225 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__GPIO5_11 226 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__ECSPI2_MISO 227 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXD 228 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__SDMA_EXT_EVENT_1 229 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_LINES_4 230 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_22 231 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__IPU_DISP0_DAT_18 232 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__GPIO5_12 233 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__ECSPI2_SS0 234 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXFS 235 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXFS 236 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_LINES_5 237 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_23 238 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__EMI_WEIM_CS_2 239 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__IPU_DISP0_DAT_19 240 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__GPIO5_13 241 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__ECSPI2_SCLK 242 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXD 243 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXC 244 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_LINES_6 245 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_24 246 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__EMI_WEIM_CS_3 247 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__IPU_DISP0_DAT_20 248 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__GPIO5_14 249 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__ECSPI1_SCLK 250 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXC 251 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_LINES_7 252 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_25 253 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__SATA_PHY_TDI 254 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__IPU_DISP0_DAT_21 255 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__GPIO5_15 256 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__ECSPI1_MOSI 257 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXD 258 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_0 259 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_26 260 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__SATA_PHY_TDO 261 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__IPU_DISP0_DAT_22 262 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__GPIO5_16 263 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__ECSPI1_MISO 264 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXFS 265 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_1 266 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_27 267 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__SATA_PHY_TCK 268 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__IPU_DISP0_DAT_23 269 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__GPIO5_17 270 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__ECSPI1_SS0 271 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXD 272 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_2 273 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_28 274 +MX53_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__SATA_PHY_TMS 275 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__IPU_CSI0_PIXCLK 276 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__GPIO5_18 277 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_0 278 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_29 279 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__IPU_CSI0_HSYNC 280 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__GPIO5_19 281 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__CCM_CSI0_MCLK 282 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_1 283 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_30 284 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__TPIU_TRCTL 285 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__IPU_CSI0_DATA_EN 286 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__GPIO5_20 287 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_2 288 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_31 289 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__TPIU_TRCLK 290 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__IPU_CSI0_VSYNC 291 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__GPIO5_21 292 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_3 293 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_32 294 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__TPIU_TRACE_0 295 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__IPU_CSI0_D_4 296 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__GPIO5_22 297 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__KPP_COL_5 298 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__ECSPI1_SCLK 299 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__USBOH3_USBH3_STP 300 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__AUDMUX_AUD3_TXC 301 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_33 302 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__TPIU_TRACE_1 303 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__IPU_CSI0_D_5 304 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__GPIO5_23 305 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__KPP_ROW_5 306 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__ECSPI1_MOSI 307 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__USBOH3_USBH3_NXT 308 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__AUDMUX_AUD3_TXD 309 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_34 310 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__TPIU_TRACE_2 311 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__IPU_CSI0_D_6 312 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__GPIO5_24 313 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__KPP_COL_6 314 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__ECSPI1_MISO 315 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__USBOH3_USBH3_CLK 316 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__AUDMUX_AUD3_TXFS 317 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_35 318 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__TPIU_TRACE_3 319 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__IPU_CSI0_D_7 320 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__GPIO5_25 321 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__KPP_ROW_6 322 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__ECSPI1_SS0 323 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__USBOH3_USBH3_DIR 324 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__AUDMUX_AUD3_RXD 325 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_36 326 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__TPIU_TRACE_4 327 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__IPU_CSI0_D_8 328 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__GPIO5_26 329 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__KPP_COL_7 330 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__ECSPI2_SCLK 331 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__USBOH3_USBH3_OC 332 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__I2C1_SDA 333 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_37 334 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__TPIU_TRACE_5 335 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__IPU_CSI0_D_9 336 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__GPIO5_27 337 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__KPP_ROW_7 338 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__ECSPI2_MOSI 339 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__USBOH3_USBH3_PWR 340 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__I2C1_SCL 341 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_38 342 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__TPIU_TRACE_6 343 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__IPU_CSI0_D_10 344 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__GPIO5_28 345 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__UART1_TXD_MUX 346 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__ECSPI2_MISO 347 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__AUDMUX_AUD3_RXC 348 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_4 349 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_39 350 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__TPIU_TRACE_7 351 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__IPU_CSI0_D_11 352 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__GPIO5_29 353 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__UART1_RXD_MUX 354 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__ECSPI2_SS0 355 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__AUDMUX_AUD3_RXFS 356 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_5 357 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_40 358 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__TPIU_TRACE_8 359 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__IPU_CSI0_D_12 360 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__GPIO5_30 361 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__UART4_TXD_MUX 362 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__USBOH3_USBH3_DATA_0 363 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_6 364 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_41 365 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__TPIU_TRACE_9 366 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__IPU_CSI0_D_13 367 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__GPIO5_31 368 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__UART4_RXD_MUX 369 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__USBOH3_USBH3_DATA_1 370 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_7 371 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_42 372 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__TPIU_TRACE_10 373 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__IPU_CSI0_D_14 374 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__GPIO6_0 375 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__UART5_TXD_MUX 376 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__USBOH3_USBH3_DATA_2 377 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_8 378 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_43 379 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__TPIU_TRACE_11 380 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__IPU_CSI0_D_15 381 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__GPIO6_1 382 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__UART5_RXD_MUX 383 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__USBOH3_USBH3_DATA_3 384 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_9 385 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_44 386 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__TPIU_TRACE_12 387 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__IPU_CSI0_D_16 388 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__GPIO6_2 389 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__UART4_RTS 390 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__USBOH3_USBH3_DATA_4 391 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_10 392 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_45 393 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__TPIU_TRACE_13 394 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__IPU_CSI0_D_17 395 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__GPIO6_3 396 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__UART4_CTS 397 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__USBOH3_USBH3_DATA_5 398 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_11 399 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_46 400 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__TPIU_TRACE_14 401 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__IPU_CSI0_D_18 402 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__GPIO6_4 403 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__UART5_RTS 404 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__USBOH3_USBH3_DATA_6 405 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_12 406 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_47 407 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__TPIU_TRACE_15 408 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__IPU_CSI0_D_19 409 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__GPIO6_5 410 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__UART5_CTS 411 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__USBOH3_USBH3_DATA_7 412 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_13 413 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_48 414 +MX53_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__USBPHY2_BISTOK 415 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A25__EMI_WEIM_A_25 416 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A25__GPIO5_2 417 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A25__ECSPI2_RDY 418 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A25__IPU_DI1_PIN12 419 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A25__CSPI_SS1 420 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A25__IPU_DI0_D1_CS 421 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A25__USBPHY1_BISTOK 422 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB2__EMI_WEIM_EB_2 423 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB2__GPIO2_30 424 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB2__CCM_DI1_EXT_CLK 425 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB2__IPU_SER_DISP1_CS 426 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB2__ECSPI1_SS0 427 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB2__I2C2_SCL 428 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D16__EMI_WEIM_D_16 429 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D16__GPIO3_16 430 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D16__IPU_DI0_PIN5 431 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D16__IPU_DISPB1_SER_CLK 432 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D16__ECSPI1_SCLK 433 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D16__I2C2_SDA 434 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D17__EMI_WEIM_D_17 435 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D17__GPIO3_17 436 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D17__IPU_DI0_PIN6 437 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D17__IPU_DISPB1_SER_DIN 438 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D17__ECSPI1_MISO 439 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D17__I2C3_SCL 440 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D18__EMI_WEIM_D_18 441 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D18__GPIO3_18 442 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D18__IPU_DI0_PIN7 443 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D18__IPU_DISPB1_SER_DIO 444 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D18__ECSPI1_MOSI 445 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D18__I2C3_SDA 446 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D18__IPU_DI1_D0_CS 447 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D19__EMI_WEIM_D_19 448 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D19__GPIO3_19 449 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D19__IPU_DI0_PIN8 450 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D19__IPU_DISPB1_SER_RS 451 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D19__ECSPI1_SS1 452 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D19__EPIT1_EPITO 453 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D19__UART1_CTS 454 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D19__USBOH3_USBH2_OC 455 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D20__EMI_WEIM_D_20 456 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D20__GPIO3_20 457 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D20__IPU_DI0_PIN16 458 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D20__IPU_SER_DISP0_CS 459 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D20__CSPI_SS0 460 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D20__EPIT2_EPITO 461 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D20__UART1_RTS 462 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D20__USBOH3_USBH2_PWR 463 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D21__EMI_WEIM_D_21 464 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D21__GPIO3_21 465 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D21__IPU_DI0_PIN17 466 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D21__IPU_DISPB0_SER_CLK 467 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D21__CSPI_SCLK 468 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D21__I2C1_SCL 469 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D21__USBOH3_USBOTG_OC 470 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D22__EMI_WEIM_D_22 471 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D22__GPIO3_22 472 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D22__IPU_DI0_PIN1 473 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D22__IPU_DISPB0_SER_DIN 474 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D22__CSPI_MISO 475 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D22__USBOH3_USBOTG_PWR 476 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D23__EMI_WEIM_D_23 477 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D23__GPIO3_23 478 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D23__UART3_CTS 479 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D23__UART1_DCD 480 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D23__IPU_DI0_D0_CS 481 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D23__IPU_DI1_PIN2 482 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D23__IPU_CSI1_DATA_EN 483 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D23__IPU_DI1_PIN14 484 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB3__EMI_WEIM_EB_3 485 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB3__GPIO2_31 486 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB3__UART3_RTS 487 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB3__UART1_RI 488 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB3__IPU_DI1_PIN3 489 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB3__IPU_CSI1_HSYNC 490 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB3__IPU_DI1_PIN16 491 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D24__EMI_WEIM_D_24 492 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D24__GPIO3_24 493 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D24__UART3_TXD_MUX 494 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D24__ECSPI1_SS2 495 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D24__CSPI_SS2 496 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D24__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXFS 497 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D24__ECSPI2_SS2 498 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D24__UART1_DTR 499 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D25__EMI_WEIM_D_25 500 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D25__GPIO3_25 501 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D25__UART3_RXD_MUX 502 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D25__ECSPI1_SS3 503 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D25__CSPI_SS3 504 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D25__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXC 505 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D25__ECSPI2_SS3 506 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D25__UART1_DSR 507 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D26__EMI_WEIM_D_26 508 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D26__GPIO3_26 509 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D26__UART2_TXD_MUX 510 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D26__FIRI_RXD 511 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU_CSI0_D_1 512 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU_DI1_PIN11 513 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU_SISG_2 514 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU_DISP1_DAT_22 515 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D27__EMI_WEIM_D_27 516 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D27__GPIO3_27 517 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D27__UART2_RXD_MUX 518 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D27__FIRI_TXD 519 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU_CSI0_D_0 520 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU_DI1_PIN13 521 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU_SISG_3 522 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU_DISP1_DAT_23 523 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D28__EMI_WEIM_D_28 524 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D28__GPIO3_28 525 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D28__UART2_CTS 526 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D28__IPU_DISPB0_SER_DIO 527 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D28__CSPI_MOSI 528 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D28__I2C1_SDA 529 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D28__IPU_EXT_TRIG 530 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D28__IPU_DI0_PIN13 531 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D29__EMI_WEIM_D_29 532 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D29__GPIO3_29 533 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D29__UART2_RTS 534 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D29__IPU_DISPB0_SER_RS 535 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D29__CSPI_SS0 536 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D29__IPU_DI1_PIN15 537 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D29__IPU_CSI1_VSYNC 538 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D29__IPU_DI0_PIN14 539 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D30__EMI_WEIM_D_30 540 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D30__GPIO3_30 541 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D30__UART3_CTS 542 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D30__IPU_CSI0_D_3 543 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D30__IPU_DI0_PIN11 544 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D30__IPU_DISP1_DAT_21 545 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D30__USBOH3_USBH1_OC 546 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D30__USBOH3_USBH2_OC 547 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D31__EMI_WEIM_D_31 548 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D31__GPIO3_31 549 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D31__UART3_RTS 550 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D31__IPU_CSI0_D_2 551 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D31__IPU_DI0_PIN12 552 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D31__IPU_DISP1_DAT_20 553 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D31__USBOH3_USBH1_PWR 554 +MX53_PAD_EIM_D31__USBOH3_USBH2_PWR 555 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A24__EMI_WEIM_A_24 556 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A24__GPIO5_4 557 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A24__IPU_DISP1_DAT_19 558 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A24__IPU_CSI1_D_19 559 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A24__IPU_SISG_2 560 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A24__USBPHY2_BVALID 561 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A23__EMI_WEIM_A_23 562 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A23__GPIO6_6 563 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A23__IPU_DISP1_DAT_18 564 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A23__IPU_CSI1_D_18 565 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A23__IPU_SISG_3 566 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A23__USBPHY2_ENDSESSION 567 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A22__EMI_WEIM_A_22 568 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A22__GPIO2_16 569 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A22__IPU_DISP1_DAT_17 570 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A22__IPU_CSI1_D_17 571 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A22__SRC_BT_CFG1_7 572 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A21__EMI_WEIM_A_21 573 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A21__GPIO2_17 574 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A21__IPU_DISP1_DAT_16 575 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A21__IPU_CSI1_D_16 576 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A21__SRC_BT_CFG1_6 577 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A20__EMI_WEIM_A_20 578 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A20__GPIO2_18 579 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A20__IPU_DISP1_DAT_15 580 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A20__IPU_CSI1_D_15 581 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A20__SRC_BT_CFG1_5 582 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A19__EMI_WEIM_A_19 583 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A19__GPIO2_19 584 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A19__IPU_DISP1_DAT_14 585 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A19__IPU_CSI1_D_14 586 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A19__SRC_BT_CFG1_4 587 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A18__EMI_WEIM_A_18 588 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A18__GPIO2_20 589 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A18__IPU_DISP1_DAT_13 590 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A18__IPU_CSI1_D_13 591 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A18__SRC_BT_CFG1_3 592 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A17__EMI_WEIM_A_17 593 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A17__GPIO2_21 594 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A17__IPU_DISP1_DAT_12 595 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A17__IPU_CSI1_D_12 596 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A17__SRC_BT_CFG1_2 597 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A16__EMI_WEIM_A_16 598 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A16__GPIO2_22 599 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A16__IPU_DI1_DISP_CLK 600 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A16__IPU_CSI1_PIXCLK 601 +MX53_PAD_EIM_A16__SRC_BT_CFG1_1 602 +MX53_PAD_EIM_CS0__EMI_WEIM_CS_0 603 +MX53_PAD_EIM_CS0__GPIO2_23 604 +MX53_PAD_EIM_CS0__ECSPI2_SCLK 605 +MX53_PAD_EIM_CS0__IPU_DI1_PIN5 606 +MX53_PAD_EIM_CS1__EMI_WEIM_CS_1 607 +MX53_PAD_EIM_CS1__GPIO2_24 608 +MX53_PAD_EIM_CS1__ECSPI2_MOSI 609 +MX53_PAD_EIM_CS1__IPU_DI1_PIN6 610 +MX53_PAD_EIM_OE__EMI_WEIM_OE 611 +MX53_PAD_EIM_OE__GPIO2_25 612 +MX53_PAD_EIM_OE__ECSPI2_MISO 613 +MX53_PAD_EIM_OE__IPU_DI1_PIN7 614 +MX53_PAD_EIM_OE__USBPHY2_IDDIG 615 +MX53_PAD_EIM_RW__EMI_WEIM_RW 616 +MX53_PAD_EIM_RW__GPIO2_26 617 +MX53_PAD_EIM_RW__ECSPI2_SS0 618 +MX53_PAD_EIM_RW__IPU_DI1_PIN8 619 +MX53_PAD_EIM_RW__USBPHY2_HOSTDISCONNECT 620 +MX53_PAD_EIM_LBA__EMI_WEIM_LBA 621 +MX53_PAD_EIM_LBA__GPIO2_27 622 +MX53_PAD_EIM_LBA__ECSPI2_SS1 623 +MX53_PAD_EIM_LBA__IPU_DI1_PIN17 624 +MX53_PAD_EIM_LBA__SRC_BT_CFG1_0 625 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB0__EMI_WEIM_EB_0 626 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB0__GPIO2_28 627 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB0__IPU_DISP1_DAT_11 628 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB0__IPU_CSI1_D_11 629 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB0__GPC_PMIC_RDY 630 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB0__SRC_BT_CFG2_7 631 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB1__EMI_WEIM_EB_1 632 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB1__GPIO2_29 633 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB1__IPU_DISP1_DAT_10 634 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB1__IPU_CSI1_D_10 635 +MX53_PAD_EIM_EB1__SRC_BT_CFG2_6 636 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA0__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_0 637 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA0__GPIO3_0 638 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA0__IPU_DISP1_DAT_9 639 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA0__IPU_CSI1_D_9 640 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA0__SRC_BT_CFG2_5 641 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA1__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_1 642 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA1__GPIO3_1 643 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA1__IPU_DISP1_DAT_8 644 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA1__IPU_CSI1_D_8 645 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA1__SRC_BT_CFG2_4 646 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA2__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_2 647 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA2__GPIO3_2 648 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA2__IPU_DISP1_DAT_7 649 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA2__IPU_CSI1_D_7 650 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA2__SRC_BT_CFG2_3 651 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA3__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_3 652 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA3__GPIO3_3 653 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA3__IPU_DISP1_DAT_6 654 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA3__IPU_CSI1_D_6 655 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA3__SRC_BT_CFG2_2 656 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA4__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_4 657 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA4__GPIO3_4 658 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA4__IPU_DISP1_DAT_5 659 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA4__IPU_CSI1_D_5 660 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA4__SRC_BT_CFG3_7 661 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA5__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_5 662 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA5__GPIO3_5 663 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA5__IPU_DISP1_DAT_4 664 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA5__IPU_CSI1_D_4 665 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA5__SRC_BT_CFG3_6 666 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA6__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_6 667 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA6__GPIO3_6 668 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA6__IPU_DISP1_DAT_3 669 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA6__IPU_CSI1_D_3 670 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA6__SRC_BT_CFG3_5 671 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA7__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_7 672 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA7__GPIO3_7 673 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA7__IPU_DISP1_DAT_2 674 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA7__IPU_CSI1_D_2 675 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA7__SRC_BT_CFG3_4 676 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA8__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_8 677 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA8__GPIO3_8 678 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA8__IPU_DISP1_DAT_1 679 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA8__IPU_CSI1_D_1 680 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA8__SRC_BT_CFG3_3 681 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA9__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_9 682 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA9__GPIO3_9 683 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA9__IPU_DISP1_DAT_0 684 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA9__IPU_CSI1_D_0 685 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA9__SRC_BT_CFG3_2 686 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA10__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_10 687 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA10__GPIO3_10 688 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA10__IPU_DI1_PIN15 689 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA10__IPU_CSI1_DATA_EN 690 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA10__SRC_BT_CFG3_1 691 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA11__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_11 692 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA11__GPIO3_11 693 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA11__IPU_DI1_PIN2 694 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA11__IPU_CSI1_HSYNC 695 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA12__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_12 696 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA12__GPIO3_12 697 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA12__IPU_DI1_PIN3 698 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA12__IPU_CSI1_VSYNC 699 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA13__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_13 700 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA13__GPIO3_13 701 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA13__IPU_DI1_D0_CS 702 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA13__CCM_DI1_EXT_CLK 703 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA14__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_14 704 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA14__GPIO3_14 705 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA14__IPU_DI1_D1_CS 706 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA14__CCM_DI0_EXT_CLK 707 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA15__EMI_NAND_WEIM_DA_15 708 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA15__GPIO3_15 709 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA15__IPU_DI1_PIN1 710 +MX53_PAD_EIM_DA15__IPU_DI1_PIN4 711 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_WE_B__EMI_NANDF_WE_B 712 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_WE_B__GPIO6_12 713 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_RE_B__EMI_NANDF_RE_B 714 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_RE_B__GPIO6_13 715 +MX53_PAD_EIM_WAIT__EMI_WEIM_WAIT 716 +MX53_PAD_EIM_WAIT__GPIO5_0 717 +MX53_PAD_EIM_WAIT__EMI_WEIM_DTACK_B 718 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_TX3_P__GPIO6_22 719 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_TX3_P__LDB_LVDS1_TX3 720 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_TX2_P__GPIO6_24 721 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_TX2_P__LDB_LVDS1_TX2 722 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_CLK_P__GPIO6_26 723 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_CLK_P__LDB_LVDS1_CLK 724 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_TX1_P__GPIO6_28 725 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_TX1_P__LDB_LVDS1_TX1 726 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_TX0_P__GPIO6_30 727 +MX53_PAD_LVDS1_TX0_P__LDB_LVDS1_TX0 728 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_TX3_P__GPIO7_22 729 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_TX3_P__LDB_LVDS0_TX3 730 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_CLK_P__GPIO7_24 731 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_CLK_P__LDB_LVDS0_CLK 732 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_TX2_P__GPIO7_26 733 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_TX2_P__LDB_LVDS0_TX2 734 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_TX1_P__GPIO7_28 735 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_TX1_P__LDB_LVDS0_TX1 736 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_TX0_P__GPIO7_30 737 +MX53_PAD_LVDS0_TX0_P__LDB_LVDS0_TX0 738 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_10__GPIO4_0 739 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_10__OSC32k_32K_OUT 740 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_11__GPIO4_1 741 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_12__GPIO4_2 742 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_13__GPIO4_3 743 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_14__GPIO4_4 744 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CLE__EMI_NANDF_CLE 745 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CLE__GPIO6_7 746 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CLE__USBPHY1_VSTATUS_0 747 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_ALE__EMI_NANDF_ALE 748 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_ALE__GPIO6_8 749 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_ALE__USBPHY1_VSTATUS_1 750 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__EMI_NANDF_WP_B 751 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__GPIO6_9 752 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__USBPHY1_VSTATUS_2 753 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_RB0__EMI_NANDF_RB_0 754 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_RB0__GPIO6_10 755 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_RB0__USBPHY1_VSTATUS_3 756 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS0__EMI_NANDF_CS_0 757 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS0__GPIO6_11 758 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS0__USBPHY1_VSTATUS_4 759 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS1__EMI_NANDF_CS_1 760 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS1__GPIO6_14 761 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS1__MLB_MLBCLK 762 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS1__USBPHY1_VSTATUS_5 763 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS2__EMI_NANDF_CS_2 764 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS2__GPIO6_15 765 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS2__IPU_SISG_0 766 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS2__ESAI1_TX0 767 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS2__EMI_WEIM_CRE 768 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS2__CCM_CSI0_MCLK 769 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS2__MLB_MLBSIG 770 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS2__USBPHY1_VSTATUS_6 771 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS3__EMI_NANDF_CS_3 772 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS3__GPIO6_16 773 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS3__IPU_SISG_1 774 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS3__ESAI1_TX1 775 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS3__EMI_WEIM_A_26 776 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS3__MLB_MLBDAT 777 +MX53_PAD_NANDF_CS3__USBPHY1_VSTATUS_7 778 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDIO__FEC_MDIO 779 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDIO__GPIO1_22 780 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDIO__ESAI1_SCKR 781 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDIO__FEC_COL 782 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDIO__RTC_CE_RTC_PS2 783 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDIO__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_3 784 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDIO__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_49 785 +MX53_PAD_FEC_REF_CLK__FEC_TX_CLK 786 +MX53_PAD_FEC_REF_CLK__GPIO1_23 787 +MX53_PAD_FEC_REF_CLK__ESAI1_FSR 788 +MX53_PAD_FEC_REF_CLK__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEVICE_4 789 +MX53_PAD_FEC_REF_CLK__EMI_EMI_DEBUG_50 790 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RX_ER__FEC_RX_ER 791 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RX_ER__GPIO1_24 792 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RX_ER__ESAI1_HCKR 793 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RX_ER__FEC_RX_CLK 794 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RX_ER__RTC_CE_RTC_PS3 795 +MX53_PAD_FEC_CRS_DV__FEC_RX_DV 796 +MX53_PAD_FEC_CRS_DV__GPIO1_25 797 +MX53_PAD_FEC_CRS_DV__ESAI1_SCKT 798 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD1__FEC_RDATA_1 799 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD1__GPIO1_26 800 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD1__ESAI1_FST 801 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD1__MLB_MLBSIG 802 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD1__RTC_CE_RTC_PS1 803 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD0__FEC_RDATA_0 804 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD0__GPIO1_27 805 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD0__ESAI1_HCKT 806 +MX53_PAD_FEC_RXD0__OSC32k_32K_OUT 807 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__FEC_TX_EN 808 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__GPIO1_28 809 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TX_EN__ESAI1_TX3_RX2 810 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD1__FEC_TDATA_1 811 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD1__GPIO1_29 812 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD1__ESAI1_TX2_RX3 813 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD1__MLB_MLBCLK 814 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD1__RTC_CE_RTC_PRSC_CLK 815 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD0__FEC_TDATA_0 816 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD0__GPIO1_30 817 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD0__ESAI1_TX4_RX1 818 +MX53_PAD_FEC_TXD0__USBPHY2_DATAOUT_0 819 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDC__FEC_MDC 820 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDC__GPIO1_31 821 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDC__ESAI1_TX5_RX0 822 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDC__MLB_MLBDAT 823 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDC__RTC_CE_RTC_ALARM1_TRIG 824 +MX53_PAD_FEC_MDC__USBPHY2_DATAOUT_1 825 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOW__PATA_DIOW 826 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOW__GPIO6_17 827 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOW__UART1_TXD_MUX 828 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOW__USBPHY2_DATAOUT_2 829 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMACK__PATA_DMACK 830 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMACK__GPIO6_18 831 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMACK__UART1_RXD_MUX 832 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMACK__USBPHY2_DATAOUT_3 833 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMARQ__PATA_DMARQ 834 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMARQ__GPIO7_0 835 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMARQ__UART2_TXD_MUX 836 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMARQ__CCM_CCM_OUT_0 837 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DMARQ__USBPHY2_DATAOUT_4 838 +MX53_PAD_PATA_BUFFER_EN__PATA_BUFFER_EN 839 +MX53_PAD_PATA_BUFFER_EN__GPIO7_1 840 +MX53_PAD_PATA_BUFFER_EN__UART2_RXD_MUX 841 +MX53_PAD_PATA_BUFFER_EN__CCM_CCM_OUT_1 842 +MX53_PAD_PATA_BUFFER_EN__USBPHY2_DATAOUT_5 843 +MX53_PAD_PATA_INTRQ__PATA_INTRQ 844 +MX53_PAD_PATA_INTRQ__GPIO7_2 845 +MX53_PAD_PATA_INTRQ__UART2_CTS 846 +MX53_PAD_PATA_INTRQ__CAN1_TXCAN 847 +MX53_PAD_PATA_INTRQ__CCM_CCM_OUT_2 848 +MX53_PAD_PATA_INTRQ__USBPHY2_DATAOUT_6 849 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOR__PATA_DIOR 850 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOR__GPIO7_3 851 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOR__UART2_RTS 852 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOR__CAN1_RXCAN 853 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DIOR__USBPHY2_DATAOUT_7 854 +MX53_PAD_PATA_RESET_B__PATA_PATA_RESET_B 855 +MX53_PAD_PATA_RESET_B__GPIO7_4 856 +MX53_PAD_PATA_RESET_B__ESDHC3_CMD 857 +MX53_PAD_PATA_RESET_B__UART1_CTS 858 +MX53_PAD_PATA_RESET_B__CAN2_TXCAN 859 +MX53_PAD_PATA_RESET_B__USBPHY1_DATAOUT_0 860 +MX53_PAD_PATA_IORDY__PATA_IORDY 861 +MX53_PAD_PATA_IORDY__GPIO7_5 862 +MX53_PAD_PATA_IORDY__ESDHC3_CLK 863 +MX53_PAD_PATA_IORDY__UART1_RTS 864 +MX53_PAD_PATA_IORDY__CAN2_RXCAN 865 +MX53_PAD_PATA_IORDY__USBPHY1_DATAOUT_1 866 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_0__PATA_DA_0 867 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_0__GPIO7_6 868 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_0__ESDHC3_RST 869 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_0__OWIRE_LINE 870 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_0__USBPHY1_DATAOUT_2 871 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_1__PATA_DA_1 872 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_1__GPIO7_7 873 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_1__ESDHC4_CMD 874 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_1__UART3_CTS 875 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_1__USBPHY1_DATAOUT_3 876 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_2__PATA_DA_2 877 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_2__GPIO7_8 878 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_2__ESDHC4_CLK 879 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_2__UART3_RTS 880 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DA_2__USBPHY1_DATAOUT_4 881 +MX53_PAD_PATA_CS_0__PATA_CS_0 882 +MX53_PAD_PATA_CS_0__GPIO7_9 883 +MX53_PAD_PATA_CS_0__UART3_TXD_MUX 884 +MX53_PAD_PATA_CS_0__USBPHY1_DATAOUT_5 885 +MX53_PAD_PATA_CS_1__PATA_CS_1 886 +MX53_PAD_PATA_CS_1__GPIO7_10 887 +MX53_PAD_PATA_CS_1__UART3_RXD_MUX 888 +MX53_PAD_PATA_CS_1__USBPHY1_DATAOUT_6 889 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA0__PATA_DATA_0 890 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA0__GPIO2_0 891 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA0__EMI_NANDF_D_0 892 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA0__ESDHC3_DAT4 893 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA0__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_0 894 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA0__IPU_DIAG_BUS_0 895 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA0__USBPHY1_DATAOUT_7 896 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA1__PATA_DATA_1 897 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA1__GPIO2_1 898 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA1__EMI_NANDF_D_1 899 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA1__ESDHC3_DAT5 900 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA1__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_1 901 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA1__IPU_DIAG_BUS_1 902 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA2__PATA_DATA_2 903 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA2__GPIO2_2 904 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA2__EMI_NANDF_D_2 905 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA2__ESDHC3_DAT6 906 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA2__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_2 907 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA2__IPU_DIAG_BUS_2 908 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA3__PATA_DATA_3 909 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA3__GPIO2_3 910 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA3__EMI_NANDF_D_3 911 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA3__ESDHC3_DAT7 912 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA3__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_3 913 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA3__IPU_DIAG_BUS_3 914 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA4__PATA_DATA_4 915 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA4__GPIO2_4 916 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA4__EMI_NANDF_D_4 917 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA4__ESDHC4_DAT4 918 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA4__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_4 919 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA4__IPU_DIAG_BUS_4 920 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA5__PATA_DATA_5 921 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA5__GPIO2_5 922 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA5__EMI_NANDF_D_5 923 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA5__ESDHC4_DAT5 924 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA5__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_5 925 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA5__IPU_DIAG_BUS_5 926 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA6__PATA_DATA_6 927 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA6__GPIO2_6 928 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA6__EMI_NANDF_D_6 929 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA6__ESDHC4_DAT6 930 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA6__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_6 931 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA6__IPU_DIAG_BUS_6 932 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA7__PATA_DATA_7 933 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA7__GPIO2_7 934 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA7__EMI_NANDF_D_7 935 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA7__ESDHC4_DAT7 936 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA7__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_7 937 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA7__IPU_DIAG_BUS_7 938 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA8__PATA_DATA_8 939 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA8__GPIO2_8 940 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA8__ESDHC1_DAT4 941 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA8__EMI_NANDF_D_8 942 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA8__ESDHC3_DAT0 943 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA8__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_8 944 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA8__IPU_DIAG_BUS_8 945 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA9__PATA_DATA_9 946 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA9__GPIO2_9 947 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA9__ESDHC1_DAT5 948 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA9__EMI_NANDF_D_9 949 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA9__ESDHC3_DAT1 950 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA9__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_9 951 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA9__IPU_DIAG_BUS_9 952 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA10__PATA_DATA_10 953 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA10__GPIO2_10 954 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA10__ESDHC1_DAT6 955 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA10__EMI_NANDF_D_10 956 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA10__ESDHC3_DAT2 957 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA10__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_10 958 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA10__IPU_DIAG_BUS_10 959 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA11__PATA_DATA_11 960 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA11__GPIO2_11 961 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA11__ESDHC1_DAT7 962 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA11__EMI_NANDF_D_11 963 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA11__ESDHC3_DAT3 964 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA11__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_11 965 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA11__IPU_DIAG_BUS_11 966 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA12__PATA_DATA_12 967 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA12__GPIO2_12 968 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA12__ESDHC2_DAT4 969 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA12__EMI_NANDF_D_12 970 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA12__ESDHC4_DAT0 971 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA12__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_12 972 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA12__IPU_DIAG_BUS_12 973 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA13__PATA_DATA_13 974 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA13__GPIO2_13 975 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA13__ESDHC2_DAT5 976 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA13__EMI_NANDF_D_13 977 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA13__ESDHC4_DAT1 978 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA13__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_13 979 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA13__IPU_DIAG_BUS_13 980 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA14__PATA_DATA_14 981 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA14__GPIO2_14 982 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA14__ESDHC2_DAT6 983 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA14__EMI_NANDF_D_14 984 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA14__ESDHC4_DAT2 985 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA14__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_14 986 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA14__IPU_DIAG_BUS_14 987 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA15__PATA_DATA_15 988 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA15__GPIO2_15 989 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA15__ESDHC2_DAT7 990 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA15__EMI_NANDF_D_15 991 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA15__ESDHC4_DAT3 992 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA15__GPU3d_GPU_DEBUG_OUT_15 993 +MX53_PAD_PATA_DATA15__IPU_DIAG_BUS_15 994 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA0__ESDHC1_DAT0 995 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA0__GPIO1_16 996 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA0__GPT_CAPIN1 997 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA0__CSPI_MISO 998 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA0__CCM_PLL3_BYP 999 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA1__ESDHC1_DAT1 1000 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA1__GPIO1_17 1001 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA1__GPT_CAPIN2 1002 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA1__CSPI_SS0 1003 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA1__CCM_PLL4_BYP 1004 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CMD__ESDHC1_CMD 1005 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CMD__GPIO1_18 1006 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CMD__GPT_CMPOUT1 1007 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CMD__CSPI_MOSI 1008 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CMD__CCM_PLL1_BYP 1009 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA2__ESDHC1_DAT2 1010 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA2__GPIO1_19 1011 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA2__GPT_CMPOUT2 1012 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA2__PWM2_PWMO 1013 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA2__WDOG1_WDOG_B 1014 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA2__CSPI_SS1 1015 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA2__WDOG1_WDOG_RST_B_DEB 1016 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA2__CCM_PLL2_BYP 1017 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CLK__ESDHC1_CLK 1018 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CLK__GPIO1_20 1019 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CLK__OSC32k_32K_OUT 1020 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CLK__GPT_CLKIN 1021 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CLK__CSPI_SCLK 1022 +MX53_PAD_SD1_CLK__SATA_PHY_DTB_0 1023 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA3__ESDHC1_DAT3 1024 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA3__GPIO1_21 1025 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA3__GPT_CMPOUT3 1026 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA3__PWM1_PWMO 1027 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA3__WDOG2_WDOG_B 1028 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA3__CSPI_SS2 1029 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA3__WDOG2_WDOG_RST_B_DEB 1030 +MX53_PAD_SD1_DATA3__SATA_PHY_DTB_1 1031 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CLK__ESDHC2_CLK 1032 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CLK__GPIO1_10 1033 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CLK__KPP_COL_5 1034 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CLK__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXFS 1035 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CLK__CSPI_SCLK 1036 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CLK__SCC_RANDOM_V 1037 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CMD__ESDHC2_CMD 1038 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CMD__GPIO1_11 1039 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CMD__KPP_ROW_5 1040 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CMD__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXC 1041 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CMD__CSPI_MOSI 1042 +MX53_PAD_SD2_CMD__SCC_RANDOM 1043 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA3__ESDHC2_DAT3 1044 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA3__GPIO1_12 1045 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA3__KPP_COL_6 1046 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA3__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXC 1047 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA3__CSPI_SS2 1048 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA3__SJC_DONE 1049 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA2__ESDHC2_DAT2 1050 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA2__GPIO1_13 1051 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA2__KPP_ROW_6 1052 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA2__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXD 1053 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA2__CSPI_SS1 1054 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA2__SJC_FAIL 1055 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA1__ESDHC2_DAT1 1056 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA1__GPIO1_14 1057 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA1__KPP_COL_7 1058 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA1__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXFS 1059 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA1__CSPI_SS0 1060 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA1__RTIC_SEC_VIO 1061 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA0__ESDHC2_DAT0 1062 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA0__GPIO1_15 1063 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA0__KPP_ROW_7 1064 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA0__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXD 1065 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA0__CSPI_MISO 1066 +MX53_PAD_SD2_DATA0__RTIC_DONE_INT 1067 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_0__CCM_CLKO 1068 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_0__GPIO1_0 1069 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_0__KPP_COL_5 1070 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_0__CCM_SSI_EXT1_CLK 1071 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_0__EPIT1_EPITO 1072 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_0__SRTC_ALARM_DEB 1073 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_0__USBOH3_USBH1_PWR 1074 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_0__CSU_TD 1075 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_1__ESAI1_SCKR 1076 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_1__GPIO1_1 1077 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_1__KPP_ROW_5 1078 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_1__CCM_SSI_EXT2_CLK 1079 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_1__PWM2_PWMO 1080 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_1__WDOG2_WDOG_B 1081 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_1__ESDHC1_CD 1082 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_1__SRC_TESTER_ACK 1083 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_9__ESAI1_FSR 1084 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_9__GPIO1_9 1085 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_9__KPP_COL_6 1086 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_9__CCM_REF_EN_B 1087 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_9__PWM1_PWMO 1088 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_9__WDOG1_WDOG_B 1089 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_9__ESDHC1_WP 1090 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_9__SCC_FAIL_STATE 1091 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_3__ESAI1_HCKR 1092 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_3__GPIO1_3 1093 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_3__I2C3_SCL 1094 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_3__DPLLIP1_TOG_EN 1095 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_3__CCM_CLKO2 1096 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_3__OBSERVE_MUX_OBSRV_INT_OUT0 1097 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_3__USBOH3_USBH1_OC 1098 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_3__MLB_MLBCLK 1099 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_6__ESAI1_SCKT 1100 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_6__GPIO1_6 1101 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_6__I2C3_SDA 1102 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_6__CCM_CCM_OUT_0 1103 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_6__CSU_CSU_INT_DEB 1104 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_6__OBSERVE_MUX_OBSRV_INT_OUT1 1105 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_6__ESDHC2_LCTL 1106 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_6__MLB_MLBSIG 1107 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_2__ESAI1_FST 1108 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_2__GPIO1_2 1109 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_2__KPP_ROW_6 1110 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_2__CCM_CCM_OUT_1 1111 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_2__CSU_CSU_ALARM_AUT_0 1112 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_2__OBSERVE_MUX_OBSRV_INT_OUT2 1113 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_2__ESDHC2_WP 1114 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_2__MLB_MLBDAT 1115 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_4__ESAI1_HCKT 1116 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_4__GPIO1_4 1117 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_4__KPP_COL_7 1118 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_4__CCM_CCM_OUT_2 1119 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_4__CSU_CSU_ALARM_AUT_1 1120 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_4__OBSERVE_MUX_OBSRV_INT_OUT3 1121 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_4__ESDHC2_CD 1122 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_4__SCC_SEC_STATE 1123 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_5__ESAI1_TX2_RX3 1124 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_5__GPIO1_5 1125 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_5__KPP_ROW_7 1126 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_5__CCM_CLKO 1127 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_5__CSU_CSU_ALARM_AUT_2 1128 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_5__OBSERVE_MUX_OBSRV_INT_OUT4 1129 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_5__I2C3_SCL 1130 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_5__CCM_PLL1_BYP 1131 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_7__ESAI1_TX4_RX1 1132 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_7__GPIO1_7 1133 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_7__EPIT1_EPITO 1134 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_7__CAN1_TXCAN 1135 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_7__UART2_TXD_MUX 1136 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_7__FIRI_RXD 1137 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_7__SPDIF_PLOCK 1138 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_7__CCM_PLL2_BYP 1139 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_8__ESAI1_TX5_RX0 1140 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_8__GPIO1_8 1141 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_8__EPIT2_EPITO 1142 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_8__CAN1_RXCAN 1143 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_8__UART2_RXD_MUX 1144 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_8__FIRI_TXD 1145 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_8__SPDIF_SRCLK 1146 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_8__CCM_PLL3_BYP 1147 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_16__ESAI1_TX3_RX2 1148 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_16__GPIO7_11 1149 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_16__TZIC_PWRFAIL_INT 1150 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_16__RTC_CE_RTC_EXT_TRIG1 1151 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_16__SPDIF_IN1 1152 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_16__I2C3_SDA 1153 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_16__SJC_DE_B 1154 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_17__ESAI1_TX0 1155 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_17__GPIO7_12 1156 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_17__SDMA_EXT_EVENT_0 1157 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_17__GPC_PMIC_RDY 1158 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_17__RTC_CE_RTC_FSV_TRIG 1159 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_17__SPDIF_OUT1 1160 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_17__IPU_SNOOP2 1161 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_17__SJC_JTAG_ACT 1162 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_18__ESAI1_TX1 1163 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_18__GPIO7_13 1164 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_18__SDMA_EXT_EVENT_1 1165 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_18__OWIRE_LINE 1166 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_18__RTC_CE_RTC_ALARM2_TRIG 1167 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_18__CCM_ASRC_EXT_CLK 1168 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_18__ESDHC1_LCTL 1169 +MX53_PAD_GPIO_18__SRC_SYSTEM_RST 1170 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6q-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6q-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..82b43f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx6q-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,1628 @@ +* Freescale IMX6Q IOMUX Controller + +Please refer to fsl,imx-pinctrl.txt in this directory for common binding part +and usage. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,imx6q-iomuxc" +- fsl,pins: two integers array, represents a group of pins mux and config + setting. The format is fsl,pins = <PIN_FUNC_ID CONFIG>, PIN_FUNC_ID is a + pin working on a specific function, CONFIG is the pad setting value like + pull-up for this pin. Please refer to imx6q datasheet for the valid pad + config settings. + +CONFIG bits definition: +PAD_CTL_HYS (1 << 16) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_DOWN (0 << 14) +PAD_CTL_PUS_47K_UP (1 << 14) +PAD_CTL_PUS_100K_UP (2 << 14) +PAD_CTL_PUS_22K_UP (3 << 14) +PAD_CTL_PUE (1 << 13) +PAD_CTL_PKE (1 << 12) +PAD_CTL_ODE (1 << 11) +PAD_CTL_SPEED_LOW (1 << 6) +PAD_CTL_SPEED_MED (2 << 6) +PAD_CTL_SPEED_HIGH (3 << 6) +PAD_CTL_DSE_DISABLE (0 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_240ohm (1 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_120ohm (2 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_80ohm (3 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_60ohm (4 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_48ohm (5 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_40ohm (6 << 3) +PAD_CTL_DSE_34ohm (7 << 3) +PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST (1 << 0) +PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW (0 << 0) + +See below for available PIN_FUNC_ID for imx6q: +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT1__USDHC2_DAT1 0 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT1__ECSPI5_SS0 1 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT1__WEIM_WEIM_CS_2 2 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT1__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXFS 3 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT1__KPP_COL_7 4 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT1__GPIO_1_14 5 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT1__CCM_WAIT 6 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT1__ANATOP_TESTO_0 7 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT2__USDHC2_DAT2 8 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT2__ECSPI5_SS1 9 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT2__WEIM_WEIM_CS_3 10 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT2__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXD 11 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT2__KPP_ROW_6 12 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT2__GPIO_1_13 13 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT2__CCM_STOP 14 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT2__ANATOP_TESTO_1 15 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT0__USDHC2_DAT0 16 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT0__ECSPI5_MISO 17 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT0__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXD 18 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT0__KPP_ROW_7 19 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT0__GPIO_1_15 20 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT0__DCIC2_DCIC_OUT 21 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT0__TESTO_2 22 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TXC__USBOH3_H2_DATA 23 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TXC__ENET_RGMII_TXC 24 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TXC__SPDIF_SPDIF_EXTCLK 25 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TXC__GPIO_6_19 26 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TXC__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_0 27 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TXC__ANATOP_24M_OUT 28 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD0__MIPI_HSI_CRL_TX_RDY 29 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD0__ENET_RGMII_TD0 30 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD0__GPIO_6_20 31 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD0__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_1 32 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD1__MIPI_HSI_CRL_RX_FLG 33 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD1__ENET_RGMII_TD1 34 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD1__GPIO_6_21 35 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD1__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_2 36 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD1__CCM_PLL3_BYP 37 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD2__MIPI_HSI_CRL_RX_DTA 38 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD2__ENET_RGMII_TD2 39 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD2__GPIO_6_22 40 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD2__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_3 41 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD2__CCM_PLL2_BYP 42 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD3__MIPI_HSI_CRL_RX_WAK 43 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD3__ENET_RGMII_TD3 44 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD3__GPIO_6_23 45 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TD3__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_4 46 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RX_CTL__USBOH3_H3_DATA 47 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RX_CTL__RGMII_RX_CTL 48 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RX_CTL__GPIO_6_24 49 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RX_CTL__MIPI_DPHY_IN_5 50 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD0__MIPI_HSI_CRL_RX_RDY 51 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD0__ENET_RGMII_RD0 52 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD0__GPIO_6_25 53 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD0__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_6 54 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TX_CTL__USBOH3_H2_STROBE 55 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TX_CTL__RGMII_TX_CTL 56 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TX_CTL__GPIO_6_26 57 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TX_CTL__CORE_DPHY_IN_7 58 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_TX_CTL__ANATOP_REF_OUT 59 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD1__MIPI_HSI_CTRL_TX_FL 60 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD1__ENET_RGMII_RD1 61 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD1__GPIO_6_27 62 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD1__CORE_DPHY_TEST_IN_8 63 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD1__SJC_FAIL 64 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD2__MIPI_HSI_CRL_TX_DTA 65 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD2__ENET_RGMII_RD2 66 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD2__GPIO_6_28 67 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD2__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_9 68 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD3__MIPI_HSI_CRL_TX_WAK 69 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD3__ENET_RGMII_RD3 70 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD3__GPIO_6_29 71 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RD3__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN10 72 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RXC__USBOH3_H3_STROBE 73 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RXC__ENET_RGMII_RXC 74 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RXC__GPIO_6_30 75 +MX6Q_PAD_RGMII_RXC__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN11 76 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A25__WEIM_WEIM_A_25 77 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A25__ECSPI4_SS1 78 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A25__ECSPI2_RDY 79 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A25__IPU1_DI1_PIN12 80 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A25__IPU1_DI0_D1_CS 81 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A25__GPIO_5_2 82 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A25__HDMI_TX_CEC_LINE 83 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A25__PL301_PER1_HBURST_0 84 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB2__WEIM_WEIM_EB_2 85 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB2__ECSPI1_SS0 86 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB2__CCM_DI1_EXT_CLK 87 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB2__IPU2_CSI1_D_19 88 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB2__HDMI_TX_DDC_SCL 89 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB2__GPIO_2_30 90 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB2__I2C2_SCL 91 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB2__SRC_BT_CFG_30 92 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D16__WEIM_WEIM_D_16 93 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D16__ECSPI1_SCLK 94 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D16__IPU1_DI0_PIN5 95 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D16__IPU2_CSI1_D_18 96 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D16__HDMI_TX_DDC_SDA 97 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D16__GPIO_3_16 98 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D16__I2C2_SDA 99 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D17__WEIM_WEIM_D_17 100 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D17__ECSPI1_MISO 101 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D17__IPU1_DI0_PIN6 102 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D17__IPU2_CSI1_PIXCLK 103 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D17__DCIC1_DCIC_OUT 104 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D17__GPIO_3_17 105 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D17__I2C3_SCL 106 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D17__PL301_PER1_HBURST_1 107 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D18__WEIM_WEIM_D_18 108 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D18__ECSPI1_MOSI 109 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D18__IPU1_DI0_PIN7 110 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D18__IPU2_CSI1_D_17 111 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D18__IPU1_DI1_D0_CS 112 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D18__GPIO_3_18 113 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D18__I2C3_SDA 114 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D18__PL301_PER1_HBURST_2 115 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D19__WEIM_WEIM_D_19 116 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D19__ECSPI1_SS1 117 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D19__IPU1_DI0_PIN8 118 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D19__IPU2_CSI1_D_16 119 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D19__UART1_CTS 120 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D19__GPIO_3_19 121 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D19__EPIT1_EPITO 122 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D19__PL301_PER1_HRESP 123 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D20__WEIM_WEIM_D_20 124 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D20__ECSPI4_SS0 125 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D20__IPU1_DI0_PIN16 126 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D20__IPU2_CSI1_D_15 127 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D20__UART1_RTS 128 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D20__GPIO_3_20 129 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D20__EPIT2_EPITO 130 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D21__WEIM_WEIM_D_21 131 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D21__ECSPI4_SCLK 132 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D21__IPU1_DI0_PIN17 133 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D21__IPU2_CSI1_D_11 134 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D21__USBOH3_USBOTG_OC 135 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D21__GPIO_3_21 136 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D21__I2C1_SCL 137 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D21__SPDIF_IN1 138 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D22__WEIM_WEIM_D_22 139 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D22__ECSPI4_MISO 140 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D22__IPU1_DI0_PIN1 141 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D22__IPU2_CSI1_D_10 142 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D22__USBOH3_USBOTG_PWR 143 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D22__GPIO_3_22 144 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D22__SPDIF_OUT1 145 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D22__PL301_PER1_HWRITE 146 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D23__WEIM_WEIM_D_23 147 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D23__IPU1_DI0_D0_CS 148 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D23__UART3_CTS 149 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D23__UART1_DCD 150 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D23__IPU2_CSI1_DATA_EN 151 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D23__GPIO_3_23 152 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D23__IPU1_DI1_PIN2 153 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D23__IPU1_DI1_PIN14 154 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB3__WEIM_WEIM_EB_3 155 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB3__ECSPI4_RDY 156 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB3__UART3_RTS 157 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB3__UART1_RI 158 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB3__IPU2_CSI1_HSYNC 159 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB3__GPIO_2_31 160 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB3__IPU1_DI1_PIN3 161 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB3__SRC_BT_CFG_31 162 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D24__WEIM_WEIM_D_24 163 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D24__ECSPI4_SS2 164 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D24__UART3_TXD 165 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D24__ECSPI1_SS2 166 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D24__ECSPI2_SS2 167 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D24__GPIO_3_24 168 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D24__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXFS 169 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D24__UART1_DTR 170 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D25__WEIM_WEIM_D_25 171 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D25__ECSPI4_SS3 172 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D25__UART3_RXD 173 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D25__ECSPI1_SS3 174 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D25__ECSPI2_SS3 175 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D25__GPIO_3_25 176 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D25__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXC 177 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D25__UART1_DSR 178 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D26__WEIM_WEIM_D_26 179 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU1_DI1_PIN11 180 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU1_CSI0_D_1 181 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU2_CSI1_D_14 182 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D26__UART2_TXD 183 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D26__GPIO_3_26 184 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU1_SISG_2 185 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D26__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_22 186 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D27__WEIM_WEIM_D_27 187 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU1_DI1_PIN13 188 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU1_CSI0_D_0 189 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU2_CSI1_D_13 190 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D27__UART2_RXD 191 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D27__GPIO_3_27 192 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU1_SISG_3 193 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D27__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_23 194 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D28__WEIM_WEIM_D_28 195 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D28__I2C1_SDA 196 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D28__ECSPI4_MOSI 197 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D28__IPU2_CSI1_D_12 198 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D28__UART2_CTS 199 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D28__GPIO_3_28 200 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D28__IPU1_EXT_TRIG 201 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D28__IPU1_DI0_PIN13 202 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D29__WEIM_WEIM_D_29 203 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D29__IPU1_DI1_PIN15 204 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D29__ECSPI4_SS0 205 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D29__UART2_RTS 206 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D29__GPIO_3_29 207 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D29__IPU2_CSI1_VSYNC 208 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D29__IPU1_DI0_PIN14 209 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D30__WEIM_WEIM_D_30 210 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D30__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_21 211 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D30__IPU1_DI0_PIN11 212 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D30__IPU1_CSI0_D_3 213 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D30__UART3_CTS 214 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D30__GPIO_3_30 215 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D30__USBOH3_USBH1_OC 216 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D30__PL301_PER1_HPROT_0 217 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D31__WEIM_WEIM_D_31 218 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D31__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_20 219 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D31__IPU1_DI0_PIN12 220 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D31__IPU1_CSI0_D_2 221 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D31__UART3_RTS 222 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D31__GPIO_3_31 223 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D31__USBOH3_USBH1_PWR 224 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_D31__PL301_PER1_HPROT_1 225 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A24__WEIM_WEIM_A_24 226 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A24__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_19 227 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A24__IPU2_CSI1_D_19 228 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A24__IPU2_SISG_2 229 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A24__IPU1_SISG_2 230 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A24__GPIO_5_4 231 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A24__PL301_PER1_HPROT_2 232 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A24__SRC_BT_CFG_24 233 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A23__WEIM_WEIM_A_23 234 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A23__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_18 235 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A23__IPU2_CSI1_D_18 236 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A23__IPU2_SISG_3 237 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A23__IPU1_SISG_3 238 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A23__GPIO_6_6 239 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A23__PL301_PER1_HPROT_3 240 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A23__SRC_BT_CFG_23 241 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A22__WEIM_WEIM_A_22 242 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A22__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_17 243 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A22__IPU2_CSI1_D_17 244 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A22__GPIO_2_16 245 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A22__TPSMP_HDATA_0 246 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A22__SRC_BT_CFG_22 247 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A21__WEIM_WEIM_A_21 248 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A21__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_16 249 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A21__IPU2_CSI1_D_16 250 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A21__RESERVED_RESERVED 251 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A21__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_18 252 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A21__GPIO_2_17 253 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A21__TPSMP_HDATA_1 254 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A21__SRC_BT_CFG_21 255 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A20__WEIM_WEIM_A_20 256 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A20__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_15 257 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A20__IPU2_CSI1_D_15 258 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A20__RESERVED_RESERVED 259 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A20__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_19 260 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A20__GPIO_2_18 261 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A20__TPSMP_HDATA_2 262 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A20__SRC_BT_CFG_20 263 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A19__WEIM_WEIM_A_19 264 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A19__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_14 265 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A19__IPU2_CSI1_D_14 266 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A19__RESERVED_RESERVED 267 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A19__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_20 268 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A19__GPIO_2_19 269 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A19__TPSMP_HDATA_3 270 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A19__SRC_BT_CFG_19 271 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A18__WEIM_WEIM_A_18 272 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A18__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_13 273 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A18__IPU2_CSI1_D_13 274 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A18__RESERVED_RESERVED 275 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A18__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_21 276 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A18__GPIO_2_20 277 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A18__TPSMP_HDATA_4 278 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A18__SRC_BT_CFG_18 279 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A17__WEIM_WEIM_A_17 280 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A17__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_12 281 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A17__IPU2_CSI1_D_12 282 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A17__RESERVED_RESERVED 283 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A17__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_22 284 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A17__GPIO_2_21 285 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A17__TPSMP_HDATA_5 286 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A17__SRC_BT_CFG_17 287 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A16__WEIM_WEIM_A_16 288 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A16__IPU1_DI1_DISP_CLK 289 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A16__IPU2_CSI1_PIXCLK 290 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A16__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_23 291 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A16__GPIO_2_22 292 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A16__TPSMP_HDATA_6 293 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_A16__SRC_BT_CFG_16 294 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS0__WEIM_WEIM_CS_0 295 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS0__IPU1_DI1_PIN5 296 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS0__ECSPI2_SCLK 297 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS0__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_24 298 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS0__GPIO_2_23 299 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS0__TPSMP_HDATA_7 300 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS1__WEIM_WEIM_CS_1 301 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS1__IPU1_DI1_PIN6 302 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS1__ECSPI2_MOSI 303 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS1__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_25 304 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS1__GPIO_2_24 305 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_CS1__TPSMP_HDATA_8 306 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_OE__WEIM_WEIM_OE 307 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_OE__IPU1_DI1_PIN7 308 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_OE__ECSPI2_MISO 309 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_OE__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_26 310 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_OE__GPIO_2_25 311 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_OE__TPSMP_HDATA_9 312 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_RW__WEIM_WEIM_RW 313 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_RW__IPU1_DI1_PIN8 314 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_RW__ECSPI2_SS0 315 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_RW__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_27 316 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_RW__GPIO_2_26 317 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_RW__TPSMP_HDATA_10 318 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_RW__SRC_BT_CFG_29 319 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_LBA__WEIM_WEIM_LBA 320 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_LBA__IPU1_DI1_PIN17 321 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_LBA__ECSPI2_SS1 322 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_LBA__GPIO_2_27 323 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_LBA__TPSMP_HDATA_11 324 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_LBA__SRC_BT_CFG_26 325 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB0__WEIM_WEIM_EB_0 326 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB0__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_11 327 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB0__IPU2_CSI1_D_11 328 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB0__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_0 329 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB0__CCM_PMIC_RDY 330 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB0__GPIO_2_28 331 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB0__TPSMP_HDATA_12 332 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB0__SRC_BT_CFG_27 333 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB1__WEIM_WEIM_EB_1 334 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB1__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_10 335 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB1__IPU2_CSI1_D_10 336 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB1__MIPI_CORE_DPHY__OUT_1 337 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB1__GPIO_2_29 338 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB1__TPSMP_HDATA_13 339 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_EB1__SRC_BT_CFG_28 340 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA0__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_0 341 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA0__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_9 342 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA0__IPU2_CSI1_D_9 343 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA0__MIPI_CORE_DPHY__OUT_2 344 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA0__GPIO_3_0 345 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA0__TPSMP_HDATA_14 346 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA0__SRC_BT_CFG_0 347 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA1__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_1 348 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA1__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_8 349 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA1__IPU2_CSI1_D_8 350 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA1__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_3 351 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA1__USBPHY1_TX_LS_MODE 352 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA1__GPIO_3_1 353 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA1__TPSMP_HDATA_15 354 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA1__SRC_BT_CFG_1 355 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA2__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_2 356 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA2__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_7 357 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA2__IPU2_CSI1_D_7 358 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA2__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_4 359 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA2__USBPHY1_TX_HS_MODE 360 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA2__GPIO_3_2 361 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA2__TPSMP_HDATA_16 362 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA2__SRC_BT_CFG_2 363 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA3__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_3 364 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA3__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_6 365 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA3__IPU2_CSI1_D_6 366 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA3__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_5 367 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA3__USBPHY1_TX_HIZ 368 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA3__GPIO_3_3 369 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA3__TPSMP_HDATA_17 370 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA3__SRC_BT_CFG_3 371 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA4__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_4 372 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA4__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_5 373 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA4__IPU2_CSI1_D_5 374 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA4__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_6 375 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA4__ANATOP_USBPHY1_TX_EN 376 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA4__GPIO_3_4 377 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA4__TPSMP_HDATA_18 378 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA4__SRC_BT_CFG_4 379 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA5__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_5 380 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA5__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_4 381 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA5__IPU2_CSI1_D_4 382 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA5__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_7 383 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA5__ANATOP_USBPHY1_TX_DP 384 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA5__GPIO_3_5 385 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA5__TPSMP_HDATA_19 386 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA5__SRC_BT_CFG_5 387 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA6__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_6 388 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA6__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_3 389 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA6__IPU2_CSI1_D_3 390 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA6__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_8 391 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA6__ANATOP_USBPHY1_TX_DN 392 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA6__GPIO_3_6 393 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA6__TPSMP_HDATA_20 394 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA6__SRC_BT_CFG_6 395 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA7__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_7 396 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA7__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_2 397 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA7__IPU2_CSI1_D_2 398 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA7__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_9 399 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA7__GPIO_3_7 400 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA7__TPSMP_HDATA_21 401 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA7__SRC_BT_CFG_7 402 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA8__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_8 403 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA8__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_1 404 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA8__IPU2_CSI1_D_1 405 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA8__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_10 406 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA8__GPIO_3_8 407 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA8__TPSMP_HDATA_22 408 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA8__SRC_BT_CFG_8 409 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA9__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_9 410 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA9__IPU1_DISP1_DAT_0 411 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA9__IPU2_CSI1_D_0 412 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA9__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT_11 413 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA9__GPIO_3_9 414 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA9__TPSMP_HDATA_23 415 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA9__SRC_BT_CFG_9 416 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA10__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_10 417 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA10__IPU1_DI1_PIN15 418 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA10__IPU2_CSI1_DATA_EN 419 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA10__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT12 420 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA10__GPIO_3_10 421 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA10__TPSMP_HDATA_24 422 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA10__SRC_BT_CFG_10 423 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA11__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_11 424 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA11__IPU1_DI1_PIN2 425 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA11__IPU2_CSI1_HSYNC 426 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA11__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT13 427 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA11__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN_6 428 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA11__GPIO_3_11 429 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA11__TPSMP_HDATA_25 430 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA11__SRC_BT_CFG_11 431 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA12__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_12 432 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA12__IPU1_DI1_PIN3 433 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA12__IPU2_CSI1_VSYNC 434 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA12__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT14 435 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA12__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_3 436 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA12__GPIO_3_12 437 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA12__TPSMP_HDATA_26 438 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA12__SRC_BT_CFG_12 439 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA13__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_13 440 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA13__IPU1_DI1_D0_CS 441 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA13__CCM_DI1_EXT_CLK 442 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA13__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT15 443 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA13__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_4 444 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA13__GPIO_3_13 445 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA13__TPSMP_HDATA_27 446 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA13__SRC_BT_CFG_13 447 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA14__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_14 448 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA14__IPU1_DI1_D1_CS 449 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA14__CCM_DI0_EXT_CLK 450 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA14__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT16 451 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA14__SDMA_DEBUG_EVT_CHN_5 452 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA14__GPIO_3_14 453 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA14__TPSMP_HDATA_28 454 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA14__SRC_BT_CFG_14 455 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA15__WEIM_WEIM_DA_A_15 456 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA15__IPU1_DI1_PIN1 457 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA15__IPU1_DI1_PIN4 458 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA15__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT17 459 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA15__GPIO_3_15 460 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA15__TPSMP_HDATA_29 461 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_DA15__SRC_BT_CFG_15 462 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_WAIT__WEIM_WEIM_WAIT 463 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_WAIT__WEIM_WEIM_DTACK_B 464 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_WAIT__GPIO_5_0 465 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_WAIT__TPSMP_HDATA_30 466 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_WAIT__SRC_BT_CFG_25 467 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_BCLK__WEIM_WEIM_BCLK 468 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_BCLK__IPU1_DI1_PIN16 469 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_BCLK__GPIO_6_31 470 +MX6Q_PAD_EIM_BCLK__TPSMP_HDATA_31 471 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__IPU1_DI0_DSP_CLK 472 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__IPU2_DI0_DSP_CLK 473 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__MIPI_CR_DPY_OT28 474 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__SDMA_DBG_CR_STA0 475 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__GPIO_4_16 476 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_DISP_CLK__MMDC_DEBUG_0 477 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN15__IPU1_DI0_PIN15 478 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN15__IPU2_DI0_PIN15 479 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN15__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXC 480 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN15__MIPI_CR_DPHY_OUT_29 481 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN15__SDMA_DBG_CORE_STA_1 482 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN15__GPIO_4_17 483 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN15__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_1 484 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN2__IPU1_DI0_PIN2 485 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN2__IPU2_DI0_PIN2 486 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN2__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXD 487 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN2__MIPI_CR_DPHY_OUT_30 488 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN2__SDMA_DBG_CORE_STA_2 489 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN2__GPIO_4_18 490 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN2__MMDC_DEBUG_2 491 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN2__PL301_PER1_HADDR_9 492 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN3__IPU1_DI0_PIN3 493 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN3__IPU2_DI0_PIN3 494 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN3__AUDMUX_AUD6_TXFS 495 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN3__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_OUT31 496 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN3__SDMA_DBG_CORE_STA_3 497 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN3__GPIO_4_19 498 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN3__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_3 499 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN3__PL301_PER1_HADDR_10 500 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN4__IPU1_DI0_PIN4 501 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN4__IPU2_DI0_PIN4 502 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN4__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXD 503 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN4__USDHC1_WP 504 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN4__SDMA_DEBUG_YIELD 505 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN4__GPIO_4_20 506 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN4__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_4 507 +MX6Q_PAD_DI0_PIN4__PL301_PER1_HADDR_11 508 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_0 509 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_0 510 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__ECSPI3_SCLK 511 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__USDHC1_USDHC_DBG_0 512 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__SDMA_DBG_CORE_RUN 513 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__GPIO_4_21 514 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT0__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_5 515 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_1 516 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_1 517 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__ECSPI3_MOSI 518 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__USDHC1_USDHC_DBG_1 519 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHNSL 520 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__GPIO_4_22 521 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__MMDC_DEBUG_6 522 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT1__PL301_PER1_HADR_12 523 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_2 524 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_2 525 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__ECSPI3_MISO 526 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__USDHC1_USDHC_DBG_2 527 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__SDMA_DEBUG_MODE 528 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__GPIO_4_23 529 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__MMDC_DEBUG_7 530 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT2__PL301_PER1_HADR_13 531 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_3 532 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_3 533 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__ECSPI3_SS0 534 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__USDHC1_USDHC_DBG_3 535 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__SDMA_DBG_BUS_ERROR 536 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__GPIO_4_24 537 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__MMDC_MMDC_DBG_8 538 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT3__PL301_PER1_HADR_14 539 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_4 540 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_4 541 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__ECSPI3_SS1 542 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__USDHC1_USDHC_DBG_4 543 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_RWB 544 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__GPIO_4_25 545 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_9 546 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT4__PL301_PER1_HADR_15 547 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_5 548 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_5 549 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__ECSPI3_SS2 550 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXFS 551 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__SDMA_DBG_MCH_DMBUS 552 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__GPIO_4_26 553 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__MMDC_DEBUG_10 554 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT5__PL301_PER1_HADR_16 555 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_6 556 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_6 557 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__ECSPI3_SS3 558 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__AUDMUX_AUD6_RXC 559 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__SDMA_DBG_RTBUF_WRT 560 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__GPIO_4_27 561 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__MMDC_DEBUG_11 562 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT6__PL301_PER1_HADR_17 563 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_7 564 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_7 565 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__ECSPI3_RDY 566 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__USDHC1_USDHC_DBG_5 567 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN_0 568 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__GPIO_4_28 569 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__MMDC_DEBUG_12 570 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT7__PL301_PER1_HADR_18 571 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_8 572 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_8 573 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__PWM1_PWMO 574 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__WDOG1_WDOG_B 575 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN_1 576 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__GPIO_4_29 577 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__MMDC_DEBUG_13 578 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT8__PL301_PER1_HADR_19 579 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_9 580 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_9 581 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__PWM2_PWMO 582 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__WDOG2_WDOG_B 583 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN_2 584 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__GPIO_4_30 585 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__MMDC_DEBUG_14 586 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT9__PL301_PER1_HADR_20 587 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_10 588 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_10 589 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__USDHC1_DBG_6 590 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN3 591 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__GPIO_4_31 592 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__MMDC_DEBUG_15 593 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT10__PL301_PER1_HADR21 594 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_11 595 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_11 596 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__USDHC1_USDHC_DBG7 597 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN4 598 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__GPIO_5_5 599 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__MMDC_DEBUG_16 600 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT11__PL301_PER1_HADR22 601 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_12 602 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_12 603 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__RESERVED_RESERVED 604 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN5 605 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__GPIO_5_6 606 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__MMDC_DEBUG_17 607 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT12__PL301_PER1_HADR23 608 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_13 609 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_13 610 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXFS 611 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN0 612 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__GPIO_5_7 613 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__MMDC_DEBUG_18 614 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT13__PL301_PER1_HADR24 615 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_14 616 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_14 617 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXC 618 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN1 619 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__GPIO_5_8 620 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT14__MMDC_DEBUG_19 621 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_15 622 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_15 623 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__ECSPI1_SS1 624 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__ECSPI2_SS1 625 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN2 626 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__GPIO_5_9 627 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__MMDC_DEBUG_20 628 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT15__PL301_PER1_HADR25 629 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_16 630 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_16 631 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__ECSPI2_MOSI 632 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXC 633 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__SDMA_EXT_EVENT_0 634 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__GPIO_5_10 635 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__MMDC_DEBUG_21 636 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT16__PL301_PER1_HADR26 637 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_17 638 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_17 639 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__ECSPI2_MISO 640 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXD 641 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__SDMA_EXT_EVENT_1 642 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__GPIO_5_11 643 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__MMDC_DEBUG_22 644 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT17__PL301_PER1_HADR27 645 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_18 646 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_18 647 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__ECSPI2_SS0 648 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXFS 649 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXFS 650 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__GPIO_5_12 651 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__MMDC_DEBUG_23 652 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT18__WEIM_WEIM_CS_2 653 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_19 654 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_19 655 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__ECSPI2_SCLK 656 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXD 657 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXC 658 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__GPIO_5_13 659 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__MMDC_DEBUG_24 660 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT19__WEIM_WEIM_CS_3 661 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_20 662 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_20 663 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__ECSPI1_SCLK 664 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXC 665 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__SDMA_DBG_EVT_CHN7 666 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__GPIO_5_14 667 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__MMDC_DEBUG_25 668 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT20__PL301_PER1_HADR28 669 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_21 670 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_21 671 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__ECSPI1_MOSI 672 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXD 673 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__SDMA_DBG_BUS_DEV0 674 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__GPIO_5_15 675 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__MMDC_DEBUG_26 676 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT21__PL301_PER1_HADR29 677 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_22 678 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_22 679 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__ECSPI1_MISO 680 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXFS 681 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__SDMA_DBG_BUS_DEV1 682 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__GPIO_5_16 683 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__MMDC_DEBUG_27 684 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT22__PL301_PER1_HADR30 685 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__IPU1_DISP0_DAT_23 686 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__IPU2_DISP0_DAT_23 687 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__ECSPI1_SS0 688 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXD 689 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__SDMA_DBG_BUS_DEV2 690 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__GPIO_5_17 691 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__MMDC_DEBUG_28 692 +MX6Q_PAD_DISP0_DAT23__PL301_PER1_HADR31 693 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDIO__RESERVED_RESERVED 694 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDIO__ENET_MDIO 695 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDIO__ESAI1_SCKR 696 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDIO__SDMA_DEBUG_BUS_DEV3 697 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDIO__ENET_1588_EVT1_OUT 698 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDIO__GPIO_1_22 699 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDIO__SPDIF_PLOCK 700 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_REF_CLK__RESERVED_RSRVED 701 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_REF_CLK__ENET_TX_CLK 702 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_REF_CLK__ESAI1_FSR 703 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_REF_CLK__SDMA_DBGBUS_DEV4 704 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_REF_CLK__GPIO_1_23 705 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_REF_CLK__SPDIF_SRCLK 706 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_REF_CLK__USBPHY1_RX_SQH 707 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RX_ER__ENET_RX_ER 708 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RX_ER__ESAI1_HCKR 709 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RX_ER__SPDIF_IN1 710 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RX_ER__ENET_1588_EVT2_OUT 711 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RX_ER__GPIO_1_24 712 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RX_ER__PHY_TDI 713 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RX_ER__USBPHY1_RX_HS_RXD 714 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_CRS_DV__RESERVED_RSRVED 715 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_CRS_DV__ENET_RX_EN 716 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_CRS_DV__ESAI1_SCKT 717 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_CRS_DV__SPDIF_EXTCLK 718 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_CRS_DV__GPIO_1_25 719 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_CRS_DV__PHY_TDO 720 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_CRS_DV__USBPHY1_RX_FS_RXD 721 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD1__MLB_MLBSIG 722 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD1__ENET_RDATA_1 723 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD1__ESAI1_FST 724 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD1__ENET_1588_EVT3_OUT 725 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD1__GPIO_1_26 726 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD1__PHY_TCK 727 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD1__USBPHY1_RX_DISCON 728 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD0__OSC32K_32K_OUT 729 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD0__ENET_RDATA_0 730 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD0__ESAI1_HCKT 731 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD0__SPDIF_OUT1 732 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD0__GPIO_1_27 733 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD0__PHY_TMS 734 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_RXD0__USBPHY1_PLL_CK20DIV 735 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TX_EN__RESERVED_RSRVED 736 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TX_EN__ENET_TX_EN 737 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TX_EN__ESAI1_TX3_RX2 738 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TX_EN__GPIO_1_28 739 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TX_EN__SATA_PHY_TDI 740 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TX_EN__USBPHY2_RX_SQH 741 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD1__MLB_MLBCLK 742 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD1__ENET_TDATA_1 743 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD1__ESAI1_TX2_RX3 744 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD1__ENET_1588_EVENT0_IN 745 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD1__GPIO_1_29 746 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD1__SATA_PHY_TDO 747 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD1__USBPHY2_RX_HS_RXD 748 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD0__RESERVED_RSRVED 749 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD0__ENET_TDATA_0 750 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD0__ESAI1_TX4_RX1 751 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD0__GPIO_1_30 752 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD0__SATA_PHY_TCK 753 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_TXD0__USBPHY2_RX_FS_RXD 754 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDC__MLB_MLBDAT 755 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDC__ENET_MDC 756 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDC__ESAI1_TX5_RX0 757 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDC__ENET_1588_EVENT1_IN 758 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDC__GPIO_1_31 759 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDC__SATA_PHY_TMS 760 +MX6Q_PAD_ENET_MDC__USBPHY2_RX_DISCON 761 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D40__MMDC_DRAM_D_40 762 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D41__MMDC_DRAM_D_41 763 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D42__MMDC_DRAM_D_42 764 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D43__MMDC_DRAM_D_43 765 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D44__MMDC_DRAM_D_44 766 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D45__MMDC_DRAM_D_45 767 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D46__MMDC_DRAM_D_46 768 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D47__MMDC_DRAM_D_47 769 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDQS5__MMDC_DRAM_SDQS_5 770 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_DQM5__MMDC_DRAM_DQM_5 771 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D32__MMDC_DRAM_D_32 772 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D33__MMDC_DRAM_D_33 773 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D34__MMDC_DRAM_D_34 774 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D35__MMDC_DRAM_D_35 775 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D36__MMDC_DRAM_D_36 776 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D37__MMDC_DRAM_D_37 777 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D38__MMDC_DRAM_D_38 778 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D39__MMDC_DRAM_D_39 779 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_DQM4__MMDC_DRAM_DQM_4 780 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDQS4__MMDC_DRAM_SDQS_4 781 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D24__MMDC_DRAM_D_24 782 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D25__MMDC_DRAM_D_25 783 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D26__MMDC_DRAM_D_26 784 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D27__MMDC_DRAM_D_27 785 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D28__MMDC_DRAM_D_28 786 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D29__MMDC_DRAM_D_29 787 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDQS3__MMDC_DRAM_SDQS_3 788 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D30__MMDC_DRAM_D_30 789 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D31__MMDC_DRAM_D_31 790 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_DQM3__MMDC_DRAM_DQM_3 791 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D16__MMDC_DRAM_D_16 792 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D17__MMDC_DRAM_D_17 793 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D18__MMDC_DRAM_D_18 794 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D19__MMDC_DRAM_D_19 795 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D20__MMDC_DRAM_D_20 796 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D21__MMDC_DRAM_D_21 797 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D22__MMDC_DRAM_D_22 798 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDQS2__MMDC_DRAM_SDQS_2 799 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D23__MMDC_DRAM_D_23 800 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_DQM2__MMDC_DRAM_DQM_2 801 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A0__MMDC_DRAM_A_0 802 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A1__MMDC_DRAM_A_1 803 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A2__MMDC_DRAM_A_2 804 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A3__MMDC_DRAM_A_3 805 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A4__MMDC_DRAM_A_4 806 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A5__MMDC_DRAM_A_5 807 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A6__MMDC_DRAM_A_6 808 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A7__MMDC_DRAM_A_7 809 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A8__MMDC_DRAM_A_8 810 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A9__MMDC_DRAM_A_9 811 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A10__MMDC_DRAM_A_10 812 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A11__MMDC_DRAM_A_11 813 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A12__MMDC_DRAM_A_12 814 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A13__MMDC_DRAM_A_13 815 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A14__MMDC_DRAM_A_14 816 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_A15__MMDC_DRAM_A_15 817 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_CAS__MMDC_DRAM_CAS 818 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_CS0__MMDC_DRAM_CS_0 819 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_CS1__MMDC_DRAM_CS_1 820 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_RAS__MMDC_DRAM_RAS 821 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_RESET__MMDC_DRAM_RESET 822 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDBA0__MMDC_DRAM_SDBA_0 823 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDBA1__MMDC_DRAM_SDBA_1 824 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDCLK_0__MMDC_DRAM_SDCLK0 825 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDBA2__MMDC_DRAM_SDBA_2 826 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDCKE0__MMDC_DRAM_SDCKE_0 827 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDCLK_1__MMDC_DRAM_SDCLK1 828 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDCKE1__MMDC_DRAM_SDCKE_1 829 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDODT0__MMDC_DRAM_ODT_0 830 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDODT1__MMDC_DRAM_ODT_1 831 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDWE__MMDC_DRAM_SDWE 832 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D0__MMDC_DRAM_D_0 833 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D1__MMDC_DRAM_D_1 834 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D2__MMDC_DRAM_D_2 835 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D3__MMDC_DRAM_D_3 836 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D4__MMDC_DRAM_D_4 837 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D5__MMDC_DRAM_D_5 838 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDQS0__MMDC_DRAM_SDQS_0 839 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D6__MMDC_DRAM_D_6 840 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D7__MMDC_DRAM_D_7 841 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_DQM0__MMDC_DRAM_DQM_0 842 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D8__MMDC_DRAM_D_8 843 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D9__MMDC_DRAM_D_9 844 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D10__MMDC_DRAM_D_10 845 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D11__MMDC_DRAM_D_11 846 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D12__MMDC_DRAM_D_12 847 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D13__MMDC_DRAM_D_13 848 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D14__MMDC_DRAM_D_14 849 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDQS1__MMDC_DRAM_SDQS_1 850 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D15__MMDC_DRAM_D_15 851 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_DQM1__MMDC_DRAM_DQM_1 852 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D48__MMDC_DRAM_D_48 853 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D49__MMDC_DRAM_D_49 854 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D50__MMDC_DRAM_D_50 855 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D51__MMDC_DRAM_D_51 856 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D52__MMDC_DRAM_D_52 857 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D53__MMDC_DRAM_D_53 858 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D54__MMDC_DRAM_D_54 859 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D55__MMDC_DRAM_D_55 860 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDQS6__MMDC_DRAM_SDQS_6 861 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_DQM6__MMDC_DRAM_DQM_6 862 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D56__MMDC_DRAM_D_56 863 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_SDQS7__MMDC_DRAM_SDQS_7 864 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D57__MMDC_DRAM_D_57 865 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D58__MMDC_DRAM_D_58 866 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D59__MMDC_DRAM_D_59 867 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D60__MMDC_DRAM_D_60 868 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_DQM7__MMDC_DRAM_DQM_7 869 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D61__MMDC_DRAM_D_61 870 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D62__MMDC_DRAM_D_62 871 +MX6Q_PAD_DRAM_D63__MMDC_DRAM_D_63 872 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL0__ECSPI1_SCLK 873 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL0__ENET_RDATA_3 874 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL0__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXC 875 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL0__KPP_COL_0 876 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL0__UART4_TXD 877 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL0__GPIO_4_6 878 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL0__DCIC1_DCIC_OUT 879 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL0__SRC_ANY_PU_RST 880 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW0__ECSPI1_MOSI 881 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW0__ENET_TDATA_3 882 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW0__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXD 883 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW0__KPP_ROW_0 884 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW0__UART4_RXD 885 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW0__GPIO_4_7 886 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW0__DCIC2_DCIC_OUT 887 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW0__PL301_PER1_HADR_0 888 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL1__ECSPI1_MISO 889 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL1__ENET_MDIO 890 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL1__AUDMUX_AUD5_TXFS 891 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL1__KPP_COL_1 892 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL1__UART5_TXD 893 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL1__GPIO_4_8 894 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL1__USDHC1_VSELECT 895 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL1__PL301MX_PER1_HADR_1 896 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW1__ECSPI1_SS0 897 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW1__ENET_COL 898 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW1__AUDMUX_AUD5_RXD 899 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW1__KPP_ROW_1 900 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW1__UART5_RXD 901 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW1__GPIO_4_9 902 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW1__USDHC2_VSELECT 903 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW1__PL301_PER1_HADDR_2 904 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL2__ECSPI1_SS1 905 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL2__ENET_RDATA_2 906 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL2__CAN1_TXCAN 907 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL2__KPP_COL_2 908 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL2__ENET_MDC 909 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL2__GPIO_4_10 910 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL2__USBOH3_H1_PWRCTL_WKP 911 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL2__PL301_PER1_HADDR_3 912 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW2__ECSPI1_SS2 913 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW2__ENET_TDATA_2 914 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW2__CAN1_RXCAN 915 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW2__KPP_ROW_2 916 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW2__USDHC2_VSELECT 917 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW2__GPIO_4_11 918 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW2__HDMI_TX_CEC_LINE 919 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW2__PL301_PER1_HADR_4 920 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL3__ECSPI1_SS3 921 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL3__ENET_CRS 922 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL3__HDMI_TX_DDC_SCL 923 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL3__KPP_COL_3 924 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL3__I2C2_SCL 925 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL3__GPIO_4_12 926 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL3__SPDIF_IN1 927 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL3__PL301_PER1_HADR_5 928 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW3__OSC32K_32K_OUT 929 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW3__ASRC_ASRC_EXT_CLK 930 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW3__HDMI_TX_DDC_SDA 931 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW3__KPP_ROW_3 932 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW3__I2C2_SDA 933 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW3__GPIO_4_13 934 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW3__USDHC1_VSELECT 935 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW3__PL301_PER1_HADR_6 936 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL4__CAN2_TXCAN 937 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL4__IPU1_SISG_4 938 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL4__USBOH3_USBOTG_OC 939 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL4__KPP_COL_4 940 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL4__UART5_RTS 941 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL4__GPIO_4_14 942 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL4__MMDC_DEBUG_49 943 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_COL4__PL301_PER1_HADDR_7 944 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW4__CAN2_RXCAN 945 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW4__IPU1_SISG_5 946 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW4__USBOH3_USBOTG_PWR 947 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW4__KPP_ROW_4 948 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW4__UART5_CTS 949 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW4__GPIO_4_15 950 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW4__MMDC_DEBUG_50 951 +MX6Q_PAD_KEY_ROW4__PL301_PER1_HADR_8 952 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_0__CCM_CLKO 953 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_0__KPP_COL_5 954 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_0__ASRC_ASRC_EXT_CLK 955 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_0__EPIT1_EPITO 956 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_0__GPIO_1_0 957 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_0__USBOH3_USBH1_PWR 958 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_0__SNVS_HP_WRAP_SNVS_VIO5 959 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_1__ESAI1_SCKR 960 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_1__WDOG2_WDOG_B 961 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_1__KPP_ROW_5 962 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_1__PWM2_PWMO 963 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_1__GPIO_1_1 964 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_1__USDHC1_CD 965 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_1__SRC_TESTER_ACK 966 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_9__ESAI1_FSR 967 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_9__WDOG1_WDOG_B 968 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_9__KPP_COL_6 969 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_9__CCM_REF_EN_B 970 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_9__PWM1_PWMO 971 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_9__GPIO_1_9 972 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_9__USDHC1_WP 973 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_9__SRC_EARLY_RST 974 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_3__ESAI1_HCKR 975 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_3__OBSERVE_MUX_INT_OUT0 976 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_3__I2C3_SCL 977 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_3__ANATOP_24M_OUT 978 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_3__CCM_CLKO2 979 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_3__GPIO_1_3 980 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_3__USBOH3_USBH1_OC 981 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_3__MLB_MLBCLK 982 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_6__ESAI1_SCKT 983 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_6__OBSERVE_MUX_INT_OUT1 984 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_6__I2C3_SDA 985 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_6__CCM_CCM_OUT_0 986 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_6__CSU_CSU_INT_DEB 987 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_6__GPIO_1_6 988 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_6__USDHC2_LCTL 989 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_6__MLB_MLBSIG 990 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_2__ESAI1_FST 991 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_2__OBSERVE_MUX_INT_OUT2 992 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_2__KPP_ROW_6 993 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_2__CCM_CCM_OUT_1 994 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_2__CSU_CSU_ALARM_AUT_0 995 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_2__GPIO_1_2 996 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_2__USDHC2_WP 997 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_2__MLB_MLBDAT 998 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_4__ESAI1_HCKT 999 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_4__OBSERVE_MUX_INT_OUT3 1000 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_4__KPP_COL_7 1001 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_4__CCM_CCM_OUT_2 1002 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_4__CSU_CSU_ALARM_AUT_1 1003 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_4__GPIO_1_4 1004 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_4__USDHC2_CD 1005 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_4__OCOTP_CRL_WRAR_FUSE_LA 1006 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_5__ESAI1_TX2_RX3 1007 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_5__OBSERVE_MUX_INT_OUT4 1008 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_5__KPP_ROW_7 1009 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_5__CCM_CLKO 1010 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_5__CSU_CSU_ALARM_AUT_2 1011 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_5__GPIO_1_5 1012 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_5__I2C3_SCL 1013 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_5__CHEETAH_EVENTI 1014 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_7__ESAI1_TX4_RX1 1015 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_7__ECSPI5_RDY 1016 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_7__EPIT1_EPITO 1017 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_7__CAN1_TXCAN 1018 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_7__UART2_TXD 1019 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_7__GPIO_1_7 1020 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_7__SPDIF_PLOCK 1021 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_7__USBOH3_OTGUSB_HST_MODE 1022 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_8__ESAI1_TX5_RX0 1023 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_8__ANATOP_ANATOP_32K_OUT 1024 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_8__EPIT2_EPITO 1025 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_8__CAN1_RXCAN 1026 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_8__UART2_RXD 1027 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_8__GPIO_1_8 1028 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_8__SPDIF_SRCLK 1029 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_8__USBOH3_OTG_PWRCTL_WAK 1030 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_16__ESAI1_TX3_RX2 1031 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_16__ENET_1588_EVENT2_IN 1032 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_16__ENET_ETHERNET_REF_OUT 1033 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_16__USDHC1_LCTL 1034 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_16__SPDIF_IN1 1035 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_16__GPIO_7_11 1036 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_16__I2C3_SDA 1037 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_16__SJC_DE_B 1038 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_17__ESAI1_TX0 1039 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_17__ENET_1588_EVENT3_IN 1040 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_17__CCM_PMIC_RDY 1041 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_17__SDMA_SDMA_EXT_EVENT_0 1042 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_17__SPDIF_OUT1 1043 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_17__GPIO_7_12 1044 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_17__SJC_JTAG_ACT 1045 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_18__ESAI1_TX1 1046 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_18__ENET_RX_CLK 1047 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_18__USDHC3_VSELECT 1048 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_18__SDMA_SDMA_EXT_EVENT_1 1049 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_18__ASRC_ASRC_EXT_CLK 1050 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_18__GPIO_7_13 1051 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_18__SNVS_HP_WRA_SNVS_VIO5 1052 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_18__SRC_SYSTEM_RST 1053 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_19__KPP_COL_5 1054 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_19__ENET_1588_EVENT0_OUT 1055 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_19__SPDIF_OUT1 1056 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_19__CCM_CLKO 1057 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_19__ECSPI1_RDY 1058 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_19__GPIO_4_5 1059 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_19__ENET_TX_ER 1060 +MX6Q_PAD_GPIO_19__SRC_INT_BOOT 1061 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__IPU1_CSI0_PIXCLK 1062 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_12 1063 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_0 1064 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__GPIO_5_18 1065 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK___MMDC_DEBUG_29 1066 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_PIXCLK__CHEETAH_EVENTO 1067 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__IPU1_CSI0_HSYNC 1068 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_13 1069 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__CCM_CLKO 1070 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_1 1071 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__GPIO_5_19 1072 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_30 1073 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_MCLK__CHEETAH_TRCTL 1074 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__IPU1_CSI0_DA_EN 1075 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__WEIM_WEIM_D_0 1076 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_14 1077 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_2 1078 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__GPIO_5_20 1079 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__MMDC_DEBUG_31 1080 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DATA_EN__CHEETAH_TRCLK 1081 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__IPU1_CSI0_VSYNC 1082 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__WEIM_WEIM_D_1 1083 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_15 1084 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_3 1085 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__GPIO_5_21 1086 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__MMDC_DEBUG_32 1087 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_VSYNC__CHEETAH_TRACE_0 1088 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__IPU1_CSI0_D_4 1089 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__WEIM_WEIM_D_2 1090 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__ECSPI1_SCLK 1091 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__KPP_COL_5 1092 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__AUDMUX_AUD3_TXC 1093 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__GPIO_5_22 1094 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__MMDC_DEBUG_43 1095 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT4__CHEETAH_TRACE_1 1096 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__IPU1_CSI0_D_5 1097 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__WEIM_WEIM_D_3 1098 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__ECSPI1_MOSI 1099 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__KPP_ROW_5 1100 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__AUDMUX_AUD3_TXD 1101 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__GPIO_5_23 1102 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_44 1103 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT5__CHEETAH_TRACE_2 1104 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__IPU1_CSI0_D_6 1105 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__WEIM_WEIM_D_4 1106 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__ECSPI1_MISO 1107 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__KPP_COL_6 1108 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__AUDMUX_AUD3_TXFS 1109 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__GPIO_5_24 1110 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_45 1111 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT6__CHEETAH_TRACE_3 1112 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__IPU1_CSI0_D_7 1113 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__WEIM_WEIM_D_5 1114 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__ECSPI1_SS0 1115 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__KPP_ROW_6 1116 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__AUDMUX_AUD3_RXD 1117 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__GPIO_5_25 1118 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_46 1119 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT7__CHEETAH_TRACE_4 1120 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__IPU1_CSI0_D_8 1121 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__WEIM_WEIM_D_6 1122 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__ECSPI2_SCLK 1123 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__KPP_COL_7 1124 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__I2C1_SDA 1125 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__GPIO_5_26 1126 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_47 1127 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT8__CHEETAH_TRACE_5 1128 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__IPU1_CSI0_D_9 1129 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__WEIM_WEIM_D_7 1130 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__ECSPI2_MOSI 1131 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__KPP_ROW_7 1132 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__I2C1_SCL 1133 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__GPIO_5_27 1134 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_48 1135 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT9__CHEETAH_TRACE_6 1136 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__IPU1_CSI0_D_10 1137 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__AUDMUX_AUD3_RXC 1138 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__ECSPI2_MISO 1139 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__UART1_TXD 1140 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_4 1141 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__GPIO_5_28 1142 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_33 1143 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT10__CHEETAH_TRACE_7 1144 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__IPU1_CSI0_D_11 1145 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__AUDMUX_AUD3_RXFS 1146 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__ECSPI2_SS0 1147 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__UART1_RXD 1148 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_5 1149 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__GPIO_5_29 1150 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_34 1151 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT11__CHEETAH_TRACE_8 1152 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__IPU1_CSI0_D_12 1153 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__WEIM_WEIM_D_8 1154 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_16 1155 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__UART4_TXD 1156 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_6 1157 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__GPIO_5_30 1158 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_35 1159 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT12__CHEETAH_TRACE_9 1160 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__IPU1_CSI0_D_13 1161 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__WEIM_WEIM_D_9 1162 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_17 1163 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__UART4_RXD 1164 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_7 1165 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__GPIO_5_31 1166 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_36 1167 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT13__CHEETAH_TRACE_10 1168 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__IPU1_CSI0_D_14 1169 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__WEIM_WEIM_D_10 1170 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_18 1171 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__UART5_TXD 1172 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_8 1173 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__GPIO_6_0 1174 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_37 1175 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT14__CHEETAH_TRACE_11 1176 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__IPU1_CSI0_D_15 1177 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__WEIM_WEIM_D_11 1178 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_19 1179 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__UART5_RXD 1180 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_9 1181 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__GPIO_6_1 1182 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_38 1183 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT15__CHEETAH_TRACE_12 1184 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__IPU1_CSI0_D_16 1185 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__WEIM_WEIM_D_12 1186 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_20 1187 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__UART4_RTS 1188 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_10 1189 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__GPIO_6_2 1190 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_39 1191 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT16__CHEETAH_TRACE_13 1192 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__IPU1_CSI0_D_17 1193 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__WEIM_WEIM_D_13 1194 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_21 1195 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__UART4_CTS 1196 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_11 1197 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__GPIO_6_3 1198 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_40 1199 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT17__CHEETAH_TRACE_14 1200 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__IPU1_CSI0_D_18 1201 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__WEIM_WEIM_D_14 1202 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_22 1203 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__UART5_RTS 1204 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_12 1205 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__GPIO_6_4 1206 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_41 1207 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT18__CHEETAH_TRACE_15 1208 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__IPU1_CSI0_D_19 1209 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__WEIM_WEIM_D_15 1210 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_23 1211 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__UART5_CTS 1212 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__SDMA_DEBUG_PC_13 1213 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__GPIO_6_5 1214 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__MMDC_MMDC_DEBUG_42 1215 +MX6Q_PAD_CSI0_DAT19__ANATOP_TESTO_9 1216 +MX6Q_PAD_JTAG_TMS__SJC_TMS 1217 +MX6Q_PAD_JTAG_MOD__SJC_MOD 1218 +MX6Q_PAD_JTAG_TRSTB__SJC_TRSTB 1219 +MX6Q_PAD_JTAG_TDI__SJC_TDI 1220 +MX6Q_PAD_JTAG_TCK__SJC_TCK 1221 +MX6Q_PAD_JTAG_TDO__SJC_TDO 1222 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS1_TX3_P__LDB_LVDS1_TX3 1223 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS1_TX2_P__LDB_LVDS1_TX2 1224 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS1_CLK_P__LDB_LVDS1_CLK 1225 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS1_TX1_P__LDB_LVDS1_TX1 1226 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS1_TX0_P__LDB_LVDS1_TX0 1227 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS0_TX3_P__LDB_LVDS0_TX3 1228 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS0_CLK_P__LDB_LVDS0_CLK 1229 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS0_TX2_P__LDB_LVDS0_TX2 1230 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS0_TX1_P__LDB_LVDS0_TX1 1231 +MX6Q_PAD_LVDS0_TX0_P__LDB_LVDS0_TX0 1232 +MX6Q_PAD_TAMPER__SNVS_LP_WRAP_SNVS_TD1 1233 +MX6Q_PAD_PMIC_ON_REQ__SNVS_LPWRAP_WKALM 1234 +MX6Q_PAD_PMIC_STBY_REQ__CCM_PMIC_STBYRQ 1235 +MX6Q_PAD_POR_B__SRC_POR_B 1236 +MX6Q_PAD_BOOT_MODE1__SRC_BOOT_MODE_1 1237 +MX6Q_PAD_RESET_IN_B__SRC_RESET_B 1238 +MX6Q_PAD_BOOT_MODE0__SRC_BOOT_MODE_0 1239 +MX6Q_PAD_TEST_MODE__TCU_TEST_MODE 1240 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT7__USDHC3_DAT7 1241 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT7__UART1_TXD 1242 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT7__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_24 1243 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT7__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_0 1244 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT7__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_0 1245 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT7__GPIO_6_17 1246 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT7__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_12 1247 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT7__USBPHY2_CLK20DIV 1248 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT6__USDHC3_DAT6 1249 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT6__UART1_RXD 1250 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT6__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_25 1251 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT6__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_1 1252 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT6__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_1 1253 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT6__GPIO_6_18 1254 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT6__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_13 1255 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT6__ANATOP_TESTO_10 1256 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT5__USDHC3_DAT5 1257 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT5__UART2_TXD 1258 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT5__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_26 1259 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT5__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_2 1260 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT5__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_2 1261 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT5__GPIO_7_0 1262 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT5__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_14 1263 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT5__ANATOP_TESTO_11 1264 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT4__USDHC3_DAT4 1265 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT4__UART2_RXD 1266 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT4__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_27 1267 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT4__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_3 1268 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT4__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_3 1269 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT4__GPIO_7_1 1270 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT4__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_15 1271 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT4__ANATOP_TESTO_12 1272 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CMD__USDHC3_CMD 1273 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CMD__UART2_CTS 1274 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CMD__CAN1_TXCAN 1275 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CMD__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_4 1276 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CMD__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_4 1277 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CMD__GPIO_7_2 1278 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CMD__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_16 1279 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CMD__ANATOP_TESTO_13 1280 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CLK__USDHC3_CLK 1281 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CLK__UART2_RTS 1282 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CLK__CAN1_RXCAN 1283 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CLK__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_5 1284 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CLK__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_5 1285 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CLK__GPIO_7_3 1286 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CLK__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_17 1287 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_CLK__ANATOP_TESTO_14 1288 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT0__USDHC3_DAT0 1289 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT0__UART1_CTS 1290 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT0__CAN2_TXCAN 1291 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT0__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_6 1292 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT0__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_6 1293 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT0__GPIO_7_4 1294 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT0__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_18 1295 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT0__ANATOP_TESTO_15 1296 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT1__USDHC3_DAT1 1297 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT1__UART1_RTS 1298 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT1__CAN2_RXCAN 1299 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT1__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_7 1300 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT1__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_7 1301 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT1__GPIO_7_5 1302 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT1__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_19 1303 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT1__ANATOP_TESTI_0 1304 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT2__USDHC3_DAT2 1305 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT2__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_28 1306 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT2__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_8 1307 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT2__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_8 1308 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT2__GPIO_7_6 1309 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT2__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_20 1310 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT2__ANATOP_TESTI_1 1311 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT3__USDHC3_DAT3 1312 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT3__UART3_CTS 1313 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT3__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_29 1314 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT3__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_9 1315 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT3__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_9 1316 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT3__GPIO_7_7 1317 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT3__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_21 1318 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_DAT3__ANATOP_TESTI_2 1319 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_RST__USDHC3_RST 1320 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_RST__UART3_RTS 1321 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_RST__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_30 1322 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_RST__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT_10 1323 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_RST__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT_10 1324 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_RST__GPIO_7_8 1325 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_RST__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN_22 1326 +MX6Q_PAD_SD3_RST__ANATOP_ANATOP_TESTI_3 1327 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CLE__RAWNAND_CLE 1328 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CLE__IPU2_SISG_4 1329 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CLE__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_31 1330 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CLE__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OT11 1331 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CLE__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OT11 1332 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CLE__GPIO_6_7 1333 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CLE__MIPI_CORE_DPHY_IN23 1334 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CLE__TPSMP_HTRANS_0 1335 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_ALE__RAWNAND_ALE 1336 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_ALE__USDHC4_RST 1337 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_ALE__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_0 1338 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_ALE__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OT12 1339 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_ALE__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OT12 1340 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_ALE__GPIO_6_8 1341 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_ALE__MIPI_CR_DPHY_IN_24 1342 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_ALE__TPSMP_HTRANS_1 1343 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__RAWNAND_RESETN 1344 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__IPU2_SISG_5 1345 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__PCIE_CTRL__MUX_1 1346 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__USBOH3_UH3_DFDOT13 1347 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__USBOH3_UH2_DFDOT13 1348 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__GPIO_6_9 1349 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__MIPI_CR_DPHY_OUT32 1350 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_WP_B__PL301_PER1_HSIZE_0 1351 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_RB0__RAWNAND_READY0 1352 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_RB0__IPU2_DI0_PIN1 1353 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_RB0__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_2 1354 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_RB0__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OT14 1355 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_RB0__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OT14 1356 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_RB0__GPIO_6_10 1357 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_RB0__MIPI_CR_DPHY_OUT_33 1358 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_RB0__PL301_PER1_HSIZE_1 1359 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS0__RAWNAND_CE0N 1360 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS0__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OT15 1361 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS0__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OT15 1362 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS0__GPIO_6_11 1363 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS0__PL301_PER1_HSIZE_2 1364 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS1__RAWNAND_CE1N 1365 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS1__USDHC4_VSELECT 1366 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS1__USDHC3_VSELECT 1367 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS1__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_3 1368 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS1__GPIO_6_14 1369 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS1__PL301_PER1_HRDYOUT 1370 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS2__RAWNAND_CE2N 1371 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS2__IPU1_SISG_0 1372 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS2__ESAI1_TX0 1373 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS2__WEIM_WEIM_CRE 1374 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS2__CCM_CLKO2 1375 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS2__GPIO_6_15 1376 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS2__IPU2_SISG_0 1377 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS3__RAWNAND_CE3N 1378 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS3__IPU1_SISG_1 1379 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS3__ESAI1_TX1 1380 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS3__WEIM_WEIM_A_26 1381 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS3__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_4 1382 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS3__GPIO_6_16 1383 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS3__IPU2_SISG_1 1384 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_CS3__TPSMP_CLK 1385 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CMD__USDHC4_CMD 1386 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CMD__RAWNAND_RDN 1387 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CMD__UART3_TXD 1388 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CMD__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_5 1389 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CMD__GPIO_7_9 1390 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CMD__TPSMP_HDATA_DIR 1391 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CLK__USDHC4_CLK 1392 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CLK__RAWNAND_WRN 1393 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CLK__UART3_RXD 1394 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CLK__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_6 1395 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_CLK__GPIO_7_10 1396 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D0__RAWNAND_D0 1397 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D0__USDHC1_DAT4 1398 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D0__GPU3D_GPU_DBG_OUT_0 1399 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D0__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT16 1400 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D0__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT16 1401 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D0__GPIO_2_0 1402 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D0__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_0 1403 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D0__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_0 1404 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D1__RAWNAND_D1 1405 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D1__USDHC1_DAT5 1406 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D1__GPU3D_GPU_DEBUG_OUT1 1407 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D1__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT17 1408 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D1__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT17 1409 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D1__GPIO_2_1 1410 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D1__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_1 1411 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D1__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_1 1412 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D2__RAWNAND_D2 1413 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D2__USDHC1_DAT6 1414 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D2__GPU3D_GPU_DBG_OUT_2 1415 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D2__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT18 1416 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D2__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT18 1417 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D2__GPIO_2_2 1418 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D2__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_2 1419 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D2__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_2 1420 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D3__RAWNAND_D3 1421 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D3__USDHC1_DAT7 1422 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D3__GPU3D_GPU_DBG_OUT_3 1423 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D3__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT19 1424 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D3__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT19 1425 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D3__GPIO_2_3 1426 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D3__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_3 1427 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D3__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_3 1428 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D4__RAWNAND_D4 1429 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D4__USDHC2_DAT4 1430 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D4__GPU3D_GPU_DBG_OUT_4 1431 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D4__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT20 1432 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D4__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT20 1433 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D4__GPIO_2_4 1434 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D4__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_4 1435 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D4__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_4 1436 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D5__RAWNAND_D5 1437 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D5__USDHC2_DAT5 1438 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D5__GPU3D_GPU_DBG_OUT_5 1439 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D5__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT21 1440 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D5__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT21 1441 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D5__GPIO_2_5 1442 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D5__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_5 1443 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D5__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_5 1444 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D6__RAWNAND_D6 1445 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D6__USDHC2_DAT6 1446 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D6__GPU3D_GPU_DBG_OUT_6 1447 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D6__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT22 1448 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D6__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT22 1449 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D6__GPIO_2_6 1450 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D6__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_6 1451 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D6__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_6 1452 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D7__RAWNAND_D7 1453 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D7__USDHC2_DAT7 1454 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D7__GPU3D_GPU_DBG_OUT_7 1455 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D7__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT23 1456 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D7__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT23 1457 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D7__GPIO_2_7 1458 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D7__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_7 1459 +MX6Q_PAD_NANDF_D7__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_7 1460 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__RAWNAND_D8 1461 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__USDHC4_DAT0 1462 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__RAWNAND_DQS 1463 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT24 1464 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT24 1465 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__GPIO_2_8 1466 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_8 1467 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT0__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_8 1468 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__RAWNAND_D9 1469 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__USDHC4_DAT1 1470 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__PWM3_PWMO 1471 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT25 1472 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT25 1473 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__GPIO_2_9 1474 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_9 1475 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT1__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_9 1476 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__RAWNAND_D10 1477 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__USDHC4_DAT2 1478 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__PWM4_PWMO 1479 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT26 1480 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT26 1481 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__GPIO_2_10 1482 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_10 1483 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT2__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_10 1484 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT3__RAWNAND_D11 1485 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT3__USDHC4_DAT3 1486 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT3__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT27 1487 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT3__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT27 1488 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT3__GPIO_2_11 1489 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT3__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_11 1490 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT3__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_11 1491 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__RAWNAND_D12 1492 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__USDHC4_DAT4 1493 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__UART2_RXD 1494 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT28 1495 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT28 1496 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__GPIO_2_12 1497 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_12 1498 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT4__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_12 1499 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__RAWNAND_D13 1500 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__USDHC4_DAT5 1501 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__UART2_RTS 1502 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT29 1503 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT29 1504 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__GPIO_2_13 1505 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_13 1506 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT5__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_13 1507 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__RAWNAND_D14 1508 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__USDHC4_DAT6 1509 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__UART2_CTS 1510 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT30 1511 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT30 1512 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__GPIO_2_14 1513 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_14 1514 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT6__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_14 1515 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__RAWNAND_D15 1516 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__USDHC4_DAT7 1517 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__UART2_TXD 1518 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__USBOH3_UH2_DFD_OUT31 1519 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__USBOH3_UH3_DFD_OUT31 1520 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__GPIO_2_15 1521 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__IPU1_IPU_DIAG_BUS_15 1522 +MX6Q_PAD_SD4_DAT7__IPU2_IPU_DIAG_BUS_15 1523 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT1__USDHC1_DAT1 1524 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT1__ECSPI5_SS0 1525 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT1__PWM3_PWMO 1526 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT1__GPT_CAPIN2 1527 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT1__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_7 1528 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT1__GPIO_1_17 1529 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT1__HDMI_TX_OPHYDTB_0 1530 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT1__ANATOP_TESTO_8 1531 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT0__USDHC1_DAT0 1532 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT0__ECSPI5_MISO 1533 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT0__CAAM_WRAP_RNG_OSCOBS 1534 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT0__GPT_CAPIN1 1535 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT0__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_8 1536 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT0__GPIO_1_16 1537 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT0__HDMI_TX_OPHYDTB_1 1538 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT0__ANATOP_TESTO_7 1539 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT3__USDHC1_DAT3 1540 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT3__ECSPI5_SS2 1541 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT3__GPT_CMPOUT3 1542 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT3__PWM1_PWMO 1543 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT3__WDOG2_WDOG_B 1544 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT3__GPIO_1_21 1545 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT3__WDOG2_WDOG_RST_B_DEB 1546 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT3__ANATOP_TESTO_6 1547 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CMD__USDHC1_CMD 1548 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CMD__ECSPI5_MOSI 1549 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CMD__PWM4_PWMO 1550 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CMD__GPT_CMPOUT1 1551 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CMD__GPIO_1_18 1552 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CMD__ANATOP_TESTO_5 1553 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT2__USDHC1_DAT2 1554 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT2__ECSPI5_SS1 1555 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT2__GPT_CMPOUT2 1556 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT2__PWM2_PWMO 1557 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT2__WDOG1_WDOG_B 1558 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT2__GPIO_1_19 1559 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT2__WDOG1_WDOG_RST_B_DEB 1560 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_DAT2__ANATOP_TESTO_4 1561 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CLK__USDHC1_CLK 1562 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CLK__ECSPI5_SCLK 1563 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CLK__OSC32K_32K_OUT 1564 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CLK__GPT_CLKIN 1565 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CLK__GPIO_1_20 1566 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CLK__PHY_DTB_0 1567 +MX6Q_PAD_SD1_CLK__SATA_PHY_DTB_0 1568 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CLK__USDHC2_CLK 1569 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CLK__ECSPI5_SCLK 1570 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CLK__KPP_COL_5 1571 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CLK__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXFS 1572 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CLK__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_9 1573 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CLK__GPIO_1_10 1574 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CLK__PHY_DTB_1 1575 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CLK__SATA_PHY_DTB_1 1576 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CMD__USDHC2_CMD 1577 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CMD__ECSPI5_MOSI 1578 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CMD__KPP_ROW_5 1579 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CMD__AUDMUX_AUD4_RXC 1580 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CMD__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_10 1581 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_CMD__GPIO_1_11 1582 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT3__USDHC2_DAT3 1583 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT3__ECSPI5_SS3 1584 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT3__KPP_COL_6 1585 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT3__AUDMUX_AUD4_TXC 1586 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT3__PCIE_CTRL_MUX_11 1587 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT3__GPIO_1_12 1588 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT3__SJC_DONE 1589 +MX6Q_PAD_SD2_DAT3__ANATOP_TESTO_3 1590 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,mxs-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,mxs-pinctrl.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f7e8e8f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,mxs-pinctrl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,918 @@ +* Freescale MXS Pin Controller + +The pins controlled by mxs pin controller are organized in banks, each bank +has 32 pins. Each pin has 4 multiplexing functions, and generally, the 4th +function is GPIO. The configuration on the pins includes drive strength, +voltage and pull-up. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,imx23-pinctrl" or "fsl,imx28-pinctrl" +- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for the + pin controller. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices. + +The node of mxs pin controller acts as a container for an arbitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for +a group of pins, and only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. +In other words, a subnode that describes a drive strength parameter implies no +information about pull-up. For this reason, even seemingly boolean values are +actually tristates in this binding: unspecified, off, or on. Unspecified is +represented as an absent property, and off/on are represented as integer +values 0 and 1. + +Those subnodes under mxs pin controller node will fall into two categories. +One is to set up a group of pins for a function, both mux selection and pin +configurations, and it's called group node in the binding document. The other +one is to adjust the pin configuration for some particular pins that need a +different configuration than what is defined in group node. The binding +document calls this type of node config node. + +On mxs, there is no hardware pin group. The pin group in this binding only +means a group of pins put together for particular peripheral to work in +particular function, like SSP0 functioning as mmc0-8bit. That said, the +group node should include all the pins needed for one function rather than +having these pins defined in several group nodes. It also means each of +"pinctrl-*" phandle in client device node should only have one group node +pointed in there, while the phandle can have multiple config node referenced +there to adjust configurations for some pins in the group. + +Required subnode-properties: +- fsl,pinmux-ids: An integer array. Each integer in the array specify a pin + with given mux function, with bank, pin and mux packed as below. + + [15..12] : bank number + [11..4] : pin number + [3..0] : mux selection + + This integer with mux selection packed is used as an entity by both group + and config nodes to identify a pin. The mux selection in the integer takes + effects only on group node, and will get ignored by driver with config node, + since config node is only meant to set up pin configurations. + + Valid values for these integers are listed below. + +- reg: Should be the index of the group nodes for same function. This property + is required only for group nodes, and should not be present in any config + nodes. + +Optional subnode-properties: +- fsl,drive-strength: Integer. + 0: 4 mA + 1: 8 mA + 2: 12 mA + 3: 16 mA +- fsl,voltage: Integer. + 0: 1.8 V + 1: 3.3 V +- fsl,pull-up: Integer. + 0: Disable the internal pull-up + 1: Enable the internal pull-up + +Examples: + +pinctrl@80018000 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fsl,imx28-pinctrl"; + reg = <0x80018000 2000>; + + mmc0_8bit_pins_a: mmc0-8bit@0 { + reg = <0>; + fsl,pinmux-ids = < + 0x2000 0x2010 0x2020 0x2030 + 0x2040 0x2050 0x2060 0x2070 + 0x2080 0x2090 0x20a0>; + fsl,drive-strength = <1>; + fsl,voltage = <1>; + fsl,pull-up = <1>; + }; + + mmc_cd_cfg: mmc-cd-cfg { + fsl,pinmux-ids = <0x2090>; + fsl,pull-up = <0>; + }; + + mmc_sck_cfg: mmc-sck-cfg { + fsl,pinmux-ids = <0x20a0>; + fsl,drive-strength = <2>; + fsl,pull-up = <0>; + }; +}; + +In this example, group node mmc0-8bit defines a group of pins for mxs SSP0 +to function as a 8-bit mmc device, with 8mA, 3.3V and pull-up configurations +applied on all these pins. And config nodes mmc-cd-cfg and mmc-sck-cfg are +adjusting the configuration for pins card-detection and clock from what group +node mmc0-8bit defines. Only the configuration properties to be adjusted need +to be listed in the config nodes. + +Valid values for i.MX28 pinmux-id: + +pinmux id +------ -- +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D00__GPMI_D0 0x0000 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D01__GPMI_D1 0x0010 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D02__GPMI_D2 0x0020 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D03__GPMI_D3 0x0030 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D04__GPMI_D4 0x0040 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D05__GPMI_D5 0x0050 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D06__GPMI_D6 0x0060 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D07__GPMI_D7 0x0070 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE0N__GPMI_CE0N 0x0100 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE1N__GPMI_CE1N 0x0110 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE2N__GPMI_CE2N 0x0120 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE3N__GPMI_CE3N 0x0130 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY0__GPMI_READY0 0x0140 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY1__GPMI_READY1 0x0150 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY2__GPMI_READY2 0x0160 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY3__GPMI_READY3 0x0170 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDN__GPMI_RDN 0x0180 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_WRN__GPMI_WRN 0x0190 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_ALE__GPMI_ALE 0x01a0 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CLE__GPMI_CLE 0x01b0 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RESETN__GPMI_RESETN 0x01c0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D00__LCD_D0 0x1000 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D01__LCD_D1 0x1010 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D02__LCD_D2 0x1020 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D03__LCD_D3 0x1030 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D04__LCD_D4 0x1040 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D05__LCD_D5 0x1050 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D06__LCD_D6 0x1060 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D07__LCD_D7 0x1070 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D08__LCD_D8 0x1080 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D09__LCD_D9 0x1090 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D10__LCD_D10 0x10a0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D11__LCD_D11 0x10b0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D12__LCD_D12 0x10c0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D13__LCD_D13 0x10d0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D14__LCD_D14 0x10e0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D15__LCD_D15 0x10f0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D16__LCD_D16 0x1100 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D17__LCD_D17 0x1110 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D18__LCD_D18 0x1120 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D19__LCD_D19 0x1130 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D20__LCD_D20 0x1140 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D21__LCD_D21 0x1150 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D22__LCD_D22 0x1160 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D23__LCD_D23 0x1170 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RD_E__LCD_RD_E 0x1180 +MX28_PAD_LCD_WR_RWN__LCD_WR_RWN 0x1190 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RS__LCD_RS 0x11a0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_CS__LCD_CS 0x11b0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_VSYNC__LCD_VSYNC 0x11c0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_HSYNC__LCD_HSYNC 0x11d0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_DOTCLK__LCD_DOTCLK 0x11e0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_ENABLE__LCD_ENABLE 0x11f0 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA0__SSP0_D0 0x2000 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA1__SSP0_D1 0x2010 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA2__SSP0_D2 0x2020 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA3__SSP0_D3 0x2030 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA4__SSP0_D4 0x2040 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA5__SSP0_D5 0x2050 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA6__SSP0_D6 0x2060 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA7__SSP0_D7 0x2070 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_CMD__SSP0_CMD 0x2080 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DETECT__SSP0_CARD_DETECT 0x2090 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_SCK__SSP0_SCK 0x20a0 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_SCK__SSP1_SCK 0x20c0 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_CMD__SSP1_CMD 0x20d0 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_DATA0__SSP1_D0 0x20e0 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_DATA3__SSP1_D3 0x20f0 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SCK__SSP2_SCK 0x2100 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_MOSI__SSP2_CMD 0x2110 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_MISO__SSP2_D0 0x2120 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS0__SSP2_D3 0x2130 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS1__SSP2_D4 0x2140 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS2__SSP2_D5 0x2150 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_SCK__SSP3_SCK 0x2180 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_MOSI__SSP3_CMD 0x2190 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_MISO__SSP3_D0 0x21a0 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_SS0__SSP3_D3 0x21b0 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_RX__AUART0_RX 0x3000 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_TX__AUART0_TX 0x3010 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_CTS__AUART0_CTS 0x3020 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_RTS__AUART0_RTS 0x3030 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_RX__AUART1_RX 0x3040 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_TX__AUART1_TX 0x3050 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_CTS__AUART1_CTS 0x3060 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_RTS__AUART1_RTS 0x3070 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_RX__AUART2_RX 0x3080 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_TX__AUART2_TX 0x3090 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_CTS__AUART2_CTS 0x30a0 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_RTS__AUART2_RTS 0x30b0 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_RX__AUART3_RX 0x30c0 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_TX__AUART3_TX 0x30d0 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_CTS__AUART3_CTS 0x30e0 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_RTS__AUART3_RTS 0x30f0 +MX28_PAD_PWM0__PWM_0 0x3100 +MX28_PAD_PWM1__PWM_1 0x3110 +MX28_PAD_PWM2__PWM_2 0x3120 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_MCLK__SAIF0_MCLK 0x3140 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_LRCLK__SAIF0_LRCLK 0x3150 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_BITCLK__SAIF0_BITCLK 0x3160 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_SDATA0__SAIF0_SDATA0 0x3170 +MX28_PAD_I2C0_SCL__I2C0_SCL 0x3180 +MX28_PAD_I2C0_SDA__I2C0_SDA 0x3190 +MX28_PAD_SAIF1_SDATA0__SAIF1_SDATA0 0x31a0 +MX28_PAD_SPDIF__SPDIF_TX 0x31b0 +MX28_PAD_PWM3__PWM_3 0x31c0 +MX28_PAD_PWM4__PWM_4 0x31d0 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RESET__LCD_RESET 0x31e0 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_MDC__ENET0_MDC 0x4000 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_MDIO__ENET0_MDIO 0x4010 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RX_EN__ENET0_RX_EN 0x4020 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD0__ENET0_RXD0 0x4030 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD1__ENET0_RXD1 0x4040 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TX_CLK__ENET0_TX_CLK 0x4050 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TX_EN__ENET0_TX_EN 0x4060 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD0__ENET0_TXD0 0x4070 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD1__ENET0_TXD1 0x4080 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD2__ENET0_RXD2 0x4090 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD3__ENET0_RXD3 0x40a0 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD2__ENET0_TXD2 0x40b0 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD3__ENET0_TXD3 0x40c0 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RX_CLK__ENET0_RX_CLK 0x40d0 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_COL__ENET0_COL 0x40e0 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_CRS__ENET0_CRS 0x40f0 +MX28_PAD_ENET_CLK__CLKCTRL_ENET 0x4100 +MX28_PAD_JTAG_RTCK__JTAG_RTCK 0x4140 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D00__EMI_DATA0 0x5000 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D01__EMI_DATA1 0x5010 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D02__EMI_DATA2 0x5020 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D03__EMI_DATA3 0x5030 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D04__EMI_DATA4 0x5040 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D05__EMI_DATA5 0x5050 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D06__EMI_DATA6 0x5060 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D07__EMI_DATA7 0x5070 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D08__EMI_DATA8 0x5080 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D09__EMI_DATA9 0x5090 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D10__EMI_DATA10 0x50a0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D11__EMI_DATA11 0x50b0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D12__EMI_DATA12 0x50c0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D13__EMI_DATA13 0x50d0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D14__EMI_DATA14 0x50e0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_D15__EMI_DATA15 0x50f0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_ODT0__EMI_ODT0 0x5100 +MX28_PAD_EMI_DQM0__EMI_DQM0 0x5110 +MX28_PAD_EMI_ODT1__EMI_ODT1 0x5120 +MX28_PAD_EMI_DQM1__EMI_DQM1 0x5130 +MX28_PAD_EMI_DDR_OPEN_FB__EMI_DDR_OPEN_FEEDBACK 0x5140 +MX28_PAD_EMI_CLK__EMI_CLK 0x5150 +MX28_PAD_EMI_DQS0__EMI_DQS0 0x5160 +MX28_PAD_EMI_DQS1__EMI_DQS1 0x5170 +MX28_PAD_EMI_DDR_OPEN__EMI_DDR_OPEN 0x51a0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A00__EMI_ADDR0 0x6000 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A01__EMI_ADDR1 0x6010 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A02__EMI_ADDR2 0x6020 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A03__EMI_ADDR3 0x6030 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A04__EMI_ADDR4 0x6040 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A05__EMI_ADDR5 0x6050 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A06__EMI_ADDR6 0x6060 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A07__EMI_ADDR7 0x6070 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A08__EMI_ADDR8 0x6080 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A09__EMI_ADDR9 0x6090 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A10__EMI_ADDR10 0x60a0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A11__EMI_ADDR11 0x60b0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A12__EMI_ADDR12 0x60c0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A13__EMI_ADDR13 0x60d0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_A14__EMI_ADDR14 0x60e0 +MX28_PAD_EMI_BA0__EMI_BA0 0x6100 +MX28_PAD_EMI_BA1__EMI_BA1 0x6110 +MX28_PAD_EMI_BA2__EMI_BA2 0x6120 +MX28_PAD_EMI_CASN__EMI_CASN 0x6130 +MX28_PAD_EMI_RASN__EMI_RASN 0x6140 +MX28_PAD_EMI_WEN__EMI_WEN 0x6150 +MX28_PAD_EMI_CE0N__EMI_CE0N 0x6160 +MX28_PAD_EMI_CE1N__EMI_CE1N 0x6170 +MX28_PAD_EMI_CKE__EMI_CKE 0x6180 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D00__SSP1_D0 0x0001 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D01__SSP1_D1 0x0011 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D02__SSP1_D2 0x0021 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D03__SSP1_D3 0x0031 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D04__SSP1_D4 0x0041 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D05__SSP1_D5 0x0051 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D06__SSP1_D6 0x0061 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D07__SSP1_D7 0x0071 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE0N__SSP3_D0 0x0101 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE1N__SSP3_D3 0x0111 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE2N__CAN1_TX 0x0121 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE3N__CAN1_RX 0x0131 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY0__SSP1_CARD_DETECT 0x0141 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY1__SSP1_CMD 0x0151 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY2__CAN0_TX 0x0161 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY3__CAN0_RX 0x0171 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDN__SSP3_SCK 0x0181 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_WRN__SSP1_SCK 0x0191 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_ALE__SSP3_D1 0x01a1 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CLE__SSP3_D2 0x01b1 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RESETN__SSP3_CMD 0x01c1 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D03__ETM_DA8 0x1031 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D04__ETM_DA9 0x1041 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D08__ETM_DA3 0x1081 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D09__ETM_DA4 0x1091 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D20__ENET1_1588_EVENT2_OUT 0x1141 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D21__ENET1_1588_EVENT2_IN 0x1151 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D22__ENET1_1588_EVENT3_OUT 0x1161 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D23__ENET1_1588_EVENT3_IN 0x1171 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RD_E__LCD_VSYNC 0x1181 +MX28_PAD_LCD_WR_RWN__LCD_HSYNC 0x1191 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RS__LCD_DOTCLK 0x11a1 +MX28_PAD_LCD_CS__LCD_ENABLE 0x11b1 +MX28_PAD_LCD_VSYNC__SAIF1_SDATA0 0x11c1 +MX28_PAD_LCD_HSYNC__SAIF1_SDATA1 0x11d1 +MX28_PAD_LCD_DOTCLK__SAIF1_MCLK 0x11e1 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA4__SSP2_D0 0x2041 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA5__SSP2_D3 0x2051 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA6__SSP2_CMD 0x2061 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA7__SSP2_SCK 0x2071 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_SCK__SSP2_D1 0x20c1 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_CMD__SSP2_D2 0x20d1 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_DATA0__SSP2_D6 0x20e1 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_DATA3__SSP2_D7 0x20f1 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SCK__AUART2_RX 0x2101 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_MOSI__AUART2_TX 0x2111 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_MISO__AUART3_RX 0x2121 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS0__AUART3_TX 0x2131 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS1__SSP2_D1 0x2141 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS2__SSP2_D2 0x2151 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_SCK__AUART4_TX 0x2181 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_MOSI__AUART4_RX 0x2191 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_MISO__AUART4_RTS 0x21a1 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_SS0__AUART4_CTS 0x21b1 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_RX__I2C0_SCL 0x3001 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_TX__I2C0_SDA 0x3011 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_CTS__AUART4_RX 0x3021 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_RTS__AUART4_TX 0x3031 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_RX__SSP2_CARD_DETECT 0x3041 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_TX__SSP3_CARD_DETECT 0x3051 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_CTS__USB0_OVERCURRENT 0x3061 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_RTS__USB0_ID 0x3071 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_RX__SSP3_D1 0x3081 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_TX__SSP3_D2 0x3091 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_CTS__I2C1_SCL 0x30a1 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_RTS__I2C1_SDA 0x30b1 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_RX__CAN0_TX 0x30c1 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_TX__CAN0_RX 0x30d1 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_CTS__CAN1_TX 0x30e1 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_RTS__CAN1_RX 0x30f1 +MX28_PAD_PWM0__I2C1_SCL 0x3101 +MX28_PAD_PWM1__I2C1_SDA 0x3111 +MX28_PAD_PWM2__USB0_ID 0x3121 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_MCLK__PWM_3 0x3141 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_LRCLK__PWM_4 0x3151 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_BITCLK__PWM_5 0x3161 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_SDATA0__PWM_6 0x3171 +MX28_PAD_I2C0_SCL__TIMROT_ROTARYA 0x3181 +MX28_PAD_I2C0_SDA__TIMROT_ROTARYB 0x3191 +MX28_PAD_SAIF1_SDATA0__PWM_7 0x31a1 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RESET__LCD_VSYNC 0x31e1 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_MDC__GPMI_CE4N 0x4001 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_MDIO__GPMI_CE5N 0x4011 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RX_EN__GPMI_CE6N 0x4021 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD0__GPMI_CE7N 0x4031 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD1__GPMI_READY4 0x4041 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TX_CLK__HSADC_TRIGGER 0x4051 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TX_EN__GPMI_READY5 0x4061 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD0__GPMI_READY6 0x4071 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD1__GPMI_READY7 0x4081 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD2__ENET1_RXD0 0x4091 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD3__ENET1_RXD1 0x40a1 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD2__ENET1_TXD0 0x40b1 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD3__ENET1_TXD1 0x40c1 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RX_CLK__ENET0_RX_ER 0x40d1 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_COL__ENET1_TX_EN 0x40e1 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_CRS__ENET1_RX_EN 0x40f1 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE2N__ENET0_RX_ER 0x0122 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE3N__SAIF1_MCLK 0x0132 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY0__USB0_ID 0x0142 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY2__ENET0_TX_ER 0x0162 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY3__HSADC_TRIGGER 0x0172 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_ALE__SSP3_D4 0x01a2 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CLE__SSP3_D5 0x01b2 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D00__ETM_DA0 0x1002 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D01__ETM_DA1 0x1012 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D02__ETM_DA2 0x1022 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D03__ETM_DA3 0x1032 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D04__ETM_DA4 0x1042 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D05__ETM_DA5 0x1052 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D06__ETM_DA6 0x1062 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D07__ETM_DA7 0x1072 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D08__ETM_DA8 0x1082 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D09__ETM_DA9 0x1092 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D10__ETM_DA10 0x10a2 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D11__ETM_DA11 0x10b2 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D12__ETM_DA12 0x10c2 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D13__ETM_DA13 0x10d2 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D14__ETM_DA14 0x10e2 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D15__ETM_DA15 0x10f2 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D16__ETM_DA7 0x1102 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D17__ETM_DA6 0x1112 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D18__ETM_DA5 0x1122 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D19__ETM_DA4 0x1132 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D20__ETM_DA3 0x1142 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D21__ETM_DA2 0x1152 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D22__ETM_DA1 0x1162 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D23__ETM_DA0 0x1172 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RD_E__ETM_TCTL 0x1182 +MX28_PAD_LCD_WR_RWN__ETM_TCLK 0x1192 +MX28_PAD_LCD_HSYNC__ETM_TCTL 0x11d2 +MX28_PAD_LCD_DOTCLK__ETM_TCLK 0x11e2 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_SCK__ENET0_1588_EVENT2_OUT 0x20c2 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_CMD__ENET0_1588_EVENT2_IN 0x20d2 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_DATA0__ENET0_1588_EVENT3_OUT 0x20e2 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_DATA3__ENET0_1588_EVENT3_IN 0x20f2 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SCK__SAIF0_SDATA1 0x2102 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_MOSI__SAIF0_SDATA2 0x2112 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_MISO__SAIF1_SDATA1 0x2122 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS0__SAIF1_SDATA2 0x2132 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS1__USB1_OVERCURRENT 0x2142 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS2__USB0_OVERCURRENT 0x2152 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_SCK__ENET1_1588_EVENT0_OUT 0x2182 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_MOSI__ENET1_1588_EVENT0_IN 0x2192 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_MISO__ENET1_1588_EVENT1_OUT 0x21a2 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_SS0__ENET1_1588_EVENT1_IN 0x21b2 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_RX__DUART_CTS 0x3002 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_TX__DUART_RTS 0x3012 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_CTS__DUART_RX 0x3022 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_RTS__DUART_TX 0x3032 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_RX__PWM_0 0x3042 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_TX__PWM_1 0x3052 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_CTS__TIMROT_ROTARYA 0x3062 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_RTS__TIMROT_ROTARYB 0x3072 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_RX__SSP3_D4 0x3082 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_TX__SSP3_D5 0x3092 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_CTS__SAIF1_BITCLK 0x30a2 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_RTS__SAIF1_LRCLK 0x30b2 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_RX__ENET0_1588_EVENT0_OUT 0x30c2 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_TX__ENET0_1588_EVENT0_IN 0x30d2 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_CTS__ENET0_1588_EVENT1_OUT 0x30e2 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_RTS__ENET0_1588_EVENT1_IN 0x30f2 +MX28_PAD_PWM0__DUART_RX 0x3102 +MX28_PAD_PWM1__DUART_TX 0x3112 +MX28_PAD_PWM2__USB1_OVERCURRENT 0x3122 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_MCLK__AUART4_CTS 0x3142 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_LRCLK__AUART4_RTS 0x3152 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_BITCLK__AUART4_RX 0x3162 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_SDATA0__AUART4_TX 0x3172 +MX28_PAD_I2C0_SCL__DUART_RX 0x3182 +MX28_PAD_I2C0_SDA__DUART_TX 0x3192 +MX28_PAD_SAIF1_SDATA0__SAIF0_SDATA1 0x31a2 +MX28_PAD_SPDIF__ENET1_RX_ER 0x31b2 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_MDC__SAIF0_SDATA1 0x4002 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_MDIO__SAIF0_SDATA2 0x4012 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RX_EN__SAIF1_SDATA1 0x4022 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD0__SAIF1_SDATA2 0x4032 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TX_CLK__ENET0_1588_EVENT2_OUT 0x4052 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD2__ENET0_1588_EVENT0_OUT 0x4092 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD3__ENET0_1588_EVENT0_IN 0x40a2 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD2__ENET0_1588_EVENT1_OUT 0x40b2 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD3__ENET0_1588_EVENT1_IN 0x40c2 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RX_CLK__ENET0_1588_EVENT2_IN 0x40d2 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_COL__ENET0_1588_EVENT3_OUT 0x40e2 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_CRS__ENET0_1588_EVENT3_IN 0x40f2 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D00__GPIO_0_0 0x0003 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D01__GPIO_0_1 0x0013 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D02__GPIO_0_2 0x0023 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D03__GPIO_0_3 0x0033 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D04__GPIO_0_4 0x0043 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D05__GPIO_0_5 0x0053 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D06__GPIO_0_6 0x0063 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_D07__GPIO_0_7 0x0073 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE0N__GPIO_0_16 0x0103 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE1N__GPIO_0_17 0x0113 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE2N__GPIO_0_18 0x0123 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CE3N__GPIO_0_19 0x0133 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY0__GPIO_0_20 0x0143 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY1__GPIO_0_21 0x0153 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY2__GPIO_0_22 0x0163 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDY3__GPIO_0_23 0x0173 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RDN__GPIO_0_24 0x0183 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_WRN__GPIO_0_25 0x0193 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_ALE__GPIO_0_26 0x01a3 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_CLE__GPIO_0_27 0x01b3 +MX28_PAD_GPMI_RESETN__GPIO_0_28 0x01c3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D00__GPIO_1_0 0x1003 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D01__GPIO_1_1 0x1013 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D02__GPIO_1_2 0x1023 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D03__GPIO_1_3 0x1033 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D04__GPIO_1_4 0x1043 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D05__GPIO_1_5 0x1053 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D06__GPIO_1_6 0x1063 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D07__GPIO_1_7 0x1073 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D08__GPIO_1_8 0x1083 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D09__GPIO_1_9 0x1093 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D10__GPIO_1_10 0x10a3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D11__GPIO_1_11 0x10b3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D12__GPIO_1_12 0x10c3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D13__GPIO_1_13 0x10d3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D14__GPIO_1_14 0x10e3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D15__GPIO_1_15 0x10f3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D16__GPIO_1_16 0x1103 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D17__GPIO_1_17 0x1113 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D18__GPIO_1_18 0x1123 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D19__GPIO_1_19 0x1133 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D20__GPIO_1_20 0x1143 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D21__GPIO_1_21 0x1153 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D22__GPIO_1_22 0x1163 +MX28_PAD_LCD_D23__GPIO_1_23 0x1173 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RD_E__GPIO_1_24 0x1183 +MX28_PAD_LCD_WR_RWN__GPIO_1_25 0x1193 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RS__GPIO_1_26 0x11a3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_CS__GPIO_1_27 0x11b3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_VSYNC__GPIO_1_28 0x11c3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_HSYNC__GPIO_1_29 0x11d3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_DOTCLK__GPIO_1_30 0x11e3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_ENABLE__GPIO_1_31 0x11f3 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA0__GPIO_2_0 0x2003 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA1__GPIO_2_1 0x2013 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA2__GPIO_2_2 0x2023 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA3__GPIO_2_3 0x2033 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA4__GPIO_2_4 0x2043 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA5__GPIO_2_5 0x2053 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA6__GPIO_2_6 0x2063 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DATA7__GPIO_2_7 0x2073 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_CMD__GPIO_2_8 0x2083 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_DETECT__GPIO_2_9 0x2093 +MX28_PAD_SSP0_SCK__GPIO_2_10 0x20a3 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_SCK__GPIO_2_12 0x20c3 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_CMD__GPIO_2_13 0x20d3 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_DATA0__GPIO_2_14 0x20e3 +MX28_PAD_SSP1_DATA3__GPIO_2_15 0x20f3 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SCK__GPIO_2_16 0x2103 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_MOSI__GPIO_2_17 0x2113 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_MISO__GPIO_2_18 0x2123 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS0__GPIO_2_19 0x2133 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS1__GPIO_2_20 0x2143 +MX28_PAD_SSP2_SS2__GPIO_2_21 0x2153 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_SCK__GPIO_2_24 0x2183 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_MOSI__GPIO_2_25 0x2193 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_MISO__GPIO_2_26 0x21a3 +MX28_PAD_SSP3_SS0__GPIO_2_27 0x21b3 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_RX__GPIO_3_0 0x3003 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_TX__GPIO_3_1 0x3013 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_CTS__GPIO_3_2 0x3023 +MX28_PAD_AUART0_RTS__GPIO_3_3 0x3033 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_RX__GPIO_3_4 0x3043 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_TX__GPIO_3_5 0x3053 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_CTS__GPIO_3_6 0x3063 +MX28_PAD_AUART1_RTS__GPIO_3_7 0x3073 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_RX__GPIO_3_8 0x3083 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_TX__GPIO_3_9 0x3093 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_CTS__GPIO_3_10 0x30a3 +MX28_PAD_AUART2_RTS__GPIO_3_11 0x30b3 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_RX__GPIO_3_12 0x30c3 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_TX__GPIO_3_13 0x30d3 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_CTS__GPIO_3_14 0x30e3 +MX28_PAD_AUART3_RTS__GPIO_3_15 0x30f3 +MX28_PAD_PWM0__GPIO_3_16 0x3103 +MX28_PAD_PWM1__GPIO_3_17 0x3113 +MX28_PAD_PWM2__GPIO_3_18 0x3123 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_MCLK__GPIO_3_20 0x3143 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_LRCLK__GPIO_3_21 0x3153 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_BITCLK__GPIO_3_22 0x3163 +MX28_PAD_SAIF0_SDATA0__GPIO_3_23 0x3173 +MX28_PAD_I2C0_SCL__GPIO_3_24 0x3183 +MX28_PAD_I2C0_SDA__GPIO_3_25 0x3193 +MX28_PAD_SAIF1_SDATA0__GPIO_3_26 0x31a3 +MX28_PAD_SPDIF__GPIO_3_27 0x31b3 +MX28_PAD_PWM3__GPIO_3_28 0x31c3 +MX28_PAD_PWM4__GPIO_3_29 0x31d3 +MX28_PAD_LCD_RESET__GPIO_3_30 0x31e3 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_MDC__GPIO_4_0 0x4003 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_MDIO__GPIO_4_1 0x4013 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RX_EN__GPIO_4_2 0x4023 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD0__GPIO_4_3 0x4033 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD1__GPIO_4_4 0x4043 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TX_CLK__GPIO_4_5 0x4053 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TX_EN__GPIO_4_6 0x4063 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD0__GPIO_4_7 0x4073 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD1__GPIO_4_8 0x4083 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD2__GPIO_4_9 0x4093 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RXD3__GPIO_4_10 0x40a3 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD2__GPIO_4_11 0x40b3 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_TXD3__GPIO_4_12 0x40c3 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_RX_CLK__GPIO_4_13 0x40d3 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_COL__GPIO_4_14 0x40e3 +MX28_PAD_ENET0_CRS__GPIO_4_15 0x40f3 +MX28_PAD_ENET_CLK__GPIO_4_16 0x4103 +MX28_PAD_JTAG_RTCK__GPIO_4_20 0x4143 + +Valid values for i.MX23 pinmux-id: + +pinmux id +------ -- +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D00__GPMI_D00 0x0000 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D01__GPMI_D01 0x0010 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D02__GPMI_D02 0x0020 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D03__GPMI_D03 0x0030 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D04__GPMI_D04 0x0040 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D05__GPMI_D05 0x0050 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D06__GPMI_D06 0x0060 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D07__GPMI_D07 0x0070 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D08__GPMI_D08 0x0080 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D09__GPMI_D09 0x0090 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D10__GPMI_D10 0x00a0 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D11__GPMI_D11 0x00b0 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D12__GPMI_D12 0x00c0 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D13__GPMI_D13 0x00d0 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D14__GPMI_D14 0x00e0 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D15__GPMI_D15 0x00f0 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CLE__GPMI_CLE 0x0100 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_ALE__GPMI_ALE 0x0110 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CE2N__GPMI_CE2N 0x0120 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY0__GPMI_RDY0 0x0130 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY1__GPMI_RDY1 0x0140 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY2__GPMI_RDY2 0x0150 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY3__GPMI_RDY3 0x0160 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_WPN__GPMI_WPN 0x0170 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_WRN__GPMI_WRN 0x0180 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDN__GPMI_RDN 0x0190 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_CTS__AUART1_CTS 0x01a0 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_RTS__AUART1_RTS 0x01b0 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_RX__AUART1_RX 0x01c0 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_TX__AUART1_TX 0x01d0 +MX23_PAD_I2C_SCL__I2C_SCL 0x01e0 +MX23_PAD_I2C_SDA__I2C_SDA 0x01f0 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D00__LCD_D00 0x1000 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D01__LCD_D01 0x1010 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D02__LCD_D02 0x1020 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D03__LCD_D03 0x1030 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D04__LCD_D04 0x1040 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D05__LCD_D05 0x1050 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D06__LCD_D06 0x1060 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D07__LCD_D07 0x1070 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D08__LCD_D08 0x1080 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D09__LCD_D09 0x1090 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D10__LCD_D10 0x10a0 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D11__LCD_D11 0x10b0 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D12__LCD_D12 0x10c0 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D13__LCD_D13 0x10d0 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D14__LCD_D14 0x10e0 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D15__LCD_D15 0x10f0 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D16__LCD_D16 0x1100 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D17__LCD_D17 0x1110 +MX23_PAD_LCD_RESET__LCD_RESET 0x1120 +MX23_PAD_LCD_RS__LCD_RS 0x1130 +MX23_PAD_LCD_WR__LCD_WR 0x1140 +MX23_PAD_LCD_CS__LCD_CS 0x1150 +MX23_PAD_LCD_DOTCK__LCD_DOTCK 0x1160 +MX23_PAD_LCD_ENABLE__LCD_ENABLE 0x1170 +MX23_PAD_LCD_HSYNC__LCD_HSYNC 0x1180 +MX23_PAD_LCD_VSYNC__LCD_VSYNC 0x1190 +MX23_PAD_PWM0__PWM0 0x11a0 +MX23_PAD_PWM1__PWM1 0x11b0 +MX23_PAD_PWM2__PWM2 0x11c0 +MX23_PAD_PWM3__PWM3 0x11d0 +MX23_PAD_PWM4__PWM4 0x11e0 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_CMD__SSP1_CMD 0x2000 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DETECT__SSP1_DETECT 0x2010 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA0__SSP1_DATA0 0x2020 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA1__SSP1_DATA1 0x2030 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA2__SSP1_DATA2 0x2040 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA3__SSP1_DATA3 0x2050 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_SCK__SSP1_SCK 0x2060 +MX23_PAD_ROTARYA__ROTARYA 0x2070 +MX23_PAD_ROTARYB__ROTARYB 0x2080 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A00__EMI_A00 0x2090 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A01__EMI_A01 0x20a0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A02__EMI_A02 0x20b0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A03__EMI_A03 0x20c0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A04__EMI_A04 0x20d0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A05__EMI_A05 0x20e0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A06__EMI_A06 0x20f0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A07__EMI_A07 0x2100 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A08__EMI_A08 0x2110 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A09__EMI_A09 0x2120 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A10__EMI_A10 0x2130 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A11__EMI_A11 0x2140 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A12__EMI_A12 0x2150 +MX23_PAD_EMI_BA0__EMI_BA0 0x2160 +MX23_PAD_EMI_BA1__EMI_BA1 0x2170 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CASN__EMI_CASN 0x2180 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CE0N__EMI_CE0N 0x2190 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CE1N__EMI_CE1N 0x21a0 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CE1N__GPMI_CE1N 0x21b0 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CE0N__GPMI_CE0N 0x21c0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CKE__EMI_CKE 0x21d0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_RASN__EMI_RASN 0x21e0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_WEN__EMI_WEN 0x21f0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D00__EMI_D00 0x3000 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D01__EMI_D01 0x3010 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D02__EMI_D02 0x3020 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D03__EMI_D03 0x3030 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D04__EMI_D04 0x3040 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D05__EMI_D05 0x3050 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D06__EMI_D06 0x3060 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D07__EMI_D07 0x3070 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D08__EMI_D08 0x3080 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D09__EMI_D09 0x3090 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D10__EMI_D10 0x30a0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D11__EMI_D11 0x30b0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D12__EMI_D12 0x30c0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D13__EMI_D13 0x30d0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D14__EMI_D14 0x30e0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_D15__EMI_D15 0x30f0 +MX23_PAD_EMI_DQM0__EMI_DQM0 0x3100 +MX23_PAD_EMI_DQM1__EMI_DQM1 0x3110 +MX23_PAD_EMI_DQS0__EMI_DQS0 0x3120 +MX23_PAD_EMI_DQS1__EMI_DQS1 0x3130 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CLK__EMI_CLK 0x3140 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CLKN__EMI_CLKN 0x3150 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D00__LCD_D8 0x0001 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D01__LCD_D9 0x0011 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D02__LCD_D10 0x0021 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D03__LCD_D11 0x0031 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D04__LCD_D12 0x0041 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D05__LCD_D13 0x0051 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D06__LCD_D14 0x0061 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D07__LCD_D15 0x0071 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D08__LCD_D18 0x0081 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D09__LCD_D19 0x0091 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D10__LCD_D20 0x00a1 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D11__LCD_D21 0x00b1 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D12__LCD_D22 0x00c1 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D13__LCD_D23 0x00d1 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D14__AUART2_RX 0x00e1 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D15__AUART2_TX 0x00f1 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CLE__LCD_D16 0x0101 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_ALE__LCD_D17 0x0111 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CE2N__ATA_A2 0x0121 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_RTS__IR_CLK 0x01b1 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_RX__IR_RX 0x01c1 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_TX__IR_TX 0x01d1 +MX23_PAD_I2C_SCL__GPMI_RDY2 0x01e1 +MX23_PAD_I2C_SDA__GPMI_CE2N 0x01f1 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D00__ETM_DA8 0x1001 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D01__ETM_DA9 0x1011 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D02__ETM_DA10 0x1021 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D03__ETM_DA11 0x1031 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D04__ETM_DA12 0x1041 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D05__ETM_DA13 0x1051 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D06__ETM_DA14 0x1061 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D07__ETM_DA15 0x1071 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D08__ETM_DA0 0x1081 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D09__ETM_DA1 0x1091 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D10__ETM_DA2 0x10a1 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D11__ETM_DA3 0x10b1 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D12__ETM_DA4 0x10c1 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D13__ETM_DA5 0x10d1 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D14__ETM_DA6 0x10e1 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D15__ETM_DA7 0x10f1 +MX23_PAD_LCD_RESET__ETM_TCTL 0x1121 +MX23_PAD_LCD_RS__ETM_TCLK 0x1131 +MX23_PAD_LCD_DOTCK__GPMI_RDY3 0x1161 +MX23_PAD_LCD_ENABLE__I2C_SCL 0x1171 +MX23_PAD_LCD_HSYNC__I2C_SDA 0x1181 +MX23_PAD_LCD_VSYNC__LCD_BUSY 0x1191 +MX23_PAD_PWM0__ROTARYA 0x11a1 +MX23_PAD_PWM1__ROTARYB 0x11b1 +MX23_PAD_PWM2__GPMI_RDY3 0x11c1 +MX23_PAD_PWM3__ETM_TCTL 0x11d1 +MX23_PAD_PWM4__ETM_TCLK 0x11e1 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DETECT__GPMI_CE3N 0x2011 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA1__I2C_SCL 0x2031 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA2__I2C_SDA 0x2041 +MX23_PAD_ROTARYA__AUART2_RTS 0x2071 +MX23_PAD_ROTARYB__AUART2_CTS 0x2081 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D00__SSP2_DATA0 0x0002 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D01__SSP2_DATA1 0x0012 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D02__SSP2_DATA2 0x0022 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D03__SSP2_DATA3 0x0032 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D04__SSP2_DATA4 0x0042 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D05__SSP2_DATA5 0x0052 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D06__SSP2_DATA6 0x0062 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D07__SSP2_DATA7 0x0072 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D08__SSP1_DATA4 0x0082 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D09__SSP1_DATA5 0x0092 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D10__SSP1_DATA6 0x00a2 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D11__SSP1_DATA7 0x00b2 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D15__GPMI_CE3N 0x00f2 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY0__SSP2_DETECT 0x0132 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY1__SSP2_CMD 0x0142 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_WRN__SSP2_SCK 0x0182 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_CTS__SSP1_DATA4 0x01a2 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_RTS__SSP1_DATA5 0x01b2 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_RX__SSP1_DATA6 0x01c2 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_TX__SSP1_DATA7 0x01d2 +MX23_PAD_I2C_SCL__AUART1_TX 0x01e2 +MX23_PAD_I2C_SDA__AUART1_RX 0x01f2 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D08__SAIF2_SDATA0 0x1082 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D09__SAIF1_SDATA0 0x1092 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D10__SAIF_MCLK_BITCLK 0x10a2 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D11__SAIF_LRCLK 0x10b2 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D12__SAIF2_SDATA1 0x10c2 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D13__SAIF2_SDATA2 0x10d2 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D14__SAIF1_SDATA2 0x10e2 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D15__SAIF1_SDATA1 0x10f2 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D16__SAIF_ALT_BITCLK 0x1102 +MX23_PAD_LCD_RESET__GPMI_CE3N 0x1122 +MX23_PAD_PWM0__DUART_RX 0x11a2 +MX23_PAD_PWM1__DUART_TX 0x11b2 +MX23_PAD_PWM3__AUART1_CTS 0x11d2 +MX23_PAD_PWM4__AUART1_RTS 0x11e2 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_CMD__JTAG_TDO 0x2002 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DETECT__USB_OTG_ID 0x2012 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA0__JTAG_TDI 0x2022 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA1__JTAG_TCLK 0x2032 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA2__JTAG_RTCK 0x2042 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA3__JTAG_TMS 0x2052 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_SCK__JTAG_TRST 0x2062 +MX23_PAD_ROTARYA__SPDIF 0x2072 +MX23_PAD_ROTARYB__GPMI_CE3N 0x2082 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D00__GPIO_0_0 0x0003 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D01__GPIO_0_1 0x0013 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D02__GPIO_0_2 0x0023 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D03__GPIO_0_3 0x0033 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D04__GPIO_0_4 0x0043 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D05__GPIO_0_5 0x0053 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D06__GPIO_0_6 0x0063 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D07__GPIO_0_7 0x0073 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D08__GPIO_0_8 0x0083 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D09__GPIO_0_9 0x0093 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D10__GPIO_0_10 0x00a3 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D11__GPIO_0_11 0x00b3 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D12__GPIO_0_12 0x00c3 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D13__GPIO_0_13 0x00d3 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D14__GPIO_0_14 0x00e3 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_D15__GPIO_0_15 0x00f3 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CLE__GPIO_0_16 0x0103 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_ALE__GPIO_0_17 0x0113 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CE2N__GPIO_0_18 0x0123 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY0__GPIO_0_19 0x0133 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY1__GPIO_0_20 0x0143 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY2__GPIO_0_21 0x0153 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDY3__GPIO_0_22 0x0163 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_WPN__GPIO_0_23 0x0173 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_WRN__GPIO_0_24 0x0183 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_RDN__GPIO_0_25 0x0193 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_CTS__GPIO_0_26 0x01a3 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_RTS__GPIO_0_27 0x01b3 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_RX__GPIO_0_28 0x01c3 +MX23_PAD_AUART1_TX__GPIO_0_29 0x01d3 +MX23_PAD_I2C_SCL__GPIO_0_30 0x01e3 +MX23_PAD_I2C_SDA__GPIO_0_31 0x01f3 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D00__GPIO_1_0 0x1003 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D01__GPIO_1_1 0x1013 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D02__GPIO_1_2 0x1023 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D03__GPIO_1_3 0x1033 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D04__GPIO_1_4 0x1043 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D05__GPIO_1_5 0x1053 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D06__GPIO_1_6 0x1063 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D07__GPIO_1_7 0x1073 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D08__GPIO_1_8 0x1083 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D09__GPIO_1_9 0x1093 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D10__GPIO_1_10 0x10a3 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D11__GPIO_1_11 0x10b3 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D12__GPIO_1_12 0x10c3 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D13__GPIO_1_13 0x10d3 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D14__GPIO_1_14 0x10e3 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D15__GPIO_1_15 0x10f3 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D16__GPIO_1_16 0x1103 +MX23_PAD_LCD_D17__GPIO_1_17 0x1113 +MX23_PAD_LCD_RESET__GPIO_1_18 0x1123 +MX23_PAD_LCD_RS__GPIO_1_19 0x1133 +MX23_PAD_LCD_WR__GPIO_1_20 0x1143 +MX23_PAD_LCD_CS__GPIO_1_21 0x1153 +MX23_PAD_LCD_DOTCK__GPIO_1_22 0x1163 +MX23_PAD_LCD_ENABLE__GPIO_1_23 0x1173 +MX23_PAD_LCD_HSYNC__GPIO_1_24 0x1183 +MX23_PAD_LCD_VSYNC__GPIO_1_25 0x1193 +MX23_PAD_PWM0__GPIO_1_26 0x11a3 +MX23_PAD_PWM1__GPIO_1_27 0x11b3 +MX23_PAD_PWM2__GPIO_1_28 0x11c3 +MX23_PAD_PWM3__GPIO_1_29 0x11d3 +MX23_PAD_PWM4__GPIO_1_30 0x11e3 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_CMD__GPIO_2_0 0x2003 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DETECT__GPIO_2_1 0x2013 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA0__GPIO_2_2 0x2023 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA1__GPIO_2_3 0x2033 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA2__GPIO_2_4 0x2043 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_DATA3__GPIO_2_5 0x2053 +MX23_PAD_SSP1_SCK__GPIO_2_6 0x2063 +MX23_PAD_ROTARYA__GPIO_2_7 0x2073 +MX23_PAD_ROTARYB__GPIO_2_8 0x2083 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A00__GPIO_2_9 0x2093 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A01__GPIO_2_10 0x20a3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A02__GPIO_2_11 0x20b3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A03__GPIO_2_12 0x20c3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A04__GPIO_2_13 0x20d3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A05__GPIO_2_14 0x20e3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A06__GPIO_2_15 0x20f3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A07__GPIO_2_16 0x2103 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A08__GPIO_2_17 0x2113 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A09__GPIO_2_18 0x2123 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A10__GPIO_2_19 0x2133 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A11__GPIO_2_20 0x2143 +MX23_PAD_EMI_A12__GPIO_2_21 0x2153 +MX23_PAD_EMI_BA0__GPIO_2_22 0x2163 +MX23_PAD_EMI_BA1__GPIO_2_23 0x2173 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CASN__GPIO_2_24 0x2183 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CE0N__GPIO_2_25 0x2193 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CE1N__GPIO_2_26 0x21a3 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CE1N__GPIO_2_27 0x21b3 +MX23_PAD_GPMI_CE0N__GPIO_2_28 0x21c3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_CKE__GPIO_2_29 0x21d3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_RASN__GPIO_2_30 0x21e3 +MX23_PAD_EMI_WEN__GPIO_2_31 0x21f3 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8e5782 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra20 pinmux controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "nvidia,tegra20-pinmux" +- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for each of + the tri-state, mux, pull-up/down, and pad control register sets. + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the +common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the +phrase "pin configuration node". + +Tegra's pin configuration nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of +subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a +pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration can include the +mux function to select on those pin(s)/group(s), and various pin configuration +parameters, such as pull-up, tristate, drive strength, etc. + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Each subnode only affects those parameters that are explicitly listed. In +other words, a subnode that lists a mux function but no pin configuration +parameters implies no information about any pin configuration parameters. +Similarly, a pin subnode that describes a pullup parameter implies no +information about e.g. the mux function or tristate parameter. For this +reason, even seemingly boolean values are actually tristates in this binding: +unspecified, off, or on. Unspecified is represented as an absent property, +and off/on are represented as integer values 0 and 1. + +Required subnode-properties: +- nvidia,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or + group. Valid values for these names are listed below. + +Optional subnode-properties: +- nvidia,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the + pin or group. Valid values for function names are listed below. See the Tegra + TRM to determine which are valid for each pin or group. +- nvidia,pull: Integer, representing the pull-down/up to apply to the pin. + 0: none, 1: down, 2: up. +- nvidia,tristate: Integer. + 0: drive, 1: tristate. +- nvidia,high-speed-mode: Integer. Enable high speed mode the pins. + 0: no, 1: yes. +- nvidia,schmitt: Integer. Enables Schmitt Trigger on the input. + 0: no, 1: yes. +- nvidia,low-power-mode: Integer. Valid values 0-3. 0 is least power, 3 is + most power. Controls the drive power or current. See "Low Power Mode" + or "LPMD1" and "LPMD0" in the Tegra TRM. +- nvidia,pull-down-strength: Integer. Controls drive strength. 0 is weakest. + The range of valid values depends on the pingroup. See "CAL_DRVDN" in the + Tegra TRM. +- nvidia,pull-up-strength: Integer. Controls drive strength. 0 is weakest. + The range of valid values depends on the pingroup. See "CAL_DRVUP" in the + Tegra TRM. +- nvidia,slew-rate-rising: Integer. Controls rising signal slew rate. 0 is + fastest. The range of valid values depends on the pingroup. See + "DRVDN_SLWR" in the Tegra TRM. +- nvidia,slew-rate-falling: Integer. Controls falling signal slew rate. 0 is + fastest. The range of valid values depends on the pingroup. See + "DRVUP_SLWF" in the Tegra TRM. + +Note that many of these properties are only valid for certain specific pins +or groups. See the Tegra TRM and various pinmux spreadsheets for complete +details regarding which groups support which functionality. The Linux pinctrl +driver may also be a useful reference, since it consolidates, disambiguates, +and corrects data from all those sources. + +Valid values for pin and group names are: + + mux groups: + + These all support nvidia,function, nvidia,tristate, and many support + nvidia,pull. + + ata, atb, atc, atd, ate, cdev1, cdev2, crtp, csus, dap1, dap2, dap3, dap4, + ddc, dta, dtb, dtc, dtd, dte, dtf, gma, gmb, gmc, gmd, gme, gpu, gpu7, + gpv, hdint, i2cp, irrx, irtx, kbca, kbcb, kbcc, kbcd, kbce, kbcf, lcsn, + ld0, ld1, ld2, ld3, ld4, ld5, ld6, ld7, ld8, ld9, ld10, ld11, ld12, ld13, + ld14, ld15, ld16, ld17, ldc, ldi, lhp0, lhp1, lhp2, lhs, lm0, lm1, lpp, + lpw0, lpw1, lpw2, lsc0, lsc1, lsck, lsda, lsdi, lspi, lvp0, lvp1, lvs, + owc, pmc, pta, rm, sdb, sdc, sdd, sdio1, slxa, slxc, slxd, slxk, spdi, + spdo, spia, spib, spic, spid, spie, spif, spig, spih, uaa, uab, uac, uad, + uca, ucb, uda. + + tristate groups: + + These only support nvidia,pull. + + ck32, ddrc, pmca, pmcb, pmcc, pmcd, pmce, xm2c, xm2d, ls, lc, ld17_0, + ld19_18, ld21_20, ld23_22. + + drive groups: + + With some exceptions, these support nvidia,high-speed-mode, + nvidia,schmitt, nvidia,low-power-mode, nvidia,pull-down-strength, + nvidia,pull-up-strength, nvidia,slew_rate-rising, nvidia,slew_rate-falling. + + drive_ao1, drive_ao2, drive_at1, drive_at2, drive_cdev1, drive_cdev2, + drive_csus, drive_dap1, drive_dap2, drive_dap3, drive_dap4, drive_dbg, + drive_lcd1, drive_lcd2, drive_sdmmc2, drive_sdmmc3, drive_spi, drive_uaa, + drive_uab, drive_uart2, drive_uart3, drive_vi1, drive_vi2, drive_xm2a, + drive_xm2c, drive_xm2d, drive_xm2clk, drive_sdio1, drive_crt, drive_ddc, + drive_gma, drive_gmb, drive_gmc, drive_gmd, drive_gme, drive_owr, + drive_uda. + +Example: + + pinctrl@70000000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-pinmux"; + reg = < 0x70000014 0x10 /* Tri-state registers */ + 0x70000080 0x20 /* Mux registers */ + 0x700000a0 0x14 /* Pull-up/down registers */ + 0x70000868 0xa8 >; /* Pad control registers */ + }; + +Example board file extract: + + pinctrl@70000000 { + sdio4_default: sdio4_default { + atb { + nvidia,pins = "atb", "gma", "gme"; + nvidia,function = "sdio4"; + nvidia,pull = <0>; + nvidia,tristate = <0>; + }; + }; + }; + + sdhci@c8000600 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sdio4_default>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c275b70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/nvidia,tegra30-pinmux.txt @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra30 pinmux controller + +The Tegra30 pinctrl binding is very similar to the Tegra20 pinctrl binding, +as described in nvidia,tegra20-pinmux.txt. In fact, this document assumes +that binding as a baseline, and only documents the differences between the +two bindings. + +Required properties: +- compatible: "nvidia,tegra30-pinmux" +- reg: Should contain the register physical address and length for each of + the pad control and mux registers. + +Tegra30 adds the following optional properties for pin configuration subnodes: +- nvidia,enable-input: Integer. Enable the pin's input path. 0: no, 1: yes. +- nvidia,open-drain: Integer. Enable open drain mode. 0: no, 1: yes. +- nvidia,lock: Integer. Lock the pin configuration against further changes + until reset. 0: no, 1: yes. +- nvidia,io-reset: Integer. Reset the IO path. 0: no, 1: yes. + +As with Tegra20, see the Tegra TRM for complete details regarding which groups +support which functionality. + +Valid values for pin and group names are: + + per-pin mux groups: + + These all support nvidia,function, nvidia,tristate, nvidia,pull, + nvidia,enable-input, nvidia,lock. Some support nvidia,open-drain, + nvidia,io-reset. + + clk_32k_out_pa0, uart3_cts_n_pa1, dap2_fs_pa2, dap2_sclk_pa3, + dap2_din_pa4, dap2_dout_pa5, sdmmc3_clk_pa6, sdmmc3_cmd_pa7, gmi_a17_pb0, + gmi_a18_pb1, lcd_pwr0_pb2, lcd_pclk_pb3, sdmmc3_dat3_pb4, sdmmc3_dat2_pb5, + sdmmc3_dat1_pb6, sdmmc3_dat0_pb7, uart3_rts_n_pc0, lcd_pwr1_pc1, + uart2_txd_pc2, uart2_rxd_pc3, gen1_i2c_scl_pc4, gen1_i2c_sda_pc5, + lcd_pwr2_pc6, gmi_wp_n_pc7, sdmmc3_dat5_pd0, sdmmc3_dat4_pd1, lcd_dc1_pd2, + sdmmc3_dat6_pd3, sdmmc3_dat7_pd4, vi_d1_pd5, vi_vsync_pd6, vi_hsync_pd7, + lcd_d0_pe0, lcd_d1_pe1, lcd_d2_pe2, lcd_d3_pe3, lcd_d4_pe4, lcd_d5_pe5, + lcd_d6_pe6, lcd_d7_pe7, lcd_d8_pf0, lcd_d9_pf1, lcd_d10_pf2, lcd_d11_pf3, + lcd_d12_pf4, lcd_d13_pf5, lcd_d14_pf6, lcd_d15_pf7, gmi_ad0_pg0, + gmi_ad1_pg1, gmi_ad2_pg2, gmi_ad3_pg3, gmi_ad4_pg4, gmi_ad5_pg5, + gmi_ad6_pg6, gmi_ad7_pg7, gmi_ad8_ph0, gmi_ad9_ph1, gmi_ad10_ph2, + gmi_ad11_ph3, gmi_ad12_ph4, gmi_ad13_ph5, gmi_ad14_ph6, gmi_ad15_ph7, + gmi_wr_n_pi0, gmi_oe_n_pi1, gmi_dqs_pi2, gmi_cs6_n_pi3, gmi_rst_n_pi4, + gmi_iordy_pi5, gmi_cs7_n_pi6, gmi_wait_pi7, gmi_cs0_n_pj0, lcd_de_pj1, + gmi_cs1_n_pj2, lcd_hsync_pj3, lcd_vsync_pj4, uart2_cts_n_pj5, + uart2_rts_n_pj6, gmi_a16_pj7, gmi_adv_n_pk0, gmi_clk_pk1, gmi_cs4_n_pk2, + gmi_cs2_n_pk3, gmi_cs3_n_pk4, spdif_out_pk5, spdif_in_pk6, gmi_a19_pk7, + vi_d2_pl0, vi_d3_pl1, vi_d4_pl2, vi_d5_pl3, vi_d6_pl4, vi_d7_pl5, + vi_d8_pl6, vi_d9_pl7, lcd_d16_pm0, lcd_d17_pm1, lcd_d18_pm2, lcd_d19_pm3, + lcd_d20_pm4, lcd_d21_pm5, lcd_d22_pm6, lcd_d23_pm7, dap1_fs_pn0, + dap1_din_pn1, dap1_dout_pn2, dap1_sclk_pn3, lcd_cs0_n_pn4, lcd_sdout_pn5, + lcd_dc0_pn6, hdmi_int_pn7, ulpi_data7_po0, ulpi_data0_po1, ulpi_data1_po2, + ulpi_data2_po3, ulpi_data3_po4, ulpi_data4_po5, ulpi_data5_po6, + ulpi_data6_po7, dap3_fs_pp0, dap3_din_pp1, dap3_dout_pp2, dap3_sclk_pp3, + dap4_fs_pp4, dap4_din_pp5, dap4_dout_pp6, dap4_sclk_pp7, kb_col0_pq0, + kb_col1_pq1, kb_col2_pq2, kb_col3_pq3, kb_col4_pq4, kb_col5_pq5, + kb_col6_pq6, kb_col7_pq7, kb_row0_pr0, kb_row1_pr1, kb_row2_pr2, + kb_row3_pr3, kb_row4_pr4, kb_row5_pr5, kb_row6_pr6, kb_row7_pr7, + kb_row8_ps0, kb_row9_ps1, kb_row10_ps2, kb_row11_ps3, kb_row12_ps4, + kb_row13_ps5, kb_row14_ps6, kb_row15_ps7, vi_pclk_pt0, vi_mclk_pt1, + vi_d10_pt2, vi_d11_pt3, vi_d0_pt4, gen2_i2c_scl_pt5, gen2_i2c_sda_pt6, + sdmmc4_cmd_pt7, pu0, pu1, pu2, pu3, pu4, pu5, pu6, jtag_rtck_pu7, pv0, + pv1, pv2, pv3, ddc_scl_pv4, ddc_sda_pv5, crt_hsync_pv6, crt_vsync_pv7, + lcd_cs1_n_pw0, lcd_m1_pw1, spi2_cs1_n_pw2, spi2_cs2_n_pw3, clk1_out_pw4, + clk2_out_pw5, uart3_txd_pw6, uart3_rxd_pw7, spi2_mosi_px0, spi2_miso_px1, + spi2_sck_px2, spi2_cs0_n_px3, spi1_mosi_px4, spi1_sck_px5, spi1_cs0_n_px6, + spi1_miso_px7, ulpi_clk_py0, ulpi_dir_py1, ulpi_nxt_py2, ulpi_stp_py3, + sdmmc1_dat3_py4, sdmmc1_dat2_py5, sdmmc1_dat1_py6, sdmmc1_dat0_py7, + sdmmc1_clk_pz0, sdmmc1_cmd_pz1, lcd_sdin_pz2, lcd_wr_n_pz3, lcd_sck_pz4, + sys_clk_req_pz5, pwr_i2c_scl_pz6, pwr_i2c_sda_pz7, sdmmc4_dat0_paa0, + sdmmc4_dat1_paa1, sdmmc4_dat2_paa2, sdmmc4_dat3_paa3, sdmmc4_dat4_paa4, + sdmmc4_dat5_paa5, sdmmc4_dat6_paa6, sdmmc4_dat7_paa7, pbb0, + cam_i2c_scl_pbb1, cam_i2c_sda_pbb2, pbb3, pbb4, pbb5, pbb6, pbb7, + cam_mclk_pcc0, pcc1, pcc2, sdmmc4_rst_n_pcc3, sdmmc4_clk_pcc4, + clk2_req_pcc5, pex_l2_rst_n_pcc6, pex_l2_clkreq_n_pcc7, + pex_l0_prsnt_n_pdd0, pex_l0_rst_n_pdd1, pex_l0_clkreq_n_pdd2, + pex_wake_n_pdd3, pex_l1_prsnt_n_pdd4, pex_l1_rst_n_pdd5, + pex_l1_clkreq_n_pdd6, pex_l2_prsnt_n_pdd7, clk3_out_pee0, clk3_req_pee1, + clk1_req_pee2, hdmi_cec_pee3, clk_32k_in, core_pwr_req, cpu_pwr_req, owr, + pwr_int_n. + + drive groups: + + These all support nvidia,pull-down-strength, nvidia,pull-up-strength, + nvidia,slew_rate-rising, nvidia,slew_rate-falling. Most but not all + support nvidia,high-speed-mode, nvidia,schmitt, nvidia,low-power-mode. + + ao1, ao2, at1, at2, at3, at4, at5, cdev1, cdev2, cec, crt, csus, dap1, + dap2, dap3, dap4, dbg, ddc, dev3, gma, gmb, gmc, gmd, gme, gmf, gmg, + gmh, gpv, lcd1, lcd2, owr, sdio1, sdio2, sdio3, spi, uaa, uab, uart2, + uart3, uda, vi1. + +Example: + + pinctrl@70000000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-pinmux"; + reg = < 0x70000868 0xd0 /* Pad control registers */ + 0x70003000 0x3e0 >; /* Mux registers */ + }; + +Example board file extract: + + pinctrl@70000000 { + sdmmc4_default: pinmux { + sdmmc4_clk_pcc4 { + nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_clk_pcc4", + "sdmmc4_rst_n_pcc3"; + nvidia,function = "sdmmc4"; + nvidia,pull = <0>; + nvidia,tristate = <0>; + }; + sdmmc4_dat0_paa0 { + nvidia,pins = "sdmmc4_dat0_paa0", + "sdmmc4_dat1_paa1", + "sdmmc4_dat2_paa2", + "sdmmc4_dat3_paa3", + "sdmmc4_dat4_paa4", + "sdmmc4_dat5_paa5", + "sdmmc4_dat6_paa6", + "sdmmc4_dat7_paa7"; + nvidia,function = "sdmmc4"; + nvidia,pull = <2>; + nvidia,tristate = <0>; + }; + }; + }; + + sdhci@78000400 { + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sdmmc4_default>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c95ea82 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +== Introduction == + +Hardware modules that control pin multiplexing or configuration parameters +such as pull-up/down, tri-state, drive-strength etc are designated as pin +controllers. Each pin controller must be represented as a node in device tree, +just like any other hardware module. + +Hardware modules whose signals are affected by pin configuration are +designated client devices. Again, each client device must be represented as a +node in device tree, just like any other hardware module. + +For a client device to operate correctly, certain pin controllers must +set up certain specific pin configurations. Some client devices need a +single static pin configuration, e.g. set up during initialization. Others +need to reconfigure pins at run-time, for example to tri-state pins when the +device is inactive. Hence, each client device can define a set of named +states. The number and names of those states is defined by the client device's +own binding. + +The common pinctrl bindings defined in this file provide an infrastructure +for client device device tree nodes to map those state names to the pin +configuration used by those states. + +Note that pin controllers themselves may also be client devices of themselves. +For example, a pin controller may set up its own "active" state when the +driver loads. This would allow representing a board's static pin configuration +in a single place, rather than splitting it across multiple client device +nodes. The decision to do this or not somewhat rests with the author of +individual board device tree files, and any requirements imposed by the +bindings for the individual client devices in use by that board, i.e. whether +they require certain specific named states for dynamic pin configuration. + +== Pinctrl client devices == + +For each client device individually, every pin state is assigned an integer +ID. These numbers start at 0, and are contiguous. For each state ID, a unique +property exists to define the pin configuration. Each state may also be +assigned a name. When names are used, another property exists to map from +those names to the integer IDs. + +Each client device's own binding determines the set of states the must be +defined in its device tree node, and whether to define the set of state +IDs that must be provided, or whether to define the set of state names that +must be provided. + +Required properties: +pinctrl-0: List of phandles, each pointing at a pin configuration + node. These referenced pin configuration nodes must be child + nodes of the pin controller that they configure. Multiple + entries may exist in this list so that multiple pin + controllers may be configured, or so that a state may be built + from multiple nodes for a single pin controller, each + contributing part of the overall configuration. See the next + section of this document for details of the format of these + pin configuration nodes. + + In some cases, it may be useful to define a state, but for it + to be empty. This may be required when a common IP block is + used in an SoC either without a pin controller, or where the + pin controller does not affect the HW module in question. If + the binding for that IP block requires certain pin states to + exist, they must still be defined, but may be left empty. + +Optional properties: +pinctrl-1: List of phandles, each pointing at a pin configuration + node within a pin controller. +... +pinctrl-n: List of phandles, each pointing at a pin configuration + node within a pin controller. +pinctrl-names: The list of names to assign states. List entry 0 defines the + name for integer state ID 0, list entry 1 for state ID 1, and + so on. + +For example: + + /* For a client device requiring named states */ + device { + pinctrl-names = "active", "idle"; + pinctrl-0 = <&state_0_node_a>; + pinctrl-1 = <&state_1_node_a &state_1_node_b>; + }; + + /* For the same device if using state IDs */ + device { + pinctrl-0 = <&state_0_node_a>; + pinctrl-1 = <&state_1_node_a &state_1_node_b>; + }; + + /* + * For an IP block whose binding supports pin configuration, + * but in use on an SoC that doesn't have any pin control hardware + */ + device { + pinctrl-names = "active", "idle"; + pinctrl-0 = <>; + pinctrl-1 = <>; + }; + +== Pin controller devices == + +Pin controller devices should contain the pin configuration nodes that client +devices reference. + +For example: + + pincontroller { + ... /* Standard DT properties for the device itself elided */ + + state_0_node_a { + ... + }; + state_1_node_a { + ... + }; + state_1_node_b { + ... + }; + } + +The contents of each of those pin configuration child nodes is defined +entirely by the binding for the individual pin controller device. There +exists no common standard for this content. + +The pin configuration nodes need not be direct children of the pin controller +device; they may be grandchildren, for example. Whether this is legal, and +whether there is any interaction between the child and intermediate parent +nodes, is again defined entirely by the binding for the individual pin +controller device. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl_spear.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl_spear.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b4480d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl_spear.txt @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +ST Microelectronics, SPEAr pinmux controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "st,spear300-pinmux" + : "st,spear310-pinmux" + : "st,spear320-pinmux" + : "st,spear1310-pinmux" + : "st,spear1340-pinmux" +- reg : Address range of the pinctrl registers +- st,pinmux-mode: Mandatory for SPEAr300 and SPEAr320 and invalid for others. + - Its values for SPEAr300: + - NAND_MODE : <0> + - NOR_MODE : <1> + - PHOTO_FRAME_MODE : <2> + - LEND_IP_PHONE_MODE : <3> + - HEND_IP_PHONE_MODE : <4> + - LEND_WIFI_PHONE_MODE : <5> + - HEND_WIFI_PHONE_MODE : <6> + - ATA_PABX_WI2S_MODE : <7> + - ATA_PABX_I2S_MODE : <8> + - CAML_LCDW_MODE : <9> + - CAMU_LCD_MODE : <10> + - CAMU_WLCD_MODE : <11> + - CAML_LCD_MODE : <12> + - Its values for SPEAr320: + - AUTO_NET_SMII_MODE : <0> + - AUTO_NET_MII_MODE : <1> + - AUTO_EXP_MODE : <2> + - SMALL_PRINTERS_MODE : <3> + - EXTENDED_MODE : <4> + +Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the common +pinctrl bindings used by client devices. + +SPEAr's pinmux nodes act as a container for an abitrary number of subnodes. Each +of these subnodes represents muxing for a pin, a group, or a list of pins or +groups. + +The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be enumerated +and processed purely based on their content. + +Required subnode-properties: +- st,pins : An array of strings. Each string contains the name of a pin or + group. +- st,function: A string containing the name of the function to mux to the pin or + group. See the SPEAr's TRM to determine which are valid for each pin or group. + + Valid values for group and function names can be found from looking at the + group and function arrays in driver files: + drivers/pinctrl/spear/pinctrl-spear3*0.c + +Valid values for group names are: +For All SPEAr3xx machines: + "firda_grp", "i2c0_grp", "ssp_cs_grp", "ssp0_grp", "mii0_grp", + "gpio0_pin0_grp", "gpio0_pin1_grp", "gpio0_pin2_grp", "gpio0_pin3_grp", + "gpio0_pin4_grp", "gpio0_pin5_grp", "uart0_ext_grp", "uart0_grp", + "timer_0_1_grp", timer_0_1_pins, "timer_2_3_grp" + +For SPEAr300 machines: + "fsmc_2chips_grp", "fsmc_4chips_grp", "clcd_lcdmode_grp", + "clcd_pfmode_grp", "tdm_grp", "i2c_clk_grp_grp", "caml_grp", "camu_grp", + "dac_grp", "i2s_grp", "sdhci_4bit_grp", "sdhci_8bit_grp", + "gpio1_0_to_3_grp", "gpio1_4_to_7_grp" + +For SPEAr310 machines: + "emi_cs_0_to_5_grp", "uart1_grp", "uart2_grp", "uart3_grp", "uart4_grp", + "uart5_grp", "fsmc_grp", "rs485_0_grp", "rs485_1_grp", "tdm_grp" + +For SPEAr320 machines: + "clcd_grp", "emi_grp", "fsmc_8bit_grp", "fsmc_16bit_grp", "spp_grp", + "sdhci_led_grp", "sdhci_cd_12_grp", "sdhci_cd_51_grp", "i2s_grp", + "uart1_grp", "uart1_modem_2_to_7_grp", "uart1_modem_31_to_36_grp", + "uart1_modem_34_to_45_grp", "uart1_modem_80_to_85_grp", "uart2_grp", + "uart3_8_9_grp", "uart3_15_16_grp", "uart3_41_42_grp", + "uart3_52_53_grp", "uart3_73_74_grp", "uart3_94_95_grp", + "uart3_98_99_grp", "uart4_6_7_grp", "uart4_13_14_grp", + "uart4_39_40_grp", "uart4_71_72_grp", "uart4_92_93_grp", + "uart4_100_101_grp", "uart5_4_5_grp", "uart5_37_38_grp", + "uart5_69_70_grp", "uart5_90_91_grp", "uart6_2_3_grp", + "uart6_88_89_grp", "rs485_grp", "touchscreen_grp", "can0_grp", + "can1_grp", "pwm0_1_pin_8_9_grp", "pwm0_1_pin_14_15_grp", + "pwm0_1_pin_30_31_grp", "pwm0_1_pin_37_38_grp", "pwm0_1_pin_42_43_grp", + "pwm0_1_pin_59_60_grp", "pwm0_1_pin_88_89_grp", "pwm2_pin_7_grp", + "pwm2_pin_13_grp", "pwm2_pin_29_grp", "pwm2_pin_34_grp", + "pwm2_pin_41_grp", "pwm2_pin_58_grp", "pwm2_pin_87_grp", + "pwm3_pin_6_grp", "pwm3_pin_12_grp", "pwm3_pin_28_grp", + "pwm3_pin_40_grp", "pwm3_pin_57_grp", "pwm3_pin_86_grp", + "ssp1_17_20_grp", "ssp1_36_39_grp", "ssp1_48_51_grp", "ssp1_65_68_grp", + "ssp1_94_97_grp", "ssp2_13_16_grp", "ssp2_32_35_grp", "ssp2_44_47_grp", + "ssp2_61_64_grp", "ssp2_90_93_grp", "mii2_grp", "smii0_1_grp", + "rmii0_1_grp", "i2c1_8_9_grp", "i2c1_98_99_grp", "i2c2_0_1_grp", + "i2c2_2_3_grp", "i2c2_19_20_grp", "i2c2_75_76_grp", "i2c2_96_97_grp" + +For SPEAr1310 machines: + "i2c0_grp", "ssp0_grp", "ssp0_cs0_grp", "ssp0_cs1_2_grp", "i2s0_grp", + "i2s1_grp", "clcd_grp", "clcd_high_res_grp", "arm_gpio_grp", + "smi_2_chips_grp", "smi_4_chips_grp", "gmii_grp", "rgmii_grp", + "smii_0_1_2_grp", "ras_mii_txclk_grp", "nand_8bit_grp", + "nand_16bit_grp", "nand_4_chips_grp", "keyboard_6x6_grp", + "keyboard_rowcol6_8_grp", "uart0_grp", "uart0_modem_grp", + "gpt0_tmr0_grp", "gpt0_tmr1_grp", "gpt1_tmr0_grp", "gpt1_tmr1_grp", + "sdhci_grp", "cf_grp", "xd_grp", "touch_xy_grp", + "uart1_disable_i2c_grp", "uart1_disable_sd_grp", "uart2_3_grp", + "uart4_grp", "uart5_grp", "rs485_0_1_tdm_0_1_grp", "i2c_1_2_grp", + "i2c3_dis_smi_clcd_grp", "i2c3_dis_sd_i2s0_grp", "i2c_4_5_dis_smi_grp", + "i2c4_dis_sd_grp", "i2c5_dis_sd_grp", "i2c_6_7_dis_kbd_grp", + "i2c6_dis_sd_grp", "i2c7_dis_sd_grp", "can0_dis_nor_grp", + "can0_dis_sd_grp", "can1_dis_sd_grp", "can1_dis_kbd_grp", "pcie0_grp", + "pcie1_grp", "pcie2_grp", "sata0_grp", "sata1_grp", "sata2_grp", + "ssp1_dis_kbd_grp", "ssp1_dis_sd_grp", "gpt64_grp" + +For SPEAr1340 machines: + "pads_as_gpio_grp", "fsmc_8bit_grp", "fsmc_16bit_grp", "fsmc_pnor_grp", + "keyboard_row_col_grp", "keyboard_col5_grp", "spdif_in_grp", + "spdif_out_grp", "gpt_0_1_grp", "pwm0_grp", "pwm1_grp", "pwm2_grp", + "pwm3_grp", "vip_mux_grp", "vip_mux_cam0_grp", "vip_mux_cam1_grp", + "vip_mux_cam2_grp", "vip_mux_cam3_grp", "cam0_grp", "cam1_grp", + "cam2_grp", "cam3_grp", "smi_grp", "ssp0_grp", "ssp0_cs1_grp", + "ssp0_cs2_grp", "ssp0_cs3_grp", "uart0_grp", "uart0_enh_grp", + "uart1_grp", "i2s_in_grp", "i2s_out_grp", "gmii_grp", "rgmii_grp", + "rmii_grp", "sgmii_grp", "i2c0_grp", "i2c1_grp", "cec0_grp", "cec1_grp", + "sdhci_grp", "cf_grp", "xd_grp", "clcd_grp", "arm_trace_grp", + "miphy_dbg_grp", "pcie_grp", "sata_grp" + +Valid values for function names are: +For All SPEAr3xx machines: + "firda", "i2c0", "ssp_cs", "ssp0", "mii0", "gpio0", "uart0_ext", + "uart0", "timer_0_1", "timer_2_3" + +For SPEAr300 machines: + "fsmc", "clcd", "tdm", "i2c1", "cam", "dac", "i2s", "sdhci", "gpio1" + +For SPEAr310 machines: + "emi", "uart1", "uart2", "uart3", "uart4", "uart5", "fsmc", "rs485_0", + "rs485_1", "tdm" + +For SPEAr320 machines: + "clcd", "emi", "fsmc", "spp", "sdhci", "i2s", "uart1", "uart1_modem", + "uart2", "uart3", "uart4", "uart5", "uart6", "rs485", "touchscreen", + "can0", "can1", "pwm0_1", "pwm2", "pwm3", "ssp1", "ssp2", "mii2", + "mii0_1", "i2c1", "i2c2" + + +For SPEAr1310 machines: + "i2c0", "ssp0", "i2s0", "i2s1", "clcd", "arm_gpio", "smi", "gmii", + "rgmii", "smii_0_1_2", "ras_mii_txclk", "nand", "keyboard", "uart0", + "gpt0", "gpt1", "sdhci", "cf", "xd", "touchscreen", "uart1", "uart2_3", + "uart4", "uart5", "rs485_0_1_tdm_0_1", "i2c_1_2", "i2c3_i2s1", + "i2c_4_5", "i2c_6_7", "can0", "can1", "pci", "sata", "ssp1", "gpt64" + +For SPEAr1340 machines: + "pads_as_gpio", "fsmc", "keyboard", "spdif_in", "spdif_out", "gpt_0_1", + "pwm", "vip", "cam0", "cam1", "cam2", "cam3", "smi", "ssp0", "uart0", + "uart1", "i2s", "gmac", "i2c0", "i2c1", "cec0", "cec1", "sdhci", "cf", + "xd", "clcd", "arm_trace", "miphy_dbg", "pcie", "sata" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinmux/pinmux_nvidia.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinmux/pinmux_nvidia.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 36f82db..0000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinmux/pinmux_nvidia.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,5 +0,0 @@ -NVIDIA Tegra 2 pinmux controller - -Required properties: -- compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-pinmux" - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5bc9b68 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power_supply/max17042_battery.txt @@ -0,0 +1,18 @@ +max17042_battery +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Required properties : + - compatible : "maxim,max17042" + +Optional properties : + - maxim,rsns-microohm : Resistance of rsns resistor in micro Ohms + (datasheet-recommended value is 10000). + Defining this property enables current-sense functionality. + +Example: + + battery-charger@36 { + compatible = "maxim,max17042"; + reg = <0x36>; + maxim,rsns-microohm = <10000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-msgr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-msgr.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bc8ded6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic-msgr.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +* FSL MPIC Message Registers + +This binding specifies what properties must be available in the device tree +representation of the message register blocks found in some FSL MPIC +implementations. + +Required properties: + + - compatible: Specifies the compatibility list for the message register + block. The type shall be <string-list> and the value shall be of the form + "fsl,mpic-v<version>-msgr", where <version> is the version number of + the MPIC containing the message registers. + + - reg: Specifies the base physical address(s) and size(s) of the + message register block's addressable register space. The type shall be + <prop-encoded-array>. + + - interrupts: Specifies a list of interrupt-specifiers which are available + for receiving interrupts. Interrupt-specifier consists of two cells: first + cell is interrupt-number and second cell is level-sense. The type shall be + <prop-encoded-array>. + +Optional properties: + + - mpic-msgr-receive-mask: Specifies what registers in the containing block + are allowed to receive interrupts. The value is a bit mask where a set + bit at bit 'n' indicates that message register 'n' can receive interrupts. + Note that "bit 'n'" is numbered from LSB for PPC hardware. The type shall + be <u32>. If not present, then all of the message registers in the block + are available. + +Aliases: + + An alias should be created for every message register block. They are not + required, though. However, a particular implementation of this binding + may require aliases to be present. Aliases are of the form + 'mpic-msgr-block<n>', where <n> is an integer specifying the block's number. + Numbers shall start at 0. + +Example: + + aliases { + mpic-msgr-block0 = &mpic_msgr_block0; + mpic-msgr-block1 = &mpic_msgr_block1; + }; + + mpic_msgr_block0: mpic-msgr-block@41400 { + compatible = "fsl,mpic-v3.1-msgr"; + reg = <0x41400 0x200>; + // Message registers 0 and 2 in this block can receive interrupts on + // sources 0xb0 and 0xb2, respectively. + interrupts = <0xb0 2 0xb2 2>; + mpic-msgr-receive-mask = <0x5>; + }; + + mpic_msgr_block1: mpic-msgr-block@42400 { + compatible = "fsl,mpic-v3.1-msgr"; + reg = <0x42400 0x200>; + // Message registers 0 and 2 in this block can receive interrupts on + // sources 0xb4 and 0xb6, respectively. + interrupts = <0xb4 2 0xb6 2>; + mpic-msgr-receive-mask = <0x5>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt index 2cf38bd..dc57446 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/mpic.txt @@ -56,7 +56,27 @@ PROPERTIES to the client. The presence of this property also mandates that any initialization related to interrupt sources shall be limited to sources explicitly referenced in the device tree. - + + - big-endian + Usage: optional + Value type: <empty> + If present the MPIC will be assumed to be big-endian. Some + device-trees omit this property on MPIC nodes even when the MPIC is + in fact big-endian, so certain boards override this property. + + - single-cpu-affinity + Usage: optional + Value type: <empty> + If present the MPIC will be assumed to only be able to route + non-IPI interrupts to a single CPU at a time (EG: Freescale MPIC). + + - last-interrupt-source + Usage: optional + Value type: <u32> + Some MPICs do not correctly report the number of hardware sources + in the global feature registers. If specified, this field will + override the value read from MPIC_GREG_FEATURE_LAST_SRC. + INTERRUPT SPECIFIER DEFINITION Interrupt specifiers consists of 4 cells encoded as diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt index 5d586e1..5693877 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/msi-pic.txt @@ -6,8 +6,10 @@ Required properties: etc.) and the second is "fsl,mpic-msi" or "fsl,ipic-msi" depending on the parent type. -- reg : should contain the address and the length of the shared message - interrupt register set. +- reg : It may contain one or two regions. The first region should contain + the address and the length of the shared message interrupt register set. + The second region should contain the address of aliased MSIIR register for + platforms that have such an alias. - msi-available-ranges: use <start count> style section to define which msi interrupt can be used in the 256 msi interrupts. This property is diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..357758c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/anatop-regulator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Anatop Voltage regulators + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "fsl,anatop-regulator" +- anatop-reg-offset: Anatop MFD register offset +- anatop-vol-bit-shift: Bit shift for the register +- anatop-vol-bit-width: Number of bits used in the register +- anatop-min-bit-val: Minimum value of this register +- anatop-min-voltage: Minimum voltage of this regulator +- anatop-max-voltage: Maximum voltage of this regulator + +Any property defined as part of the core regulator +binding, defined in regulator.txt, can also be used. + +Example: + + regulator-vddpu { + compatible = "fsl,anatop-regulator"; + regulator-name = "vddpu"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <725000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>; + regulator-always-on; + anatop-reg-offset = <0x140>; + anatop-vol-bit-shift = <9>; + anatop-vol-bit-width = <5>; + anatop-min-bit-val = <1>; + anatop-min-voltage = <725000>; + anatop-max-voltage = <1300000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt index 9cf57fd..2f5b6b1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/fixed-regulator.txt @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Optional properties: - startup-delay-us: startup time in microseconds - enable-active-high: Polarity of GPIO is Active high If this property is missing, the default assumed is Active low. +- gpio-open-drain: GPIO is open drain type. + If this property is missing then default assumption is false. Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in regulator.txt, can also be used. @@ -25,5 +27,6 @@ Example: gpio = <&gpio1 16 0>; startup-delay-us = <70000>; enable-active-high; - regulator-boot-on + regulator-boot-on; + gpio-open-drain; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c8ca6b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps62360-regulator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,44 @@ +TPS62360 Voltage regulators + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be one of the following. + "ti,tps62360" + "ti,tps62361", + "ti,tps62362", + "ti,tps62363", +- reg: I2C slave address + +Optional properties: +- ti,enable-vout-discharge: Enable output discharge. This is boolean value. +- ti,enable-pull-down: Enable pull down. This is boolean value. +- ti,vsel0-gpio: GPIO for controlling VSEL0 line. + If this property is missing, then assume that there is no GPIO + for vsel0 control. +- ti,vsel1-gpio: Gpio for controlling VSEL1 line. + If this property is missing, then assume that there is no GPIO + for vsel1 control. +- ti,vsel0-state-high: Inital state of vsel0 input is high. + If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0). +- ti,vsel1-state-high: Inital state of vsel1 input is high. + If this property is missing, then assume the state as low (0). + +Any property defined as part of the core regulator binding, defined in +regulator.txt, can also be used. + +Example: + + abc: tps62360 { + compatible = "ti,tps62361"; + reg = <0x60>; + regulator-name = "tps62361-vout"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-boot-on + ti,vsel0-gpio = <&gpio1 16 0>; + ti,vsel1-gpio = <&gpio1 17 0>; + ti,vsel0-state-high; + ti,vsel1-state-high; + ti,enable-pull-down; + ti,enable-force-pwm; + ti,enable-vout-discharge; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0fcabaa --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/tps6586x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +TPS6586x family of regulators + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,tps6586x" +- reg: I2C slave address +- interrupts: the interrupt outputs of the controller +- #gpio-cells: number of cells to describe a GPIO +- gpio-controller: mark the device as a GPIO controller +- regulators: list of regulators provided by this controller, must be named + after their hardware counterparts: sm[0-2], ldo[0-9] and ldo_rtc + +Each regulator is defined using the standard binding for regulators. + +Example: + + pmu: tps6586x@34 { + compatible = "ti,tps6586x"; + reg = <0x34>; + interrupts = <0 88 0x4>; + + #gpio-cells = <2>; + gpio-controller; + + regulators { + sm0_reg: sm0 { + regulator-min-microvolt = < 725000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + sm1_reg: sm1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = < 725000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + sm2_reg: sm2 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <3000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <4550000>; + regulator-boot-on; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + ldo0_reg: ldo0 { + regulator-name = "PCIE CLK"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + ldo1_reg: ldo1 { + regulator-min-microvolt = < 725000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + }; + + ldo2_reg: ldo2 { + regulator-min-microvolt = < 725000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1500000>; + }; + + ldo3_reg: ldo3 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1250000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + ldo4_reg: ldo4 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1700000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2475000>; + }; + + ldo5_reg: ldo5 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1250000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + ldo6_reg: ldo6 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1250000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + ldo7_reg: ldo7 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1250000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + ldo8_reg: ldo8 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1250000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + + ldo9_reg: ldo9 { + regulator-min-microvolt = <1250000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0c3395d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/twl-regulator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +TWL family of regulators + +Required properties: +For twl6030 regulators/LDOs +- compatible: + - "ti,twl6030-vaux1" for VAUX1 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vaux3" for VAUX3 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vmmc" for VMMC LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vpp" for VPP LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vusim" for VUSIM LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vana" for VANA LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vcxio" for VCXIO LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vdac" for VDAC LDO + - "ti,twl6030-vusb" for VUSB LDO + - "ti,twl6030-v1v8" for V1V8 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-v2v1" for V2V1 LDO + - "ti,twl6030-clk32kg" for CLK32KG RESOURCE + - "ti,twl6030-vdd1" for VDD1 SMPS + - "ti,twl6030-vdd2" for VDD2 SMPS + - "ti,twl6030-vdd3" for VDD3 SMPS +For twl6025 regulators/LDOs +- compatible: + - "ti,twl6025-ldo1" for LDO1 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo2" for LDO2 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo3" for LDO3 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo4" for LDO4 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo5" for LDO5 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo6" for LDO6 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldo7" for LDO7 LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldoln" for LDOLN LDO + - "ti,twl6025-ldousb" for LDOUSB LDO + - "ti,twl6025-smps3" for SMPS3 SMPS + - "ti,twl6025-smps4" for SMPS4 SMPS + - "ti,twl6025-vio" for VIO SMPS +For twl4030 regulators/LDOs +- compatible: + - "ti,twl4030-vaux1" for VAUX1 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO + - "ti,twl5030-vaux2" for VAUX2 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vaux3" for VAUX3 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vaux4" for VAUX4 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vmmc1" for VMMC1 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vmmc2" for VMMC2 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vpll1" for VPLL1 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vpll2" for VPLL2 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vsim" for VSIM LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vdac" for VDAC LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vintana2" for VINTANA2 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vio" for VIO LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vdd1" for VDD1 SMPS + - "ti,twl4030-vdd2" for VDD2 SMPS + - "ti,twl4030-vintana1" for VINTANA1 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vintdig" for VINTDIG LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vusb1v5" for VUSB1V5 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vusb1v8" for VUSB1V8 LDO + - "ti,twl4030-vusb3v1" for VUSB3V1 LDO + +Optional properties: +- Any optional property defined in bindings/regulator/regulator.txt + +Example: + + xyz: regulator@0 { + compatible = "ti,twl6030-vaux1"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1000000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3000000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/lpc32xx-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/lpc32xx-rtc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a87a1e9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/lpc32xx-rtc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +* NXP LPC32xx SoC Real Time Clock controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "nxp,lpc3220-rtc" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: The RTC interrupt + +Example: + + rtc@40024000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-rtc"; + reg = <0x40024000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <52 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0cda19a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sa1100-rtc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* Marvell Real Time Clock controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "mrvl,sa1100-rtc" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: Should be two. The first interrupt number is the rtc alarm + interrupt and the second interrupt number is the rtc hz interrupt. +- interrupt-names: Assign name of irq resource. + +Example: + rtc: rtc@d4010000 { + compatible = "mrvl,mmp-rtc"; + reg = <0xd4010000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <5>, <6>; + interrupt-name = "rtc 1Hz", "rtc alarm"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/spear-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/spear-rtc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ca67ac6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/spear-rtc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* SPEAr RTC + +Required properties: +- compatible : "st,spear600-rtc" +- reg : Address range of the rtc registers +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupt: Should contain the rtc interrupt number + +Example: + + rtc@fc000000 { + compatible = "st,spear600-rtc"; + reg = <0xfc000000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <12>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mrvl-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mrvl-serial.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d744340 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/mrvl-serial.txt @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +PXA UART controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : should be "mrvl,mmp-uart" or "mrvl,pxa-uart". diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/alc5632.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/alc5632.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8608f74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/alc5632.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +ALC5632 audio CODEC + +This device supports I2C only. + +Required properties: + + - compatible : "realtek,alc5632" + + - reg : the I2C address of the device. + + - gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller. + + - #gpio-cells : Should be two. The first cell is the pin number and the + second cell is used to specify optional parameters (currently unused). + +Example: + +alc5632: alc5632@1e { + compatible = "realtek,alc5632"; + reg = <0x1a>; + + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-sgtl5000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-sgtl5000.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e4acdd8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audio-sgtl5000.txt @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +Freescale i.MX audio complex with SGTL5000 codec + +Required properties: +- compatible : "fsl,imx-audio-sgtl5000" +- model : The user-visible name of this sound complex +- ssi-controller : The phandle of the i.MX SSI controller +- audio-codec : The phandle of the SGTL5000 audio codec +- audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. + Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, + the second being the connection's source. Valid names could be power + supplies, SGTL5000 pins, and the jacks on the board: + + Power supplies: + * Mic Bias + + SGTL5000 pins: + * MIC_IN + * LINE_IN + * HP_OUT + * LINE_OUT + + Board connectors: + * Mic Jack + * Line In Jack + * Headphone Jack + * Line Out Jack + * Ext Spk + +- mux-int-port : The internal port of the i.MX audio muxer (AUDMUX) +- mux-ext-port : The external port of the i.MX audio muxer + +Note: The AUDMUX port numbering should start at 1, which is consistent with +hardware manual. + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "fsl,imx51-babbage-sgtl5000", + "fsl,imx-audio-sgtl5000"; + model = "imx51-babbage-sgtl5000"; + ssi-controller = <&ssi1>; + audio-codec = <&sgtl5000>; + audio-routing = + "MIC_IN", "Mic Jack", + "Mic Jack", "Mic Bias", + "Headphone Jack", "HP_OUT"; + mux-int-port = <1>; + mux-ext-port = <3>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audmux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audmux.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..215aa98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/imx-audmux.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +Freescale Digital Audio Mux (AUDMUX) device + +Required properties: +- compatible : "fsl,imx21-audmux" for AUDMUX version firstly used on i.MX21, + or "fsl,imx31-audmux" for the version firstly used on i.MX31. +- reg : Should contain AUDMUX registers location and length + +Example: + +audmux@021d8000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx6q-audmux", "fsl,imx31-audmux"; + reg = <0x021d8000 0x4000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-audio-sgtl5000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-audio-sgtl5000.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..601c518 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-audio-sgtl5000.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* Freescale MXS audio complex with SGTL5000 codec + +Required properties: +- compatible: "fsl,mxs-audio-sgtl5000" +- model: The user-visible name of this sound complex +- saif-controllers: The phandle list of the MXS SAIF controller +- audio-codec: The phandle of the SGTL5000 audio codec + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-evk-sgtl5000", + "fsl,mxs-audio-sgtl5000"; + model = "imx28-evk-sgtl5000"; + saif-controllers = <&saif0 &saif1>; + audio-codec = <&sgtl5000>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-saif.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-saif.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c37ba61 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/mxs-saif.txt @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +* Freescale MXS Serial Audio Interface (SAIF) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,<chip>-saif" +- reg: Should contain registers location and length +- interrupts: Should contain ERROR and DMA interrupts +- fsl,saif-dma-channel: APBX DMA channel for the SAIF + +Optional properties: +- fsl,saif-master: phandle to the master SAIF. It's only required for + the slave SAIF. + +Note: Each SAIF controller should have an alias correctly numbered +in "aliases" node. + +Example: + +aliases { + saif0 = &saif0; + saif1 = &saif1; +}; + +saif0: saif@80042000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-saif"; + reg = <0x80042000 2000>; + interrupts = <59 80>; + fsl,saif-dma-channel = <4>; +}; + +saif1: saif@80046000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-saif"; + reg = <0x80046000 2000>; + interrupts = <58 81>; + fsl,saif-dma-channel = <5>; + fsl,saif-master = <&saif0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..1ac7b16 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra30 AHUB (Audio Hub) + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra30-ahub" +- reg : Should contain the register physical address and length for each of + the AHUB's APBIF registers and the AHUB's own registers. +- interrupts : Should contain AHUB interrupt +- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and + request selector for the first APBIF channel. +- ranges : The bus address mapping for the configlink register bus. + Can be empty since the mapping is 1:1. +- #address-cells : For the configlink bus. Should be <1>; +- #size-cells : For the configlink bus. Should be <1>. + +AHUB client modules need to specify the IDs of their CIFs (Client InterFaces). +For RX CIFs, the numbers indicate the register number within AHUB routing +register space (APBIF 0..3 RX, I2S 0..5 RX, DAM 0..2 RX 0..1, SPDIF RX 0..1). +For TX CIFs, the numbers indicate the bit position within the AHUB routing +registers (APBIF 0..3 TX, I2S 0..5 TX, DAM 0..2 TX, SPDIF TX 0..1). + +Example: + +ahub@70080000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-ahub"; + reg = <0x70080000 0x200 0x70080200 0x100>; + interrupts = < 0 103 0x04 >; + nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 1>; + + ranges; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfa6c03 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra30 I2S controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra30-i2s" +- reg : Should contain I2S registers location and length +- nvidia,ahub-cif-ids : The list of AHUB CIF IDs for this port, rx (playback) + first, tx (capture) second. See nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt for values. + +Example: + +i2s@70002800 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-i2s"; + reg = <0x70080300 0x100>; + nvidia,ahub-cif-ids = <4 4>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-dmic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-dmic.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fd8105f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-dmic.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Texas Instruments OMAP4+ Digital Microphone Module + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,omap4-dmic" +- reg: Register location and size as an array: + <MPU access base address, size>, + <L3 interconnect address, size>; +- interrupts: Interrupt number for DMIC +- interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated with OMAP dmic IP + +Example: + +dmic: dmic@4012e000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4-dmic"; + reg = <0x4012e000 0x7f>, /* MPU private access */ + <0x4902e000 0x7f>; /* L3 Interconnect */ + interrupts = <0 114 0x4>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + ti,hwmods = "dmic"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0741dff --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/omap-mcpdm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +* Texas Instruments OMAP4+ McPDM + +Required properties: +- compatible: "ti,omap4-mcpdm" +- reg: Register location and size as an array: + <MPU access base address, size>, + <L3 interconnect address, size>; +- interrupts: Interrupt number for McPDM +- interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the McPDM + +Example: + +mcpdm: mcpdm@40132000 { + compatible = "ti,omap4-mcpdm"; + reg = <0x40132000 0x7f>, /* MPU private access */ + <0x49032000 0x7f>; /* L3 Interconnect */ + interrupts = <0 112 0x4>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + ti,hwmods = "mcpdm"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/soc/codecs/fsl-sgtl5000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt index 2c3cd41..9cc4444 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/soc/codecs/fsl-sgtl5000.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/sgtl5000.txt @@ -3,6 +3,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "fsl,sgtl5000". +- reg : the I2C address of the device + Example: codec: sgtl5000@0a { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-alc5632.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-alc5632.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b77a97c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-alc5632.txt @@ -0,0 +1,59 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra audio complex + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632" +- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. +- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. + Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, + the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and + sinks are the ALC5632's pins: + + ALC5632 pins: + + * SPK_OUTP + * SPK_OUTN + * HP_OUT_L + * HP_OUT_R + * AUX_OUT_P + * AUX_OUT_N + * LINE_IN_L + * LINE_IN_R + * PHONE_P + * PHONE_N + * MIC1_P + * MIC1_N + * MIC2_P + * MIC2_N + * MICBIAS1 + * DMICDAT + + Board connectors: + + * Headset Stereophone + * Int Spk + * Headset Mic + * Digital Mic + +- nvidia,i2s-controller : The phandle of the Tegra I2S controller +- nvidia,audio-codec : The phandle of the ALC5632 audio codec + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632-paz00", + "nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632"; + + nvidia,model = "Compal PAZ00"; + + nvidia,audio-routing = + "Int Spk", "SPK_OUTP", + "Int Spk", "SPK_OUTN", + "Headset Mic","MICBIAS1", + "MIC1_N", "Headset Mic", + "MIC1_P", "Headset Mic", + "Headset Stereophone", "HP_OUT_R", + "Headset Stereophone", "HP_OUT_L"; + + nvidia,i2s-controller = <&tegra_i2s1>; + nvidia,audio-codec = <&alc5632>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-trimslice.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-trimslice.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04b14cf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-trimslice.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra audio complex for TrimSlice + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-trimslice" +- nvidia,i2s-controller : The phandle of the Tegra I2S1 controller +- nvidia,audio-codec : The phandle of the WM8903 audio codec + +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-trimslice"; + nvidia,i2s-controller = <&tegra_i2s1>; + nvidia,audio-codec = <&codec>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-wm8753.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-wm8753.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c4dd39c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/tegra-audio-wm8753.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra audio complex + +Required properties: +- compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753" +- nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. +- nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. + Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, + the second being the connection's source. Valid names for sources and + sinks are the WM8753's pins, and the jacks on the board: + + WM8753 pins: + + * LOUT1 + * LOUT2 + * ROUT1 + * ROUT2 + * MONO1 + * MONO2 + * OUT3 + * OUT4 + * LINE1 + * LINE2 + * RXP + * RXN + * ACIN + * ACOP + * MIC1N + * MIC1 + * MIC2N + * MIC2 + * Mic Bias + + Board connectors: + + * Headphone Jack + * Mic Jack + +- nvidia,i2s-controller : The phandle of the Tegra I2S1 controller +- nvidia,audio-codec : The phandle of the WM8753 audio codec +Example: + +sound { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753-whistler", + "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753" + nvidia,model = "tegra-wm8753-harmony"; + + nvidia,audio-routing = + "Headphone Jack", "LOUT1", + "Headphone Jack", "ROUT1"; + + nvidia,i2s-controller = <&i2s1>; + nvidia,audio-codec = <&wm8753>; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81df374 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/omap-spi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +OMAP2+ McSPI device + +Required properties: +- compatible : + - "ti,omap2-spi" for OMAP2 & OMAP3. + - "ti,omap4-spi" for OMAP4+. +- ti,spi-num-cs : Number of chipselect supported by the instance. +- ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the McSPI + + +Example: + +mcspi1: mcspi@1 { + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,omap4-mcspi"; + ti,hwmods = "mcspi1"; + ti,spi-num-cs = <4>; +}; + diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b3629d3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +* NXP LPC32xx SoC ADC controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "nxp,lpc3220-adc" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: The ADC interrupt + +Example: + + adc@40048000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-adc"; + reg = <0x40048000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <39 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/spear-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/spear-adc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..02ea23a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/staging/iio/adc/spear-adc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* ST SPEAr ADC device driver + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "st,spear600-adc" +- reg: Address and length of the register set for the device +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupts: Should contain the ADC interrupt +- sampling-frequency: Default sampling frequency + +Optional properties: +- vref-external: External voltage reference in milli-volts. If omitted + the internal voltage reference will be used. +- average-samples: Number of samples to generate an average value. If + omitted, single data conversion will be used. + +Examples: + + adc: adc@d8200000 { + compatible = "st,spear600-adc"; + reg = <0xd8200000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <6>; + sampling-frequency = <5000000>; + vref-external = <2500>; /* 2.5V VRef */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6588b69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/efm32-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +* Energymicro efm32 UART + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "efm32,uart" +- reg : Address and length of the register set +- interrupts : Should contain uart interrupt + +Example: + +uart@0x4000c400 { + compatible = "efm32,uart"; + reg = <0x4000c400 0x400>; + interrupts = <15>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt index a9c0406..b462d0c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/tty/serial/fsl-imx-uart.txt @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Optional properties: Example: -uart@73fbc000 { +serial@73fbc000 { compatible = "fsl,imx51-uart", "fsl,imx21-uart"; reg = <0x73fbc000 0x4000>; interrupts = <31>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..60bd215 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/atmel-usb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ +Atmel SOC USB controllers + +OHCI + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-ohci" for USB controllers + used in host mode. + - num-ports: Number of ports. + - atmel,vbus-gpio: If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be + activated for the bus to be powered. + - atmel,oc-gpio: If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be + activated for the overcurrent detection. + +usb0: ohci@00500000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-ohci", "usb-ohci"; + reg = <0x00500000 0x100000>; + interrupts = <20 4>; + num-ports = <2>; +}; + +EHCI + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9g45-ehci" for USB controllers + used in host mode. + +usb1: ehci@00800000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-ehci", "usb-ehci"; + reg = <0x00800000 0x100000>; + interrupts = <22 4>; +}; + +AT91 USB device controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-udc" + - reg: Address and length of the register set for the device + - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt + +Optional properties: + - atmel,vbus-gpio: If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be + activated for the bus to be powered. + +usb1: gadget@fffa4000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-udc"; + reg = <0xfffa4000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <10 4>; + atmel,vbus-gpio = <&pioC 5 0>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/isp1301.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/isp1301.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5405d99 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/isp1301.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* NXP ISP1301 USB transceiver + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "nxp,isp1301" +- reg: I2C address of the ISP1301 device + +Optional properties of devices using ISP1301: +- transceiver: phandle of isp1301 - this helps the ISP1301 driver to find the + ISP1301 instance associated with the respective USB driver + +Example: + + isp1301: usb-transceiver@2c { + compatible = "nxp,isp1301"; + reg = <0x2c>; + }; + + usbd@31020000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-udc"; + reg = <0x31020000 0x300>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <0x3d 0>, <0x3e 0>, <0x3c 0>, <0x3a 0>; + transceiver = <&isp1301>; + status = "okay"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/lpc32xx-udc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/lpc32xx-udc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29f12a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/lpc32xx-udc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* NXP LPC32xx SoC USB Device Controller (UDC) + +Required properties: +- compatible: Must be "nxp,lpc3220-udc" +- reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: The USB interrupts: + * USB Device Low Priority Interrupt + * USB Device High Priority Interrupt + * USB Device DMA Interrupt + * External USB Transceiver Interrupt (OTG ATX) +- transceiver: phandle of the associated ISP1301 device - this is necessary for + the UDC controller for connecting to the USB physical layer + +Example: + + isp1301: usb-transceiver@2c { + compatible = "nxp,isp1301"; + reg = <0x2c>; + }; + + usbd@31020000 { + compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-udc"; + reg = <0x31020000 0x300>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <0x3d 0>, <0x3e 0>, <0x3c 0>, <0x3a 0>; + transceiver = <&isp1301>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-nxp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-nxp.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..71e28c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/ohci-nxp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +* OHCI controller, NXP ohci-nxp variant + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "nxp,ohci-nxp" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: The OHCI interrupt +- transceiver: phandle of the associated ISP1301 device - this is necessary for + the UDC controller for connecting to the USB physical layer + +Example (LPC32xx): + + isp1301: usb-transceiver@2c { + compatible = "nxp,isp1301"; + reg = <0x2c>; + }; + + ohci@31020000 { + compatible = "nxp,ohci-nxp"; + reg = <0x31020000 0x300>; + interrupt-parent = <&mic>; + interrupts = <0x3b 0>; + transceiver = <&isp1301>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/spear-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/spear-usb.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f8a464a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/spear-usb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +ST SPEAr SoC USB controllers: +----------------------------- + +EHCI: +----- + +Required properties: +- compatible: "st,spear600-ehci" +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupts: Should contain the EHCI interrupt + +Example: + + ehci@e1800000 { + compatible = "st,spear600-ehci", "usb-ehci"; + reg = <0xe1800000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <27>; + }; + + +OHCI: +----- + +Required properties: +- compatible: "st,spear600-ohci" +- interrupt-parent: Should be the phandle for the interrupt controller + that services interrupts for this device +- interrupts: Should contain the OHCI interrupt + +Example: + + ohci@e1900000 { + compatible = "st,spear600-ohci", "usb-ohci"; + reg = <0xe1800000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&vic1>; + interrupts = <26>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/tegra-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/tegra-usb.txt index 035d63d..e9b005d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/tegra-usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/tegra-usb.txt @@ -11,3 +11,19 @@ Required properties : - phy_type : Should be one of "ulpi" or "utmi". - nvidia,vbus-gpio : If present, specifies a gpio that needs to be activated for the bus to be powered. + +Required properties for phy_type == ulpi: + - nvidia,phy-reset-gpio : The GPIO used to reset the PHY. + +Optional properties: + - dr_mode : dual role mode. Indicates the working mode for + nvidia,tegra20-ehci compatible controllers. Can be "host", "peripheral", + or "otg". Default to "host" if not defined for backward compatibility. + host means this is a host controller + peripheral means it is device controller + otg means it can operate as either ("on the go") + - nvidia,has-legacy-mode : boolean indicates whether this controller can + operate in legacy mode (as APX 2500 / 2600). In legacy mode some + registers are accessed through the APB_MISC base address instead of + the USB controller. Since this is a legacy issue it probably does not + warrant a compatible string of its own. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index a20008a..6eab917 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -8,11 +8,13 @@ amcc Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM, formally AMCC) apm Applied Micro Circuits Corporation (APM) arm ARM Ltd. atmel Atmel Corporation +bosch Bosch Sensortec GmbH cavium Cavium, Inc. chrp Common Hardware Reference Platform cortina Cortina Systems, Inc. dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor) denx Denx Software Engineering +emmicro EM Microelectronic epson Seiko Epson Corp. est ESTeem Wireless Modems fsl Freescale Semiconductor @@ -34,6 +36,7 @@ picochip Picochip Ltd powervr Imagination Technologies qcom Qualcomm, Inc. ramtron Ramtron International +realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp. samsung Samsung Semiconductor sbs Smart Battery System schindler Schindler diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c7f688 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/pnx4008-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* NXP PNX watchdog timer + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "nxp,pnx4008-wdt" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +Example: + + watchdog@4003C000 { + compatible = "nxp,pnx4008-wdt"; + reg = <0x4003C000 0x1000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt index 7c1329d..d4d6675 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ it with special cases. b) Entry with a flattened device-tree block. Firmware loads the physical address of the flattened device tree block (dtb) into r2, - r1 is not used, but it is considered good practise to use a valid + r1 is not used, but it is considered good practice to use a valid machine number as described in Documentation/arm/Booting. r0 : 0 @@ -551,12 +551,13 @@ Here is an example of a simple device-tree. In this example, an "o" designates a node followed by the node unit name. Properties are presented with their name followed by their content. "content" represents an ASCII string (zero terminated) value, while <content> -represents a 32-bit hexadecimal value. The various nodes in this -example will be discussed in a later chapter. At this point, it is -only meant to give you a idea of what a device-tree looks like. I have -purposefully kept the "name" and "linux,phandle" properties which -aren't necessary in order to give you a better idea of what the tree -looks like in practice. +represents a 32-bit value, specified in decimal or hexadecimal (the +latter prefixed 0x). The various nodes in this example will be +discussed in a later chapter. At this point, it is only meant to give +you a idea of what a device-tree looks like. I have purposefully kept +the "name" and "linux,phandle" properties which aren't necessary in +order to give you a better idea of what the tree looks like in +practice. / o device-tree |- name = "device-tree" @@ -576,14 +577,14 @@ looks like in practice. | |- name = "PowerPC,970" | |- device_type = "cpu" | |- reg = <0> - | |- clock-frequency = <5f5e1000> + | |- clock-frequency = <0x5f5e1000> | |- 64-bit | |- linux,phandle = <2> | o memory@0 | |- name = "memory" | |- device_type = "memory" - | |- reg = <00000000 00000000 00000000 20000000> + | |- reg = <0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x20000000> | |- linux,phandle = <3> | o chosen @@ -1010,8 +1011,8 @@ compatibility. #size-cells = <1>; #interrupt-cells = <2>; device_type = "soc"; - ranges = <00000000 e0000000 00100000> - reg = <e0000000 00003000>; + ranges = <0x00000000 0xe0000000 0x00100000> + reg = <0xe0000000 0x00003000>; bus-frequency = <0>; } @@ -1085,16 +1086,16 @@ supported currently at the toplevel. * terminated string */ - property2 = <1234abcd>; /* define a property containing a + property2 = <0x1234abcd>; /* define a property containing a * numerical 32-bit value (hexadecimal) */ - property3 = <12345678 12345678 deadbeef>; + property3 = <0x12345678 0x12345678 0xdeadbeef>; /* define a property containing 3 * numerical 32-bit values (cells) in * hexadecimal */ - property4 = [0a 0b 0c 0d de ea ad be ef]; + property4 = [0x0a 0x0b 0x0c 0x0d 0xde 0xea 0xad 0xbe 0xef]; /* define a property whose content is * an arbitrary array of bytes */ @@ -1350,10 +1351,10 @@ Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540 model = "TSEC"; compatible = "gianfar", "simple-bus"; reg = <0x24000 0x1000>; - local-mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 00 ]; - interrupts = <29 2 30 2 34 2>; + local-mac-address = [ 0x00 0xE0 0x0C 0x00 0x73 0x00 ]; + interrupts = <0x29 2 0x30 2 0x34 2>; phy-handle = <&phy0>; - sleep = <&pmc 00000080>; + sleep = <&pmc 0x00000080>; ranges; mdio@24520 { @@ -1385,10 +1386,10 @@ Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540 model = "TSEC"; compatible = "gianfar"; reg = <0x25000 0x1000>; - local-mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 01 ]; - interrupts = <13 2 14 2 18 2>; + local-mac-address = [ 0x00 0xE0 0x0C 0x00 0x73 0x01 ]; + interrupts = <0x13 2 0x14 2 0x18 2>; phy-handle = <&phy1>; - sleep = <&pmc 00000040>; + sleep = <&pmc 0x00000040>; }; ethernet@26000 { @@ -1396,17 +1397,17 @@ Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540 model = "FEC"; compatible = "gianfar"; reg = <0x26000 0x1000>; - local-mac-address = [ 00 E0 0C 00 73 02 ]; - interrupts = <41 2>; + local-mac-address = [ 0x00 0xE0 0x0C 0x00 0x73 0x02 ]; + interrupts = <0x41 2>; phy-handle = <&phy3>; - sleep = <&pmc 00000020>; + sleep = <&pmc 0x00000020>; }; serial@4500 { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; compatible = "fsl,mpc8540-duart", "simple-bus"; - sleep = <&pmc 00000002>; + sleep = <&pmc 0x00000002>; ranges; serial@4500 { @@ -1414,7 +1415,7 @@ Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540 compatible = "ns16550"; reg = <0x4500 0x100>; clock-frequency = <0>; - interrupts = <42 2>; + interrupts = <0x42 2>; }; serial@4600 { @@ -1422,7 +1423,7 @@ Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540 compatible = "ns16550"; reg = <0x4600 0x100>; clock-frequency = <0>; - interrupts = <42 2>; + interrupts = <0x42 2>; }; }; @@ -1436,11 +1437,11 @@ Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540 }; i2c@3000 { - interrupts = <43 2>; + interrupts = <0x43 2>; reg = <0x3000 0x100>; compatible = "fsl-i2c"; dfsrr; - sleep = <&pmc 00000004>; + sleep = <&pmc 0x00000004>; }; pmc: power@e0070 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c5a8009 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/usage-model.txt @@ -0,0 +1,412 @@ +Linux and the Device Tree +------------------------- +The Linux usage model for device tree data + +Author: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca> + +This article describes how Linux uses the device tree. An overview of +the device tree data format can be found on the device tree usage page +at devicetree.org[1]. + +[1] http://devicetree.org/Device_Tree_Usage + +The "Open Firmware Device Tree", or simply Device Tree (DT), is a data +structure and language for describing hardware. More specifically, it +is a description of hardware that is readable by an operating system +so that the operating system doesn't need to hard code details of the +machine. + +Structurally, the DT is a tree, or acyclic graph with named nodes, and +nodes may have an arbitrary number of named properties encapsulating +arbitrary data. A mechanism also exists to create arbitrary +links from one node to another outside of the natural tree structure. + +Conceptually, a common set of usage conventions, called 'bindings', +is defined for how data should appear in the tree to describe typical +hardware characteristics including data busses, interrupt lines, GPIO +connections, and peripheral devices. + +As much as possible, hardware is described using existing bindings to +maximize use of existing support code, but since property and node +names are simply text strings, it is easy to extend existing bindings +or create new ones by defining new nodes and properties. Be wary, +however, of creating a new binding without first doing some homework +about what already exists. There are currently two different, +incompatible, bindings for i2c busses that came about because the new +binding was created without first investigating how i2c devices were +already being enumerated in existing systems. + +1. History +---------- +The DT was originally created by Open Firmware as part of the +communication method for passing data from Open Firmware to a client +program (like to an operating system). An operating system used the +Device Tree to discover the topology of the hardware at runtime, and +thereby support a majority of available hardware without hard coded +information (assuming drivers were available for all devices). + +Since Open Firmware is commonly used on PowerPC and SPARC platforms, +the Linux support for those architectures has for a long time used the +Device Tree. + +In 2005, when PowerPC Linux began a major cleanup and to merge 32-bit +and 64-bit support, the decision was made to require DT support on all +powerpc platforms, regardless of whether or not they used Open +Firmware. To do this, a DT representation called the Flattened Device +Tree (FDT) was created which could be passed to the kernel as a binary +blob without requiring a real Open Firmware implementation. U-Boot, +kexec, and other bootloaders were modified to support both passing a +Device Tree Binary (dtb) and to modify a dtb at boot time. DT was +also added to the PowerPC boot wrapper (arch/powerpc/boot/*) so that +a dtb could be wrapped up with the kernel image to support booting +existing non-DT aware firmware. + +Some time later, FDT infrastructure was generalized to be usable by +all architectures. At the time of this writing, 6 mainlined +architectures (arm, microblaze, mips, powerpc, sparc, and x86) and 1 +out of mainline (nios) have some level of DT support. + +2. Data Model +------------- +If you haven't already read the Device Tree Usage[1] page, +then go read it now. It's okay, I'll wait.... + +2.1 High Level View +------------------- +The most important thing to understand is that the DT is simply a data +structure that describes the hardware. There is nothing magical about +it, and it doesn't magically make all hardware configuration problems +go away. What it does do is provide a language for decoupling the +hardware configuration from the board and device driver support in the +Linux kernel (or any other operating system for that matter). Using +it allows board and device support to become data driven; to make +setup decisions based on data passed into the kernel instead of on +per-machine hard coded selections. + +Ideally, data driven platform setup should result in less code +duplication and make it easier to support a wide range of hardware +with a single kernel image. + +Linux uses DT data for three major purposes: +1) platform identification, +2) runtime configuration, and +3) device population. + +2.2 Platform Identification +--------------------------- +First and foremost, the kernel will use data in the DT to identify the +specific machine. In a perfect world, the specific platform shouldn't +matter to the kernel because all platform details would be described +perfectly by the device tree in a consistent and reliable manner. +Hardware is not perfect though, and so the kernel must identify the +machine during early boot so that it has the opportunity to run +machine-specific fixups. + +In the majority of cases, the machine identity is irrelevant, and the +kernel will instead select setup code based on the machine's core +CPU or SoC. On ARM for example, setup_arch() in +arch/arm/kernel/setup.c will call setup_machine_fdt() in +arch/arm/kernel/devicetree.c which searches through the machine_desc +table and selects the machine_desc which best matches the device tree +data. It determines the best match by looking at the 'compatible' +property in the root device tree node, and comparing it with the +dt_compat list in struct machine_desc. + +The 'compatible' property contains a sorted list of strings starting +with the exact name of the machine, followed by an optional list of +boards it is compatible with sorted from most compatible to least. For +example, the root compatible properties for the TI BeagleBoard and its +successor, the BeagleBoard xM board might look like: + + compatible = "ti,omap3-beagleboard", "ti,omap3450", "ti,omap3"; + compatible = "ti,omap3-beagleboard-xm", "ti,omap3450", "ti,omap3"; + +Where "ti,omap3-beagleboard-xm" specifies the exact model, it also +claims that it compatible with the OMAP 3450 SoC, and the omap3 family +of SoCs in general. You'll notice that the list is sorted from most +specific (exact board) to least specific (SoC family). + +Astute readers might point out that the Beagle xM could also claim +compatibility with the original Beagle board. However, one should be +cautioned about doing so at the board level since there is typically a +high level of change from one board to another, even within the same +product line, and it is hard to nail down exactly what is meant when one +board claims to be compatible with another. For the top level, it is +better to err on the side of caution and not claim one board is +compatible with another. The notable exception would be when one +board is a carrier for another, such as a CPU module attached to a +carrier board. + +One more note on compatible values. Any string used in a compatible +property must be documented as to what it indicates. Add +documentation for compatible strings in Documentation/devicetree/bindings. + +Again on ARM, for each machine_desc, the kernel looks to see if +any of the dt_compat list entries appear in the compatible property. +If one does, then that machine_desc is a candidate for driving the +machine. After searching the entire table of machine_descs, +setup_machine_fdt() returns the 'most compatible' machine_desc based +on which entry in the compatible property each machine_desc matches +against. If no matching machine_desc is found, then it returns NULL. + +The reasoning behind this scheme is the observation that in the majority +of cases, a single machine_desc can support a large number of boards +if they all use the same SoC, or same family of SoCs. However, +invariably there will be some exceptions where a specific board will +require special setup code that is not useful in the generic case. +Special cases could be handled by explicitly checking for the +troublesome board(s) in generic setup code, but doing so very quickly +becomes ugly and/or unmaintainable if it is more than just a couple of +cases. + +Instead, the compatible list allows a generic machine_desc to provide +support for a wide common set of boards by specifying "less +compatible" value in the dt_compat list. In the example above, +generic board support can claim compatibility with "ti,omap3" or +"ti,omap3450". If a bug was discovered on the original beagleboard +that required special workaround code during early boot, then a new +machine_desc could be added which implements the workarounds and only +matches on "ti,omap3-beagleboard". + +PowerPC uses a slightly different scheme where it calls the .probe() +hook from each machine_desc, and the first one returning TRUE is used. +However, this approach does not take into account the priority of the +compatible list, and probably should be avoided for new architecture +support. + +2.3 Runtime configuration +------------------------- +In most cases, a DT will be the sole method of communicating data from +firmware to the kernel, so also gets used to pass in runtime and +configuration data like the kernel parameters string and the location +of an initrd image. + +Most of this data is contained in the /chosen node, and when booting +Linux it will look something like this: + + chosen { + bootargs = "console=ttyS0,115200 loglevel=8"; + initrd-start = <0xc8000000>; + initrd-end = <0xc8200000>; + }; + +The bootargs property contains the kernel arguments, and the initrd-* +properties define the address and size of an initrd blob. The +chosen node may also optionally contain an arbitrary number of +additional properties for platform-specific configuration data. + +During early boot, the architecture setup code calls of_scan_flat_dt() +several times with different helper callbacks to parse device tree +data before paging is setup. The of_scan_flat_dt() code scans through +the device tree and uses the helpers to extract information required +during early boot. Typically the early_init_dt_scan_chosen() helper +is used to parse the chosen node including kernel parameters, +early_init_dt_scan_root() to initialize the DT address space model, +and early_init_dt_scan_memory() to determine the size and +location of usable RAM. + +On ARM, the function setup_machine_fdt() is responsible for early +scanning of the device tree after selecting the correct machine_desc +that supports the board. + +2.4 Device population +--------------------- +After the board has been identified, and after the early configuration data +has been parsed, then kernel initialization can proceed in the normal +way. At some point in this process, unflatten_device_tree() is called +to convert the data into a more efficient runtime representation. +This is also when machine-specific setup hooks will get called, like +the machine_desc .init_early(), .init_irq() and .init_machine() hooks +on ARM. The remainder of this section uses examples from the ARM +implementation, but all architectures will do pretty much the same +thing when using a DT. + +As can be guessed by the names, .init_early() is used for any machine- +specific setup that needs to be executed early in the boot process, +and .init_irq() is used to set up interrupt handling. Using a DT +doesn't materially change the behaviour of either of these functions. +If a DT is provided, then both .init_early() and .init_irq() are able +to call any of the DT query functions (of_* in include/linux/of*.h) to +get additional data about the platform. + +The most interesting hook in the DT context is .init_machine() which +is primarily responsible for populating the Linux device model with +data about the platform. Historically this has been implemented on +embedded platforms by defining a set of static clock structures, +platform_devices, and other data in the board support .c file, and +registering it en-masse in .init_machine(). When DT is used, then +instead of hard coding static devices for each platform, the list of +devices can be obtained by parsing the DT, and allocating device +structures dynamically. + +The simplest case is when .init_machine() is only responsible for +registering a block of platform_devices. A platform_device is a concept +used by Linux for memory or I/O mapped devices which cannot be detected +by hardware, and for 'composite' or 'virtual' devices (more on those +later). While there is no 'platform device' terminology for the DT, +platform devices roughly correspond to device nodes at the root of the +tree and children of simple memory mapped bus nodes. + +About now is a good time to lay out an example. Here is part of the +device tree for the NVIDIA Tegra board. + +/{ + compatible = "nvidia,harmony", "nvidia,tegra20"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + + chosen { }; + aliases { }; + + memory { + device_type = "memory"; + reg = <0x00000000 0x40000000>; + }; + + soc { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-soc", "simple-bus"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + ranges; + + intc: interrupt-controller@50041000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gic"; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x50041000 0x1000>, < 0x50040100 0x0100 >; + }; + + serial@70006300 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-uart"; + reg = <0x70006300 0x100>; + interrupts = <122>; + }; + + i2s1: i2s@70002800 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-i2s"; + reg = <0x70002800 0x100>; + interrupts = <77>; + codec = <&wm8903>; + }; + + i2c@7000c000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-i2c"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x7000c000 0x100>; + interrupts = <70>; + + wm8903: codec@1a { + compatible = "wlf,wm8903"; + reg = <0x1a>; + interrupts = <347>; + }; + }; + }; + + sound { + compatible = "nvidia,harmony-sound"; + i2s-controller = <&i2s1>; + i2s-codec = <&wm8903>; + }; +}; + +At .machine_init() time, Tegra board support code will need to look at +this DT and decide which nodes to create platform_devices for. +However, looking at the tree, it is not immediately obvious what kind +of device each node represents, or even if a node represents a device +at all. The /chosen, /aliases, and /memory nodes are informational +nodes that don't describe devices (although arguably memory could be +considered a device). The children of the /soc node are memory mapped +devices, but the codec@1a is an i2c device, and the sound node +represents not a device, but rather how other devices are connected +together to create the audio subsystem. I know what each device is +because I'm familiar with the board design, but how does the kernel +know what to do with each node? + +The trick is that the kernel starts at the root of the tree and looks +for nodes that have a 'compatible' property. First, it is generally +assumed that any node with a 'compatible' property represents a device +of some kind, and second, it can be assumed that any node at the root +of the tree is either directly attached to the processor bus, or is a +miscellaneous system device that cannot be described any other way. +For each of these nodes, Linux allocates and registers a +platform_device, which in turn may get bound to a platform_driver. + +Why is using a platform_device for these nodes a safe assumption? +Well, for the way that Linux models devices, just about all bus_types +assume that its devices are children of a bus controller. For +example, each i2c_client is a child of an i2c_master. Each spi_device +is a child of an SPI bus. Similarly for USB, PCI, MDIO, etc. The +same hierarchy is also found in the DT, where I2C device nodes only +ever appear as children of an I2C bus node. Ditto for SPI, MDIO, USB, +etc. The only devices which do not require a specific type of parent +device are platform_devices (and amba_devices, but more on that +later), which will happily live at the base of the Linux /sys/devices +tree. Therefore, if a DT node is at the root of the tree, then it +really probably is best registered as a platform_device. + +Linux board support code calls of_platform_populate(NULL, NULL, NULL) +to kick off discovery of devices at the root of the tree. The +parameters are all NULL because when starting from the root of the +tree, there is no need to provide a starting node (the first NULL), a +parent struct device (the last NULL), and we're not using a match +table (yet). For a board that only needs to register devices, +.init_machine() can be completely empty except for the +of_platform_populate() call. + +In the Tegra example, this accounts for the /soc and /sound nodes, but +what about the children of the SoC node? Shouldn't they be registered +as platform devices too? For Linux DT support, the generic behaviour +is for child devices to be registered by the parent's device driver at +driver .probe() time. So, an i2c bus device driver will register a +i2c_client for each child node, an SPI bus driver will register +its spi_device children, and similarly for other bus_types. +According to that model, a driver could be written that binds to the +SoC node and simply registers platform_devices for each of its +children. The board support code would allocate and register an SoC +device, a (theoretical) SoC device driver could bind to the SoC device, +and register platform_devices for /soc/interrupt-controller, /soc/serial, +/soc/i2s, and /soc/i2c in its .probe() hook. Easy, right? + +Actually, it turns out that registering children of some +platform_devices as more platform_devices is a common pattern, and the +device tree support code reflects that and makes the above example +simpler. The second argument to of_platform_populate() is an +of_device_id table, and any node that matches an entry in that table +will also get its child nodes registered. In the tegra case, the code +can look something like this: + +static void __init harmony_init_machine(void) +{ + /* ... */ + of_platform_populate(NULL, of_default_bus_match_table, NULL, NULL); +} + +"simple-bus" is defined in the ePAPR 1.0 specification as a property +meaning a simple memory mapped bus, so the of_platform_populate() code +could be written to just assume simple-bus compatible nodes will +always be traversed. However, we pass it in as an argument so that +board support code can always override the default behaviour. + +[Need to add discussion of adding i2c/spi/etc child devices] + +Appendix A: AMBA devices +------------------------ + +ARM Primecells are a certain kind of device attached to the ARM AMBA +bus which include some support for hardware detection and power +management. In Linux, struct amba_device and the amba_bus_type is +used to represent Primecell devices. However, the fiddly bit is that +not all devices on an AMBA bus are Primecells, and for Linux it is +typical for both amba_device and platform_device instances to be +siblings of the same bus segment. + +When using the DT, this creates problems for of_platform_populate() +because it must decide whether to register each node as either a +platform_device or an amba_device. This unfortunately complicates the +device creation model a little bit, but the solution turns out not to +be too invasive. If a node is compatible with "arm,amba-primecell", then +of_platform_populate() will register it as an amba_device instead of a +platform_device. diff --git a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt index 225f96d..ad86fb8 100644 --- a/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt +++ b/Documentation/dma-buf-sharing.txt @@ -29,11 +29,8 @@ The buffer-user in memory, mapped into its own address space, so it can access the same area of memory. -*IMPORTANT*: [see https://lkml.org/lkml/2011/12/20/211 for more details] -For this first version, A buffer shared using the dma_buf sharing API: -- *may* be exported to user space using "mmap" *ONLY* by exporter, outside of - this framework. -- may be used *ONLY* by importers that do not need CPU access to the buffer. +dma-buf operations for device dma only +-------------------------------------- The dma_buf buffer sharing API usage contains the following steps: @@ -219,10 +216,222 @@ NOTES: If the exporter chooses not to allow an attach() operation once a map_dma_buf() API has been called, it simply returns an error. -Miscellaneous notes: +Kernel cpu access to a dma-buf buffer object +-------------------------------------------- + +The motivation to allow cpu access from the kernel to a dma-buf object from the +importers side are: +- fallback operations, e.g. if the devices is connected to a usb bus and the + kernel needs to shuffle the data around first before sending it away. +- full transparency for existing users on the importer side, i.e. userspace + should not notice the difference between a normal object from that subsystem + and an imported one backed by a dma-buf. This is really important for drm + opengl drivers that expect to still use all the existing upload/download + paths. + +Access to a dma_buf from the kernel context involves three steps: + +1. Prepare access, which invalidate any necessary caches and make the object + available for cpu access. +2. Access the object page-by-page with the dma_buf map apis +3. Finish access, which will flush any necessary cpu caches and free reserved + resources. + +1. Prepare access + + Before an importer can access a dma_buf object with the cpu from the kernel + context, it needs to notify the exporter of the access that is about to + happen. + + Interface: + int dma_buf_begin_cpu_access(struct dma_buf *dmabuf, + size_t start, size_t len, + enum dma_data_direction direction) + + This allows the exporter to ensure that the memory is actually available for + cpu access - the exporter might need to allocate or swap-in and pin the + backing storage. The exporter also needs to ensure that cpu access is + coherent for the given range and access direction. The range and access + direction can be used by the exporter to optimize the cache flushing, i.e. + access outside of the range or with a different direction (read instead of + write) might return stale or even bogus data (e.g. when the exporter needs to + copy the data to temporary storage). + + This step might fail, e.g. in oom conditions. + +2. Accessing the buffer + + To support dma_buf objects residing in highmem cpu access is page-based using + an api similar to kmap. Accessing a dma_buf is done in aligned chunks of + PAGE_SIZE size. Before accessing a chunk it needs to be mapped, which returns + a pointer in kernel virtual address space. Afterwards the chunk needs to be + unmapped again. There is no limit on how often a given chunk can be mapped + and unmapped, i.e. the importer does not need to call begin_cpu_access again + before mapping the same chunk again. + + Interfaces: + void *dma_buf_kmap(struct dma_buf *, unsigned long); + void dma_buf_kunmap(struct dma_buf *, unsigned long, void *); + + There are also atomic variants of these interfaces. Like for kmap they + facilitate non-blocking fast-paths. Neither the importer nor the exporter (in + the callback) is allowed to block when using these. + + Interfaces: + void *dma_buf_kmap_atomic(struct dma_buf *, unsigned long); + void dma_buf_kunmap_atomic(struct dma_buf *, unsigned long, void *); + + For importers all the restrictions of using kmap apply, like the limited + supply of kmap_atomic slots. Hence an importer shall only hold onto at most 2 + atomic dma_buf kmaps at the same time (in any given process context). + + dma_buf kmap calls outside of the range specified in begin_cpu_access are + undefined. If the range is not PAGE_SIZE aligned, kmap needs to succeed on + the partial chunks at the beginning and end but may return stale or bogus + data outside of the range (in these partial chunks). + + Note that these calls need to always succeed. The exporter needs to complete + any preparations that might fail in begin_cpu_access. + + For some cases the overhead of kmap can be too high, a vmap interface + is introduced. This interface should be used very carefully, as vmalloc + space is a limited resources on many architectures. + + Interfaces: + void *dma_buf_vmap(struct dma_buf *dmabuf) + void dma_buf_vunmap(struct dma_buf *dmabuf, void *vaddr) + + The vmap call can fail if there is no vmap support in the exporter, or if it + runs out of vmalloc space. Fallback to kmap should be implemented. + +3. Finish access + + When the importer is done accessing the range specified in begin_cpu_access, + it needs to announce this to the exporter (to facilitate cache flushing and + unpinning of any pinned resources). The result of of any dma_buf kmap calls + after end_cpu_access is undefined. + + Interface: + void dma_buf_end_cpu_access(struct dma_buf *dma_buf, + size_t start, size_t len, + enum dma_data_direction dir); + + +Direct Userspace Access/mmap Support +------------------------------------ + +Being able to mmap an export dma-buf buffer object has 2 main use-cases: +- CPU fallback processing in a pipeline and +- supporting existing mmap interfaces in importers. + +1. CPU fallback processing in a pipeline + + In many processing pipelines it is sometimes required that the cpu can access + the data in a dma-buf (e.g. for thumbnail creation, snapshots, ...). To avoid + the need to handle this specially in userspace frameworks for buffer sharing + it's ideal if the dma_buf fd itself can be used to access the backing storage + from userspace using mmap. + + Furthermore Android's ION framework already supports this (and is otherwise + rather similar to dma-buf from a userspace consumer side with using fds as + handles, too). So it's beneficial to support this in a similar fashion on + dma-buf to have a good transition path for existing Android userspace. + + No special interfaces, userspace simply calls mmap on the dma-buf fd. + +2. Supporting existing mmap interfaces in exporters + + Similar to the motivation for kernel cpu access it is again important that + the userspace code of a given importing subsystem can use the same interfaces + with a imported dma-buf buffer object as with a native buffer object. This is + especially important for drm where the userspace part of contemporary OpenGL, + X, and other drivers is huge, and reworking them to use a different way to + mmap a buffer rather invasive. + + The assumption in the current dma-buf interfaces is that redirecting the + initial mmap is all that's needed. A survey of some of the existing + subsystems shows that no driver seems to do any nefarious thing like syncing + up with outstanding asynchronous processing on the device or allocating + special resources at fault time. So hopefully this is good enough, since + adding interfaces to intercept pagefaults and allow pte shootdowns would + increase the complexity quite a bit. + + Interface: + int dma_buf_mmap(struct dma_buf *, struct vm_area_struct *, + unsigned long); + + If the importing subsystem simply provides a special-purpose mmap call to set + up a mapping in userspace, calling do_mmap with dma_buf->file will equally + achieve that for a dma-buf object. + +3. Implementation notes for exporters + + Because dma-buf buffers have invariant size over their lifetime, the dma-buf + core checks whether a vma is too large and rejects such mappings. The + exporter hence does not need to duplicate this check. + + Because existing importing subsystems might presume coherent mappings for + userspace, the exporter needs to set up a coherent mapping. If that's not + possible, it needs to fake coherency by manually shooting down ptes when + leaving the cpu domain and flushing caches at fault time. Note that all the + dma_buf files share the same anon inode, hence the exporter needs to replace + the dma_buf file stored in vma->vm_file with it's own if pte shootdown is + requred. This is because the kernel uses the underlying inode's address_space + for vma tracking (and hence pte tracking at shootdown time with + unmap_mapping_range). + + If the above shootdown dance turns out to be too expensive in certain + scenarios, we can extend dma-buf with a more explicit cache tracking scheme + for userspace mappings. But the current assumption is that using mmap is + always a slower path, so some inefficiencies should be acceptable. + + Exporters that shoot down mappings (for any reasons) shall not do any + synchronization at fault time with outstanding device operations. + Synchronization is an orthogonal issue to sharing the backing storage of a + buffer and hence should not be handled by dma-buf itself. This is explictly + mentioned here because many people seem to want something like this, but if + different exporters handle this differently, buffer sharing can fail in + interesting ways depending upong the exporter (if userspace starts depending + upon this implicit synchronization). + +Miscellaneous notes +------------------- + - Any exporters or users of the dma-buf buffer sharing framework must have a 'select DMA_SHARED_BUFFER' in their respective Kconfigs. +- In order to avoid fd leaks on exec, the FD_CLOEXEC flag must be set + on the file descriptor. This is not just a resource leak, but a + potential security hole. It could give the newly exec'd application + access to buffers, via the leaked fd, to which it should otherwise + not be permitted access. + + The problem with doing this via a separate fcntl() call, versus doing it + atomically when the fd is created, is that this is inherently racy in a + multi-threaded app[3]. The issue is made worse when it is library code + opening/creating the file descriptor, as the application may not even be + aware of the fd's. + + To avoid this problem, userspace must have a way to request O_CLOEXEC + flag be set when the dma-buf fd is created. So any API provided by + the exporting driver to create a dmabuf fd must provide a way to let + userspace control setting of O_CLOEXEC flag passed in to dma_buf_fd(). + +- If an exporter needs to manually flush caches and hence needs to fake + coherency for mmap support, it needs to be able to zap all the ptes pointing + at the backing storage. Now linux mm needs a struct address_space associated + with the struct file stored in vma->vm_file to do that with the function + unmap_mapping_range. But the dma_buf framework only backs every dma_buf fd + with the anon_file struct file, i.e. all dma_bufs share the same file. + + Hence exporters need to setup their own file (and address_space) association + by setting vma->vm_file and adjusting vma->vm_pgoff in the dma_buf mmap + callback. In the specific case of a gem driver the exporter could use the + shmem file already provided by gem (and set vm_pgoff = 0). Exporters can then + zap ptes by unmapping the corresponding range of the struct address_space + associated with their own file. + References: [1] struct dma_buf_ops in include/linux/dma-buf.h [2] All interfaces mentioned above defined in include/linux/dma-buf.h +[3] https://lwn.net/Articles/236486/ diff --git a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt index bbe6cb3..879b6e3 100644 --- a/Documentation/dmaengine.txt +++ b/Documentation/dmaengine.txt @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ The slave DMA usage consists of following steps: struct dma_slave_config *config) Please see the dma_slave_config structure definition in dmaengine.h - for a detailed explaination of the struct members. Please note + for a detailed explanation of the struct members. Please note that the 'direction' member will be going away as it duplicates the direction given in the prepare call. diff --git a/Documentation/dontdiff b/Documentation/dontdiff index 0c083c5..b4a898f 100644 --- a/Documentation/dontdiff +++ b/Documentation/dontdiff @@ -158,7 +158,6 @@ logo_*.c logo_*_clut224.c logo_*_mono.c lxdialog -mach mach-types mach-types.h machtypes.h diff --git a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt index 41c0c5d..950856b 100644 --- a/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt +++ b/Documentation/driver-model/devres.txt @@ -271,3 +271,16 @@ IOMAP pcim_iounmap() pcim_iomap_table() : array of mapped addresses indexed by BAR pcim_iomap_regions() : do request_region() and iomap() on multiple BARs + +REGULATOR + devm_regulator_get() + devm_regulator_put() + devm_regulator_bulk_get() + +CLOCK + devm_clk_get() + devm_clk_put() + +PINCTRL + devm_pinctrl_get() + devm_pinctrl_put() diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/cards.txt b/Documentation/dvb/cards.txt index cc09187..97709e9 100644 --- a/Documentation/dvb/cards.txt +++ b/Documentation/dvb/cards.txt @@ -119,4 +119,5 @@ o Cards based on the Phillips saa7134 PCI bridge: - Compro Videomate DVB-T300 - Compro Videomate DVB-T200 - AVerMedia AVerTVHD MCE A180 + - KWorld PC150-U ATSC Hybrid diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware index d1d4a17..fbb2411 100755 --- a/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware +++ b/Documentation/dvb/get_dvb_firmware @@ -28,7 +28,8 @@ use IO::Handle; "opera1", "cx231xx", "cx18", "cx23885", "pvrusb2", "mpc718", "af9015", "ngene", "az6027", "lme2510_lg", "lme2510c_s7395", "lme2510c_s7395_old", "drxk", "drxk_terratec_h5", - "drxk_hauppauge_hvr930c", "tda10071", "it9135", "it9137"); + "drxk_hauppauge_hvr930c", "tda10071", "it9135", "it9137", + "drxk_pctv"); # Check args syntax() if (scalar(@ARGV) != 1); @@ -730,6 +731,23 @@ sub tda10071 { "$fwfile"; } +sub drxk_pctv { + my $sourcefile = "PCTV_460e_reference.zip"; + my $url = "ftp://ftp.pctvsystems.com/TV/driver/PCTV%2070e%2080e%20100e%20320e%20330e%20800e/"; + my $hash = "4403de903bf2593464c8d74bbc200a57"; + my $fwfile = "dvb-demod-drxk-pctv.fw"; + my $tmpdir = tempdir(DIR => "/tmp", CLEANUP => 1); + + checkstandard(); + + wgetfile($sourcefile, $url . $sourcefile); + verify($sourcefile, $hash); + unzip($sourcefile, $tmpdir); + extract("$tmpdir/PCTV\ 70e\ 80e\ 100e\ 320e\ 330e\ 800e/32\ bit/emOEM.sys", 0x72b80, 42692, $fwfile); + + "$fwfile"; +} + # --------------------------------------------------------------- # Utilities diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt b/Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt index 10b5f04..f4b720a 100644 --- a/Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt +++ b/Documentation/dvb/lmedm04.txt @@ -66,5 +66,16 @@ dd if=US290D.sys ibs=1 skip=36856 count=3976 of=dvb-usb-lme2510-s0194.fw For LME2510C dd if=US290D.sys ibs=1 skip=33152 count=3697 of=dvb-usb-lme2510c-s0194.fw +--------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The m88rs2000 tuner driver can be found in windows/system32/drivers + +US2B0D.sys (dated 29 Jun 2010) + +dd if=US2B0D.sys ibs=1 skip=34432 count=3871 of=dvb-usb-lme2510c-rs2000.fw + +We need to modify id of rs2000 firmware or it will warm boot id 3344:1120. + +echo -ne \\xF0\\x22 | dd conv=notrunc bs=1 count=2 seek=266 of=dvb-usb-lme2510c-rs2000.fw Copy the firmware file(s) to /lib/firmware diff --git a/Documentation/dvb/opera-firmware.txt b/Documentation/dvb/opera-firmware.txt index 93e784c..fb66831 100644 --- a/Documentation/dvb/opera-firmware.txt +++ b/Documentation/dvb/opera-firmware.txt @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ from the windriver disk into this directory. Then run -./get_dvb_firware opera1 +./get_dvb_firmware opera1 and after that you have 2 files: @@ -24,4 +24,4 @@ After that the driver can load the firmware in kernel config and have hotplug running). -Marco Gittler <g.marco@freenet.de>
\ No newline at end of file +Marco Gittler <g.marco@freenet.de> diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt index f959909..6e16849 100644 --- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt +++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt @@ -2,17 +2,17 @@ Introduction ============ -This document describes how to use the dynamic debug (ddebug) feature. +This document describes how to use the dynamic debug (dyndbg) feature. -Dynamic debug is designed to allow you to dynamically enable/disable kernel -code to obtain additional kernel information. Currently, if -CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls can be -dynamically enabled per-callsite. +Dynamic debug is designed to allow you to dynamically enable/disable +kernel code to obtain additional kernel information. Currently, if +CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG is set, then all pr_debug()/dev_dbg() calls can +be dynamically enabled per-callsite. Dynamic debug has even more useful features: - * Simple query language allows turning on and off debugging statements by - matching any combination of: + * Simple query language allows turning on and off debugging + statements by matching any combination of 0 or 1 of: - source filename - function name @@ -20,17 +20,19 @@ Dynamic debug has even more useful features: - module name - format string - * Provides a debugfs control file: <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control which can be - read to display the complete list of known debug statements, to help guide you + * Provides a debugfs control file: <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control + which can be read to display the complete list of known debug + statements, to help guide you Controlling dynamic debug Behaviour =================================== The behaviour of pr_debug()/dev_dbg()s are controlled via writing to a -control file in the 'debugfs' filesystem. Thus, you must first mount the debugfs -filesystem, in order to make use of this feature. Subsequently, we refer to the -control file as: <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control. For example, if you want to -enable printing from source file 'svcsock.c', line 1603 you simply do: +control file in the 'debugfs' filesystem. Thus, you must first mount +the debugfs filesystem, in order to make use of this feature. +Subsequently, we refer to the control file as: +<debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control. For example, if you want to enable +printing from source file 'svcsock.c', line 1603 you simply do: nullarbor:~ # echo 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control @@ -44,15 +46,15 @@ nullarbor:~ # echo 'file svcsock.c wtf 1 +p' > Viewing Dynamic Debug Behaviour =========================== -You can view the currently configured behaviour of all the debug statements -via: +You can view the currently configured behaviour of all the debug +statements via: nullarbor:~ # cat <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control # filename:lineno [module]function flags format -/usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svc_rdma.c:323 [svcxprt_rdma]svc_rdma_cleanup - "SVCRDMA Module Removed, deregister RPC RDMA transport\012" -/usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svc_rdma.c:341 [svcxprt_rdma]svc_rdma_init - "\011max_inline : %d\012" -/usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svc_rdma.c:340 [svcxprt_rdma]svc_rdma_init - "\011sq_depth : %d\012" -/usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svc_rdma.c:338 [svcxprt_rdma]svc_rdma_init - "\011max_requests : %d\012" +/usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svc_rdma.c:323 [svcxprt_rdma]svc_rdma_cleanup =_ "SVCRDMA Module Removed, deregister RPC RDMA transport\012" +/usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svc_rdma.c:341 [svcxprt_rdma]svc_rdma_init =_ "\011max_inline : %d\012" +/usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svc_rdma.c:340 [svcxprt_rdma]svc_rdma_init =_ "\011sq_depth : %d\012" +/usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svc_rdma.c:338 [svcxprt_rdma]svc_rdma_init =_ "\011max_requests : %d\012" ... @@ -65,12 +67,12 @@ nullarbor:~ # grep -i rdma <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control | wc -l nullarbor:~ # grep -i tcp <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control | wc -l 42 -Note in particular that the third column shows the enabled behaviour -flags for each debug statement callsite (see below for definitions of the -flags). The default value, no extra behaviour enabled, is "-". So -you can view all the debug statement callsites with any non-default flags: +The third column shows the currently enabled flags for each debug +statement callsite (see below for definitions of the flags). The +default value, with no flags enabled, is "=_". So you can view all +the debug statement callsites with any non-default flags: -nullarbor:~ # awk '$3 != "-"' <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control +nullarbor:~ # awk '$3 != "=_"' <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control # filename:lineno [module]function flags format /usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svcsock.c:1603 [sunrpc]svc_send p "svc_process: st_sendto returned %d\012" @@ -79,46 +81,38 @@ Command Language Reference ========================== At the lexical level, a command comprises a sequence of words separated -by whitespace characters. Note that newlines are treated as word -separators and do *not* end a command or allow multiple commands to -be done together. So these are all equivalent: +by spaces or tabs. So these are all equivalent: nullarbor:~ # echo -c 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control nullarbor:~ # echo -c ' file svcsock.c line 1603 +p ' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control -nullarbor:~ # echo -c 'file svcsock.c\nline 1603 +p' > - <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control -Commands are bounded by a write() system call. If you want to do -multiple commands you need to do a separate "echo" for each, like: +Command submissions are bounded by a write() system call. +Multiple commands can be written together, separated by ';' or '\n'. -nullarbor:~ # echo 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' > /proc/dprintk ;\ -> echo 'file svcsock.c line 1563 +p' > /proc/dprintk + ~# echo "func pnpacpi_get_resources +p; func pnp_assign_mem +p" \ + > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control -or even like: +If your query set is big, you can batch them too: -nullarbor:~ # ( -> echo 'file svcsock.c line 1603 +p' ;\ -> echo 'file svcsock.c line 1563 +p' ;\ -> ) > /proc/dprintk + ~# cat query-batch-file > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control At the syntactical level, a command comprises a sequence of match specifications, followed by a flags change specification. command ::= match-spec* flags-spec -The match-spec's are used to choose a subset of the known dprintk() +The match-spec's are used to choose a subset of the known pr_debug() callsites to which to apply the flags-spec. Think of them as a query with implicit ANDs between each pair. Note that an empty list of -match-specs is possible, but is not very useful because it will not -match any debug statement callsites. +match-specs will select all debug statement callsites. -A match specification comprises a keyword, which controls the attribute -of the callsite to be compared, and a value to compare against. Possible -keywords are: +A match specification comprises a keyword, which controls the +attribute of the callsite to be compared, and a value to compare +against. Possible keywords are: match-spec ::= 'func' string | 'file' string | @@ -144,11 +138,12 @@ func func svc_tcp_accept file - The given string is compared against either the full - pathname or the basename of the source file of each - callsite. Examples: + The given string is compared against either the full pathname, the + src-root relative pathname, or the basename of the source file of + each callsite. Examples: file svcsock.c + file kernel/freezer.c file /usr/src/packages/BUILD/sgi-enhancednfs-1.4/default/net/sunrpc/svcsock.c module @@ -170,15 +165,15 @@ format characters (") or single quote characters ('). Examples: - format svcrdma: // many of the NFS/RDMA server dprintks - format readahead // some dprintks in the readahead cache + format svcrdma: // many of the NFS/RDMA server pr_debugs + format readahead // some pr_debugs in the readahead cache format nfsd:\040SETATTR // one way to match a format with whitespace format "nfsd: SETATTR" // a neater way to match a format with whitespace format 'nfsd: SETATTR' // yet another way to match a format with whitespace line The given line number or range of line numbers is compared - against the line number of each dprintk() callsite. A single + against the line number of each pr_debug() callsite. A single line number matches the callsite line number exactly. A range of line numbers matches any callsite between the first and last line number inclusive. An empty first number means @@ -194,51 +189,93 @@ The flags specification comprises a change operation followed by one or more flag characters. The change operation is one of the characters: -- - remove the given flags - -+ - add the given flags - -= - set the flags to the given flags + - remove the given flags + + add the given flags + = set the flags to the given flags The flags are: -f - Include the function name in the printed message -l - Include line number in the printed message -m - Include module name in the printed message -p - Causes a printk() message to be emitted to dmesg -t - Include thread ID in messages not generated from interrupt context + p enables the pr_debug() callsite. + f Include the function name in the printed message + l Include line number in the printed message + m Include module name in the printed message + t Include thread ID in messages not generated from interrupt context + _ No flags are set. (Or'd with others on input) -Note the regexp ^[-+=][flmpt]+$ matches a flags specification. -Note also that there is no convenient syntax to remove all -the flags at once, you need to use "-flmpt". +For display, the flags are preceded by '=' +(mnemonic: what the flags are currently equal to). +Note the regexp ^[-+=][flmpt_]+$ matches a flags specification. +To clear all flags at once, use "=_" or "-flmpt". -Debug messages during boot process + +Debug messages during Boot Process ================================== -To be able to activate debug messages during the boot process, -even before userspace and debugfs exists, use the boot parameter: -ddebug_query="QUERY" +To activate debug messages for core code and built-in modules during +the boot process, even before userspace and debugfs exists, use +dyndbg="QUERY", module.dyndbg="QUERY", or ddebug_query="QUERY" +(ddebug_query is obsoleted by dyndbg, and deprecated). QUERY follows +the syntax described above, but must not exceed 1023 characters. Your +bootloader may impose lower limits. + +These dyndbg params are processed just after the ddebug tables are +processed, as part of the arch_initcall. Thus you can enable debug +messages in all code run after this arch_initcall via this boot +parameter. -QUERY follows the syntax described above, but must not exceed 1023 -characters. The enablement of debug messages is done as an arch_initcall. -Thus you can enable debug messages in all code processed after this -arch_initcall via this boot parameter. On an x86 system for example ACPI enablement is a subsys_initcall and -ddebug_query="file ec.c +p" + dyndbg="file ec.c +p" will show early Embedded Controller transactions during ACPI setup if your machine (typically a laptop) has an Embedded Controller. PCI (or other devices) initialization also is a hot candidate for using this boot parameter for debugging purposes. +If foo module is not built-in, foo.dyndbg will still be processed at +boot time, without effect, but will be reprocessed when module is +loaded later. dyndbg_query= and bare dyndbg= are only processed at +boot. + + +Debug Messages at Module Initialization Time +============================================ + +When "modprobe foo" is called, modprobe scans /proc/cmdline for +foo.params, strips "foo.", and passes them to the kernel along with +params given in modprobe args or /etc/modprob.d/*.conf files, +in the following order: + +1. # parameters given via /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf + options foo dyndbg=+pt + options foo dyndbg # defaults to +p + +2. # foo.dyndbg as given in boot args, "foo." is stripped and passed + foo.dyndbg=" func bar +p; func buz +mp" + +3. # args to modprobe + modprobe foo dyndbg==pmf # override previous settings + +These dyndbg queries are applied in order, with last having final say. +This allows boot args to override or modify those from /etc/modprobe.d +(sensible, since 1 is system wide, 2 is kernel or boot specific), and +modprobe args to override both. + +In the foo.dyndbg="QUERY" form, the query must exclude "module foo". +"foo" is extracted from the param-name, and applied to each query in +"QUERY", and only 1 match-spec of each type is allowed. + +The dyndbg option is a "fake" module parameter, which means: + +- modules do not need to define it explicitly +- every module gets it tacitly, whether they use pr_debug or not +- it doesnt appear in /sys/module/$module/parameters/ + To see it, grep the control file, or inspect /proc/cmdline. + +For CONFIG_DYNAMIC_DEBUG kernels, any settings given at boot-time (or +enabled by -DDEBUG flag during compilation) can be disabled later via +the sysfs interface if the debug messages are no longer needed: + + echo "module module_name -p" > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control Examples ======== @@ -266,3 +303,18 @@ nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'func svc_process -p' > // enable messages for NFS calls READ, READLINK, READDIR and READDIR+. nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'format "nfsd: READ" +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control + +// enable all messages +nullarbor:~ # echo -n '+p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control + +// add module, function to all enabled messages +nullarbor:~ # echo -n '+mf' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control + +// boot-args example, with newlines and comments for readability +Kernel command line: ... + // see whats going on in dyndbg=value processing + dynamic_debug.verbose=1 + // enable pr_debugs in 2 builtins, #cmt is stripped + dyndbg="module params +p #cmt ; module sys +p" + // enable pr_debugs in 2 functions in a module loaded later + pc87360.dyndbg="func pc87360_init_device +p; func pc87360_find +p" diff --git a/Documentation/edac.txt b/Documentation/edac.txt index 249822c..03df2b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/edac.txt +++ b/Documentation/edac.txt @@ -334,8 +334,8 @@ Sdram memory scrubbing rate: Reading the file will return the actual scrubbing rate employed. - If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented, the value - of the attribute file will be -1. + If configuration fails or memory scrubbing is not implemented, accessing + that attribute will fail. @@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ were done at i7core_edac driver. This chapter will cover those differences associated with a physical CPU socket. Each MC have 3 physical read channels, 3 physical write channels and - 3 logic channels. The driver currenty sees it as just 3 channels. + 3 logic channels. The driver currently sees it as just 3 channels. Each channel can have up to 3 DIMMs. The minimum known unity is DIMMs. There are no information about csrows. diff --git a/Documentation/eisa.txt b/Documentation/eisa.txt index 38cf0c7..a55e491 100644 --- a/Documentation/eisa.txt +++ b/Documentation/eisa.txt @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ CONFIG_ALPHA_JENSEN or CONFIG_EISA_VLB_PRIMING are set. Converting an EISA driver to the new API mostly involves *deleting* code (since probing is now in the core EISA code). Unfortunately, most -drivers share their probing routine between ISA, MCA and EISA. Special +drivers share their probing routine between ISA, and EISA. Special care must be taken when ripping out the EISA code, so other busses won't suffer from these surgical strikes... diff --git a/Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class b/Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb0fa5f --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/extcon/porting-android-switch-class @@ -0,0 +1,124 @@ + + Staging/Android Switch Class Porting Guide + (linux/drivers/staging/android/switch) + (c) Copyright 2012 Samsung Electronics + +AUTHORS +MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com> + +/***************************************************************** + * CHAPTER 1. * + * PORTING SWITCH CLASS DEVICE DRIVERS * + *****************************************************************/ + +****** STEP 1. Basic Functionality + No extcon extended feature, but switch features only. + +- struct switch_dev (fed to switch_dev_register/unregister) + @name: no change + @dev: no change + @index: drop (not used in switch device driver side anyway) + @state: no change + If you have used @state with magic numbers, keep it + at this step. + @print_name: no change but type change (switch_dev->extcon_dev) + @print_state: no change but type change (switch_dev->extcon_dev) + +- switch_dev_register(sdev, dev) + => extcon_dev_register(edev, dev) + : no change but type change (sdev->edev) +- switch_dev_unregister(sdev) + => extcon_dev_unregister(edev) + : no change but type change (sdev->edev) +- switch_get_state(sdev) + => extcon_get_state(edev) + : no change but type change (sdev->edev) and (return: int->u32) +- switch_set_state(sdev, state) + => extcon_set_state(edev, state) + : no change but type change (sdev->edev) and (state: int->u32) + +With this changes, the ex-switch extcon class device works as it once +worked as switch class device. However, it will now have additional +interfaces (both ABI and in-kernel API) and different ABI locations. +However, if CONFIG_ANDROID is enabled without CONFIG_ANDROID_SWITCH, +/sys/class/switch/* will be symbolically linked to /sys/class/extcon/ +so that they are still compatible with legacy userspace processes. + +****** STEP 2. Multistate (no more magic numbers in state value) + Extcon's extended features for switch device drivers with + complex features usually required magic numbers in state + value of switch_dev. With extcon, such magic numbers that + support multiple cables ( + + 1. Define cable names at edev->supported_cable. + 2. (Recommended) remove print_state callback. + 3. Use extcon_get_cable_state_(edev, index) or + extcon_get_cable_state(edev, cable_name) instead of + extcon_get_state(edev) if you intend to get a state of a specific + cable. Same for set_state. This way, you can remove the usage of + magic numbers in state value. + 4. Use extcon_update_state() if you are updating specific bits of + the state value. + +Example: a switch device driver w/ magic numbers for two cables. + "0x00": no cables connected. + "0x01": cable 1 connected + "0x02": cable 2 connected + "0x03": cable 1 and 2 connected + 1. edev->supported_cable = {"1", "2", NULL}; + 2. edev->print_state = NULL; + 3. extcon_get_cable_state_(edev, 0) shows cable 1's state. + extcon_get_cable_state(edev, "1") shows cable 1's state. + extcon_set_cable_state_(edev, 1) sets cable 2's state. + extcon_set_cable_state(edev, "2") sets cable 2's state + 4. extcon_update_state(edev, 0x01, 0) sets the least bit's 0. + +****** STEP 3. Notify other device drivers + + You can notify others of the cable attach/detach events with +notifier chains. + + At the side of other device drivers (the extcon device itself +does not need to get notified of its own events), there are two +methods to register notifier_block for cable events: +(a) for a specific cable or (b) for every cable. + + (a) extcon_register_interest(obj, extcon_name, cable_name, nb) + Example: want to get news of "MAX8997_MUIC"'s "USB" cable + + obj = kzalloc(sizeof(struct extcon_specific_cable_nb), + GFP_KERNEL); + nb->notifier_call = the_callback_to_handle_usb; + + extcon_register_intereset(obj, "MAX8997_MUIC", "USB", nb); + + (b) extcon_register_notifier(edev, nb) + Call nb for any changes in edev. + + Please note that in order to properly behave with method (a), +the extcon device driver should support multistate feature (STEP 2). + +****** STEP 4. Inter-cable relation (mutually exclusive) + + You can provide inter-cable mutually exclusiveness information +for an extcon device. When cables A and B are declared to be mutually +exclusive, the two cables cannot be in ATTACHED state simulteneously. + + +/***************************************************************** + * CHAPTER 2. * + * PORTING USERSPACE w/ SWITCH CLASS DEVICE SUPPORT * + *****************************************************************/ + +****** ABI Location + + If "CONFIG_ANDROID" is enabled and "CONFIG_ANDROID_SWITCH" is +disabled, /sys/class/switch/* are created as symbolic links to +/sys/class/extcon/*. Because CONFIG_ANDROID_SWITCH creates +/sys/class/switch directory, we disable symboling linking if +CONFIG_ANDROID_SWITCH is enabled. + + The two files of switch class, name and state, are provided with +extcon, too. When the multistate support (STEP 2 of CHAPTER 1.) is +not enabled or print_state callback is supplied, the output of +state ABI is same with switch class. diff --git a/Documentation/fb/intel810.txt b/Documentation/fb/intel810.txt index be3e783..a8e9f5b 100644 --- a/Documentation/fb/intel810.txt +++ b/Documentation/fb/intel810.txt @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ Using the same setup as described above, load the module like this: modprobe i810fb vram=2 xres=1024 bpp=8 hsync1=30 hsync2=55 vsync1=50 \ vsync2=85 accel=1 mtrr=1 -Or just add the following to /etc/modprobe.conf +Or just add the following to a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/ options i810fb vram=2 xres=1024 bpp=16 hsync1=30 hsync2=55 vsync1=50 \ vsync2=85 accel=1 mtrr=1 diff --git a/Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt b/Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt index dd9e944..feac4e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt +++ b/Documentation/fb/intelfb.txt @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Using the same setup as described above, load the module like this: modprobe intelfb mode=800x600-32@75 vram=8 accel=1 hwcursor=1 -Or just add the following to /etc/modprobe.conf +Or just add the following to a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/ options intelfb mode=800x600-32@75 vram=8 accel=1 hwcursor=1 diff --git a/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt b/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt index e5ce8a1..b95f5bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt +++ b/Documentation/fb/matroxfb.txt @@ -177,8 +177,8 @@ sgram - tells to driver that you have Gxx0 with SGRAM memory. It has no effect without `init'. sdram - tells to driver that you have Gxx0 with SDRAM memory. It is a default. -inv24 - change timings parameters for 24bpp modes on Millenium and - Millenium II. Specify this if you see strange color shadows around +inv24 - change timings parameters for 24bpp modes on Millennium and + Millennium II. Specify this if you see strange color shadows around characters. noinv24 - use standard timings. It is the default. inverse - invert colors on screen (for LCD displays) @@ -204,9 +204,9 @@ grayscale - enable grayscale summing. It works in PSEUDOCOLOR modes (text, can paint colors. nograyscale - disable grayscale summing. It is default. cross4MB - enables that pixel line can cross 4MB boundary. It is default for - non-Millenium. + non-Millennium. nocross4MB - pixel line must not cross 4MB boundary. It is default for - Millenium I or II, because of these devices have hardware + Millennium I or II, because of these devices have hardware limitations which do not allow this. But this option is incompatible with some (if not all yet released) versions of XF86_FBDev. diff --git a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt index a0ffac0..ebaffe2 100644 --- a/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt +++ b/Documentation/feature-removal-schedule.txt @@ -2,15 +2,14 @@ The following is a list of files and features that are going to be removed in the kernel source tree. Every entry should contain what exactly is going away, why it is happening, and who is going to be doing the work. When the feature is removed from the kernel, it should also -be removed from this file. +be removed from this file. The suggested deprecation period is 3 releases. --------------------------- -What: x86 floppy disable_hlt -When: 2012 -Why: ancient workaround of dubious utility clutters the - code used by everybody else. -Who: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com> +What: ddebug_query="query" boot cmdline param +When: v3.8 +Why: obsoleted by dyndbg="query" and module.dyndbg="query" +Who: Jim Cromie <jim.cromie@gmail.com>, Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> --------------------------- @@ -513,14 +512,97 @@ Who: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com> ---------------------------- -What: The CAP9 SoC family will be removed -When: 3.4 -Files: arch/arm/mach-at91/at91cap9.c - arch/arm/mach-at91/at91cap9_devices.c - arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/at91cap9.h - arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/at91cap9_matrix.h - arch/arm/mach-at91/include/mach/at91cap9_ddrsdr.h - arch/arm/mach-at91/board-cap9adk.c -Why: The code is not actively maintained and platforms are now hard to find. -Who: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@atmel.com> - Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com> +What: Low Performance USB Block driver ("CONFIG_BLK_DEV_UB") +When: 3.6 +Why: This driver provides support for USB storage devices like "USB + sticks". As of now, it is deactivated in Debian, Fedora and + Ubuntu. All current users can switch over to usb-storage + (CONFIG_USB_STORAGE) which only drawback is the additional SCSI + stack. +Who: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <sebastian@breakpoint.cc> + +---------------------------- + +What: kmap_atomic(page, km_type) +When: 3.5 +Why: The old kmap_atomic() with two arguments is deprecated, we only + keep it for backward compatibility for few cycles and then drop it. +Who: Cong Wang <amwang@redhat.com> + +---------------------------- + +What: get_robust_list syscall +When: 2013 +Why: There appear to be no production users of the get_robust_list syscall, + and it runs the risk of leaking address locations, allowing the bypass + of ASLR. It was only ever intended for debugging, so it should be + removed. +Who: Kees Cook <keescook@chromium.org> + +---------------------------- + +What: Removing the pn544 raw driver. +When: 3.6 +Why: With the introduction of the NFC HCI and SHDL kernel layers, pn544.c + is being replaced by pn544_hci.c which is accessible through the netlink + and socket NFC APIs. Moreover, pn544.c is outdated and does not seem to + work properly with the latest Android stacks. + Having 2 drivers for the same hardware is confusing and as such we + should only keep the one following the kernel NFC APIs. +Who: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com> + +---------------------------- + +What: setitimer accepts user NULL pointer (value) +When: 3.6 +Why: setitimer is not returning -EFAULT if user pointer is NULL. This + violates the spec. +Who: Sasikantha Babu <sasikanth.v19@gmail.com> + +---------------------------- + +What: remove bogus DV presets V4L2_DV_1080I29_97, V4L2_DV_1080I30 and + V4L2_DV_1080I25 +When: 3.6 +Why: These HDTV formats do not exist and were added by a confused mind + (that was me, to be precise...) +Who: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com> + +---------------------------- + +What: V4L2_CID_HCENTER, V4L2_CID_VCENTER V4L2 controls +When: 3.7 +Why: The V4L2_CID_VCENTER, V4L2_CID_HCENTER controls have been deprecated + for about 4 years and they are not used by any mainline driver. + There are newer controls (V4L2_CID_PAN*, V4L2_CID_TILT*) that provide + similar functionality. +Who: Sylwester Nawrocki <sylvester.nawrocki@gmail.com> + +---------------------------- + +What: cgroup option updates via remount +When: March 2013 +Why: Remount currently allows changing bound subsystems and + release_agent. Rebinding is hardly useful as it only works + when the hierarchy is empty and release_agent itself should be + replaced with conventional fsnotify. + +---------------------------- + +What: KVM debugfs statistics +When: 2013 +Why: KVM tracepoints provide mostly equivalent information in a much more + flexible fashion. + +---------------------------- + +What: at91-mci driver ("CONFIG_MMC_AT91") +When: 3.7 +Why: There are two mci drivers: at91-mci and atmel-mci. The PDC support + was added to atmel-mci as a first step to support more chips. + Then at91-mci was kept only for old IP versions (on at91rm9200 and + at91sam9261). The support of these IP versions has just been added + to atmel-mci, so atmel-mci can be used for all chips. +Who: Ludovic Desroches <ludovic.desroches@atmel.com> + +---------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking index 4fca82e..d449e63 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/Locking +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/Locking @@ -60,7 +60,6 @@ ata *); ssize_t (*getxattr) (struct dentry *, const char *, void *, size_t); ssize_t (*listxattr) (struct dentry *, char *, size_t); int (*removexattr) (struct dentry *, const char *); - void (*truncate_range)(struct inode *, loff_t, loff_t); int (*fiemap)(struct inode *, struct fiemap_extent_info *, u64 start, u64 len); locking rules: @@ -87,7 +86,6 @@ setxattr: yes getxattr: no listxattr: no removexattr: yes -truncate_range: yes fiemap: no Additionally, ->rmdir(), ->unlink() and ->rename() have ->i_mutex on victim. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt index 6872c91..7a34f82 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt @@ -14,7 +14,10 @@ Debugfs is typically mounted with a command like: mount -t debugfs none /sys/kernel/debug -(Or an equivalent /etc/fstab line). +(Or an equivalent /etc/fstab line). +The debugfs root directory is accessible by anyone by default. To +restrict access to the tree the "uid", "gid" and "mode" mount +options can be used. Note that the debugfs API is exported GPL-only to modules. @@ -133,7 +136,7 @@ file. void __iomem *base; }; - struct dentry *debugfs_create_regset32(const char *name, mode_t mode, + struct dentry *debugfs_create_regset32(const char *name, umode_t mode, struct dentry *parent, struct debugfs_regset32 *regset); diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext3.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext3.txt index b100adc..293855e 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext3.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext3.txt @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ commit=nrsec (*) Ext3 can be told to sync all its data and metadata Setting it to very large values will improve performance. -barrier=<0(*)|1> This enables/disables the use of write barriers in -barrier the jbd code. barrier=0 disables, barrier=1 enables. -nobarrier (*) This also requires an IO stack which can support +barrier=<0|1(*)> This enables/disables the use of write barriers in +barrier (*) the jbd code. barrier=0 disables, barrier=1 enables. +nobarrier This also requires an IO stack which can support barriers, and if jbd gets an error on a barrier write, it will disable again with a warning. Write barriers enforce proper on-disk ordering diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt index 10ec4639..1b7f9ac 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ext4.txt @@ -144,9 +144,6 @@ journal_async_commit Commit block can be written to disk without waiting mount the device. This will enable 'journal_checksum' internally. -journal=update Update the ext4 file system's journal to the current - format. - journal_dev=devnum When the external journal device's major/minor numbers have changed, this option allows the user to specify the new journal location. The journal device is @@ -308,7 +305,7 @@ min_batch_time=usec This parameter sets the commit time (as fast disks, at the cost of increasing latency. journal_ioprio=prio The I/O priority (from 0 to 7, where 0 is the - highest priorty) which should be used for I/O + highest priority) which should be used for I/O operations submitted by kjournald2 during a commit operation. This defaults to 3, which is a slightly higher priority than the default I/O @@ -343,7 +340,7 @@ noinit_itable Do not initialize any uninitialized inode table init_itable=n The lazy itable init code will wait n times the number of milliseconds it took to zero out the previous block group's inode table. This - minimizes the impact on the systme performance + minimizes the impact on the system performance while file system's inode table is being initialized. discard Controls whether ext4 should issue discard/TRIM @@ -356,11 +353,6 @@ nouid32 Disables 32-bit UIDs and GIDs. This is for interoperability with older kernels which only store and expect 16-bit values. -resize Allows to resize filesystem to the end of the last - existing block group, further resize has to be done - with resize2fs either online, or offline. It can be - used only with conjunction with remount. - block_validity This options allows to enables/disables the in-kernel noblock_validity facility for tracking filesystem metadata blocks within internal data structures. This allows multi- diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/files.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/files.txt index ac2facc..46dfc6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/files.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/files.txt @@ -113,8 +113,8 @@ the fdtable structure - if (fd >= 0) { /* locate_fd() may have expanded fdtable, load the ptr */ fdt = files_fdtable(files); - FD_SET(fd, fdt->open_fds); - FD_CLR(fd, fdt->close_on_exec); + __set_open_fd(fd, fdt); + __clear_close_on_exec(fd, fdt); spin_unlock(&files->file_lock); ..... diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt index 0494f78..fcc7995 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-glocks.txt @@ -61,7 +61,9 @@ go_unlock | Called on the final local unlock of a lock go_dump | Called to print content of object for debugfs file, or on | error to dump glock to the log. go_type | The type of the glock, LM_TYPE_..... -go_min_hold_time | The minimum hold time +go_callback | Called if the DLM sends a callback to drop this lock +go_flags | GLOF_ASPACE is set, if the glock has an address space + | associated with it The minimum hold time for each lock is the time after a remote lock grant for which we ignore remote demote requests. This is in order to @@ -89,6 +91,7 @@ go_demote_ok | Sometimes | Yes go_lock | Yes | No go_unlock | Yes | No go_dump | Sometimes | Yes +go_callback | Sometimes (N/A) | Yes N.B. Operations must not drop either the bit lock or the spinlock if its held on entry. go_dump and do_demote_ok must never block. @@ -111,4 +114,118 @@ itself (locking order as above), and the other, known as the iopen glock is used in conjunction with the i_nlink field in the inode to determine the lifetime of the inode in question. Locking of inodes is on a per-inode basis. Locking of rgrps is on a per rgrp basis. +In general we prefer to lock local locks prior to cluster locks. + + Glock Statistics + ------------------ + +The stats are divided into two sets: those relating to the +super block and those relating to an individual glock. The +super block stats are done on a per cpu basis in order to +try and reduce the overhead of gathering them. They are also +further divided by glock type. All timings are in nanoseconds. + +In the case of both the super block and glock statistics, +the same information is gathered in each case. The super +block timing statistics are used to provide default values for +the glock timing statistics, so that newly created glocks +should have, as far as possible, a sensible starting point. +The per-glock counters are initialised to zero when the +glock is created. The per-glock statistics are lost when +the glock is ejected from memory. + +The statistics are divided into three pairs of mean and +variance, plus two counters. The mean/variance pairs are +smoothed exponential estimates and the algorithm used is +one which will be very familiar to those used to calculation +of round trip times in network code. See "TCP/IP Illustrated, +Volume 1", W. Richard Stevens, sect 21.3, "Round-Trip Time Measurement", +p. 299 and onwards. Also, Volume 2, Sect. 25.10, p. 838 and onwards. +Unlike the TCP/IP Illustrated case, the mean and variance are +not scaled, but are in units of integer nanoseconds. + +The three pairs of mean/variance measure the following +things: + + 1. DLM lock time (non-blocking requests) + 2. DLM lock time (blocking requests) + 3. Inter-request time (again to the DLM) + +A non-blocking request is one which will complete right +away, whatever the state of the DLM lock in question. That +currently means any requests when (a) the current state of +the lock is exclusive, i.e. a lock demotion (b) the requested +state is either null or unlocked (again, a demotion) or (c) the +"try lock" flag is set. A blocking request covers all the other +lock requests. + +There are two counters. The first is there primarily to show +how many lock requests have been made, and thus how much data +has gone into the mean/variance calculations. The other counter +is counting queuing of holders at the top layer of the glock +code. Hopefully that number will be a lot larger than the number +of dlm lock requests issued. + +So why gather these statistics? There are several reasons +we'd like to get a better idea of these timings: + +1. To be able to better set the glock "min hold time" +2. To spot performance issues more easily +3. To improve the algorithm for selecting resource groups for +allocation (to base it on lock wait time, rather than blindly +using a "try lock") + +Due to the smoothing action of the updates, a step change in +some input quantity being sampled will only fully be taken +into account after 8 samples (or 4 for the variance) and this +needs to be carefully considered when interpreting the +results. + +Knowing both the time it takes a lock request to complete and +the average time between lock requests for a glock means we +can compute the total percentage of the time for which the +node is able to use a glock vs. time that the rest of the +cluster has its share. That will be very useful when setting +the lock min hold time. + +Great care has been taken to ensure that we +measure exactly the quantities that we want, as accurately +as possible. There are always inaccuracies in any +measuring system, but I hope this is as accurate as we +can reasonably make it. + +Per sb stats can be found here: +/sys/kernel/debug/gfs2/<fsname>/sbstats +Per glock stats can be found here: +/sys/kernel/debug/gfs2/<fsname>/glstats + +Assuming that debugfs is mounted on /sys/kernel/debug and also +that <fsname> is replaced with the name of the gfs2 filesystem +in question. + +The abbreviations used in the output as are follows: + +srtt - Smoothed round trip time for non-blocking dlm requests +srttvar - Variance estimate for srtt +srttb - Smoothed round trip time for (potentially) blocking dlm requests +srttvarb - Variance estimate for srttb +sirt - Smoothed inter-request time (for dlm requests) +sirtvar - Variance estimate for sirt +dlm - Number of dlm requests made (dcnt in glstats file) +queue - Number of glock requests queued (qcnt in glstats file) + +The sbstats file contains a set of these stats for each glock type (so 8 lines +for each type) and for each cpu (one column per cpu). The glstats file contains +a set of these stats for each glock in a similar format to the glocks file, but +using the format mean/variance for each of the timing stats. + +The gfs2_glock_lock_time tracepoint prints out the current values of the stats +for the glock in question, along with some addition information on each dlm +reply that is received: + +status - The status of the dlm request +flags - The dlm request flags +tdiff - The time taken by this specific request +(remaining fields as per above list) + diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt index d818896..19a19eb 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2-uevents.txt @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ be fixed. The REMOVE uevent is generated at the end of an unsuccessful mount or at the end of a umount of the filesystem. All REMOVE uevents will -have been preceded by at least an ADD uevent for the same fileystem, +have been preceded by at least an ADD uevent for the same filesystem, and unlike the other uevents is generated automatically by the kernel's kobject subsystem. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt index 4cda926..cc4f230 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/gfs2.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Global File System ------------------ -http://sources.redhat.com/cluster/wiki/ +https://fedorahosted.org/cluster/wiki/HomePage GFS is a cluster file system. It allows a cluster of computers to simultaneously use a block device that is shared between them (with FC, @@ -30,7 +30,8 @@ needed, simply: If you are using Fedora, you need to install the gfs2-utils package and, for lock_dlm, you will also need to install the cman package -and write a cluster.conf as per the documentation. +and write a cluster.conf as per the documentation. For F17 and above +cman has been replaced by the dlm package. GFS2 is not on-disk compatible with previous versions of GFS, but it is pretty close. @@ -39,8 +40,6 @@ The following man pages can be found at the URL above: fsck.gfs2 to repair a filesystem gfs2_grow to expand a filesystem online gfs2_jadd to add journals to a filesystem online - gfs2_tool to manipulate, examine and tune a filesystem - gfs2_quota to examine and change quota values in a filesystem + tunegfs2 to manipulate, examine and tune a filesystem gfs2_convert to convert a gfs filesystem to gfs2 in-place - mount.gfs2 to help mount(8) mount a filesystem mkfs.gfs2 to make a filesystem diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/idmapper.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/idmapper.txt index 120fd3c..fe03d10 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/idmapper.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/idmapper.txt @@ -4,13 +4,21 @@ ID Mapper ========= Id mapper is used by NFS to translate user and group ids into names, and to translate user and group names into ids. Part of this translation involves -performing an upcall to userspace to request the information. Id mapper will -user request-key to perform this upcall and cache the result. The program -/usr/sbin/nfs.idmap should be called by request-key, and will perform the -translation and initialize a key with the resulting information. +performing an upcall to userspace to request the information. There are two +ways NFS could obtain this information: placing a call to /sbin/request-key +or by placing a call to the rpc.idmap daemon. + +NFS will attempt to call /sbin/request-key first. If this succeeds, the +result will be cached using the generic request-key cache. This call should +only fail if /etc/request-key.conf is not configured for the id_resolver key +type, see the "Configuring" section below if you wish to use the request-key +method. + +If the call to /sbin/request-key fails (if /etc/request-key.conf is not +configured with the id_resolver key type), then the idmapper will ask the +legacy rpc.idmap daemon for the id mapping. This result will be stored +in a custom NFS idmap cache. - NFS_USE_NEW_IDMAPPER must be selected when configuring the kernel to use this - feature. =========== Configuring diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt index 983e14a..52ae07f 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/pnfs.txt @@ -53,3 +53,57 @@ lseg maintains an extra reference corresponding to the NFS_LSEG_VALID bit which holds it in the pnfs_layout_hdr's list. When the final lseg is removed from the pnfs_layout_hdr's list, the NFS_LAYOUT_DESTROYED bit is set, preventing any new lsegs from being added. + +layout drivers +-------------- + +PNFS utilizes what is called layout drivers. The STD defines 3 basic +layout types: "files" "objects" and "blocks". For each of these types +there is a layout-driver with a common function-vectors table which +are called by the nfs-client pnfs-core to implement the different layout +types. + +Files-layout-driver code is in: fs/nfs/nfs4filelayout.c && nfs4filelayoutdev.c +Objects-layout-deriver code is in: fs/nfs/objlayout/.. directory +Blocks-layout-deriver code is in: fs/nfs/blocklayout/.. directory + +objects-layout setup +-------------------- + +As part of the full STD implementation the objlayoutdriver.ko needs, at times, +to automatically login to yet undiscovered iscsi/osd devices. For this the +driver makes up-calles to a user-mode script called *osd_login* + +The path_name of the script to use is by default: + /sbin/osd_login. +This name can be overridden by the Kernel module parameter: + objlayoutdriver.osd_login_prog + +If Kernel does not find the osd_login_prog path it will zero it out +and will not attempt farther logins. An admin can then write new value +to the objlayoutdriver.osd_login_prog Kernel parameter to re-enable it. + +The /sbin/osd_login is part of the nfs-utils package, and should usually +be installed on distributions that support this Kernel version. + +The API to the login script is as follows: + Usage: $0 -u <URI> -o <OSDNAME> -s <SYSTEMID> + Options: + -u target uri e.g. iscsi://<ip>:<port> + (allways exists) + (More protocols can be defined in the future. + The client does not interpret this string it is + passed unchanged as received from the Server) + -o osdname of the requested target OSD + (Might be empty) + (A string which denotes the OSD name, there is a + limit of 64 chars on this string) + -s systemid of the requested target OSD + (Might be empty) + (This string, if not empty is always an hex + representation of the 20 bytes osd_system_id) + +blocks-layout setup +------------------- + +TODO: Document the setup needs of the blocks layout driver diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt index 65e03dd..c680b4b 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/pohmelfs/network_protocol.txt @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ Commands can be embedded into transaction command (which in turn has own command so one can extend protocol as needed without breaking backward compatibility as long as old commands are supported. All string lengths include tail 0 byte. -All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianess is used at the end peers. +All commands are transferred over the network in big-endian. CPU endianness is used at the end peers. @cmd - command number, which specifies command to be processed. Following commands are used currently: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/porting b/Documentation/filesystems/porting index b4a3d76..8c91d10 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/porting +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/porting @@ -297,7 +297,8 @@ in the beginning of ->setattr unconditionally. be used instead. It gets called whenever the inode is evicted, whether it has remaining links or not. Caller does *not* evict the pagecache or inode-associated metadata buffers; getting rid of those is responsibility of method, as it had -been for ->delete_inode(). +been for ->delete_inode(). Caller makes sure async writeback cannot be running +for the inode while (or after) ->evict_inode() is called. ->drop_inode() returns int now; it's called on final iput() with inode->i_lock held and it returns true if filesystems wants the inode to be @@ -306,14 +307,11 @@ updated appropriately. generic_delete_inode() is also alive and it consists simply of return 1. Note that all actual eviction work is done by caller after ->drop_inode() returns. - clear_inode() is gone; use end_writeback() instead. As before, it must -be called exactly once on each call of ->evict_inode() (as it used to be for -each call of ->delete_inode()). Unlike before, if you are using inode-associated -metadata buffers (i.e. mark_buffer_dirty_inode()), it's your responsibility to -call invalidate_inode_buffers() before end_writeback(). - No async writeback (and thus no calls of ->write_inode()) will happen -after end_writeback() returns, so actions that should not overlap with ->write_inode() -(e.g. freeing on-disk inode if i_nlink is 0) ought to be done after that call. + As before, clear_inode() must be called exactly once on each call of +->evict_inode() (as it used to be for each call of ->delete_inode()). Unlike +before, if you are using inode-associated metadata buffers (i.e. +mark_buffer_dirty_inode()), it's your responsibility to call +invalidate_inode_buffers() before clear_inode(). NOTE: checking i_nlink in the beginning of ->write_inode() and bailing out if it's zero is not *and* *never* *had* *been* enough. Final unlink() and iput() @@ -429,3 +427,9 @@ filemap_write_and_wait_range() so that all dirty pages are synced out properly. You must also keep in mind that ->fsync() is not called with i_mutex held anymore, so if you require i_mutex locking you must make sure to take it and release it yourself. + +-- +[mandatory] + d_alloc_root() is gone, along with a lot of bugs caused by code +misusing it. Replacement: d_make_root(inode). The difference is, +d_make_root() drops the reference to inode if dentry allocation fails. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index a76a26a..912af6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ Table 1-4: Contents of the stat files (as of 2.6.30-rc7) rsslim current limit in bytes on the rss start_code address above which program text can run end_code address below which program text can run - start_stack address of the start of the stack + start_stack address of the start of the main process stack esp current value of ESP eip current value of EIP pending bitmap of pending signals @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ address perms offset dev inode pathname a7cb1000-a7cb2000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 a7cb2000-a7eb2000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 a7eb2000-a7eb3000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 -a7eb3000-a7ed5000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 +a7eb3000-a7ed5000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 [stack:1001] a7ed5000-a8008000 r-xp 00000000 03:00 4222 /lib/libc.so.6 a8008000-a800a000 r--p 00133000 03:00 4222 /lib/libc.so.6 a800a000-a800b000 rw-p 00135000 03:00 4222 /lib/libc.so.6 @@ -357,11 +357,39 @@ is not associated with a file: [heap] = the heap of the program [stack] = the stack of the main process + [stack:1001] = the stack of the thread with tid 1001 [vdso] = the "virtual dynamic shared object", the kernel system call handler or if empty, the mapping is anonymous. +The /proc/PID/task/TID/maps is a view of the virtual memory from the viewpoint +of the individual tasks of a process. In this file you will see a mapping marked +as [stack] if that task sees it as a stack. This is a key difference from the +content of /proc/PID/maps, where you will see all mappings that are being used +as stack by all of those tasks. Hence, for the example above, the task-level +map, i.e. /proc/PID/task/TID/maps for thread 1001 will look like this: + +08048000-08049000 r-xp 00000000 03:00 8312 /opt/test +08049000-0804a000 rw-p 00001000 03:00 8312 /opt/test +0804a000-0806b000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 [heap] +a7cb1000-a7cb2000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 +a7cb2000-a7eb2000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 +a7eb2000-a7eb3000 ---p 00000000 00:00 0 +a7eb3000-a7ed5000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 [stack] +a7ed5000-a8008000 r-xp 00000000 03:00 4222 /lib/libc.so.6 +a8008000-a800a000 r--p 00133000 03:00 4222 /lib/libc.so.6 +a800a000-a800b000 rw-p 00135000 03:00 4222 /lib/libc.so.6 +a800b000-a800e000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 +a800e000-a8022000 r-xp 00000000 03:00 14462 /lib/libpthread.so.0 +a8022000-a8023000 r--p 00013000 03:00 14462 /lib/libpthread.so.0 +a8023000-a8024000 rw-p 00014000 03:00 14462 /lib/libpthread.so.0 +a8024000-a8027000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 +a8027000-a8043000 r-xp 00000000 03:00 8317 /lib/ld-linux.so.2 +a8043000-a8044000 r--p 0001b000 03:00 8317 /lib/ld-linux.so.2 +a8044000-a8045000 rw-p 0001c000 03:00 8317 /lib/ld-linux.so.2 +aff35000-aff4a000 rw-p 00000000 00:00 0 +ffffe000-fffff000 r-xp 00000000 00:00 0 [vdso] The /proc/PID/smaps is an extension based on maps, showing the memory consumption for each of the process's mappings. For each of mappings there @@ -715,6 +743,7 @@ Committed_AS: 100056 kB VmallocTotal: 112216 kB VmallocUsed: 428 kB VmallocChunk: 111088 kB +AnonHugePages: 49152 kB MemTotal: Total usable ram (i.e. physical ram minus a few reserved bits and the kernel binary code) @@ -748,6 +777,7 @@ VmallocChunk: 111088 kB Dirty: Memory which is waiting to get written back to the disk Writeback: Memory which is actively being written back to the disk AnonPages: Non-file backed pages mapped into userspace page tables +AnonHugePages: Non-file backed huge pages mapped into userspace page tables Mapped: files which have been mmaped, such as libraries Slab: in-kernel data structures cache SReclaimable: Part of Slab, that might be reclaimed, such as caches @@ -968,7 +998,6 @@ Table 1-9: Network info in /proc/net snmp SNMP data sockstat Socket statistics tcp TCP sockets - tr_rif Token ring RIF routing table udp UDP sockets unix UNIX domain sockets wireless Wireless interface data (Wavelan etc) diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e59f2f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/qnx6.txt @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +The QNX6 Filesystem +=================== + +The qnx6fs is used by newer QNX operating system versions. (e.g. Neutrino) +It got introduced in QNX 6.4.0 and is used default since 6.4.1. + +Option +====== + +mmi_fs Mount filesystem as used for example by Audi MMI 3G system + +Specification +============= + +qnx6fs shares many properties with traditional Unix filesystems. It has the +concepts of blocks, inodes and directories. +On QNX it is possible to create little endian and big endian qnx6 filesystems. +This feature makes it possible to create and use a different endianness fs +for the target (QNX is used on quite a range of embedded systems) plattform +running on a different endianness. +The Linux driver handles endianness transparently. (LE and BE) + +Blocks +------ + +The space in the device or file is split up into blocks. These are a fixed +size of 512, 1024, 2048 or 4096, which is decided when the filesystem is +created. +Blockpointers are 32bit, so the maximum space that can be addressed is +2^32 * 4096 bytes or 16TB + +The superblocks +--------------- + +The superblock contains all global information about the filesystem. +Each qnx6fs got two superblocks, each one having a 64bit serial number. +That serial number is used to identify the "active" superblock. +In write mode with reach new snapshot (after each synchronous write), the +serial of the new master superblock is increased (old superblock serial + 1) + +So basically the snapshot functionality is realized by an atomic final +update of the serial number. Before updating that serial, all modifications +are done by copying all modified blocks during that specific write request +(or period) and building up a new (stable) filesystem structure under the +inactive superblock. + +Each superblock holds a set of root inodes for the different filesystem +parts. (Inode, Bitmap and Longfilenames) +Each of these root nodes holds information like total size of the stored +data and the addressing levels in that specific tree. +If the level value is 0, up to 16 direct blocks can be addressed by each +node. +Level 1 adds an additional indirect addressing level where each indirect +addressing block holds up to blocksize / 4 bytes pointers to data blocks. +Level 2 adds an additional indirect addressing block level (so, already up +to 16 * 256 * 256 = 1048576 blocks that can be addressed by such a tree). + +Unused block pointers are always set to ~0 - regardless of root node, +indirect addressing blocks or inodes. +Data leaves are always on the lowest level. So no data is stored on upper +tree levels. + +The first Superblock is located at 0x2000. (0x2000 is the bootblock size) +The Audi MMI 3G first superblock directly starts at byte 0. +Second superblock position can either be calculated from the superblock +information (total number of filesystem blocks) or by taking the highest +device address, zeroing the last 3 bytes and then subtracting 0x1000 from +that address. + +0x1000 is the size reserved for each superblock - regardless of the +blocksize of the filesystem. + +Inodes +------ + +Each object in the filesystem is represented by an inode. (index node) +The inode structure contains pointers to the filesystem blocks which contain +the data held in the object and all of the metadata about an object except +its longname. (filenames longer than 27 characters) +The metadata about an object includes the permissions, owner, group, flags, +size, number of blocks used, access time, change time and modification time. + +Object mode field is POSIX format. (which makes things easier) + +There are also pointers to the first 16 blocks, if the object data can be +addressed with 16 direct blocks. +For more than 16 blocks an indirect addressing in form of another tree is +used. (scheme is the same as the one used for the superblock root nodes) + +The filesize is stored 64bit. Inode counting starts with 1. (whilst long +filename inodes start with 0) + +Directories +----------- + +A directory is a filesystem object and has an inode just like a file. +It is a specially formatted file containing records which associate each +name with an inode number. +'.' inode number points to the directory inode +'..' inode number points to the parent directory inode +Eeach filename record additionally got a filename length field. + +One special case are long filenames or subdirectory names. +These got set a filename length field of 0xff in the corresponding directory +record plus the longfile inode number also stored in that record. +With that longfilename inode number, the longfilename tree can be walked +starting with the superblock longfilename root node pointers. + +Special files +------------- + +Symbolic links are also filesystem objects with inodes. They got a specific +bit in the inode mode field identifying them as symbolic link. +The directory entry file inode pointer points to the target file inode. + +Hard links got an inode, a directory entry, but a specific mode bit set, +no block pointers and the directory file record pointing to the target file +inode. + +Character and block special devices do not exist in QNX as those files +are handled by the QNX kernel/drivers and created in /dev independent of the +underlaying filesystem. + +Long filenames +-------------- + +Long filenames are stored in a separate addressing tree. The staring point +is the longfilename root node in the active superblock. +Each data block (tree leaves) holds one long filename. That filename is +limited to 510 bytes. The first two starting bytes are used as length field +for the actual filename. +If that structure shall fit for all allowed blocksizes, it is clear why there +is a limit of 510 bytes for the actual filename stored. + +Bitmap +------ + +The qnx6fs filesystem allocation bitmap is stored in a tree under bitmap +root node in the superblock and each bit in the bitmap represents one +filesystem block. +The first block is block 0, which starts 0x1000 after superblock start. +So for a normal qnx6fs 0x3000 (bootblock + superblock) is the physical +address at which block 0 is located. + +Bits at the end of the last bitmap block are set to 1, if the device is +smaller than addressing space in the bitmap. + +Bitmap system area +------------------ + +The bitmap itself is devided into three parts. +First the system area, that is split into two halfs. +Then userspace. + +The requirement for a static, fixed preallocated system area comes from how +qnx6fs deals with writes. +Each superblock got it's own half of the system area. So superblock #1 +always uses blocks from the lower half whilst superblock #2 just writes to +blocks represented by the upper half bitmap system area bits. + +Bitmap blocks, Inode blocks and indirect addressing blocks for those two +tree structures are treated as system blocks. + +The rational behind that is that a write request can work on a new snapshot +(system area of the inactive - resp. lower serial numbered superblock) while +at the same time there is still a complete stable filesystem structer in the +other half of the system area. + +When finished with writing (a sync write is completed, the maximum sync leap +time or a filesystem sync is requested), serial of the previously inactive +superblock atomically is increased and the fs switches over to that - then +stable declared - superblock. + +For all data outside the system area, blocks are just copied while writing. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt index a8273d5..59b4a096 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt @@ -297,7 +297,7 @@ the above threads) is: either way about the archive format, and there are alternative tools, such as: - http://freshmeat.net/projects/afio/ + http://freecode.com/projects/afio 2) The cpio archive format chosen by the kernel is simpler and cleaner (and thus easier to create and parse) than any of the (literally dozens of) diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index 3d9393b..ef19f91 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ members are defined: struct file_system_type { const char *name; int fs_flags; - struct dentry (*mount) (struct file_system_type *, int, + struct dentry *(*mount) (struct file_system_type *, int, const char *, void *); void (*kill_sb) (struct super_block *); struct module *owner; @@ -363,7 +363,6 @@ struct inode_operations { ssize_t (*getxattr) (struct dentry *, const char *, void *, size_t); ssize_t (*listxattr) (struct dentry *, char *, size_t); int (*removexattr) (struct dentry *, const char *); - void (*truncate_range)(struct inode *, loff_t, loff_t); }; Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless @@ -472,9 +471,6 @@ otherwise noted. removexattr: called by the VFS to remove an extended attribute from a file. This method is called by removexattr(2) system call. - truncate_range: a method provided by the underlying filesystem to truncate a - range of blocks , i.e. punch a hole somewhere in a file. - The Address Space Object ======================== @@ -760,7 +756,7 @@ struct file_operations ---------------------- This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel -2.6.22, the following members are defined: +3.5, the following members are defined: struct file_operations { struct module *owner; @@ -790,6 +786,8 @@ struct file_operations { int (*flock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *); ssize_t (*splice_write)(struct pipe_inode_info *, struct file *, size_t, unsigned int); ssize_t (*splice_read)(struct file *, struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int); + int (*setlease)(struct file *, long arg, struct file_lock **); + long (*fallocate)(struct file *, int mode, loff_t offset, loff_t len); }; Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless @@ -858,6 +856,11 @@ otherwise noted. splice_read: called by the VFS to splice data from file to a pipe. This method is used by the splice(2) system call + setlease: called by the VFS to set or release a file lock lease. + setlease has the file_lock_lock held and must not sleep. + + fallocate: called by the VFS to preallocate blocks or punch a hole. + Note that the file operations are implemented by the specific filesystem in which the inode resides. When opening a device node (character or block special) most filesystems will call special @@ -993,7 +996,7 @@ struct dentry_operations { If the 'rcu_walk' parameter is true, then the caller is doing a pathwalk in RCU-walk mode. Sleeping is not permitted in this mode, - and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returing + and the caller can be asked to leave it and call again by returning -ECHILD. This function is only used if DCACHE_MANAGE_TRANSIT is set on the diff --git a/Documentation/gpio.txt b/Documentation/gpio.txt index 792faa3..e08a883 100644 --- a/Documentation/gpio.txt +++ b/Documentation/gpio.txt @@ -271,9 +271,26 @@ Some platforms may also use knowledge about what GPIOs are active for power management, such as by powering down unused chip sectors and, more easily, gating off unused clocks. -Note that requesting a GPIO does NOT cause it to be configured in any -way; it just marks that GPIO as in use. Separate code must handle any -pin setup (e.g. controlling which pin the GPIO uses, pullup/pulldown). +For GPIOs that use pins known to the pinctrl subsystem, that subsystem should +be informed of their use; a gpiolib driver's .request() operation may call +pinctrl_request_gpio(), and a gpiolib driver's .free() operation may call +pinctrl_free_gpio(). The pinctrl subsystem allows a pinctrl_request_gpio() +to succeed concurrently with a pin or pingroup being "owned" by a device for +pin multiplexing. + +Any programming of pin multiplexing hardware that is needed to route the +GPIO signal to the appropriate pin should occur within a GPIO driver's +.direction_input() or .direction_output() operations, and occur after any +setup of an output GPIO's value. This allows a glitch-free migration from a +pin's special function to GPIO. This is sometimes required when using a GPIO +to implement a workaround on signals typically driven by a non-GPIO HW block. + +Some platforms allow some or all GPIO signals to be routed to different pins. +Similarly, other aspects of the GPIO or pin may need to be configured, such as +pullup/pulldown. Platform software should arrange that any such details are +configured prior to gpio_request() being called for those GPIOs, e.g. using +the pinctrl subsystem's mapping table, so that GPIO users need not be aware +of these details. Also note that it's your responsibility to have stopped using a GPIO before you free it. @@ -302,6 +319,11 @@ where 'flags' is currently defined to specify the following properties: * GPIOF_INIT_LOW - as output, set initial level to LOW * GPIOF_INIT_HIGH - as output, set initial level to HIGH + * GPIOF_OPEN_DRAIN - gpio pin is open drain type. + * GPIOF_OPEN_SOURCE - gpio pin is open source type. + + * GPIOF_EXPORT_DIR_FIXED - export gpio to sysfs, keep direction + * GPIOF_EXPORT_DIR_CHANGEABLE - also export, allow changing direction since GPIOF_INIT_* are only valid when configured as output, so group valid combinations as: @@ -310,8 +332,19 @@ combinations as: * GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW - configured as output, initial level LOW * GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH - configured as output, initial level HIGH -In the future, these flags can be extended to support more properties such -as open-drain status. +When setting the flag as GPIOF_OPEN_DRAIN then it will assume that pins is +open drain type. Such pins will not be driven to 1 in output mode. It is +require to connect pull-up on such pins. By enabling this flag, gpio lib will +make the direction to input when it is asked to set value of 1 in output mode +to make the pin HIGH. The pin is make to LOW by driving value 0 in output mode. + +When setting the flag as GPIOF_OPEN_SOURCE then it will assume that pins is +open source type. Such pins will not be driven to 0 in output mode. It is +require to connect pull-down on such pin. By enabling this flag, gpio lib will +make the direction to input when it is asked to set value of 0 in output mode +to make the pin LOW. The pin is make to HIGH by driving value 1 in output mode. + +In the future, these flags can be extended to support more properties. Further more, to ease the claim/release of multiple GPIOs, 'struct gpio' is introduced to encapsulate all three fields as: diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 index ab70d96..2cfa256 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1275 @@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ Kernel driver adm1275 ===================== Supported chips: + * Analog Devices ADM1075 + Prefix: 'adm1075' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADM1075.pdf * Analog Devices ADM1275 Prefix: 'adm1275' Addresses scanned: - @@ -17,13 +21,13 @@ Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> Description ----------- -This driver supports hardware montoring for Analog Devices ADM1275 and ADM1276 -Hot-Swap Controller and Digital Power Monitor. +This driver supports hardware montoring for Analog Devices ADM1075, ADM1275, +and ADM1276 Hot-Swap Controller and Digital Power Monitor. -ADM1275 and ADM1276 are hot-swap controllers that allow a circuit board to be -removed from or inserted into a live backplane. They also feature current and -voltage readback via an integrated 12-bit analog-to-digital converter (ADC), -accessed using a PMBus interface. +ADM1075, ADM1275, and ADM1276 are hot-swap controllers that allow a circuit +board to be removed from or inserted into a live backplane. They also feature +current and voltage readback via an integrated 12-bit analog-to-digital +converter (ADC), accessed using a PMBus interface. The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. @@ -36,6 +40,10 @@ This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for details. +The ADM1075, unlike many other PMBus devices, does not support internal voltage +or current scaling. Reported voltages, currents, and power are raw measurements, +and will typically have to be scaled. + Platform data support --------------------- @@ -51,9 +59,10 @@ The following attributes are supported. Limits are read-write, history reset attributes are write-only, all other attributes are read-only. in1_label "vin1" or "vout1" depending on chip variant and - configuration. + configuration. On ADM1075, vout1 reports the voltage on + the VAUX pin. in1_input Measured voltage. -in1_min Minumum Voltage. +in1_min Minimum Voltage. in1_max Maximum voltage. in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. @@ -74,3 +83,10 @@ curr1_crit Critical maximum current. Depending on the chip curr1_crit_alarm Critical current high alarm. curr1_highest Historical maximum current. curr1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. + +power1_label "pin1" +power1_input Input power. +power1_reset_history Write any value to reset history. + + Power attributes are supported on ADM1075 and ADM1276 + only. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx b/Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f50a6cc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ina2xx @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Kernel driver ina2xx +==================== + +Supported chips: + * Texas Instruments INA219 + Prefix: 'ina219' + Addresses: I2C 0x40 - 0x4f + Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website + http://www.ti.com/ + + * Texas Instruments INA226 + Prefix: 'ina226' + Addresses: I2C 0x40 - 0x4f + Datasheet: Publicly available at the Texas Instruments website + http://www.ti.com/ + +Author: Lothar Felten <l-felten@ti.com> + +Description +----------- + +The INA219 is a high-side current shunt and power monitor with an I2C +interface. The INA219 monitors both shunt drop and supply voltage, with +programmable conversion times and filtering. + +The INA226 is a current shunt and power monitor with an I2C interface. +The INA226 monitors both a shunt voltage drop and bus supply voltage. + +The shunt value in micro-ohms can be set via platform data. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 b/Documentation/hwmon/it87 index 23b7def..87850d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/it87 @@ -30,6 +30,14 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'it8728' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) Datasheet: Not publicly available + * IT8782F + Prefix: 'it8782' + Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) + Datasheet: Not publicly available + * IT8783E/F + Prefix: 'it8783' + Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) + Datasheet: Not publicly available * SiS950 [clone of IT8705F] Prefix: 'it87' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) @@ -63,7 +71,7 @@ Module Parameters Hardware Interfaces ------------------- -All the chips suported by this driver are LPC Super-I/O chips, accessed +All the chips supported by this driver are LPC Super-I/O chips, accessed through the LPC bus (ISA-like I/O ports). The IT8712F additionally has an SMBus interface to the hardware monitoring functions. This driver no longer supports this interface though, as it is slower and less reliable @@ -75,7 +83,8 @@ Description ----------- This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F, -IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E and SiS950 chips. +IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8781F, IT8782F, +IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips. These chips are 'Super I/O chips', supporting floppy disks, infrared ports, joysticks and other miscellaneous stuff. For hardware monitoring, they @@ -99,11 +108,11 @@ The IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F/IT8758E and later IT8712F revisions have support for 2 additional fans. The additional fans are supported by the driver. -The IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F and IT8721F/IT8758E, and late IT8712F and -IT8705F also have optional 16-bit tachometer counters for fans 1 to 3. This -is better (no more fan clock divider mess) but not compatible with the older -chips and revisions. The 16-bit tachometer mode is enabled by the driver when -one of the above chips is detected. +The IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8782F, IT8783E/F, and late +IT8712F and IT8705F also have optional 16-bit tachometer counters for fans 1 to +3. This is better (no more fan clock divider mess) but not compatible with the +older chips and revisions. The 16-bit tachometer mode is enabled by the driver +when one of the above chips is detected. The IT8726F is just bit enhanced IT8716F with additional hardware for AMD power sequencing. Therefore the chip will appear as IT8716F @@ -131,9 +140,10 @@ inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of 0.016 volt (except IT8721F/IT8758E and IT8728F: 0.012 volt.) The battery voltage in8 does not have limit registers. -On the IT8721F/IT8758E, some voltage inputs are internal and scaled inside -the chip (in7, in8 and optionally in3). The driver handles this transparently -so user-space doesn't have to care. +On the IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8782F, and IT8783E/F, some voltage inputs are +internal and scaled inside the chip (in7 (optional for IT8782F and IT8783E/F), +in8 and optionally in3). The driver handles this transparently so user-space +doesn't have to care. The VID lines (IT8712F/IT8716F/IT8718F/IT8720F) encode the core voltage value: the voltage level your processor should work with. This is hardcoded by diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 index 52729a7..66ecb9f 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/jc42 @@ -3,71 +3,50 @@ Kernel driver jc42 Supported chips: * Analog Devices ADT7408 - Prefix: 'adt7408' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheets: http://www.analog.com/static/imported-files/data_sheets/ADT7408.pdf * Atmel AT30TS00 - Prefix: 'at30ts00' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheets: http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc8585.pdf * IDT TSE2002B3, TSE2002GB2, TS3000B3, TS3000GB2 - Prefix: 'tse2002', 'ts3000' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheets: http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TSE2002B3C_DST_20100512_120303152056.pdf http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TSE2002GB2A1_DST_20111107_120303145914.pdf http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TS3000B3A_DST_20101129_120303152013.pdf http://www.idt.com/sites/default/files/documents/IDT_TS3000GB2A1_DST_20111104_120303151012.pdf * Maxim MAX6604 - Prefix: 'max6604' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheets: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX6604.pdf * Microchip MCP9804, MCP9805, MCP98242, MCP98243, MCP9843 - Prefixes: 'mcp9804', 'mcp9805', 'mcp98242', 'mcp98243', 'mcp9843' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheets: http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22203C.pdf http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21977b.pdf http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21996a.pdf http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/22153c.pdf - * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B - Prefix: 'se97' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f + * NXP Semiconductors SE97, SE97B, SE98, SE98A Datasheets: http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97.pdf http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE97B.pdf - * NXP Semiconductors SE98 - Prefix: 'se98' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f - Datasheets: http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE98.pdf + http://www.nxp.com/documents/data_sheet/SE98A.pdf * ON Semiconductor CAT34TS02, CAT6095 - Prefix: 'cat34ts02', 'cat6095' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheet: http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/CAT34TS02-D.PDF http://www.onsemi.com/pub/Collateral/CAT6095-D.PDF - * ST Microelectronics STTS424, STTS424E02 - Prefix: 'stts424' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f - Datasheets: - http://www.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13447/stts424.pdf - http://www.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13448/stts424e02.pdf - * ST Microelectronics STTS2002, STTS3000 - Prefix: 'stts2002', 'stts3000' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f + * ST Microelectronics STTS424, STTS424E02, STTS2002, STTS3000 Datasheets: + http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00157556.pdf + http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00157558.pdf http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATASHEET/CD00225278.pdf http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/CD00270920.pdf * JEDEC JC 42.4 compliant temperature sensor chips - Prefix: 'jc42' - Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f Datasheet: http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/4_01_04R19.pdf + Common for all chips: + Prefix: 'jc42' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x18 - 0x1f + Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp index a10f736..90956b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/k10temp @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Supported chips: Socket S1G2: Athlon (X2), Sempron (X2), Turion X2 (Ultra) * AMD Family 12h processors: "Llano" (E2/A4/A6/A8-Series) * AMD Family 14h processors: "Brazos" (C/E/G/Z-Series) -* AMD Family 15h processors: "Bulldozer" +* AMD Family 15h processors: "Bulldozer" (FX-Series), "Trinity" Prefix: 'k10temp' Addresses scanned: PCI space diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 index cb5b407..a60b43e 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm80 @@ -7,6 +7,11 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website http://www.national.com/ + * National Semiconductor LM96080 + Prefix: 'lm96080' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x28 - 0x2f + Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website + http://www.national.com/ Authors: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, @@ -17,7 +22,9 @@ Description This driver implements support for the National Semiconductor LM80. It is described as a 'Serial Interface ACPI-Compatible Microprocessor -System Hardware Monitor'. +System Hardware Monitor'. The LM96080 is a more recent incarnation, +it is pin and register compatible, with a few additional features not +yet supported by the driver. The LM80 implements one temperature sensor, two fan rotation speed sensors, seven voltage sensors, alarms, and some miscellaneous stuff. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 index 9cd14cfe..b466974 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 @@ -118,6 +118,10 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: I2C 0x48 through 0x4F Datasheet: Publicly available at NXP website http://ics.nxp.com/products/interface/datasheet/sa56004x.pdf + * GMT G781 + Prefix: 'g781' + Addresses scanned: I2C 0x4c, 0x4d + Datasheet: Not publicly available from GMT Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 index f6e8bcb..f8b4780 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max16064 @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ attributes are read-only. in[1-4]_label "vout[1-4]" in[1-4]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in[1-4]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in[1-4]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in[1-4]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in[1-4]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in[1-4]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-4]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-4]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in[1-4]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 index 8ab5153..0448222 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max34440 @@ -11,6 +11,11 @@ Supported chips: Prefixes: 'max34441' Addresses scanned: - Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34441.pdf + * Maxim MAX34446 + PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger + Prefixes: 'max34446' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://datasheets.maxim-ic.com/en/ds/MAX34446.pdf Author: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com> @@ -19,8 +24,8 @@ Description ----------- This driver supports hardware montoring for Maxim MAX34440 PMBus 6-Channel -Power-Supply Manager and MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager -and Intelligent Fan Controller. +Power-Supply Manager, MAX34441 PMBus 5-Channel Power-Supply Manager +and Intelligent Fan Controller, and MAX34446 PMBus Power-Supply Data Logger. The driver is a client driver to the core PMBus driver. Please see Documentation/hwmon/pmbus for details on PMBus client drivers. @@ -33,6 +38,13 @@ This driver does not auto-detect devices. You will have to instantiate the devices explicitly. Please see Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices for details. +For MAX34446, the value of the currX_crit attribute determines if current or +voltage measurement is enabled for a given channel. Voltage measurement is +enabled if currX_crit is set to 0; current measurement is enabled if the +attribute is set to a positive value. Power measurement is only enabled if +channel 1 (3) is configured for voltage measurement, and channel 2 (4) is +configured for current measurement. + Platform data support --------------------- @@ -48,27 +60,39 @@ attributes are read-only. in[1-6]_label "vout[1-6]". in[1-6]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in[1-6]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in[1-6]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in[1-6]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in[1-6]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in[1-6]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-6]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-6]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in[1-6]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. in[1-6]_lcrit_alarm Voltage critical low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_FAULT status. in[1-6]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status. +in[1-6]_lowest Historical minimum voltage. in[1-6]_highest Historical maximum voltage. in[1-6]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. + MAX34446 only supports in[1-4]. + curr[1-6]_label "iout[1-6]". curr[1-6]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. curr[1-6]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. curr[1-6]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[1-6]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. curr[1-6]_crit_alarm Current critical high alarm. From IOUT_OC_FAULT status. +curr[1-4]_average Historical average current (MAX34446 only). curr[1-6]_highest Historical maximum current. curr[1-6]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. in6 and curr6 attributes only exist for MAX34440. + MAX34446 only supports curr[1-4]. + +power[1,3]_label "pout[1,3]" +power[1,3]_input Measured power. +power[1,3]_average Historical average power. +power[1,3]_highest Historical maximum power. + + Power attributes only exist for MAX34446. temp[1-8]_input Measured temperatures. From READ_TEMPERATURE_1 register. temp1 is the chip's internal temperature. temp2..temp5 @@ -79,7 +103,9 @@ temp[1-8]_max Maximum temperature. From OT_WARN_LIMIT register. temp[1-8]_crit Critical high temperature. From OT_FAULT_LIMIT register. temp[1-8]_max_alarm Temperature high alarm. temp[1-8]_crit_alarm Temperature critical high alarm. +temp[1-8]_average Historical average temperature (MAX34446 only). temp[1-8]_highest Historical maximum temperature. temp[1-8]_reset_history Write any value to reset history. temp7 and temp8 attributes only exist for MAX34440. + MAX34446 only supports temp[1-3]. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 index 71ed10a..fe84987 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max8688 @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ attributes are read-only. in1_label "vout1" in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in1_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in1_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in1_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in1_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in1_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/mc13783-adc b/Documentation/hwmon/mc13783-adc index 044531a..d0e7b3f 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/mc13783-adc +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/mc13783-adc @@ -3,8 +3,11 @@ Kernel driver mc13783-adc Supported chips: * Freescale Atlas MC13783 - Prefix: 'mc13783_adc' + Prefix: 'mc13783' Datasheet: http://www.freescale.com/files/rf_if/doc/data_sheet/MC13783.pdf?fsrch=1 + * Freescale Atlas MC13892 + Prefix: 'mc13892' + Datasheet: http://cache.freescale.com/files/analog/doc/data_sheet/MC13892.pdf?fsrch=1&sr=1 Authors: Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de> @@ -13,20 +16,21 @@ Authors: Description ----------- -The Freescale MC13783 is a Power Management and Audio Circuit. Among -other things it contains a 10-bit A/D converter. The converter has 16 -channels which can be used in different modes. -The A/D converter has a resolution of 2.25mV. Channels 0-4 have -a dedicated meaning with chip internal scaling applied. Channels 5-7 -can be used as general purpose inputs or alternatively in a dedicated -mode. Channels 12-15 are occupied by the touchscreen if it's active. +The Freescale MC13783 and MC13892 are Power Management and Audio Circuits. +Among other things they contain a 10-bit A/D converter. The converter has 16 +(MC13783) resp. 12 (MC13892) channels which can be used in different modes. The +A/D converter has a resolution of 2.25mV. -Currently the driver only supports channels 2 and 5-15 with no alternative -modes for channels 5-7. +Some channels can be used as General Purpose inputs or in a dedicated mode with +a chip internal scaling applied . -See this table for the meaning of the different channels and their chip -internal scaling: +Currently the driver only supports the Application Supply channel (BP / BPSNS), +the General Purpose inputs and touchscreen. +See the following tables for the meaning of the different channels and their +chip internal scaling: + +MC13783: Channel Signal Input Range Scaling ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 0 Battery Voltage (BATT) 2.50 - 4.65V -2.40V @@ -34,7 +38,7 @@ Channel Signal Input Range Scaling 2 Application Supply (BP) 2.50 - 4.65V -2.40V 3 Charger Voltage (CHRGRAW) 0 - 10V / /5 0 - 20V /10 -4 Charger Current (CHRGISNSP-CHRGISNSN) -0.25V - 0.25V x4 +4 Charger Current (CHRGISNSP-CHRGISNSN) -0.25 - 0.25V x4 5 General Purpose ADIN5 / Battery Pack Thermistor 0 - 2.30V No 6 General Purpose ADIN6 / Backup Voltage (LICELL) 0 - 2.30V / No / 1.50 - 3.50V -1.20V @@ -48,3 +52,23 @@ Channel Signal Input Range Scaling 13 General Purpose TSX2 / Touchscreen X-plate 2 0 - 2.30V No 14 General Purpose TSY1 / Touchscreen Y-plate 1 0 - 2.30V No 15 General Purpose TSY2 / Touchscreen Y-plate 2 0 - 2.30V No + +MC13892: +Channel Signal Input Range Scaling +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- +0 Battery Voltage (BATT) 0 - 4.8V /2 +1 Battery Current (BATT - BATTISNSCC) -60 - 60 mV x20 +2 Application Supply (BPSNS) 0 - 4.8V /2 +3 Charger Voltage (CHRGRAW) 0 - 12V / /5 + 0 - 20V /10 +4 Charger Current (CHRGISNS-BPSNS) / -0.3 - 0.3V / x4 / + Touchscreen X-plate 1 0 - 2.4V No +5 General Purpose ADIN5 / Battery Pack Thermistor 0 - 2.4V No +6 General Purpose ADIN6 / Backup Voltage (LICELL) 0 - 2.4V / No + Backup Voltage (LICELL) 0 - 3.6V x2/3 +7 General Purpose ADIN7 / UID / Die Temperature 0 - 2.4V / No / + 0 - 4.8V /2 +12 General Purpose TSX1 / Touchscreen X-plate 1 0 - 2.4V No +13 General Purpose TSX2 / Touchscreen X-plate 2 0 - 2.4V No +14 General Purpose TSY1 / Touchscreen Y-plate 1 0 - 2.4V No +15 General Purpose TSY2 / Touchscreen Y-plate 2 0 - 2.4V No diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/mcp3021 b/Documentation/hwmon/mcp3021 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..325fd87 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/mcp3021 @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +Kernel driver MCP3021 +====================== + +Supported chips: + * Microchip Technology MCP3021 + Prefix: 'mcp3021' + Datasheet: http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/21805a.pdf + +Author: Mingkai Hu + +Description +----------- + +This driver implements support for the Microchip Technology MCP3021 chip. + +The Microchip Technology Inc. MCP3021 is a successive approximation A/D +converter (ADC) with 10-bit resolution. +This device provides one single-ended input with very low power consumption. +Communication to the MCP3021 is performed using a 2-wire I2C compatible +interface. Standard (100 kHz) and Fast (400 kHz) I2C modes are available. +The default I2C device address is 0x4d (contact the Microchip factory for +additional address options). diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus index d28b591..f90f999 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pmbus @@ -15,13 +15,20 @@ Supported chips: http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/NCP4200-D.PDF http://www.onsemi.com/pub_link/Collateral/JUNE%202009-%20REV.%200.PDF * Lineage Power - Prefixes: 'pdt003', 'pdt006', 'pdt012', 'udt020' + Prefixes: 'mdt040', 'pdt003', 'pdt006', 'pdt012', 'udt020' Addresses scanned: - Datasheets: http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT003A0X.pdf http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT006A0X.pdf http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/PDT012A0X.pdf http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/UDT020A0X.pdf + http://www.lineagepower.com/oem/pdf/MDT040A0X.pdf + * Texas Instruments TPS40400, TPS40422 + Prefixes: 'tps40400', 'tps40422' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheets: + http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40400 + http://www.ti.com/lit/gpn/tps40422 * Generic PMBus devices Prefix: 'pmbus' Addresses scanned: - diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 index 446a054..0551d26 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5627 @@ -16,6 +16,11 @@ Description SMSC SCH5627 Super I/O chips include complete hardware monitoring capabilities. They can monitor up to 5 voltages, 4 fans and 8 temperatures. +The SMSC SCH5627 hardware monitoring part also contains an integrated +watchdog. In order for this watchdog to function some motherboard specific +initialization most be done by the BIOS, so if the watchdog is not enabled +by the BIOS the sch5627 driver will not register a watchdog device. + The hardware monitoring part of the SMSC SCH5627 is accessed by talking through an embedded microcontroller. An application note describing the protocol for communicating with the microcontroller is available upon diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 index f83bd1c..7b0a01d 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/sch5636 @@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ temperatures. Note that the driver detects how many fan headers / temperature sensors are actually implemented on the motherboard, so you will likely see fewer temperature and fan inputs. +The Fujitsu Theseus hwmon solution also contains an integrated watchdog. +This watchdog is fully supported by the sch5636 driver. + An application note describing the Theseus' registers, as well as an application note describing the protocol for communicating with the microcontroller is available upon request. Please mail me if you want a copy. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 index 40ca6db..0df5f27 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9000 @@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ attributes are read-only. in[1-12]_label "vout[1-12]". in[1-12]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in[1-12]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in[1-12]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in[1-12]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in[1-12]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in[1-12]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-12]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[1-12]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in[1-12]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ in[1-12]_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_FAULT status. curr[1-12]_label "iout[1-12]". curr[1-12]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. curr[1-12]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. -curr[1-12]_lcrit Critical minumum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT +curr[1-12]_lcrit Critical minimum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[1-12]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[1-12]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 index 3c58607..fd7d07b 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ucd9200 @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ attributes are read-only. in1_label "vin". in1_input Measured voltage. From READ_VIN register. -in1_min Minumum Voltage. From VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in1_min Minimum Voltage. From VIN_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in1_max Maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in1_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VIN_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in1_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VIN_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in1_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VIN_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in1_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VIN_UV_WARNING status. in1_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VIN_OV_WARNING status. @@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ in1_crit_alarm Voltage critical high alarm. From VIN_OV_FAULT status. in[2-5]_label "vout[1-4]". in[2-5]_input Measured voltage. From READ_VOUT register. -in[2-5]_min Minumum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. +in[2-5]_min Minimum Voltage. From VOUT_UV_WARN_LIMIT register. in[2-5]_max Maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_WARN_LIMIT register. -in[2-5]_lcrit Critical minumum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. +in[2-5]_lcrit Critical minimum Voltage. VOUT_UV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[2-5]_crit Critical maximum voltage. From VOUT_OV_FAULT_LIMIT register. in[2-5]_min_alarm Voltage low alarm. From VOLTAGE_UV_WARNING status. in[2-5]_max_alarm Voltage high alarm. From VOLTAGE_OV_WARNING status. @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ curr1_input Measured current. From READ_IIN register. curr[2-5]_label "iout[1-4]". curr[2-5]_input Measured current. From READ_IOUT register. curr[2-5]_max Maximum current. From IOUT_OC_WARN_LIMIT register. -curr[2-5]_lcrit Critical minumum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT +curr[2-5]_lcrit Critical minimum output current. From IOUT_UC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[2-5]_crit Critical maximum current. From IOUT_OC_FAULT_LIMIT register. curr[2-5]_max_alarm Current high alarm. From IOUT_OC_WARNING status. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/wm831x b/Documentation/hwmon/wm831x index 24f47d8..1144675 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/wm831x +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/wm831x @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ reporting of all the input values but does not provide any alarms. Voltage Monitoring ------------------ -Voltages are sampled by a 12 bit ADC. Voltages in milivolts are 1.465 +Voltages are sampled by a 12 bit ADC. Voltages in millivolts are 1.465 times the ADC value. Temperature Monitoring diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 index a4e8d90..a995b41 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/zl6100 @@ -34,6 +34,14 @@ Supported chips: Prefix: 'zl6105' Addresses scanned: - Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn6906.pdf + * Intersil / Zilker Labs ZL9101M + Prefix: 'zl9101' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn7669.pdf + * Intersil / Zilker Labs ZL9117M + Prefix: 'zl9117' + Addresses scanned: - + Datasheet: http://www.intersil.com/data/fn/fn7914.pdf * Ericsson BMR450, BMR451 Prefix: 'bmr450', 'bmr451' Addresses scanned: - @@ -106,7 +114,7 @@ in1_label "vin" in1_input Measured input voltage. in1_min Minimum input voltage. in1_max Maximum input voltage. -in1_lcrit Critical minumum input voltage. +in1_lcrit Critical minimum input voltage. in1_crit Critical maximum input voltage. in1_min_alarm Input voltage low alarm. in1_max_alarm Input voltage high alarm. @@ -115,7 +123,7 @@ in1_crit_alarm Input voltage critical high alarm. in2_label "vout1" in2_input Measured output voltage. -in2_lcrit Critical minumum output Voltage. +in2_lcrit Critical minimum output Voltage. in2_crit Critical maximum output voltage. in2_lcrit_alarm Critical output voltage critical low alarm. in2_crit_alarm Critical output voltage critical high alarm. diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 index 2871fd5..71f55bb 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 @@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ Supported adapters: * Intel Patsburg (PCH) * Intel DH89xxCC (PCH) * Intel Panther Point (PCH) + * Intel Lynx Point (PCH) Datasheets: Publicly available at the Intel website On Intel Patsburg and later chipsets, both the normal host SMBus controller diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/scx200_acb b/Documentation/i2c/busses/scx200_acb index 7c07883d..ce83c87 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/scx200_acb +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/scx200_acb @@ -28,5 +28,5 @@ If the scx200_acb driver is built into the kernel, add the following parameter to your boot command line: scx200_acb.base=0x810,0x820 If the scx200_acb driver is built as a module, add the following line to -the file /etc/modprobe.conf instead: +a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/ instead: options scx200_acb base=0x810,0x820 diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/functionality b/Documentation/i2c/functionality index 42c17c1..b0ff2ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/functionality +++ b/Documentation/i2c/functionality @@ -18,9 +18,9 @@ For the most up-to-date list of functionality constants, please check adapters typically can not do these) I2C_FUNC_10BIT_ADDR Handles the 10-bit address extensions I2C_FUNC_PROTOCOL_MANGLING Knows about the I2C_M_IGNORE_NAK, - I2C_M_REV_DIR_ADDR, I2C_M_NOSTART and - I2C_M_NO_RD_ACK flags (which modify the - I2C protocol!) + I2C_M_REV_DIR_ADDR and I2C_M_NO_RD_ACK + flags (which modify the I2C protocol!) + I2C_FUNC_NOSTART Can skip repeated start sequence I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_QUICK Handles the SMBus write_quick command I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_READ_BYTE Handles the SMBus read_byte command I2C_FUNC_SMBUS_WRITE_BYTE Handles the SMBus write_byte command @@ -50,6 +50,9 @@ A few combinations of the above flags are also defined for your convenience: emulated by a real I2C adapter (using the transparent emulation layer) +In kernel versions prior to 3.5 I2C_FUNC_NOSTART was implemented as +part of I2C_FUNC_PROTOCOL_MANGLING. + ADAPTER IMPLEMENTATION ---------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/i2c-protocol b/Documentation/i2c/i2c-protocol index 10518dd..0b3e62d 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/i2c-protocol +++ b/Documentation/i2c/i2c-protocol @@ -49,7 +49,9 @@ a byte read, followed by a byte write: Modified transactions ===================== -We have found some I2C devices that needs the following modifications: +The following modifications to the I2C protocol can also be generated, +with the exception of I2C_M_NOSTART these are usually only needed to +work around device issues: Flag I2C_M_NOSTART: In a combined transaction, no 'S Addr Wr/Rd [A]' is generated at some @@ -60,6 +62,11 @@ We have found some I2C devices that needs the following modifications: we do not generate Addr, but we do generate the startbit S. This will probably confuse all other clients on your bus, so don't try this. + This is often used to gather transmits from multiple data buffers in + system memory into something that appears as a single transfer to the + I2C device but may also be used between direction changes by some + rare devices. + Flags I2C_M_REV_DIR_ADDR This toggles the Rd/Wr flag. That is, if you want to do a write, but need to emit an Rd instead of a Wr, or vice versa, you set this diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices index 9edb75d..abf6361 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices +++ b/Documentation/i2c/instantiating-devices @@ -87,11 +87,11 @@ it may have different addresses from one board to the next (manufacturer changing its design without notice). In this case, you can call i2c_new_probed_device() instead of i2c_new_device(). -Example (from the pnx4008 OHCI driver): +Example (from the nxp OHCI driver): static const unsigned short normal_i2c[] = { 0x2c, 0x2d, I2C_CLIENT_END }; -static int __devinit usb_hcd_pnx4008_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) +static int __devinit usb_hcd_nxp_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) { (...) struct i2c_adapter *i2c_adap; @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ static int __devinit usb_hcd_pnx4008_probe(struct platform_device *pdev) (...) i2c_adap = i2c_get_adapter(2); memset(&i2c_info, 0, sizeof(struct i2c_board_info)); - strlcpy(i2c_info.type, "isp1301_pnx", I2C_NAME_SIZE); + strlcpy(i2c_info.type, "isp1301_nxp", I2C_NAME_SIZE); isp1301_i2c_client = i2c_new_probed_device(i2c_adap, &i2c_info, normal_i2c, NULL); i2c_put_adapter(i2c_adap); diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/muxes/gpio-i2cmux b/Documentation/i2c/muxes/i2c-mux-gpio index 811cd78..bd9b229 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/muxes/gpio-i2cmux +++ b/Documentation/i2c/muxes/i2c-mux-gpio @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ -Kernel driver gpio-i2cmux +Kernel driver i2c-gpio-mux Author: Peter Korsgaard <peter.korsgaard@barco.com> Description ----------- -gpio-i2cmux is an i2c mux driver providing access to I2C bus segments +i2c-gpio-mux is an i2c mux driver providing access to I2C bus segments from a master I2C bus and a hardware MUX controlled through GPIO pins. E.G.: @@ -26,16 +26,16 @@ according to the settings of the GPIO pins 1..N. Usage ----- -gpio-i2cmux uses the platform bus, so you need to provide a struct +i2c-gpio-mux uses the platform bus, so you need to provide a struct platform_device with the platform_data pointing to a struct gpio_i2cmux_platform_data with the I2C adapter number of the master bus, the number of bus segments to create and the GPIO pins used -to control it. See include/linux/gpio-i2cmux.h for details. +to control it. See include/linux/i2c-gpio-mux.h for details. E.G. something like this for a MUX providing 4 bus segments controlled through 3 GPIO pins: -#include <linux/gpio-i2cmux.h> +#include <linux/i2c-gpio-mux.h> #include <linux/platform_device.h> static const unsigned myboard_gpiomux_gpios[] = { @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ static struct gpio_i2cmux_platform_data myboard_i2cmux_data = { }; static struct platform_device myboard_i2cmux = { - .name = "gpio-i2cmux", + .name = "i2c-gpio-mux", .id = 0, .dev = { .platform_data = &myboard_i2cmux_data, diff --git a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl b/Documentation/i2o/ioctl index 22ca53a..27c3c54 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2o/ioctl +++ b/Documentation/i2o/ioctl @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ VI. Setting Parameters The return value is the size in bytes of the data written into ops->resbuf if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 is returned - and errno is set appropriatly: + and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ VIII. Downloading Software RETURNS This function returns 0 no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriatly: + is returned and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ IX. Uploading Software RETURNS This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriatly: + is returned and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ X. Removing Software RETURNS This function returns 0 if no errors occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriatly: + is returned and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ X. Validating Configuration RETURNS This function returns 0 if no erro occur. If an error occurs, -1 is - returned and errno is set appropriatly: + returned and errno is set appropriately: ETIMEDOUT Timeout waiting for reply message ENXIO Invalid IOP number @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ XI. Configuration Dialog RETURNS This function returns 0 if no error occur. If an error occurs, -1 - is returned and errno is set appropriatly: + is returned and errno is set appropriately: EFAULT Invalid user space pointer was passed ENXIO Invalid IOP number diff --git a/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 b/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 index 190d17b..4cc3ad9 100644 --- a/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 +++ b/Documentation/ide/ChangeLog.ide-cd.1994-2004 @@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ * since the .pdf version doesn't seem to work... * -- Updated the TODO list to something more current. * - * 4.15 Aug 25, 1998 -- Updated ide-cd.h to respect mechine endianess, + * 4.15 Aug 25, 1998 -- Updated ide-cd.h to respect machine endianness, * patch thanks to "Eddie C. Dost" <ecd@skynet.be> * * 4.50 Oct 19, 1998 -- New maintainers! diff --git a/Documentation/ide/ide.txt b/Documentation/ide/ide.txt index e77bebf..7aca987 100644 --- a/Documentation/ide/ide.txt +++ b/Documentation/ide/ide.txt @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ When using ide.c as a module in combination with kmod, add: alias block-major-3 ide-probe -to /etc/modprobe.conf. +to a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/. When ide.c is used as a module, you can pass command line parameters to the driver using the "options=" keyword to insmod, while replacing any ',' with diff --git a/Documentation/initrd.txt b/Documentation/initrd.txt index 1ba84f3..4e1839c 100644 --- a/Documentation/initrd.txt +++ b/Documentation/initrd.txt @@ -362,5 +362,5 @@ Resources http://www.almesberger.net/cv/papers/ols2k-9.ps.gz [2] newlib package (experimental), with initrd example http://sources.redhat.com/newlib/ -[3] Brouwer, Andries; "util-linux: Miscellaneous utilities for Linux" - ftp://ftp.win.tue.nl/pub/linux-local/utils/util-linux/ +[3] util-linux: Miscellaneous utilities for Linux + http://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/util-linux/ diff --git a/Documentation/input/alps.txt b/Documentation/input/alps.txt index 2f95308..ae8ba9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/alps.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/alps.txt @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ number of contacts (f1 and f0 in the table below). byte 5: 0 1 ? ? ? ? f1 f0 This packet only appears after a position packet with the mt bit set, and -ususally only appears when there are two or more contacts (although -ocassionally it's seen with only a single contact). +usually only appears when there are two or more contacts (although +occassionally it's seen with only a single contact). The final v3 packet type is the trackstick packet. diff --git a/Documentation/input/input.txt b/Documentation/input/input.txt index b3d6787..666c06c 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/input.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/input.txt @@ -250,8 +250,8 @@ And so on up to event31. a USB keyboard works and is correctly connected to the kernel keyboard driver. - Doing a cat /dev/input/mouse0 (c, 13, 32) will verify that a mouse -is also emulated, characters should appear if you move it. + Doing a "cat /dev/input/mouse0" (c, 13, 32) will verify that a mouse +is also emulated; characters should appear if you move it. You can test the joystick emulation with the 'jstest' utility, available in the joystick package (see Documentation/input/joystick.txt). diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt index 8007b7c..304262b 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@ the USB documentation for how to setup an USB mouse. The TM DirectConnect (BSP) protocol is supported by the tmdc.c module. This includes, but is not limited to: -* ThrustMaster Millenium 3D Inceptor +* ThrustMaster Millennium 3D Interceptor * ThrustMaster 3D Rage Pad * ThrustMaster Fusion Digital Game Pad diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt index 91a6ecb..18eb98c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/hdio.txt @@ -596,7 +596,7 @@ HDIO_DRIVE_TASKFILE execute raw taskfile if CHS/LBA28 The association between in_flags.all and each enable - bitfield flips depending on endianess; fortunately, TASKFILE + bitfield flips depending on endianness; fortunately, TASKFILE only uses inflags.b.data bit and ignores all other bits. The end result is that, on any endian machines, it has no effect other than modifying in_flags on completion. @@ -720,7 +720,7 @@ HDIO_DRIVE_TASKFILE execute raw taskfile [6] Do not access {in|out}_flags->all except for resetting all the bits. Always access individual bit fields. ->all - value will flip depending on endianess. For the same + value will flip depending on endianness. For the same reason, do not use IDE_{TASKFILE|HOB}_STD_{OUT|IN}_FLAGS constants defined in hdreg.h. diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index 4840334..915f28c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -120,6 +120,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 'G' 00-0F linux/gigaset_dev.h conflict! 'H' 00-7F linux/hiddev.h conflict! 'H' 00-0F linux/hidraw.h conflict! +'H' 01 linux/mei.h conflict! 'H' 00-0F sound/asound.h conflict! 'H' 20-40 sound/asound_fm.h conflict! 'H' 80-8F sound/sfnt_info.h conflict! @@ -189,7 +190,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 'Y' all linux/cyclades.h 'Z' 14-15 drivers/message/fusion/mptctl.h '[' 00-07 linux/usb/tmc.h USB Test and Measurement Devices - <mailto:gregkh@suse.de> + <mailto:gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> 'a' all linux/atm*.h, linux/sonet.h ATM on linux <http://lrcwww.epfl.ch/> 'b' 00-FF conflict! bit3 vme host bridge @@ -218,12 +219,14 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 'h' 00-7F conflict! Charon filesystem <mailto:zapman@interlan.net> 'h' 00-1F linux/hpet.h conflict! +'h' 80-8F fs/hfsplus/ioctl.c 'i' 00-3F linux/i2o-dev.h conflict! 'i' 0B-1F linux/ipmi.h conflict! 'i' 80-8F linux/i8k.h 'j' 00-3F linux/joystick.h 'k' 00-0F linux/spi/spidev.h conflict! 'k' 00-05 video/kyro.h conflict! +'k' 10-17 linux/hsi/hsi_char.h HSI character device 'l' 00-3F linux/tcfs_fs.h transparent cryptographic file system <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://mikonos.dia.unisa.it/tcfs> 'l' 40-7F linux/udf_fs_i.h in development: @@ -255,7 +258,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments linux/ixjuser.h <http://web.archive.org/web/*/http://www.quicknet.net> 'r' 00-1F linux/msdos_fs.h and fs/fat/dir.c 's' all linux/cdk.h -'t' 00-7F linux/if_ppp.h +'t' 00-7F linux/ppp-ioctl.h 't' 80-8F linux/isdn_ppp.h 't' 90 linux/toshiba.h 'u' 00-1F linux/smb_fs.h gone diff --git a/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset b/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset index ef3343e..7534c60 100644 --- a/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset +++ b/Documentation/isdn/README.gigaset @@ -97,8 +97,7 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver 2.5.): 1=on (default), 0=off Depending on your distribution you may want to create a separate module - configuration file /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset for these, or add them to a - custom file like /etc/modprobe.conf.local. + configuration file like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset.conf for these. 2.2. Device nodes for user space programs ------------------------------------ @@ -212,8 +211,8 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver options ppp_async flag_time=0 - to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset - or /etc/modprobe.conf.local. + to an appropriate module configuration file, like + /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset.conf. Unimodem mode is needed for making some devices [e.g. SX100] work which do not support the regular Gigaset command set. If debug output (see @@ -237,8 +236,8 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver modprobe usb_gigaset startmode=0 or by adding a line like options usb_gigaset startmode=0 - to an appropriate module configuration file, like /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset - or /etc/modprobe.conf.local. + to an appropriate module configuration file, like + /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset.conf 2.6. Call-ID (CID) mode ------------------ @@ -310,7 +309,7 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver options isdn dialtimeout=15 - to /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset, /etc/modprobe.conf.local or a similar file. + to /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset.conf or a similar file. Problem: The isdnlog program emits error messages or just doesn't work. @@ -350,8 +349,7 @@ GigaSet 307x Device Driver The initial value can be set using the debug parameter when loading the module "gigaset", e.g. by adding a line options gigaset debug=0 - to your module configuration file, eg. /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset or - /etc/modprobe.conf.local. + to your module configuration file, eg. /etc/modprobe.d/gigaset.conf Generated debugging information can be found - as output of the command diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt index 68e32bb..6466704 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kbuild.txt @@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ LDFLAGS_MODULE -------------------------------------------------- Additional options used for $(LD) when linking modules. +LDFLAGS_vmlinux +-------------------------------------------------- +Additional options passed to final link of vmlinux. + KBUILD_VERBOSE -------------------------------------------------- Set the kbuild verbosity. Can be assigned same values as "V=...". @@ -214,3 +218,18 @@ KBUILD_BUILD_USER, KBUILD_BUILD_HOST These two variables allow to override the user@host string displayed during boot and in /proc/version. The default value is the output of the commands whoami and host, respectively. + +KBUILD_LDS +-------------------------------------------------- +The linker script with full path. Assigned by the top-level Makefile. + +KBUILD_VMLINUX_INIT +-------------------------------------------------- +All object files for the init (first) part of vmlinux. +Files specified with KBUILD_VMLINUX_INIT are linked first. + +KBUILD_VMLINUX_MAIN +-------------------------------------------------- +All object files for the main part of vmlinux. +KBUILD_VMLINUX_INIT and KBUILD_VMLINUX_MAIN together specify +all the object files used to link vmlinux. diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt index 44e2649..a686f9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig-language.txt @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ applicable everywhere (see syntax). This attribute is only applicable to menu blocks, if the condition is false, the menu block is not displayed to the user (the symbols contained there can still be selected by other symbols, though). It is - similar to a conditional "prompt" attribude for individual menu + similar to a conditional "prompt" attribute for individual menu entries. Default value of "visible" is true. - numerical ranges: "range" <symbol> <symbol> ["if" <expr>] diff --git a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt index c313d71..a09f1a6 100644 --- a/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt +++ b/Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt @@ -28,12 +28,10 @@ new (default) values, so you can use: grep "(NEW)" conf.new -to see the new config symbols or you can 'diff' the previous and -new .config files to see the differences: +to see the new config symbols or you can use diffconfig to see the +differences between the previous and new .config files: - diff .config.old .config | less - -(Yes, we need something better here.) + scripts/diffconfig .config.old .config | less ______________________________________________________________________ Environment variables for '*config' @@ -55,15 +53,15 @@ KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG -------------------------------------------------- (partially based on lkml email from/by Rob Landley, re: miniconfig) -------------------------------------------------- -The allyesconfig/allmodconfig/allnoconfig/randconfig variants can -also use the environment variable KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG as a flag or a -filename that contains config symbols that the user requires to be -set to a specific value. If KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG is used without a -filename, "make *config" checks for a file named -"all{yes/mod/no/def/random}.config" (corresponding to the *config command -that was used) for symbol values that are to be forced. If this file -is not found, it checks for a file named "all.config" to contain forced -values. +The allyesconfig/allmodconfig/allnoconfig/randconfig variants can also +use the environment variable KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG as a flag or a filename +that contains config symbols that the user requires to be set to a +specific value. If KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG is used without a filename where +KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG == "" or KCONFIG_ALLCONFIG == "1", "make *config" +checks for a file named "all{yes/mod/no/def/random}.config" +(corresponding to the *config command that was used) for symbol values +that are to be forced. If this file is not found, it checks for a +file named "all.config" to contain forced values. This enables you to create "miniature" config (miniconfig) or custom config files containing just the config symbols that you are interested diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index d99fd9c..c45513d 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -70,7 +70,6 @@ parameter is applicable: M68k M68k architecture is enabled. These options have more detailed description inside of Documentation/m68k/kernel-options.txt. - MCA MCA bus support is enabled. MDA MDA console support is enabled. MIPS MIPS architecture is enabled. MOUSE Appropriate mouse support is enabled. @@ -110,6 +109,7 @@ parameter is applicable: USB USB support is enabled. USBHID USB Human Interface Device support is enabled. V4L Video For Linux support is enabled. + VMMIO Driver for memory mapped virtio devices is enabled. VGA The VGA console has been enabled. VT Virtual terminal support is enabled. WDT Watchdog support is enabled. @@ -335,6 +335,12 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. requirements as needed. This option does not override iommu=pt + amd_iommu_dump= [HW,X86-64] + Enable AMD IOMMU driver option to dump the ACPI table + for AMD IOMMU. With this option enabled, AMD IOMMU + driver will print ACPI tables for AMD IOMMU during + IOMMU initialization. + amijoy.map= [HW,JOY] Amiga joystick support Map of devices attached to JOY0DAT and JOY1DAT Format: <a>,<b> @@ -397,8 +403,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. atkbd.softrepeat= [HW] Use software keyboard repeat - autotest [IA-64] - baycom_epp= [HW,AX25] Format: <io>,<mode> @@ -508,6 +512,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Also note the kernel might malfunction if you disable some critical bits. + cma=nn[MG] [ARM,KNL] + Sets the size of kernel global memory area for contiguous + memory allocations. For more information, see + include/linux/dma-contiguous.h + cmo_free_hint= [PPC] Format: { yes | no } Specify whether pages are marked as being inactive when they are freed. This is used in CMO environments @@ -515,6 +524,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. a hypervisor. Default: yes + coherent_pool=nn[KMG] [ARM,KNL] + Sets the size of memory pool for coherent, atomic dma + allocations if Contiguous Memory Allocator (CMA) is used. + code_bytes [X86] How many bytes of object code to print in an oops report. Range: 0 - 8192 @@ -610,7 +623,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. ddebug_query= [KNL,DYNAMIC_DEBUG] Enable debug messages at early boot time. See Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt for - details. + details. Deprecated, see dyndbg. debug [KNL] Enable kernel debugging (events log level). @@ -713,8 +726,28 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. The filter can be disabled or changed to another driver later using sysfs. + drm_kms_helper.edid_firmware=[<connector>:]<file> + Broken monitors, graphic adapters and KVMs may + send no or incorrect EDID data sets. This parameter + allows to specify an EDID data set in the + /lib/firmware directory that is used instead. + Generic built-in EDID data sets are used, if one of + edid/1024x768.bin, edid/1280x1024.bin, + edid/1680x1050.bin, or edid/1920x1080.bin is given + and no file with the same name exists. Details and + instructions how to build your own EDID data are + available in Documentation/EDID/HOWTO.txt. An EDID + data set will only be used for a particular connector, + if its name and a colon are prepended to the EDID + name. + dscc4.setup= [NET] + dyndbg[="val"] [KNL,DYNAMIC_DEBUG] + module.dyndbg[="val"] + Enable debug messages at boot time. See + Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt for details. + earlycon= [KNL] Output early console device and options. uart[8250],io,<addr>[,options] uart[8250],mmio,<addr>[,options] @@ -950,7 +983,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. controller i8042.nopnp [HW] Don't use ACPIPnP / PnPBIOS to discover KBD/AUX controllers - i8042.notimeout [HW] Ignore timeout condition signalled by conroller + i8042.notimeout [HW] Ignore timeout condition signalled by controller i8042.reset [HW] Reset the controller during init and cleanup i8042.unlock [HW] Unlock (ignore) the keylock @@ -967,6 +1000,20 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. i8k.restricted [HW] Allow controlling fans only if SYS_ADMIN capability is set. + i915.invert_brightness= + [DRM] Invert the sense of the variable that is used to + set the brightness of the panel backlight. Normally a + brightness value of 0 indicates backlight switched off, + and the maximum of the brightness value sets the backlight + to maximum brightness. If this parameter is set to 0 + (default) and the machine requires it, or this parameter + is set to 1, a brightness value of 0 sets the backlight + to maximum brightness, and the maximum of the brightness + value switches the backlight off. + -1 -- never invert brightness + 0 -- machine default + 1 -- force brightness inversion + icn= [HW,ISDN] Format: <io>[,<membase>[,<icn_id>[,<icn_id2>]]] @@ -1071,8 +1118,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. no_x2apic_optout BIOS x2APIC opt-out request will be ignored - inttest= [IA-64] - iomem= Disable strict checking of access to MMIO memory strict regions from userspace. relaxed @@ -1412,8 +1457,6 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. devices can be requested on-demand with the /dev/loop-control interface. - mcatest= [IA-64] - mce [X86-32] Machine Check Exception mce=option [X86-64] See Documentation/x86/x86_64/boot-options.txt @@ -1657,6 +1700,14 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. of returning the full 64-bit number. The default is to return 64-bit inode numbers. + nfs.max_session_slots= + [NFSv4.1] Sets the maximum number of session slots + the client will attempt to negotiate with the server. + This limits the number of simultaneous RPC requests + that the client can send to the NFSv4.1 server. + Note that there is little point in setting this + value higher than the max_tcp_slot_table_limit. + nfs.nfs4_disable_idmapping= [NFSv4] When set to the default of '1', this option ensures that both the RPC level authentication @@ -1670,6 +1721,27 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. back to using the idmapper. To turn off this behaviour, set the value to '0'. + nfs.send_implementation_id = + [NFSv4.1] Send client implementation identification + information in exchange_id requests. + If zero, no implementation identification information + will be sent. + The default is to send the implementation identification + information. + + nfsd.nfs4_disable_idmapping= + [NFSv4] When set to the default of '1', the NFSv4 + server will return only numeric uids and gids to + clients using auth_sys, and will accept numeric uids + and gids from such clients. This is intended to ease + migration from NFSv2/v3. + + objlayoutdriver.osd_login_prog= + [NFS] [OBJLAYOUT] sets the pathname to the program which + is used to automatically discover and login into new + osd-targets. Please see: + Documentation/filesystems/pnfs.txt for more explanations + nmi_debug= [KNL,AVR32,SH] Specify one or more actions to take when a NMI is triggered. Format: [state][,regs][,debounce][,die] @@ -1833,6 +1905,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. shutdown the other cpus. Instead use the REBOOT_VECTOR irq. + nomodule Disable module load + nopat [X86] Disable PAT (page attribute table extension of pagetables) support. @@ -2109,8 +2183,17 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. the default. off: Turn ECRC off on: Turn ECRC on. - realloc reallocate PCI resources if allocations done by BIOS - are erroneous. + realloc= Enable/disable reallocating PCI bridge resources + if allocations done by BIOS are too small to + accommodate resources required by all child + devices. + off: Turn realloc off + on: Turn realloc on + realloc same as realloc=on + noari do not use PCIe ARI. + pcie_scan_all Scan all possible PCIe devices. Otherwise we + only look for one device below a PCIe downstream + port. pcie_aspm= [PCIE] Forcibly enable or disable PCIe Active State Power Management. @@ -2118,6 +2201,10 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. force Enable ASPM even on devices that claim not to support it. WARNING: Forcing ASPM on may cause system lockups. + pcie_hp= [PCIE] PCI Express Hotplug driver options: + nomsi Do not use MSI for PCI Express Native Hotplug (this + makes all PCIe ports use INTx for hotplug services). + pcie_ports= [PCIE] PCIe ports handling: auto Ask the BIOS whether or not to use native PCIe services associated with PCIe ports (PME, hot-plug, AER). Use @@ -2276,18 +2363,100 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. ramdisk_size= [RAM] Sizes of RAM disks in kilobytes See Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt. - rcupdate.blimit= [KNL,BOOT] + rcutree.blimit= [KNL,BOOT] Set maximum number of finished RCU callbacks to process in one batch. - rcupdate.qhimark= [KNL,BOOT] + rcutree.qhimark= [KNL,BOOT] Set threshold of queued RCU callbacks over which batch limiting is disabled. - rcupdate.qlowmark= [KNL,BOOT] + rcutree.qlowmark= [KNL,BOOT] Set threshold of queued RCU callbacks below which batch limiting is re-enabled. + rcutree.rcu_cpu_stall_suppress= [KNL,BOOT] + Suppress RCU CPU stall warning messages. + + rcutree.rcu_cpu_stall_timeout= [KNL,BOOT] + Set timeout for RCU CPU stall warning messages. + + rcutorture.fqs_duration= [KNL,BOOT] + Set duration of force_quiescent_state bursts. + + rcutorture.fqs_holdoff= [KNL,BOOT] + Set holdoff time within force_quiescent_state bursts. + + rcutorture.fqs_stutter= [KNL,BOOT] + Set wait time between force_quiescent_state bursts. + + rcutorture.irqreader= [KNL,BOOT] + Test RCU readers from irq handlers. + + rcutorture.n_barrier_cbs= [KNL,BOOT] + Set callbacks/threads for rcu_barrier() testing. + + rcutorture.nfakewriters= [KNL,BOOT] + Set number of concurrent RCU writers. These just + stress RCU, they don't participate in the actual + test, hence the "fake". + + rcutorture.nreaders= [KNL,BOOT] + Set number of RCU readers. + + rcutorture.onoff_holdoff= [KNL,BOOT] + Set time (s) after boot for CPU-hotplug testing. + + rcutorture.onoff_interval= [KNL,BOOT] + Set time (s) between CPU-hotplug operations, or + zero to disable CPU-hotplug testing. + + rcutorture.shuffle_interval= [KNL,BOOT] + Set task-shuffle interval (s). Shuffling tasks + allows some CPUs to go into dyntick-idle mode + during the rcutorture test. + + rcutorture.shutdown_secs= [KNL,BOOT] + Set time (s) after boot system shutdown. This + is useful for hands-off automated testing. + + rcutorture.stall_cpu= [KNL,BOOT] + Duration of CPU stall (s) to test RCU CPU stall + warnings, zero to disable. + + rcutorture.stall_cpu_holdoff= [KNL,BOOT] + Time to wait (s) after boot before inducing stall. + + rcutorture.stat_interval= [KNL,BOOT] + Time (s) between statistics printk()s. + + rcutorture.stutter= [KNL,BOOT] + Time (s) to stutter testing, for example, specifying + five seconds causes the test to run for five seconds, + wait for five seconds, and so on. This tests RCU's + ability to transition abruptly to and from idle. + + rcutorture.test_boost= [KNL,BOOT] + Test RCU priority boosting? 0=no, 1=maybe, 2=yes. + "Maybe" means test if the RCU implementation + under test support RCU priority boosting. + + rcutorture.test_boost_duration= [KNL,BOOT] + Duration (s) of each individual boost test. + + rcutorture.test_boost_interval= [KNL,BOOT] + Interval (s) between each boost test. + + rcutorture.test_no_idle_hz= [KNL,BOOT] + Test RCU's dyntick-idle handling. See also the + rcutorture.shuffle_interval parameter. + + rcutorture.torture_type= [KNL,BOOT] + Specify the RCU implementation to test. + + rcutorture.verbose= [KNL,BOOT] + Enable additional printk() statements. + rdinit= [KNL] Format: <full_path> Run specified binary instead of /init from the ramdisk, @@ -2318,6 +2487,8 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. resume= [SWSUSP] Specify the partition device for software suspend + Format: + {/dev/<dev> | PARTUUID=<uuid> | <int>:<int> | <hex>} resume_offset= [SWSUSP] Specify the offset from the beginning of the partition @@ -2440,7 +2611,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.txt. slub_min_order= [MM, SLUB] - Determines the mininum page order for slabs. Must be + Determines the minimum page order for slabs. Must be lower than slub_max_order. For more information see Documentation/vm/slub.txt. @@ -2606,7 +2777,7 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. threadirqs [KNL] Force threading of all interrupt handlers except those - marked explicitely IRQF_NO_THREAD. + marked explicitly IRQF_NO_THREAD. topology= [S390] Format: {off | on} @@ -2635,6 +2806,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. to facilitate early boot debugging. See also Documentation/trace/events.txt + transparent_hugepage= + [KNL] + Format: [always|madvise|never] + Can be used to control the default behavior of the system + with respect to transparent hugepages. + See Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt for more details. + tsc= Disable clocksource stability checks for TSC. Format: <string> [x86] reliable: mark tsc clocksource as reliable, this @@ -2786,6 +2964,22 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. video= [FB] Frame buffer configuration See Documentation/fb/modedb.txt. + virtio_mmio.device= + [VMMIO] Memory mapped virtio (platform) device. + + <size>@<baseaddr>:<irq>[:<id>] + where: + <size> := size (can use standard suffixes + like K, M and G) + <baseaddr> := physical base address + <irq> := interrupt number (as passed to + request_irq()) + <id> := (optional) platform device id + example: + virtio_mmio.device=1K@0x100b0000:48:7 + + Can be used multiple times for multiple devices. + vga= [BOOT,X86-32] Select a particular video mode See Documentation/x86/boot.txt and Documentation/svga.txt. diff --git a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO index ab5189a..2f48f20 100644 --- a/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/ko_KR/HOWTO @@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Andrew Morton에 의해 배포된 실험적인 커널 패치들이다. Andrew는 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git quilt trees: - - USB, PCI, Driver Core, and I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman < gregkh@suse.de> + - USB, PCI, Driver Core, and I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman < gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/ - x86-64, partly i386, Andi Kleen < ak@suse.de> ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/ diff --git a/Documentation/kobject.txt b/Documentation/kobject.txt index 3ab2472..49578cf 100644 --- a/Documentation/kobject.txt +++ b/Documentation/kobject.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Everything you never wanted to know about kobjects, ksets, and ktypes -Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> +Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> Based on an original article by Jon Corbet for lwn.net written October 1, 2003 and located at http://lwn.net/Articles/51437/ diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt b/Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt index 803e51f..a1e04d6 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt +++ b/Documentation/laptops/asus-laptop.txt @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ Status Usage ----- - Try "modprobe asus_acpi". Check your dmesg (simply type dmesg). You should + Try "modprobe asus-laptop". Check your dmesg (simply type dmesg). You should see some lines like this : Asus Laptop Extras version 0.42 diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt b/Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt index 2bd4e82..0d5ac7f 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt +++ b/Documentation/laptops/sony-laptop.txt @@ -17,6 +17,11 @@ subsystem. See the logs of acpid or /proc/acpi/event and devices are created by the driver. Additionally, loading the driver with the debug option will report all events in the kernel log. +The "scancodes" passed to the input system (that can be remapped with udev) +are indexes to the table "sony_laptop_input_keycode_map" in the sony-laptop.c +module. For example the "FN/E" key combination (EJECTCD on some models) +generates the scancode 20 (0x14). + Backlight control: ------------------ If your laptop model supports it, you will find sysfs files in the diff --git a/Documentation/laptops/sonypi.txt b/Documentation/laptops/sonypi.txt index 4857acf..606bdb9 100644 --- a/Documentation/laptops/sonypi.txt +++ b/Documentation/laptops/sonypi.txt @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ Module use: ----------- In order to automatically load the sonypi module on use, you can put those -lines in your /etc/modprobe.conf file: +lines a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/: alias char-major-10-250 sonypi options sonypi minor=250 diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt index c4d8d15..0e542ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt +++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp5521.txt @@ -43,17 +43,23 @@ Format: 10x mA i.e 10 means 1.0 mA example platform data: Note: chan_nr can have values between 0 and 2. +The name of each channel can be configurable. +If the name field is not defined, the default name will be set to 'xxxx:channelN' +(XXXX : pdata->label or i2c client name, N : channel number) static struct lp5521_led_config lp5521_led_config[] = { { + .name = "red", .chan_nr = 0, .led_current = 50, .max_current = 130, }, { + .name = "green", .chan_nr = 1, .led_current = 0, .max_current = 130, }, { + .name = "blue", .chan_nr = 2, .led_current = 0, .max_current = 130, @@ -86,3 +92,60 @@ static struct lp5521_platform_data lp5521_platform_data = { If the current is set to 0 in the platform data, that channel is disabled and it is not visible in the sysfs. + +The 'update_config' : CONFIG register (ADDR 08h) +This value is platform-specific data. +If update_config is not defined, the CONFIG register is set with +'LP5521_PWRSAVE_EN | LP5521_CP_MODE_AUTO | LP5521_R_TO_BATT'. +(Enable auto-powersave, set charge pump to auto, red to battery) + +example of update_config : + +#define LP5521_CONFIGS (LP5521_PWM_HF | LP5521_PWRSAVE_EN | \ + LP5521_CP_MODE_AUTO | LP5521_R_TO_BATT | \ + LP5521_CLK_INT) + +static struct lp5521_platform_data lp5521_pdata = { + .led_config = lp5521_led_config, + .num_channels = ARRAY_SIZE(lp5521_led_config), + .clock_mode = LP5521_CLOCK_INT, + .update_config = LP5521_CONFIGS, +}; + +LED patterns : LP5521 has autonomous operation without external control. +Pattern data can be defined in the platform data. + +example of led pattern data : + +/* RGB(50,5,0) 500ms on, 500ms off, infinite loop */ +static u8 pattern_red[] = { + 0x40, 0x32, 0x60, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, + }; + +static u8 pattern_green[] = { + 0x40, 0x05, 0x60, 0x00, 0x40, 0x00, 0x60, 0x00, + }; + +static struct lp5521_led_pattern board_led_patterns[] = { + { + .r = pattern_red, + .g = pattern_green, + .size_r = ARRAY_SIZE(pattern_red), + .size_g = ARRAY_SIZE(pattern_green), + }, +}; + +static struct lp5521_platform_data lp5521_platform_data = { + .led_config = lp5521_led_config, + .num_channels = ARRAY_SIZE(lp5521_led_config), + .clock_mode = LP5521_CLOCK_EXT, + .patterns = board_led_patterns, + .num_patterns = ARRAY_SIZE(board_led_patterns), +}; + +Then predefined led pattern(s) can be executed via the sysfs. +To start the pattern #1, +# echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/led_pattern +(xxxx : i2c bus & slave address) +To end the pattern, +# echo 0 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/led_pattern diff --git a/Documentation/leds/ledtrig-transient.txt b/Documentation/leds/ledtrig-transient.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3bd38b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/leds/ledtrig-transient.txt @@ -0,0 +1,152 @@ +LED Transient Trigger +===================== + +The leds timer trigger does not currently have an interface to activate +a one shot timer. The current support allows for setting two timers, one for +specifying how long a state to be on, and the second for how long the state +to be off. The delay_on value specifies the time period an LED should stay +in on state, followed by a delay_off value that specifies how long the LED +should stay in off state. The on and off cycle repeats until the trigger +gets deactivated. There is no provision for one time activation to implement +features that require an on or off state to be held just once and then stay in +the original state forever. + +Without one shot timer interface, user space can still use timer trigger to +set a timer to hold a state, however when user space application crashes or +goes away without deactivating the timer, the hardware will be left in that +state permanently. + +As a specific example of this use-case, let's look at vibrate feature on +phones. Vibrate function on phones is implemented using PWM pins on SoC or +PMIC. There is a need to activate one shot timer to control the vibrate +feature, to prevent user space crashes leaving the phone in vibrate mode +permanently causing the battery to drain. + +Transient trigger addresses the need for one shot timer activation. The +transient trigger can be enabled and disabled just like the other leds +triggers. + +When an led class device driver registers itself, it can specify all leds +triggers it supports and a default trigger. During registration, activation +routine for the default trigger gets called. During registration of an led +class device, the LED state does not change. + +When the driver unregisters, deactivation routine for the currently active +trigger will be called, and LED state is changed to LED_OFF. + +Driver suspend changes the LED state to LED_OFF and resume doesn't change +the state. Please note that there is no explicit interaction between the +suspend and resume actions and the currently enabled trigger. LED state +changes are suspended while the driver is in suspend state. Any timers +that are active at the time driver gets suspended, continue to run, without +being able to actually change the LED state. Once driver is resumed, triggers +start functioning again. + +LED state changes are controlled using brightness which is a common led +class device property. When brightness is set to 0 from user space via +echo 0 > brightness, it will result in deactivating the current trigger. + +Transient trigger uses standard register and unregister interfaces. During +trigger registration, for each led class device that specifies this trigger +as its default trigger, trigger activation routine will get called. During +registration, the LED state does not change, unless there is another trigger +active, in which case LED state changes to LED_OFF. + +During trigger unregistration, LED state gets changed to LED_OFF. + +Transient trigger activation routine doesn't change the LED state. It +creates its properties and does its initialization. Transient trigger +deactivation routine, will cancel any timer that is active before it cleans +up and removes the properties it created. It will restore the LED state to +non-transient state. When driver gets suspended, irrespective of the transient +state, the LED state changes to LED_OFF. + +Transient trigger can be enabled and disabled from user space on led class +devices, that support this trigger as shown below: + +echo transient > trigger +echo none > trigger + +NOTE: Add a new property trigger state to control the state. + +This trigger exports three properties, activate, state, and duration. When +transient trigger is activated these properties are set to default values. + +- duration allows setting timer value in msecs. The initial value is 0. +- activate allows activating and deactivating the timer specified by + duration as needed. The initial and default value is 0. This will allow + duration to be set after trigger activation. +- state allows user to specify a transient state to be held for the specified + duration. + + activate - one shot timer activate mechanism. + 1 when activated, 0 when deactivated. + default value is zero when transient trigger is enabled, + to allow duration to be set. + + activate state indicates a timer with a value of specified + duration running. + deactivated state indicates that there is no active timer + running. + + duration - one shot timer value. When activate is set, duration value + is used to start a timer that runs once. This value doesn't + get changed by the trigger unless user does a set via + echo new_value > duration + + state - transient state to be held. It has two values 0 or 1. 0 maps + to LED_OFF and 1 maps to LED_FULL. The specified state is + held for the duration of the one shot timer and then the + state gets changed to the non-transient state which is the + inverse of transient state. + If state = LED_FULL, when the timer runs out the state will + go back to LED_OFF. + If state = LED_OFF, when the timer runs out the state will + go back to LED_FULL. + Please note that current LED state is not checked prior to + changing the state to the specified state. + Driver could map these values to inverted depending on the + default states it defines for the LED in its brightness_set() + interface which is called from the led brightness_set() + interfaces to control the LED state. + +When timer expires activate goes back to deactivated state, duration is left +at the set value to be used when activate is set at a future time. This will +allow user app to set the time once and activate it to run it once for the +specified value as needed. When timer expires, state is restored to the +non-transient state which is the inverse of the transient state. + + echo 1 > activate - starts timer = duration when duration is not 0. + echo 0 > activate - cancels currently running timer. + echo n > duration - stores timer value to be used upon next + activate. Currently active timer if + any, continues to run for the specified time. + echo 0 > duration - stores timer value to be used upon next + activate. Currently active timer if any, + continues to run for the specified time. + echo 1 > state - stores desired transient state LED_FULL to be + held for the specified duration. + echo 0 > state - stores desired transient state LED_OFF to be + held for the specified duration. + +What is not supported: +====================== +- Timer activation is one shot and extending and/or shortening the timer + is not supported. + +Example use-case 1: + echo transient > trigger + echo n > duration + echo 1 > state +repeat the following step as needed: + echo 1 > activate - start timer = duration to run once + echo 1 > activate - start timer = duration to run once + echo none > trigger + +This trigger is intended to be used for for the following example use cases: + - Control of vibrate (phones, tablets etc.) hardware by user space app. + - Use of LED by user space app as activity indicator. + - Use of LED by user space app as a kind of watchdog indicator -- as + long as the app is alive, it can keep the LED illuminated, if it dies + the LED will be extinguished automatically. + - Use by any user space app that needs a transient GPIO output. diff --git a/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2a3660 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/lockup-watchdogs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +=============================================================== +Softlockup detector and hardlockup detector (aka nmi_watchdog) +=============================================================== + +The Linux kernel can act as a watchdog to detect both soft and hard +lockups. + +A 'softlockup' is defined as a bug that causes the kernel to loop in +kernel mode for more than 20 seconds (see "Implementation" below for +details), without giving other tasks a chance to run. The current +stack trace is displayed upon detection and, by default, the system +will stay locked up. Alternatively, the kernel can be configured to +panic; a sysctl, "kernel.softlockup_panic", a kernel parameter, +"softlockup_panic" (see "Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt" for +details), and a compile option, "BOOTPARAM_HARDLOCKUP_PANIC", are +provided for this. + +A 'hardlockup' is defined as a bug that causes the CPU to loop in +kernel mode for more than 10 seconds (see "Implementation" below for +details), without letting other interrupts have a chance to run. +Similarly to the softlockup case, the current stack trace is displayed +upon detection and the system will stay locked up unless the default +behavior is changed, which can be done through a compile time knob, +"BOOTPARAM_HARDLOCKUP_PANIC", and a kernel parameter, "nmi_watchdog" +(see "Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt" for details). + +The panic option can be used in combination with panic_timeout (this +timeout is set through the confusingly named "kernel.panic" sysctl), +to cause the system to reboot automatically after a specified amount +of time. + +=== Implementation === + +The soft and hard lockup detectors are built on top of the hrtimer and +perf subsystems, respectively. A direct consequence of this is that, +in principle, they should work in any architecture where these +subsystems are present. + +A periodic hrtimer runs to generate interrupts and kick the watchdog +task. An NMI perf event is generated every "watchdog_thresh" +(compile-time initialized to 10 and configurable through sysctl of the +same name) seconds to check for hardlockups. If any CPU in the system +does not receive any hrtimer interrupt during that time the +'hardlockup detector' (the handler for the NMI perf event) will +generate a kernel warning or call panic, depending on the +configuration. + +The watchdog task is a high priority kernel thread that updates a +timestamp every time it is scheduled. If that timestamp is not updated +for 2*watchdog_thresh seconds (the softlockup threshold) the +'softlockup detector' (coded inside the hrtimer callback function) +will dump useful debug information to the system log, after which it +will call panic if it was instructed to do so or resume execution of +other kernel code. + +The period of the hrtimer is 2*watchdog_thresh/5, which means it has +two or three chances to generate an interrupt before the hardlockup +detector kicks in. + +As explained above, a kernel knob is provided that allows +administrators to configure the period of the hrtimer and the perf +event. The right value for a particular environment is a trade-off +between fast response to lockups and detection overhead. diff --git a/Documentation/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/magic-number.txt index abf481f..82761a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/magic-number.txt @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ TTY_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x5402 tty_driver include/linux/tty_driver.h MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h -FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/tulip/de2104x.c +FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/de2104x.c USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h diff --git a/Documentation/mca.txt b/Documentation/mca.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dfd130c..0000000 --- a/Documentation/mca.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,313 +0,0 @@ -i386 Micro Channel Architecture Support -======================================= - -MCA support is enabled using the CONFIG_MCA define. A machine with a MCA -bus will have the kernel variable MCA_bus set, assuming the BIOS feature -bits are set properly (see arch/i386/boot/setup.S for information on -how this detection is done). - -Adapter Detection -================= - -The ideal MCA adapter detection is done through the use of the -Programmable Option Select registers. Generic functions for doing -this have been added in include/linux/mca.h and arch/x86/kernel/mca_32.c. -Everything needed to detect adapters and read (and write) configuration -information is there. A number of MCA-specific drivers already use -this. The typical probe code looks like the following: - - #include <linux/mca.h> - - unsigned char pos2, pos3, pos4, pos5; - struct net_device* dev; - int slot; - - if( MCA_bus ) { - slot = mca_find_adapter( ADAPTER_ID, 0 ); - if( slot == MCA_NOTFOUND ) { - return -ENODEV; - } - /* optional - see below */ - mca_set_adapter_name( slot, "adapter name & description" ); - mca_set_adapter_procfn( slot, dev_getinfo, dev ); - - /* read the POS registers. Most devices only use 2 and 3 */ - pos2 = mca_read_stored_pos( slot, 2 ); - pos3 = mca_read_stored_pos( slot, 3 ); - pos4 = mca_read_stored_pos( slot, 4 ); - pos5 = mca_read_stored_pos( slot, 5 ); - } else { - return -ENODEV; - } - - /* extract configuration from pos[2345] and set everything up */ - -Loadable modules should modify this to test that the specified IRQ and -IO ports (plus whatever other stuff) match. See 3c523.c for example -code (actually, smc-mca.c has a slightly more complex example that can -handle a list of adapter ids). - -Keep in mind that devices should never directly access the POS registers -(via inb(), outb(), etc). While it's generally safe, there is a small -potential for blowing up hardware when it's done at the wrong time. -Furthermore, accessing a POS register disables a device temporarily. -This is usually okay during startup, but do _you_ want to rely on it? -During initial configuration, mca_init() reads all the POS registers -into memory. mca_read_stored_pos() accesses that data. mca_read_pos() -and mca_write_pos() are also available for (safer) direct POS access, -but their use is _highly_ discouraged. mca_write_pos() is particularly -dangerous, as it is possible for adapters to be put in inconsistent -states (i.e. sharing IO address, etc) and may result in crashes, toasted -hardware, and blindness. - -User level drivers (such as the AGX X server) can use /proc/mca/pos to -find adapters (see below). - -Some MCA adapters can also be detected via the usual ISA-style device -probing (many SCSI adapters, for example). This sort of thing is highly -discouraged. Perfectly good information is available telling you what's -there, so there's no excuse for messing with random IO ports. However, -we MCA people still appreciate any ISA-style driver that will work with -our hardware. You take what you can get... - -Level-Triggered Interrupts -========================== - -Because MCA uses level-triggered interrupts, a few problems arise with -what might best be described as the ISA mindset and its effects on -drivers. These sorts of problems are expected to become less common as -more people use shared IRQs on PCI machines. - -In general, an interrupt must be acknowledged not only at the ICU (which -is done automagically by the kernel), but at the device level. In -particular, IRQ 0 must be reset after a timer interrupt (now done in -arch/x86/kernel/time.c) or the first timer interrupt hangs the system. -There were also problems with the 1.3.x floppy drivers, but that seems -to have been fixed. - -IRQs are also shareable, and most MCA-specific devices should be coded -with shared IRQs in mind. - -/proc/mca -========= - -/proc/mca is a directory containing various files for adapters and -other stuff. - - /proc/mca/pos Straight listing of POS registers - /proc/mca/slot[1-8] Information on adapter in specific slot - /proc/mca/video Same for integrated video - /proc/mca/scsi Same for integrated SCSI - /proc/mca/machine Machine information - -See Appendix A for a sample. - -Device drivers can easily add their own information function for -specific slots (including integrated ones) via the -mca_set_adapter_procfn() call. Drivers that support this are ESDI, IBM -SCSI, and 3c523. If a device is also a module, make sure that the proc -function is removed in the module cleanup. This will require storing -the slot information in a private structure somewhere. See the 3c523 -driver for details. - -Your typical proc function will look something like this: - - static int - dev_getinfo( char* buf, int slot, void* d ) { - struct net_device* dev = (struct net_device*) d; - int len = 0; - - len += sprintf( buf+len, "Device: %s\n", dev->name ); - len += sprintf( buf+len, "IRQ: %d\n", dev->irq ); - len += sprintf( buf+len, "IO Port: %#lx-%#lx\n", ... ); - ... - - return len; - } - -Some of the standard MCA information will already be printed, so don't -bother repeating it. Don't try putting in more than 3K of information. - -Enable this function with: - mca_set_adapter_procfn( slot, dev_getinfo, dev ); - -Disable it with: - mca_set_adapter_procfn( slot, NULL, NULL ); - -It is also recommended that, even if you don't write a proc function, to -set the name of the adapter (i.e. "PS/2 ESDI Controller") via -mca_set_adapter_name( int slot, char* name ). - -MCA Device Drivers -================== - -Currently, there are a number of MCA-specific device drivers. - -1) PS/2 SCSI - drivers/scsi/ibmmca.c - drivers/scsi/ibmmca.h - The driver for the IBM SCSI subsystem. Includes both integrated - controllers and adapter cards. May require command-line arg - "ibmmcascsi=io_port" to force detection of an adapter. If you have a - machine with a front-panel display (i.e. model 95), you can use - "ibmmcascsi=display" to enable a drive activity indicator. - -2) 3c523 - drivers/net/3c523.c - drivers/net/3c523.h - 3Com 3c523 Etherlink/MC ethernet driver. - -3) SMC Ultra/MCA and IBM Adapter/A - drivers/net/smc-mca.c - drivers/net/smc-mca.h - Driver for the MCA version of the SMC Ultra and various other - OEM'ed and work-alike cards (Elite, Adapter/A, etc). - -4) NE/2 - driver/net/ne2.c - driver/net/ne2.h - The NE/2 is the MCA version of the NE2000. This may not work - with clones that have a different adapter id than the original - NE/2. - -5) Future Domain MCS-600/700, OEM'd IBM Fast SCSI Adapter/A and - Reply Sound Blaster/SCSI (SCSI part) - Better support for these cards than the driver for ISA. - Supports multiple cards with IRQ sharing. - -Also added boot time option of scsi-probe, which can do reordering of -SCSI host adapters. This will direct the kernel on the order which -SCSI adapter should be detected. Example: - scsi-probe=ibmmca,fd_mcs,adaptec1542,buslogic - -The serial drivers were modified to support the extended IO port range -of the typical MCA system (also #ifdef CONFIG_MCA). - -The following devices work with existing drivers: -1) Token-ring -2) Future Domain SCSI (MCS-600, MCS-700, not MCS-350, OEM'ed IBM SCSI) -3) Adaptec 1640 SCSI (using the aha1542 driver) -4) Bustek/Buslogic SCSI (various) -5) Probably all Arcnet cards. -6) Some, possibly all, MCA IDE controllers. -7) 3Com 3c529 (MCA version of 3c509) (patched) - -8) Intel EtherExpressMC (patched version) - You need to have CONFIG_MCA defined to have EtherExpressMC support. -9) Reply Sound Blaster/SCSI (SB part) (patched version) - -Bugs & Other Weirdness -====================== - -NMIs tend to occur with MCA machines because of various hardware -weirdness, bus timeouts, and many other non-critical things. Some basic -code to handle them (inspired by the NetBSD MCA code) has been added to -detect the guilty device, but it's pretty incomplete. If NMIs are a -persistent problem (on some model 70 or 80s, they occur every couple -shell commands), the CONFIG_IGNORE_NMI flag will take care of that. - -Various Pentium machines have had serious problems with the FPU test in -bugs.h. Basically, the machine hangs after the HLT test. This occurs, -as far as we know, on the Pentium-equipped 85s, 95s, and some PC Servers. -The PCI/MCA PC 750s are fine as far as I can tell. The ``mca-pentium'' -boot-prompt flag will disable the FPU bug check if this is a problem -with your machine. - -The model 80 has a raft of problems that are just too weird and unique -to get into here. Some people have no trouble while others have nothing -but problems. I'd suspect some problems are related to the age of the -average 80 and accompanying hardware deterioration, although others -are definitely design problems with the hardware. Among the problems -include SCSI controller problems, ESDI controller problems, and serious -screw-ups in the floppy controller. Oh, and the parallel port is also -pretty flaky. There were about 5 or 6 different model 80 motherboards -produced to fix various obscure problems. As far as I know, it's pretty -much impossible to tell which bugs a particular model 80 has (other than -triggering them, that is). - -Drivers are required for some MCA memory adapters. If you're suddenly -short a few megs of RAM, this might be the reason. The (I think) Enhanced -Memory Adapter commonly found on the model 70 is one. There's a very -alpha driver floating around, but it's pretty ugly (disassembled from -the DOS driver, actually). See the MCA Linux web page (URL below) -for more current memory info. - -The Thinkpad 700 and 720 will work, but various components are either -non-functional, flaky, or we don't know anything about them. The -graphics controller is supposed to be some WD, but we can't get things -working properly. The PCMCIA slots don't seem to work. Ditto for APM. -The serial ports work, but detection seems to be flaky. - -Credits -======= -A whole pile of people have contributed to the MCA code. I'd include -their names here, but I don't have a list handy. Check the MCA Linux -home page (URL below) for a perpetually out-of-date list. - -===================================================================== -MCA Linux Home Page: http://www.dgmicro.com/mca/ - -Christophe Beauregard -chrisb@truespectra.com -cpbeaure@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca - -===================================================================== -Appendix A: Sample /proc/mca - -This is from my model 8595. Slot 1 contains the standard IBM SCSI -adapter, slot 3 is an Adaptec AHA-1640, slot 5 is a XGA-1 video adapter, -and slot 7 is the 3c523 Etherlink/MC. - -/proc/mca/machine: -Model Id: 0xf8 -Submodel Id: 0x14 -BIOS Revision: 0x5 - -/proc/mca/pos: -Slot 1: ff 8e f1 fc a0 ff ff ff IBM SCSI Adapter w/Cache -Slot 2: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff -Slot 3: 1f 0f 81 3b bf b6 ff ff -Slot 4: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff -Slot 5: db 8f 1d 5e fd c0 00 00 -Slot 6: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff -Slot 7: 42 60 ff 08 ff ff ff ff 3Com 3c523 Etherlink/MC -Slot 8: ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff -Video : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff -SCSI : ff ff ff ff ff ff ff ff - -/proc/mca/slot1: -Slot: 1 -Adapter Name: IBM SCSI Adapter w/Cache -Id: 8eff -Enabled: Yes -POS: ff 8e f1 fc a0 ff ff ff -Subsystem PUN: 7 -Detected at boot: Yes - -/proc/mca/slot3: -Slot: 3 -Adapter Name: Unknown -Id: 0f1f -Enabled: Yes -POS: 1f 0f 81 3b bf b6 ff ff - -/proc/mca/slot5: -Slot: 5 -Adapter Name: Unknown -Id: 8fdb -Enabled: Yes -POS: db 8f 1d 5e fd c0 00 00 - -/proc/mca/slot7: -Slot: 7 -Adapter Name: 3Com 3c523 Etherlink/MC -Id: 6042 -Enabled: Yes -POS: 42 60 ff 08 ff ff ff ff -Revision: 0xe -IRQ: 9 -IO Address: 0x3300-0x3308 -Memory: 0xd8000-0xdbfff -Transceiver: External -Device: eth0 -Hardware Address: 02 60 8c 45 c4 2a diff --git a/Documentation/media-framework.txt b/Documentation/media-framework.txt index 3a0f879..8028754 100644 --- a/Documentation/media-framework.txt +++ b/Documentation/media-framework.txt @@ -335,6 +335,9 @@ the media_entity pipe field. Calls to media_entity_pipeline_start() can be nested. The pipeline pointer must be identical for all nested calls to the function. +media_entity_pipeline_start() may return an error. In that case, it will +clean up any the changes it did by itself. + When stopping the stream, drivers must notify the entities with media_entity_pipeline_stop(struct media_entity *entity); @@ -351,3 +354,19 @@ If other operations need to be disallowed on streaming entities (such as changing entities configuration parameters) drivers can explicitly check the media_entity stream_count field to find out if an entity is streaming. This operation must be done with the media_device graph_mutex held. + + +Link validation +--------------- + +Link validation is performed by media_entity_pipeline_start() for any +entity which has sink pads in the pipeline. The +media_entity::link_validate() callback is used for that purpose. In +link_validate() callback, entity driver should check that the properties of +the source pad of the connected entity and its own sink pad match. It is up +to the type of the entity (and in the end, the properties of the hardware) +what matching actually means. + +Subsystems should facilitate link validation by providing subsystem specific +helper functions to provide easy access for commonly needed information, and +in the end provide a way to use driver-specific callbacks. diff --git a/Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.txt b/Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f4ad9a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/memory-devices/ti-emif.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +TI EMIF SDRAM Controller Driver: + +Author +======== +Aneesh V <aneesh@ti.com> + +Location +============ +driver/memory/emif.c + +Supported SoCs: +=================== +TI OMAP44xx +TI OMAP54xx + +Menuconfig option: +========================== +Device Drivers + Memory devices + Texas Instruments EMIF driver + +Description +=========== +This driver is for the EMIF module available in Texas Instruments +SoCs. EMIF is an SDRAM controller that, based on its revision, +supports one or more of DDR2, DDR3, and LPDDR2 SDRAM protocols. +This driver takes care of only LPDDR2 memories presently. The +functions of the driver includes re-configuring AC timing +parameters and other settings during frequency, voltage and +temperature changes + +Platform Data (see include/linux/platform_data/emif_plat.h): +===================================================================== +DDR device details and other board dependent and SoC dependent +information can be passed through platform data (struct emif_platform_data) +- DDR device details: 'struct ddr_device_info' +- Device AC timings: 'struct lpddr2_timings' and 'struct lpddr2_min_tck' +- Custom configurations: customizable policy options through + 'struct emif_custom_configs' +- IP revision +- PHY type + +Interface to the external world: +================================ +EMIF driver registers notifiers for voltage and frequency changes +affecting EMIF and takes appropriate actions when these are invoked. +- freq_pre_notify_handling() +- freq_post_notify_handling() +- volt_notify_handling() + +Debugfs +======== +The driver creates two debugfs entries per device. +- regcache_dump : dump of register values calculated and saved for all + frequencies used so far. +- mr4 : last polled value of MR4 register in the LPDDR2 device. MR4 + indicates the current temperature level of the device. diff --git a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt index 8f485d7..6d0c251 100644 --- a/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/memory-hotplug.txt @@ -341,7 +341,7 @@ Need more implementation yet.... -------------------------------- 8. Memory hotplug event notifier -------------------------------- -Memory hotplug has event notifer. There are 6 types of notification. +Memory hotplug has event notifier. There are 6 types of notification. MEMORY_GOING_ONLINE Generated before new memory becomes available in order to be able to diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/.gitignore b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/.gitignore new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f356b81 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/.gitignore @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +mei-amt-version diff --git a/Documentation/vm/Makefile b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/Makefile index 3fa4d06..00e8c3e 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/Makefile @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ obj- := dummy.o # List of programs to build -hostprogs-y := page-types hugepage-mmap hugepage-shm map_hugetlb - +hostprogs-y := mei-amt-version +HOSTCFLAGS_mei-amt-version.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include # Tell kbuild to always build the programs always := $(hostprogs-y) diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/TODO b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/TODO new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6b3625d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/TODO @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +TODO: + - Cleanup and split the timer function diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-amt-version.c b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-amt-version.c new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01804f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei-amt-version.c @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +/****************************************************************************** + * Intel Management Engine Interface (Intel MEI) Linux driver + * Intel MEI Interface Header + * + * This file is provided under a dual BSD/GPLv2 license. When using or + * redistributing this file, you may do so under either license. + * + * GPL LICENSE SUMMARY + * + * Copyright(c) 2012 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. + * + * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as + * published by the Free Software Foundation. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but + * WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110, + * USA + * + * The full GNU General Public License is included in this distribution + * in the file called LICENSE.GPL. + * + * Contact Information: + * Intel Corporation. + * linux-mei@linux.intel.com + * http://www.intel.com + * + * BSD LICENSE + * + * Copyright(c) 2003 - 2012 Intel Corporation. All rights reserved. + * All rights reserved. + * + * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without + * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions + * are met: + * + * * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + * * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + * notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in + * the documentation and/or other materials provided with the + * distribution. + * * Neither the name Intel Corporation nor the names of its + * contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived + * from this software without specific prior written permission. + * + * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS + * "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR + * A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT + * OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, + * SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT + * LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, + * DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY + * THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT + * (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + * + *****************************************************************************/ + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> +#include <fcntl.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdint.h> +#include <stdbool.h> +#include <bits/wordsize.h> +#include <linux/mei.h> + +/***************************************************************************** + * Intel Management Engine Interface + *****************************************************************************/ + +#define mei_msg(_me, fmt, ARGS...) do { \ + if (_me->verbose) \ + fprintf(stderr, fmt, ##ARGS); \ +} while (0) + +#define mei_err(_me, fmt, ARGS...) do { \ + fprintf(stderr, "Error: " fmt, ##ARGS); \ +} while (0) + +struct mei { + uuid_le guid; + bool initialized; + bool verbose; + unsigned int buf_size; + unsigned char prot_ver; + int fd; +}; + +static void mei_deinit(struct mei *cl) +{ + if (cl->fd != -1) + close(cl->fd); + cl->fd = -1; + cl->buf_size = 0; + cl->prot_ver = 0; + cl->initialized = false; +} + +static bool mei_init(struct mei *me, const uuid_le *guid, + unsigned char req_protocol_version, bool verbose) +{ + int result; + struct mei_client *cl; + struct mei_connect_client_data data; + + mei_deinit(me); + + me->verbose = verbose; + + me->fd = open("/dev/mei", O_RDWR); + if (me->fd == -1) { + mei_err(me, "Cannot establish a handle to the Intel MEI driver\n"); + goto err; + } + memcpy(&me->guid, guid, sizeof(*guid)); + memset(&data, 0, sizeof(data)); + me->initialized = true; + + memcpy(&data.in_client_uuid, &me->guid, sizeof(me->guid)); + result = ioctl(me->fd, IOCTL_MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT, &data); + if (result) { + mei_err(me, "IOCTL_MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT receive message. err=%d\n", result); + goto err; + } + cl = &data.out_client_properties; + mei_msg(me, "max_message_length %d\n", cl->max_msg_length); + mei_msg(me, "protocol_version %d\n", cl->protocol_version); + + if ((req_protocol_version > 0) && + (cl->protocol_version != req_protocol_version)) { + mei_err(me, "Intel MEI protocol version not supported\n"); + goto err; + } + + me->buf_size = cl->max_msg_length; + me->prot_ver = cl->protocol_version; + + return true; +err: + mei_deinit(me); + return false; +} + +static ssize_t mei_recv_msg(struct mei *me, unsigned char *buffer, + ssize_t len, unsigned long timeout) +{ + ssize_t rc; + + mei_msg(me, "call read length = %zd\n", len); + + rc = read(me->fd, buffer, len); + if (rc < 0) { + mei_err(me, "read failed with status %zd %s\n", + rc, strerror(errno)); + mei_deinit(me); + } else { + mei_msg(me, "read succeeded with result %zd\n", rc); + } + return rc; +} + +static ssize_t mei_send_msg(struct mei *me, const unsigned char *buffer, + ssize_t len, unsigned long timeout) +{ + struct timeval tv; + ssize_t written; + ssize_t rc; + fd_set set; + + tv.tv_sec = timeout / 1000; + tv.tv_usec = (timeout % 1000) * 1000000; + + mei_msg(me, "call write length = %zd\n", len); + + written = write(me->fd, buffer, len); + if (written < 0) { + rc = -errno; + mei_err(me, "write failed with status %zd %s\n", + written, strerror(errno)); + goto out; + } + + FD_ZERO(&set); + FD_SET(me->fd, &set); + rc = select(me->fd + 1 , &set, NULL, NULL, &tv); + if (rc > 0 && FD_ISSET(me->fd, &set)) { + mei_msg(me, "write success\n"); + } else if (rc == 0) { + mei_err(me, "write failed on timeout with status\n"); + goto out; + } else { /* rc < 0 */ + mei_err(me, "write failed on select with status %zd\n", rc); + goto out; + } + + rc = written; +out: + if (rc < 0) + mei_deinit(me); + + return rc; +} + +/*************************************************************************** + * Intel Advanced Management Technolgy ME Client + ***************************************************************************/ + +#define AMT_MAJOR_VERSION 1 +#define AMT_MINOR_VERSION 1 + +#define AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS 0x0 +#define AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR 0x1 +#define AMT_STATUS_NOT_READY 0x2 +#define AMT_STATUS_INVALID_AMT_MODE 0x3 +#define AMT_STATUS_INVALID_MESSAGE_LENGTH 0x4 + +#define AMT_STATUS_HOST_IF_EMPTY_RESPONSE 0x4000 +#define AMT_STATUS_SDK_RESOURCES 0x1004 + + +#define AMT_BIOS_VERSION_LEN 65 +#define AMT_VERSIONS_NUMBER 50 +#define AMT_UNICODE_STRING_LEN 20 + +struct amt_unicode_string { + uint16_t length; + char string[AMT_UNICODE_STRING_LEN]; +} __attribute__((packed)); + +struct amt_version_type { + struct amt_unicode_string description; + struct amt_unicode_string version; +} __attribute__((packed)); + +struct amt_version { + uint8_t major; + uint8_t minor; +} __attribute__((packed)); + +struct amt_code_versions { + uint8_t bios[AMT_BIOS_VERSION_LEN]; + uint32_t count; + struct amt_version_type versions[AMT_VERSIONS_NUMBER]; +} __attribute__((packed)); + +/*************************************************************************** + * Intel Advanced Management Technolgy Host Interface + ***************************************************************************/ + +struct amt_host_if_msg_header { + struct amt_version version; + uint16_t _reserved; + uint32_t command; + uint32_t length; +} __attribute__((packed)); + +struct amt_host_if_resp_header { + struct amt_host_if_msg_header header; + uint32_t status; + unsigned char data[0]; +} __attribute__((packed)); + +const uuid_le MEI_IAMTHIF = UUID_LE(0x12f80028, 0xb4b7, 0x4b2d, \ + 0xac, 0xa8, 0x46, 0xe0, 0xff, 0x65, 0x81, 0x4c); + +#define AMT_HOST_IF_CODE_VERSIONS_REQUEST 0x0400001A +#define AMT_HOST_IF_CODE_VERSIONS_RESPONSE 0x0480001A + +const struct amt_host_if_msg_header CODE_VERSION_REQ = { + .version = {AMT_MAJOR_VERSION, AMT_MINOR_VERSION}, + ._reserved = 0, + .command = AMT_HOST_IF_CODE_VERSIONS_REQUEST, + .length = 0 +}; + + +struct amt_host_if { + struct mei mei_cl; + unsigned long send_timeout; + bool initialized; +}; + + +static bool amt_host_if_init(struct amt_host_if *acmd, + unsigned long send_timeout, bool verbose) +{ + acmd->send_timeout = (send_timeout) ? send_timeout : 20000; + acmd->initialized = mei_init(&acmd->mei_cl, &MEI_IAMTHIF, 0, verbose); + return acmd->initialized; +} + +static void amt_host_if_deinit(struct amt_host_if *acmd) +{ + mei_deinit(&acmd->mei_cl); + acmd->initialized = false; +} + +static uint32_t amt_verify_code_versions(const struct amt_host_if_resp_header *resp) +{ + uint32_t status = AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS; + struct amt_code_versions *code_ver; + size_t code_ver_len; + uint32_t ver_type_cnt; + uint32_t len; + uint32_t i; + + code_ver = (struct amt_code_versions *)resp->data; + /* length - sizeof(status) */ + code_ver_len = resp->header.length - sizeof(uint32_t); + ver_type_cnt = code_ver_len - + sizeof(code_ver->bios) - + sizeof(code_ver->count); + if (code_ver->count != ver_type_cnt / sizeof(struct amt_version_type)) { + status = AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + goto out; + } + + for (i = 0; i < code_ver->count; i++) { + len = code_ver->versions[i].description.length; + + if (len > AMT_UNICODE_STRING_LEN) { + status = AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + goto out; + } + + len = code_ver->versions[i].version.length; + if (code_ver->versions[i].version.string[len] != '\0' || + len != strlen(code_ver->versions[i].version.string)) { + status = AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + goto out; + } + } +out: + return status; +} + +static uint32_t amt_verify_response_header(uint32_t command, + const struct amt_host_if_msg_header *resp_hdr, + uint32_t response_size) +{ + if (response_size < sizeof(struct amt_host_if_resp_header)) { + return AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + } else if (response_size != (resp_hdr->length + + sizeof(struct amt_host_if_msg_header))) { + return AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + } else if (resp_hdr->command != command) { + return AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + } else if (resp_hdr->_reserved != 0) { + return AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + } else if (resp_hdr->version.major != AMT_MAJOR_VERSION || + resp_hdr->version.minor < AMT_MINOR_VERSION) { + return AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + } + return AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + +static uint32_t amt_host_if_call(struct amt_host_if *acmd, + const unsigned char *command, ssize_t command_sz, + uint8_t **read_buf, uint32_t rcmd, + unsigned int expected_sz) +{ + uint32_t in_buf_sz; + uint32_t out_buf_sz; + ssize_t written; + uint32_t status; + struct amt_host_if_resp_header *msg_hdr; + + in_buf_sz = acmd->mei_cl.buf_size; + *read_buf = (uint8_t *)malloc(sizeof(uint8_t) * in_buf_sz); + if (*read_buf == NULL) + return AMT_STATUS_SDK_RESOURCES; + memset(*read_buf, 0, in_buf_sz); + msg_hdr = (struct amt_host_if_resp_header *)*read_buf; + + written = mei_send_msg(&acmd->mei_cl, + command, command_sz, acmd->send_timeout); + if (written != command_sz) + return AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + + out_buf_sz = mei_recv_msg(&acmd->mei_cl, *read_buf, in_buf_sz, 2000); + if (out_buf_sz <= 0) + return AMT_STATUS_HOST_IF_EMPTY_RESPONSE; + + status = msg_hdr->status; + if (status != AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS) + return status; + + status = amt_verify_response_header(rcmd, + &msg_hdr->header, out_buf_sz); + if (status != AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS) + return status; + + if (expected_sz && expected_sz != out_buf_sz) + return AMT_STATUS_INTERNAL_ERROR; + + return AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS; +} + + +static uint32_t amt_get_code_versions(struct amt_host_if *cmd, + struct amt_code_versions *versions) +{ + struct amt_host_if_resp_header *response = NULL; + uint32_t status; + + status = amt_host_if_call(cmd, + (const unsigned char *)&CODE_VERSION_REQ, + sizeof(CODE_VERSION_REQ), + (uint8_t **)&response, + AMT_HOST_IF_CODE_VERSIONS_RESPONSE, 0); + + if (status != AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS) + goto out; + + status = amt_verify_code_versions(response); + if (status != AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS) + goto out; + + memcpy(versions, response->data, sizeof(struct amt_code_versions)); +out: + if (response != NULL) + free(response); + + return status; +} + +/************************** end of amt_host_if_command ***********************/ +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct amt_code_versions ver; + struct amt_host_if acmd; + unsigned int i; + uint32_t status; + int ret; + bool verbose; + + verbose = (argc > 1 && strcmp(argv[1], "-v") == 0); + + if (!amt_host_if_init(&acmd, 5000, verbose)) { + ret = 1; + goto out; + } + + status = amt_get_code_versions(&acmd, &ver); + + amt_host_if_deinit(&acmd); + + switch (status) { + case AMT_STATUS_HOST_IF_EMPTY_RESPONSE: + printf("Intel AMT: DISABLED\n"); + ret = 0; + break; + case AMT_STATUS_SUCCESS: + printf("Intel AMT: ENABLED\n"); + for (i = 0; i < ver.count; i++) { + printf("%s:\t%s\n", ver.versions[i].description.string, + ver.versions[i].version.string); + } + ret = 0; + break; + default: + printf("An error has occurred\n"); + ret = 1; + break; + } + +out: + return ret; +} diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2785697 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/mei/mei.txt @@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ +Intel(R) Management Engine Interface (Intel(R) MEI) +======================= + +Introduction +======================= + +The Intel Management Engine (Intel ME) is an isolated and protected computing +resource (Co-processor) residing inside certain Intel chipsets. The Intel ME +provides support for computer/IT management features. The feature set +depends on the Intel chipset SKU. + +The Intel Management Engine Interface (Intel MEI, previously known as HECI) +is the interface between the Host and Intel ME. This interface is exposed +to the host as a PCI device. The Intel MEI Driver is in charge of the +communication channel between a host application and the Intel ME feature. + +Each Intel ME feature (Intel ME Client) is addressed by a GUID/UUID and +each client has its own protocol. The protocol is message-based with a +header and payload up to 512 bytes. + +Prominent usage of the Intel ME Interface is to communicate with Intel(R) +Active Management Technology (Intel AMT)implemented in firmware running on +the Intel ME. + +Intel AMT provides the ability to manage a host remotely out-of-band (OOB) +even when the operating system running on the host processor has crashed or +is in a sleep state. + +Some examples of Intel AMT usage are: + - Monitoring hardware state and platform components + - Remote power off/on (useful for green computing or overnight IT + maintenance) + - OS updates + - Storage of useful platform information such as software assets + - Built-in hardware KVM + - Selective network isolation of Ethernet and IP protocol flows based + on policies set by a remote management console + - IDE device redirection from remote management console + +Intel AMT (OOB) communication is based on SOAP (deprecated +starting with Release 6.0) over HTTP/S or WS-Management protocol over +HTTP/S that are received from a remote management console application. + +For more information about Intel AMT: +http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide + +Intel MEI Driver +======================= + +The driver exposes a misc device called /dev/mei. + +An application maintains communication with an Intel ME feature while +/dev/mei is open. The binding to a specific features is performed by calling +MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT_IOCTL, which passes the desired UUID. +The number of instances of an Intel ME feature that can be opened +at the same time depends on the Intel ME feature, but most of the +features allow only a single instance. + +The Intel AMT Host Interface (Intel AMTHI) feature supports multiple +simultaneous user applications. Therefore, the Intel MEI driver handles +this internally by maintaining request queues for the applications. + +The driver is oblivious to data that is passed between firmware feature +and host application. + +Because some of the Intel ME features can change the system +configuration, the driver by default allows only a privileged +user to access it. + +A code snippet for an application communicating with +Intel AMTHI client: + struct mei_connect_client_data data; + fd = open(MEI_DEVICE); + + data.d.in_client_uuid = AMTHI_UUID; + + ioctl(fd, IOCTL_MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT, &data); + + printf("Ver=%d, MaxLen=%ld\n", + data.d.in_client_uuid.protocol_version, + data.d.in_client_uuid.max_msg_length); + + [...] + + write(fd, amthi_req_data, amthi_req_data_len); + + [...] + + read(fd, &amthi_res_data, amthi_res_data_len); + + [...] + close(fd); + +IOCTL: +====== +The Intel MEI Driver supports the following IOCTL command: + IOCTL_MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT Connect to firmware Feature (client). + + usage: + struct mei_connect_client_data clientData; + ioctl(fd, IOCTL_MEI_CONNECT_CLIENT, &clientData); + + inputs: + mei_connect_client_data struct contain the following + input field: + + in_client_uuid - UUID of the FW Feature that needs + to connect to. + outputs: + out_client_properties - Client Properties: MTU and Protocol Version. + + error returns: + EINVAL Wrong IOCTL Number + ENODEV Device or Connection is not initialized or ready. + (e.g. Wrong UUID) + ENOMEM Unable to allocate memory to client internal data. + EFAULT Fatal Error (e.g. Unable to access user input data) + EBUSY Connection Already Open + + Notes: + max_msg_length (MTU) in client properties describes the maximum + data that can be sent or received. (e.g. if MTU=2K, can send + requests up to bytes 2k and received responses upto 2k bytes). + +Intel ME Applications: +============== + +1) Intel Local Management Service (Intel LMS) + + Applications running locally on the platform communicate with Intel AMT Release + 2.0 and later releases in the same way that network applications do via SOAP + over HTTP (deprecated starting with Release 6.0) or with WS-Management over + SOAP over HTTP. This means that some Intel AMT features can be accessed from a + local application using the same network interface as a remote application + communicating with Intel AMT over the network. + + When a local application sends a message addressed to the local Intel AMT host + name, the Intel LMS, which listens for traffic directed to the host name, + intercepts the message and routes it to the Intel MEI. + For more information: + http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide + Under "About Intel AMT" => "Local Access" + + For downloading Intel LMS: + http://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/download-the-latest-intel-amt-open-source-drivers/ + + The Intel LMS opens a connection using the Intel MEI driver to the Intel LMS + firmware feature using a defined UUID and then communicates with the feature + using a protocol called Intel AMT Port Forwarding Protocol(Intel APF protocol). + The protocol is used to maintain multiple sessions with Intel AMT from a + single application. + + See the protocol specification in the Intel AMT Software Development Kit(SDK) + http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide + Under "SDK Resources" => "Intel(R) vPro(TM) Gateway(MPS)" + => "Information for Intel(R) vPro(TM) Gateway Developers" + => "Description of the Intel AMT Port Forwarding (APF)Protocol" + + 2) Intel AMT Remote configuration using a Local Agent + A Local Agent enables IT personnel to configure Intel AMT out-of-the-box + without requiring installing additional data to enable setup. The remote + configuration process may involve an ISV-developed remote configuration + agent that runs on the host. + For more information: + http://software.intel.com/sites/manageability/AMT_Implementation_and_Reference_Guide + Under "Setup and Configuration of Intel AMT" => + "SDK Tools Supporting Setup and Configuration" => + "Using the Local Agent Sample" + + An open source Intel AMT configuration utility, implementing a local agent + that accesses the Intel MEI driver, can be found here: + http://software.intel.com/en-us/articles/download-the-latest-intel-amt-open-source-drivers/ + + +Intel AMT OS Health Watchdog: +============================= +The Intel AMT Watchdog is an OS Health (Hang/Crash) watchdog. +Whenever the OS hangs or crashes, Intel AMT will send an event +to any subscriber to this event. This mechanism means that +IT knows when a platform crashes even when there is a hard failure on the host. + +The Intel AMT Watchdog is composed of two parts: + 1) Firmware feature - receives the heartbeats + and sends an event when the heartbeats stop. + 2) Intel MEI driver - connects to the watchdog feature, configures the + watchdog and sends the heartbeats. + +The Intel MEI driver uses the kernel watchdog to configure the Intel AMT +Watchdog and to send heartbeats to it. The default timeout of the +watchdog is 120 seconds. + +If the Intel AMT Watchdog feature does not exist (i.e. the connection failed), +the Intel MEI driver will disable the sending of heartbeats. + +Supported Chipsets: +================== +7 Series Chipset Family +6 Series Chipset Family +5 Series Chipset Family +4 Series Chipset Family +Mobile 4 Series Chipset Family +ICH9 +82946GZ/GL +82G35 Express +82Q963/Q965 +82P965/G965 +Mobile PM965/GM965 +Mobile GME965/GLE960 +82Q35 Express +82G33/G31/P35/P31 Express +82Q33 Express +82X38/X48 Express + +--- +linux-mei@linux.intel.com diff --git a/Documentation/mono.txt b/Documentation/mono.txt index e8e1758..d01ac60 100644 --- a/Documentation/mono.txt +++ b/Documentation/mono.txt @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ if [ ! -e /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc/register ]; then /sbin/modprobe binfmt_misc # Some distributions, like Fedora Core, perform # the following command automatically when the - # binfmt_misc module is loaded into the kernel. + # binfmt_misc module is loaded into the kernel + # or during normal boot up (systemd-based systems). # Thus, it is possible that the following line - # is not needed at all. Look at /etc/modprobe.conf - # to check whether this is applicable or not. - mount -t binfmt_misc none /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc + # is not needed at all. + mount -t binfmt_misc none /proc/sys/fs/binfmt_misc fi # Register support for .NET CLR binaries diff --git a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX index 9ad9dde..2cc3c77 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/networking/00-INDEX @@ -1,7 +1,5 @@ 00-INDEX - this file -3c359.txt - - information on the 3Com TokenLink Velocity XL (3c5359) driver. 3c505.txt - information on the 3Com EtherLink Plus (3c505) driver. 3c509.txt @@ -142,8 +140,6 @@ netif-msg.txt - Design of the network interface message level setting (NETIF_MSG_*). nfc.txt - The Linux Near Field Communication (NFS) subsystem. -olympic.txt - - IBM PCI Pit/Pit-Phy/Olympic Token Ring driver info. openvswitch.txt - Open vSwitch developer documentation. operstates.txt @@ -184,8 +180,6 @@ skfp.txt - SysKonnect FDDI (SK-5xxx, Compaq Netelligent) driver info. smc9.txt - the driver for SMC's 9000 series of Ethernet cards -smctr.txt - - SMC TokenCard TokenRing Linux driver info. spider-net.txt - README for the Spidernet Driver (as found in PS3 / Cell BE). stmmac.txt @@ -200,8 +194,6 @@ tcp-thin.txt - kernel tuning options for low rate 'thin' TCP streams. tlan.txt - ThunderLAN (Compaq Netelligent 10/100, Olicom OC-2xxx) driver info. -tms380tr.txt - - SysKonnect Token Ring ISA/PCI adapter driver info. tproxy.txt - Transparent proxy support user guide. tuntap.txt diff --git a/Documentation/networking/3c359.txt b/Documentation/networking/3c359.txt deleted file mode 100644 index dadfe81..0000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/3c359.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ - -3COM PCI TOKEN LINK VELOCITY XL TOKEN RING CARDS README - -Release 0.9.0 - Release - Jul 17th 2000 Mike Phillips - - 1.2.0 - Final - Feb 17th 2002 Mike Phillips - Updated for submission to the 2.4.x kernel. - -Thanks: - Terry Murphy from 3Com for tech docs and support, - Adam D. Ligas for testing the driver. - -Note: - This driver will NOT work with the 3C339 Token Ring cards, you need -to use the tms380 driver instead. - -Options: - -The driver accepts three options: ringspeed, pkt_buf_sz and message_level. - -These options can be specified differently for each card found. - -ringspeed: Has one of three settings 0 (default), 4 or 16. 0 will -make the card autosense the ringspeed and join at the appropriate speed, -this will be the default option for most people. 4 or 16 allow you to -explicitly force the card to operate at a certain speed. The card will fail -if you try to insert it at the wrong speed. (Although some hubs will allow -this so be *very* careful). The main purpose for explicitly setting the ring -speed is for when the card is first on the ring. In autosense mode, if the card -cannot detect any active monitors on the ring it will open at the same speed as -its last opening. This can be hazardous if this speed does not match the speed -you want the ring to operate at. - -pkt_buf_sz: This is this initial receive buffer allocation size. This will -default to 4096 if no value is entered. You may increase performance of the -driver by setting this to a value larger than the network packet size, although -the driver now re-sizes buffers based on MTU settings as well. - -message_level: Controls level of messages created by the driver. Defaults to 0: -which only displays start-up and critical messages. Presently any non-zero -value will display all soft messages as well. NB This does not turn -debugging messages on, that must be done by modified the source code. - -Variable MTU size: - -The driver can handle a MTU size up to either 4500 or 18000 depending upon -ring speed. The driver also changes the size of the receive buffers as part -of the mtu re-sizing, so if you set mtu = 18000, you will need to be able -to allocate 16 * (sk_buff with 18000 buffer size) call it 18500 bytes per ring -position = 296,000 bytes of memory space, plus of course anything -necessary for the tx sk_buff's. Remember this is per card, so if you are -building routers, gateway's etc, you could start to use a lot of memory -real fast. - -2/17/02 Mike Phillips - diff --git a/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt b/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt index dcc9eaf..fbf722e 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/3c509.txt @@ -25,7 +25,6 @@ models: 3c509B (later revision of the ISA card; supports full-duplex) 3c589 (PCMCIA) 3c589B (later revision of the 3c589; supports full-duplex) - 3c529 (MCA) 3c579 (EISA) Large portions of this documentation were heavily borrowed from the guide diff --git a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge index 123b6ed..ce64e4d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge +++ b/Documentation/networking/LICENSE.qlge @@ -1,46 +1,288 @@ -Copyright (c) 2003-2008 QLogic Corporation -QLogic Linux Networking HBA Driver +Copyright (c) 2003-2011 QLogic Corporation +QLogic Linux qlge NIC Driver -This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6 that may be -distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file. You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the -GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software -Foundation (version 2 or a later version). - -You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file -under the following terms: - - 1. Redistribution of source code (only if applicable), - must retain the above copyright notice, this list of - conditions and the following disclaimer. - - 2. Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above - copyright notice, this list of conditions and the - following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other - materials provided with the distribution. - - 3. The name of QLogic Corporation may not be used to - endorse or promote products derived from this software - without specific prior written permission - -REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE, -THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY -EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A -PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR -BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, -EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED -TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON -ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, -OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - -USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT -CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR -OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT, -TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN -ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN -COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM. +GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as +Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2). + +EXHIBIT A + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 2, June 1991 + + Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The licenses for most software are designed to take away your +freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public +License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free +software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This +General Public License applies to most of the Free Software +Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to +using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by +the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it +if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it +in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid +anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. +These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you +distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that +you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the +source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their +rights. + + We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and +(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, +distribute and/or modify the software. + + Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain +that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free +software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we +want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so +that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original +authors' reputations. + + Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software +patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free +program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the +program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any +patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION + + 0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains +a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed +under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below, +refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" +means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: +that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, +either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another +language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in +the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you". + +Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not +covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of +running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program +is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the +Program (independent of having been made by running the Program). +Whether that is true depends on what the Program does. + + 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's +source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you +conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate +copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the +notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; +and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License +along with the Program. + +You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and +you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee. + + 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion +of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and +distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 +above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices + stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. + + b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in + whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any + part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third + parties under the terms of this License. + + c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively + when run, you must cause it, when started running for such + interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an + announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a + notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide + a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under + these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this + License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but + does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on + the Program is not required to print an announcement.) + +These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If +identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, +and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in +themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those +sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you +distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based +on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of +this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the +entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it. + +Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest +your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to +exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or +collective works based on the Program. + +In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program +with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of +a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under +the scope of this License. + + 3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, +under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of +Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: + + a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable + source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections + 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, + + b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three + years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your + cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete + machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be + distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium + customarily used for software interchange; or, + + c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer + to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is + allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you + received the program in object code or executable form with such + an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.) + +The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for +making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source +code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any +associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to +control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a +special exception, the source code distributed need not include +anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary +form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the +operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component +itself accompanies the executable. + +If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering +access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent +access to copy the source code from the same place counts as +distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not +compelled to copy the source along with the object code. + + 4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program +except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt +otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is +void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. +However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under +this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such +parties remain in full compliance. + + 5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not +signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or +distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are +prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by +modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the +Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and +all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying +the Program or works based on it. + + 6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the +Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the +original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to +these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further +restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. +You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to +this License. + + 7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent +infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), +conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot +distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you +may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent +license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by +all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then +the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to +refrain entirely from distribution of the Program. + +If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under +any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to +apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other +circumstances. + +It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any +patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any +such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the +integrity of the free software distribution system, which is +implemented by public license practices. Many people have made +generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed +through that system in reliance on consistent application of that +system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing +to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot +impose that choice. + +This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to +be a consequence of the rest of this License. + + 8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in +certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the +original copyright holder who places the Program under this License +may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding +those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among +countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates +the limitation as if written in the body of this License. + + 9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions +of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + +Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program +specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any +later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions +either of that version or of any later version published by the Free +Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of +this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software +Foundation. + + 10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free +programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author +to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free +Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes +make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals +of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and +of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally. + + NO WARRANTY + + 11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY +FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN +OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES +PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED +OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS +TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE +PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, +REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR +REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, +INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING +OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED +TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY +YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER +PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt index 221ad0c..75a5923 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt @@ -1,5 +1,3 @@ -[state: 21-08-2011] - BATMAN-ADV ---------- @@ -67,18 +65,19 @@ To deactivate an interface you have to write "none" into its All mesh wide settings can be found in batman's own interface folder: -# ls /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/ -# aggregated_ogms fragmentation gw_sel_class vis_mode -# ap_isolation gw_bandwidth hop_penalty -# bonding gw_mode orig_interval +# ls /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/ +# aggregated_ogms gw_bandwidth log_level +# ap_isolation gw_mode orig_interval +# bonding gw_sel_class routing_algo +# bridge_loop_avoidance hop_penalty vis_mode +# fragmentation There is a special folder for debugging information: # ls /sys/kernel/debug/batman_adv/bat0/ -# gateways socket transtable_global vis_data -# originators softif_neigh transtable_local - +# bla_claim_table log socket transtable_local +# gateways originators transtable_global vis_data Some of the files contain all sort of status information regard- ing the mesh network. For example, you can view the table of @@ -202,12 +201,13 @@ abled during run time. Following log_levels are defined: 1 - Enable messages related to routing / flooding / broadcasting 2 - Enable messages related to route added / changed / deleted 4 - Enable messages related to translation table operations -7 - Enable all messages +8 - Enable messages related to bridge loop avoidance +15 - enable all messages The debug output can be changed at runtime using the file /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/log_level. e.g. -# echo 2 > /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/log_level +# echo 6 > /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/log_level will enable debug messages for when routes change. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/baycom.txt b/Documentation/networking/baycom.txt index 4e68849..688f18f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/baycom.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/baycom.txt @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Every time a driver is inserted into the kernel, it has to know which modems it should access at which ports. This can be done with the setbaycom utility. If you are only using one modem, you can also configure the driver from the insmod command line (or by means of an option line in -/etc/modprobe.conf). +/etc/modprobe.d/*.conf). Examples: modprobe baycom_ser_fdx mode="ser12*" iobase=0x3f8 irq=4 diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt index 080ad26..bfea8a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt @@ -173,9 +173,8 @@ bonding module at load time, or are specified via sysfs. Module options may be given as command line arguments to the insmod or modprobe command, but are usually specified in either the -/etc/modules.conf or /etc/modprobe.conf configuration file, or in a -distro-specific configuration file (some of which are detailed in the next -section). +/etc/modrobe.d/*.conf configuration files, or in a distro-specific +configuration file (some of which are detailed in the next section). Details on bonding support for sysfs is provided in the "Configuring Bonding Manually via Sysfs" section, below. @@ -1021,7 +1020,7 @@ ifcfg-bondX files. Because the sysconfig scripts supply the bonding module options in the ifcfg-bondX file, it is not necessary to add them to -the system /etc/modules.conf or /etc/modprobe.conf configuration file. +the system /etc/modules.d/*.conf configuration files. 3.2 Configuration with Initscripts Support ------------------------------------------ @@ -1098,15 +1097,13 @@ queried targets, e.g., arp_ip_target=+192.168.1.1 arp_ip_target=+192.168.1.2 is the proper syntax to specify multiple targets. When specifying -options via BONDING_OPTS, it is not necessary to edit /etc/modules.conf or -/etc/modprobe.conf. +options via BONDING_OPTS, it is not necessary to edit /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf. For even older versions of initscripts that do not support -BONDING_OPTS, it is necessary to edit /etc/modules.conf (or -/etc/modprobe.conf, depending upon your distro) to load the bonding module -with your desired options when the bond0 interface is brought up. The -following lines in /etc/modules.conf (or modprobe.conf) will load the -bonding module, and select its options: +BONDING_OPTS, it is necessary to edit /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf, depending upon +your distro) to load the bonding module with your desired options when the +bond0 interface is brought up. The following lines in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf +will load the bonding module, and select its options: alias bond0 bonding options bond0 mode=balance-alb miimon=100 @@ -1152,7 +1149,7 @@ knowledge of bonding. One such distro is SuSE Linux Enterprise Server version 8. The general method for these systems is to place the bonding -module parameters into /etc/modules.conf or /etc/modprobe.conf (as +module parameters into a config file in /etc/modprobe.d/ (as appropriate for the installed distro), then add modprobe and/or ifenslave commands to the system's global init script. The name of the global init script differs; for sysconfig, it is @@ -1228,7 +1225,7 @@ network initialization scripts. specify a different name for each instance (the module loading system requires that every loaded module, even multiple instances of the same module, have a unique name). This is accomplished by supplying multiple -sets of bonding options in /etc/modprobe.conf, for example: +sets of bonding options in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf, for example: alias bond0 bonding options bond0 -o bond0 mode=balance-rr miimon=100 @@ -1793,8 +1790,8 @@ route additions may cause trouble. On systems with network configuration scripts that do not associate physical devices directly with network interface names (so that the same physical device always has the same "ethX" name), it may -be necessary to add some special logic to either /etc/modules.conf or -/etc/modprobe.conf (depending upon which is installed on the system). +be necessary to add some special logic to config files in +/etc/modprobe.d/. For example, given a modules.conf containing the following: @@ -1821,20 +1818,15 @@ add above bonding e1000 tg3 bonding is loaded. This command is fully documented in the modules.conf manual page. - On systems utilizing modprobe.conf (or modprobe.conf.local), -an equivalent problem can occur. In this case, the following can be -added to modprobe.conf (or modprobe.conf.local, as appropriate), as -follows (all on one line; it has been split here for clarity): + On systems utilizing modprobe an equivalent problem can occur. +In this case, the following can be added to config files in +/etc/modprobe.d/ as: -install bonding /sbin/modprobe tg3; /sbin/modprobe e1000; - /sbin/modprobe --ignore-install bonding +softdep bonding pre: tg3 e1000 - This will, when loading the bonding module, rather than -performing the normal action, instead execute the provided command. -This command loads the device drivers in the order needed, then calls -modprobe with --ignore-install to cause the normal action to then take -place. Full documentation on this can be found in the modprobe.conf -and modprobe manual pages. + This will load tg3 and e1000 modules before loading the bonding one. +Full documentation on this can be found in the modprobe.d and modprobe +manual pages. 8.3. Painfully Slow Or No Failed Link Detection By Miimon --------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/can.txt b/Documentation/networking/can.txt index 56ca3b7..ac29539 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/can.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/can.txt @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: The CAN device must be configured via netlink interface. The supported netlink message types are defined and briefly described in "include/linux/can/netlink.h". CAN link support for the program "ip" - of the IPROUTE2 utility suite is avaiable and it can be used as shown + of the IPROUTE2 utility suite is available and it can be used as shown below: - Setting CAN device properties: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt b/Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt index 10e8490..cba74f7 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/dl2k.txt @@ -45,12 +45,13 @@ Now eth0 should active, you can test it by "ping" or get more information by "ifconfig". If tested ok, continue the next step. 4. cp dl2k.ko /lib/modules/`uname -r`/kernel/drivers/net -5. Add the following line to /etc/modprobe.conf: +5. Add the following line to /etc/modprobe.d/dl2k.conf: alias eth0 dl2k -6. Run "netconfig" or "netconf" to create configuration script ifcfg-eth0 +6. Run depmod to updated module indexes. +7. Run "netconfig" or "netconf" to create configuration script ifcfg-eth0 located at /etc/sysconfig/network-scripts or create it manually. [see - Configuration Script Sample] -7. Driver will automatically load and configure at next boot time. +8. Driver will automatically load and configure at next boot time. Compiling the Driver ==================== @@ -154,8 +155,8 @@ Installing the Driver ----------------- 1. Copy dl2k.o to the network modules directory, typically /lib/modules/2.x.x-xx/net or /lib/modules/2.x.x/kernel/drivers/net. - 2. Locate the boot module configuration file, most commonly modprobe.conf - or modules.conf (for 2.4) in the /etc directory. Add the following lines: + 2. Locate the boot module configuration file, most commonly in the + /etc/modprobe.d/ directory. Add the following lines: alias ethx dl2k options dl2k <optional parameters> diff --git a/Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt b/Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt index 7f531ad..d86adcd 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/dns_resolver.txt @@ -102,6 +102,10 @@ implemented in the module can be called after doing: If _expiry is non-NULL, the expiry time (TTL) of the result will be returned also. +The kernel maintains an internal keyring in which it caches looked up keys. +This can be cleared by any process that has the CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability by +the use of KEYCTL_KEYRING_CLEAR on the keyring ID. + =============================== READING DNS KEYS FROM USERSPACE diff --git a/Documentation/networking/driver.txt b/Documentation/networking/driver.txt index 03283da..da59e28 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/driver.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/driver.txt @@ -2,16 +2,16 @@ Document about softnet driver issues Transmit path guidelines: -1) The hard_start_xmit method must never return '1' under any - normal circumstances. It is considered a hard error unless +1) The ndo_start_xmit method must not return NETDEV_TX_BUSY under + any normal circumstances. It is considered a hard error unless there is no way your device can tell ahead of time when it's transmit function will become busy. Instead it must maintain the queue properly. For example, for a driver implementing scatter-gather this means: - static int drv_hard_start_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, - struct net_device *dev) + static netdev_tx_t drv_hard_start_xmit(struct sk_buff *skb, + struct net_device *dev) { struct drv *dp = netdev_priv(dev); @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ Transmit path guidelines: unlock_tx(dp); printk(KERN_ERR PFX "%s: BUG! Tx Ring full when queue awake!\n", dev->name); - return 1; + return NETDEV_TX_BUSY; } ... queue packet to card ... @@ -35,6 +35,7 @@ Transmit path guidelines: ... unlock_tx(dp); ... + return NETDEV_TX_OK; } And then at the end of your TX reclamation event handling: @@ -58,15 +59,12 @@ Transmit path guidelines: TX_BUFFS_AVAIL(dp) > 0) netif_wake_queue(dp->dev); -2) Do not forget to update netdev->trans_start to jiffies after - each new tx packet is given to the hardware. - -3) A hard_start_xmit method must not modify the shared parts of a +2) An ndo_start_xmit method must not modify the shared parts of a cloned SKB. -4) Do not forget that once you return 0 from your hard_start_xmit - method, it is your driver's responsibility to free up the SKB - and in some finite amount of time. +3) Do not forget that once you return NETDEV_TX_OK from your + ndo_start_xmit method, it is your driver's responsibility to free + up the SKB and in some finite amount of time. For example, this means that it is not allowed for your TX mitigation scheme to let TX packets "hang out" in the TX @@ -74,8 +72,9 @@ Transmit path guidelines: This error can deadlock sockets waiting for send buffer room to be freed up. - If you return 1 from the hard_start_xmit method, you must not keep - any reference to that SKB and you must not attempt to free it up. + If you return NETDEV_TX_BUSY from the ndo_start_xmit method, you + must not keep any reference to that SKB and you must not attempt + to free it up. Probing guidelines: @@ -85,10 +84,10 @@ Probing guidelines: Close/stop guidelines: -1) After the dev->stop routine has been called, the hardware must +1) After the ndo_stop routine has been called, the hardware must not receive or transmit any data. All in flight packets must be aborted. If necessary, poll or wait for completion of any reset commands. -2) The dev->stop routine will be called by unregister_netdevice +2) The ndo_stop routine will be called by unregister_netdevice if device is still UP. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/e100.txt b/Documentation/networking/e100.txt index 162f323..fcb6c71c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/e100.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/e100.txt @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ Additional Configurations Configuring a network driver to load properly when the system is started is distribution dependent. Typically, the configuration process involves adding - an alias line to /etc/modules.conf or /etc/modprobe.conf as well as editing - other system startup scripts and/or configuration files. Many popular Linux + an alias line to /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf as well as editing other system + startup scripts and/or configuration files. Many popular Linux distributions ship with tools to make these changes for you. To learn the proper way to configure a network device for your system, refer to your distribution documentation. If during this process you are asked for the @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Additional Configurations PRO/100 Family of Adapters is e100. As an example, if you install the e100 driver for two PRO/100 adapters - (eth0 and eth1), add the following to modules.conf or modprobe.conf: + (eth0 and eth1), add the following to a configuraton file in /etc/modprobe.d/ alias eth0 e100 alias eth1 e100 diff --git a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt index 6e0d2a9..d52af53 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/fore200e.txt @@ -11,12 +11,10 @@ i386, alpha (untested), powerpc, sparc and sparc64 archs. The intent is to enable the use of different models of FORE adapters at the same time, by hosts that have several bus interfaces (such as PCI+SBUS, -PCI+MCA or PCI+EISA). +or PCI+EISA). Only PCI and SBUS devices are currently supported by the driver, but support -for other bus interfaces such as EISA should not be too hard to add (this may -be more tricky for the MCA bus, though, as FORE made some MCA-specific -modifications to the adapter's AALI interface). +for other bus interfaces such as EISA should not be too hard to add. Firmware Copyright Notice @@ -44,7 +42,7 @@ the 'software updates' pages. The firmware binaries are part of the various ForeThought software distributions. Notice that different versions of the PCA-200E firmware exist, depending -on the endianess of the host architecture. The driver is shipped with +on the endianness of the host architecture. The driver is shipped with both little and big endian PCA firmware images. Name and location of the new firmware images can be set at kernel diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt index 1dc1c24..703cf43 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ieee802154.txt @@ -4,15 +4,22 @@ Introduction ============ +The IEEE 802.15.4 working group focuses on standartization of bottom +two layers: Medium Accsess Control (MAC) and Physical (PHY). And there +are mainly two options available for upper layers: + - ZigBee - proprietary protocol from ZigBee Alliance + - 6LowPAN - IPv6 networking over low rate personal area networks The Linux-ZigBee project goal is to provide complete implementation -of IEEE 802.15.4 / ZigBee / 6LoWPAN protocols. IEEE 802.15.4 is a stack +of IEEE 802.15.4 and 6LoWPAN protocols. IEEE 802.15.4 is a stack of protocols for organizing Low-Rate Wireless Personal Area Networks. -Currently only IEEE 802.15.4 layer is implemented. We have chosen -to use plain Berkeley socket API, the generic Linux networking stack -to transfer IEEE 802.15.4 messages and a special protocol over genetlink -for configuration/management +The stack is composed of three main parts: + - IEEE 802.15.4 layer; We have chosen to use plain Berkeley socket API, + the generic Linux networking stack to transfer IEEE 802.15.4 messages + and a special protocol over genetlink for configuration/management + - MAC - provides access to shared channel and reliable data delivery + - PHY - represents device drivers Socket API @@ -29,15 +36,6 @@ or git tree at git://linux-zigbee.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/linux-zigbee). One can use SOCK_RAW for passing raw data towards device xmit function. YMMV. -MLME - MAC Level Management -============================ - -Most of IEEE 802.15.4 MLME interfaces are directly mapped on netlink commands. -See the include/net/nl802154.h header. Our userspace tools package -(see above) provides CLI configuration utility for radio interfaces and simple -coordinator for IEEE 802.15.4 networks as an example users of MLME protocol. - - Kernel side ============= @@ -51,6 +49,15 @@ Like with WiFi, there are several types of devices implementing IEEE 802.15.4. Those types of devices require different approach to be hooked into Linux kernel. +MLME - MAC Level Management +============================ + +Most of IEEE 802.15.4 MLME interfaces are directly mapped on netlink commands. +See the include/net/nl802154.h header. Our userspace tools package +(see above) provides CLI configuration utility for radio interfaces and simple +coordinator for IEEE 802.15.4 networks as an example users of MLME protocol. + + HardMAC ======= @@ -73,11 +80,47 @@ We provide an example of simple HardMAC driver at drivers/ieee802154/fakehard.c SoftMAC ======= -We are going to provide intermediate layer implementing IEEE 802.15.4 MAC -in software. This is currently WIP. +The MAC is the middle layer in the IEEE 802.15.4 Linux stack. This moment it +provides interface for drivers registration and management of slave interfaces. + +NOTE: Currently the only monitor device type is supported - it's IEEE 802.15.4 +stack interface for network sniffers (e.g. WireShark). + +This layer is going to be extended soon. See header include/net/mac802154.h and several drivers in drivers/ieee802154/. + +Device drivers API +================== + +The include/net/mac802154.h defines following functions: + - struct ieee802154_dev *ieee802154_alloc_device + (size_t priv_size, struct ieee802154_ops *ops): + allocation of IEEE 802.15.4 compatible device + + - void ieee802154_free_device(struct ieee802154_dev *dev): + freeing allocated device + + - int ieee802154_register_device(struct ieee802154_dev *dev): + register PHY in the system + + - void ieee802154_unregister_device(struct ieee802154_dev *dev): + freeing registered PHY + +Moreover IEEE 802.15.4 device operations structure should be filled. + +Fake drivers +============ + +In addition there are two drivers available which simulate real devices with +HardMAC (fakehard) and SoftMAC (fakelb - IEEE 802.15.4 loopback driver) +interfaces. This option provides possibility to test and debug stack without +usage of real hardware. + +See sources in drivers/ieee802154 folder for more details. + + 6LoWPAN Linux implementation ============================ diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index ad3e80e..6f896b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ tcp_adv_win_scale - INTEGER (if tcp_adv_win_scale > 0) or bytes-bytes/2^(-tcp_adv_win_scale), if it is <= 0. Possible values are [-31, 31], inclusive. - Default: 2 + Default: 1 tcp_allowed_congestion_control - STRING Show/set the congestion control choices available to non-privileged @@ -190,6 +190,20 @@ tcp_cookie_size - INTEGER tcp_dsack - BOOLEAN Allows TCP to send "duplicate" SACKs. +tcp_early_retrans - INTEGER + Enable Early Retransmit (ER), per RFC 5827. ER lowers the threshold + for triggering fast retransmit when the amount of outstanding data is + small and when no previously unsent data can be transmitted (such + that limited transmit could be used). + Possible values: + 0 disables ER + 1 enables ER + 2 enables ER but delays fast recovery and fast retransmit + by a fourth of RTT. This mitigates connection falsely + recovers when network has a small degree of reordering + (less than 3 packets). + Default: 2 + tcp_ecn - INTEGER Enable Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) in TCP. ECN is only used when both ends of the TCP flow support it. It is useful to @@ -410,7 +424,7 @@ tcp_rmem - vector of 3 INTEGERs: min, default, max net.core.rmem_max. Calling setsockopt() with SO_RCVBUF disables automatic tuning of that socket's receive buffer size, in which case this value is ignored. - Default: between 87380B and 4MB, depending on RAM size. + Default: between 87380B and 6MB, depending on RAM size. tcp_sack - BOOLEAN Enable select acknowledgments (SACKS). @@ -604,15 +618,8 @@ IP Variables: ip_local_port_range - 2 INTEGERS Defines the local port range that is used by TCP and UDP to choose the local port. The first number is the first, the - second the last local port number. Default value depends on - amount of memory available on the system: - > 128Mb 32768-61000 - < 128Mb 1024-4999 or even less. - This number defines number of active connections, which this - system can issue simultaneously to systems not supporting - TCP extensions (timestamps). With tcp_tw_recycle enabled - (i.e. by default) range 1024-4999 is enough to issue up to - 2000 connections per second to systems supporting timestamps. + second the last local port number. The default values are + 32768 and 61000 respectively. ip_local_reserved_ports - list of comma separated ranges Specify the ports which are reserved for known third-party @@ -1294,13 +1301,22 @@ bridge-nf-call-ip6tables - BOOLEAN bridge-nf-filter-vlan-tagged - BOOLEAN 1 : pass bridged vlan-tagged ARP/IP/IPv6 traffic to {arp,ip,ip6}tables. 0 : disable this. - Default: 1 + Default: 0 bridge-nf-filter-pppoe-tagged - BOOLEAN 1 : pass bridged pppoe-tagged IP/IPv6 traffic to {ip,ip6}tables. 0 : disable this. - Default: 1 + Default: 0 +bridge-nf-pass-vlan-input-dev - BOOLEAN + 1: if bridge-nf-filter-vlan-tagged is enabled, try to find a vlan + interface on the bridge and set the netfilter input device to the vlan. + This allows use of e.g. "iptables -i br0.1" and makes the REDIRECT + target work with vlan-on-top-of-bridge interfaces. When no matching + vlan interface is found, or this switch is off, the input device is + set to the bridge interface. + 0: disable bridge netfilter vlan interface lookup. + Default: 0 proc/sys/net/sctp/* Variables: @@ -1491,11 +1507,8 @@ addr_scope_policy - INTEGER /proc/sys/net/core/* -dev_weight - INTEGER - The maximum number of packets that kernel can handle on a NAPI - interrupt, it's a Per-CPU variable. + Please see: Documentation/sysctl/net.txt for descriptions of these entries. - Default: 64 /proc/sys/net/unix/* max_dgram_qlen - INTEGER diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt b/Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt index 9fd7e21..6cd74fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ipv6.txt @@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ Options for the ipv6 module are supplied as parameters at load time. Module options may be given as command line arguments to the insmod -or modprobe command, but are usually specified in either the -/etc/modules.conf or /etc/modprobe.conf configuration file, or in a -distro-specific configuration file. +or modprobe command, but are usually specified in either +/etc/modules.d/*.conf configuration files, or in a distro-specific +configuration file. The available ipv6 module parameters are listed below. If a parameter is not specified the default value is used. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt b/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt index e196f16..d75a1f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ixgb.txt @@ -274,9 +274,9 @@ Additional Configurations ------------------------------------------------- Configuring a network driver to load properly when the system is started is distribution dependent. Typically, the configuration process involves adding - an alias line to /etc/modprobe.conf as well as editing other system startup - scripts and/or configuration files. Many popular Linux distributions ship - with tools to make these changes for you. To learn the proper way to + an alias line to files in /etc/modprobe.d/ as well as editing other system + startup scripts and/or configuration files. Many popular Linux distributions + ship with tools to make these changes for you. To learn the proper way to configure a network device for your system, refer to your distribution documentation. If during this process you are asked for the driver or module name, the name for the Linux Base Driver for the Intel 10GbE Family of diff --git a/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt b/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt index e7bf397..e63fc1f 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/l2tp.txt @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ When creating PPPoL2TP sockets, the application provides information to the driver about the socket in a socket connect() call. Source and destination tunnel and session ids are provided, as well as the file descriptor of a UDP socket. See struct pppol2tp_addr in -include/linux/if_ppp.h. Note that zero tunnel / session ids are +include/linux/if_pppol2tp.h. Note that zero tunnel / session ids are treated specially. When creating the per-tunnel PPPoL2TP management socket in Step 2 above, zero source and destination session ids are specified, which tells the driver to prepare the supplied UDP file diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt b/Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt index fe2a912..0bf3220c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ltpc.txt @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ the driver will try to determine them itself. If you load the driver as a module, you can pass the parameters "io=", "irq=", and "dma=" on the command line with insmod or modprobe, or add -them as options in /etc/modprobe.conf: +them as options in a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/ directory: alias lt0 ltpc # autoload the module when the interface is configured options ltpc io=0x240 irq=9 dma=1 diff --git a/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt b/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d7a15fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/mac80211-auth-assoc-deauth.txt @@ -0,0 +1,95 @@ +# +# This outlines the Linux authentication/association and +# deauthentication/disassociation flows. +# +# This can be converted into a diagram using the service +# at http://www.websequencediagrams.com/ +# + +participant userspace +participant mac80211 +participant driver + +alt authentication needed (not FT) +userspace->mac80211: authenticate + +alt authenticated/authenticating already +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, not-exists) +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(clear BSSID) +else associated +note over mac80211,driver +like deauth/disassoc, without sending the +BA session stop & deauth/disassoc frames +end note +end + +mac80211->driver: config(channel, channel type) +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(set BSSID, basic rate bitmap) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, exists) + +alt no probe request data known +mac80211->driver: TX directed probe request +driver->mac80211: RX probe response +end + +mac80211->driver: TX auth frame +driver->mac80211: RX auth frame + +alt WEP shared key auth +mac80211->driver: TX auth frame +driver->mac80211: RX auth frame +end + +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authenticated) +mac80211->userspace: RX auth frame + +end + +userspace->mac80211: associate +alt authenticated or associated +note over mac80211,driver: cleanup like for authenticate +end + +alt not previously authenticated (FT) +mac80211->driver: config(channel, channel type) +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(set BSSID, basic rate bitmap) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, exists) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authenticated) +end +mac80211->driver: TX assoc +driver->mac80211: RX assoc response +note over mac80211: init rate control +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, associated) + +alt not using WPA +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authorized) +end + +mac80211->driver: set up QoS parameters + +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(QoS, HT, associated with AID) +mac80211->userspace: associated + +note left of userspace: associated now + +alt using WPA +note over userspace +do 4-way-handshake +(data frames) +end note +userspace->mac80211: authorized +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP, authorized) +end + +userspace->mac80211: deauthenticate/disassociate +mac80211->driver: stop BA sessions +mac80211->driver: TX deauth/disassoc +mac80211->driver: flush frames +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,associated) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,authenticated) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,exists) +mac80211->driver: sta_state(AP,not-exists) +mac80211->driver: turn off powersave +mac80211->driver: bss_info_changed(clear BSSID, not associated, no QoS, ...) +mac80211->driver: config(channel type to non-HT) +mac80211->userspace: disconnected diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt b/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt index 4b1c0dc..4164f5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/netdev-features.txt @@ -152,3 +152,16 @@ NETIF_F_VLAN_CHALLENGED should be set for devices which can't cope with VLAN headers. Some drivers set this because the cards can't handle the bigger MTU. [FIXME: Those cases could be fixed in VLAN code by allowing only reduced-MTU VLANs. This may be not useful, though.] + +* rx-fcs + +This requests that the NIC append the Ethernet Frame Checksum (FCS) +to the end of the skb data. This allows sniffers and other tools to +read the CRC recorded by the NIC on receipt of the packet. + +* rx-all + +This requests that the NIC receive all possible frames, including errored +frames (such as bad FCS, etc). This can be helpful when sniffing a link with +bad packets on it. Some NICs may receive more packets if also put into normal +PROMISC mdoe. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/netdevices.txt b/Documentation/networking/netdevices.txt index 8935834..c7ecc70 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/netdevices.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/netdevices.txt @@ -47,26 +47,25 @@ packets is preferred. struct net_device synchronization rules ======================================= -dev->open: +ndo_open: Synchronization: rtnl_lock() semaphore. Context: process -dev->stop: +ndo_stop: Synchronization: rtnl_lock() semaphore. Context: process - Note1: netif_running() is guaranteed false - Note2: dev->poll() is guaranteed to be stopped + Note: netif_running() is guaranteed false -dev->do_ioctl: +ndo_do_ioctl: Synchronization: rtnl_lock() semaphore. Context: process -dev->get_stats: +ndo_get_stats: Synchronization: dev_base_lock rwlock. Context: nominally process, but don't sleep inside an rwlock -dev->hard_start_xmit: - Synchronization: netif_tx_lock spinlock. +ndo_start_xmit: + Synchronization: __netif_tx_lock spinlock. When the driver sets NETIF_F_LLTX in dev->features this will be called without holding netif_tx_lock. In this case the driver @@ -87,20 +86,20 @@ dev->hard_start_xmit: o NETDEV_TX_LOCKED Locking failed, please retry quickly. Only valid when NETIF_F_LLTX is set. -dev->tx_timeout: - Synchronization: netif_tx_lock spinlock. +ndo_tx_timeout: + Synchronization: netif_tx_lock spinlock; all TX queues frozen. Context: BHs disabled Notes: netif_queue_stopped() is guaranteed true -dev->set_rx_mode: - Synchronization: netif_tx_lock spinlock. +ndo_set_rx_mode: + Synchronization: netif_addr_lock spinlock. Context: BHs disabled struct napi_struct synchronization rules ======================================== napi->poll: Synchronization: NAPI_STATE_SCHED bit in napi->state. Device - driver's dev->close method will invoke napi_disable() on + driver's ndo_stop method will invoke napi_disable() on all NAPI instances which will do a sleeping poll on the NAPI_STATE_SCHED napi->state bit, waiting for all pending NAPI activity to cease. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/olympic.txt b/Documentation/networking/olympic.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b95b5bf..0000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/olympic.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ - -IBM PCI Pit/Pit-Phy/Olympic CHIPSET BASED TOKEN RING CARDS README - -Release 0.2.0 - Release - June 8th 1999 Peter De Schrijver & Mike Phillips -Release 0.9.C - Release - April 18th 2001 Mike Phillips - -Thanks: -Erik De Cock, Adrian Bridgett and Frank Fiene for their -patience and testing. -Donald Champion for the cardbus support -Kyle Lucke for the dma api changes. -Jonathon Bitner for hardware support. -Everybody on linux-tr for their continued support. - -Options: - -The driver accepts four options: ringspeed, pkt_buf_sz, -message_level and network_monitor. - -These options can be specified differently for each card found. - -ringspeed: Has one of three settings 0 (default), 4 or 16. 0 will -make the card autosense the ringspeed and join at the appropriate speed, -this will be the default option for most people. 4 or 16 allow you to -explicitly force the card to operate at a certain speed. The card will fail -if you try to insert it at the wrong speed. (Although some hubs will allow -this so be *very* careful). The main purpose for explicitly setting the ring -speed is for when the card is first on the ring. In autosense mode, if the card -cannot detect any active monitors on the ring it will not open, so you must -re-init the card at the appropriate speed. Unfortunately at present the only -way of doing this is rmmod and insmod which is a bit tough if it is compiled -in the kernel. - -pkt_buf_sz: This is this initial receive buffer allocation size. This will -default to 4096 if no value is entered. You may increase performance of the -driver by setting this to a value larger than the network packet size, although -the driver now re-sizes buffers based on MTU settings as well. - -message_level: Controls level of messages created by the driver. Defaults to 0: -which only displays start-up and critical messages. Presently any non-zero -value will display all soft messages as well. NB This does not turn -debugging messages on, that must be done by modified the source code. - -network_monitor: Any non-zero value will provide a quasi network monitoring -mode. All unexpected MAC frames (beaconing etc.) will be received -by the driver and the source and destination addresses printed. -Also an entry will be added in /proc/net called olympic_tr%d, where tr%d -is the registered device name, i.e tr0, tr1, etc. This displays low -level information about the configuration of the ring and the adapter. -This feature has been designed for network administrators to assist in -the diagnosis of network / ring problems. (This used to OLYMPIC_NETWORK_MONITOR, -but has now changed to allow each adapter to be configured differently and -to alleviate the necessity to re-compile olympic to turn the option on). - -Multi-card: - -The driver will detect multiple cards and will work with shared interrupts, -each card is assigned the next token ring device, i.e. tr0 , tr1, tr2. The -driver should also happily reside in the system with other drivers. It has -been tested with ibmtr.c running, and I personally have had one Olicom PCI -card and two IBM olympic cards (all on the same interrupt), all running -together. - -Variable MTU size: - -The driver can handle a MTU size up to either 4500 or 18000 depending upon -ring speed. The driver also changes the size of the receive buffers as part -of the mtu re-sizing, so if you set mtu = 18000, you will need to be able -to allocate 16 * (sk_buff with 18000 buffer size) call it 18500 bytes per ring -position = 296,000 bytes of memory space, plus of course anything -necessary for the tx sk_buff's. Remember this is per card, so if you are -building routers, gateway's etc, you could start to use a lot of memory -real fast. - - -6/8/99 Peter De Schrijver and Mike Phillips - diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt index 9eb1ba5..95e5f59 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt @@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ The MDIO bus 5) The bus must also be declared somewhere as a device, and registered. As an example for how one driver implemented an mdio bus driver, see - drivers/net/gianfar_mii.c and arch/ppc/syslib/mpc85xx_devices.c + drivers/net/ethernet/freescale/fsl_pq_mdio.c and an associated DTS file + for one of the users. (e.g. "git grep fsl,.*-mdio arch/powerpc/boot/dts/") Connecting to a PHY diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt b/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt index 15b5172..091d202 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ppp_generic.txt @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ an interface unit are: numbers on received multilink fragments SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ transmit short multilink sequence nos. - The values of these flags are defined in <linux/if_ppp.h>. Note + The values of these flags are defined in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>. Note that the values of the SC_MULTILINK, SC_MP_SHORTSEQ and SC_MP_XSHORTSEQ bits are ignored if the CONFIG_PPP_MULTILINK option is not selected. @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ an interface unit are: * PPPIOCSCOMPRESS sets the parameters for packet compression or decompression. The argument should point to a ppp_option_data - structure (defined in <linux/if_ppp.h>), which contains a + structure (defined in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>), which contains a pointer/length pair which should describe a block of memory containing a CCP option specifying a compression method and its parameters. The ppp_option_data struct also contains a `transmit' @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ an interface unit are: * PPPIOCSNPMODE sets the network-protocol mode for a given network protocol. The argument should point to an npioctl struct (defined - in <linux/if_ppp.h>). The `protocol' field gives the PPP protocol + in <linux/ppp-ioctl.h>). The `protocol' field gives the PPP protocol number for the protocol to be affected, and the `mode' field specifies what to do with packets for that protocol: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/smctr.txt b/Documentation/networking/smctr.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 9af25b8..0000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/smctr.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -Text File for the SMC TokenCard TokenRing Linux driver (smctr.c). - By Jay Schulist <jschlst@samba.org> - -The Linux SMC Token Ring driver works with the SMC TokenCard Elite (8115T) -ISA and SMC TokenCard Elite/A (8115T/A) MCA adapters. - -Latest information on this driver can be obtained on the Linux-SNA WWW site. -Please point your browser to: http://www.linux-sna.org - -This driver is rather simple to use. Select Y to Token Ring adapter support -in the kernel configuration. A choice for SMC Token Ring adapters will -appear. This drives supports all SMC ISA/MCA adapters. Choose this -option. I personally recommend compiling the driver as a module (M), but if you -you would like to compile it statically answer Y instead. - -This driver supports multiple adapters without the need to load multiple copies -of the driver. You should be able to load up to 7 adapters without any kernel -modifications, if you are in need of more please contact the maintainer of this -driver. - -Load the driver either by lilo/loadlin or as a module. When a module using the -following command will suffice for most: - -# modprobe smctr -smctr.c: v1.00 12/6/99 by jschlst@samba.org -tr0: SMC TokenCard 8115T at Io 0x300, Irq 10, Rom 0xd8000, Ram 0xcc000. - -Now just setup the device via ifconfig and set and routes you may have. After -this you are ready to start sending some tokens. - -Errata: -1). For anyone wondering where to pick up the SMC adapters please browse - to http://www.smc.com - -2). If you are the first/only Token Ring Client on a Token Ring LAN, please - specify the ringspeed with the ringspeed=[4/16] module option. If no - ringspeed is specified the driver will attempt to autodetect the ring - speed and/or if the adapter is the first/only station on the ring take - the appropriate actions. - - NOTE: Default ring speed is 16MB UTP. - -3). PnP support for this adapter sucks. I recommend hard setting the - IO/MEM/IRQ by the jumpers on the adapter. If this is not possible - load the module with the following io=[ioaddr] mem=[mem_addr] - irq=[irq_num]. - - The following IRQ, IO, and MEM settings are supported. - - IO ports: - 0x200, 0x220, 0x240, 0x260, 0x280, 0x2A0, 0x2C0, 0x2E0, 0x300, - 0x320, 0x340, 0x360, 0x380. - - IRQs: - 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15 - - Memory addresses: - 0xA0000, 0xA4000, 0xA8000, 0xAC000, 0xB0000, 0xB4000, - 0xB8000, 0xBC000, 0xC0000, 0xC4000, 0xC8000, 0xCC000, - 0xD0000, 0xD4000, 0xD8000, 0xDC000, 0xE0000, 0xE4000, - 0xE8000, 0xEC000, 0xF0000, 0xF4000, 0xF8000, 0xFC000 - -This driver is under the GNU General Public License. Its Firmware image is -included as an initialized C-array and is licensed by SMC to the Linux -users of this driver. However no warranty about its fitness is expressed or -implied by SMC. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt index d0aeead..ab1e8d7 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt @@ -111,11 +111,12 @@ and detailed below as well: int phy_addr; int interface; struct stmmac_mdio_bus_data *mdio_bus_data; - int pbl; + struct stmmac_dma_cfg *dma_cfg; int clk_csr; int has_gmac; int enh_desc; int tx_coe; + int rx_coe; int bugged_jumbo; int pmt; int force_sf_dma_mode; @@ -136,10 +137,12 @@ Where: o pbl: the Programmable Burst Length is maximum number of beats to be transferred in one DMA transaction. GMAC also enables the 4xPBL by default. - o clk_csr: CSR Clock range selection. + o clk_csr: fixed CSR Clock range selection. o has_gmac: uses the GMAC core. o enh_desc: if sets the MAC will use the enhanced descriptor structure. o tx_coe: core is able to perform the tx csum in HW. + o rx_coe: the supports three check sum offloading engine types: + type_1, type_2 (full csum) and no RX coe. o bugged_jumbo: some HWs are not able to perform the csum in HW for over-sized frames due to limited buffer sizes. Setting this flag the csum will be done in SW on @@ -160,7 +163,7 @@ Where: o custom_cfg: this is a custom configuration that can be passed while initialising the resources. -The we have: +For MDIO bus The we have: struct stmmac_mdio_bus_data { int bus_id; @@ -177,10 +180,28 @@ Where: o irqs: list of IRQs, one per PHY. o probed_phy_irq: if irqs is NULL, use this for probed PHY. + +For DMA engine we have the following internal fields that should be +tuned according to the HW capabilities. + +struct stmmac_dma_cfg { + int pbl; + int fixed_burst; + int burst_len_supported; +}; + +Where: + o pbl: Programmable Burst Length + o fixed_burst: program the DMA to use the fixed burst mode + o burst_len: this is the value we put in the register + supported values are provided as macros in + linux/stmmac.h header file. + +--- + Below an example how the structures above are using on ST platforms. static struct plat_stmmacenet_data stxYYY_ethernet_platform_data = { - .pbl = 32, .has_gmac = 0, .enh_desc = 0, .fix_mac_speed = stxYYY_ethernet_fix_mac_speed, diff --git a/Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt b/Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 1f73e13..0000000 --- a/Documentation/networking/tms380tr.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,147 +0,0 @@ -Text file for the Linux SysKonnect Token Ring ISA/PCI Adapter Driver. - Text file by: Jay Schulist <jschlst@samba.org> - -The Linux SysKonnect Token Ring driver works with the SysKonnect TR4/16(+) ISA, -SysKonnect TR4/16(+) PCI, SysKonnect TR4/16 PCI, and older revisions of the -SK NET TR4/16 ISA card. - -Latest information on this driver can be obtained on the Linux-SNA WWW site. -Please point your browser to: -http://www.linux-sna.org - -Many thanks to Christoph Goos for his excellent work on this driver and -SysKonnect for donating the adapters to Linux-SNA for the testing and -maintenance of this device driver. - -Important information to be noted: -1. Adapters can be slow to open (~20 secs) and close (~5 secs), please be - patient. -2. This driver works very well when autoprobing for adapters. Why even - think about those nasty io/int/dma settings of modprobe when the driver - will do it all for you! - -This driver is rather simple to use. Select Y to Token Ring adapter support -in the kernel configuration. A choice for SysKonnect Token Ring adapters will -appear. This drives supports all SysKonnect ISA and PCI adapters. Choose this -option. I personally recommend compiling the driver as a module (M), but if you -you would like to compile it statically answer Y instead. - -This driver supports multiple adapters without the need to load multiple copies -of the driver. You should be able to load up to 7 adapters without any kernel -modifications, if you are in need of more please contact the maintainer of this -driver. - -Load the driver either by lilo/loadlin or as a module. When a module using the -following command will suffice for most: - -# modprobe sktr - -This will produce output similar to the following: (Output is user specific) - -sktr.c: v1.01 08/29/97 by Christoph Goos -tr0: SK NET TR 4/16 PCI found at 0x6100, using IRQ 17. -tr1: SK NET TR 4/16 PCI found at 0x6200, using IRQ 16. -tr2: SK NET TR 4/16 ISA found at 0xa20, using IRQ 10 and DMA 5. - -Now just setup the device via ifconfig and set and routes you may have. After -this you are ready to start sending some tokens. - -Errata: -For anyone wondering where to pick up the SysKonnect adapters please browse -to http://www.syskonnect.com - -This driver is under the GNU General Public License. Its Firmware image is -included as an initialized C-array and is licensed by SysKonnect to the Linux -users of this driver. However no warranty about its fitness is expressed or -implied by SysKonnect. - -Below find attached the setting for the SK NET TR 4/16 ISA adapters -------------------------------------------------------------------- - - *************************** - *** C O N T E N T S *** - *************************** - - 1) Location of DIP-Switch W1 - 2) Default settings - 3) DIP-Switch W1 description - - - ============================================================== - CHAPTER 1 LOCATION OF DIP-SWITCH - ============================================================== - -UÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ -þUÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ UÄÄÄÄÄ¿ UÄÄÄ¿ þ -þAÄÄÄÄÄÄU W1 AÄÄÄÄÄU UÄÄÄÄ¿ þ þ þ -þUÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ þ þ þ þ UÄÄÅ¿ -þAÄÄÄÄÄÄU UÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ AÄÄÄÄU þ þ þ þþ -þUÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ þ þ UÄÄÄ¿ AÄÄÄU AÄÄÅU -þAÄÄÄÄÄÄU þ TMS380C26 þ þ þ þ -þUÄÄÄÄÄÄ¿ þ þ AÄÄÄU AÄ¿ -þAÄÄÄÄÄÄU þ þ þ þ -þ AÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄU þ þ -þ þ þ -þ AÄU -þ þ -þ þ -þ þ -þ þ -AÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄAÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄAÄÄAÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄAÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄU - AÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄU AÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄÄU - - ============================================================== - CHAPTER 2 DEFAULT SETTINGS - ============================================================== - - W1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - +------------------------------+ - | ON X | - | OFF X X X X X X X | - +------------------------------+ - - W1.1 = ON Adapter drives address lines SA17..19 - W1.2 - 1.5 = OFF BootROM disabled - W1.6 - 1.8 = OFF I/O address 0A20h - - ============================================================== - CHAPTER 3 DIP SWITCH W1 DESCRIPTION - ============================================================== - - UÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄ¿ ON - þ 1 þ 2 þ 3 þ 4 þ 5 þ 6 þ 7 þ 8 þ - AÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄAÄÄÄU OFF - |AD | BootROM Addr. | I/O | - +-+-+-------+-------+-----+-----+ - | | | - | | +------ 6 7 8 - | | ON ON ON 1900h - | | ON ON OFF 0900h - | | ON OFF ON 1980h - | | ON OFF OFF 0980h - | | OFF ON ON 1b20h - | | OFF ON OFF 0b20h - | | OFF OFF ON 1a20h - | | OFF OFF OFF 0a20h (+) - | | - | | - | +-------- 2 3 4 5 - | OFF x x x disabled (+) - | ON ON ON ON C0000 - | ON ON ON OFF C4000 - | ON ON OFF ON C8000 - | ON ON OFF OFF CC000 - | ON OFF ON ON D0000 - | ON OFF ON OFF D4000 - | ON OFF OFF ON D8000 - | ON OFF OFF OFF DC000 - | - | - +----- 1 - OFF adapter does NOT drive SA<17..19> - ON adapter drives SA<17..19> (+) - - - (+) means default setting - - ******************************** diff --git a/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt b/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt index bd70976..b4038ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/vortex.txt @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ Module parameters ================= There are several parameters which may be provided to the driver when -its module is loaded. These are usually placed in /etc/modprobe.conf -(/etc/modules.conf in 2.4). Example: +its module is loaded. These are usually placed in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf +configuretion files. Example: options 3c59x debug=3 rx_copybreak=300 @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ steps you should take: 1) Increase the debug level. Usually this is done via: a) modprobe driver debug=7 - b) In /etc/modprobe.conf (or /etc/modules.conf for 2.4): + b) In /etc/modprobe.d/driver.conf: options driver debug=7 2) Recreate the problem with the higher debug level, diff --git a/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..320f933 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/nfc/nfc-hci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ +HCI backend for NFC Core + +Author: Eric Lapuyade, Samuel Ortiz +Contact: eric.lapuyade@intel.com, samuel.ortiz@intel.com + +General +------- + +The HCI layer implements much of the ETSI TS 102 622 V10.2.0 specification. It +enables easy writing of HCI-based NFC drivers. The HCI layer runs as an NFC Core +backend, implementing an abstract nfc device and translating NFC Core API +to HCI commands and events. + +HCI +--- + +HCI registers as an nfc device with NFC Core. Requests coming from userspace are +routed through netlink sockets to NFC Core and then to HCI. From this point, +they are translated in a sequence of HCI commands sent to the HCI layer in the +host controller (the chip). The sending context blocks while waiting for the +response to arrive. +HCI events can also be received from the host controller. They will be handled +and a translation will be forwarded to NFC Core as needed. +HCI uses 2 execution contexts: +- one for executing commands : nfc_hci_msg_tx_work(). Only one command +can be executing at any given moment. +- one for dispatching received events and commands : nfc_hci_msg_rx_work(). + +HCI Session initialization: +--------------------------- + +The Session initialization is an HCI standard which must unfortunately +support proprietary gates. This is the reason why the driver will pass a list +of proprietary gates that must be part of the session. HCI will ensure all +those gates have pipes connected when the hci device is set up. + +HCI Gates and Pipes +------------------- + +A gate defines the 'port' where some service can be found. In order to access +a service, one must create a pipe to that gate and open it. In this +implementation, pipes are totally hidden. The public API only knows gates. +This is consistent with the driver need to send commands to proprietary gates +without knowing the pipe connected to it. + +Driver interface +---------------- + +A driver would normally register itself with HCI and provide the following +entry points: + +struct nfc_hci_ops { + int (*open)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev); + void (*close)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev); + int (*hci_ready) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev); + int (*xmit)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, struct sk_buff *skb); + int (*start_poll)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u32 protocols); + int (*target_from_gate)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate, + struct nfc_target *target); + int (*complete_target_discovered) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate, + struct nfc_target *target); + int (*data_exchange) (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, + struct nfc_target *target, + struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff **res_skb); + int (*check_presence)(struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, + struct nfc_target *target); +}; + +- open() and close() shall turn the hardware on and off. +- hci_ready() is an optional entry point that is called right after the hci +session has been set up. The driver can use it to do additional initialization +that must be performed using HCI commands. +- xmit() shall simply write a frame to the chip. +- start_poll() is an optional entrypoint that shall set the hardware in polling +mode. This must be implemented only if the hardware uses proprietary gates or a +mechanism slightly different from the HCI standard. +- target_from_gate() is an optional entrypoint to return the nfc protocols +corresponding to a proprietary gate. +- complete_target_discovered() is an optional entry point to let the driver +perform additional proprietary processing necessary to auto activate the +discovered target. +- data_exchange() must be implemented by the driver if proprietary HCI commands +are required to send data to the tag. Some tag types will require custom +commands, others can be written to using the standard HCI commands. The driver +can check the tag type and either do proprietary processing, or return 1 to ask +for standard processing. +- check_presence() is an optional entry point that will be called regularly +by the core to check that an activated tag is still in the field. If this is +not implemented, the core will not be able to push tag_lost events to the user +space + +On the rx path, the driver is responsible to push incoming HCP frames to HCI +using nfc_hci_recv_frame(). HCI will take care of re-aggregation and handling +This must be done from a context that can sleep. + +SHDLC +----- + +Most chips use shdlc to ensure integrity and delivery ordering of the HCP +frames between the host controller (the chip) and hosts (entities connected +to the chip, like the cpu). In order to simplify writing the driver, an shdlc +layer is available for use by the driver. +When used, the driver actually registers with shdlc, and shdlc will register +with HCI. HCI sees shdlc as the driver and thus send its HCP frames +through shdlc->xmit. +SHDLC adds a new execution context (nfc_shdlc_sm_work()) to run its state +machine and handle both its rx and tx path. + +Included Drivers +---------------- + +An HCI based driver for an NXP PN544, connected through I2C bus, and using +shdlc is included. + +Execution Contexts +------------------ + +The execution contexts are the following: +- IRQ handler (IRQH): +fast, cannot sleep. stores incoming frames into an shdlc rx queue + +- SHDLC State Machine worker (SMW) +handles shdlc rx & tx queues. Dispatches HCI cmd responses. + +- HCI Tx Cmd worker (MSGTXWQ) +Serializes execution of HCI commands. Completes execution in case of response +timeout. + +- HCI Rx worker (MSGRXWQ) +Dispatches incoming HCI commands or events. + +- Syscall context from a userspace call (SYSCALL) +Any entrypoint in HCI called from NFC Core + +Workflow executing an HCI command (using shdlc) +----------------------------------------------- + +Executing an HCI command can easily be performed synchronously using the +following API: + +int nfc_hci_send_cmd (struct nfc_hci_dev *hdev, u8 gate, u8 cmd, + const u8 *param, size_t param_len, struct sk_buff **skb) + +The API must be invoked from a context that can sleep. Most of the time, this +will be the syscall context. skb will return the result that was received in +the response. + +Internally, execution is asynchronous. So all this API does is to enqueue the +HCI command, setup a local wait queue on stack, and wait_event() for completion. +The wait is not interruptible because it is guaranteed that the command will +complete after some short timeout anyway. + +MSGTXWQ context will then be scheduled and invoke nfc_hci_msg_tx_work(). +This function will dequeue the next pending command and send its HCP fragments +to the lower layer which happens to be shdlc. It will then start a timer to be +able to complete the command with a timeout error if no response arrive. + +SMW context gets scheduled and invokes nfc_shdlc_sm_work(). This function +handles shdlc framing in and out. It uses the driver xmit to send frames and +receives incoming frames in an skb queue filled from the driver IRQ handler. +SHDLC I(nformation) frames payload are HCP fragments. They are aggregated to +form complete HCI frames, which can be a response, command, or event. + +HCI Responses are dispatched immediately from this context to unblock +waiting command execution. Response processing involves invoking the completion +callback that was provided by nfc_hci_msg_tx_work() when it sent the command. +The completion callback will then wake the syscall context. + +Workflow receiving an HCI event or command +------------------------------------------ + +HCI commands or events are not dispatched from SMW context. Instead, they are +queued to HCI rx_queue and will be dispatched from HCI rx worker +context (MSGRXWQ). This is done this way to allow a cmd or event handler +to also execute other commands (for example, handling the +NFC_HCI_EVT_TARGET_DISCOVERED event from PN544 requires to issue an +ANY_GET_PARAMETER to the reader A gate to get information on the target +that was discovered). + +Typically, such an event will be propagated to NFC Core from MSGRXWQ context. diff --git a/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt b/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt deleted file mode 100644 index bf9f80a..0000000 --- a/Documentation/nmi_watchdog.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ - -[NMI watchdog is available for x86 and x86-64 architectures] - -Is your system locking up unpredictably? No keyboard activity, just -a frustrating complete hard lockup? Do you want to help us debugging -such lockups? If all yes then this document is definitely for you. - -On many x86/x86-64 type hardware there is a feature that enables -us to generate 'watchdog NMI interrupts'. (NMI: Non Maskable Interrupt -which get executed even if the system is otherwise locked up hard). -This can be used to debug hard kernel lockups. By executing periodic -NMI interrupts, the kernel can monitor whether any CPU has locked up, -and print out debugging messages if so. - -In order to use the NMI watchdog, you need to have APIC support in your -kernel. For SMP kernels, APIC support gets compiled in automatically. For -UP, enable either CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC (Processor type and features -> Local -APIC support on uniprocessors) or CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC (Processor type and -features -> IO-APIC support on uniprocessors) in your kernel config. -CONFIG_X86_UP_APIC is for uniprocessor machines without an IO-APIC. -CONFIG_X86_UP_IOAPIC is for uniprocessor with an IO-APIC. [Note: certain -kernel debugging options, such as Kernel Stack Meter or Kernel Tracer, -may implicitly disable the NMI watchdog.] - -For x86-64, the needed APIC is always compiled in. - -Using local APIC (nmi_watchdog=2) needs the first performance register, so -you can't use it for other purposes (such as high precision performance -profiling.) However, at least oprofile and the perfctr driver disable the -local APIC NMI watchdog automatically. - -To actually enable the NMI watchdog, use the 'nmi_watchdog=N' boot -parameter. Eg. the relevant lilo.conf entry: - - append="nmi_watchdog=1" - -For SMP machines and UP machines with an IO-APIC use nmi_watchdog=1. -For UP machines without an IO-APIC use nmi_watchdog=2, this only works -for some processor types. If in doubt, boot with nmi_watchdog=1 and -check the NMI count in /proc/interrupts; if the count is zero then -reboot with nmi_watchdog=2 and check the NMI count. If it is still -zero then log a problem, you probably have a processor that needs to be -added to the nmi code. - -A 'lockup' is the following scenario: if any CPU in the system does not -execute the period local timer interrupt for more than 5 seconds, then -the NMI handler generates an oops and kills the process. This -'controlled crash' (and the resulting kernel messages) can be used to -debug the lockup. Thus whenever the lockup happens, wait 5 seconds and -the oops will show up automatically. If the kernel produces no messages -then the system has crashed so hard (eg. hardware-wise) that either it -cannot even accept NMI interrupts, or the crash has made the kernel -unable to print messages. - -Be aware that when using local APIC, the frequency of NMI interrupts -it generates, depends on the system load. The local APIC NMI watchdog, -lacking a better source, uses the "cycles unhalted" event. As you may -guess it doesn't tick when the CPU is in the halted state (which happens -when the system is idle), but if your system locks up on anything but the -"hlt" processor instruction, the watchdog will trigger very soon as the -"cycles unhalted" event will happen every clock tick. If it locks up on -"hlt", then you are out of luck -- the event will not happen at all and the -watchdog won't trigger. This is a shortcoming of the local APIC watchdog --- unfortunately there is no "clock ticks" event that would work all the -time. The I/O APIC watchdog is driven externally and has no such shortcoming. -But its NMI frequency is much higher, resulting in a more significant hit -to the overall system performance. - -On x86 nmi_watchdog is disabled by default so you have to enable it with -a boot time parameter. - -It's possible to disable the NMI watchdog in run-time by writing "0" to -/proc/sys/kernel/nmi_watchdog. Writing "1" to the same file will re-enable -the NMI watchdog. Notice that you still need to use "nmi_watchdog=" parameter -at boot time. - -NOTE: In kernels prior to 2.4.2-ac18 the NMI-oopser is enabled unconditionally -on x86 SMP boxes. - -[ feel free to send bug reports, suggestions and patches to - Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com> or the Linux SMP mailing - list at <linux-smp@vger.kernel.org> ] - diff --git a/Documentation/numastat.txt b/Documentation/numastat.txt index 9fcc9a6..5203277 100644 --- a/Documentation/numastat.txt +++ b/Documentation/numastat.txt @@ -5,18 +5,23 @@ Numa policy hit/miss statistics All units are pages. Hugepages have separate counters. -numa_hit A process wanted to allocate memory from this node, - and succeeded. -numa_miss A process wanted to allocate memory from another node, - but ended up with memory from this node. -numa_foreign A process wanted to allocate on this node, - but ended up with memory from another one. -local_node A process ran on this node and got memory from it. -other_node A process ran on this node and got memory from another node. -interleave_hit Interleaving wanted to allocate from this node - and succeeded. +numa_hit A process wanted to allocate memory from this node, + and succeeded. + +numa_miss A process wanted to allocate memory from another node, + but ended up with memory from this node. + +numa_foreign A process wanted to allocate on this node, + but ended up with memory from another one. + +local_node A process ran on this node and got memory from it. + +other_node A process ran on this node and got memory from another node. + +interleave_hit Interleaving wanted to allocate from this node + and succeeded. For easier reading you can use the numastat utility from the numactl package -(ftp://ftp.suse.com/pub/people/ak/numa/numactl*). Note that it only works +(http://oss.sgi.com/projects/libnuma/). Note that it only works well right now on machines with a small number of CPUs. diff --git a/Documentation/parisc/debugging b/Documentation/parisc/debugging index d728594..7d75223 100644 --- a/Documentation/parisc/debugging +++ b/Documentation/parisc/debugging @@ -34,6 +34,6 @@ registers interruption handlers read to find out where the machine was interrupted - so if you get an interruption between the instruction that clears the Q bit and the RFI that sets it again you don't know where exactly it happened. If you're lucky the IAOQ will point to the -instrucion that cleared the Q bit, if you're not it points anywhere +instruction that cleared the Q bit, if you're not it points anywhere at all. Usually Q bit problems will show themselves in unexplainable system hangs or running off the end of physical memory. diff --git a/Documentation/parport.txt b/Documentation/parport.txt index 93a7cee..c208e43 100644 --- a/Documentation/parport.txt +++ b/Documentation/parport.txt @@ -36,18 +36,17 @@ addresses should not be specified for supported PCI cards since they are automatically detected. -KMod ----- +modprobe +-------- -If you use kmod, you will find it useful to edit /etc/modprobe.conf. -Here is an example of the lines that need to be added: +If you use modprobe , you will find it useful to add lines as below to a +configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/ directory:. alias parport_lowlevel parport_pc options parport_pc io=0x378,0x278 irq=7,auto -KMod will then automatically load parport_pc (with the options -"io=0x378,0x278 irq=7,auto") whenever a parallel port device driver -(such as lp) is loaded. +modprobe will load parport_pc (with the options "io=0x378,0x278 irq=7,auto") +whenever a parallel port device driver (such as lp) is loaded. Note that these are example lines only! You shouldn't in general need to specify any options to parport_pc in order to be able to use a diff --git a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt index 150fd38..e40f4b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/pinctrl.txt +++ b/Documentation/pinctrl.txt @@ -152,11 +152,9 @@ static const struct foo_group foo_groups[] = { }; -static int foo_list_groups(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector) +static int foo_get_groups_count(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev) { - if (selector >= ARRAY_SIZE(foo_groups)) - return -EINVAL; - return 0; + return ARRAY_SIZE(foo_groups); } static const char *foo_get_group_name(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, @@ -175,7 +173,7 @@ static int foo_get_group_pins(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector, } static struct pinctrl_ops foo_pctrl_ops = { - .list_groups = foo_list_groups, + .get_groups_count = foo_get_groups_count, .get_group_name = foo_get_group_name, .get_group_pins = foo_get_group_pins, }; @@ -186,13 +184,12 @@ static struct pinctrl_desc foo_desc = { .pctlops = &foo_pctrl_ops, }; -The pin control subsystem will call the .list_groups() function repeatedly -beginning on 0 until it returns non-zero to determine legal selectors, then -it will call the other functions to retrieve the name and pins of the group. -Maintaining the data structure of the groups is up to the driver, this is -just a simple example - in practice you may need more entries in your group -structure, for example specific register ranges associated with each group -and so on. +The pin control subsystem will call the .get_groups_count() function to +determine total number of legal selectors, then it will call the other functions +to retrieve the name and pins of the group. Maintaining the data structure of +the groups is up to the driver, this is just a simple example - in practice you +may need more entries in your group structure, for example specific register +ranges associated with each group and so on. Pin configuration @@ -206,12 +203,21 @@ using a certain resistor value - pull up and pull down - so that the pin has a stable value when nothing is driving the rail it is connected to, or when it's unconnected. -For example, a platform may do this: +Pin configuration can be programmed either using the explicit APIs described +immediately below, or by adding configuration entries into the mapping table; +see section "Board/machine configuration" below. + +For example, a platform may do the following to pull up a pin to VDD: + +#include <linux/pinctrl/consumer.h> ret = pin_config_set("foo-dev", "FOO_GPIO_PIN", PLATFORM_X_PULL_UP); -To pull up a pin to VDD. The pin configuration driver implements callbacks for -changing pin configuration in the pin controller ops like this: +The format and meaning of the configuration parameter, PLATFORM_X_PULL_UP +above, is entirely defined by the pin controller driver. + +The pin configuration driver implements callbacks for changing pin +configuration in the pin controller ops like this: #include <linux/pinctrl/pinctrl.h> #include <linux/pinctrl/pinconf.h> @@ -492,14 +498,10 @@ Definitions: {"map-i2c0", i2c0, pinctrl0, fi2c0, gi2c0} } - Every map must be assigned a symbolic name, pin controller and function. - The group is not compulsory - if it is omitted the first group presented by - the driver as applicable for the function will be selected, which is - useful for simple cases. - - The device name is present in map entries tied to specific devices. Maps - without device names are referred to as SYSTEM pinmuxes, such as can be taken - by the machine implementation on boot and not tied to any specific device. + Every map must be assigned a state name, pin controller, device and + function. The group is not compulsory - if it is omitted the first group + presented by the driver as applicable for the function will be selected, + which is useful for simple cases. It is possible to map several groups to the same combination of device, pin controller and function. This is for cases where a certain function on @@ -601,11 +603,9 @@ static const struct foo_group foo_groups[] = { }; -static int foo_list_groups(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector) +static int foo_get_groups_count(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev) { - if (selector >= ARRAY_SIZE(foo_groups)) - return -EINVAL; - return 0; + return ARRAY_SIZE(foo_groups); } static const char *foo_get_group_name(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, @@ -624,7 +624,7 @@ static int foo_get_group_pins(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector, } static struct pinctrl_ops foo_pctrl_ops = { - .list_groups = foo_list_groups, + .get_groups_count = foo_get_groups_count, .get_group_name = foo_get_group_name, .get_group_pins = foo_get_group_pins, }; @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@ struct foo_pmx_func { const unsigned num_groups; }; -static const char * const spi0_groups[] = { "spi0_1_grp" }; +static const char * const spi0_groups[] = { "spi0_0_grp", "spi0_1_grp" }; static const char * const i2c0_groups[] = { "i2c0_grp" }; static const char * const mmc0_groups[] = { "mmc0_1_grp", "mmc0_2_grp", "mmc0_3_grp" }; @@ -658,11 +658,9 @@ static const struct foo_pmx_func foo_functions[] = { }, }; -int foo_list_funcs(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector) +int foo_get_functions_count(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev) { - if (selector >= ARRAY_SIZE(foo_functions)) - return -EINVAL; - return 0; + return ARRAY_SIZE(foo_functions); } const char *foo_get_fname(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector) @@ -698,7 +696,7 @@ void foo_disable(struct pinctrl_dev *pctldev, unsigned selector, } struct pinmux_ops foo_pmxops = { - .list_functions = foo_list_funcs, + .get_functions_count = foo_get_functions_count, .get_function_name = foo_get_fname, .get_function_groups = foo_get_groups, .enable = foo_enable, @@ -726,19 +724,19 @@ same time. All the above functions are mandatory to implement for a pinmux driver. -Pinmux interaction with the GPIO subsystem -========================================== +Pin control interaction with the GPIO subsystem +=============================================== -The public pinmux API contains two functions named pinmux_request_gpio() -and pinmux_free_gpio(). These two functions shall *ONLY* be called from +The public pinmux API contains two functions named pinctrl_request_gpio() +and pinctrl_free_gpio(). These two functions shall *ONLY* be called from gpiolib-based drivers as part of their gpio_request() and -gpio_free() semantics. Likewise the pinmux_gpio_direction_[input|output] +gpio_free() semantics. Likewise the pinctrl_gpio_direction_[input|output] shall only be called from within respective gpio_direction_[input|output] gpiolib implementation. NOTE that platforms and individual drivers shall *NOT* request GPIO pins to be -muxed in. Instead, implement a proper gpiolib driver and have that driver -request proper muxing for its pins. +controlled e.g. muxed in. Instead, implement a proper gpiolib driver and have +that driver request proper muxing and other control for its pins. The function list could become long, especially if you can convert every individual pin into a GPIO pin independent of any other pins, and then try @@ -747,7 +745,7 @@ the approach to define every pin as a function. In this case, the function array would become 64 entries for each GPIO setting and then the device functions. -For this reason there are two functions a pinmux driver can implement +For this reason there are two functions a pin control driver can implement to enable only GPIO on an individual pin: .gpio_request_enable() and .gpio_disable_free(). @@ -762,12 +760,12 @@ gpiolib driver and the affected GPIO range, pin offset and desired direction will be passed along to this function. Alternatively to using these special functions, it is fully allowed to use -named functions for each GPIO pin, the pinmux_request_gpio() will attempt to +named functions for each GPIO pin, the pinctrl_request_gpio() will attempt to obtain the function "gpioN" where "N" is the global GPIO pin number if no special GPIO-handler is registered. -Pinmux board/machine configuration +Board/machine configuration ================================== Boards and machines define how a certain complete running system is put @@ -775,27 +773,33 @@ together, including how GPIOs and devices are muxed, how regulators are constrained and how the clock tree looks. Of course pinmux settings are also part of this. -A pinmux config for a machine looks pretty much like a simple regulator -configuration, so for the example array above we want to enable i2c and -spi on the second function mapping: +A pin controller configuration for a machine looks pretty much like a simple +regulator configuration, so for the example array above we want to enable i2c +and spi on the second function mapping: #include <linux/pinctrl/machine.h> -static const struct pinmux_map __initdata pmx_mapping[] = { +static const struct pinctrl_map mapping[] __initconst = { { - .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", - .function = "spi0", .dev_name = "foo-spi.0", + .name = PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, + .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", + .data.mux.function = "spi0", }, { - .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", - .function = "i2c0", .dev_name = "foo-i2c.0", + .name = PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, + .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", + .data.mux.function = "i2c0", }, { - .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", - .function = "mmc0", .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", + .name = PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, + .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", + .data.mux.function = "mmc0", }, }; @@ -805,21 +809,51 @@ must match a function provided by the pinmux driver handling this pin range. As you can see we may have several pin controllers on the system and thus we need to specify which one of them that contain the functions we wish -to map. The map can also use struct device * directly, so there is no -inherent need to use strings to specify .dev_name or .ctrl_dev_name, these -are for the situation where you do not have a handle to the struct device *, -for example if they are not yet instantiated or cumbersome to obtain. +to map. You register this pinmux mapping to the pinmux subsystem by simply: - ret = pinmux_register_mappings(pmx_mapping, ARRAY_SIZE(pmx_mapping)); + ret = pinctrl_register_mappings(mapping, ARRAY_SIZE(mapping)); Since the above construct is pretty common there is a helper macro to make it even more compact which assumes you want to use pinctrl-foo and position 0 for mapping, for example: -static struct pinmux_map __initdata pmx_mapping[] = { - PINMUX_MAP("I2CMAP", "pinctrl-foo", "i2c0", "foo-i2c.0"), +static struct pinctrl_map __initdata mapping[] = { + PIN_MAP_MUX_GROUP("foo-i2c.o", PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, "pinctrl-foo", NULL, "i2c0"), +}; + +The mapping table may also contain pin configuration entries. It's common for +each pin/group to have a number of configuration entries that affect it, so +the table entries for configuration reference an array of config parameters +and values. An example using the convenience macros is shown below: + +static unsigned long i2c_grp_configs[] = { + FOO_PIN_DRIVEN, + FOO_PIN_PULLUP, +}; + +static unsigned long i2c_pin_configs[] = { + FOO_OPEN_COLLECTOR, + FOO_SLEW_RATE_SLOW, +}; + +static struct pinctrl_map __initdata mapping[] = { + PIN_MAP_MUX_GROUP("foo-i2c.0", PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, "pinctrl-foo", "i2c0", "i2c0"), + PIN_MAP_MUX_CONFIGS_GROUP("foo-i2c.0", PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, "pinctrl-foo", "i2c0", i2c_grp_configs), + PIN_MAP_MUX_CONFIGS_PIN("foo-i2c.0", PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, "pinctrl-foo", "i2c0scl", i2c_pin_configs), + PIN_MAP_MUX_CONFIGS_PIN("foo-i2c.0", PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, "pinctrl-foo", "i2c0sda", i2c_pin_configs), +}; + +Finally, some devices expect the mapping table to contain certain specific +named states. When running on hardware that doesn't need any pin controller +configuration, the mapping table must still contain those named states, in +order to explicitly indicate that the states were provided and intended to +be empty. Table entry macro PIN_MAP_DUMMY_STATE serves the purpose of defining +a named state without causing any pin controller to be programmed: + +static struct pinctrl_map __initdata mapping[] = { + PIN_MAP_DUMMY_STATE("foo-i2c.0", PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT), }; @@ -831,81 +865,96 @@ As it is possible to map a function to different groups of pins an optional ... { + .dev_name = "foo-spi.0", .name = "spi0-pos-A", + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "spi0", .group = "spi0_0_grp", - .dev_name = "foo-spi.0", }, { + .dev_name = "foo-spi.0", .name = "spi0-pos-B", + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "spi0", .group = "spi0_1_grp", - .dev_name = "foo-spi.0", }, ... This example mapping is used to switch between two positions for spi0 at runtime, as described further below under the heading "Runtime pinmuxing". -Further it is possible to match several groups of pins to the same function -for a single device, say for example in the mmc0 example above, where you can +Further it is possible for one named state to affect the muxing of several +groups of pins, say for example in the mmc0 example above, where you can additively expand the mmc0 bus from 2 to 4 to 8 pins. If we want to use all three groups for a total of 2+2+4 = 8 pins (for an 8-bit MMC bus as is the case), we define a mapping like this: ... { + .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", .name = "2bit" + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_1_grp", - .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { + .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", .name = "4bit" + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_1_grp", - .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { + .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", .name = "4bit" + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_2_grp", - .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { + .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", .name = "8bit" + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", + .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_1_grp", - .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { + .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", .name = "8bit" + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_2_grp", - .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, { + .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", .name = "8bit" + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "mmc0", .group = "mmc0_3_grp", - .dev_name = "foo-mmc.0", }, ... The result of grabbing this mapping from the device with something like this (see next paragraph): - pmx = pinmux_get(&device, "8bit"); + p = devm_pinctrl_get(dev); + s = pinctrl_lookup_state(p, "8bit"); + ret = pinctrl_select_state(p, s); + +or more simply: + + p = devm_pinctrl_get_select(dev, "8bit"); Will be that you activate all the three bottom records in the mapping at -once. Since they share the same name, pin controller device, funcion and +once. Since they share the same name, pin controller device, function and device, and since we allow multiple groups to match to a single device, they all get selected, and they all get enabled and disable simultaneously by the pinmux core. @@ -914,97 +963,125 @@ pinmux core. Pinmux requests from drivers ============================ -Generally it is discouraged to let individual drivers get and enable pinmuxes. -So if possible, handle the pinmuxes in platform code or some other place where -you have access to all the affected struct device * pointers. In some cases -where a driver needs to switch between different mux mappings at runtime -this is not possible. +Generally it is discouraged to let individual drivers get and enable pin +control. So if possible, handle the pin control in platform code or some other +place where you have access to all the affected struct device * pointers. In +some cases where a driver needs to e.g. switch between different mux mappings +at runtime this is not possible. -A driver may request a certain mux to be activated, usually just the default -mux like this: +A driver may request a certain control state to be activated, usually just the +default state like this: -#include <linux/pinctrl/pinmux.h> +#include <linux/pinctrl/consumer.h> struct foo_state { - struct pinmux *pmx; + struct pinctrl *p; + struct pinctrl_state *s; ... }; foo_probe() { - /* Allocate a state holder named "state" etc */ - struct pinmux pmx; + /* Allocate a state holder named "foo" etc */ + struct foo_state *foo = ...; - pmx = pinmux_get(&device, NULL); - if IS_ERR(pmx) - return PTR_ERR(pmx); - pinmux_enable(pmx); + foo->p = devm_pinctrl_get(&device); + if (IS_ERR(foo->p)) { + /* FIXME: clean up "foo" here */ + return PTR_ERR(foo->p); + } - state->pmx = pmx; -} + foo->s = pinctrl_lookup_state(foo->p, PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT); + if (IS_ERR(foo->s)) { + /* FIXME: clean up "foo" here */ + return PTR_ERR(s); + } -foo_remove() -{ - pinmux_disable(state->pmx); - pinmux_put(state->pmx); + ret = pinctrl_select_state(foo->s); + if (ret < 0) { + /* FIXME: clean up "foo" here */ + return ret; + } } -If you want to grab a specific mux mapping and not just the first one found for -this device you can specify a specific mapping name, for example in the above -example the second i2c0 setting: pinmux_get(&device, "spi0-pos-B"); - -This get/enable/disable/put sequence can just as well be handled by bus drivers +This get/lookup/select/put sequence can just as well be handled by bus drivers if you don't want each and every driver to handle it and you know the arrangement on your bus. -The semantics of the get/enable respective disable/put is as follows: +The semantics of the pinctrl APIs are: + +- pinctrl_get() is called in process context to obtain a handle to all pinctrl + information for a given client device. It will allocate a struct from the + kernel memory to hold the pinmux state. All mapping table parsing or similar + slow operations take place within this API. + +- devm_pinctrl_get() is a variant of pinctrl_get() that causes pinctrl_put() + to be called automatically on the retrieved pointer when the associated + device is removed. It is recommended to use this function over plain + pinctrl_get(). -- pinmux_get() is called in process context to reserve the pins affected with - a certain mapping and set up the pinmux core and the driver. It will allocate - a struct from the kernel memory to hold the pinmux state. +- pinctrl_lookup_state() is called in process context to obtain a handle to a + specific state for a the client device. This operation may be slow too. -- pinmux_enable()/pinmux_disable() is quick and can be called from fastpath - (irq context) when you quickly want to set up/tear down the hardware muxing - when running a device driver. Usually it will just poke some values into a - register. +- pinctrl_select_state() programs pin controller hardware according to the + definition of the state as given by the mapping table. In theory this is a + fast-path operation, since it only involved blasting some register settings + into hardware. However, note that some pin controllers may have their + registers on a slow/IRQ-based bus, so client devices should not assume they + can call pinctrl_select_state() from non-blocking contexts. -- pinmux_disable() is called in process context to tear down the pin requests - and release the state holder struct for the mux setting. +- pinctrl_put() frees all information associated with a pinctrl handle. -Usually the pinmux core handled the get/put pair and call out to the device -drivers bookkeeping operations, like checking available functions and the -associated pins, whereas the enable/disable pass on to the pin controller +- devm_pinctrl_put() is a variant of pinctrl_put() that may be used to + explicitly destroy a pinctrl object returned by devm_pinctrl_get(). + However, use of this function will be rare, due to the automatic cleanup + that will occur even without calling it. + + pinctrl_get() must be paired with a plain pinctrl_put(). + pinctrl_get() may not be paired with devm_pinctrl_put(). + devm_pinctrl_get() can optionally be paired with devm_pinctrl_put(). + devm_pinctrl_get() may not be paired with plain pinctrl_put(). + +Usually the pin control core handled the get/put pair and call out to the +device drivers bookkeeping operations, like checking available functions and +the associated pins, whereas the enable/disable pass on to the pin controller driver which takes care of activating and/or deactivating the mux setting by quickly poking some registers. -The pins are allocated for your device when you issue the pinmux_get() call, -after this you should be able to see this in the debugfs listing of all pins. +The pins are allocated for your device when you issue the devm_pinctrl_get() +call, after this you should be able to see this in the debugfs listing of all +pins. + +NOTE: the pinctrl system will return -EPROBE_DEFER if it cannot find the +requested pinctrl handles, for example if the pinctrl driver has not yet +registered. Thus make sure that the error path in your driver gracefully +cleans up and is ready to retry the probing later in the startup process. -System pinmux hogging -===================== +System pin control hogging +========================== -A system pinmux map entry, i.e. a pinmux setting that does not have a device -associated with it, can be hogged by the core when the pin controller is -registered. This means that the core will attempt to call pinmux_get() and -pinmux_enable() on it immediately after the pin control device has been -registered. +Pin control map entries can be hogged by the core when the pin controller +is registered. This means that the core will attempt to call pinctrl_get(), +lookup_state() and select_state() on it immediately after the pin control +device has been registered. -This is enabled by simply setting the .hog_on_boot field in the map to true, -like this: +This occurs for mapping table entries where the client device name is equal +to the pin controller device name, and the state name is PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT. { - .name = "POWERMAP" + .dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", + .name = PINCTRL_STATE_DEFAULT, + .type = PIN_MAP_TYPE_MUX_GROUP, .ctrl_dev_name = "pinctrl-foo", .function = "power_func", - .hog_on_boot = true, }, Since it may be common to request the core to hog a few always-applicable mux settings on the primary pin controller, there is a convenience macro for this: -PINMUX_MAP_PRIMARY_SYS_HOG("POWERMAP", "power_func") +PIN_MAP_MUX_GROUP_HOG_DEFAULT("pinctrl-foo", NULL /* group */, "power_func") This gives the exact same result as the above construction. @@ -1016,31 +1093,47 @@ It is possible to mux a certain function in and out at runtime, say to move an SPI port from one set of pins to another set of pins. Say for example for spi0 in the example above, we expose two different groups of pins for the same function, but with different named in the mapping as described under -"Advanced mapping" above. So we have two mappings named "spi0-pos-A" and -"spi0-pos-B". +"Advanced mapping" above. So that for an SPI device, we have two states named +"pos-A" and "pos-B". This snippet first muxes the function in the pins defined by group A, enables it, disables and releases it, and muxes it in on the pins defined by group B: -foo_switch() +#include <linux/pinctrl/consumer.h> + +struct pinctrl *p; +struct pinctrl_state *s1, *s2; + +foo_probe() { - struct pinmux *pmx; + /* Setup */ + p = devm_pinctrl_get(&device); + if (IS_ERR(p)) + ... + s1 = pinctrl_lookup_state(foo->p, "pos-A"); + if (IS_ERR(s1)) + ... + + s2 = pinctrl_lookup_state(foo->p, "pos-B"); + if (IS_ERR(s2)) + ... +} + +foo_switch() +{ /* Enable on position A */ - pmx = pinmux_get(&device, "spi0-pos-A"); - if IS_ERR(pmx) - return PTR_ERR(pmx); - pinmux_enable(pmx); + ret = pinctrl_select_state(s1); + if (ret < 0) + ... - /* This releases the pins again */ - pinmux_disable(pmx); - pinmux_put(pmx); + ... /* Enable on position B */ - pmx = pinmux_get(&device, "spi0-pos-B"); - if IS_ERR(pmx) - return PTR_ERR(pmx); - pinmux_enable(pmx); + ret = pinctrl_select_state(s2); + if (ret < 0) + ... + ... } diff --git a/Documentation/power/devices.txt b/Documentation/power/devices.txt index 20af7de..872815c 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/devices.txt @@ -96,6 +96,12 @@ struct dev_pm_ops { int (*thaw)(struct device *dev); int (*poweroff)(struct device *dev); int (*restore)(struct device *dev); + int (*suspend_late)(struct device *dev); + int (*resume_early)(struct device *dev); + int (*freeze_late)(struct device *dev); + int (*thaw_early)(struct device *dev); + int (*poweroff_late)(struct device *dev); + int (*restore_early)(struct device *dev); int (*suspend_noirq)(struct device *dev); int (*resume_noirq)(struct device *dev); int (*freeze_noirq)(struct device *dev); @@ -305,7 +311,7 @@ Entering System Suspend ----------------------- When the system goes into the standby or memory sleep state, the phases are: - prepare, suspend, suspend_noirq. + prepare, suspend, suspend_late, suspend_noirq. 1. The prepare phase is meant to prevent races by preventing new devices from being registered; the PM core would never know that all the @@ -324,7 +330,12 @@ When the system goes into the standby or memory sleep state, the phases are: appropriate low-power state, depending on the bus type the device is on, and they may enable wakeup events. - 3. The suspend_noirq phase occurs after IRQ handlers have been disabled, + 3 For a number of devices it is convenient to split suspend into the + "quiesce device" and "save device state" phases, in which cases + suspend_late is meant to do the latter. It is always executed after + runtime power management has been disabled for all devices. + + 4. The suspend_noirq phase occurs after IRQ handlers have been disabled, which means that the driver's interrupt handler will not be called while the callback method is running. The methods should save the values of the device's registers that weren't saved previously and finally put the @@ -359,7 +370,7 @@ Leaving System Suspend ---------------------- When resuming from standby or memory sleep, the phases are: - resume_noirq, resume, complete. + resume_noirq, resume_early, resume, complete. 1. The resume_noirq callback methods should perform any actions needed before the driver's interrupt handlers are invoked. This generally @@ -375,14 +386,18 @@ When resuming from standby or memory sleep, the phases are: device driver's ->pm.resume_noirq() method to perform device-specific actions. - 2. The resume methods should bring the the device back to its operating + 2. The resume_early methods should prepare devices for the execution of + the resume methods. This generally involves undoing the actions of the + preceding suspend_late phase. + + 3 The resume methods should bring the the device back to its operating state, so that it can perform normal I/O. This generally involves undoing the actions of the suspend phase. - 3. The complete phase uses only a bus callback. The method should undo the - actions of the prepare phase. Note, however, that new children may be - registered below the device as soon as the resume callbacks occur; it's - not necessary to wait until the complete phase. + 4. The complete phase should undo the actions of the prepare phase. Note, + however, that new children may be registered below the device as soon as + the resume callbacks occur; it's not necessary to wait until the + complete phase. At the end of these phases, drivers should be as functional as they were before suspending: I/O can be performed using DMA and IRQs, and the relevant clocks are @@ -429,8 +444,8 @@ an image of the system memory while everything is stable, reactivate all devices (thaw), write the image to permanent storage, and finally shut down the system (poweroff). The phases used to accomplish this are: - prepare, freeze, freeze_noirq, thaw_noirq, thaw, complete, - prepare, poweroff, poweroff_noirq + prepare, freeze, freeze_late, freeze_noirq, thaw_noirq, thaw_early, + thaw, complete, prepare, poweroff, poweroff_late, poweroff_noirq 1. The prepare phase is discussed in the "Entering System Suspend" section above. @@ -441,7 +456,11 @@ system (poweroff). The phases used to accomplish this are: save time it's best not to do so. Also, the device should not be prepared to generate wakeup events. - 3. The freeze_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase discussed + 3. The freeze_late phase is analogous to the suspend_late phase described + above, except that the device should not be put in a low-power state and + should not be allowed to generate wakeup events by it. + + 4. The freeze_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase discussed above, except again that the device should not be put in a low-power state and should not be allowed to generate wakeup events. @@ -449,15 +468,19 @@ At this point the system image is created. All devices should be inactive and the contents of memory should remain undisturbed while this happens, so that the image forms an atomic snapshot of the system state. - 4. The thaw_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase discussed + 5. The thaw_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase discussed above. The main difference is that its methods can assume the device is in the same state as at the end of the freeze_noirq phase. - 5. The thaw phase is analogous to the resume phase discussed above. Its + 6. The thaw_early phase is analogous to the resume_early phase described + above. Its methods should undo the actions of the preceding + freeze_late, if necessary. + + 7. The thaw phase is analogous to the resume phase discussed above. Its methods should bring the device back to an operating state, so that it can be used for saving the image if necessary. - 6. The complete phase is discussed in the "Leaving System Suspend" section + 8. The complete phase is discussed in the "Leaving System Suspend" section above. At this point the system image is saved, and the devices then need to be @@ -465,16 +488,19 @@ prepared for the upcoming system shutdown. This is much like suspending them before putting the system into the standby or memory sleep state, and the phases are similar. - 7. The prepare phase is discussed above. + 9. The prepare phase is discussed above. + + 10. The poweroff phase is analogous to the suspend phase. - 8. The poweroff phase is analogous to the suspend phase. + 11. The poweroff_late phase is analogous to the suspend_late phase. - 9. The poweroff_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase. + 12. The poweroff_noirq phase is analogous to the suspend_noirq phase. -The poweroff and poweroff_noirq callbacks should do essentially the same things -as the suspend and suspend_noirq callbacks. The only notable difference is that -they need not store the device register values, because the registers should -already have been stored during the freeze or freeze_noirq phases. +The poweroff, poweroff_late and poweroff_noirq callbacks should do essentially +the same things as the suspend, suspend_late and suspend_noirq callbacks, +respectively. The only notable difference is that they need not store the +device register values, because the registers should already have been stored +during the freeze, freeze_late or freeze_noirq phases. Leaving Hibernation @@ -518,22 +544,25 @@ To achieve this, the image kernel must restore the devices' pre-hibernation functionality. The operation is much like waking up from the memory sleep state, although it involves different phases: - restore_noirq, restore, complete + restore_noirq, restore_early, restore, complete 1. The restore_noirq phase is analogous to the resume_noirq phase. - 2. The restore phase is analogous to the resume phase. + 2. The restore_early phase is analogous to the resume_early phase. + + 3. The restore phase is analogous to the resume phase. - 3. The complete phase is discussed above. + 4. The complete phase is discussed above. -The main difference from resume[_noirq] is that restore[_noirq] must assume the -device has been accessed and reconfigured by the boot loader or the boot kernel. -Consequently the state of the device may be different from the state remembered -from the freeze and freeze_noirq phases. The device may even need to be reset -and completely re-initialized. In many cases this difference doesn't matter, so -the resume[_noirq] and restore[_norq] method pointers can be set to the same -routines. Nevertheless, different callback pointers are used in case there is a -situation where it actually matters. +The main difference from resume[_early|_noirq] is that restore[_early|_noirq] +must assume the device has been accessed and reconfigured by the boot loader or +the boot kernel. Consequently the state of the device may be different from the +state remembered from the freeze, freeze_late and freeze_noirq phases. The +device may even need to be reset and completely re-initialized. In many cases +this difference doesn't matter, so the resume[_early|_noirq] and +restore[_early|_norq] method pointers can be set to the same routines. +Nevertheless, different callback pointers are used in case there is a situation +where it actually does matter. Device Power Management Domains diff --git a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt index ebd7490..6ec291e 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/freezing-of-tasks.txt @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ architectures). II. How does it work? -There are four per-task flags used for that, PF_NOFREEZE, PF_FROZEN, TIF_FREEZE +There are three per-task flags used for that, PF_NOFREEZE, PF_FROZEN and PF_FREEZER_SKIP (the last one is auxiliary). The tasks that have PF_NOFREEZE unset (all user space processes and some kernel threads) are regarded as 'freezable' and treated in a special way before the system enters a @@ -17,30 +17,31 @@ suspend state as well as before a hibernation image is created (in what follows we only consider hibernation, but the description also applies to suspend). Namely, as the first step of the hibernation procedure the function -freeze_processes() (defined in kernel/power/process.c) is called. It executes -try_to_freeze_tasks() that sets TIF_FREEZE for all of the freezable tasks and -either wakes them up, if they are kernel threads, or sends fake signals to them, -if they are user space processes. A task that has TIF_FREEZE set, should react -to it by calling the function called __refrigerator() (defined in -kernel/freezer.c), which sets the task's PF_FROZEN flag, changes its state -to TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE and makes it loop until PF_FROZEN is cleared for it. -Then, we say that the task is 'frozen' and therefore the set of functions -handling this mechanism is referred to as 'the freezer' (these functions are -defined in kernel/power/process.c, kernel/freezer.c & include/linux/freezer.h). -User space processes are generally frozen before kernel threads. +freeze_processes() (defined in kernel/power/process.c) is called. A system-wide +variable system_freezing_cnt (as opposed to a per-task flag) is used to indicate +whether the system is to undergo a freezing operation. And freeze_processes() +sets this variable. After this, it executes try_to_freeze_tasks() that sends a +fake signal to all user space processes, and wakes up all the kernel threads. +All freezable tasks must react to that by calling try_to_freeze(), which +results in a call to __refrigerator() (defined in kernel/freezer.c), which sets +the task's PF_FROZEN flag, changes its state to TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE and makes +it loop until PF_FROZEN is cleared for it. Then, we say that the task is +'frozen' and therefore the set of functions handling this mechanism is referred +to as 'the freezer' (these functions are defined in kernel/power/process.c, +kernel/freezer.c & include/linux/freezer.h). User space processes are generally +frozen before kernel threads. __refrigerator() must not be called directly. Instead, use the try_to_freeze() function (defined in include/linux/freezer.h), that checks -the task's TIF_FREEZE flag and makes the task enter __refrigerator() if the -flag is set. +if the task is to be frozen and makes the task enter __refrigerator(). For user space processes try_to_freeze() is called automatically from the signal-handling code, but the freezable kernel threads need to call it explicitly in suitable places or use the wait_event_freezable() or wait_event_freezable_timeout() macros (defined in include/linux/freezer.h) -that combine interruptible sleep with checking if TIF_FREEZE is set and calling -try_to_freeze(). The main loop of a freezable kernel thread may look like the -following one: +that combine interruptible sleep with checking if the task is to be frozen and +calling try_to_freeze(). The main loop of a freezable kernel thread may look +like the following one: set_freezable(); do { @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@ following one: (from drivers/usb/core/hub.c::hub_thread()). If a freezable kernel thread fails to call try_to_freeze() after the freezer has -set TIF_FREEZE for it, the freezing of tasks will fail and the entire +initiated a freezing operation, the freezing of tasks will fail and the entire hibernation operation will be cancelled. For this reason, freezable kernel threads must call try_to_freeze() somewhere or use one of the wait_event_freezable() and wait_event_freezable_timeout() macros. @@ -63,6 +64,27 @@ devices have been reinitialized, the function thaw_processes() is called in order to clear the PF_FROZEN flag for each frozen task. Then, the tasks that have been frozen leave __refrigerator() and continue running. + +Rationale behind the functions dealing with freezing and thawing of tasks: +------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +freeze_processes(): + - freezes only userspace tasks + +freeze_kernel_threads(): + - freezes all tasks (including kernel threads) because we can't freeze + kernel threads without freezing userspace tasks + +thaw_kernel_threads(): + - thaws only kernel threads; this is particularly useful if we need to do + anything special in between thawing of kernel threads and thawing of + userspace tasks, or if we want to postpone the thawing of userspace tasks + +thaw_processes(): + - thaws all tasks (including kernel threads) because we can't thaw userspace + tasks without thawing kernel threads + + III. Which kernel threads are freezable? Kernel threads are not freezable by default. However, a kernel thread may clear diff --git a/Documentation/power/regulator/regulator.txt b/Documentation/power/regulator/regulator.txt index e272d99..1390277 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/regulator/regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/regulator/regulator.txt @@ -11,8 +11,7 @@ Registration Drivers can register a regulator by calling :- struct regulator_dev *regulator_register(struct regulator_desc *regulator_desc, - struct device *dev, struct regulator_init_data *init_data, - void *driver_data, struct device_node *of_node); + const struct regulator_config *config); This will register the regulators capabilities and operations to the regulator core. diff --git a/Documentation/power/suspend-and-cpuhotplug.txt b/Documentation/power/suspend-and-cpuhotplug.txt index f28f9a6..e13dafc 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/suspend-and-cpuhotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/suspend-and-cpuhotplug.txt @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ More details follow: Write 'mem' to /sys/power/state - syfs file + sysfs file | v Acquire pm_mutex lock diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3007bc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/firmware-assisted-dump.txt @@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ + + Firmware-Assisted Dump + ------------------------ + July 2011 + +The goal of firmware-assisted dump is to enable the dump of +a crashed system, and to do so from a fully-reset system, and +to minimize the total elapsed time until the system is back +in production use. + +- Firmware assisted dump (fadump) infrastructure is intended to replace + the existing phyp assisted dump. +- Fadump uses the same firmware interfaces and memory reservation model + as phyp assisted dump. +- Unlike phyp dump, fadump exports the memory dump through /proc/vmcore + in the ELF format in the same way as kdump. This helps us reuse the + kdump infrastructure for dump capture and filtering. +- Unlike phyp dump, userspace tool does not need to refer any sysfs + interface while reading /proc/vmcore. +- Unlike phyp dump, fadump allows user to release all the memory reserved + for dump, with a single operation of echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem. +- Once enabled through kernel boot parameter, fadump can be + started/stopped through /sys/kernel/fadump_registered interface (see + sysfs files section below) and can be easily integrated with kdump + service start/stop init scripts. + +Comparing with kdump or other strategies, firmware-assisted +dump offers several strong, practical advantages: + +-- Unlike kdump, the system has been reset, and loaded + with a fresh copy of the kernel. In particular, + PCI and I/O devices have been reinitialized and are + in a clean, consistent state. +-- Once the dump is copied out, the memory that held the dump + is immediately available to the running kernel. And therefore, + unlike kdump, fadump doesn't need a 2nd reboot to get back + the system to the production configuration. + +The above can only be accomplished by coordination with, +and assistance from the Power firmware. The procedure is +as follows: + +-- The first kernel registers the sections of memory with the + Power firmware for dump preservation during OS initialization. + These registered sections of memory are reserved by the first + kernel during early boot. + +-- When a system crashes, the Power firmware will save + the low memory (boot memory of size larger of 5% of system RAM + or 256MB) of RAM to the previous registered region. It will + also save system registers, and hardware PTE's. + + NOTE: The term 'boot memory' means size of the low memory chunk + that is required for a kernel to boot successfully when + booted with restricted memory. By default, the boot memory + size will be the larger of 5% of system RAM or 256MB. + Alternatively, user can also specify boot memory size + through boot parameter 'fadump_reserve_mem=' which will + override the default calculated size. Use this option + if default boot memory size is not sufficient for second + kernel to boot successfully. + +-- After the low memory (boot memory) area has been saved, the + firmware will reset PCI and other hardware state. It will + *not* clear the RAM. It will then launch the bootloader, as + normal. + +-- The freshly booted kernel will notice that there is a new + node (ibm,dump-kernel) in the device tree, indicating that + there is crash data available from a previous boot. During + the early boot OS will reserve rest of the memory above + boot memory size effectively booting with restricted memory + size. This will make sure that the second kernel will not + touch any of the dump memory area. + +-- User-space tools will read /proc/vmcore to obtain the contents + of memory, which holds the previous crashed kernel dump in ELF + format. The userspace tools may copy this info to disk, or + network, nas, san, iscsi, etc. as desired. + +-- Once the userspace tool is done saving dump, it will echo + '1' to /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem to release the reserved + memory back to general use, except the memory required for + next firmware-assisted dump registration. + + e.g. + # echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem + +Please note that the firmware-assisted dump feature +is only available on Power6 and above systems with recent +firmware versions. + +Implementation details: +---------------------- + +During boot, a check is made to see if firmware supports +this feature on that particular machine. If it does, then +we check to see if an active dump is waiting for us. If yes +then everything but boot memory size of RAM is reserved during +early boot (See Fig. 2). This area is released once we finish +collecting the dump from user land scripts (e.g. kdump scripts) +that are run. If there is dump data, then the +/sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem file is created, and the reserved +memory is held. + +If there is no waiting dump data, then only the memory required +to hold CPU state, HPTE region, boot memory dump and elfcore +header, is reserved at the top of memory (see Fig. 1). This area +is *not* released: this region will be kept permanently reserved, +so that it can act as a receptacle for a copy of the boot memory +content in addition to CPU state and HPTE region, in the case a +crash does occur. + + o Memory Reservation during first kernel + + Low memory Top of memory + 0 boot memory size | + | | |<--Reserved dump area -->| + V V | Permanent Reservation V + +-----------+----------/ /----------+---+----+-----------+----+ + | | |CPU|HPTE| DUMP |ELF | + +-----------+----------/ /----------+---+----+-----------+----+ + | ^ + | | + \ / + ------------------------------------------- + Boot memory content gets transferred to + reserved area by firmware at the time of + crash + Fig. 1 + + o Memory Reservation during second kernel after crash + + Low memory Top of memory + 0 boot memory size | + | |<------------- Reserved dump area ----------- -->| + V V V + +-----------+----------/ /----------+---+----+-----------+----+ + | | |CPU|HPTE| DUMP |ELF | + +-----------+----------/ /----------+---+----+-----------+----+ + | | + V V + Used by second /proc/vmcore + kernel to boot + Fig. 2 + +Currently the dump will be copied from /proc/vmcore to a +a new file upon user intervention. The dump data available through +/proc/vmcore will be in ELF format. Hence the existing kdump +infrastructure (kdump scripts) to save the dump works fine with +minor modifications. + +The tools to examine the dump will be same as the ones +used for kdump. + +How to enable firmware-assisted dump (fadump): +------------------------------------- + +1. Set config option CONFIG_FA_DUMP=y and build kernel. +2. Boot into linux kernel with 'fadump=on' kernel cmdline option. +3. Optionally, user can also set 'fadump_reserve_mem=' kernel cmdline + to specify size of the memory to reserve for boot memory dump + preservation. + +NOTE: If firmware-assisted dump fails to reserve memory then it will + fallback to existing kdump mechanism if 'crashkernel=' option + is set at kernel cmdline. + +Sysfs/debugfs files: +------------ + +Firmware-assisted dump feature uses sysfs file system to hold +the control files and debugfs file to display memory reserved region. + +Here is the list of files under kernel sysfs: + + /sys/kernel/fadump_enabled + + This is used to display the fadump status. + 0 = fadump is disabled + 1 = fadump is enabled + + This interface can be used by kdump init scripts to identify if + fadump is enabled in the kernel and act accordingly. + + /sys/kernel/fadump_registered + + This is used to display the fadump registration status as well + as to control (start/stop) the fadump registration. + 0 = fadump is not registered. + 1 = fadump is registered and ready to handle system crash. + + To register fadump echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered and + echo 0 > /sys/kernel/fadump_registered for un-register and stop the + fadump. Once the fadump is un-registered, the system crash will not + be handled and vmcore will not be captured. This interface can be + easily integrated with kdump service start/stop. + + /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem + + This file is available only when fadump is active during + second kernel. This is used to release the reserved memory + region that are held for saving crash dump. To release the + reserved memory echo 1 to it: + + echo 1 > /sys/kernel/fadump_release_mem + + After echo 1, the content of the /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region + file will change to reflect the new memory reservations. + + The existing userspace tools (kdump infrastructure) can be easily + enhanced to use this interface to release the memory reserved for + dump and continue without 2nd reboot. + +Here is the list of files under powerpc debugfs: +(Assuming debugfs is mounted on /sys/kernel/debug directory.) + + /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region + + This file shows the reserved memory regions if fadump is + enabled otherwise this file is empty. The output format + is: + <region>: [<start>-<end>] <reserved-size> bytes, Dumped: <dump-size> + + e.g. + Contents when fadump is registered during first kernel + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region + CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 + HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 + DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x0 + + Contents when fadump is active during second kernel + + # cat /sys/kernel/debug/powerpc/fadump_region + CPU : [0x0000006ffb0000-0x0000006fff001f] 0x40020 bytes, Dumped: 0x40020 + HPTE: [0x0000006fff0020-0x0000006fff101f] 0x1000 bytes, Dumped: 0x1000 + DUMP: [0x0000006fff1020-0x0000007fff101f] 0x10000000 bytes, Dumped: 0x10000000 + : [0x00000010000000-0x0000006ffaffff] 0x5ffb0000 bytes, Dumped: 0x5ffb0000 + +NOTE: Please refer to Documentation/filesystems/debugfs.txt on + how to mount the debugfs filesystem. + + +TODO: +----- + o Need to come up with the better approach to find out more + accurate boot memory size that is required for a kernel to + boot successfully when booted with restricted memory. + o The fadump implementation introduces a fadump crash info structure + in the scratch area before the ELF core header. The idea of introducing + this structure is to pass some important crash info data to the second + kernel which will help second kernel to populate ELF core header with + correct data before it gets exported through /proc/vmcore. The current + design implementation does not address a possibility of introducing + additional fields (in future) to this structure without affecting + compatibility. Need to come up with the better approach to address this. + The possible approaches are: + 1. Introduce version field for version tracking, bump up the version + whenever a new field is added to the structure in future. The version + field can be used to find out what fields are valid for the current + version of the structure. + 2. Reserve the area of predefined size (say PAGE_SIZE) for this + structure and have unused area as reserved (initialized to zero) + for future field additions. + The advantage of approach 1 over 2 is we don't need to reserve extra space. +--- +Author: Mahesh Salgaonkar <mahesh@linux.vnet.ibm.com> +This document is based on the original documentation written for phyp +assisted dump by Linas Vepstas and Manish Ahuja. diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt index 10dd4ab..0d540a3 100644 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/powerpc/mpc52xx.txt @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Linux 2.6.x on MPC52xx family ----------------------------- For the latest info, go to http://www.246tNt.com/mpc52xx/ - + To compile/use : - U-Boot: @@ -10,23 +10,23 @@ To compile/use : if you wish to ). # make lite5200_defconfig # make uImage - + then, on U-boot: => tftpboot 200000 uImage => tftpboot 400000 pRamdisk => bootm 200000 400000 - + - DBug: # <edit Makefile to set ARCH=ppc & CROSS_COMPILE=... ( also EXTRAVERSION if you wish to ). # make lite5200_defconfig # cp your_initrd.gz arch/ppc/boot/images/ramdisk.image.gz - # make zImage.initrd - # make + # make zImage.initrd + # make then in DBug: DBug> dn -i zImage.initrd.lite5200 - + Some remarks : - The port is named mpc52xxx, and config options are PPC_MPC52xx. The MGT5100 diff --git a/Documentation/powerpc/phyp-assisted-dump.txt b/Documentation/powerpc/phyp-assisted-dump.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ad34020..0000000 --- a/Documentation/powerpc/phyp-assisted-dump.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ - - Hypervisor-Assisted Dump - ------------------------ - November 2007 - -The goal of hypervisor-assisted dump is to enable the dump of -a crashed system, and to do so from a fully-reset system, and -to minimize the total elapsed time until the system is back -in production use. - -As compared to kdump or other strategies, hypervisor-assisted -dump offers several strong, practical advantages: - --- Unlike kdump, the system has been reset, and loaded - with a fresh copy of the kernel. In particular, - PCI and I/O devices have been reinitialized and are - in a clean, consistent state. --- As the dump is performed, the dumped memory becomes - immediately available to the system for normal use. --- After the dump is completed, no further reboots are - required; the system will be fully usable, and running - in its normal, production mode on its normal kernel. - -The above can only be accomplished by coordination with, -and assistance from the hypervisor. The procedure is -as follows: - --- When a system crashes, the hypervisor will save - the low 256MB of RAM to a previously registered - save region. It will also save system state, system - registers, and hardware PTE's. - --- After the low 256MB area has been saved, the - hypervisor will reset PCI and other hardware state. - It will *not* clear RAM. It will then launch the - bootloader, as normal. - --- The freshly booted kernel will notice that there - is a new node (ibm,dump-kernel) in the device tree, - indicating that there is crash data available from - a previous boot. It will boot into only 256MB of RAM, - reserving the rest of system memory. - --- Userspace tools will parse /sys/kernel/release_region - and read /proc/vmcore to obtain the contents of memory, - which holds the previous crashed kernel. The userspace - tools may copy this info to disk, or network, nas, san, - iscsi, etc. as desired. - - For Example: the values in /sys/kernel/release-region - would look something like this (address-range pairs). - CPU:0x177fee000-0x10000: HPTE:0x177ffe020-0x1000: / - DUMP:0x177fff020-0x10000000, 0x10000000-0x16F1D370A - --- As the userspace tools complete saving a portion of - dump, they echo an offset and size to - /sys/kernel/release_region to release the reserved - memory back to general use. - - An example of this is: - "echo 0x40000000 0x10000000 > /sys/kernel/release_region" - which will release 256MB at the 1GB boundary. - -Please note that the hypervisor-assisted dump feature -is only available on Power6-based systems with recent -firmware versions. - -Implementation details: ----------------------- - -During boot, a check is made to see if firmware supports -this feature on this particular machine. If it does, then -we check to see if a active dump is waiting for us. If yes -then everything but 256 MB of RAM is reserved during early -boot. This area is released once we collect a dump from user -land scripts that are run. If there is dump data, then -the /sys/kernel/release_region file is created, and -the reserved memory is held. - -If there is no waiting dump data, then only the highest -256MB of the ram is reserved as a scratch area. This area -is *not* released: this region will be kept permanently -reserved, so that it can act as a receptacle for a copy -of the low 256MB in the case a crash does occur. See, -however, "open issues" below, as to whether -such a reserved region is really needed. - -Currently the dump will be copied from /proc/vmcore to a -a new file upon user intervention. The starting address -to be read and the range for each data point in provided -in /sys/kernel/release_region. - -The tools to examine the dump will be same as the ones -used for kdump. - -General notes: --------------- -Security: please note that there are potential security issues -with any sort of dump mechanism. In particular, plaintext -(unencrypted) data, and possibly passwords, may be present in -the dump data. Userspace tools must take adequate precautions to -preserve security. - -Open issues/ToDo: ------------- - o The various code paths that tell the hypervisor that a crash - occurred, vs. it simply being a normal reboot, should be - reviewed, and possibly clarified/fixed. - - o Instead of using /sys/kernel, should there be a /sys/dump - instead? There is a dump_subsys being created by the s390 code, - perhaps the pseries code should use a similar layout as well. - - o Is reserving a 256MB region really required? The goal of - reserving a 256MB scratch area is to make sure that no - important crash data is clobbered when the hypervisor - save low mem to the scratch area. But, if one could assure - that nothing important is located in some 256MB area, then - it would not need to be reserved. Something that can be - improved in subsequent versions. - - o Still working the kdump team to integrate this with kdump, - some work remains but this would not affect the current - patches. - - o Still need to write a shell script, to copy the dump away. - Currently I am parsing it manually. diff --git a/Documentation/prctl/seccomp_filter.txt b/Documentation/prctl/seccomp_filter.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..597c3c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/prctl/seccomp_filter.txt @@ -0,0 +1,163 @@ + SECure COMPuting with filters + ============================= + +Introduction +------------ + +A large number of system calls are exposed to every userland process +with many of them going unused for the entire lifetime of the process. +As system calls change and mature, bugs are found and eradicated. A +certain subset of userland applications benefit by having a reduced set +of available system calls. The resulting set reduces the total kernel +surface exposed to the application. System call filtering is meant for +use with those applications. + +Seccomp filtering provides a means for a process to specify a filter for +incoming system calls. The filter is expressed as a Berkeley Packet +Filter (BPF) program, as with socket filters, except that the data +operated on is related to the system call being made: system call +number and the system call arguments. This allows for expressive +filtering of system calls using a filter program language with a long +history of being exposed to userland and a straightforward data set. + +Additionally, BPF makes it impossible for users of seccomp to fall prey +to time-of-check-time-of-use (TOCTOU) attacks that are common in system +call interposition frameworks. BPF programs may not dereference +pointers which constrains all filters to solely evaluating the system +call arguments directly. + +What it isn't +------------- + +System call filtering isn't a sandbox. It provides a clearly defined +mechanism for minimizing the exposed kernel surface. It is meant to be +a tool for sandbox developers to use. Beyond that, policy for logical +behavior and information flow should be managed with a combination of +other system hardening techniques and, potentially, an LSM of your +choosing. Expressive, dynamic filters provide further options down this +path (avoiding pathological sizes or selecting which of the multiplexed +system calls in socketcall() is allowed, for instance) which could be +construed, incorrectly, as a more complete sandboxing solution. + +Usage +----- + +An additional seccomp mode is added and is enabled using the same +prctl(2) call as the strict seccomp. If the architecture has +CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_SECCOMP_FILTER, then filters may be added as below: + +PR_SET_SECCOMP: + Now takes an additional argument which specifies a new filter + using a BPF program. + The BPF program will be executed over struct seccomp_data + reflecting the system call number, arguments, and other + metadata. The BPF program must then return one of the + acceptable values to inform the kernel which action should be + taken. + + Usage: + prctl(PR_SET_SECCOMP, SECCOMP_MODE_FILTER, prog); + + The 'prog' argument is a pointer to a struct sock_fprog which + will contain the filter program. If the program is invalid, the + call will return -1 and set errno to EINVAL. + + If fork/clone and execve are allowed by @prog, any child + processes will be constrained to the same filters and system + call ABI as the parent. + + Prior to use, the task must call prctl(PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS, 1) or + run with CAP_SYS_ADMIN privileges in its namespace. If these are not + true, -EACCES will be returned. This requirement ensures that filter + programs cannot be applied to child processes with greater privileges + than the task that installed them. + + Additionally, if prctl(2) is allowed by the attached filter, + additional filters may be layered on which will increase evaluation + time, but allow for further decreasing the attack surface during + execution of a process. + +The above call returns 0 on success and non-zero on error. + +Return values +------------- +A seccomp filter may return any of the following values. If multiple +filters exist, the return value for the evaluation of a given system +call will always use the highest precedent value. (For example, +SECCOMP_RET_KILL will always take precedence.) + +In precedence order, they are: + +SECCOMP_RET_KILL: + Results in the task exiting immediately without executing the + system call. The exit status of the task (status & 0x7f) will + be SIGSYS, not SIGKILL. + +SECCOMP_RET_TRAP: + Results in the kernel sending a SIGSYS signal to the triggering + task without executing the system call. The kernel will + rollback the register state to just before the system call + entry such that a signal handler in the task will be able to + inspect the ucontext_t->uc_mcontext registers and emulate + system call success or failure upon return from the signal + handler. + + The SECCOMP_RET_DATA portion of the return value will be passed + as si_errno. + + SIGSYS triggered by seccomp will have a si_code of SYS_SECCOMP. + +SECCOMP_RET_ERRNO: + Results in the lower 16-bits of the return value being passed + to userland as the errno without executing the system call. + +SECCOMP_RET_TRACE: + When returned, this value will cause the kernel to attempt to + notify a ptrace()-based tracer prior to executing the system + call. If there is no tracer present, -ENOSYS is returned to + userland and the system call is not executed. + + A tracer will be notified if it requests PTRACE_O_TRACESECCOMP + using ptrace(PTRACE_SETOPTIONS). The tracer will be notified + of a PTRACE_EVENT_SECCOMP and the SECCOMP_RET_DATA portion of + the BPF program return value will be available to the tracer + via PTRACE_GETEVENTMSG. + +SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW: + Results in the system call being executed. + +If multiple filters exist, the return value for the evaluation of a +given system call will always use the highest precedent value. + +Precedence is only determined using the SECCOMP_RET_ACTION mask. When +multiple filters return values of the same precedence, only the +SECCOMP_RET_DATA from the most recently installed filter will be +returned. + +Pitfalls +-------- + +The biggest pitfall to avoid during use is filtering on system call +number without checking the architecture value. Why? On any +architecture that supports multiple system call invocation conventions, +the system call numbers may vary based on the specific invocation. If +the numbers in the different calling conventions overlap, then checks in +the filters may be abused. Always check the arch value! + +Example +------- + +The samples/seccomp/ directory contains both an x86-specific example +and a more generic example of a higher level macro interface for BPF +program generation. + + + +Adding architecture support +----------------------- + +See arch/Kconfig for the authoritative requirements. In general, if an +architecture supports both ptrace_event and seccomp, it will be able to +support seccomp filter with minor fixup: SIGSYS support and seccomp return +value checking. Then it must just add CONFIG_HAVE_ARCH_SECCOMP_FILTER +to its arch-specific Kconfig. diff --git a/Documentation/ramoops.txt b/Documentation/ramoops.txt index 8fb1ba7..4ba7db2 100644 --- a/Documentation/ramoops.txt +++ b/Documentation/ramoops.txt @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Ramoops oops/panic logger Sergiu Iordache <sergiu@chromium.org> -Updated: 8 August 2011 +Updated: 17 November 2011 0. Introduction @@ -30,6 +30,11 @@ variable while setting 0 in that variable dumps only the panics. The module uses a counter to record multiple dumps but the counter gets reset on restart (i.e. new dumps after the restart will overwrite old ones). +Ramoops also supports software ECC protection of persistent memory regions. +This might be useful when a hardware reset was used to bring the machine back +to life (i.e. a watchdog triggered). In such cases, RAM may be somewhat +corrupt, but usually it is restorable. + 2. Setting the parameters Setting the ramoops parameters can be done in 2 different manners: @@ -38,7 +43,7 @@ Setting the ramoops parameters can be done in 2 different manners: 2. Use a platform device and set the platform data. The parameters can then be set through that platform data. An example of doing that is: -#include <linux/ramoops.h> +#include <linux/pstore_ram.h> [...] static struct ramoops_platform_data ramoops_data = { @@ -46,6 +51,7 @@ static struct ramoops_platform_data ramoops_data = { .mem_address = <...>, .record_size = <...>, .dump_oops = <...>, + .ecc = <...>, }; static struct platform_device ramoops_dev = { @@ -71,6 +77,6 @@ timestamp and a new line. The dump then continues with the actual data. 4. Reading the data -The dump data can be read from memory (through /dev/mem or other means). -Getting the module parameters, which are needed in order to parse the data, can -be done through /sys/module/ramoops/parameters/* . +The dump data can be read from the pstore filesystem. The format for these +files is "dmesg-ramoops-N", where N is the record number in memory. To delete +a stored record from RAM, simply unlink the respective pstore file. diff --git a/Documentation/remoteproc.txt b/Documentation/remoteproc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70a048c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/remoteproc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,322 @@ +Remote Processor Framework + +1. Introduction + +Modern SoCs typically have heterogeneous remote processor devices in asymmetric +multiprocessing (AMP) configurations, which may be running different instances +of operating system, whether it's Linux or any other flavor of real-time OS. + +OMAP4, for example, has dual Cortex-A9, dual Cortex-M3 and a C64x+ DSP. +In a typical configuration, the dual cortex-A9 is running Linux in a SMP +configuration, and each of the other three cores (two M3 cores and a DSP) +is running its own instance of RTOS in an AMP configuration. + +The remoteproc framework allows different platforms/architectures to +control (power on, load firmware, power off) those remote processors while +abstracting the hardware differences, so the entire driver doesn't need to be +duplicated. In addition, this framework also adds rpmsg virtio devices +for remote processors that supports this kind of communication. This way, +platform-specific remoteproc drivers only need to provide a few low-level +handlers, and then all rpmsg drivers will then just work +(for more information about the virtio-based rpmsg bus and its drivers, +please read Documentation/rpmsg.txt). +Registration of other types of virtio devices is now also possible. Firmwares +just need to publish what kind of virtio devices do they support, and then +remoteproc will add those devices. This makes it possible to reuse the +existing virtio drivers with remote processor backends at a minimal development +cost. + +2. User API + + int rproc_boot(struct rproc *rproc) + - Boot a remote processor (i.e. load its firmware, power it on, ...). + If the remote processor is already powered on, this function immediately + returns (successfully). + Returns 0 on success, and an appropriate error value otherwise. + Note: to use this function you should already have a valid rproc + handle. There are several ways to achieve that cleanly (devres, pdata, + the way remoteproc_rpmsg.c does this, or, if this becomes prevalent, we + might also consider using dev_archdata for this). See also + rproc_get_by_name() below. + + void rproc_shutdown(struct rproc *rproc) + - Power off a remote processor (previously booted with rproc_boot()). + In case @rproc is still being used by an additional user(s), then + this function will just decrement the power refcount and exit, + without really powering off the device. + Every call to rproc_boot() must (eventually) be accompanied by a call + to rproc_shutdown(). Calling rproc_shutdown() redundantly is a bug. + Notes: + - we're not decrementing the rproc's refcount, only the power refcount. + which means that the @rproc handle stays valid even after + rproc_shutdown() returns, and users can still use it with a subsequent + rproc_boot(), if needed. + - don't call rproc_shutdown() to unroll rproc_get_by_name(), exactly + because rproc_shutdown() _does not_ decrement the refcount of @rproc. + To decrement the refcount of @rproc, use rproc_put() (but _only_ if + you acquired @rproc using rproc_get_by_name()). + + struct rproc *rproc_get_by_name(const char *name) + - Find an rproc handle using the remote processor's name, and then + boot it. If it's already powered on, then just immediately return + (successfully). Returns the rproc handle on success, and NULL on failure. + This function increments the remote processor's refcount, so always + use rproc_put() to decrement it back once rproc isn't needed anymore. + Note: currently rproc_get_by_name() and rproc_put() are not used anymore + by the rpmsg bus and its drivers. We need to scrutinize the use cases + that still need them, and see if we can migrate them to use the non + name-based boot/shutdown interface. + + void rproc_put(struct rproc *rproc) + - Decrement @rproc's power refcount and shut it down if it reaches zero + (essentially by just calling rproc_shutdown), and then decrement @rproc's + validity refcount too. + After this function returns, @rproc may _not_ be used anymore, and its + handle should be considered invalid. + This function should be called _iff_ the @rproc handle was grabbed by + calling rproc_get_by_name(). + +3. Typical usage + +#include <linux/remoteproc.h> + +/* in case we were given a valid 'rproc' handle */ +int dummy_rproc_example(struct rproc *my_rproc) +{ + int ret; + + /* let's power on and boot our remote processor */ + ret = rproc_boot(my_rproc); + if (ret) { + /* + * something went wrong. handle it and leave. + */ + } + + /* + * our remote processor is now powered on... give it some work + */ + + /* let's shut it down now */ + rproc_shutdown(my_rproc); +} + +4. API for implementors + + struct rproc *rproc_alloc(struct device *dev, const char *name, + const struct rproc_ops *ops, + const char *firmware, int len) + - Allocate a new remote processor handle, but don't register + it yet. Required parameters are the underlying device, the + name of this remote processor, platform-specific ops handlers, + the name of the firmware to boot this rproc with, and the + length of private data needed by the allocating rproc driver (in bytes). + + This function should be used by rproc implementations during + initialization of the remote processor. + After creating an rproc handle using this function, and when ready, + implementations should then call rproc_register() to complete + the registration of the remote processor. + On success, the new rproc is returned, and on failure, NULL. + + Note: _never_ directly deallocate @rproc, even if it was not registered + yet. Instead, if you just need to unroll rproc_alloc(), use rproc_free(). + + void rproc_free(struct rproc *rproc) + - Free an rproc handle that was allocated by rproc_alloc. + This function should _only_ be used if @rproc was only allocated, + but not registered yet. + If @rproc was already successfully registered (by calling + rproc_register()), then use rproc_unregister() instead. + + int rproc_register(struct rproc *rproc) + - Register @rproc with the remoteproc framework, after it has been + allocated with rproc_alloc(). + This is called by the platform-specific rproc implementation, whenever + a new remote processor device is probed. + Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error code otherwise. + Note: this function initiates an asynchronous firmware loading + context, which will look for virtio devices supported by the rproc's + firmware. + If found, those virtio devices will be created and added, so as a result + of registering this remote processor, additional virtio drivers might get + probed. + + int rproc_unregister(struct rproc *rproc) + - Unregister a remote processor, and decrement its refcount. + If its refcount drops to zero, then @rproc will be freed. If not, + it will be freed later once the last reference is dropped. + + This function should be called when the platform specific rproc + implementation decides to remove the rproc device. it should + _only_ be called if a previous invocation of rproc_register() + has completed successfully. + + After rproc_unregister() returns, @rproc is _not_ valid anymore and + it shouldn't be used. More specifically, don't call rproc_free() + or try to directly free @rproc after rproc_unregister() returns; + none of these are needed, and calling them is a bug. + + Returns 0 on success and -EINVAL if @rproc isn't valid. + +5. Implementation callbacks + +These callbacks should be provided by platform-specific remoteproc +drivers: + +/** + * struct rproc_ops - platform-specific device handlers + * @start: power on the device and boot it + * @stop: power off the device + * @kick: kick a virtqueue (virtqueue id given as a parameter) + */ +struct rproc_ops { + int (*start)(struct rproc *rproc); + int (*stop)(struct rproc *rproc); + void (*kick)(struct rproc *rproc, int vqid); +}; + +Every remoteproc implementation should at least provide the ->start and ->stop +handlers. If rpmsg/virtio functionality is also desired, then the ->kick handler +should be provided as well. + +The ->start() handler takes an rproc handle and should then power on the +device and boot it (use rproc->priv to access platform-specific private data). +The boot address, in case needed, can be found in rproc->bootaddr (remoteproc +core puts there the ELF entry point). +On success, 0 should be returned, and on failure, an appropriate error code. + +The ->stop() handler takes an rproc handle and powers the device down. +On success, 0 is returned, and on failure, an appropriate error code. + +The ->kick() handler takes an rproc handle, and an index of a virtqueue +where new message was placed in. Implementations should interrupt the remote +processor and let it know it has pending messages. Notifying remote processors +the exact virtqueue index to look in is optional: it is easy (and not +too expensive) to go through the existing virtqueues and look for new buffers +in the used rings. + +6. Binary Firmware Structure + +At this point remoteproc only supports ELF32 firmware binaries. However, +it is quite expected that other platforms/devices which we'd want to +support with this framework will be based on different binary formats. + +When those use cases show up, we will have to decouple the binary format +from the framework core, so we can support several binary formats without +duplicating common code. + +When the firmware is parsed, its various segments are loaded to memory +according to the specified device address (might be a physical address +if the remote processor is accessing memory directly). + +In addition to the standard ELF segments, most remote processors would +also include a special section which we call "the resource table". + +The resource table contains system resources that the remote processor +requires before it should be powered on, such as allocation of physically +contiguous memory, or iommu mapping of certain on-chip peripherals. +Remotecore will only power up the device after all the resource table's +requirement are met. + +In addition to system resources, the resource table may also contain +resource entries that publish the existence of supported features +or configurations by the remote processor, such as trace buffers and +supported virtio devices (and their configurations). + +The resource table begins with this header: + +/** + * struct resource_table - firmware resource table header + * @ver: version number + * @num: number of resource entries + * @reserved: reserved (must be zero) + * @offset: array of offsets pointing at the various resource entries + * + * The header of the resource table, as expressed by this structure, + * contains a version number (should we need to change this format in the + * future), the number of available resource entries, and their offsets + * in the table. + */ +struct resource_table { + u32 ver; + u32 num; + u32 reserved[2]; + u32 offset[0]; +} __packed; + +Immediately following this header are the resource entries themselves, +each of which begins with the following resource entry header: + +/** + * struct fw_rsc_hdr - firmware resource entry header + * @type: resource type + * @data: resource data + * + * Every resource entry begins with a 'struct fw_rsc_hdr' header providing + * its @type. The content of the entry itself will immediately follow + * this header, and it should be parsed according to the resource type. + */ +struct fw_rsc_hdr { + u32 type; + u8 data[0]; +} __packed; + +Some resources entries are mere announcements, where the host is informed +of specific remoteproc configuration. Other entries require the host to +do something (e.g. allocate a system resource). Sometimes a negotiation +is expected, where the firmware requests a resource, and once allocated, +the host should provide back its details (e.g. address of an allocated +memory region). + +Here are the various resource types that are currently supported: + +/** + * enum fw_resource_type - types of resource entries + * + * @RSC_CARVEOUT: request for allocation of a physically contiguous + * memory region. + * @RSC_DEVMEM: request to iommu_map a memory-based peripheral. + * @RSC_TRACE: announces the availability of a trace buffer into which + * the remote processor will be writing logs. + * @RSC_VDEV: declare support for a virtio device, and serve as its + * virtio header. + * @RSC_LAST: just keep this one at the end + * + * Please note that these values are used as indices to the rproc_handle_rsc + * lookup table, so please keep them sane. Moreover, @RSC_LAST is used to + * check the validity of an index before the lookup table is accessed, so + * please update it as needed. + */ +enum fw_resource_type { + RSC_CARVEOUT = 0, + RSC_DEVMEM = 1, + RSC_TRACE = 2, + RSC_VDEV = 3, + RSC_LAST = 4, +}; + +For more details regarding a specific resource type, please see its +dedicated structure in include/linux/remoteproc.h. + +We also expect that platform-specific resource entries will show up +at some point. When that happens, we could easily add a new RSC_PLATFORM +type, and hand those resources to the platform-specific rproc driver to handle. + +7. Virtio and remoteproc + +The firmware should provide remoteproc information about virtio devices +that it supports, and their configurations: a RSC_VDEV resource entry +should specify the virtio device id (as in virtio_ids.h), virtio features, +virtio config space, vrings information, etc. + +When a new remote processor is registered, the remoteproc framework +will look for its resource table and will register the virtio devices +it supports. A firmware may support any number of virtio devices, and +of any type (a single remote processor can also easily support several +rpmsg virtio devices this way, if desired). + +Of course, RSC_VDEV resource entries are only good enough for static +allocation of virtio devices. Dynamic allocations will also be made possible +using the rpmsg bus (similar to how we already do dynamic allocations of +rpmsg channels; read more about it in rpmsg.txt). diff --git a/Documentation/rpmsg.txt b/Documentation/rpmsg.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..409d9f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/rpmsg.txt @@ -0,0 +1,293 @@ +Remote Processor Messaging (rpmsg) Framework + +Note: this document describes the rpmsg bus and how to write rpmsg drivers. +To learn how to add rpmsg support for new platforms, check out remoteproc.txt +(also a resident of Documentation/). + +1. Introduction + +Modern SoCs typically employ heterogeneous remote processor devices in +asymmetric multiprocessing (AMP) configurations, which may be running +different instances of operating system, whether it's Linux or any other +flavor of real-time OS. + +OMAP4, for example, has dual Cortex-A9, dual Cortex-M3 and a C64x+ DSP. +Typically, the dual cortex-A9 is running Linux in a SMP configuration, +and each of the other three cores (two M3 cores and a DSP) is running +its own instance of RTOS in an AMP configuration. + +Typically AMP remote processors employ dedicated DSP codecs and multimedia +hardware accelerators, and therefore are often used to offload CPU-intensive +multimedia tasks from the main application processor. + +These remote processors could also be used to control latency-sensitive +sensors, drive random hardware blocks, or just perform background tasks +while the main CPU is idling. + +Users of those remote processors can either be userland apps (e.g. multimedia +frameworks talking with remote OMX components) or kernel drivers (controlling +hardware accessible only by the remote processor, reserving kernel-controlled +resources on behalf of the remote processor, etc..). + +Rpmsg is a virtio-based messaging bus that allows kernel drivers to communicate +with remote processors available on the system. In turn, drivers could then +expose appropriate user space interfaces, if needed. + +When writing a driver that exposes rpmsg communication to userland, please +keep in mind that remote processors might have direct access to the +system's physical memory and other sensitive hardware resources (e.g. on +OMAP4, remote cores and hardware accelerators may have direct access to the +physical memory, gpio banks, dma controllers, i2c bus, gptimers, mailbox +devices, hwspinlocks, etc..). Moreover, those remote processors might be +running RTOS where every task can access the entire memory/devices exposed +to the processor. To minimize the risks of rogue (or buggy) userland code +exploiting remote bugs, and by that taking over the system, it is often +desired to limit userland to specific rpmsg channels (see definition below) +it can send messages on, and if possible, minimize how much control +it has over the content of the messages. + +Every rpmsg device is a communication channel with a remote processor (thus +rpmsg devices are called channels). Channels are identified by a textual name +and have a local ("source") rpmsg address, and remote ("destination") rpmsg +address. + +When a driver starts listening on a channel, its rx callback is bound with +a unique rpmsg local address (a 32-bit integer). This way when inbound messages +arrive, the rpmsg core dispatches them to the appropriate driver according +to their destination address (this is done by invoking the driver's rx handler +with the payload of the inbound message). + + +2. User API + + int rpmsg_send(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len); + - sends a message across to the remote processor on a given channel. + The caller should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, + and its length (in bytes). The message will be sent on the specified + channel, i.e. its source and destination address fields will be + set to the channel's src and dst addresses. + + In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will block until + one becomes available (i.e. until the remote processor consumes + a tx buffer and puts it back on virtio's used descriptor ring), + or a timeout of 15 seconds elapses. When the latter happens, + -ERESTARTSYS is returned. + The function can only be called from a process context (for now). + Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. + + int rpmsg_sendto(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len, u32 dst); + - sends a message across to the remote processor on a given channel, + to a destination address provided by the caller. + The caller should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, + its length (in bytes), and an explicit destination address. + The message will then be sent to the remote processor to which the + channel belongs, using the channel's src address, and the user-provided + dst address (thus the channel's dst address will be ignored). + + In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will block until + one becomes available (i.e. until the remote processor consumes + a tx buffer and puts it back on virtio's used descriptor ring), + or a timeout of 15 seconds elapses. When the latter happens, + -ERESTARTSYS is returned. + The function can only be called from a process context (for now). + Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. + + int rpmsg_send_offchannel(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, u32 src, u32 dst, + void *data, int len); + - sends a message across to the remote processor, using the src and dst + addresses provided by the user. + The caller should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, + its length (in bytes), and explicit source and destination addresses. + The message will then be sent to the remote processor to which the + channel belongs, but the channel's src and dst addresses will be + ignored (and the user-provided addresses will be used instead). + + In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will block until + one becomes available (i.e. until the remote processor consumes + a tx buffer and puts it back on virtio's used descriptor ring), + or a timeout of 15 seconds elapses. When the latter happens, + -ERESTARTSYS is returned. + The function can only be called from a process context (for now). + Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. + + int rpmsg_trysend(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len); + - sends a message across to the remote processor on a given channel. + The caller should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, + and its length (in bytes). The message will be sent on the specified + channel, i.e. its source and destination address fields will be + set to the channel's src and dst addresses. + + In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will immediately + return -ENOMEM without waiting until one becomes available. + The function can only be called from a process context (for now). + Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. + + int rpmsg_trysendto(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len, u32 dst) + - sends a message across to the remote processor on a given channel, + to a destination address provided by the user. + The user should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, + its length (in bytes), and an explicit destination address. + The message will then be sent to the remote processor to which the + channel belongs, using the channel's src address, and the user-provided + dst address (thus the channel's dst address will be ignored). + + In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will immediately + return -ENOMEM without waiting until one becomes available. + The function can only be called from a process context (for now). + Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. + + int rpmsg_trysend_offchannel(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, u32 src, u32 dst, + void *data, int len); + - sends a message across to the remote processor, using source and + destination addresses provided by the user. + The user should specify the channel, the data it wants to send, + its length (in bytes), and explicit source and destination addresses. + The message will then be sent to the remote processor to which the + channel belongs, but the channel's src and dst addresses will be + ignored (and the user-provided addresses will be used instead). + + In case there are no TX buffers available, the function will immediately + return -ENOMEM without waiting until one becomes available. + The function can only be called from a process context (for now). + Returns 0 on success and an appropriate error value on failure. + + struct rpmsg_endpoint *rpmsg_create_ept(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, + void (*cb)(struct rpmsg_channel *, void *, int, void *, u32), + void *priv, u32 addr); + - every rpmsg address in the system is bound to an rx callback (so when + inbound messages arrive, they are dispatched by the rpmsg bus using the + appropriate callback handler) by means of an rpmsg_endpoint struct. + + This function allows drivers to create such an endpoint, and by that, + bind a callback, and possibly some private data too, to an rpmsg address + (either one that is known in advance, or one that will be dynamically + assigned for them). + + Simple rpmsg drivers need not call rpmsg_create_ept, because an endpoint + is already created for them when they are probed by the rpmsg bus + (using the rx callback they provide when they registered to the rpmsg bus). + + So things should just work for simple drivers: they already have an + endpoint, their rx callback is bound to their rpmsg address, and when + relevant inbound messages arrive (i.e. messages which their dst address + equals to the src address of their rpmsg channel), the driver's handler + is invoked to process it. + + That said, more complicated drivers might do need to allocate + additional rpmsg addresses, and bind them to different rx callbacks. + To accomplish that, those drivers need to call this function. + Drivers should provide their channel (so the new endpoint would bind + to the same remote processor their channel belongs to), an rx callback + function, an optional private data (which is provided back when the + rx callback is invoked), and an address they want to bind with the + callback. If addr is RPMSG_ADDR_ANY, then rpmsg_create_ept will + dynamically assign them an available rpmsg address (drivers should have + a very good reason why not to always use RPMSG_ADDR_ANY here). + + Returns a pointer to the endpoint on success, or NULL on error. + + void rpmsg_destroy_ept(struct rpmsg_endpoint *ept); + - destroys an existing rpmsg endpoint. user should provide a pointer + to an rpmsg endpoint that was previously created with rpmsg_create_ept(). + + int register_rpmsg_driver(struct rpmsg_driver *rpdrv); + - registers an rpmsg driver with the rpmsg bus. user should provide + a pointer to an rpmsg_driver struct, which contains the driver's + ->probe() and ->remove() functions, an rx callback, and an id_table + specifying the names of the channels this driver is interested to + be probed with. + + void unregister_rpmsg_driver(struct rpmsg_driver *rpdrv); + - unregisters an rpmsg driver from the rpmsg bus. user should provide + a pointer to a previously-registered rpmsg_driver struct. + Returns 0 on success, and an appropriate error value on failure. + + +3. Typical usage + +The following is a simple rpmsg driver, that sends an "hello!" message +on probe(), and whenever it receives an incoming message, it dumps its +content to the console. + +#include <linux/kernel.h> +#include <linux/module.h> +#include <linux/rpmsg.h> + +static void rpmsg_sample_cb(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev, void *data, int len, + void *priv, u32 src) +{ + print_hex_dump(KERN_INFO, "incoming message:", DUMP_PREFIX_NONE, + 16, 1, data, len, true); +} + +static int rpmsg_sample_probe(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev) +{ + int err; + + dev_info(&rpdev->dev, "chnl: 0x%x -> 0x%x\n", rpdev->src, rpdev->dst); + + /* send a message on our channel */ + err = rpmsg_send(rpdev, "hello!", 6); + if (err) { + pr_err("rpmsg_send failed: %d\n", err); + return err; + } + + return 0; +} + +static void __devexit rpmsg_sample_remove(struct rpmsg_channel *rpdev) +{ + dev_info(&rpdev->dev, "rpmsg sample client driver is removed\n"); +} + +static struct rpmsg_device_id rpmsg_driver_sample_id_table[] = { + { .name = "rpmsg-client-sample" }, + { }, +}; +MODULE_DEVICE_TABLE(rpmsg, rpmsg_driver_sample_id_table); + +static struct rpmsg_driver rpmsg_sample_client = { + .drv.name = KBUILD_MODNAME, + .drv.owner = THIS_MODULE, + .id_table = rpmsg_driver_sample_id_table, + .probe = rpmsg_sample_probe, + .callback = rpmsg_sample_cb, + .remove = __devexit_p(rpmsg_sample_remove), +}; + +static int __init init(void) +{ + return register_rpmsg_driver(&rpmsg_sample_client); +} +module_init(init); + +static void __exit fini(void) +{ + unregister_rpmsg_driver(&rpmsg_sample_client); +} +module_exit(fini); + +Note: a similar sample which can be built and loaded can be found +in samples/rpmsg/. + +4. Allocations of rpmsg channels: + +At this point we only support dynamic allocations of rpmsg channels. + +This is possible only with remote processors that have the VIRTIO_RPMSG_F_NS +virtio device feature set. This feature bit means that the remote +processor supports dynamic name service announcement messages. + +When this feature is enabled, creation of rpmsg devices (i.e. channels) +is completely dynamic: the remote processor announces the existence of a +remote rpmsg service by sending a name service message (which contains +the name and rpmsg addr of the remote service, see struct rpmsg_ns_msg). + +This message is then handled by the rpmsg bus, which in turn dynamically +creates and registers an rpmsg channel (which represents the remote service). +If/when a relevant rpmsg driver is registered, it will be immediately probed +by the bus, and can then start sending messages to the remote service. + +The plan is also to add static creation of rpmsg channels via the virtio +config space, but it's not implemented yet. diff --git a/Documentation/s390/3270.txt b/Documentation/s390/3270.txt index 7a5c73a..7c715de 100644 --- a/Documentation/s390/3270.txt +++ b/Documentation/s390/3270.txt @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ including the console 3270, changes subchannel identifier relative to one another. ReIPL as soon as possible after running the configuration script and the resulting /tmp/mkdev3270. -If you have chosen to make tub3270 a module, you add a line to -/etc/modprobe.conf. If you are working on a VM virtual machine, you -can use DEF GRAF to define virtual 3270 devices. +If you have chosen to make tub3270 a module, you add a line to a +configuration file under /etc/modprobe.d/. If you are working on a VM +virtual machine, you can use DEF GRAF to define virtual 3270 devices. You may generate both 3270 and 3215 console support, or one or the other, or neither. If you generate both, the console type under VM is @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ at boot time to a 3270 if it is a 3215. In brief, these are the steps: 1. Install the tub3270 patch - 2. (If a module) add a line to /etc/modprobe.conf + 2. (If a module) add a line to a file in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf 3. (If VM) define devices with DEF GRAF 4. Reboot 5. Configure @@ -84,13 +84,12 @@ Here are the installation steps in detail: make modules_install 2. (Perform this step only if you have configured tub3270 as a - module.) Add a line to /etc/modprobe.conf to automatically - load the driver when it's needed. With this line added, - you will see login prompts appear on your 3270s as soon as - boot is complete (or with emulated 3270s, as soon as you dial - into your vm guest using the command "DIAL <vmguestname>"). - Since the line-mode major number is 227, the line to add to - /etc/modprobe.conf should be: + module.) Add a line to a file /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf to automatically + load the driver when it's needed. With this line added, you will see + login prompts appear on your 3270s as soon as boot is complete (or + with emulated 3270s, as soon as you dial into your vm guest using the + command "DIAL <vmguestname>"). Since the line-mode major number is + 227, the line to add should be: alias char-major-227 tub3270 3. Define graphic devices to your vm guest machine, if you diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt index 91ecff0..d529e02d 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-design-CFS.txt @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ CFS implements three scheduling policies: idle timer scheduler in order to avoid to get into priority inversion problems which would deadlock the machine. -SCHED_FIFO/_RR are implemented in sched_rt.c and are as specified by +SCHED_FIFO/_RR are implemented in sched/rt.c and are as specified by POSIX. The command chrt from util-linux-ng 2.13.1.1 can set all of these except @@ -145,9 +145,9 @@ Classes," an extensible hierarchy of scheduler modules. These modules encapsulate scheduling policy details and are handled by the scheduler core without the core code assuming too much about them. -sched_fair.c implements the CFS scheduler described above. +sched/fair.c implements the CFS scheduler described above. -sched_rt.c implements SCHED_FIFO and SCHED_RR semantics, in a simpler way than +sched/rt.c implements SCHED_FIFO and SCHED_RR semantics, in a simpler way than the previous vanilla scheduler did. It uses 100 runqueues (for all 100 RT priority levels, instead of 140 in the previous scheduler) and it needs no expired array. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt index b7ee379..443f0c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-domains.txt @@ -61,10 +61,6 @@ The implementor should read comments in include/linux/sched.h: struct sched_domain fields, SD_FLAG_*, SD_*_INIT to get an idea of the specifics and what to tune. -For SMT, the architecture must define CONFIG_SCHED_SMT and provide a -cpumask_t cpu_sibling_map[NR_CPUS], where cpu_sibling_map[i] is the mask of -all "i"'s siblings as well as "i" itself. - Architectures may retain the regular override the default SD_*_INIT flags while using the generic domain builder in kernel/sched.c if they wish to retain the traditional SMT->SMP->NUMA topology (or some subset of that). This diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt index 1cd5d51..8259b34 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-stats.txt @@ -38,7 +38,8 @@ First field is a sched_yield() statistic: 1) # of times sched_yield() was called Next three are schedule() statistics: - 2) # of times we switched to the expired queue and reused it + 2) This field is a legacy array expiration count field used in the O(1) + scheduler. We kept it for ABI compatibility, but it is always set to zero. 3) # of times schedule() was called 4) # of times schedule() left the processor idle diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX b/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX index b48ded5..9b0787f 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/scsi/00-INDEX @@ -56,8 +56,6 @@ g_NCR5380.txt - info on driver for NCR5380 and NCR53c400 based adapters hptiop.txt - HIGHPOINT ROCKETRAID 3xxx RAID DRIVER -ibmmca.txt - - info on driver for IBM adapters with MCA bus in2000.txt - info on in2000 driver libsas.txt @@ -94,3 +92,5 @@ sym53c8xx_2.txt - info on second generation driver for sym53c8xx based adapters tmscsim.txt - info on driver for AM53c974 based adapters +ufs.txt + - info on Universal Flash Storage(UFS) and UFS host controller driver. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc index c56ec99..2f6d595 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.lpfc @@ -1718,7 +1718,7 @@ Changes from 20040319 to 20040326 * lpfc_els_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. * Further cleanup of #ifdef powerpc * lpfc_scsi_timeout_handler() now uses system timer. - * Replace common driver's own defines for endianess w/ Linux's + * Replace common driver's own defines for endianness w/ Linux's __BIG_ENDIAN etc. * Added #ifdef IPFC for all IPFC specific code. * lpfc_disc_retry_rptlun() now uses system timer. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas index 57566ba..80441ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ChangeLog.megaraid_sas @@ -1,3 +1,11 @@ +Release Date : Mon. Mar 19, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2012 - + (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) + Adam Radford +Current Version : 00.00.06.15-rc1 +Old Version : 00.00.06.14-rc1 + 1. Optimize HostMSIxVectors setting. + 2. Add fpRead/WriteCapable, fpRead/WriteAcrossStripe checks. +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Release Date : Fri. Jan 6, 2012 17:00:00 PST 2010 - (emaild-id:megaraidlinux@lsi.com) Adam Radford @@ -510,7 +518,7 @@ i. Support for 1078 type (ppc IOP) controller, device id : 0x60 added. 3 Older Version : 00.00.02.02 i. Register 16 byte CDB capability with scsi midlayer - "Ths patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the + "This patch properly registers the 16 byte command length capability of the megaraid_sas controlled hardware with the scsi midlayer. All megaraid_sas hardware supports 16 byte CDB's." diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx index 19e7cd4..ce0fdf3 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx +++ b/Documentation/scsi/LICENSE.qla2xxx @@ -1,48 +1,11 @@ Copyright (c) 2003-2011 QLogic Corporation -QLogic Linux/ESX Fibre Channel HBA Driver +QLogic Linux FC-FCoE Driver -This program includes a device driver for Linux 2.6/ESX that may be -distributed with QLogic hardware specific firmware binary file. +This program includes a device driver for Linux 3.x. You may modify and redistribute the device driver code under the GNU General Public License (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A) published by the Free Software Foundation (version 2). -You may redistribute the hardware specific firmware binary file -under the following terms: - - 1. Redistribution of source code (only if applicable), - must retain the above copyright notice, this list of - conditions and the following disclaimer. - - 2. Redistribution in binary form must reproduce the above - copyright notice, this list of conditions and the - following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other - materials provided with the distribution. - - 3. The name of QLogic Corporation may not be used to - endorse or promote products derived from this software - without specific prior written permission - -REGARDLESS OF WHAT LICENSING MECHANISM IS USED OR APPLICABLE, -THIS PROGRAM IS PROVIDED BY QLOGIC CORPORATION "AS IS'' AND ANY -EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE -IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A -PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR -BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, -EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED -TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, -DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON -ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, -OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY -OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE -POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. - -USER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT USE OF THIS PROGRAM WILL NOT -CREATE OR GIVE GROUNDS FOR A LICENSE BY IMPLICATION, ESTOPPEL, OR -OTHERWISE IN ANY INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS (PATENT, COPYRIGHT, -TRADE SECRET, MASK WORK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT) EMBODIED IN -ANY OTHER QLOGIC HARDWARE OR SOFTWARE EITHER SOLELY OR IN -COMBINATION WITH THIS PROGRAM. EXHIBIT A diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt index 64ac709..e2d3273 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic79xx.txt @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ The following information is available in this file: INCORRECTLY CAN RENDER YOUR SYSTEM INOPERABLE. USE THEM WITH CAUTION. - Edit the file "modprobe.conf" in the directory /etc and add/edit a + Put a .conf file in the /etc/modprobe.d/ directory and add/edit a line containing 'options aic79xx aic79xx=[command[,command...]]' where 'command' is one or more of the following: ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt index 18f8d19..7c5d022 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/aic7xxx.txt @@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ The following information is available in this file: INCORRECTLY CAN RENDER YOUR SYSTEM INOPERABLE. USE THEM WITH CAUTION. - Edit the file "modprobe.conf" in the directory /etc and add/edit a + Put a .conf file in the /etc/modprobe.d directory and add/edit a line containing 'options aic7xxx aic7xxx=[command[,command...]]' where 'command' is one or more of the following: ----------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt b/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f2d6e9d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/bfa.txt @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +Linux driver for Brocade FC/FCOE adapters + + +Supported Hardware +------------------ + +bfa 3.0.2.2 driver supports all Brocade FC/FCOE adapters. Below is a list of +adapter models with corresponding PCIIDs. + + PCIID Model + + 1657:0013:1657:0014 425 4Gbps dual port FC HBA + 1657:0013:1657:0014 825 8Gbps PCIe dual port FC HBA + 1657:0013:103c:1742 HP 82B 8Gbps PCIedual port FC HBA + 1657:0013:103c:1744 HP 42B 4Gbps dual port FC HBA + 1657:0017:1657:0014 415 4Gbps single port FC HBA + 1657:0017:1657:0014 815 8Gbps single port FC HBA + 1657:0017:103c:1741 HP 41B 4Gbps single port FC HBA + 1657:0017:103c 1743 HP 81B 8Gbps single port FC HBA + 1657:0021:103c:1779 804 8Gbps FC HBA for HP Bladesystem c-class + + 1657:0014:1657:0014 1010 10Gbps single port CNA - FCOE + 1657:0014:1657:0014 1020 10Gbps dual port CNA - FCOE + 1657:0014:1657:0014 1007 10Gbps dual port CNA - FCOE + 1657:0014:1657:0014 1741 10Gbps dual port CNA - FCOE + + 1657:0022:1657:0024 1860 16Gbps FC HBA + 1657:0022:1657:0022 1860 10Gbps CNA - FCOE + + +Firmware download +----------------- + +The latest Firmware package for 3.0.2.2 bfa driver can be found at: + +http://www.brocade.com/services-support/drivers-downloads/adapters/Linux.page + +and then click following respective util package link: + + Version Link + + v3.0.0.0 Linux Adapter Firmware package for RHEL 6.2, SLES 11SP2 + + +Configuration & Management utility download +------------------------------------------- + +The latest driver configuration & management utility for 3.0.2.2 bfa driver can +be found at: + +http://www.brocade.com/services-support/drivers-downloads/adapters/Linux.page + +and then click following respective util pacakge link + + Version Link + + v3.0.2.0 Linux Adapter Firmware package for RHEL 6.2, SLES 11SP2 + + +Documentation +------------- + +The latest Administration's Guide, Installation and Reference Manual, +Troubleshooting Guide, and Release Notes for the corresponding out-of-box +driver can be found at: + +http://www.brocade.com/services-support/drivers-downloads/adapters/Linux.page + +and use the following inbox and out-of-box driver version mapping to find +the corresponding documentation: + + Inbox Version Out-of-box Version + + v3.0.2.2 v3.0.0.0 + + +Support +------- + +For general product and support info, go to the Brocade website at: + +http://www.brocade.com/services-support/index.page diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt deleted file mode 100644 index ac41a9f..0000000 --- a/Documentation/scsi/ibmmca.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1402 +0,0 @@ - - -=< The IBM Microchannel SCSI-Subsystem >=- - - for the IBM PS/2 series - - Low Level Software-Driver for Linux - - Copyright (c) 1995 Strom Systems, Inc. under the terms of the GNU - General Public License. Originally written by Martin Kolinek, December 1995. - Officially modified and maintained by Michael Lang since January 1999. - - Version 4.0a - - Last update: January 3, 2001 - - Before you Start - ---------------- - This is the common README.ibmmca file for all driver releases of the - IBM MCA SCSI driver for Linux. Please note, that driver releases 4.0 - or newer do not work with kernel versions older than 2.4.0, while driver - versions older than 4.0 do not work with kernels 2.4.0 or later! If you - try to compile your kernel with the wrong driver source, the - compilation is aborted and you get a corresponding error message. This is - no bug in the driver; it prevents you from using the wrong source code - with the wrong kernel version. - - Authors of this Driver - ---------------------- - - Chris Beauregard (improvement of the SCSI-device mapping by the driver) - - Martin Kolinek (origin, first release of this driver) - - Klaus Kudielka (multiple SCSI-host management/detection, adaption to - Linux Kernel 2.1.x, module support) - - Michael Lang (assigning original pun/lun mapping, dynamical ldn - assignment, rewritten adapter detection, this file, - patches, official driver maintenance and subsequent - debugging, related with the driver) - - Table of Contents - ----------------- - 1 Abstract - 2 Driver Description - 2.1 IBM SCSI-Subsystem Detection - 2.2 Physical Units, Logical Units, and Logical Devices - 2.3 SCSI-Device Recognition and dynamical ldn Assignment - 2.4 SCSI-Device Order - 2.5 Regular SCSI-Command-Processing - 2.6 Abort & Reset Commands - 2.7 Disk Geometry - 2.8 Kernel Boot Option - 2.9 Driver Module Support - 2.10 Multiple Hostadapter Support - 2.11 /proc/scsi-Filesystem Information - 2.12 /proc/mca-Filesystem Information - 2.13 Supported IBM SCSI-Subsystems - 2.14 Linux Kernel Versions - 3 Code History - 4 To do - 5 Users' Manual - 5.1 Commandline Parameters - 5.2 Troubleshooting - 5.3 Bug reports - 5.4 Support WWW-page - 6 References - 7 Credits to - 7.1 People - 7.2 Sponsors & Supporters - 8 Trademarks - 9 Disclaimer - - * * * - - 1 Abstract - ---------- - This README-file describes the IBM SCSI-subsystem low level driver for - Linux. The descriptions which were formerly kept in the source code have - been taken out of this file to simplify the codes readability. The driver - description has been updated, as most of the former description was already - quite outdated. The history of the driver development is also kept inside - here. Multiple historical developments have been summarized to shorten the - text size a bit. At the end of this file you can find a small manual for - this driver and hints to get it running on your machine. - - 2 Driver Description - -------------------- - 2.1 IBM SCSI-Subsystem Detection - -------------------------------- - This is done in the ibmmca_detect() function. It first checks, if the - Microchannel-bus support is enabled, as the IBM SCSI-subsystem needs the - Microchannel. In a next step, a free interrupt is chosen and the main - interrupt handler is connected to it to handle answers of the SCSI- - subsystem(s). If the F/W SCSI-adapter is forced by the BIOS to use IRQ11 - instead of IRQ14, IRQ11 is used for the IBM SCSI-2 F/W adapter. In a - further step it is checked, if the adapter gets detected by force from - the kernel commandline, where the I/O port and the SCSI-subsystem id can - be specified. The next step checks if there is an integrated SCSI-subsystem - installed. This register area is fixed through all IBM PS/2 MCA-machines - and appears as something like a virtual slot 10 of the MCA-bus. On most - PS/2 machines, the POS registers of slot 10 are set to 0xff or 0x00 if not - integrated SCSI-controller is available. But on certain PS/2s, like model - 9595, this slot 10 is used to store other information which at earlier - stage confused the driver and resulted in the detection of some ghost-SCSI. - If POS-register 2 and 3 are not 0x00 and not 0xff, but all other POS - registers are either 0xff or 0x00, there must be an integrated SCSI- - subsystem present and it will be registered as IBM Integrated SCSI- - Subsystem. The next step checks, if there is a slot-adapter installed on - the MCA-bus. To get this, the first two POS-registers, that represent the - adapter ID are checked. If they fit to one of the ids, stored in the - adapter list, a SCSI-subsystem is assumed to be found in a slot and will be - registered. This check is done through all possible MCA-bus slots to allow - more than one SCSI-adapter to be present in the PS/2-system and this is - already the first point of problems. Looking into the technical reference - manual for the IBM PS/2 common interfaces, the POS2 register must have - different interpretation of its single bits to avoid overlapping I/O - regions. While one can assume, that the integrated subsystem has a fix - I/O-address at 0x3540 - 0x3547, further installed IBM SCSI-adapters must - use a different I/O-address. This is expressed by bit 1 to 3 of POS2 - (multiplied by 8 + 0x3540). Bits 2 and 3 are reserved for the integrated - subsystem, but not for the adapters! The following list shows, how the - bits of POS2 and POS3 should be interpreted. - - The POS2-register of all PS/2 models' integrated SCSI-subsystems has the - following interpretation of bits: - Bit 7 - 4 : Chip Revision ID (Release) - Bit 3 - 2 : Reserved - Bit 1 : 8k NVRAM Disabled - Bit 0 : Chip Enable (EN-Signal) - The POS3-register is interpreted as follows (for most IBM SCSI-subsys.): - Bit 7 - 5 : SCSI ID - Bit 4 - 0 : Reserved = 0 - The slot-adapters have different interpretation of these bits. The IBM SCSI - adapter (w/Cache) and the IBM SCSI-2 F/W adapter use the following - interpretation of the POS2 register: - Bit 7 - 4 : ROM Segment Address Select - Bit 3 - 1 : Adapter I/O Address Select (*8+0x3540) - Bit 0 : Adapter Enable (EN-Signal) - and for the POS3 register: - Bit 7 - 5 : SCSI ID - Bit 4 : Fairness Enable (SCSI ID3 f. F/W) - Bit 3 - 0 : Arbitration Level - The most modern product of the series is the IBM SCSI-2 F/W adapter, it - allows dual-bus SCSI and SCSI-wide addressing, which means, PUNs may be - between 0 and 15. Here, Bit 4 is the high-order bit of the 4-bit wide - adapter PUN expression. In short words, this means, that IBM PS/2 machines - can only support 1 single integrated subsystem by default. Additional - slot-adapters get ports assigned by the automatic configuration tool. - - One day I found a patch in ibmmca_detect(), forcing the I/O-address to be - 0x3540 for integrated SCSI-subsystems, there was a remark placed, that on - integrated IBM SCSI-subsystems of model 56, the POS2 register was showing 5. - This means, that really for these models, POS2 has to be interpreted - sticking to the technical reference guide. In this case, the bit 2 (4) is - a reserved bit and may not be interpreted. These differences between the - adapters and the integrated controllers are taken into account by the - detection routine of the driver on from version >3.0g. - - Every time, a SCSI-subsystem is discovered, the ibmmca_register() function - is called. This function checks first, if the requested area for the I/O- - address of this SCSI-subsystem is still available and assigns this I/O- - area to the SCSI-subsystem. There are always 8 sequential I/O-addresses - taken for each individual SCSI-subsystem found, which are: - - Offset Type Permissions - 0 Command Interface Register 1 Read/Write - 1 Command Interface Register 2 Read/Write - 2 Command Interface Register 3 Read/Write - 3 Command Interface Register 4 Read/Write - 4 Attention Register Read/Write - 5 Basic Control Register Read/Write - 6 Interrupt Status Register Read - 7 Basic Status Register Read - - After the I/O-address range is assigned, the host-adapter is assigned - to a local structure which keeps all adapter information needed for the - driver itself and the mid- and higher-level SCSI-drivers. The SCSI pun/lun - and the adapters' ldn tables are initialized and get probed afterwards by - the check_devices() function. If no further adapters are found, - ibmmca_detect() quits. - - 2.2 Physical Units, Logical Units, and Logical Devices - ------------------------------------------------------ - There can be up to 56 devices on the SCSI bus (besides the adapter): - there are up to 7 "physical units" (each identified by physical unit - number or pun, also called the scsi id, this is the number you select - with hardware jumpers), and each physical unit can have up to 8 - "logical units" (each identified by logical unit number, or lun, - between 0 and 7). The IBM SCSI-2 F/W adapter offers this on up to two - busses and provides support for 30 logical devices at the same time, where - in wide-addressing mode you can have 16 puns with 32 luns on each device. - This section describes the handling of devices on non-F/W adapters. - Just imagine, that you can have 16 * 32 = 512 devices on a F/W adapter - which means a lot of possible devices for such a small machine. - - Typically the adapter has pun=7, so puns of other physical units - are between 0 and 6(15). On a wide-adapter a pun higher than 7 is - possible, but is normally not used. Almost all physical units have only - one logical unit, with lun=0. A CD-ROM jukebox would be an example of a - physical unit with more than one logical unit. - - The embedded microprocessor of the IBM SCSI-subsystem hides the complex - two-dimensional (pun,lun) organization from the operating system. - When the machine is powered-up (or rebooted), the embedded microprocessor - checks, on its own, all 56 possible (pun,lun) combinations, and the first - 15 devices found are assigned into a one-dimensional array of so-called - "logical devices", identified by "logical device numbers" or ldn. The last - ldn=15 is reserved for the subsystem itself. Wide adapters may have - to check up to 15 * 8 = 120 pun/lun combinations. - - 2.3 SCSI-Device Recognition and Dynamical ldn Assignment - -------------------------------------------------------- - One consequence of information hiding is that the real (pun,lun) - numbers are also hidden. The two possibilities to get around this problem - are to offer fake pun/lun combinations to the operating system or to - delete the whole mapping of the adapter and to reassign the ldns, using - the immediate assign command of the SCSI-subsystem for probing through - all possible pun/lun combinations. An ldn is a "logical device number" - which is used by IBM SCSI-subsystems to access some valid SCSI-device. - At the beginning of the development of this driver, the following approach - was used: - - First, the driver checked the ldn's (0 to 6) to find out which ldn's - have devices assigned. This was done by the functions check_devices() and - device_exists(). The interrupt handler has a special paragraph of code - (see local_checking_phase_flag) to assist in the checking. Assume, for - example, that three logical devices were found assigned at ldn 0, 1, 2. - These are presented to the upper layer of Linux SCSI driver - as devices with bogus (pun, lun) equal to (0,0), (1,0), (2,0). - On the other hand, if the upper layer issues a command to device - say (4,0), this driver returns DID_NO_CONNECT error. - - In a second step of the driver development, the following improvement has - been applied: The first approach limited the number of devices to 7, far - fewer than the 15 that it could use, then it just mapped ldn -> - (ldn/8,ldn%8) for pun,lun. We ended up with a real mishmash of puns - and luns, but it all seemed to work. - - The latest development, which is implemented from the driver version 3.0 - and later, realizes the device recognition in the following way: - The physical SCSI-devices on the SCSI-bus are probed via immediate_assign- - and device_inquiry-commands, that is all implemented in a completely new - made check_devices() subroutine. This delivers an exact map of the physical - SCSI-world that is now stored in the get_scsi[][]-array. This means, - that the once hidden pun,lun assignment is now known to this driver. - It no longer believes in default-settings of the subsystem and maps all - ldns to existing pun,lun "by foot". This assures full control of the ldn - mapping and allows dynamical remapping of ldns to different pun,lun, if - there are more SCSI-devices installed than ldns available (n>15). The - ldns from 0 to 6 get 'hardwired' by this driver to puns 0 to 7 at lun=0, - excluding the pun of the subsystem. This assures, that at least simple - SCSI-installations have optimum access-speed and are not touched by - dynamical remapping. The ldns 7 to 14 are put to existing devices with - lun>0 or to non-existing devices, in order to satisfy the subsystem, if - there are less than 15 SCSI-devices connected. In the case of more than 15 - devices, the dynamical mapping goes active. If the get_scsi[][] reports a - device to be existent, but it has no ldn assigned, it gets an ldn out of 7 - to 14. The numbers are assigned in cyclic order, therefore it takes 8 - dynamical reassignments on the SCSI-devices until a certain device - loses its ldn again. This assures that dynamical remapping is avoided - during intense I/O between up to 15 SCSI-devices (means pun,lun - combinations). A further advantage of this method is that people who - build their kernel without probing on all luns will get what they expect, - because the driver just won't assign everything with lun>0 when - multiple lun probing is inactive. - - 2.4 SCSI-Device Order - --------------------- - Because of the now correct recognition of physical pun,lun, and - their report to mid-level- and higher-level-drivers, the new reported puns - can be different from the old, faked puns. Therefore, Linux will eventually - change /dev/sdXXX assignments and prompt you for corrupted superblock - repair on boottime. In this case DO NOT PANIC, YOUR DISKS ARE STILL OK!!! - You have to reboot (CTRL-D) with an old kernel and set the /etc/fstab-file - entries right. After that, the system should come up as errorfree as before. - If your boot-partition is not coming up, also edit the /etc/lilo.conf-file - in a Linux session booted on old kernel and run lilo before reboot. Check - lilo.conf anyway to get boot on other partitions with foreign OSes right - again. But there exists a feature of this driver that allows you to change - the assignment order of the SCSI-devices by flipping the PUN-assignment. - See the next paragraph for a description. - - The problem for this is, that Linux does not assign the SCSI-devices in the - way as described in the ANSI-SCSI-standard. Linux assigns /dev/sda to - the device with at minimum id 0. But the first drive should be at id 6, - because for historical reasons, drive at id 6 has, by hardware, the highest - priority and a drive at id 0 the lowest. IBM was one of the rare producers, - where the BIOS assigns drives belonging to the ANSI-SCSI-standard. Most - other producers' BIOS does not (I think even Adaptec-BIOS). The - IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD flag, which you set while configuring the - kernel enables to choose the preferred way of SCSI-device-assignment. - Defining this flag would result in Linux determining the devices in the - same order as DOS and OS/2 does on your MCA-machine. This is also standard - on most industrial computers and OSes, like e.g. OS-9. Leaving this flag - undefined will get your devices ordered in the default way of Linux. See - also the remarks of Chris Beauregard from Dec 15, 1997 and the followups - in section 3. - - 2.5 Regular SCSI-Command-Processing - ----------------------------------- - Only three functions get involved: ibmmca_queuecommand(), issue_cmd(), - and interrupt_handler(). - - The upper layer issues a scsi command by calling function - ibmmca_queuecommand(). This function fills a "subsystem control block" - (scb) and calls a local function issue_cmd(), which writes a scb - command into subsystem I/O ports. Once the scb command is carried out, - the interrupt_handler() is invoked. If a device is determined to be - existent and it has not assigned any ldn, it gets one dynamically. - For this, the whole stuff is done in ibmmca_queuecommand(). - - 2.6 Abort & Reset Commands - -------------------------- - These are implemented with busy waiting for interrupt to arrive. - ibmmca_reset() and ibmmca_abort() do not work sufficiently well - up to now and need still a lot of development work. This seems - to be a problem with other low-level SCSI drivers too, however - this should be no excuse. - - 2.7 Disk Geometry - ----------------- - The ibmmca_biosparams() function should return the same disk geometry - as the bios. This is needed for fdisk, etc. The returned geometry is - certainly correct for disks smaller than 1 gigabyte. In the meantime, - it has been proved, that this works fine even with disks larger than - 1 gigabyte. - - 2.8 Kernel Boot Option - ---------------------- - The function ibmmca_scsi_setup() is called if option ibmmcascsi=n - is passed to the kernel. See file linux/init/main.c for details. - - 2.9 Driver Module Support - ------------------------- - Is implemented and tested by K. Kudielka. This could probably not work - on kernels <2.1.0. - - 2.10 Multiple Hostadapter Support - --------------------------------- - This driver supports up to eight interfaces of type IBM-SCSI-Subsystem. - Integrated-, and MCA-adapters are automatically recognized. Unrecognizable - IBM-SCSI-Subsystem interfaces can be specified as kernel-parameters. - - 2.11 /proc/scsi-Filesystem Information - -------------------------------------- - Information about the driver condition is given in - /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host_no>. ibmmca_proc_info() provides this information. - - This table is quite informative for interested users. It shows the load - of commands on the subsystem and whether you are running the bypassed - (software) or integrated (hardware) SCSI-command set (see below). The - amount of accesses is shown. Read, write, modeselect is shown separately - in order to help debugging problems with CD-ROMs or tapedrives. - - The following table shows the list of 15 logical device numbers, that are - used by the SCSI-subsystem. The load on each ldn is shown in the table, - again, read and write commands are split. The last column shows the amount - of reassignments, that have been applied to the ldns, if you have more than - 15 pun/lun combinations available on the SCSI-bus. - - The last two tables show the pun/lun map and the positions of the ldns - on this pun/lun map. This may change during operation, when a ldn is - reassigned to another pun/lun combination. If the necessity for dynamical - assignments is set to 'no', the ldn structure keeps static. - - 2.12 /proc/mca-Filesystem Information - ------------------------------------- - The slot-file contains all default entries and in addition chip and I/O- - address information of the SCSI-subsystem. This information is provided - by ibmmca_getinfo(). - - 2.13 Supported IBM SCSI-Subsystems - ---------------------------------- - The following IBM SCSI-subsystems are supported by this driver: - - - IBM Fast/Wide SCSI-2 Adapter - - IBM 7568 Industrial Computer SCSI Adapter w/Cache - - IBM Expansion Unit SCSI Controller - - IBM SCSI Adapter w/Cache - - IBM SCSI Adapter - - IBM Integrated SCSI Controller - - All clones, 100% compatible with the chipset and subsystem command - system of IBM SCSI-adapters (forced detection) - - 2.14 Linux Kernel Versions - -------------------------- - The IBM SCSI-subsystem low level driver is prepared to be used with - all versions of Linux between 2.0.x and 2.4.x. The compatibility checks - are fully implemented up from version 3.1e of the driver. This means, that - you just need the latest ibmmca.h and ibmmca.c file and copy it in the - linux/drivers/scsi directory. The code is automatically adapted during - kernel compilation. This is different from kernel 2.4.0! Here version - 4.0 or later of the driver must be used for kernel 2.4.0 or later. Version - 4.0 or later does not work together with older kernels! Driver versions - older than 4.0 do not work together with kernel 2.4.0 or later. They work - on all older kernels. - - 3 Code History - -------------- - Jan 15 1996: First public release. - - Martin Kolinek - - Jan 23 1996: Scrapped code which reassigned scsi devices to logical - device numbers. Instead, the existing assignment (created - when the machine is powered-up or rebooted) is used. - A side effect is that the upper layer of Linux SCSI - device driver gets bogus scsi ids (this is benign), - and also the hard disks are ordered under Linux the - same way as they are under dos (i.e., C: disk is sda, - D: disk is sdb, etc.). - - Martin Kolinek - - I think that the CD-ROM is now detected only if a CD is - inside CD_ROM while Linux boots. This can be fixed later, - once the driver works on all types of PS/2's. - - Martin Kolinek - - Feb 7 1996: Modified biosparam function. Fixed the CD-ROM detection. - For now, devices other than harddisk and CD_ROM are - ignored. Temporarily modified abort() function - to behave like reset(). - - Martin Kolinek - - Mar 31 1996: The integrated scsi subsystem is correctly found - in PS/2 models 56,57, but not in model 76. Therefore - the ibmmca_scsi_setup() function has been added today. - This function allows the user to force detection of - scsi subsystem. The kernel option has format - ibmmcascsi=n - where n is the scsi_id (pun) of the subsystem. Most likely, n is 7. - - Martin Kolinek - - Aug 21 1996: Modified the code which maps ldns to (pun,0). It was - insufficient for those of us with CD-ROM changers. - - Chris Beauregard - - Dec 14 1996: More improvements to the ldn mapping. See check_devices - for details. Did more fiddling with the integrated SCSI detection, - but I think it's ultimately hopeless without actually testing the - model of the machine. The 56, 57, 76 and 95 (ultimedia) all have - different integrated SCSI register configurations. However, the 56 - and 57 are the only ones that have problems with forced detection. - - Chris Beauregard - - Mar 8-16 1997: Modified driver to run as a module and to support - multiple adapters. A structure, called ibmmca_hostdata, is now - present, containing all the variables, that were once only - available for one single adapter. The find_subsystem-routine has vanished. - The hardware recognition is now done in ibmmca_detect directly. - This routine checks for presence of MCA-bus, checks the interrupt - level and continues with checking the installed hardware. - Certain PS/2-models do not recognize a SCSI-subsystem automatically. - Hence, the setup defined by command-line-parameters is checked first. - Thereafter, the routine probes for an integrated SCSI-subsystem. - Finally, adapters are checked. This method has the advantage to cover all - possible combinations of multiple SCSI-subsystems on one MCA-board. Up to - eight SCSI-subsystems can be recognized and announced to the upper-level - drivers with this improvement. A set of defines made changes to other - routines as small as possible. - - Klaus Kudielka - - May 30 1997: (v1.5b) - 1) SCSI-command capability enlarged by the recognition of MODE_SELECT. - This needs the RD-Bit to be disabled on IM_OTHER_SCSI_CMD_CMD which - allows data to be written from the system to the device. It is a - necessary step to be allowed to set blocksize of SCSI-tape-drives and - the tape-speed, without confusing the SCSI-Subsystem. - 2) The recognition of a tape is included in the check_devices routine. - This is done by checking for TYPE_TAPE, that is already defined in - the kernel-scsi-environment. The markup of a tape is done in the - global ldn_is_tape[] array. If the entry on index ldn - is 1, there is a tapedrive connected. - 3) The ldn_is_tape[] array is necessary to distinguish between tape- and - other devices. Fixed blocklength devices should not cause a problem - with the SCB-command for read and write in the ibmmca_queuecommand - subroutine. Therefore, I only derivate the READ_XX, WRITE_XX for - the tape-devices, as recommended by IBM in this Technical Reference, - mentioned below. (IBM recommends to avoid using the read/write of the - subsystem, but the fact was, that read/write causes a command error from - the subsystem and this causes kernel-panic.) - 4) In addition, I propose to use the ldn instead of a fix char for the - display of PS2_DISK_LED_ON(). On 95, one can distinguish between the - devices that are accessed. It shows activity and easyfies debugging. - The tape-support has been tested with a SONY SDT-5200 and a HP DDS-2 - (I do not know yet the type). Optimization and CD-ROM audio-support, - I am working on ... - - Michael Lang - - June 19 1997: (v1.6b) - 1) Submitting the extra-array ldn_is_tape[] -> to the local ld[] - device-array. - 2) CD-ROM Audio-Play seems to work now. - 3) When using DDS-2 (120M) DAT-Tapes, mtst shows still density-code - 0x13 for ordinary DDS (61000 BPM) instead 0x24 for DDS-2. This appears - also on Adaptec 2940 adaptor in a PCI-System. Therefore, I assume that - the problem is independent of the low-level-driver/bus-architecture. - 4) Hexadecimal ldn on PS/2-95 LED-display. - 5) Fixing of the PS/2-LED on/off that it works right with tapedrives and - does not confuse the disk_rw_in_progress counter. - - Michael Lang - - June 21 1997: (v1.7b) - 1) Adding of a proc_info routine to inform in /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host> the - outer-world about operational load statistics on the different ldns, - seen by the driver. Everybody that has more than one IBM-SCSI should - test this, because I only have one and cannot see what happens with more - than one IBM-SCSI hosts. - 2) Definition of a driver version-number to have a better recognition of - the source when there are existing too much releases that may confuse - the user, when reading about release-specific problems. Up to know, - I calculated the version-number to be 1.7. Because we are in BETA-test - yet, it is today 1.7b. - 3) Sorry for the heavy bug I programmed on June 19 1997! After that, the - CD-ROM did not work any more! The C7-command was a fake impression - I got while programming. Now, the READ and WRITE commands for CD-ROM are - no longer running over the subsystem, but just over - IM_OTHER_SCSI_CMD_CMD. On my observations (PS/2-95), now CD-ROM mounts - much faster(!) and hopefully all fancy multimedia-functions, like direct - digital recording from audio-CDs also work. (I tried it with cdda2wav - from the cdwtools-package and it filled up the harddisk immediately :-).) - To easify boolean logics, a further local device-type in ld[], called - is_cdrom has been included. - 4) If one uses a SCSI-device of unsupported type/commands, one - immediately runs into a kernel-panic caused by Command Error. To better - understand which SCSI-command caused the problem, I extended this - specific panic-message slightly. - - Michael Lang - - June 25 1997: (v1.8b) - 1) Some cosmetic changes for the handling of SCSI-device-types. - Now, also CD-Burners / WORMs and SCSI-scanners should work. For - MO-drives I have no experience, therefore not yet supported. - In logical_devices I changed from different type-variables to one - called 'device_type' where the values, corresponding to scsi.h, - of a SCSI-device are stored. - 2) There existed a small bug, that maps a device, coming after a SCSI-tape - wrong. Therefore, e.g. a CD-ROM changer would have been mapped wrong - -> problem removed. - 3) Extension of the logical_device structure. Now it contains also device, - vendor and revision-level of a SCSI-device for internal usage. - - Michael Lang - - June 26-29 1997: (v2.0b) - 1) The release number 2.0b is necessary because of the completely new done - recognition and handling of SCSI-devices with the adapter. As I got - from Chris the hint, that the subsystem can reassign ldns dynamically, - I remembered this immediate_assign-command, I found once in the handbook. - Now, the driver first kills all ldn assignments that are set by default - on the SCSI-subsystem. After that, it probes on all puns and luns for - devices by going through all combinations with immediate_assign and - probing for devices, using device_inquiry. The found physical(!) pun,lun - structure is stored in get_scsi[][] as device types. This is followed - by the assignment of all ldns to existing SCSI-devices. If more ldns - than devices are available, they are assigned to non existing pun,lun - combinations to satisfy the adapter. With this, the dynamical mapping - was possible to implement. (For further info see the text in the - source code and in the description below. Read the description - below BEFORE installing this driver on your system!) - 2) Changed the name IBMMCA_DRIVER_VERSION to IBMMCA_SCSI_DRIVER_VERSION. - 3) The LED-display shows on PS/2-95 no longer the ldn, but the SCSI-ID - (pun) of the accessed SCSI-device. This is now senseful, because the - pun known within the driver is exactly the pun of the physical device - and no longer a fake one. - 4) The /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host_no> consists now of the first part, where - hit-statistics of ldns is shown and a second part, where the maps of - physical and logical SCSI-devices are displayed. This could be very - interesting, when one is using more than 15 SCSI-devices in order to - follow the dynamical remapping of ldns. - - Michael Lang - - June 26-29 1997: (v2.0b-1) - 1) I forgot to switch the local_checking_phase_flag to 1 and back to 0 - in the dynamical remapping part in ibmmca_queuecommand for the - device_exist routine. Sorry. - - Michael Lang - - July 1-13 1997: (v3.0b,c) - 1) Merging of the driver-developments of Klaus Kudielka and Michael Lang - in order to get a optimum and unified driver-release for the - IBM-SCSI-Subsystem-Adapter(s). - For people, using the Kernel-release >=2.1.0, module-support should - be no problem. For users, running under <2.1.0, module-support may not - work, because the methods have changed between 2.0.x and 2.1.x. - 2) Added some more effective statistics for /proc-output. - 3) Change typecasting at necessary points from (unsigned long) to - virt_to_bus(). - 4) Included #if... at special points to have specific adaption of the - driver to kernel 2.0.x and 2.1.x. It should therefore also run with - later releases. - 5) Magneto-Optical drives and medium-changers are also recognized, now. - Therefore, we have a completely gapfree recognition of all SCSI- - device-types, that are known by Linux up to kernel 2.1.31. - 6) The flag SCSI_IBMMCA_DEV_RESET has been inserted. If it is set within - the configuration, each connected SCSI-device will get a reset command - during boottime. This can be necessary for some special SCSI-devices. - This flag should be included in Config.in. - (See also the new Config.in file.) - Probable next improvement: bad disk handler. - - Michael Lang - - Sept 14 1997: (v3.0c) - 1) Some debugging and speed optimization applied. - - Michael Lang - - Dec 15, 1997 - - chrisb@truespectra.com - - made the front panel display thingy optional, specified from the - command-line via ibmmcascsi=display. Along the lines of the /LED - option for the OS/2 driver. - - fixed small bug in the LED display that would hang some machines. - - reversed ordering of the drives (using the - IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD define). This is necessary for two main - reasons: - - users who've already installed Linux won't be screwed. Keep - in mind that not everyone is a kernel hacker. - - be consistent with the BIOS ordering of the drives. In the - BIOS, id 6 is C:, id 0 might be D:. With this scheme, they'd be - backwards. This confuses the crap out of those heathens who've - got a impure Linux installation (which, <wince>, I'm one of). - This whole problem arises because IBM is actually non-standard with - the id to BIOS mappings. You'll find, in fdomain.c, a similar - comment about a few FD BIOS revisions. The Linux (and apparently - industry) standard is that C: maps to scsi id (0,0). Let's stick - with that standard. - - Since this is technically a branch of my own, I changed the - version number to 3.0e-cpb. - - Jan 17, 1998: (v3.0f) - 1) Addition of some statistical info for /proc in proc_info. - 2) Taking care of the SCSI-assignment problem, dealed by Chris at Dec 15 - 1997. In fact, IBM is right, concerning the assignment of SCSI-devices - to driveletters. It is conform to the ANSI-definition of the SCSI- - standard to assign drive C: to SCSI-id 6, because it is the highest - hardware priority after the hostadapter (that has still today by - default everywhere id 7). Also realtime-operating systems that I use, - like LynxOS and OS9, which are quite industrial systems use top-down - numbering of the harddisks, that is also starting at id 6. Now, one - sits a bit between two chairs. On one hand side, using the define - IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD makes Linux assigning disks conform to - the IBM- and ANSI-SCSI-standard and keeps this driver downward - compatible to older releases, on the other hand side, people is quite - habituated in believing that C: is assigned to (0,0) and much other - SCSI-BIOS do so. Therefore, I moved the IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD - define out of the driver and put it into Config.in as subitem of - 'IBM SCSI support'. A help, added to Documentation/Configure.help - explains the differences between saying 'y' or 'n' to the user, when - IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD prompts, so the ordinary user is enabled to - choose the way of assignment, depending on his own situation and gusto. - 3) Adapted SCSI_IBMMCA_DEV_RESET to the local naming convention, so it is - now called IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET. - 4) Optimization of proc_info and its subroutines. - 5) Added more in-source-comments and extended the driver description by - some explanation about the SCSI-device-assignment problem. - - Michael Lang - - Jan 18, 1998: (v3.0g) - 1) Correcting names to be absolutely conform to the later 2.1.x releases. - This is necessary for - IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET -> CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_DEV_RESET - IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD -> CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD - - Michael Lang - - Jan 18, 1999: (v3.1 MCA-team internal) - 1) The multiple hosts structure is accessed from every subroutine, so there - is no longer the address of the device structure passed from function - to function, but only the hostindex. A call by value, nothing more. This - should really be understood by the compiler and the subsystem should get - the right values and addresses. - 2) The SCSI-subsystem detection was not complete and quite hugely buggy up - to now, compared to the technical manual. The interpretation of the pos2 - register is not as assumed by people before, therefore, I dropped a note - in the ibmmca_detect function to show the registers' interpretation. - The pos-registers of integrated SCSI-subsystems do not contain any - information concerning the IO-port offset, really. Instead, they contain - some info about the adapter, the chip, the NVRAM .... The I/O-port is - fixed to 0x3540 - 0x3547. There can be more than one adapters in the - slots and they get an offset for the I/O area in order to get their own - I/O-address area. See chapter 2 for detailed description. At least, the - detection should now work right, even on models other than 95. The 95ers - came happily around the bug, as their pos2 register contains always 0 - in the critical area. Reserved bits are not allowed to be interpreted, - therefore, IBM is allowed to set those bits as they like and they may - really vary between different PS/2 models. So, now, no interpretation - of reserved bits - hopefully no trouble here anymore. - 3) The command error, which you may get on models 55, 56, 57, 70, 77 and - P70 may have been caused by the fact, that adapters of older design do - not like sending commands to non-existing SCSI-devices and will react - with a command error as a sign of protest. While this error is not - present on IBM SCSI Adapter w/cache, it appears on IBM Integrated SCSI - Adapters. Therefore, I implemented a workaround to forgive those - adapters their protests, but it is marked up in the statistics, so - after a successful boot, you can see in /proc/scsi/ibmmca/<host_number> - how often the command errors have been forgiven to the SCSI-subsystem. - If the number is bigger than 0, you have a SCSI subsystem of older - design, what should no longer matter. - 4) ibmmca_getinfo() has been adapted very carefully, so it shows in the - slotn file really, what is senseful to be presented. - 5) ibmmca_register() has been extended in its parameter list in order to - pass the right name of the SCSI-adapter to Linux. - - Michael Lang - - Feb 6, 1999: (v3.1) - 1) Finally, after some 3.1Beta-releases, the 3.1 release. Sorry, for - the delayed release, but it was not finished with the release of - Kernel 2.2.0. - - Michael Lang - - Feb 10, 1999 (v3.1) - 1) Added a new commandline parameter called 'bypass' in order to bypass - every integrated subsystem SCSI-command consequently in case of - troubles. - 2) Concatenated read_capacity requests to the harddisks. It gave a lot - of troubles with some controllers and after I wanted to apply some - extensions, it jumped out in the same situation, on my w/cache, as like - on D. Weinehalls' Model 56, having integrated SCSI. This gave me the - decisive hint to move the code-part out and declare it global. Now - it seems to work far better and more stable. Let us see what - the world thinks of it... - 3) By the way, only Sony DAT-drives seem to show density code 0x13. A - test with a HP drive gave right results, so the problem is vendor- - specific and not a problem of the OS or the driver. - - Michael Lang - - Feb 18, 1999 (v3.1d) - 1) The abort command and the reset function have been checked for - inconsistencies. From the logical point of thinking, they work - at their optimum, now, but as the subsystem does not answer with an - interrupt, abort never finishes, sigh... - 2) Everything, that is accessed by a busmaster request from the adapter - is now declared as global variable, even the return-buffer in the - local checking phase. This assures, that no accesses to undefined memory - areas are performed. - 3) In ibmmca.h, the line unchecked_isa_dma is added with 1 in order to - avoid memory-pointers for the areas higher than 16MByte in order to - be sure, it also works on 16-Bit Microchannel bus systems. - 4) A lot of small things have been found, but nothing that endangered the - driver operations. Just it should be more stable, now. - - Michael Lang - - Feb 20, 1999 (v3.1e) - 1) I took the warning from the Linux Kernel Hackers Guide serious and - checked the cmd->result return value to the done-function very carefully. - It is obvious, that the IBM SCSI only delivers the tsb.dev_status, if - some error appeared, else it is undefined. Now, this is fixed. Before - any SCB command gets queued, the tsb.dev_status is set to 0, so the - cmd->result won't screw up Linux higher level drivers. - 2) The reset-function has slightly improved. This is still planned for - abort. During the abort and the reset function, no interrupts are - allowed. This is however quite hard to cope with, so the INT-status - register is read. When the interrupt gets queued, one can find its - status immediately on that register and is enabled to continue in the - reset function. I had no chance to test this really, only in a bogus - situation, I got this function running, but the situation was too much - worse for Linux :-(, so tests will continue. - 3) Buffers got now consistent. No open address mapping, as before and - therefore no further troubles with the unassigned memory segmentation - faults that scrambled probes on 95XX series and even on 85XX series, - when the kernel is done in a not so perfectly fitting way. - 4) Spontaneous interrupts from the subsystem, appearing without any - command previously queued are answered with a DID_BAD_INTR result. - 5) Taken into account ZP Gus' proposals to reverse the SCSI-device - scan order. As it does not work on Kernel 2.1.x or 2.2.x, as proposed - by him, I implemented it in a slightly derived way, which offers in - addition more flexibility. - - Michael Lang - - Apr 23, 2000 (v3.2pre1) - 1) During a very long time, I collected a huge amount of bug reports from - various people, trying really quite different things on their SCSI- - PS/2s. Today, all these bug reports are taken into account and should be - mostly solved. The major topics were: - - Driver crashes during boottime by no obvious reason. - - Driver panics while the midlevel-SCSI-driver is trying to inquire - the SCSI-device properties, even though hardware is in perfect state. - - Displayed info for the various slot-cards is interpreted wrong. - The main reasons for the crashes were two: - 1) The commands to check for device information like INQUIRY, - TEST_UNIT_READY, REQUEST_SENSE and MODE_SENSE cause the devices - to deliver information of up to 255 bytes. Midlevel drivers offer - 1024 bytes of space for the answer, but the IBM-SCSI-adapters do - not accept this, as they stick quite near to ANSI-SCSI and report - a COMMAND_ERROR message which causes the driver to panic. The main - problem was located around the INQUIRY command. Now, for all the - mentioned commands, the buffersize sent to the adapter is at - maximum 255 which seems to be a quite reasonable solution. - TEST_UNIT_READY gets a buffersize of 0 to make sure that no - data is transferred in order to avoid any possible command failure. - 2) On unsuccessful TEST_UNIT_READY, the mid-level driver has to send - a REQUEST_SENSE in order to see where the problem is located. This - REQUEST_SENSE may have various length in its answer-buffer. IBM - SCSI-subsystems report a command failure if the returned buffersize - is different from the sent buffersize, but this can be suppressed by - a special bit, which is now done and problems seem to be solved. - 2) Code adaption to all kernel-releases. Now, the 3.2 code compiles on - 2.0.x, 2.1.x, 2.2.x and 2.3.x kernel releases without any code-changes. - 3) Commandline-parameters are recognized again, even under Kernel 2.3.x or - higher. - - Michael Lang - - April 27, 2000 (v3.2pre2) - 1) Bypassed commands get read by the adapter by one cycle instead of two. - This increases SCSI-performance. - 2) Synchronous datatransfer is provided for sure to be 5 MHz on older - SCSI and 10 MHz on internal F/W SCSI-adapter. - 3) New commandline parameters allow to force the adapter to slow down while - in synchronous transfer. Could be helpful for very old devices. - - Michael Lang - - June 2, 2000 (v3.2pre5) - 1) Added Jim Shorney's contribution to make the activity indicator - flashing in addition to the LED-alphanumeric display-panel on - models 95A. To be enabled to choose this feature freely, a new - commandline parameter is added, called 'activity'. - 2) Added the READ_CONTROL bit for test_unit_ready SCSI-command. - 3) Added some suppress_exception bits to read_device_capacity and - all device_inquiry occurrences in the driver code. - 4) Complaints about the various KERNEL_VERSION implementations are - taken into account. Every local_LinuxKernelVersion occurrence is - now replaced by KERNEL_VERSION, defined in linux/version.h. - Corresponding changes were applied to ibmmca.h, too. This was a - contribution to all kernel-parts by Philipp Hahn. - - Michael Lang - - July 17, 2000 (v3.2pre8) - A long period of collecting bug reports from all corners of the world - now lead to the following corrections to the code: - 1) SCSI-2 F/W support crashed with a COMMAND ERROR. The reason for this - was that it is possible to disable Fast-SCSI for the external bus. - The feature-control command, where this crash appeared regularly, tried - to set the maximum speed of 10MHz synchronous transfer speed and that - reports a COMMAND ERROR if external bus Fast-SCSI is disabled. Now, - the feature-command probes down from maximum speed until the adapter - stops to complain, which is at the same time the maximum possible - speed selected in the reference program. So, F/W external can run at - 5 MHz (slow-) or 10 MHz (fast-SCSI). During feature probing, the - COMMAND ERROR message is used to detect if the adapter does not complain. - 2) Up to now, only combined busmode is supported, if you use external - SCSI-devices, attached to the F/W-controller. If dual bus is selected, - only the internal SCSI-devices get accessed by Linux. For most - applications, this should do fine. - 3) Wide-SCSI-addressing (16-Bit) is now possible for the internal F/W - bus on the F/W adapter. If F/W adapter is detected, the driver - automatically uses the extended PUN/LUN <-> LDN mapping tables, which - are now new from 3.2pre8. This allows PUNs between 0 and 15 and should - provide more fun with the F/W adapter. - 4) Several machines use the SCSI: POS registers for internal/undocumented - storage of system relevant info. This confused the driver, mainly on - models 9595, as it expected no onboard SCSI only, if all POS in - the integrated SCSI-area are set to 0x00 or 0xff. Now, the mechanism - to check for integrated SCSI is much more restrictive and these problems - should be history. - - Michael Lang - - July 18, 2000 (v3.2pre9) - This develop rather quickly at the moment. Two major things were still - missing in 3.2pre8: - 1) The adapter PUN for F/W adapters has 4-bits, while all other adapters - have 3-bits. This is now taken into account for F/W. - 2) When you select CONFIG_IBMMCA_SCSI_ORDER_STANDARD, you should - normally get the inverse probing order of your devices on the SCSI-bus. - The ANSI device order gets scrambled in version 3.2pre8!! Now, a new - and tested algorithm inverts the device-order on the SCSI-bus and - automatically avoids accidental access to whatever SCSI PUN the adapter - is set and works with SCSI- and Wide-SCSI-addressing. - - Michael Lang - - July 23, 2000 (v3.2pre10 unpublished) - 1) LED panel display supports wide-addressing in ibmmca=display mode. - 2) Adapter-information and autoadaption to address-space is done. - 3) Auto-probing for maximum synchronous SCSI transfer rate is working. - 4) Optimization to some embedded function calls is applied. - 5) Added some comment for the user to wait for SCSI-devices being probed. - 6) Finished version 3.2 for Kernel 2.4.0. It least, I thought it is but... - - Michael Lang - - July 26, 2000 (v3.2pre11) - 1) I passed a horrible weekend getting mad with NMIs on kernel 2.2.14 and - a model 9595. Asking around in the community, nobody except of me has - seen such errors. Weird, but I am trying to recompile everything on - the model 9595. Maybe, as I use a specially modified gcc, that could - cause problems. But, it was not the reason. The true background was, - that the kernel was compiled for i386 and the 9595 has a 486DX-2. - Normally, no troubles should appear, but for this special machine, - only the right processor support is working fine! - 2) Previous problems with synchronous speed, slowing down from one adapter - to the next during probing are corrected. Now, local variables store - the synchronous bitmask for every single adapter found on the MCA bus. - 3) LED alphanumeric panel support for XX95 systems is now showing some - alive rotator during boottime. This makes sense, when no monitor is - connected to the system. You can get rid of all display activity, if - you do not use any parameter or just ibmmcascsi=activity, for the - harddrive activity LED, existent on all PS/2, except models 8595-XXX. - If no monitor is available, please use ibmmcascsi=display, which works - fine together with the linuxinfo utility for the LED-panel. - - Michael Lang - - July 29, 2000 (v3.2) - 1) Submission of this driver for kernel 2.4test-XX and 2.2.17. - - Michael Lang - - December 28, 2000 (v3.2d / v4.0) - 1) The interrupt handler had some wrong statement to wait for. This - was done due to experimental reasons during 3.2 development but it - has shown that this is not stable enough. Going back to wait for the - adapter to be not busy is best. - 2) Inquiry requests can be shorter than 255 bytes of return buffer. Due - to a bug in the ibmmca_queuecommand routine, this buffer was forced - to 255 at minimum. If the memory address, this return buffer is pointing - to does not offer more space, invalid memory accesses destabilized the - kernel. - 3) version 4.0 is only valid for kernel 2.4.0 or later. This is necessary - to remove old kernel version dependent waste from the driver. 3.2d is - only distributed with older kernels but keeps compatibility with older - kernel versions. 4.0 and higher versions cannot be used with older - kernels anymore!! You must have at least kernel 2.4.0!! - 4) The commandline argument 'bypass' and all its functionality got removed - in version 4.0. This was never really necessary, as all troubles were - based on non-command related reasons up to now, so bypassing commands - did not help to avoid any bugs. It is kept in 3.2X for debugging reasons. - 5) Dynamic reassignment of ldns was again verified and analyzed to be - completely inoperational. This is corrected and should work now. - 6) All commands that get sent to the SCSI adapter were verified and - completed in such a way, that they are now completely conform to the - demands in the technical description of IBM. Main candidates were the - DEVICE_INQUIRY, REQUEST_SENSE and DEVICE_CAPACITY commands. They must - be transferred by bypassing the internal command buffer of the adapter - or else the response can be a random result. GET_POS_INFO would be more - safe in usage, if one could use the SUPRESS_EXCEPTION_SHORT, but this - is not allowed by the technical references of IBM. (Sorry, folks, the - model 80 problem is still a task to be solved in a different way.) - 7) v3.2d is still hold back for some days for testing, while 4.0 is - released. - - Michael Lang - - January 3, 2001 (v4.0a) - 1) A lot of complains after the 2.4.0-prerelease kernel came in about - the impossibility to compile the driver as a module. This problem is - solved. In combination with that problem, some unprecise declaration - of the function option_setup() gave some warnings during compilation. - This is solved, too by a forward declaration in ibmmca.c. - 2) #ifdef argument concerning CONFIG_SCSI_IBMMCA is no longer needed and - was entirely removed. - 3) Some switch statements got optimized in code, as some minor variables - in internal SCSI-command handlers. - - Michael Lang - - 4 To do - ------- - - IBM SCSI-2 F/W external SCSI bus support in separate mode! - - It seems that the handling of bad disks is really bad - - non-existent, in fact. However, a low-level driver cannot help - much, if such things happen. - - 5 Users' Manual - --------------- - 5.1 Commandline Parameters - -------------------------- - There exist several features for the IBM SCSI-subsystem driver. - The commandline parameter format is: - - ibmmcascsi=<command1>,<command2>,<command3>,... - - where commandN can be one of the following: - - display Owners of a model 95 or other PS/2 systems with an - alphanumeric LED display may set this to have their - display showing the following output of the 8 digits: - - ------DA - - where '-' stays dark, 'D' shows the SCSI-device id - and 'A' shows the SCSI hostindex, being currently - accessed. During boottime, this will give the message - - SCSIini* - - on the LED-panel, where the * represents a rotator, - showing the activity during the probing phase of the - driver which can take up to two minutes per SCSI-adapter. - adisplay This works like display, but gives more optical overview - of the activities on the SCSI-bus. The display will have - the following output: - - 6543210A - - where the numbers 0 to 6 light up at the shown position, - when the SCSI-device is accessed. 'A' shows again the SCSI - hostindex. If display nor adisplay is set, the internal - PS/2 harddisk LED is used for media-activities. So, if - you really do not have a system with a LED-display, you - should not set display or adisplay. Keep in mind, that - display and adisplay can only be used alternatively. It - is not recommended to use this option, if you have some - wide-addressed devices e.g. at the SCSI-2 F/W adapter in - your system. In addition, the usage of the display for - other tasks in parallel, like the linuxinfo-utility makes - no sense with this option. - activity This enables the PS/2 harddisk LED activity indicator. - Most PS/2 have no alphanumeric LED display, but some - indicator. So you should use this parameter to activate it. - If you own model 9595 (Server95), you can have both, the - LED panel and the activity indicator in parallel. However, - some PS/2s, like the 8595 do not have any harddisk LED - activity indicator, which means, that you must use the - alphanumeric LED display if you want to monitor SCSI- - activity. - bypass This is obsolete from driver version 4.0, as the adapters - got that far understood, that the selection between - integrated and bypassed commands should now work completely - correct! For historical reasons, the old description is - kept here: - This commandline parameter forces the driver never to use - SCSI-subsystems' integrated SCSI-command set. Except of - the immediate assign, which is of vital importance for - every IBM SCSI-subsystem to set its ldns right. Instead, - the ordinary ANSI-SCSI-commands are used and passed by the - controller to the SCSI-devices, therefore 'bypass'. The - effort, done by the subsystem is quite bogus and at a - minimum and therefore it should work everywhere. This - could maybe solve troubles with old or integrated SCSI- - controllers and nasty harddisks. Keep in mind, that using - this flag will slow-down SCSI-accesses slightly, as the - software generated commands are always slower than the - hardware. Non-harddisk devices always get read/write- - commands in bypass mode. On the most recent releases of - the Linux IBM-SCSI-driver, the bypass command should be - no longer a necessary thing, if you are sure about your - SCSI-hardware! - normal This is the parameter, introduced on the 2.0.x development - rail by ZP Gu. This parameter defines the SCSI-device - scan order in the new industry standard. This means, that - the first SCSI-device is the one with the lowest pun. - E.g. harddisk at pun=0 is scanned before harddisk at - pun=6, which means, that harddisk at pun=0 gets sda - and the one at pun=6 gets sdb. - ansi The ANSI-standard for the right scan order, as done by - IBM, Microware and Microsoft, scans SCSI-devices starting - at the highest pun, which means, that e.g. harddisk at - pun=6 gets sda and a harddisk at pun=0 gets sdb. If you - like to have the same SCSI-device order, as in DOS, OS-9 - or OS/2, just use this parameter. - fast SCSI-I/O in synchronous mode is done at 5 MHz for IBM- - SCSI-devices. SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A external bus - should then run at 10 MHz if Fast-SCSI is enabled, - and at 5 MHz if Fast-SCSI is disabled on the external - bus. This is the default setting when nothing is - specified here. - medium Synchronous rate is at 50% approximately, which means - 2.5 MHz for IBM SCSI-adapters and 5.0 MHz for F/W ext. - SCSI-bus (when Fast-SCSI speed enabled on external bus). - slow The slowest possible synchronous transfer rate is set. - This means 1.82 MHz for IBM SCSI-adapters and 2.0 MHz - for F/W external bus at Fast-SCSI speed on the external - bus. - - A further option is that you can force the SCSI-driver to accept a SCSI- - subsystem at a certain I/O-address with a predefined adapter PUN. This - is done by entering - - commandN = I/O-base - commandN+1 = adapter PUN - - e.g. ibmmcascsi=0x3540,7 will force the driver to detect a SCSI-subsystem - at I/O-address 0x3540 with adapter PUN 7. Please only use this method, if - the driver does really not recognize your SCSI-adapter! With driver version - 3.2, this recognition of various adapters was hugely improved and you - should try first to remove your commandline arguments of such type with a - newer driver. I bet, it will be recognized correctly. Even multiple and - different types of IBM SCSI-adapters should be recognized correctly, too. - Use the forced detection method only as last solution! - - Examples: - - ibmmcascsi=adisplay - - This will use the advanced display mode for the model 95 LED alphanumeric - display. - - ibmmcascsi=display,0x3558,7 - - This will activate the default display mode for the model 95 LED display - and will force the driver to accept a SCSI-subsystem at I/O-base 0x3558 - with adapter PUN 7. - - 5.2 Troubleshooting - ------------------- - The following FAQs should help you to solve some major problems with this - driver. - - Q: "Reset SCSI-devices at boottime" halts the system at boottime, why? - A: This is only tested with the IBM SCSI Adapter w/cache. It is not - yet proven to run on other adapters, however you may be lucky. - In version 3.1d this has been hugely improved and should work better, - now. Normally you really won't need to activate this flag in the - kernel configuration, as all post 1989 SCSI-devices should accept - the reset-signal, when the computer is switched on. The SCSI- - subsystem generates this reset while being initialized. This flag - is really reserved for users with very old, very strange or self-made - SCSI-devices. - Q: Why is the SCSI-order of my drives mirrored to the device-order - seen from OS/2 or DOS ? - A: It depends on the operating system, if it looks at the devices in - ANSI-SCSI-standard (starting from pun 6 and going down to pun 0) or - if it just starts at pun 0 and counts up. If you want to be conform - with OS/2 and DOS, you have to activate this flag in the kernel - configuration or you should set 'ansi' as parameter for the kernel. - The parameter 'normal' sets the new industry standard, starting - from pun 0, scanning up to pun 6. This allows you to change your - opinion still after having already compiled the kernel. - Q: Why can't I find IBM MCA SCSI support in the config menu? - A: You have to activate MCA bus support, first. - Q: Where can I find the latest info about this driver? - A: See the file MAINTAINERS for the current WWW-address, which offers - updates, info and Q/A lists. At this file's origin, the webaddress - was: http://www.staff.uni-mainz.de/mlang/linux.html - Q: My SCSI-adapter is not recognized by the driver, what can I do? - A: Just force it to be recognized by kernel parameters. See section 5.1. - If this really happens, do also send e-mail to the maintainer, as - forced detection should be never necessary. Forced detection is in - principal some flaw of the driver adapter detection and goes into - bug reports. - Q: The driver screws up, if it starts to probe SCSI-devices, is there - some way out of it? - A: Yes, that was some recognition problem of the correct SCSI-adapter - and its I/O base addresses. Upgrade your driver to the latest release - and it should be fine again. - Q: I get a message: panic IBM MCA SCSI: command error .... , what can - I do against this? - A: Previously, I followed the way by ignoring command errors by using - ibmmcascsi=forgiveall, but this command no longer exists and is - obsolete. If such a problem appears, it is caused by some segmentation - fault of the driver, which maps to some unallowed area. The latest - version of the driver should be ok, as most bugs have been solved. - Q: There are still kernel panics, even after having set - ibmmcascsi=forgiveall. Are there other possibilities to prevent - such panics? - A: No, get just the latest release of the driver and it should work - better and better with increasing version number. Forget about this - ibmmcascsi=forgiveall, as also ignorecmd are obsolete.! - Q: Linux panics or stops without any comment, but it is probable, that my - harddisk(s) have bad blocks. - A: Sorry, the bad-block handling is still a feeble point of this driver, - but is on the schedule for development in the near future. - Q: Linux panics while dynamically assigning SCSI-ids or ldns. - A: If you disconnect a SCSI-device from the machine, while Linux is up - and the driver uses dynamical reassignment of logical device numbers - (ldn), it really gets "angry" if it won't find devices, that were still - present at boottime and stops Linux. - Q: The system does not recover after an abort-command has been generated. - A: This is regrettably true, as it is not yet understood, why the - SCSI-adapter does really NOT generate any interrupt at the end of - the abort-command. As no interrupt is generated, the abort command - cannot get finished and the system hangs, sorry, but checks are - running to hunt down this problem. If there is a real pending command, - the interrupt MUST get generated after abort. In this case, it - should finish well. - Q: The system gets in bad shape after a SCSI-reset, is this known? - A: Yes, as there are a lot of prescriptions (see the Linux Hackers' - Guide) what has to be done for reset, we still share the bad shape of - the reset functions with all other low level SCSI-drivers. - Astonishingly, reset works in most cases quite ok, but the harddisks - won't run in synchronous mode anymore after a reset, until you reboot. - Q: Why does my XXX w/Cache adapter not use read-prefetch? - A: Ok, that is not completely possible. If a cache is present, the - adapter tries to use it internally. Explicitly, one can use the cache - with a read prefetch command, maybe in future, but this requires - some major overhead of SCSI-commands that risks the performance to - go down more than it gets improved. Tests with that are running. - Q: I have a IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide adapter, it boots in some way and hangs. - A: Yes, that is understood, as for sure, your SCSI-2 Fast/Wide adapter - was in such a case recognized as integrated SCSI-adapter or something - else, but not as the correct adapter. As the I/O-ports get assigned - wrongly by that reason, the system should crash in most cases. You - should upgrade to the latest release of the SCSI-driver. The - recommended version is 3.2 or later. Here, the F/W support is in - a stable and reliable condition. Wide-addressing is in addition - supported. - Q: I get an Oops message and something like "killing interrupt". - A: The reason for this is that the IBM SCSI-subsystem only sends a - termination status back, if some error appeared. In former releases - of the driver, it was not checked, if the termination status block - is NULL. From version 3.2, it is taken care of this. - Q: I have a F/W adapter and the driver sees my internal SCSI-devices, - but ignores the external ones. - A: Select combined busmode in the IBM config-program and check for that - no SCSI-id on the external devices appears on internal devices. - Reboot afterwards. Dual busmode is supported, but works only for the - internal bus, yet. External bus is still ignored. Take care for your - SCSI-ids. If combined bus-mode is activated, on some adapters, - the wide-addressing is not possible, so devices with ids between 8 - and 15 get ignored by the driver & adapter! - Q: I have a 9595 and I get a NMI during heavy SCSI I/O e.g. during fsck. - A COMMAND ERROR is reported and characters on the screen are missing. - Warm reboot is not possible. Things look like quite weird. - A: Check the processor type of your 9595. If you have an 80486 or 486DX-2 - processor complex on your mainboard and you compiled a kernel that - supports 80386 processors, it is possible, that the kernel cannot - keep track of the PS/2 interrupt handling and stops on an NMI. Just - compile a kernel for the correct processor type of your PS/2 and - everything should be fine. This is necessary even if one assumes, - that some 80486 system should be downward compatible to 80386 - software. - Q: Some commands hang and interrupts block the machine. After some - timeout, the syslog reports that it tries to call abort, but the - machine is frozen. - A: This can be a busy wait bug in the interrupt handler of driver - version 3.2. You should at least upgrade to 3.2c if you use - kernel < 2.4.0 and driver version 4.0 if you use kernel 2.4.0 or - later (including all test releases). - Q: I have a PS/2 model 80 and more than 16 MBytes of RAM. The driver - completely refuses to work, reports NMIs, COMMAND ERRORs or other - ambiguous stuff. When reducing the RAM size down below 16 MB, - everything is running smoothly. - A: No real answer, yet. In any case, one should force the kernel to - present SCBs only below the 16 MBytes barrier. Maybe this solves the - problem. Not yet tried, but guessing that it could work. To get this, - set unchecked_isa_dma argument of ibmmca.h from 0 to 1. - - 5.3 Bug reports - -------------- - If you really find bugs in the source code or the driver will successfully - refuse to work on your machine, you should send a bug report to me. The - best for this is to follow the instructions on the WWW-page for this - driver. Fill out the bug-report form, placed on the WWW-page and ship it, - so the bugs can be taken into account with maximum efforts. But, please - do not send bug reports about this driver to Linus Torvalds or Leonard - Zubkoff, as Linus is buried in E-Mail and Leonard is supervising all - SCSI-drivers and won't have the time left to look inside every single - driver to fix a bug and especially DO NOT send modified code to Linus - Torvalds or Alan J. Cox which has not been checked here!!! They are both - quite buried in E-mail (as me, sometimes, too) and one should first check - for problems on my local teststand. Recently, I got a lot of - bug reports for errors in the ibmmca.c code, which I could not imagine, but - a look inside some Linux-distribution showed me quite often some modified - code, which did no longer work on most other machines than the one of the - modifier. Ok, so now that there is maintenance service available for this - driver, please use this address first in order to keep the level of - confusion low. Thank you! - - When you get a SCSI-error message that panics your system, a list of - register-entries of the SCSI-subsystem is shown (from Version 3.1d). With - this list, it is very easy for the maintainer to localize the problem in - the driver or in the configuration of the user. Please write down all the - values from this report and send them to the maintainer. This would really - help a lot and makes life easier concerning misunderstandings. - - Use the bug-report form (see 5.4 for its address) to send all the bug- - stuff to the maintainer or write e-mail with the values from the table. - - 5.4 Support WWW-page - -------------------- - The address of the IBM SCSI-subsystem supporting WWW-page is: - - http://www.staff.uni-mainz.de/mlang/linux.html - - Here you can find info about the background of this driver, patches, - troubleshooting support, news and a bugreport form. Please check that - WWW-page regularly for latest hints. If ever this URL changes, please - refer to the MAINTAINERS file in order to get the latest address. - - For the bugreport, please fill out the formular on the corresponding - WWW-page. Read the dedicated instructions and write as much as you - know about your problem. If you do not like such formulars, please send - some e-mail directly, but at least with the same information as required by - the formular. - - If you have extensive bug reports, including Oops messages and - screen-shots, please feel free to send it directly to the address - of the maintainer, too. The current address of the maintainer is: - - Michael Lang <langa2@kph.uni-mainz.de> - - 6 References - ------------ - IBM Corp., "Update for the PS/2 Hardware Interface Technical Reference, - Common Interfaces", Armonk, September 1991, PN 04G3281, - (available in the U.S. for $21.75 at 1-800-IBM-PCTB or in Germany for - around 40,-DM at "Hallo IBM"). - - IBM Corp., "Personal System/2 Micro Channel SCSI - Adapter with Cache Technical Reference", Armonk, March 1990, PN 68X2365. - - IBM Corp., "Personal System/2 Micro Channel SCSI - Adapter Technical Reference", Armonk, March 1990, PN 68X2397. - - IBM Corp., "SCSI-2 Fast/Wide Adapter/A Technical Reference - Dual Bus", - Armonk, March 1994, PN 83G7545. - - Friedhelm Schmidt, "SCSI-Bus und IDE-Schnittstelle - Moderne Peripherie- - Schnittstellen: Hardware, Protokollbeschreibung und Anwendung", 2. Aufl. - Addison Wesley, 1996. - - Michael K. Johnson, "The Linux Kernel Hackers' Guide", Version 0.6, Chapel - Hill - North Carolina, 1995 - - Andreas Kaiser, "SCSI TAPE BACKUP for OS/2 2.0", Version 2.12, Stuttgart - 1993 - - Helmut Rompel, "IBM Computerwelt GUIDE", What is what bei IBM., Systeme * - Programme * Begriffe, IWT-Verlag GmbH - Muenchen, 1988 - - 7 Credits to - ------------ - 7.1 People - ---------- - Klaus Grimm - who already a long time ago gave me the old code from the - SCSI-driver in order to get it running for some old machine - in our institute. - Martin Kolinek - who wrote the first release of the IBM SCSI-subsystem driver. - Chris Beauregard - who for a long time maintained MCA-Linux and the SCSI-driver - in the beginning. Chris, wherever you are: Cheers to you! - Klaus Kudielka - with whom in the 2.1.x times, I had a quite fruitful - cooperation to get the driver running as a module and to get - it running with multiple SCSI-adapters. - David Weinehall - for his excellent maintenance of the MCA-stuff and the quite - detailed bug reports and ideas for this driver (and his - patience ;-)). - Alan J. Cox - for his bug reports and his bold activities in cross-checking - the driver-code with his teststand. - - 7.2 Sponsors & Supporters - ------------------------- - "Hallo IBM", - IBM-Deutschland GmbH - the service of IBM-Deutschland for customers. Their E-Mail - service is unbeatable. Whatever old stuff I asked for, I - always got some helpful answers. - Karl-Otto Reimers, - IBM Klub - Sparte IBM Geschichte, Sindelfingen - for sending me a copy of the w/Cache manual from the - IBM-Deutschland archives. - Harald Staiger - for his extensive hardware donations which allows me today - still to test the driver in various constellations. - Erich Fritscher - for his very kind sponsoring. - Louis Ohland, - Charles Lasitter - for support by shipping me an IBM SCSI-2 Fast/Wide manual. - In addition, the contribution of various hardware is quite - decessive and will make it possible to add FWSR (RAID) - adapter support to the driver in the near future! So, - complaints about no RAID support won't remain forever. - Yes, folks, that is no joke, RAID support is going to rise! - Erik Weber - for the great deal we made about a model 9595 and the nice - surrounding equipment and the cool trip to Mannheim - second-hand computer market. In addition, I would like - to thank him for his exhaustive SCSI-driver testing on his - 95er PS/2 park. - Anthony Hogbin - for his direct shipment of a SCSI F/W adapter, which allowed - me immediately on the first stage to try it on model 8557 - together with onboard SCSI adapter and some SCSI w/Cache. - Andreas Hotz - for his support by memory and an IBM SCSI-adapter. Collecting - all this together now allows me to try really things with - the driver at maximum load and variety on various models in - a very quick and efficient way. - Peter Jennewein - for his model 30, which serves me as part of my teststand - and his cool remark about how you make an ordinary diskette - drive working and how to connect it to an IBM-diskette port. - Johannes Gutenberg-Universitaet, Mainz & - Institut fuer Kernphysik, Mainz Microtron (MAMI) - for the offered space, the link, placed on the central - homepage and the space to store and offer the driver and - related material and the free working times, which allow - me to answer all your e-mail. - - 8 Trademarks - ------------ - IBM, PS/2, OS/2, Microchannel are registered trademarks of International - Business Machines Corporation - - MS-DOS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation - - Microware, OS-9 are registered trademarks of Microware Systems - - 9 Disclaimer - ------------ - Beside the GNU General Public License and the dependent disclaimers and disclaimers - concerning the Linux-kernel in special, this SCSI-driver comes without any - warranty. Its functionality is tested as good as possible on certain - machines and combinations of computer hardware, which does not exclude, - that data loss or severe damage of hardware is possible while using this - part of software on some arbitrary computer hardware or in combination - with other software packages. It is highly recommended to make backup - copies of your data before using this software. Furthermore, personal - injuries by hardware defects, that could be caused by this SCSI-driver are - not excluded and it is highly recommended to handle this driver with a - maximum of carefulness. - - This driver supports hardware, produced by International Business Machines - Corporation (IBM). - ------- -Michael Lang -(langa2@kph.uni-mainz.de) diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt b/Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt index aa54f54..3cc9c78 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/libsas.txt @@ -398,21 +398,6 @@ struct sas_task { task_done -- callback when the task has finished execution }; -When an external entity, entity other than the LLDD or the -SAS Layer, wants to work with a struct domain_device, it -_must_ call kobject_get() when getting a handle on the -device and kobject_put() when it is done with the device. - -This does two things: - A) implements proper kfree() for the device; - B) increments/decrements the kref for all players: - domain_device - all domain_device's ... (if past an expander) - port - host adapter - pci device - and up the ladder, etc. - DISCOVERY --------- diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt index ad86c6d..00c8ebb2 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/osst.txt @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ recognized. If you want to have the module autoloaded on access to /dev/osst, you may add something like alias char-major-206 osst -to your /etc/modprobe.conf (before 2.6: modules.conf). +to a file under /etc/modprobe.d/ directory. You may find it convenient to create a symbolic link ln -s nosst0 /dev/tape diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt index 0a22ab8..51be20a 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-generic.txt @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ There are two packages of sg utilities: and earlier Both packages will work in the lk 2.4 series however sg3_utils offers more capabilities. They can be found at: http://sg.danny.cz/sg/sg3_utils.html and -freshmeat.net +freecode.com Another approach is to look at the applications that use the sg driver. These include cdrecord, cdparanoia, SANE and cdrdao. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt index 21e5798..2bfd6f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi-parameters.txt @@ -37,9 +37,6 @@ parameters may be changed at runtime by the command eata= [HW,SCSI] - fd_mcs= [HW,SCSI] - See header of drivers/scsi/fd_mcs.c. - fdomain= [HW,SCSI] See header of drivers/scsi/fdomain.c. @@ -48,9 +45,6 @@ parameters may be changed at runtime by the command gvp11= [HW,SCSI] - ibmmcascsi= [HW,MCA,SCSI] IBM MicroChannel SCSI adapter - See Documentation/mca.txt. - in2000= [HW,SCSI] See header of drivers/scsi/in2000.c. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt index a340b18..2b06aba 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_mid_low_api.txt @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ the motherboard (or both). Some aic7xxx based HBAs are dual controllers and thus represent two hosts. Like most modern HBAs, each aic7xxx host has its own PCI device address. [The one-to-one correspondence between a SCSI host and a PCI device is common but not required (e.g. with -ISA or MCA adapters).] +ISA adapters).] The SCSI mid level isolates an LLD from other layers such as the SCSI upper layer drivers and the block layer. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt index 691ca29..685bf35 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/st.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/st.txt @@ -390,6 +390,10 @@ MTSETDRVBUFFER MT_ST_SYSV sets the SYSV semantics (mode) MT_ST_NOWAIT enables immediate mode (i.e., don't wait for the command to finish) for some commands (e.g., rewind) + MT_ST_NOWAIT_EOF enables immediate filemark mode (i.e. when + writing a filemark, don't wait for it to complete). Please + see the BASICS note about MTWEOFI with respect to the + possible dangers of writing immediate filemarks. MT_ST_SILI enables setting the SILI bit in SCSI commands when reading in variable block mode to enhance performance when reading blocks shorter than the byte count; set this only diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt index 61c0531..3303d21 100644 --- a/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt +++ b/Documentation/scsi/tmscsim.txt @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ So take at least the following measures: ftp://student.physik.uni-dortmund.de/pub/linux/kernel/bootdisk.gz One more warning: I used to overclock my PCI bus to 41.67 MHz. My Tekram -DC390F (Sym53c875) accepted this as well as my Millenium. But the Am53C974 +DC390F (Sym53c875) accepted this as well as my Millennium. But the Am53C974 produced errors and started to corrupt my disks. So don't do that! A 37.50 MHz PCI bus works for me, though, but I don't recommend using higher clocks than the 33.33 MHz being in the PCI spec. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/ufs.txt b/Documentation/scsi/ufs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41a6164 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/ufs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,133 @@ + Universal Flash Storage + ======================= + + +Contents +-------- + +1. Overview +2. UFS Architecture Overview + 2.1 Application Layer + 2.2 UFS Transport Protocol(UTP) layer + 2.3 UFS Interconnect(UIC) Layer +3. UFSHCD Overview + 3.1 UFS controller initialization + 3.2 UTP Transfer requests + 3.3 UFS error handling + 3.4 SCSI Error handling + + +1. Overview +----------- + +Universal Flash Storage(UFS) is a storage specification for flash devices. +It is aimed to provide a universal storage interface for both +embedded and removable flash memory based storage in mobile +devices such as smart phones and tablet computers. The specification +is defined by JEDEC Solid State Technology Association. UFS is based +on MIPI M-PHY physical layer standard. UFS uses MIPI M-PHY as the +physical layer and MIPI Unipro as the link layer. + +The main goals of UFS is to provide, + * Optimized performance: + For UFS version 1.0 and 1.1 the target performance is as follows, + Support for Gear1 is mandatory (rate A: 1248Mbps, rate B: 1457.6Mbps) + Support for Gear2 is optional (rate A: 2496Mbps, rate B: 2915.2Mbps) + Future version of the standard, + Gear3 (rate A: 4992Mbps, rate B: 5830.4Mbps) + * Low power consumption + * High random IOPs and low latency + + +2. UFS Architecture Overview +---------------------------- + +UFS has a layered communication architecture which is based on SCSI +SAM-5 architectural model. + +UFS communication architecture consists of following layers, + +2.1 Application Layer + + The Application layer is composed of UFS command set layer(UCS), + Task Manager and Device manager. The UFS interface is designed to be + protocol agnostic, however SCSI has been selected as a baseline + protocol for versions 1.0 and 1.1 of UFS protocol layer. + UFS supports subset of SCSI commands defined by SPC-4 and SBC-3. + * UCS: It handles SCSI commands supported by UFS specification. + * Task manager: It handles task management functions defined by the + UFS which are meant for command queue control. + * Device manager: It handles device level operations and device + configuration operations. Device level operations mainly involve + device power management operations and commands to Interconnect + layers. Device level configurations involve handling of query + requests which are used to modify and retrieve configuration + information of the device. + +2.2 UFS Transport Protocol(UTP) layer + + UTP layer provides services for + the higher layers through Service Access Points. UTP defines 3 + service access points for higher layers. + * UDM_SAP: Device manager service access point is exposed to device + manager for device level operations. These device level operations + are done through query requests. + * UTP_CMD_SAP: Command service access point is exposed to UFS command + set layer(UCS) to transport commands. + * UTP_TM_SAP: Task management service access point is exposed to task + manager to transport task management functions. + UTP transports messages through UFS protocol information unit(UPIU). + +2.3 UFS Interconnect(UIC) Layer + + UIC is the lowest layer of UFS layered architecture. It handles + connection between UFS host and UFS device. UIC consists of + MIPI UniPro and MIPI M-PHY. UIC provides 2 service access points + to upper layer, + * UIC_SAP: To transport UPIU between UFS host and UFS device. + * UIO_SAP: To issue commands to Unipro layers. + + +3. UFSHCD Overview +------------------ + +The UFS host controller driver is based on Linux SCSI Framework. +UFSHCD is a low level device driver which acts as an interface between +SCSI Midlayer and PCIe based UFS host controllers. + +The current UFSHCD implementation supports following functionality, + +3.1 UFS controller initialization + + The initialization module brings UFS host controller to active state + and prepares the controller to transfer commands/response between + UFSHCD and UFS device. + +3.2 UTP Transfer requests + + Transfer request handling module of UFSHCD receives SCSI commands + from SCSI Midlayer, forms UPIUs and issues the UPIUs to UFS Host + controller. Also, the module decodes, responses received from UFS + host controller in the form of UPIUs and intimates the SCSI Midlayer + of the status of the command. + +3.3 UFS error handling + + Error handling module handles Host controller fatal errors, + Device fatal errors and UIC interconnect layer related errors. + +3.4 SCSI Error handling + + This is done through UFSHCD SCSI error handling routines registered + with SCSI Midlayer. Examples of some of the error handling commands + issues by SCSI Midlayer are Abort task, Lun reset and host reset. + UFSHCD Routines to perform these tasks are registered with + SCSI Midlayer through .eh_abort_handler, .eh_device_reset_handler and + .eh_host_reset_handler. + +In this version of UFSHCD Query requests and power management +functionality are not implemented. + +UFS Specifications can be found at, +UFS - http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/JESD220.pdf +UFSHCI - http://www.jedec.org/sites/default/files/docs/JESD223.pdf diff --git a/Documentation/security/00-INDEX b/Documentation/security/00-INDEX index 99b85d3..eeed1de 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/security/00-INDEX @@ -6,6 +6,8 @@ SELinux.txt - how to get started with the SELinux security enhancement. Smack.txt - documentation on the Smack Linux Security Module. +Yama.txt + - documentation on the Yama Linux Security Module. apparmor.txt - documentation on the AppArmor security extension. credentials.txt diff --git a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt index e9dab41..a416479 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/Smack.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/Smack.txt @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ at hand. Smack consists of three major components: - The kernel - - A start-up script and a few modified applications + - Basic utilities, which are helpful but not required - Configuration data The kernel component of Smack is implemented as a Linux @@ -23,37 +23,28 @@ Security Modules (LSM) module. It requires netlabel and works best with file systems that support extended attributes, although xattr support is not strictly required. It is safe to run a Smack kernel under a "vanilla" distribution. + Smack kernels use the CIPSO IP option. Some network configurations are intolerant of IP options and can impede access to systems that use them as Smack does. -The startup script etc-init.d-smack should be installed -in /etc/init.d/smack and should be invoked early in the -start-up process. On Fedora rc5.d/S02smack is recommended. -This script ensures that certain devices have the correct -Smack attributes and loads the Smack configuration if -any is defined. This script invokes two programs that -ensure configuration data is properly formatted. These -programs are /usr/sbin/smackload and /usr/sin/smackcipso. -The system will run just fine without these programs, -but it will be difficult to set access rules properly. - -A version of "ls" that provides a "-M" option to display -Smack labels on long listing is available. +The current git repositories for Smack user space are: -A hacked version of sshd that allows network logins by users -with specific Smack labels is available. This version does -not work for scp. You must set the /etc/ssh/sshd_config -line: - UsePrivilegeSeparation no + git@gitorious.org:meego-platform-security/smackutil.git + git@gitorious.org:meego-platform-security/libsmack.git -The format of /etc/smack/usr is: +These should make and install on most modern distributions. +There are three commands included in smackutil: - username smack +smackload - properly formats data for writing to /smack/load +smackcipso - properly formats data for writing to /smack/cipso +chsmack - display or set Smack extended attribute values In keeping with the intent of Smack, configuration data is minimal and not strictly required. The most important configuration step is mounting the smackfs pseudo filesystem. +If smackutil is installed the startup script will take care +of this, but it can be manually as well. Add this line to /etc/fstab: @@ -61,19 +52,148 @@ Add this line to /etc/fstab: and create the /smack directory for mounting. -Smack uses extended attributes (xattrs) to store file labels. -The command to set a Smack label on a file is: +Smack uses extended attributes (xattrs) to store labels on filesystem +objects. The attributes are stored in the extended attribute security +name space. A process must have CAP_MAC_ADMIN to change any of these +attributes. + +The extended attributes that Smack uses are: + +SMACK64 + Used to make access control decisions. In almost all cases + the label given to a new filesystem object will be the label + of the process that created it. +SMACK64EXEC + The Smack label of a process that execs a program file with + this attribute set will run with this attribute's value. +SMACK64MMAP + Don't allow the file to be mmapped by a process whose Smack + label does not allow all of the access permitted to a process + with the label contained in this attribute. This is a very + specific use case for shared libraries. +SMACK64TRANSMUTE + Can only have the value "TRUE". If this attribute is present + on a directory when an object is created in the directory and + the Smack rule (more below) that permitted the write access + to the directory includes the transmute ("t") mode the object + gets the label of the directory instead of the label of the + creating process. If the object being created is a directory + the SMACK64TRANSMUTE attribute is set as well. +SMACK64IPIN + This attribute is only available on file descriptors for sockets. + Use the Smack label in this attribute for access control + decisions on packets being delivered to this socket. +SMACK64IPOUT + This attribute is only available on file descriptors for sockets. + Use the Smack label in this attribute for access control + decisions on packets coming from this socket. + +There are multiple ways to set a Smack label on a file: # attr -S -s SMACK64 -V "value" path + # chsmack -a value path -NOTE: Smack labels are limited to 23 characters. The attr command - does not enforce this restriction and can be used to set - invalid Smack labels on files. - -If you don't do anything special all users will get the floor ("_") -label when they log in. If you do want to log in via the hacked ssh -at other labels use the attr command to set the smack value on the -home directory and its contents. +A process can see the smack label it is running with by +reading /proc/self/attr/current. A process with CAP_MAC_ADMIN +can set the process smack by writing there. + +Most Smack configuration is accomplished by writing to files +in the smackfs filesystem. This pseudo-filesystem is usually +mounted on /smack. + +access + This interface reports whether a subject with the specified + Smack label has a particular access to an object with a + specified Smack label. Write a fixed format access rule to + this file. The next read will indicate whether the access + would be permitted. The text will be either "1" indicating + access, or "0" indicating denial. +access2 + This interface reports whether a subject with the specified + Smack label has a particular access to an object with a + specified Smack label. Write a long format access rule to + this file. The next read will indicate whether the access + would be permitted. The text will be either "1" indicating + access, or "0" indicating denial. +ambient + This contains the Smack label applied to unlabeled network + packets. +cipso + This interface allows a specific CIPSO header to be assigned + to a Smack label. The format accepted on write is: + "%24s%4d%4d"["%4d"]... + The first string is a fixed Smack label. The first number is + the level to use. The second number is the number of categories. + The following numbers are the categories. + "level-3-cats-5-19 3 2 5 19" +cipso2 + This interface allows a specific CIPSO header to be assigned + to a Smack label. The format accepted on write is: + "%s%4d%4d"["%4d"]... + The first string is a long Smack label. The first number is + the level to use. The second number is the number of categories. + The following numbers are the categories. + "level-3-cats-5-19 3 2 5 19" +direct + This contains the CIPSO level used for Smack direct label + representation in network packets. +doi + This contains the CIPSO domain of interpretation used in + network packets. +load + This interface allows access control rules in addition to + the system defined rules to be specified. The format accepted + on write is: + "%24s%24s%5s" + where the first string is the subject label, the second the + object label, and the third the requested access. The access + string may contain only the characters "rwxat-", and specifies + which sort of access is allowed. The "-" is a placeholder for + permissions that are not allowed. The string "r-x--" would + specify read and execute access. Labels are limited to 23 + characters in length. +load2 + This interface allows access control rules in addition to + the system defined rules to be specified. The format accepted + on write is: + "%s %s %s" + where the first string is the subject label, the second the + object label, and the third the requested access. The access + string may contain only the characters "rwxat-", and specifies + which sort of access is allowed. The "-" is a placeholder for + permissions that are not allowed. The string "r-x--" would + specify read and execute access. +load-self + This interface allows process specific access rules to be + defined. These rules are only consulted if access would + otherwise be permitted, and are intended to provide additional + restrictions on the process. The format is the same as for + the load interface. +load-self2 + This interface allows process specific access rules to be + defined. These rules are only consulted if access would + otherwise be permitted, and are intended to provide additional + restrictions on the process. The format is the same as for + the load2 interface. +logging + This contains the Smack logging state. +mapped + This contains the CIPSO level used for Smack mapped label + representation in network packets. +netlabel + This interface allows specific internet addresses to be + treated as single label hosts. Packets are sent to single + label hosts without CIPSO headers, but only from processes + that have Smack write access to the host label. All packets + received from single label hosts are given the specified + label. The format accepted on write is: + "%d.%d.%d.%d label" or "%d.%d.%d.%d/%d label". +onlycap + This contains the label processes must have for CAP_MAC_ADMIN + and CAP_MAC_OVERRIDE to be effective. If this file is empty + these capabilities are effective at for processes with any + label. The value is set by writing the desired label to the + file or cleared by writing "-" to the file. You can add access rules in /etc/smack/accesses. They take the form: @@ -83,10 +203,6 @@ access is a combination of the letters rwxa which specify the kind of access permitted a subject with subjectlabel on an object with objectlabel. If there is no rule no access is allowed. -A process can see the smack label it is running with by -reading /proc/self/attr/current. A privileged process can -set the process smack by writing there. - Look for additional programs on http://schaufler-ca.com From the Smack Whitepaper: @@ -186,7 +302,7 @@ team. Smack labels are unstructured, case sensitive, and the only operation ever performed on them is comparison for equality. Smack labels cannot contain unprintable characters, the "/" (slash), the "\" (backslash), the "'" (quote) and '"' (double-quote) characters. -Smack labels cannot begin with a '-', which is reserved for special options. +Smack labels cannot begin with a '-'. This is reserved for special options. There are some predefined labels: @@ -194,7 +310,7 @@ There are some predefined labels: ^ Pronounced "hat", a single circumflex character. * Pronounced "star", a single asterisk character. ? Pronounced "huh", a single question mark character. - @ Pronounced "Internet", a single at sign character. + @ Pronounced "web", a single at sign character. Every task on a Smack system is assigned a label. System tasks, such as init(8) and systems daemons, are run with the floor ("_") label. User tasks @@ -246,13 +362,14 @@ The format of an access rule is: Where subject-label is the Smack label of the task, object-label is the Smack label of the thing being accessed, and access is a string specifying the sort -of access allowed. The Smack labels are limited to 23 characters. The access -specification is searched for letters that describe access modes: +of access allowed. The access specification is searched for letters that +describe access modes: a: indicates that append access should be granted. r: indicates that read access should be granted. w: indicates that write access should be granted. x: indicates that execute access should be granted. + t: indicates that the rule requests transmutation. Uppercase values for the specification letters are allowed as well. Access mode specifications can be in any order. Examples of acceptable rules @@ -273,7 +390,7 @@ Examples of unacceptable rules are: Spaces are not allowed in labels. Since a subject always has access to files with the same label specifying a rule for that case is pointless. Only -valid letters (rwxaRWXA) and the dash ('-') character are allowed in +valid letters (rwxatRWXAT) and the dash ('-') character are allowed in access specifications. The dash is a placeholder, so "a-r" is the same as "ar". A lone dash is used to specify that no access should be allowed. @@ -297,6 +414,13 @@ but not any of its attributes by the circumstance of having read access to the containing directory but not to the differently labeled file. This is an artifact of the file name being data in the directory, not a part of the file. +If a directory is marked as transmuting (SMACK64TRANSMUTE=TRUE) and the +access rule that allows a process to create an object in that directory +includes 't' access the label assigned to the new object will be that +of the directory, not the creating process. This makes it much easier +for two processes with different labels to share data without granting +access to all of their files. + IPC objects, message queues, semaphore sets, and memory segments exist in flat namespaces and access requests are only required to match the object in question. @@ -536,6 +660,6 @@ writing a single character to the /smack/logging file : 3 : log denied & accepted Events are logged as 'key=value' pairs, for each event you at least will get -the subjet, the object, the rights requested, the action, the kernel function +the subject, the object, the rights requested, the action, the kernel function that triggered the event, plus other pairs depending on the type of event audited. diff --git a/Documentation/security/Yama.txt b/Documentation/security/Yama.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e369de2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/security/Yama.txt @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ +Yama is a Linux Security Module that collects a number of system-wide DAC +security protections that are not handled by the core kernel itself. To +select it at boot time, specify "security=yama" (though this will disable +any other LSM). + +Yama is controlled through sysctl in /proc/sys/kernel/yama: + +- ptrace_scope + +============================================================== + +ptrace_scope: + +As Linux grows in popularity, it will become a larger target for +malware. One particularly troubling weakness of the Linux process +interfaces is that a single user is able to examine the memory and +running state of any of their processes. For example, if one application +(e.g. Pidgin) was compromised, it would be possible for an attacker to +attach to other running processes (e.g. Firefox, SSH sessions, GPG agent, +etc) to extract additional credentials and continue to expand the scope +of their attack without resorting to user-assisted phishing. + +This is not a theoretical problem. SSH session hijacking +(http://www.storm.net.nz/projects/7) and arbitrary code injection +(http://c-skills.blogspot.com/2007/05/injectso.html) attacks already +exist and remain possible if ptrace is allowed to operate as before. +Since ptrace is not commonly used by non-developers and non-admins, system +builders should be allowed the option to disable this debugging system. + +For a solution, some applications use prctl(PR_SET_DUMPABLE, ...) to +specifically disallow such ptrace attachment (e.g. ssh-agent), but many +do not. A more general solution is to only allow ptrace directly from a +parent to a child process (i.e. direct "gdb EXE" and "strace EXE" still +work), or with CAP_SYS_PTRACE (i.e. "gdb --pid=PID", and "strace -p PID" +still work as root). + +In mode 1, software that has defined application-specific relationships +between a debugging process and its inferior (crash handlers, etc), +prctl(PR_SET_PTRACER, pid, ...) can be used. An inferior can declare which +other process (and its descendents) are allowed to call PTRACE_ATTACH +against it. Only one such declared debugging process can exists for +each inferior at a time. For example, this is used by KDE, Chromium, and +Firefox's crash handlers, and by Wine for allowing only Wine processes +to ptrace each other. If a process wishes to entirely disable these ptrace +restrictions, it can call prctl(PR_SET_PTRACER, PR_SET_PTRACER_ANY, ...) +so that any otherwise allowed process (even those in external pid namespaces) +may attach. + +These restrictions do not change how ptrace via PTRACE_TRACEME operates. + +The sysctl settings are: + +0 - classic ptrace permissions: a process can PTRACE_ATTACH to any other + process running under the same uid, as long as it is dumpable (i.e. + did not transition uids, start privileged, or have called + prctl(PR_SET_DUMPABLE...) already). + +1 - restricted ptrace: a process must have a predefined relationship + with the inferior it wants to call PTRACE_ATTACH on. By default, + this relationship is that of only its descendants when the above + classic criteria is also met. To change the relationship, an + inferior can call prctl(PR_SET_PTRACER, debugger, ...) to declare + an allowed debugger PID to call PTRACE_ATTACH on the inferior. + +2 - admin-only attach: only processes with CAP_SYS_PTRACE may use ptrace + with PTRACE_ATTACH. + +3 - no attach: no processes may use ptrace with PTRACE_ATTACH. Once set, + this sysctl cannot be changed to a lower value. + +The original children-only logic was based on the restrictions in grsecurity. + +============================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt b/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt index c9e4855..e105ae9 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys-trusted-encrypted.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Trusted and Encrypted Keys Trusted and Encrypted Keys are two new key types added to the existing kernel -key ring service. Both of these new types are variable length symmetic keys, +key ring service. Both of these new types are variable length symmetric keys, and in both cases all keys are created in the kernel, and user space sees, stores, and loads only encrypted blobs. Trusted Keys require the availability of a Trusted Platform Module (TPM) chip for greater security, while Encrypted diff --git a/Documentation/security/keys.txt b/Documentation/security/keys.txt index 4d75931..aa0dbd7 100644 --- a/Documentation/security/keys.txt +++ b/Documentation/security/keys.txt @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ KEY SERVICE OVERVIEW The key service provides a number of features besides keys: - (*) The key service defines two special key types: + (*) The key service defines three special key types: (+) "keyring" @@ -137,6 +137,18 @@ The key service provides a number of features besides keys: blobs of data. These can be created, updated and read by userspace, and aren't intended for use by kernel services. + (+) "logon" + + Like a "user" key, a "logon" key has a payload that is an arbitrary + blob of data. It is intended as a place to store secrets which are + accessible to the kernel but not to userspace programs. + + The description can be arbitrary, but must be prefixed with a non-zero + length string that describes the key "subclass". The subclass is + separated from the rest of the description by a ':'. "logon" keys can + be created and updated from userspace, but the payload is only + readable from kernel space. + (*) Each process subscribes to three keyrings: a thread-specific keyring, a process-specific keyring, and a session-specific keyring. @@ -554,6 +566,10 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: process must have write permission on the keyring, and it must be a keyring (or else error ENOTDIR will result). + This function can also be used to clear special kernel keyrings if they + are appropriately marked if the user has CAP_SYS_ADMIN capability. The + DNS resolver cache keyring is an example of this. + (*) Link a key into a keyring: @@ -668,7 +684,7 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: If the kernel calls back to userspace to complete the instantiation of a key, userspace should use this call mark the key as negative before the - invoked process returns if it is unable to fulfil the request. + invoked process returns if it is unable to fulfill the request. The process must have write access on the key to be able to instantiate it, and the key must be uninstantiated. @@ -789,6 +805,23 @@ The keyctl syscall functions are: kernel and resumes executing userspace. + (*) Invalidate a key. + + long keyctl(KEYCTL_INVALIDATE, key_serial_t key); + + This function marks a key as being invalidated and then wakes up the + garbage collector. The garbage collector immediately removes invalidated + keys from all keyrings and deletes the key when its reference count + reaches zero. + + Keys that are marked invalidated become invisible to normal key operations + immediately, though they are still visible in /proc/keys until deleted + (they're marked with an 'i' flag). + + A process must have search permission on the key for this function to be + successful. + + =============== KERNEL SERVICES =============== diff --git a/Documentation/serial/computone.txt b/Documentation/serial/computone.txt index 39ddcdb..a6a1158 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/computone.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/computone.txt @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ Hardware - If you have an ISA card, find a free interrupt and io port. Note the hardware address from the Computone ISA cards installed into the system. These are required for editing ip2.c or editing - /etc/modprobe.conf, or for specification on the modprobe + /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf, or for specification on the modprobe command line. Note that the /etc/modules.conf should be used for older (pre-2.6) @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ b) Run "make config" or "make menuconfig" or "make xconfig" c) Set address on ISA cards then: edit /usr/src/linux/drivers/char/ip2.c if needed or - edit /etc/modprobe.conf if needed (module). + edit config file in /etc/modprobe.d/ if needed (module). or both to match this setting. d) Run "make modules" e) Run "make modules_install" @@ -153,11 +153,11 @@ the irqs are not specified the driver uses the default in ip2.c (which selects polled mode). If no base addresses are specified the defaults in ip2.c are used. If you are autoloading the driver module with kerneld or kmod the base addresses and interrupt number must also be set in ip2.c -and recompile or just insert and options line in /etc/modprobe.conf or both. +and recompile or just insert and options line in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf or both. The options line is equivalent to the command line and takes precedence over what is in ip2.c. -/etc/modprobe.conf sample: +config sample to put /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf: options ip2 io=1,0x328 irq=1,10 alias char-major-71 ip2 alias char-major-72 ip2 diff --git a/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt b/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt index 1d85829..60b0398 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/rocket.txt @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ in the system log at /var/log/messages. If installed as a module, the module must be loaded. This can be done manually by entering "modprobe rocket". To have the module loaded automatically -upon system boot, edit the /etc/modprobe.conf file and add the line +upon system boot, edit a /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf file and add the line "alias char-major-46 rocket". In order to use the ports, their device names (nodes) must be created with mknod. diff --git a/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt b/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt index 5c4902d..4d798c0 100644 --- a/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt +++ b/Documentation/serial/stallion.txt @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@ There are two drivers that work with the different families of Stallion multiport serial boards. One is for the Stallion smart boards - that is EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 and EasyConnection 8/64-PCI, the other for the true Stallion intelligent multiport boards - EasyConnection 8/64 -(ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard and Brumby. +(ISA, EISA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard and Brumby. If you are using any of the Stallion intelligent multiport boards (Brumby, -ONboard, EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA, EISA, MCA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI) with +ONboard, EasyConnection 8/64 (ISA, EISA), EasyConnection/RA-PCI) with Linux you will need to get the driver utility package. This contains a firmware loader and the firmware images necessary to make the devices operate. @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ If you are using the EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 or EasyConnection 8/64-PCI boards then you don't need this package, although it does have a serial stats display program. -If you require DIP switch settings, EISA or MCA configuration files, or any +If you require DIP switch settings, or EISA configuration files, or any other information related to Stallion boards then have a look at Stallion's web pages at http://www.stallion.com. @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ web pages at http://www.stallion.com. The drivers can be used as loadable modules or compiled into the kernel. You can choose which when doing a "config" on the kernel. -All ISA, EISA and MCA boards that you want to use need to be configured into +All ISA, and EISA boards that you want to use need to be configured into the driver(s). All PCI boards will be automatically detected when you load the driver - so they do not need to be entered into the driver(s) configuration structure. Note that kernel PCI support is required to use PCI boards. -There are two methods of configuring ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the drivers. +There are two methods of configuring ISA and EISA boards into the drivers. If using the driver as a loadable module then the simplest method is to pass the driver configuration as module arguments. The other method is to modify the driver source to add configuration lines for each board in use. @@ -71,12 +71,12 @@ That makes things pretty simple to get going. 2.1 MODULE DRIVER CONFIGURATION: The simplest configuration for modules is to use the module load arguments -to configure any ISA, EISA or MCA boards. PCI boards are automatically +to configure any ISA or EISA boards. PCI boards are automatically detected, so do not need any additional configuration at all. -If using EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA, or EasyConnection 8/63-PCI +If using EasyIO, EasyConnection 8/32 ISA, or EasyConnection 8/63-PCI boards then use the "stallion" driver module, Otherwise if you are using -an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA, EISA or MCA, EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard, +an EasyConnection 8/64 ISA or EISA, EasyConnection/RA-PCI, ONboard, Brumby or original Stallion board then use the "istallion" driver module. Typically to load up the smart board driver use: @@ -139,14 +139,14 @@ secondary address 0x280 and IRQ 10. You will probably want to enter this module load and configuration information into your system startup scripts so that the drivers are loaded and configured -on each system boot. Typically the start up script would be something like -/etc/modprobe.conf. +on each system boot. Typically configuration files are put in the +/etc/modprobe.d/ directory. 2.2 STATIC DRIVER CONFIGURATION: For static driver configuration you need to modify the driver source code. -Entering ISA, EISA and MCA boards into the driver(s) configuration structure +Entering ISA and EISA boards into the driver(s) configuration structure involves editing the driver(s) source file. It's pretty easy if you follow the instructions below. Both drivers can support up to 4 boards. The smart card driver (the stallion.c driver) supports any combination of EasyIO and @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ supports any combination of ONboards, Brumbys, Stallions and EasyConnection To set up the driver(s) for the boards that you want to use you need to edit the appropriate driver file and add configuration entries. -If using EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 ISA or MCA boards, +If using EasyIO or EasyConnection 8/32 ISA boards, In drivers/char/stallion.c: - find the definition of the stl_brdconf array (of structures) near the top of the file @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ change it on the board. On EasyIO and EasyConnection 8/32 boards the IRQ is software programmable, so if there is a conflict you may need to change the IRQ used for a board. There are no interrupts to worry about for ONboard, Brumby or EasyConnection 8/64 -(ISA, EISA and MCA) boards. The memory region on EasyConnection 8/64 and +(ISA and EISA) boards. The memory region on EasyConnection 8/64 and ONboard boards is software programmable, but not on the Brumby boards. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt index 936699e..221b810 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/ALSA-Configuration.txt @@ -860,7 +860,8 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. [Multiple options for each card instance] model - force the model name - position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = use LPIB, 2 = POSBUF) + position_fix - Fix DMA pointer (0 = auto, 1 = use LPIB, 2 = POSBUF, + 3 = VIACOMBO, 4 = COMBO) probe_mask - Bitmask to probe codecs (default = -1, meaning all slots) When the bit 8 (0x100) is set, the lower 8 bits are used as the "fixed" codec slots; i.e. the driver probes the @@ -925,6 +926,11 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. (Usually SD_LPIB register is more accurate than the position buffer.) + position_fix=3 is specific to VIA devices. The position + of the capture stream is checked from both LPIB and POSBUF + values. position_fix=4 is a combination mode, using LPIB + for playback and POSBUF for capture. + NB: If you get many "azx_get_response timeout" messages at loading, it's likely a problem of interrupts (e.g. ACPI irq routing). Try to boot with options like "pci=noacpi". Also, you @@ -1539,7 +1545,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. Module for sound cards based on the C-Media CMI8786/8787/8788 chip: * Asound A-8788 - * Asus Xonar DG + * Asus Xonar DG/DGX * AuzenTech X-Meridian * AuzenTech X-Meridian 2G * Bgears b-Enspirer @@ -1588,7 +1594,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. Module supports autoprobe a chip. - Note: the driver may have problems regarding endianess. + Note: the driver may have problems regarding endianness. The power-management is supported. @@ -2038,7 +2044,7 @@ Prior to version 0.9.0rc4 options had a 'snd_' prefix. This was removed. Install the necessary firmware files in alsa-firmware package. When no hotplug fw loader is available, you need to load the firmware via vxloader utility in alsa-tools package. To invoke - vxloader automatically, add the following to /etc/modprobe.conf + vxloader automatically, add the following to /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf install snd-vx222 /sbin/modprobe --first-time -i snd-vx222 && /usr/bin/vxloader @@ -2162,10 +2168,10 @@ corresponds to the card index of ALSA. Usually, define this as the same card module. An example configuration for a single emu10k1 card is like below: ------ /etc/modprobe.conf +----- /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf alias snd-card-0 snd-emu10k1 alias sound-slot-0 snd-emu10k1 ------ /etc/modprobe.conf +----- /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf The available number of auto-loaded sound cards depends on the module option "cards_limit" of snd module. As default it's set to 1. @@ -2178,7 +2184,7 @@ cards is kept consistent. An example configuration for two sound cards is like below: ------ /etc/modprobe.conf +----- /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf # ALSA portion options snd cards_limit=2 alias snd-card-0 snd-interwave @@ -2188,7 +2194,7 @@ options snd-ens1371 index=1 # OSS/Free portion alias sound-slot-0 snd-interwave alias sound-slot-1 snd-ens1371 ------ /etc/modprobe.conf +----- /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf In this example, the interwave card is always loaded as the first card (index 0) and ens1371 as the second (index 1). diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt index a4c53d8..654dd3b 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/Audiophile-Usb.txt @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ The parameter can be given: # modprobe snd-usb-audio index=1 device_setup=0x09 * Or while configuring the modules options in your modules configuration file - - For Fedora distributions, edit the /etc/modprobe.conf file: + (tipically a .conf file in /etc/modprobe.d/ directory: alias snd-card-1 snd-usb-audio options snd-usb-audio index=1 device_setup=0x09 @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ CAUTION when initializing the device - first turn off the device - de-register the snd-usb-audio module (modprobe -r) - change the device_setup parameter by changing the device_setup - option in /etc/modprobe.conf + option in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf - turn on the device * A workaround for this last issue has been applied to kernel 2.6.23, but it may not be enough to ensure the 'stability' of the device initialization. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt index c8c5454..03f7897 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio-Models.txt @@ -8,37 +8,10 @@ ALC880 5stack-digout 5-jack in back, 2-jack in front, a SPDIF out 6stack 6-jack in back, 2-jack in front 6stack-digout 6-jack with a SPDIF out - w810 3-jack - z71v 3-jack (HP shared SPDIF) - asus 3-jack (ASUS Mobo) - asus-w1v ASUS W1V - asus-dig ASUS with SPDIF out - asus-dig2 ASUS with SPDIF out (using GPIO2) - uniwill 3-jack - fujitsu Fujitsu Laptops (Pi1536) - F1734 2-jack - lg LG laptop (m1 express dual) - lg-lw LG LW20/LW25 laptop - tcl TCL S700 - clevo Clevo laptops (m520G, m665n) - medion Medion Rim 2150 - test for testing/debugging purpose, almost all controls can be - adjusted. Appearing only when compiled with - $CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y - auto auto-config reading BIOS (default) ALC260 ====== - fujitsu Fujitsu S7020 - acer Acer TravelMate - will Will laptops (PB V7900) - replacer Replacer 672V - favorit100 Maxdata Favorit 100XS - basic fixed pin assignment (old default model) - test for testing/debugging purpose, almost all controls can - adjusted. Appearing only when compiled with - $CONFIG_SND_DEBUG=y - auto auto-config reading BIOS (default) + N/A ALC262 ====== @@ -70,55 +43,9 @@ ALC680 ALC882/883/885/888/889 ====================== - 3stack-dig 3-jack with SPDIF I/O - 6stack-dig 6-jack digital with SPDIF I/O - arima Arima W820Di1 - targa Targa T8, MSI-1049 T8 - asus-a7j ASUS A7J - asus-a7m ASUS A7M - macpro MacPro support - mb5 Macbook 5,1 - macmini3 Macmini 3,1 - mba21 Macbook Air 2,1 - mbp3 Macbook Pro rev3 - imac24 iMac 24'' with jack detection - imac91 iMac 9,1 - w2jc ASUS W2JC - 3stack-2ch-dig 3-jack with SPDIF I/O (ALC883) - alc883-6stack-dig 6-jack digital with SPDIF I/O (ALC883) - 3stack-6ch 3-jack 6-channel - 3stack-6ch-dig 3-jack 6-channel with SPDIF I/O - 6stack-dig-demo 6-jack digital for Intel demo board - acer Acer laptops (Travelmate 3012WTMi, Aspire 5600, etc) - acer-aspire Acer Aspire 9810 - acer-aspire-4930g Acer Aspire 4930G - acer-aspire-6530g Acer Aspire 6530G - acer-aspire-7730g Acer Aspire 7730G - acer-aspire-8930g Acer Aspire 8930G - medion Medion Laptops - targa-dig Targa/MSI - targa-2ch-dig Targa/MSI with 2-channel - targa-8ch-dig Targa/MSI with 8-channel (MSI GX620) - laptop-eapd 3-jack with SPDIF I/O and EAPD (Clevo M540JE, M550JE) - lenovo-101e Lenovo 101E - lenovo-nb0763 Lenovo NB0763 - lenovo-ms7195-dig Lenovo MS7195 - lenovo-sky Lenovo Sky - haier-w66 Haier W66 - 3stack-hp HP machines with 3stack (Lucknow, Samba boards) - 6stack-dell Dell machines with 6stack (Inspiron 530) - mitac Mitac 8252D - clevo-m540r Clevo M540R (6ch + digital) - clevo-m720 Clevo M720 laptop series - fujitsu-pi2515 Fujitsu AMILO Pi2515 - fujitsu-xa3530 Fujitsu AMILO XA3530 - 3stack-6ch-intel Intel DG33* boards - intel-alc889a Intel IbexPeak with ALC889A - intel-x58 Intel DX58 with ALC889 - asus-p5q ASUS P5Q-EM boards - mb31 MacBook 3,1 - sony-vaio-tt Sony VAIO TT - auto auto-config reading BIOS (default) + acer-aspire-4930g Acer Aspire 4930G/5930G/6530G/6930G/7730G + acer-aspire-8930g Acer Aspire 8330G/6935G + acer-aspire Acer Aspire others ALC861/660 ========== diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt index 91fee3b..7813c06 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/HD-Audio.txt @@ -59,7 +59,12 @@ a case, you can change the default method via `position_fix` option. `position_fix=1` means to use LPIB method explicitly. `position_fix=2` means to use the position-buffer. `position_fix=3` means to use a combination of both methods, needed -for some VIA and ATI controllers. 0 is the default value for all other +for some VIA controllers. The capture stream position is corrected +by comparing both LPIB and position-buffer values. +`position_fix=4` is another combination available for all controllers, +and uses LPIB for the playback and the position-buffer for the capture +streams. +0 is the default value for all other controllers, the automatic check and fallback to LPIB as described in the above. If you get a problem of repeated sounds, this option might help. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt index ef42c44..4ee35b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/MIXART.txt @@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ FIRMWARE when CONFIG_FW_LOADER is set. The mixartloader is necessary only for older versions or when you build the driver into kernel.] -For loading the firmware automatically after the module is loaded, use -the post-install command. For example, add the following entry to -/etc/modprobe.conf for miXart driver: +For loading the firmware automatically after the module is loaded, use a +install command. For example, add the following entry to +/etc/modprobe.d/mixart.conf for miXart driver: install snd-mixart /sbin/modprobe --first-time -i snd-mixart && \ /usr/bin/mixartloader diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/OSS-Emulation.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/OSS-Emulation.txt index 022aaeb..152ca2a 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/OSS-Emulation.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/OSS-Emulation.txt @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ the card number and the minor unit number. Usually you don't have to define these aliases by yourself. Only necessary step for auto-loading of OSS modules is to define the -card alias in /etc/modprobe.conf, such as +card alias in /etc/modprobe.d/alsa.conf, such as alias sound-slot-0 snd-emu10k1 diff --git a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt index c83a835..90e9b3a 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt +++ b/Documentation/sound/alsa/compress_offload.txt @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ processing. Support for such hardware has not been very good in Linux, mostly because of a lack of a generic API available in the mainline kernel. -Rather than requiring a compability break with an API change of the +Rather than requiring a compatibility break with an API change of the ALSA PCM interface, a new 'Compressed Data' API is introduced to provide a control and data-streaming interface for audio DSPs. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/ALS b/Documentation/sound/oss/ALS index d01ffbf..bf10bed 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/ALS +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/ALS @@ -57,10 +57,10 @@ The resulting sound driver will provide the following capabilities: DSP/PCM/audio out (L&R), FM (L&R) and Mic in (mono). Jonathan Woithe -jwoithe@physics.adelaide.edu.au +jwoithe@just42.net 30 March 1998 Modified 2000-02-26 by Dave Forrest, drf5n@virginia.edu to add ALS100/ALS200 Modified 2000-04-10 by Paul Laufer, pelaufer@csupomona.edu to add ISAPnP info. -Modified 2000-11-19 by Jonathan Woithe, jwoithe@physics.adelaide.edu.au +Modified 2000-11-19 by Jonathan Woithe, jwoithe@just42.net - updated information for kernel 2.4.x. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16 b/Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16 index e0dc064..ea8549f 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16 +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/AudioExcelDSP16 @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ mpu_base I/O base address for activate MPU-401 mode (0x300, 0x310, 0x320 or 0x330) mpu_irq MPU-401 irq line (5, 7, 9, 10 or 0) -The /etc/modprobe.conf will have lines like this: +A configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d/ directory will have lines like this: options opl3 io=0x388 options ad1848 io=0x530 irq=11 dma=3 @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ Where the aedsp16 options are the options for this driver while opl3 and ad1848 are the corresponding options for the MSS and OPL3 modules. Loading MSS and OPL3 needs to pre load the aedsp16 module to set up correctly -the sound card. Installation dependencies must be written in the modprobe.conf -file: +the sound card. Installation dependencies must be written in configuration +files under /etc/modprobe.d/ directory: -install ad1848 /sbin/modprobe aedsp16 && /sbin/modprobe -i ad1848 -install opl3 /sbin/modprobe aedsp16 && /sbin/modprobe -i opl3 +softdep ad1848 pre: aedsp16 +softdep opl3 pre: aedsp16 Then you must load the sound modules stack in this order: sound -> aedsp16 -> [ ad1848, opl3 ] diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/CMI8330 b/Documentation/sound/oss/CMI8330 index 9c439f1..8a5fd16 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/CMI8330 +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/CMI8330 @@ -143,11 +143,10 @@ CONFIG_SOUND_MSS=m -Alma Chao <elysian@ethereal.torsion.org> suggests the following /etc/modprobe.conf: +Alma Chao <elysian@ethereal.torsion.org> suggests the following in +a /etc/modprobe.d/*conf file: alias sound ad1848 alias synth0 opl3 options ad1848 io=0x530 irq=7 dma=0 soundpro=1 options opl3 io=0x388 - - diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/Introduction b/Documentation/sound/oss/Introduction index 75d967f..42da2d8 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/Introduction +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/Introduction @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ in a file such as /root/soundon.sh. MODPROBE: ========= -If loading via modprobe, these common files are automatically loaded -when requested by modprobe. For example, my /etc/modprobe.conf contains: +If loading via modprobe, these common files are automatically loaded when +requested by modprobe. For example, my /etc/modprobe.d/oss.conf contains: alias sound sb options sb io=0x240 irq=9 dma=3 dma16=5 mpu_io=0x300 @@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ http://www.opensound.com. Before loading the commercial sound driver, you should do the following: 1. remove sound modules (detailed above) -2. remove the sound modules from /etc/modprobe.conf +2. remove the sound modules from /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf 3. move the sound modules from /lib/modules/<kernel>/misc (for example, I make a /lib/modules/<kernel>/misc/tmp directory and copy the sound module files to that @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ twice, you need to do the following: sb.o could be copied (or symlinked) to sb1.o for the second SoundBlaster. -2. Make a second entry in /etc/modprobe.conf, for example, +2. Make a second entry in /etc/modprobe.d/*conf, for example, sound1 or sb1. This second entry should refer to the new module names for example sb1, and should include the I/O, etc. for the second sound card. @@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ There are several ways of configuring your sound: 2) On the command line when using insmod or in a bash script using command line calls to load sound. -3) In /etc/modprobe.conf when using modprobe. +3) In /etc/modprobe.d/*conf when using modprobe. 4) Via Red Hat's GPL'd /usr/sbin/sndconfig program (text based). diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/Opti b/Documentation/sound/oss/Opti index c15af3c..4cd5d9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/Opti +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/Opti @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ force the card into a mode in which it can be programmed. If you have another OS installed on your computer it is recommended that Linux and the other OS use the same resources. -Also, it is recommended that resources specified in /etc/modprobe.conf +Also, it is recommended that resources specified in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf and resources specified in /etc/isapnp.conf agree. Compiling the sound driver @@ -67,11 +67,7 @@ address is hard-coded into the driver. Using kmod and autoloading the sound driver ------------------------------------------- -Comment: as of linux-2.1.90 kmod is replacing kerneld. -The config file '/etc/modprobe.conf' is used as before. - -This is the sound part of my /etc/modprobe.conf file. -Following that I will explain each line. +Config files in '/etc/modprobe.d/' are used as below: alias mixer0 mad16 alias audio0 mad16 diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/PAS16 b/Documentation/sound/oss/PAS16 index 3dca4b7..5c27229 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/PAS16 +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/PAS16 @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ CONFIG_SOUND_YM3812 You can then get OPL3 functionality by issuing the command: insmod opl3 In addition, you must either add the following line to - /etc/modprobe.conf: + /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf: options opl3 io=0x388 or else add the following line to /etc/lilo.conf: opl3=0x388 @@ -158,5 +158,5 @@ following line would be appropriate: append="pas2=0x388,10,3,-1,0,-1,-1,-1 opl3=0x388" If sound is built totally modular, the above options may be -specified in /etc/modprobe.conf for pas2, sb and opl3 +specified in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf for pas2, sb and opl3 respectively. diff --git a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.modules b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.modules index e691d74..cdc0394 100644 --- a/Documentation/sound/oss/README.modules +++ b/Documentation/sound/oss/README.modules @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Note that it is no longer necessary or possible to configure sound in the drivers/sound dir. Now one simply configures and makes one's kernel and modules in the usual way. - Then, add to your /etc/modprobe.conf something like: + Then, add to your /etc/modprobe.d/oss.conf something like: alias char-major-14-* sb install sb /sbin/modprobe -i sb && /sbin/modprobe adlib_card @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ options adlib_card io=0x388 # FM synthesizer Alternatively, if you have compiled in kernel level ISAPnP support: alias char-major-14 sb -post-install sb /sbin/modprobe "-k" "adlib_card" +softdep sb post: adlib_card options adlib_card io=0x388 The effect of this is that the sound driver and all necessary bits and @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ args are expected. Note that at present there is no way to configure the io, irq and other parameters for the modular drivers as one does for the wired drivers.. One needs to pass the modules the necessary parameters as arguments, either -with /etc/modprobe.conf or with command-line args to modprobe, e.g. +with /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf or with command-line args to modprobe, e.g. modprobe sb io=0x220 irq=7 dma=1 dma16=5 mpu_io=0x330 modprobe adlib_card io=0x388 - recommend using /etc/modprobe.conf. + recommend using /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf. Persistent DMA Buffers: @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ wasteful of RAM, but it guarantees that sound always works. To make the sound driver use persistent DMA buffers we need to pass the sound.o module a "dmabuf=1" command-line argument. This is normally done -in /etc/modprobe.conf like so: +in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf files like so: options sound dmabuf=1 diff --git a/Documentation/sparc/README-2.5 b/Documentation/sparc/README-2.5 deleted file mode 100644 index 806fe49..0000000 --- a/Documentation/sparc/README-2.5 +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -BTFIXUP -------- - -To build new kernels you have to issue "make image". The ready kernel -in ELF format is placed in arch/sparc/boot/image. Explanation is below. - -BTFIXUP is a unique feature of Linux/sparc among other architectures, -developed by Jakub Jelinek (I think... Obviously David S. Miller took -part, too). It allows to boot the same kernel at different -sub-architectures, such as sun4c, sun4m, sun4d, where SunOS uses -different kernels. This feature is convinient for people who you move -disks between boxes and for distrution builders. - -To function, BTFIXUP must link the kernel "in the draft" first, -analyze the result, write a special stub code based on that, and -build the final kernel with the stub (btfix.o). - -Kai Germaschewski improved the build system of the kernel in the 2.5 series -significantly. Unfortunately, the traditional way of running the draft -linking from architecture specific Makefile before the actual linking -by generic Makefile is nearly impossible to support properly in the -new build system. Therefore, the way we integrate BTFIXUP with the -build system was changed in 2.5.40. Now, generic Makefile performs -the draft linking and stores the result in file vmlinux. Architecture -specific post-processing invokes BTFIXUP machinery and final linking -in the same way as other architectures do bootstraps. - -Implications of that change are as follows. - -1. Hackers must type "make image" now, instead of just "make", in the same - way as s390 people do now. It is analogous to "make bzImage" on i386. - This does NOT affect sparc64, you continue to use "make" to build sparc64 - kernels. - -2. vmlinux is not the final kernel, so RPM builders have to adjust - their spec files (if they delivered vmlinux for debugging). - System.map generated for vmlinux is still valid. - -3. Scripts that produce a.out images have to be changed. First, if they - invoke make, they have to use "make image". Second, they have to pick up - the new kernel in arch/sparc/boot/image instead of vmlinux. - -4. Since we are compliant with Kai's build system now, make -j is permitted. - --- Pete Zaitcev -zaitcev@yahoo.com diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary index 4884cb3..7312ec1 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary +++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ Overview of Linux kernel SPI support ==================================== -21-May-2007 +02-Feb-2012 What is SPI? ------------ @@ -483,9 +483,9 @@ also initialize its own internal state. (See below about bus numbering and those methods.) After you initialize the spi_master, then use spi_register_master() to -publish it to the rest of the system. At that time, device nodes for -the controller and any predeclared spi devices will be made available, -and the driver model core will take care of binding them to drivers. +publish it to the rest of the system. At that time, device nodes for the +controller and any predeclared spi devices will be made available, and +the driver model core will take care of binding them to drivers. If you need to remove your SPI controller driver, spi_unregister_master() will reverse the effect of spi_register_master(). @@ -521,21 +521,53 @@ SPI MASTER METHODS ** When you code setup(), ASSUME that the controller ** is actively processing transfers for another device. - master->transfer(struct spi_device *spi, struct spi_message *message) - This must not sleep. Its responsibility is arrange that the - transfer happens and its complete() callback is issued. The two - will normally happen later, after other transfers complete, and - if the controller is idle it will need to be kickstarted. - master->cleanup(struct spi_device *spi) Your controller driver may use spi_device.controller_state to hold state it dynamically associates with that device. If you do that, be sure to provide the cleanup() method to free that state. + master->prepare_transfer_hardware(struct spi_master *master) + This will be called by the queue mechanism to signal to the driver + that a message is coming in soon, so the subsystem requests the + driver to prepare the transfer hardware by issuing this call. + This may sleep. + + master->unprepare_transfer_hardware(struct spi_master *master) + This will be called by the queue mechanism to signal to the driver + that there are no more messages pending in the queue and it may + relax the hardware (e.g. by power management calls). This may sleep. + + master->transfer_one_message(struct spi_master *master, + struct spi_message *mesg) + The subsystem calls the driver to transfer a single message while + queuing transfers that arrive in the meantime. When the driver is + finished with this message, it must call + spi_finalize_current_message() so the subsystem can issue the next + transfer. This may sleep. + + DEPRECATED METHODS + + master->transfer(struct spi_device *spi, struct spi_message *message) + This must not sleep. Its responsibility is arrange that the + transfer happens and its complete() callback is issued. The two + will normally happen later, after other transfers complete, and + if the controller is idle it will need to be kickstarted. This + method is not used on queued controllers and must be NULL if + transfer_one_message() and (un)prepare_transfer_hardware() are + implemented. + SPI MESSAGE QUEUE -The bulk of the driver will be managing the I/O queue fed by transfer(). +If you are happy with the standard queueing mechanism provided by the +SPI subsystem, just implement the queued methods specified above. Using +the message queue has the upside of centralizing a lot of code and +providing pure process-context execution of methods. The message queue +can also be elevated to realtime priority on high-priority SPI traffic. + +Unless the queueing mechanism in the SPI subsystem is selected, the bulk +of the driver will be managing the I/O queue fed by the now deprecated +function transfer(). That queue could be purely conceptual. For example, a driver used only for low-frequency sensor access might be fine using synchronous PIO. @@ -561,4 +593,6 @@ Stephen Street Mark Underwood Andrew Victor Vitaly Wool - +Grant Likely +Mark Brown +Linus Walleij diff --git a/Documentation/static-keys.txt b/Documentation/static-keys.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f5263d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/static-keys.txt @@ -0,0 +1,286 @@ + Static Keys + ----------- + +By: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com> + +0) Abstract + +Static keys allows the inclusion of seldom used features in +performance-sensitive fast-path kernel code, via a GCC feature and a code +patching technique. A quick example: + + struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE; + + ... + + if (static_key_false(&key)) + do unlikely code + else + do likely code + + ... + static_key_slow_inc(); + ... + static_key_slow_inc(); + ... + +The static_key_false() branch will be generated into the code with as little +impact to the likely code path as possible. + + +1) Motivation + + +Currently, tracepoints are implemented using a conditional branch. The +conditional check requires checking a global variable for each tracepoint. +Although the overhead of this check is small, it increases when the memory +cache comes under pressure (memory cache lines for these global variables may +be shared with other memory accesses). As we increase the number of tracepoints +in the kernel this overhead may become more of an issue. In addition, +tracepoints are often dormant (disabled) and provide no direct kernel +functionality. Thus, it is highly desirable to reduce their impact as much as +possible. Although tracepoints are the original motivation for this work, other +kernel code paths should be able to make use of the static keys facility. + + +2) Solution + + +gcc (v4.5) adds a new 'asm goto' statement that allows branching to a label: + +http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-patches/2009-07/msg01556.html + +Using the 'asm goto', we can create branches that are either taken or not taken +by default, without the need to check memory. Then, at run-time, we can patch +the branch site to change the branch direction. + +For example, if we have a simple branch that is disabled by default: + + if (static_key_false(&key)) + printk("I am the true branch\n"); + +Thus, by default the 'printk' will not be emitted. And the code generated will +consist of a single atomic 'no-op' instruction (5 bytes on x86), in the +straight-line code path. When the branch is 'flipped', we will patch the +'no-op' in the straight-line codepath with a 'jump' instruction to the +out-of-line true branch. Thus, changing branch direction is expensive but +branch selection is basically 'free'. That is the basic tradeoff of this +optimization. + +This lowlevel patching mechanism is called 'jump label patching', and it gives +the basis for the static keys facility. + +3) Static key label API, usage and examples: + + +In order to make use of this optimization you must first define a key: + + struct static_key key; + +Which is initialized as: + + struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE; + +or: + + struct static_key key = STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE; + +If the key is not initialized, it is default false. The 'struct static_key', +must be a 'global'. That is, it can't be allocated on the stack or dynamically +allocated at run-time. + +The key is then used in code as: + + if (static_key_false(&key)) + do unlikely code + else + do likely code + +Or: + + if (static_key_true(&key)) + do likely code + else + do unlikely code + +A key that is initialized via 'STATIC_KEY_INIT_FALSE', must be used in a +'static_key_false()' construct. Likewise, a key initialized via +'STATIC_KEY_INIT_TRUE' must be used in a 'static_key_true()' construct. A +single key can be used in many branches, but all the branches must match the +way that the key has been initialized. + +The branch(es) can then be switched via: + + static_key_slow_inc(&key); + ... + static_key_slow_dec(&key); + +Thus, 'static_key_slow_inc()' means 'make the branch true', and +'static_key_slow_dec()' means 'make the the branch false' with appropriate +reference counting. For example, if the key is initialized true, a +static_key_slow_dec(), will switch the branch to false. And a subsequent +static_key_slow_inc(), will change the branch back to true. Likewise, if the +key is initialized false, a 'static_key_slow_inc()', will change the branch to +true. And then a 'static_key_slow_dec()', will again make the branch false. + +An example usage in the kernel is the implementation of tracepoints: + + static inline void trace_##name(proto) \ + { \ + if (static_key_false(&__tracepoint_##name.key)) \ + __DO_TRACE(&__tracepoint_##name, \ + TP_PROTO(data_proto), \ + TP_ARGS(data_args), \ + TP_CONDITION(cond)); \ + } + +Tracepoints are disabled by default, and can be placed in performance critical +pieces of the kernel. Thus, by using a static key, the tracepoints can have +absolutely minimal impact when not in use. + + +4) Architecture level code patching interface, 'jump labels' + + +There are a few functions and macros that architectures must implement in order +to take advantage of this optimization. If there is no architecture support, we +simply fall back to a traditional, load, test, and jump sequence. + +* select HAVE_ARCH_JUMP_LABEL, see: arch/x86/Kconfig + +* #define JUMP_LABEL_NOP_SIZE, see: arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h + +* __always_inline bool arch_static_branch(struct static_key *key), see: + arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h + +* void arch_jump_label_transform(struct jump_entry *entry, enum jump_label_type type), + see: arch/x86/kernel/jump_label.c + +* __init_or_module void arch_jump_label_transform_static(struct jump_entry *entry, enum jump_label_type type), + see: arch/x86/kernel/jump_label.c + + +* struct jump_entry, see: arch/x86/include/asm/jump_label.h + + +5) Static keys / jump label analysis, results (x86_64): + + +As an example, let's add the following branch to 'getppid()', such that the +system call now looks like: + +SYSCALL_DEFINE0(getppid) +{ + int pid; + ++ if (static_key_false(&key)) ++ printk("I am the true branch\n"); + + rcu_read_lock(); + pid = task_tgid_vnr(rcu_dereference(current->real_parent)); + rcu_read_unlock(); + + return pid; +} + +The resulting instructions with jump labels generated by GCC is: + +ffffffff81044290 <sys_getppid>: +ffffffff81044290: 55 push %rbp +ffffffff81044291: 48 89 e5 mov %rsp,%rbp +ffffffff81044294: e9 00 00 00 00 jmpq ffffffff81044299 <sys_getppid+0x9> +ffffffff81044299: 65 48 8b 04 25 c0 b6 mov %gs:0xb6c0,%rax +ffffffff810442a0: 00 00 +ffffffff810442a2: 48 8b 80 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rax),%rax +ffffffff810442a9: 48 8b 80 b0 02 00 00 mov 0x2b0(%rax),%rax +ffffffff810442b0: 48 8b b8 e8 02 00 00 mov 0x2e8(%rax),%rdi +ffffffff810442b7: e8 f4 d9 00 00 callq ffffffff81051cb0 <pid_vnr> +ffffffff810442bc: 5d pop %rbp +ffffffff810442bd: 48 98 cltq +ffffffff810442bf: c3 retq +ffffffff810442c0: 48 c7 c7 e3 54 98 81 mov $0xffffffff819854e3,%rdi +ffffffff810442c7: 31 c0 xor %eax,%eax +ffffffff810442c9: e8 71 13 6d 00 callq ffffffff8171563f <printk> +ffffffff810442ce: eb c9 jmp ffffffff81044299 <sys_getppid+0x9> + +Without the jump label optimization it looks like: + +ffffffff810441f0 <sys_getppid>: +ffffffff810441f0: 8b 05 8a 52 d8 00 mov 0xd8528a(%rip),%eax # ffffffff81dc9480 <key> +ffffffff810441f6: 55 push %rbp +ffffffff810441f7: 48 89 e5 mov %rsp,%rbp +ffffffff810441fa: 85 c0 test %eax,%eax +ffffffff810441fc: 75 27 jne ffffffff81044225 <sys_getppid+0x35> +ffffffff810441fe: 65 48 8b 04 25 c0 b6 mov %gs:0xb6c0,%rax +ffffffff81044205: 00 00 +ffffffff81044207: 48 8b 80 80 02 00 00 mov 0x280(%rax),%rax +ffffffff8104420e: 48 8b 80 b0 02 00 00 mov 0x2b0(%rax),%rax +ffffffff81044215: 48 8b b8 e8 02 00 00 mov 0x2e8(%rax),%rdi +ffffffff8104421c: e8 2f da 00 00 callq ffffffff81051c50 <pid_vnr> +ffffffff81044221: 5d pop %rbp +ffffffff81044222: 48 98 cltq +ffffffff81044224: c3 retq +ffffffff81044225: 48 c7 c7 13 53 98 81 mov $0xffffffff81985313,%rdi +ffffffff8104422c: 31 c0 xor %eax,%eax +ffffffff8104422e: e8 60 0f 6d 00 callq ffffffff81715193 <printk> +ffffffff81044233: eb c9 jmp ffffffff810441fe <sys_getppid+0xe> +ffffffff81044235: 66 66 2e 0f 1f 84 00 data32 nopw %cs:0x0(%rax,%rax,1) +ffffffff8104423c: 00 00 00 00 + +Thus, the disable jump label case adds a 'mov', 'test' and 'jne' instruction +vs. the jump label case just has a 'no-op' or 'jmp 0'. (The jmp 0, is patched +to a 5 byte atomic no-op instruction at boot-time.) Thus, the disabled jump +label case adds: + +6 (mov) + 2 (test) + 2 (jne) = 10 - 5 (5 byte jump 0) = 5 addition bytes. + +If we then include the padding bytes, the jump label code saves, 16 total bytes +of instruction memory for this small function. In this case the non-jump label +function is 80 bytes long. Thus, we have have saved 20% of the instruction +footprint. We can in fact improve this even further, since the 5-byte no-op +really can be a 2-byte no-op since we can reach the branch with a 2-byte jmp. +However, we have not yet implemented optimal no-op sizes (they are currently +hard-coded). + +Since there are a number of static key API uses in the scheduler paths, +'pipe-test' (also known as 'perf bench sched pipe') can be used to show the +performance improvement. Testing done on 3.3.0-rc2: + +jump label disabled: + + Performance counter stats for 'bash -c /tmp/pipe-test' (50 runs): + + 855.700314 task-clock # 0.534 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.11% ) + 200,003 context-switches # 0.234 M/sec ( +- 0.00% ) + 0 CPU-migrations # 0.000 M/sec ( +- 39.58% ) + 487 page-faults # 0.001 M/sec ( +- 0.02% ) + 1,474,374,262 cycles # 1.723 GHz ( +- 0.17% ) + <not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend + <not supported> stalled-cycles-backend + 1,178,049,567 instructions # 0.80 insns per cycle ( +- 0.06% ) + 208,368,926 branches # 243.507 M/sec ( +- 0.06% ) + 5,569,188 branch-misses # 2.67% of all branches ( +- 0.54% ) + + 1.601607384 seconds time elapsed ( +- 0.07% ) + +jump label enabled: + + Performance counter stats for 'bash -c /tmp/pipe-test' (50 runs): + + 841.043185 task-clock # 0.533 CPUs utilized ( +- 0.12% ) + 200,004 context-switches # 0.238 M/sec ( +- 0.00% ) + 0 CPU-migrations # 0.000 M/sec ( +- 40.87% ) + 487 page-faults # 0.001 M/sec ( +- 0.05% ) + 1,432,559,428 cycles # 1.703 GHz ( +- 0.18% ) + <not supported> stalled-cycles-frontend + <not supported> stalled-cycles-backend + 1,175,363,994 instructions # 0.82 insns per cycle ( +- 0.04% ) + 206,859,359 branches # 245.956 M/sec ( +- 0.04% ) + 4,884,119 branch-misses # 2.36% of all branches ( +- 0.85% ) + + 1.579384366 seconds time elapsed + +The percentage of saved branches is .7%, and we've saved 12% on +'branch-misses'. This is where we would expect to get the most savings, since +this optimization is about reducing the number of branches. In addition, we've +saved .2% on instructions, and 2.8% on cycles and 1.4% on elapsed time. diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt index 3201a70..98335b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/net.txt @@ -43,6 +43,13 @@ Values : 1 - enable the JIT 2 - enable the JIT and ask the compiler to emit traces on kernel log. +dev_weight +-------------- + +The maximum number of packets that kernel can handle on a NAPI interrupt, +it's a Per-CPU variable. +Default: 64 + rmem_default ------------ diff --git a/Documentation/sysrq.txt b/Documentation/sysrq.txt index 312e375..642f844 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysrq.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysrq.txt @@ -241,9 +241,8 @@ command you are interested in. * I have more questions, who can I ask? ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -And I'll answer any questions about the registration system you got, also -responding as soon as possible. - -Crutcher +Just ask them on the linux-kernel mailing list: + linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org * Credits ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ diff --git a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py index 6e21b8b..a78879b 100755 --- a/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py +++ b/Documentation/target/tcm_mod_builder.py @@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ def tcm_mod_dump_fabric_ops(proto_ident, fabric_mod_dir_var, fabric_mod_name): buf += " struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl *nacl;\n\n" buf += " nacl = kzalloc(sizeof(struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl), GFP_KERNEL);\n" buf += " if (!nacl) {\n" - buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to alocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl\\n\");\n" + buf += " printk(KERN_ERR \"Unable to allocate struct " + fabric_mod_name + "_nacl\\n\");\n" buf += " return NULL;\n" buf += " }\n\n" buf += " return &nacl->se_node_acl;\n" diff --git a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt index 96d87b6..cf794af 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/events-power.txt @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ power_end "cpu_id=%lu" The 'type' parameter takes one of those macros: . POWER_NONE = 0, . POWER_CSTATE = 1, /* C-State */ - . POWER_PSTATE = 2, /* Fequency change or DVFS */ + . POWER_PSTATE = 2, /* Frequency change or DVFS */ The 'state' parameter is set depending on the type: . Target C-state for type=POWER_CSTATE, diff --git a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt index 1ebc24c..6f51fed 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt +++ b/Documentation/trace/ftrace.txt @@ -226,6 +226,13 @@ Here is the list of current tracers that may be configured. Traces and records the max latency that it takes for the highest priority task to get scheduled after it has been woken up. + Traces all tasks as an average developer would expect. + + "wakeup_rt" + + Traces and records the max latency that it takes for just + RT tasks (as the current "wakeup" does). This is useful + for those interested in wake up timings of RT tasks. "hw-branch-tracer" diff --git a/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt b/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..24ce682 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/trace/uprobetracer.txt @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ + Uprobe-tracer: Uprobe-based Event Tracing + ========================================= + Documentation written by Srikar Dronamraju + +Overview +-------- +Uprobe based trace events are similar to kprobe based trace events. +To enable this feature, build your kernel with CONFIG_UPROBE_EVENT=y. + +Similar to the kprobe-event tracer, this doesn't need to be activated via +current_tracer. Instead of that, add probe points via +/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/uprobe_events, and enable it via +/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/events/uprobes/<EVENT>/enabled. + +However unlike kprobe-event tracer, the uprobe event interface expects the +user to calculate the offset of the probepoint in the object + +Synopsis of uprobe_tracer +------------------------- + p[:[GRP/]EVENT] PATH:SYMBOL[+offs] [FETCHARGS] : Set a probe + + GRP : Group name. If omitted, use "uprobes" for it. + EVENT : Event name. If omitted, the event name is generated + based on SYMBOL+offs. + PATH : path to an executable or a library. + SYMBOL[+offs] : Symbol+offset where the probe is inserted. + + FETCHARGS : Arguments. Each probe can have up to 128 args. + %REG : Fetch register REG + +Event Profiling +--------------- + You can check the total number of probe hits and probe miss-hits via +/sys/kernel/debug/tracing/uprobe_profile. + The first column is event name, the second is the number of probe hits, +the third is the number of probe miss-hits. + +Usage examples +-------------- +To add a probe as a new event, write a new definition to uprobe_events +as below. + + echo 'p: /bin/bash:0x4245c0' > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/uprobe_events + + This sets a uprobe at an offset of 0x4245c0 in the executable /bin/bash + + echo > /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/uprobe_events + + This clears all probe points. + +The following example shows how to dump the instruction pointer and %ax +a register at the probed text address. Here we are trying to probe +function zfree in /bin/zsh + + # cd /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/ + # cat /proc/`pgrep zsh`/maps | grep /bin/zsh | grep r-xp + 00400000-0048a000 r-xp 00000000 08:03 130904 /bin/zsh + # objdump -T /bin/zsh | grep -w zfree + 0000000000446420 g DF .text 0000000000000012 Base zfree + +0x46420 is the offset of zfree in object /bin/zsh that is loaded at +0x00400000. Hence the command to probe would be : + + # echo 'p /bin/zsh:0x46420 %ip %ax' > uprobe_events + +Please note: User has to explicitly calculate the offset of the probepoint +in the object. We can see the events that are registered by looking at the +uprobe_events file. + + # cat uprobe_events + p:uprobes/p_zsh_0x46420 /bin/zsh:0x00046420 arg1=%ip arg2=%ax + +The format of events can be seen by viewing the file events/uprobes/p_zsh_0x46420/format + + # cat events/uprobes/p_zsh_0x46420/format + name: p_zsh_0x46420 + ID: 922 + format: + field:unsigned short common_type; offset:0; size:2; signed:0; + field:unsigned char common_flags; offset:2; size:1; signed:0; + field:unsigned char common_preempt_count; offset:3; size:1; signed:0; + field:int common_pid; offset:4; size:4; signed:1; + field:int common_padding; offset:8; size:4; signed:1; + + field:unsigned long __probe_ip; offset:12; size:4; signed:0; + field:u32 arg1; offset:16; size:4; signed:0; + field:u32 arg2; offset:20; size:4; signed:0; + + print fmt: "(%lx) arg1=%lx arg2=%lx", REC->__probe_ip, REC->arg1, REC->arg2 + +Right after definition, each event is disabled by default. For tracing these +events, you need to enable it by: + + # echo 1 > events/uprobes/enable + +Lets disable the event after sleeping for some time. + # sleep 20 + # echo 0 > events/uprobes/enable + +And you can see the traced information via /sys/kernel/debug/tracing/trace. + + # cat trace + # tracer: nop + # + # TASK-PID CPU# TIMESTAMP FUNCTION + # | | | | | + zsh-24842 [006] 258544.995456: p_zsh_0x46420: (0x446420) arg1=446421 arg2=79 + zsh-24842 [007] 258545.000270: p_zsh_0x46420: (0x446420) arg1=446421 arg2=79 + zsh-24842 [002] 258545.043929: p_zsh_0x46420: (0x446420) arg1=446421 arg2=79 + zsh-24842 [004] 258547.046129: p_zsh_0x46420: (0x446420) arg1=446421 arg2=79 + +Each line shows us probes were triggered for a pid 24842 with ip being +0x446421 and contents of ax register being 79. diff --git a/Documentation/usb/URB.txt b/Documentation/usb/URB.txt index 8ffce74..00d2c64 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/URB.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/URB.txt @@ -168,6 +168,28 @@ that if the completion handler or anyone else tries to resubmit it they will get a -EPERM error. Thus you can be sure that when usb_kill_urb() returns, the URB is totally idle. +There is a lifetime issue to consider. An URB may complete at any +time, and the completion handler may free the URB. If this happens +while usb_unlink_urb or usb_kill_urb is running, it will cause a +memory-access violation. The driver is responsible for avoiding this, +which often means some sort of lock will be needed to prevent the URB +from being deallocated while it is still in use. + +On the other hand, since usb_unlink_urb may end up calling the +completion handler, the handler must not take any lock that is held +when usb_unlink_urb is invoked. The general solution to this problem +is to increment the URB's reference count while holding the lock, then +drop the lock and call usb_unlink_urb or usb_kill_urb, and then +decrement the URB's reference count. You increment the reference +count by calling + + struct urb *usb_get_urb(struct urb *urb) + +(ignore the return value; it is the same as the argument) and +decrement the reference count by calling usb_free_urb. Of course, +none of this is necessary if there's no danger of the URB being freed +by the completion handler. + 1.7. What about the completion handler? diff --git a/Documentation/usb/dwc3.txt b/Documentation/usb/dwc3.txt index 7b590ed..1d02c01 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/dwc3.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/dwc3.txt @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Please pick something while reading :) none - primary handler of the EP-interrupt - reads the event and tries to process it. Everything that requries + reads the event and tries to process it. Everything that requires sleeping is handed over to the Thread. The event is saved in an per-endpoint data-structure. We probably have to pay attention not to process events once we diff --git a/Documentation/usb/functionfs.txt b/Documentation/usb/functionfs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eaaaea0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/usb/functionfs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +*How FunctionFS works* + +From kernel point of view it is just a composite function with some +unique behaviour. It may be added to an USB configuration only after +the user space driver has registered by writing descriptors and +strings (the user space program has to provide the same information +that kernel level composite functions provide when they are added to +the configuration). + +This in particular means that the composite initialisation functions +may not be in init section (ie. may not use the __init tag). + +From user space point of view it is a file system which when +mounted provides an "ep0" file. User space driver need to +write descriptors and strings to that file. It does not need +to worry about endpoints, interfaces or strings numbers but +simply provide descriptors such as if the function was the +only one (endpoints and strings numbers starting from one and +interface numbers starting from zero). The FunctionFS changes +them as needed also handling situation when numbers differ in +different configurations. + +When descriptors and strings are written "ep#" files appear +(one for each declared endpoint) which handle communication on +a single endpoint. Again, FunctionFS takes care of the real +numbers and changing of the configuration (which means that +"ep1" file may be really mapped to (say) endpoint 3 (and when +configuration changes to (say) endpoint 2)). "ep0" is used +for receiving events and handling setup requests. + +When all files are closed the function disables itself. + +What I also want to mention is that the FunctionFS is designed in such +a way that it is possible to mount it several times so in the end +a gadget could use several FunctionFS functions. The idea is that +each FunctionFS instance is identified by the device name used +when mounting. + +One can imagine a gadget that has an Ethernet, MTP and HID interfaces +where the last two are implemented via FunctionFS. On user space +level it would look like this: + +$ insmod g_ffs.ko idVendor=<ID> iSerialNumber=<string> functions=mtp,hid +$ mkdir /dev/ffs-mtp && mount -t functionfs mtp /dev/ffs-mtp +$ ( cd /dev/ffs-mtp && mtp-daemon ) & +$ mkdir /dev/ffs-hid && mount -t functionfs hid /dev/ffs-hid +$ ( cd /dev/ffs-hid && hid-daemon ) & + +On kernel level the gadget checks ffs_data->dev_name to identify +whether it's FunctionFS designed for MTP ("mtp") or HID ("hid"). + +If no "functions" module parameters is supplied, the driver accepts +just one function with any name. + +When "functions" module parameter is supplied, only functions +with listed names are accepted. In particular, if the "functions" +parameter's value is just a one-element list, then the behaviour +is similar to when there is no "functions" at all; however, +only a function with the specified name is accepted. + +The gadget is registered only after all the declared function +filesystems have been mounted and USB descriptors of all functions +have been written to their ep0's. + +Conversely, the gadget is unregistered after the first USB function +closes its endpoints. + diff --git a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt index 86302cd..a91adb2 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/mtouchusb.txt @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ CHANGES - 0.3 - Created based off of scanner & INSTALL from the original touchscreen - driver on freshmeat (http://freshmeat.net/projects/3mtouchscreendriver) + driver on freecode (http://freecode.com/projects/3mtouchscreendriver) - Amended for linux-2.4.18, then 2.4.19 - 0.5 - Complete rewrite using Linux Input in 2.6.3 diff --git a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt index 12511c9..4204eb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/power-management.txt @@ -179,7 +179,8 @@ do: modprobe usbcore autosuspend=5 -Equivalently, you could add to /etc/modprobe.conf a line saying: +Equivalently, you could add to a configuration file in /etc/modprobe.d +a line saying: options usbcore autosuspend=5 @@ -345,7 +346,7 @@ autosuspend the device. Drivers need not be concerned about balancing changes to the usage counter; the USB core will undo any remaining "get"s when a driver is unbound from its interface. As a corollary, drivers must not call -any of the usb_autopm_* functions after their diconnect() routine has +any of the usb_autopm_* functions after their disconnect() routine has returned. Drivers using the async routines are responsible for their own diff --git a/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt b/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt index afe596d..c9c3f0f 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/proc_usb_info.txt @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ The usbfs filesystem for USB devices is traditionally mounted at /proc/bus/usb. It provides the /proc/bus/usb/devices file, as well as the /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD files. -In many modern systems the usbfs filsystem isn't used at all. Instead +In many modern systems the usbfs filesystem isn't used at all. Instead USB device nodes are created under /dev/usb/ or someplace similar. The "devices" file is available in debugfs, typically as /sys/kernel/debug/usb/devices. diff --git a/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt b/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt index 5335fa8..c42bb9c 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt +++ b/Documentation/usb/usbmon.txt @@ -183,10 +183,10 @@ An input control transfer to get a port status. d5ea89a0 3575914555 S Ci:1:001:0 s a3 00 0000 0003 0004 4 < d5ea89a0 3575914560 C Ci:1:001:0 0 4 = 01050000 -An output bulk transfer to send a SCSI command 0x5E in a 31-byte Bulk wrapper -to a storage device at address 5: +An output bulk transfer to send a SCSI command 0x28 (READ_10) in a 31-byte +Bulk wrapper to a storage device at address 5: -dd65f0e8 4128379752 S Bo:1:005:2 -115 31 = 55534243 5e000000 00000000 00000600 00000000 00000000 00000000 000000 +dd65f0e8 4128379752 S Bo:1:005:2 -115 31 = 55534243 ad000000 00800000 80010a28 20000000 20000040 00000000 000000 dd65f0e8 4128379808 C Bo:1:005:2 0 31 > * Raw binary format and API diff --git a/Documentation/usb/wusb-cbaf b/Documentation/usb/wusb-cbaf index 426ddaa..8b3d43e 100644 --- a/Documentation/usb/wusb-cbaf +++ b/Documentation/usb/wusb-cbaf @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ COMMAND/ARGS are get-cdid DEVICE - Get the device ID associated to the HOST-CHDI we sent with + Get the device ID associated to the HOST-CHID we sent with 'set-chid'. We might not know about it. set-cc DEVICE diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/4CCs.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/4CCs.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41241af --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/4CCs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Guidelines for Linux4Linux pixel format 4CCs +============================================ + +Guidelines for Video4Linux 4CC codes defined using v4l2_fourcc() are +specified in this document. First of the characters defines the nature of +the pixel format, compression and colour space. The interpretation of the +other three characters depends on the first one. + +Existing 4CCs may not obey these guidelines. + +Formats +======= + +Raw bayer +--------- + +The following first characters are used by raw bayer formats: + + B: raw bayer, uncompressed + b: raw bayer, DPCM compressed + a: A-law compressed + u: u-law compressed + +2nd character: pixel order + B: BGGR + G: GBRG + g: GRBG + R: RGGB + +3rd character: uncompressed bits-per-pixel 0--9, A-- + +4th character: compressed bits-per-pixel 0--9, A-- diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 index 23584d0..f316d18 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx23885 @@ -32,3 +32,4 @@ 31 -> Leadtek Winfast PxDVR3200 H XC4000 [107d:6f39] 32 -> MPX-885 33 -> Mygica X8507 [14f1:8502] + 34 -> TerraTec Cinergy T PCIe Dual [153b:117e] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 index eee18e6..fa4b3f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.cx88 @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ 58 -> Pinnacle PCTV HD 800i [11bd:0051] 59 -> DViCO FusionHDTV 5 PCI nano [18ac:d530] 60 -> Pinnacle Hybrid PCTV [12ab:1788] - 61 -> Leadtek TV2000 XP Global [107d:6f18,107d:6618] + 61 -> Leadtek TV2000 XP Global [107d:6f18,107d:6618,107d:6619] 62 -> PowerColor RA330 [14f1:ea3d] 63 -> Geniatech X8000-MT DVBT [14f1:8852] 64 -> DViCO FusionHDTV DVB-T PRO [18ac:db30] @@ -87,3 +87,5 @@ 86 -> TeVii S464 DVB-S/S2 [d464:9022] 87 -> Leadtek WinFast DTV2000 H PLUS [107d:6f42] 88 -> Leadtek WinFast DTV1800 H (XC4000) [107d:6f38] + 89 -> Leadtek TV2000 XP Global (SC4100) [107d:6f36] + 90 -> Leadtek TV2000 XP Global (XC4100) [107d:6f43] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx index e7be3ac..d99262d 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.em28xx @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ 6 -> Terratec Cinergy 200 USB (em2800) 7 -> Leadtek Winfast USB II (em2800) [0413:6023] 8 -> Kworld USB2800 (em2800) - 9 -> Pinnacle Dazzle DVC 90/100/101/107 / Kaiser Baas Video to DVD maker (em2820/em2840) [1b80:e302,1b80:e304,2304:0207,2304:021a] + 9 -> Pinnacle Dazzle DVC 90/100/101/107 / Kaiser Baas Video to DVD maker (em2820/em2840) [1b80:e302,1b80:e304,2304:0207,2304:021a,093b:a003] 10 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 900 (em2880) [2040:6500] 11 -> Terratec Hybrid XS (em2880) 12 -> Kworld PVR TV 2800 RF (em2820/em2840) @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ 61 -> Pixelview PlayTV Box 4 USB 2.0 (em2820/em2840) 62 -> Gadmei TVR200 (em2820/em2840) 63 -> Kaiomy TVnPC U2 (em2860) [eb1a:e303] - 64 -> Easy Cap Capture DC-60 (em2860) + 64 -> Easy Cap Capture DC-60 (em2860) [1b80:e309] 65 -> IO-DATA GV-MVP/SZ (em2820/em2840) [04bb:0515] 66 -> Empire dual TV (em2880) 67 -> Terratec Grabby (em2860) [0ccd:0096,0ccd:10AF] @@ -76,7 +76,11 @@ 76 -> KWorld PlusTV 340U or UB435-Q (ATSC) (em2870) [1b80:a340] 77 -> EM2874 Leadership ISDBT (em2874) 78 -> PCTV nanoStick T2 290e (em28174) - 79 -> Terratec Cinergy H5 (em2884) [0ccd:10a2,0ccd:10ad] + 79 -> Terratec Cinergy H5 (em2884) [0ccd:008e,0ccd:00ac,0ccd:10a2,0ccd:10ad] 80 -> PCTV DVB-S2 Stick (460e) (em28174) 81 -> Hauppauge WinTV HVR 930C (em2884) [2040:1605] 82 -> Terratec Cinergy HTC Stick (em2884) [0ccd:00b2] + 83 -> Honestech Vidbox NW03 (em2860) [eb1a:5006] + 84 -> MaxMedia UB425-TC (em2874) [1b80:e425] + 85 -> PCTV QuatroStick (510e) (em2884) [2304:0242] + 86 -> PCTV QuatroStick nano (520e) (em2884) [2013:0251] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 index e7ef38a..34f3b33 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.saa7134 @@ -187,3 +187,4 @@ 186 -> Beholder BeholdTV 501 [5ace:5010] 187 -> Beholder BeholdTV 503 FM [5ace:5030] 188 -> Sensoray 811/911 [6000:0811,6000:0911] +189 -> Kworld PC150-U [17de:a134] diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner index 6323b7a..c83f6e4 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CARDLIST.tuner @@ -78,10 +78,11 @@ tuner=77 - TCL tuner MF02GIP-5N-E tuner=78 - Philips FMD1216MEX MK3 Hybrid Tuner tuner=79 - Philips PAL/SECAM multi (FM1216 MK5) tuner=80 - Philips FQ1216LME MK3 PAL/SECAM w/active loopthrough -tuner=81 - Xceive 4000 tuner tuner=81 - Partsnic (Daewoo) PTI-5NF05 tuner=82 - Philips CU1216L tuner=83 - NXP TDA18271 tuner=84 - Sony BTF-Pxn01Z tuner=85 - Philips FQ1236 MK5 tuner=86 - Tena TNF5337 MFD +tuner=87 - Xceive 4000 tuner +tuner=88 - Xceive 5000C tuner diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt index 8977e7c..6e680fe 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/CQcam.txt @@ -61,29 +61,19 @@ But that is my personal preference. 2.2 Configuration The configuration requires module configuration and device -configuration. I like kmod or kerneld process with the -/etc/modprobe.conf file so the modules can automatically load/unload as -they are used. The video devices could already exist, be generated -using MAKEDEV, or need to be created. The following sections detail -these procedures. +configuration. The following sections detail these procedures. 2.1 Module Configuration Using modules requires a bit of work to install and pass the -parameters. Understand that entries in /etc/modprobe.conf of: +parameters. Understand that entries in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf of: alias parport_lowlevel parport_pc options parport_pc io=0x378 irq=none alias char-major-81 videodev alias char-major-81-0 c-qcam -will cause the kmod/modprobe to do certain things. If you are -using kmod, then a request for a 'char-major-81-0' will cause -the 'c-qcam' module to load. If you have other video sources with -modules, you might want to assign the different minor numbers to -different modules. - 2.2 Device Configuration At this point, we need to ensure that the device files exist. diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 index ce8213d..38e742f 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/README.cpia2 @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ gqcam application to view this stream. The driver is implemented as two kernel modules. The cpia2 module contains the camera functions and the V4L interface. The cpia2_usb module contains usb specific functions. The main reason for this was the size of the -module was getting out of hand, so I separted them. It is not likely that +module was getting out of hand, so I separated them. It is not likely that there will be a parallel port version. FEATURES: diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran index 9ed629d..b5a911f 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/Zoran @@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Load zr36067.o. If it can't autodetect your card, use the card=X insmod option with X being the card number as given in the previous section. To have more than one card, use card=X1[,X2[,X3,[X4[..]]]] -To automate this, add the following to your /etc/modprobe.conf: +To automate this, add the following to your /etc/modprobe.d/zoran.conf: options zr36067 card=X1[,X2[,X3[,X4[..]]]] alias char-major-81-0 zr36067 diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf index 753f159..8f258fa 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/bttv/Modules.conf @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -# For modern kernels (2.6 or above), this belongs in /etc/modprobe.conf +# For modern kernels (2.6 or above), this belongs in /etc/modprobe.d/*.conf # For for 2.4 kernels or earlier, this belongs in /etc/modules.conf. # i2c diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb04970 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/fimc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ +Samsung S5P/EXYNOS4 FIMC driver + +Copyright (C) 2012 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. +--------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +The FIMC (Fully Interactive Mobile Camera) device available in Samsung +SoC Application Processors is an integrated camera host interface, color +space converter, image resizer and rotator. It's also capable of capturing +data from LCD controller (FIMD) through the SoC internal writeback data +path. There are multiple FIMC instances in the SoCs (up to 4), having +slightly different capabilities, like pixel alignment constraints, rotator +availability, LCD writeback support, etc. The driver is located at +drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc directory. + +1. Supported SoCs +================= + +S5PC100 (mem-to-mem only), S5PV210, EXYNOS4210 + +2. Supported features +===================== + + - camera parallel interface capture (ITU-R.BT601/565); + - camera serial interface capture (MIPI-CSI2); + - memory-to-memory processing (color space conversion, scaling, mirror + and rotation); + - dynamic pipeline re-configuration at runtime (re-attachment of any FIMC + instance to any parallel video input or any MIPI-CSI front-end); + - runtime PM and system wide suspend/resume + +Not currently supported: + - LCD writeback input + - per frame clock gating (mem-to-mem) + +3. Files partitioning +===================== + +- media device driver + drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-mdevice.[ch] + + - camera capture video device driver + drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-capture.c + + - MIPI-CSI2 receiver subdev + drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/mipi-csis.[ch] + + - video post-processor (mem-to-mem) + drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-core.c + + - common files + drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-core.h + drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/fimc-reg.h + drivers/media/video/s5p-fimc/regs-fimc.h + +4. User space interfaces +======================== + +4.1. Media device interface + +The driver supports Media Controller API as defined at +http://http://linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-dvb-apis/media_common.html +The media device driver name is "SAMSUNG S5P FIMC". + +The purpose of this interface is to allow changing assignment of FIMC instances +to the SoC peripheral camera input at runtime and optionally to control internal +connections of the MIPI-CSIS device(s) to the FIMC entities. + +The media device interface allows to configure the SoC for capturing image +data from the sensor through more than one FIMC instance (e.g. for simultaneous +viewfinder and still capture setup). +Reconfiguration is done by enabling/disabling media links created by the driver +during initialization. The internal device topology can be easily discovered +through media entity and links enumeration. + +4.2. Memory-to-memory video node + +V4L2 memory-to-memory interface at /dev/video? device node. This is standalone +video device, it has no media pads. However please note the mem-to-mem and +capture video node operation on same FIMC instance is not allowed. The driver +detects such cases but the applications should prevent them to avoid an +undefined behaviour. + +4.3. Capture video node + +The driver supports V4L2 Video Capture Interface as defined at: +http://linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-dvb-apis/devices.html + +At the capture and mem-to-mem video nodes only the multi-planar API is +supported. For more details see: +http://linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-dvb-apis/planar-apis.html + +4.4. Camera capture subdevs + +Each FIMC instance exports a sub-device node (/dev/v4l-subdev?), a sub-device +node is also created per each available and enabled at the platform level +MIPI-CSI receiver device (currently up to two). + +4.5. sysfs + +In order to enable more precise camera pipeline control through the sub-device +API the driver creates a sysfs entry associated with "s5p-fimc-md" platform +device. The entry path is: /sys/platform/devices/s5p-fimc-md/subdev_conf_mode. + +In typical use case there could be a following capture pipeline configuration: +sensor subdev -> mipi-csi subdev -> fimc subdev -> video node + +When we configure these devices through sub-device API at user space, the +configuration flow must be from left to right, and the video node is +configured as last one. +When we don't use sub-device user space API the whole configuration of all +devices belonging to the pipeline is done at the video node driver. +The sysfs entry allows to instruct the capture node driver not to configure +the sub-devices (format, crop), to avoid resetting the subdevs' configuration +when the last configuration steps at the video node is performed. + +For full sub-device control support (subdevs configured at user space before +starting streaming): +# echo "sub-dev" > /sys/platform/devices/s5p-fimc-md/subdev_conf_mode + +For V4L2 video node control only (subdevs configured internally by the host +driver): +# echo "vid-dev" > /sys/platform/devices/s5p-fimc-md/subdev_conf_mode +This is a default option. + +5. Device mapping to video and subdev device nodes +================================================== + +There are associated two video device nodes with each device instance in +hardware - video capture and mem-to-mem and additionally a subdev node for +more precise FIMC capture subsystem control. In addition a separate v4l2 +sub-device node is created per each MIPI-CSIS device. + +How to find out which /dev/video? or /dev/v4l-subdev? is assigned to which +device? + +You can either grep through the kernel log to find relevant information, i.e. +# dmesg | grep -i fimc +(note that udev, if present, might still have rearranged the video nodes), + +or retrieve the information from /dev/media? with help of the media-ctl tool: +# media-ctl -p + +6. Platform support +=================== + +The machine code (plat-s5p and arch/arm/mach-*) must select following options + +CONFIG_S5P_DEV_FIMC0 mandatory +CONFIG_S5P_DEV_FIMC1 \ +CONFIG_S5P_DEV_FIMC2 | optional +CONFIG_S5P_DEV_FIMC3 | +CONFIG_S5P_SETUP_FIMC / +CONFIG_S5P_SETUP_MIPIPHY \ +CONFIG_S5P_DEV_CSIS0 | optional for MIPI-CSI interface +CONFIG_S5P_DEV_CSIS1 / + +Except that, relevant s5p_device_fimc? should be registered in the machine code +in addition to a "s5p-fimc-md" platform device to which the media device driver +is bound. The "s5p-fimc-md" device instance is required even if only mem-to-mem +operation is used. + +The description of sensor(s) attached to FIMC/MIPI-CSIS camera inputs should be +passed as the "s5p-fimc-md" device platform_data. The platform data structure +is defined in file include/media/s5p_fimc.h. + +7. Build +======== + +This driver depends on following config options: +PLAT_S5P, +PM_RUNTIME, +I2C, +REGULATOR, +VIDEO_V4L2_SUBDEV_API, + +If the driver is built as a loadable kernel module (CONFIG_VIDEO_SAMSUNG_S5P_FIMC=m) +two modules are created (in addition to the core v4l2 modules): s5p-fimc.ko and +optional s5p-csis.ko (MIPI-CSI receiver subdev). diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt index f2060f0d..1e6b653 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/gspca.txt @@ -217,6 +217,7 @@ ov534_9 06f8:3003 Hercules Dualpix HD Weblog sonixj 06f8:3004 Hercules Classic Silver sonixj 06f8:3008 Hercules Deluxe Optical Glass pac7302 06f8:3009 Hercules Classic Link +pac7302 06f8:301b Hercules Link nw80x 0728:d001 AVerMedia Camguard spca508 0733:0110 ViewQuest VQ110 spca501 0733:0401 Intel Create and Share @@ -275,6 +276,7 @@ pac7302 093a:2622 Genius Eye 312 pac7302 093a:2624 PAC7302 pac7302 093a:2625 Genius iSlim 310 pac7302 093a:2626 Labtec 2200 +pac7302 093a:2627 Genius FaceCam 300 pac7302 093a:2628 Genius iLook 300 pac7302 093a:2629 Genious iSlim 300 pac7302 093a:262a Webcam 300k diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt index 34e2842..a051152 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/meye.txt @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Module use: ----------- In order to automatically load the meye module on use, you can put those lines -in your /etc/modprobe.conf file: +in your /etc/modprobe.d/meye.conf file: alias char-major-81 videodev alias char-major-81-0 meye diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt index 848d620..35ce19c 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/uvcvideo.txt @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ Description: A UVC control can be mapped to several V4L2 controls. For instance, a UVC pan/tilt control could be mapped to separate pan and tilt V4L2 controls. The UVC control is divided into non overlapping fields using - the 'size' and 'offset' fields and are then independantly mapped to + the 'size' and 'offset' fields and are then independently mapped to V4L2 control. For signed integer V4L2 controls the data_type field should be set to diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt index e2492a9..43da22b 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-controls.txt @@ -130,8 +130,18 @@ Menu controls are added by calling v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu: const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, u32 id, s32 max, s32 skip_mask, s32 def); +Or alternatively for integer menu controls, by calling v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu: + + struct v4l2_ctrl *v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(struct v4l2_ctrl_handler *hdl, + const struct v4l2_ctrl_ops *ops, + u32 id, s32 max, s32 def, const s64 *qmenu_int); + These functions are typically called right after the v4l2_ctrl_handler_init: + static const s64 exp_bias_qmenu[] = { + -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 + }; + v4l2_ctrl_handler_init(&foo->ctrl_handler, nr_of_controls); v4l2_ctrl_new_std(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops, V4L2_CID_BRIGHTNESS, 0, 255, 1, 128); @@ -141,6 +151,11 @@ These functions are typically called right after the v4l2_ctrl_handler_init: V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY, V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_60HZ, 0, V4L2_CID_POWER_LINE_FREQUENCY_DISABLED); + v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu(&foo->ctrl_handler, &foo_ctrl_ops, + V4L2_CID_EXPOSURE_BIAS, + ARRAY_SIZE(exp_bias_qmenu) - 1, + ARRAY_SIZE(exp_bias_qmenu) / 2 - 1, + exp_bias_qmenu); ... if (foo->ctrl_handler.error) { int err = foo->ctrl_handler.error; @@ -164,6 +179,12 @@ controls. There is no min argument since that is always 0 for menu controls, and instead of a step there is a skip_mask argument: if bit X is 1, then menu item X is skipped. +The v4l2_ctrl_new_int_menu function creates a new standard integer menu +control with driver-specific items in the menu. It differs from +v4l2_ctrl_new_std_menu in that it doesn't have the mask argument and takes +as the last argument an array of signed 64-bit integers that form an exact +menu item list. + Note that if something fails, the function will return NULL or an error and set ctrl_handler->error to the error code. If ctrl_handler->error was already set, then it will just return and do nothing. This is also true for diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt index 659b2ba..1f59052 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/v4l2-framework.txt @@ -182,11 +182,11 @@ static int __devinit drv_probe(struct pci_dev *pdev, } If you have multiple device nodes then it can be difficult to know when it is -safe to unregister v4l2_device. For this purpose v4l2_device has refcounting -support. The refcount is increased whenever video_register_device is called and -it is decreased whenever that device node is released. When the refcount reaches -zero, then the v4l2_device release() callback is called. You can do your final -cleanup there. +safe to unregister v4l2_device for hotpluggable devices. For this purpose +v4l2_device has refcounting support. The refcount is increased whenever +video_register_device is called and it is decreased whenever that device node +is released. When the refcount reaches zero, then the v4l2_device release() +callback is called. You can do your final cleanup there. If other device nodes (e.g. ALSA) are created, then you can increase and decrease the refcount manually as well by calling: @@ -197,6 +197,10 @@ or: int v4l2_device_put(struct v4l2_device *v4l2_dev); +Since the initial refcount is 1 you also need to call v4l2_device_put in the +disconnect() callback (for USB devices) or in the remove() callback (for e.g. +PCI devices), otherwise the refcount will never reach 0. + struct v4l2_subdev ------------------ @@ -262,11 +266,16 @@ struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops { ... }; +struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops { + ... +}; + struct v4l2_subdev_ops { const struct v4l2_subdev_core_ops *core; const struct v4l2_subdev_tuner_ops *tuner; const struct v4l2_subdev_audio_ops *audio; const struct v4l2_subdev_video_ops *video; + const struct v4l2_subdev_pad_ops *video; }; The core ops are common to all subdevs, the other categories are implemented @@ -303,6 +312,22 @@ Don't forget to cleanup the media entity before the sub-device is destroyed: media_entity_cleanup(&sd->entity); +If the subdev driver intends to process video and integrate with the media +framework, it must implement format related functionality using +v4l2_subdev_pad_ops instead of v4l2_subdev_video_ops. + +In that case, the subdev driver may set the link_validate field to provide +its own link validation function. The link validation function is called for +every link in the pipeline where both of the ends of the links are V4L2 +sub-devices. The driver is still responsible for validating the correctness +of the format configuration between sub-devices and video nodes. + +If link_validate op is not set, the default function +v4l2_subdev_link_validate_default() is used instead. This function ensures +that width, height and the media bus pixel code are equal on both source and +sink of the link. Subdev drivers are also free to use this function to +perform the checks mentioned above in addition to their own checks. + A device (bridge) driver needs to register the v4l2_subdev with the v4l2_device: @@ -555,19 +580,25 @@ allocated memory. You should also set these fields: - v4l2_dev: set to the v4l2_device parent device. + - name: set to something descriptive and unique. + - fops: set to the v4l2_file_operations struct. + - ioctl_ops: if you use the v4l2_ioctl_ops to simplify ioctl maintenance (highly recommended to use this and it might become compulsory in the future!), then set this to your v4l2_ioctl_ops struct. + - lock: leave to NULL if you want to do all the locking in the driver. - Otherwise you give it a pointer to a struct mutex_lock and before any - of the v4l2_file_operations is called this lock will be taken by the - core and released afterwards. + Otherwise you give it a pointer to a struct mutex_lock and before the + unlocked_ioctl file operation is called this lock will be taken by the + core and released afterwards. See the next section for more details. + - prio: keeps track of the priorities. Used to implement VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY. If left to NULL, then it will use the struct v4l2_prio_state in v4l2_device. If you want to have a separate priority state per (group of) device node(s), then you can point it to your own struct v4l2_prio_state. + - parent: you only set this if v4l2_device was registered with NULL as the parent device struct. This only happens in cases where one hardware device has multiple PCI devices that all share the same v4l2_device core. @@ -577,6 +608,7 @@ You should also set these fields: (cx8802). Since the v4l2_device cannot be associated with a particular PCI device it is setup without a parent device. But when the struct video_device is setup you do know which parent PCI device to use. + - flags: optional. Set to V4L2_FL_USE_FH_PRIO if you want to let the framework handle the VIDIOC_G/S_PRIORITY ioctls. This requires that you use struct v4l2_fh. Eventually this flag will disappear once all drivers use the core @@ -587,6 +619,16 @@ in your v4l2_file_operations struct. Do not use .ioctl! This is deprecated and will go away in the future. +In some cases you want to tell the core that a function you had specified in +your v4l2_ioctl_ops should be ignored. You can mark such ioctls by calling this +function before video_device_register is called: + +void v4l2_disable_ioctl(struct video_device *vdev, unsigned int cmd); + +This tends to be needed if based on external factors (e.g. which card is +being used) you want to turns off certain features in v4l2_ioctl_ops without +having to make a new struct. + The v4l2_file_operations struct is a subset of file_operations. The main difference is that the inode argument is omitted since it is never used. @@ -609,8 +651,22 @@ v4l2_file_operations and locking -------------------------------- You can set a pointer to a mutex_lock in struct video_device. Usually this -will be either a top-level mutex or a mutex per device node. If you want -finer-grained locking then you have to set it to NULL and do you own locking. +will be either a top-level mutex or a mutex per device node. By default this +lock will be used for unlocked_ioctl, but you can disable locking for +selected ioctls by calling: + + void v4l2_disable_ioctl_locking(struct video_device *vdev, unsigned int cmd); + +E.g.: v4l2_disable_ioctl_locking(vdev, VIDIOC_DQBUF); + +You have to call this before you register the video_device. + +Particularly with USB drivers where certain commands such as setting controls +can take a long time you may want to do your own locking for the buffer queuing +ioctls. + +If you want still finer-grained locking then you have to set mutex_lock to NULL +and do you own locking completely. It is up to the driver developer to decide which method to use. However, if your driver has high-latency operations (for example, changing the exposure @@ -618,7 +674,7 @@ of a USB webcam might take a long time), then you might be better off with doing your own locking if you want to allow the user to do other things with the device while waiting for the high-latency command to finish. -If a lock is specified then all file operations will be serialized on that +If a lock is specified then all ioctl commands will be serialized on that lock. If you use videobuf then you must pass the same lock to the videobuf queue initialize function: if videobuf has to wait for a frame to arrive, then it will temporarily unlock the lock and relock it afterwards. If your driver @@ -941,21 +997,35 @@ fast. Useful functions: -- v4l2_event_queue() +void v4l2_event_queue(struct video_device *vdev, const struct v4l2_event *ev) Queue events to video device. The driver's only responsibility is to fill in the type and the data fields. The other fields will be filled in by V4L2. -- v4l2_event_subscribe() +int v4l2_event_subscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh, + struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub, unsigned elems, + const struct v4l2_subscribed_event_ops *ops) The video_device->ioctl_ops->vidioc_subscribe_event must check the driver is able to produce events with specified event id. Then it calls - v4l2_event_subscribe() to subscribe the event. The last argument is the - size of the event queue for this event. If it is 0, then the framework - will fill in a default value (this depends on the event type). + v4l2_event_subscribe() to subscribe the event. + + The elems argument is the size of the event queue for this event. If it is 0, + then the framework will fill in a default value (this depends on the event + type). + + The ops argument allows the driver to specify a number of callbacks: + * add: called when a new listener gets added (subscribing to the same + event twice will only cause this callback to get called once) + * del: called when a listener stops listening + * replace: replace event 'old' with event 'new'. + * merge: merge event 'old' into event 'new'. + All 4 callbacks are optional, if you don't want to specify any callbacks + the ops argument itself maybe NULL. -- v4l2_event_unsubscribe() +int v4l2_event_unsubscribe(struct v4l2_fh *fh, + struct v4l2_event_subscription *sub) vidioc_unsubscribe_event in struct v4l2_ioctl_ops. A driver may use v4l2_event_unsubscribe() directly unless it wants to be involved in @@ -964,7 +1034,7 @@ Useful functions: The special type V4L2_EVENT_ALL may be used to unsubscribe all events. The drivers may want to handle this in a special way. -- v4l2_event_pending() +int v4l2_event_pending(struct v4l2_fh *fh) Returns the number of pending events. Useful when implementing poll. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index e1d94bf..9301266 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ The Definitive KVM (Kernel-based Virtual Machine) API Documentation =================================================================== 1. General description +---------------------- The kvm API is a set of ioctls that are issued to control various aspects of a virtual machine. The ioctls belong to three classes @@ -23,7 +24,9 @@ of a virtual machine. The ioctls belong to three classes Only run vcpu ioctls from the same thread that was used to create the vcpu. + 2. File descriptors +------------------- The kvm API is centered around file descriptors. An initial open("/dev/kvm") obtains a handle to the kvm subsystem; this handle @@ -41,7 +44,9 @@ not cause harm to the host, their actual behavior is not guaranteed by the API. The only supported use is one virtual machine per process, and one vcpu per thread. + 3. Extensions +------------- As of Linux 2.6.22, the KVM ABI has been stabilized: no backward incompatible change are allowed. However, there is an extension @@ -53,7 +58,9 @@ Instead, kvm defines extension identifiers and a facility to query whether a particular extension identifier is available. If it is, a set of ioctls is available for application use. + 4. API description +------------------ This section describes ioctls that can be used to control kvm guests. For each ioctl, the following information is provided along with a @@ -75,6 +82,7 @@ description: Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. + 4.1 KVM_GET_API_VERSION Capability: basic @@ -90,12 +98,13 @@ supported. Applications should refuse to run if KVM_GET_API_VERSION returns a value other than 12. If this check passes, all ioctls described as 'basic' will be available. + 4.2 KVM_CREATE_VM Capability: basic Architectures: all Type: system ioctl -Parameters: none +Parameters: machine type identifier (KVM_VM_*) Returns: a VM fd that can be used to control the new virtual machine. The new VM has no virtual cpus and no memory. An mmap() of a VM fd @@ -103,6 +112,12 @@ will access the virtual machine's physical address space; offset zero corresponds to guest physical address zero. Use of mmap() on a VM fd is discouraged if userspace memory allocation (KVM_CAP_USER_MEMORY) is available. +You most certainly want to use 0 as machine type. + +In order to create user controlled virtual machines on S390, check +KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL and use the flag KVM_VM_S390_UCONTROL as +privileged user (CAP_SYS_ADMIN). + 4.3 KVM_GET_MSR_INDEX_LIST @@ -130,6 +145,7 @@ Note: if kvm indicates supports MCE (KVM_CAP_MCE), then the MCE bank MSRs are not returned in the MSR list, as different vcpus can have a different number of banks, as set via the KVM_X86_SETUP_MCE ioctl. + 4.4 KVM_CHECK_EXTENSION Capability: basic @@ -144,6 +160,7 @@ receives an integer that describes the extension availability. Generally 0 means no and 1 means yes, but some extensions may report additional information in the integer return value. + 4.5 KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE Capability: basic @@ -156,6 +173,7 @@ The KVM_RUN ioctl (cf.) communicates with userspace via a shared memory region. This ioctl returns the size of that region. See the KVM_RUN documentation for details. + 4.6 KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION Capability: basic @@ -166,6 +184,7 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. + 4.7 KVM_CREATE_VCPU Capability: basic @@ -213,6 +232,12 @@ allocation of vcpu ids. For example, if userspace wants single-threaded guest vcpus, it should make all vcpu ids be a multiple of the number of vcpus per vcore. +For virtual cpus that have been created with S390 user controlled virtual +machines, the resulting vcpu fd can be memory mapped at page offset +KVM_S390_SIE_PAGE_OFFSET in order to obtain a memory map of the virtual +cpu's hardware control block. + + 4.8 KVM_GET_DIRTY_LOG (vm ioctl) Capability: basic @@ -236,6 +261,7 @@ since the last call to this ioctl. Bit 0 is the first page in the memory slot. Ensure the entire structure is cleared to avoid padding issues. + 4.9 KVM_SET_MEMORY_ALIAS Capability: basic @@ -246,6 +272,7 @@ Returns: 0 (success), -1 (error) This ioctl is obsolete and has been removed. + 4.10 KVM_RUN Capability: basic @@ -262,6 +289,7 @@ obtained by mmap()ing the vcpu fd at offset 0, with the size given by KVM_GET_VCPU_MMAP_SIZE. The parameter block is formatted as a 'struct kvm_run' (see below). + 4.11 KVM_GET_REGS Capability: basic @@ -282,6 +310,7 @@ struct kvm_regs { __u64 rip, rflags; }; + 4.12 KVM_SET_REGS Capability: basic @@ -294,6 +323,7 @@ Writes the general purpose registers into the vcpu. See KVM_GET_REGS for the data structure. + 4.13 KVM_GET_SREGS Capability: basic @@ -321,6 +351,7 @@ interrupt_bitmap is a bitmap of pending external interrupts. At most one bit may be set. This interrupt has been acknowledged by the APIC but not yet injected into the cpu core. + 4.14 KVM_SET_SREGS Capability: basic @@ -332,6 +363,7 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error Writes special registers into the vcpu. See KVM_GET_SREGS for the data structures. + 4.15 KVM_TRANSLATE Capability: basic @@ -355,6 +387,7 @@ struct kvm_translation { __u8 pad[5]; }; + 4.16 KVM_INTERRUPT Capability: basic @@ -403,6 +436,7 @@ c) KVM_INTERRUPT_SET_LEVEL Note that any value for 'irq' other than the ones stated above is invalid and incurs unexpected behavior. + 4.17 KVM_DEBUG_GUEST Capability: basic @@ -413,6 +447,7 @@ Returns: -1 on error Support for this has been removed. Use KVM_SET_GUEST_DEBUG instead. + 4.18 KVM_GET_MSRS Capability: basic @@ -441,6 +476,7 @@ Application code should set the 'nmsrs' member (which indicates the size of the entries array) and the 'index' member of each array entry. kvm will fill in the 'data' member. + 4.19 KVM_SET_MSRS Capability: basic @@ -456,6 +492,7 @@ Application code should set the 'nmsrs' member (which indicates the size of the entries array), and the 'index' and 'data' members of each array entry. + 4.20 KVM_SET_CPUID Capability: basic @@ -484,6 +521,7 @@ struct kvm_cpuid { struct kvm_cpuid_entry entries[0]; }; + 4.21 KVM_SET_SIGNAL_MASK Capability: basic @@ -506,6 +544,7 @@ struct kvm_signal_mask { __u8 sigset[0]; }; + 4.22 KVM_GET_FPU Capability: basic @@ -531,6 +570,7 @@ struct kvm_fpu { __u32 pad2; }; + 4.23 KVM_SET_FPU Capability: basic @@ -556,6 +596,7 @@ struct kvm_fpu { __u32 pad2; }; + 4.24 KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP @@ -569,6 +610,7 @@ ioapic, a virtual PIC (two PICs, nested), and sets up future vcpus to have a local APIC. IRQ routing for GSIs 0-15 is set to both PIC and IOAPIC; GSI 16-23 only go to the IOAPIC. On ia64, a IOSAPIC is created. + 4.25 KVM_IRQ_LINE Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP @@ -590,6 +632,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_level { __u32 level; /* 0 or 1 */ }; + 4.26 KVM_GET_IRQCHIP Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP @@ -611,6 +654,7 @@ struct kvm_irqchip { } chip; }; + 4.27 KVM_SET_IRQCHIP Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP @@ -632,6 +676,7 @@ struct kvm_irqchip { } chip; }; + 4.28 KVM_XEN_HVM_CONFIG Capability: KVM_CAP_XEN_HVM @@ -656,6 +701,7 @@ struct kvm_xen_hvm_config { __u8 pad2[30]; }; + 4.29 KVM_GET_CLOCK Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK @@ -674,6 +720,7 @@ struct kvm_clock_data { __u32 pad[9]; }; + 4.30 KVM_SET_CLOCK Capability: KVM_CAP_ADJUST_CLOCK @@ -692,6 +739,7 @@ struct kvm_clock_data { __u32 pad[9]; }; + 4.31 KVM_GET_VCPU_EVENTS Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS @@ -731,6 +779,7 @@ struct kvm_vcpu_events { KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW may be set in the flags field to signal that interrupt.shadow contains a valid state. Otherwise, this field is undefined. + 4.32 KVM_SET_VCPU_EVENTS Capability: KVM_CAP_VCPU_EVENTS @@ -757,6 +806,7 @@ If KVM_CAP_INTR_SHADOW is available, KVM_VCPUEVENT_VALID_SHADOW can be set in the flags field to signal that interrupt.shadow contains a valid state and shall be written into the VCPU. + 4.33 KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS @@ -775,6 +825,7 @@ struct kvm_debugregs { __u64 reserved[9]; }; + 4.34 KVM_SET_DEBUGREGS Capability: KVM_CAP_DEBUGREGS @@ -788,6 +839,7 @@ Writes debug registers into the vcpu. See KVM_GET_DEBUGREGS for the data structure. The flags field is unused yet and must be cleared on entry. + 4.35 KVM_SET_USER_MEMORY_REGION Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_MEM @@ -834,6 +886,7 @@ It is recommended to use this API instead of the KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION ioctl. The KVM_SET_MEMORY_REGION does not allow fine grained control over memory allocation and is deprecated. + 4.36 KVM_SET_TSS_ADDR Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_TSS_ADDR @@ -852,6 +905,7 @@ This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals documentation when it pops into existence). + 4.37 KVM_ENABLE_CAP Capability: KVM_CAP_ENABLE_CAP @@ -887,6 +941,7 @@ function properly, this is the place to put them. __u8 pad[64]; }; + 4.38 KVM_GET_MP_STATE Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE @@ -917,6 +972,7 @@ Possible values are: This ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace. + 4.39 KVM_SET_MP_STATE Capability: KVM_CAP_MP_STATE @@ -931,6 +987,7 @@ arguments. This ioctl is only useful after KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. Without an in-kernel irqchip, the multiprocessing state must be maintained by userspace. + 4.40 KVM_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_IDENTITY_MAP_ADDR @@ -949,6 +1006,7 @@ This ioctl is required on Intel-based hosts. This is needed on Intel hardware because of a quirk in the virtualization implementation (see the internals documentation when it pops into existence). + 4.41 KVM_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID Capability: KVM_CAP_SET_BOOT_CPU_ID @@ -961,6 +1019,7 @@ Define which vcpu is the Bootstrap Processor (BSP). Values are the same as the vcpu id in KVM_CREATE_VCPU. If this ioctl is not called, the default is vcpu 0. + 4.42 KVM_GET_XSAVE Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE @@ -975,6 +1034,7 @@ struct kvm_xsave { This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xsave struct to the userspace. + 4.43 KVM_SET_XSAVE Capability: KVM_CAP_XSAVE @@ -989,6 +1049,7 @@ struct kvm_xsave { This ioctl would copy userspace's xsave struct to the kernel. + 4.44 KVM_GET_XCRS Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS @@ -1012,6 +1073,7 @@ struct kvm_xcrs { This ioctl would copy current vcpu's xcrs to the userspace. + 4.45 KVM_SET_XCRS Capability: KVM_CAP_XCRS @@ -1035,6 +1097,7 @@ struct kvm_xcrs { This ioctl would set vcpu's xcr to the value userspace specified. + 4.46 KVM_GET_SUPPORTED_CPUID Capability: KVM_CAP_EXT_CPUID @@ -1109,6 +1172,7 @@ support. Instead it is reported via if that returns true and you use KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP, or if you emulate the feature in userspace, then you can enable the feature for KVM_SET_CPUID2. + 4.47 KVM_PPC_GET_PVINFO Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_PVINFO @@ -1132,6 +1196,7 @@ of 4 instructions that make up a hypercall. If any additional field gets added to this structure later on, a bit for that additional piece of information will be set in the flags bitmap. + 4.48 KVM_ASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT @@ -1159,6 +1224,14 @@ following flags are specified: /* Depends on KVM_CAP_IOMMU */ #define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_ENABLE_IOMMU (1 << 0) +/* The following two depend on KVM_CAP_PCI_2_3 */ +#define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_PCI_2_3 (1 << 1) +#define KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_MASK_INTX (1 << 2) + +If KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_PCI_2_3 is set, the kernel will manage legacy INTx interrupts +via the PCI-2.3-compliant device-level mask, thus enable IRQ sharing with other +assigned devices or host devices. KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_MASK_INTX specifies the +guest's view on the INTx mask, see KVM_ASSIGN_SET_INTX_MASK for details. The KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_ENABLE_IOMMU flag is a mandatory option to ensure isolation of the device. Usages not specifying this flag are deprecated. @@ -1167,6 +1240,7 @@ Only PCI header type 0 devices with PCI BAR resources are supported by device assignment. The user requesting this ioctl must have read/write access to the PCI sysfs resource files associated with the device. + 4.49 KVM_DEASSIGN_PCI_DEVICE Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_DEASSIGNMENT @@ -1180,6 +1254,7 @@ Ends PCI device assignment, releasing all associated resources. See KVM_CAP_DEVICE_ASSIGNMENT for the data structure. Only assigned_dev_id is used in kvm_assigned_pci_dev to identify the device. + 4.50 KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ @@ -1213,6 +1288,7 @@ The following flags are defined: It is not valid to specify multiple types per host or guest IRQ. However, the IRQ type of host and guest can differ or can even be null. + 4.51 KVM_DEASSIGN_DEV_IRQ Capability: KVM_CAP_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ @@ -1227,6 +1303,7 @@ See KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ for the data structure. The target device is specified by assigned_dev_id, flags must correspond to the IRQ type specified on KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ. Partial deassignment of host or guest IRQ is allowed. + 4.52 KVM_SET_GSI_ROUTING Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQ_ROUTING @@ -1275,6 +1352,7 @@ struct kvm_irq_routing_msi { __u32 pad; }; + 4.53 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_NR Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX @@ -1296,6 +1374,7 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_nr { #define KVM_MAX_MSIX_PER_DEV 256 + 4.54 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_MSIX_ENTRY Capability: KVM_CAP_DEVICE_MSIX @@ -1314,7 +1393,8 @@ struct kvm_assigned_msix_entry { __u16 padding[3]; }; -4.54 KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ + +4.55 KVM_SET_TSC_KHZ Capability: KVM_CAP_TSC_CONTROL Architectures: x86 @@ -1325,7 +1405,8 @@ Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error Specifies the tsc frequency for the virtual machine. The unit of the frequency is KHz. -4.55 KVM_GET_TSC_KHZ + +4.56 KVM_GET_TSC_KHZ Capability: KVM_CAP_GET_TSC_KHZ Architectures: x86 @@ -1337,7 +1418,8 @@ Returns the tsc frequency of the guest. The unit of the return value is KHz. If the host has unstable tsc this ioctl returns -EIO instead as an error. -4.56 KVM_GET_LAPIC + +4.57 KVM_GET_LAPIC Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP Architectures: x86 @@ -1353,7 +1435,8 @@ struct kvm_lapic_state { Reads the Local APIC registers and copies them into the input argument. The data format and layout are the same as documented in the architecture manual. -4.57 KVM_SET_LAPIC + +4.58 KVM_SET_LAPIC Capability: KVM_CAP_IRQCHIP Architectures: x86 @@ -1369,7 +1452,8 @@ struct kvm_lapic_state { Copies the input argument into the the Local APIC registers. The data format and layout are the same as documented in the architecture manual. -4.58 KVM_IOEVENTFD + +4.59 KVM_IOEVENTFD Capability: KVM_CAP_IOEVENTFD Architectures: all @@ -1399,6 +1483,74 @@ The following flags are defined: If datamatch flag is set, the event will be signaled only if the written value to the registered address is equal to datamatch in struct kvm_ioeventfd. + +4.60 KVM_DIRTY_TLB + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SW_TLB +Architectures: ppc +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_dirty_tlb (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +struct kvm_dirty_tlb { + __u64 bitmap; + __u32 num_dirty; +}; + +This must be called whenever userspace has changed an entry in the shared +TLB, prior to calling KVM_RUN on the associated vcpu. + +The "bitmap" field is the userspace address of an array. This array +consists of a number of bits, equal to the total number of TLB entries as +determined by the last successful call to KVM_CONFIG_TLB, rounded up to the +nearest multiple of 64. + +Each bit corresponds to one TLB entry, ordered the same as in the shared TLB +array. + +The array is little-endian: the bit 0 is the least significant bit of the +first byte, bit 8 is the least significant bit of the second byte, etc. +This avoids any complications with differing word sizes. + +The "num_dirty" field is a performance hint for KVM to determine whether it +should skip processing the bitmap and just invalidate everything. It must +be set to the number of set bits in the bitmap. + + +4.61 KVM_ASSIGN_SET_INTX_MASK + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PCI_2_3 +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_assigned_pci_dev (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Allows userspace to mask PCI INTx interrupts from the assigned device. The +kernel will not deliver INTx interrupts to the guest between setting and +clearing of KVM_ASSIGN_SET_INTX_MASK via this interface. This enables use of +and emulation of PCI 2.3 INTx disable command register behavior. + +This may be used for both PCI 2.3 devices supporting INTx disable natively and +older devices lacking this support. Userspace is responsible for emulating the +read value of the INTx disable bit in the guest visible PCI command register. +When modifying the INTx disable state, userspace should precede updating the +physical device command register by calling this ioctl to inform the kernel of +the new intended INTx mask state. + +Note that the kernel uses the device INTx disable bit to internally manage the +device interrupt state for PCI 2.3 devices. Reads of this register may +therefore not match the expected value. Writes should always use the guest +intended INTx disable value rather than attempting to read-copy-update the +current physical device state. Races between user and kernel updates to the +INTx disable bit are handled lazily in the kernel. It's possible the device +may generate unintended interrupts, but they will not be injected into the +guest. + +See KVM_ASSIGN_DEV_IRQ for the data structure. The target device is specified +by assigned_dev_id. In the flags field, only KVM_DEV_ASSIGN_MASK_INTX is +evaluated. + + 4.62 KVM_CREATE_SPAPR_TCE Capability: KVM_CAP_SPAPR_TCE @@ -1434,6 +1586,7 @@ the entries written by kernel-handled H_PUT_TCE calls, and also lets userspace update the TCE table directly which is useful in some circumstances. + 4.63 KVM_ALLOCATE_RMA Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_RMA @@ -1466,6 +1619,7 @@ is supported; 2 if the processor requires all virtual machines to have an RMA, or 1 if the processor can use an RMA but doesn't require it, because it supports the Virtual RMA (VRMA) facility. + 4.64 KVM_NMI Capability: KVM_CAP_USER_NMI @@ -1491,7 +1645,293 @@ following algorithm: Some guests configure the LINT1 NMI input to cause a panic, aiding in debugging. + +4.65 KVM_S390_UCAS_MAP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping (in) +Returns: 0 in case of success + +The parameter is defined like this: + struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { + __u64 user_addr; + __u64 vcpu_addr; + __u64 length; + }; + +This ioctl maps the memory at "user_addr" with the length "length" to +the vcpu's address space starting at "vcpu_addr". All parameters need to +be alligned by 1 megabyte. + + +4.66 KVM_S390_UCAS_UNMAP + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping (in) +Returns: 0 in case of success + +The parameter is defined like this: + struct kvm_s390_ucas_mapping { + __u64 user_addr; + __u64 vcpu_addr; + __u64 length; + }; + +This ioctl unmaps the memory in the vcpu's address space starting at +"vcpu_addr" with the length "length". The field "user_addr" is ignored. +All parameters need to be alligned by 1 megabyte. + + +4.67 KVM_S390_VCPU_FAULT + +Capability: KVM_CAP_S390_UCONTROL +Architectures: s390 +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: vcpu absolute address (in) +Returns: 0 in case of success + +This call creates a page table entry on the virtual cpu's address space +(for user controlled virtual machines) or the virtual machine's address +space (for regular virtual machines). This only works for minor faults, +thus it's recommended to access subject memory page via the user page +table upfront. This is useful to handle validity intercepts for user +controlled virtual machines to fault in the virtual cpu's lowcore pages +prior to calling the KVM_RUN ioctl. + + +4.68 KVM_SET_ONE_REG + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG +Architectures: all +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_one_reg (in) +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure + +struct kvm_one_reg { + __u64 id; + __u64 addr; +}; + +Using this ioctl, a single vcpu register can be set to a specific value +defined by user space with the passed in struct kvm_one_reg, where id +refers to the register identifier as described below and addr is a pointer +to a variable with the respective size. There can be architecture agnostic +and architecture specific registers. Each have their own range of operation +and their own constants and width. To keep track of the implemented +registers, find a list below: + + Arch | Register | Width (bits) + | | + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_HIOR | 64 + + +4.69 KVM_GET_ONE_REG + +Capability: KVM_CAP_ONE_REG +Architectures: all +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_one_reg (in and out) +Returns: 0 on success, negative value on failure + +This ioctl allows to receive the value of a single register implemented +in a vcpu. The register to read is indicated by the "id" field of the +kvm_one_reg struct passed in. On success, the register value can be found +at the memory location pointed to by "addr". + +The list of registers accessible using this interface is identical to the +list in 4.64. + + +4.70 KVM_KVMCLOCK_CTRL + +Capability: KVM_CAP_KVMCLOCK_CTRL +Architectures: Any that implement pvclocks (currently x86 only) +Type: vcpu ioctl +Parameters: None +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This signals to the host kernel that the specified guest is being paused by +userspace. The host will set a flag in the pvclock structure that is checked +from the soft lockup watchdog. The flag is part of the pvclock structure that +is shared between guest and host, specifically the second bit of the flags +field of the pvclock_vcpu_time_info structure. It will be set exclusively by +the host and read/cleared exclusively by the guest. The guest operation of +checking and clearing the flag must an atomic operation so +load-link/store-conditional, or equivalent must be used. There are two cases +where the guest will clear the flag: when the soft lockup watchdog timer resets +itself or when a soft lockup is detected. This ioctl can be called any time +after pausing the vcpu, but before it is resumed. + + +4.71 KVM_SIGNAL_MSI + +Capability: KVM_CAP_SIGNAL_MSI +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_msi (in) +Returns: >0 on delivery, 0 if guest blocked the MSI, and -1 on error + +Directly inject a MSI message. Only valid with in-kernel irqchip that handles +MSI messages. + +struct kvm_msi { + __u32 address_lo; + __u32 address_hi; + __u32 data; + __u32 flags; + __u8 pad[16]; +}; + +No flags are defined so far. The corresponding field must be 0. + + +4.71 KVM_CREATE_PIT2 + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT2 +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_pit_config (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Creates an in-kernel device model for the i8254 PIT. This call is only valid +after enabling in-kernel irqchip support via KVM_CREATE_IRQCHIP. The following +parameters have to be passed: + +struct kvm_pit_config { + __u32 flags; + __u32 pad[15]; +}; + +Valid flags are: + +#define KVM_PIT_SPEAKER_DUMMY 1 /* emulate speaker port stub */ + +PIT timer interrupts may use a per-VM kernel thread for injection. If it +exists, this thread will have a name of the following pattern: + +kvm-pit/<owner-process-pid> + +When running a guest with elevated priorities, the scheduling parameters of +this thread may have to be adjusted accordingly. + +This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_CREATE_PIT. + + +4.72 KVM_GET_PIT2 + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT_STATE2 +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_pit_state2 (out) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Retrieves the state of the in-kernel PIT model. Only valid after +KVM_CREATE_PIT2. The state is returned in the following structure: + +struct kvm_pit_state2 { + struct kvm_pit_channel_state channels[3]; + __u32 flags; + __u32 reserved[9]; +}; + +Valid flags are: + +/* disable PIT in HPET legacy mode */ +#define KVM_PIT_FLAGS_HPET_LEGACY 0x00000001 + +This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_GET_PIT. + + +4.73 KVM_SET_PIT2 + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PIT_STATE2 +Architectures: x86 +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: struct kvm_pit_state2 (in) +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +Sets the state of the in-kernel PIT model. Only valid after KVM_CREATE_PIT2. +See KVM_GET_PIT2 for details on struct kvm_pit_state2. + +This IOCTL replaces the obsolete KVM_SET_PIT. + + +4.74 KVM_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO + +Capability: KVM_CAP_PPC_GET_SMMU_INFO +Architectures: powerpc +Type: vm ioctl +Parameters: None +Returns: 0 on success, -1 on error + +This populates and returns a structure describing the features of +the "Server" class MMU emulation supported by KVM. +This can in turn be used by userspace to generate the appropariate +device-tree properties for the guest operating system. + +The structure contains some global informations, followed by an +array of supported segment page sizes: + + struct kvm_ppc_smmu_info { + __u64 flags; + __u32 slb_size; + __u32 pad; + struct kvm_ppc_one_seg_page_size sps[KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ]; + }; + +The supported flags are: + + - KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_REAL: + When that flag is set, guest page sizes must "fit" the backing + store page sizes. When not set, any page size in the list can + be used regardless of how they are backed by userspace. + + - KVM_PPC_1T_SEGMENTS + The emulated MMU supports 1T segments in addition to the + standard 256M ones. + +The "slb_size" field indicates how many SLB entries are supported + +The "sps" array contains 8 entries indicating the supported base +page sizes for a segment in increasing order. Each entry is defined +as follow: + + struct kvm_ppc_one_seg_page_size { + __u32 page_shift; /* Base page shift of segment (or 0) */ + __u32 slb_enc; /* SLB encoding for BookS */ + struct kvm_ppc_one_page_size enc[KVM_PPC_PAGE_SIZES_MAX_SZ]; + }; + +An entry with a "page_shift" of 0 is unused. Because the array is +organized in increasing order, a lookup can stop when encoutering +such an entry. + +The "slb_enc" field provides the encoding to use in the SLB for the +page size. The bits are in positions such as the value can directly +be OR'ed into the "vsid" argument of the slbmte instruction. + +The "enc" array is a list which for each of those segment base page +size provides the list of supported actual page sizes (which can be +only larger or equal to the base page size), along with the +corresponding encoding in the hash PTE. Similarily, the array is +8 entries sorted by increasing sizes and an entry with a "0" shift +is an empty entry and a terminator: + + struct kvm_ppc_one_page_size { + __u32 page_shift; /* Page shift (or 0) */ + __u32 pte_enc; /* Encoding in the HPTE (>>12) */ + }; + +The "pte_enc" field provides a value that can OR'ed into the hash +PTE's RPN field (ie, it needs to be shifted left by 12 to OR it +into the hash PTE second double word). + 5. The kvm_run structure +------------------------ Application code obtains a pointer to the kvm_run structure by mmap()ing a vcpu fd. From that point, application code can control @@ -1651,6 +2091,20 @@ s390 specific. s390 specific. + /* KVM_EXIT_S390_UCONTROL */ + struct { + __u64 trans_exc_code; + __u32 pgm_code; + } s390_ucontrol; + +s390 specific. A page fault has occurred for a user controlled virtual +machine (KVM_VM_S390_UNCONTROL) on it's host page table that cannot be +resolved by the kernel. +The program code and the translation exception code that were placed +in the cpu's lowcore are presented here as defined by the z Architecture +Principles of Operation Book in the Chapter for Dynamic Address Translation +(DAT) + /* KVM_EXIT_DCR */ struct { __u32 dcrn; @@ -1693,9 +2147,34 @@ developer registration required to access it). /* Fix the size of the union. */ char padding[256]; }; + + /* + * shared registers between kvm and userspace. + * kvm_valid_regs specifies the register classes set by the host + * kvm_dirty_regs specified the register classes dirtied by userspace + * struct kvm_sync_regs is architecture specific, as well as the + * bits for kvm_valid_regs and kvm_dirty_regs + */ + __u64 kvm_valid_regs; + __u64 kvm_dirty_regs; + union { + struct kvm_sync_regs regs; + char padding[1024]; + } s; + +If KVM_CAP_SYNC_REGS is defined, these fields allow userspace to access +certain guest registers without having to call SET/GET_*REGS. Thus we can +avoid some system call overhead if userspace has to handle the exit. +Userspace can query the validity of the structure by checking +kvm_valid_regs for specific bits. These bits are architecture specific +and usually define the validity of a groups of registers. (e.g. one bit + for general purpose registers) + }; + 6. Capabilities that can be enabled +----------------------------------- There are certain capabilities that change the behavior of the virtual CPU when enabled. To enable them, please see section 4.37. Below you can find a list of @@ -1711,6 +2190,7 @@ The following information is provided along with the description: Returns: the return value. General error numbers (EBADF, ENOMEM, EINVAL) are not detailed, but errors with specific meanings are. + 6.1 KVM_CAP_PPC_OSI Architectures: ppc @@ -1724,6 +2204,7 @@ between the guest and the host. When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_OSI can occur. + 6.2 KVM_CAP_PPC_PAPR Architectures: ppc @@ -1741,3 +2222,46 @@ HTAB address part of SDR1 contains an HVA instead of a GPA, as PAPR keeps the HTAB invisible to the guest. When this capability is enabled, KVM_EXIT_PAPR_HCALL can occur. + + +6.3 KVM_CAP_SW_TLB + +Architectures: ppc +Parameters: args[0] is the address of a struct kvm_config_tlb +Returns: 0 on success; -1 on error + +struct kvm_config_tlb { + __u64 params; + __u64 array; + __u32 mmu_type; + __u32 array_len; +}; + +Configures the virtual CPU's TLB array, establishing a shared memory area +between userspace and KVM. The "params" and "array" fields are userspace +addresses of mmu-type-specific data structures. The "array_len" field is an +safety mechanism, and should be set to the size in bytes of the memory that +userspace has reserved for the array. It must be at least the size dictated +by "mmu_type" and "params". + +While KVM_RUN is active, the shared region is under control of KVM. Its +contents are undefined, and any modification by userspace results in +boundedly undefined behavior. + +On return from KVM_RUN, the shared region will reflect the current state of +the guest's TLB. If userspace makes any changes, it must call KVM_DIRTY_TLB +to tell KVM which entries have been changed, prior to calling KVM_RUN again +on this vcpu. + +For mmu types KVM_MMU_FSL_BOOKE_NOHV and KVM_MMU_FSL_BOOKE_HV: + - The "params" field is of type "struct kvm_book3e_206_tlb_params". + - The "array" field points to an array of type "struct + kvm_book3e_206_tlb_entry". + - The array consists of all entries in the first TLB, followed by all + entries in the second TLB. + - Within a TLB, entries are ordered first by increasing set number. Within a + set, entries are ordered by way (increasing ESEL). + - The hash for determining set number in TLB0 is: (MAS2 >> 12) & (num_sets - 1) + where "num_sets" is the tlb_sizes[] value divided by the tlb_ways[] value. + - The tsize field of mas1 shall be set to 4K on TLB0, even though the + hardware ignores this value for TLB0. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt index 8820685..83afe65 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/cpuid.txt @@ -10,11 +10,15 @@ a guest. KVM cpuid functions are: function: KVM_CPUID_SIGNATURE (0x40000000) -returns : eax = 0, +returns : eax = 0x40000001, ebx = 0x4b4d564b, ecx = 0x564b4d56, edx = 0x4d. Note that this value in ebx, ecx and edx corresponds to the string "KVMKVMKVM". +The value in eax corresponds to the maximum cpuid function present in this leaf, +and will be updated if more functions are added in the future. +Note also that old hosts set eax value to 0x0. This should +be interpreted as if the value was 0x40000001. This function queries the presence of KVM cpuid leafs. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt index 5dc972c..fa5f1db 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/mmu.txt @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ To instantiate a large spte, four constraints must be satisfied: - the spte must point to a large host page - the guest pte must be a large pte of at least equivalent size (if tdp is - enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisified) + enabled, there is no guest pte and this condition is satisfied) - if the spte will be writeable, the large page frame may not overlap any write-protected pages - the guest page must be wholly contained by a single memory slot @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ To check the last two conditions, the mmu maintains a ->write_count set of arrays for each memory slot and large page size. Every write protected page causes its write_count to be incremented, thus preventing instantiation of a large spte. The frames at the end of an unaligned memory slot have -artificically inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated. +artificially inflated ->write_counts so they can never be instantiated. Further reading =============== diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt index 5031780..96b41bd 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/msr.txt @@ -109,6 +109,10 @@ MSR_KVM_SYSTEM_TIME_NEW: 0x4b564d01 0 | 24 | multiple cpus are guaranteed to | | be monotonic ------------------------------------------------------------- + | | guest vcpu has been paused by + 1 | N/A | the host + | | See 4.70 in api.txt + ------------------------------------------------------------- Availability of this MSR must be checked via bit 3 in 0x4000001 cpuid leaf prior to usage. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt index 2b7ce19..6e7c370 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/ppc-pv.txt @@ -81,28 +81,8 @@ additional registers to the magic page. If you add fields to the magic page, also define a new hypercall feature to indicate that the host can give you more registers. Only if the host supports the additional features, make use of them. -The magic page has the following layout as described in -arch/powerpc/include/asm/kvm_para.h: - -struct kvm_vcpu_arch_shared { - __u64 scratch1; - __u64 scratch2; - __u64 scratch3; - __u64 critical; /* Guest may not get interrupts if == r1 */ - __u64 sprg0; - __u64 sprg1; - __u64 sprg2; - __u64 sprg3; - __u64 srr0; - __u64 srr1; - __u64 dar; - __u64 msr; - __u32 dsisr; - __u32 int_pending; /* Tells the guest if we have an interrupt */ -}; - -Additions to the page must only occur at the end. Struct fields are always 32 -or 64 bit aligned, depending on them being 32 or 64 bit wide respectively. +The magic page layout is described by struct kvm_vcpu_arch_shared +in arch/powerpc/include/asm/kvm_para.h. Magic page features =================== diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt b/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt index a350ae1..0d6ec85 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/virtio-spec.txt @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ [Generated file: see http://ozlabs.org/~rusty/virtio-spec/] Virtio PCI Card Specification -v0.9.1 DRAFT +v0.9.5 DRAFT - -Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>IBM Corporation (Editor) +Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au> IBM Corporation (Editor) -2011 August 1. +2012 May 7. Purpose and Description @@ -68,11 +68,11 @@ and consists of three parts: +-------------------+-----------------------------------+-----------+ -When the driver wants to send buffers to the device, it puts them -in one or more slots in the descriptor table, and writes the -descriptor indices into the available ring. It then notifies the -device. When the device has finished with the buffers, it writes -the descriptors into the used ring, and sends an interrupt. +When the driver wants to send a buffer to the device, it fills in +a slot in the descriptor table (or chains several together), and +writes the descriptor index into the available ring. It then +notifies the device. When the device has finished a buffer, it +writes the descriptor into the used ring, and sends an interrupt. Specification @@ -106,8 +106,14 @@ for informational purposes by the guest). +----------------------+--------------------+---------------+ | 6 | ioMemory | - | +----------------------+--------------------+---------------+ +| 7 | rpmsg | Appendix H | ++----------------------+--------------------+---------------+ +| 8 | SCSI host | Appendix I | ++----------------------+--------------------+---------------+ | 9 | 9P transport | - | +----------------------+--------------------+---------------+ +| 10 | mac80211 wlan | - | ++----------------------+--------------------+---------------+ Device Configuration @@ -127,7 +133,7 @@ Note that this is possible because while the virtio header is PCI the native endian of the guest (where such distinction is applicable). - Device Initialization Sequence + Device Initialization Sequence<sub:Device-Initialization-Sequence> We start with an overview of device initialization, then expand on the details of the device and how each step is preformed. @@ -177,7 +183,10 @@ The virtio header looks as follows: If MSI-X is enabled for the device, two additional fields -immediately follow this header: +immediately follow this header:[footnote: +ie. once you enable MSI-X on the device, the other fields move. +If you turn it off again, they move back! +] +------------++----------------+--------+ @@ -191,20 +200,6 @@ immediately follow this header: +------------++----------------+--------+ -Finally, if feature bits (VIRTIO_F_FEATURES_HI) this is -immediately followed by two additional fields: - - -+------------++----------------------+---------------------- -| Bits || 32 | 32 -+------------++----------------------+---------------------- -| Read/Write || R | R+W -+------------++----------------------+---------------------- -| Purpose || Device | Guest -| || Features bits 32:63 | Features bits 32:63 -+------------++----------------------+---------------------- - - Immediately following these general headers, there may be device-specific headers: @@ -238,31 +233,25 @@ at least one bit should be set: may be a significant (or infinite) delay before setting this bit. - DRIVER_OK (3) Indicates that the driver is set up and ready to + DRIVER_OK (4) Indicates that the driver is set up and ready to drive the device. - FAILED (8) Indicates that something went wrong in the guest, + FAILED (128) Indicates that something went wrong in the guest, and it has given up on the device. This could be an internal error, or the driver didn't like the device for some reason, or even a fatal error during device operation. The device must be reset before attempting to re-initialize. - Feature Bits + Feature Bits<sub:Feature-Bits> -The least significant 31 bits of the first configuration field -indicates the features that the device supports (the high bit is -reserved, and will be used to indicate the presence of future -feature bits elsewhere). If more than 31 feature bits are -supported, the device indicates so by setting feature bit 31 (see -[cha:Reserved-Feature-Bits]). The bits are allocated as follows: +Thefirst configuration field indicates the features that the +device supports. The bits are allocated as follows: 0 to 23 Feature bits for the specific device type - 24 to 40 Feature bits reserved for extensions to the queue and + 24 to 32 Feature bits reserved for extensions to the queue and feature negotiation mechanisms - 41 to 63 Feature bits reserved for future extensions - For example, feature bit 0 for a network device (i.e. Subsystem Device ID 1) indicates that the device supports checksumming of packets. @@ -286,10 +275,6 @@ will not see that feature bit in the Device Features field and can go into backwards compatibility mode (or, for poor implementations, set the FAILED Device Status bit). -Access to feature bits 32 to 63 is enabled by Guest by setting -feature bit 31. If this bit is unset, Device must assume that all -feature bits > 31 are unset. - Configuration/Queue Vectors When MSI-X capability is present and enabled in the device @@ -324,7 +309,7 @@ success, the previously written value is returned, and on failure, NO_VECTOR is returned. If a mapping failure is detected, the driver can retry mapping with fewervectors, or disable MSI-X. - Virtqueue Configuration + Virtqueue Configuration<sec:Virtqueue-Configuration> As a device can have zero or more virtqueues for bulk data transport (for example, the network driver has two), the driver @@ -587,7 +572,7 @@ and Red Hat under the (3-clause) BSD license so that it can be freely used by all other projects, and is reproduced (with slight variation to remove Linux assumptions) in Appendix A. - Device Operation + Device Operation<sec:Device-Operation> There are two parts to device operation: supplying new buffers to the device, and processing used buffers from the device. As an @@ -813,7 +798,7 @@ vring.used->ring[vq->last_seen_used%vsz]; } - Dealing With Configuration Changes + Dealing With Configuration Changes<sub:Dealing-With-Configuration> Some virtio PCI devices can change the device configuration state, as reflected in the virtio header in the PCI configuration @@ -1260,18 +1245,6 @@ Currently there are five device-independent feature bits defined: driver should ignore the used_event field; the device should ignore the avail_event field; the flags field is used - VIRTIO_F_BAD_FEATURE(30) This feature should never be - negotiated by the guest; doing so is an indication that the - guest is faulty[footnote: -An experimental virtio PCI driver contained in Linux version -2.6.25 had this problem, and this feature bit can be used to -detect it. -] - - VIRTIO_F_FEATURES_HIGH(31) This feature indicates that the - device supports feature bits 32:63. If unset, feature bits - 32:63 are unset. - Appendix C: Network Device The virtio network device is a virtual ethernet card, and is the @@ -1335,11 +1308,17 @@ were required. VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_VLAN (19) Control channel VLAN filtering. + VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_ANNOUNCE(21) Guest can send gratuitous + packets. + Device configuration layout Two configuration fields are currently defined. The mac address field always exists (though is only valid if VIRTIO_NET_F_MAC is set), and the status field - only exists if VIRTIO_NET_F_STATUS is set. Only one bit is - currently defined for the status field: VIRTIO_NET_S_LINK_UP. #define VIRTIO_NET_S_LINK_UP 1 + only exists if VIRTIO_NET_F_STATUS is set. Two read-only bits + are currently defined for the status field: + VIRTIO_NET_S_LINK_UP and VIRTIO_NET_S_ANNOUNCE. #define VIRTIO_NET_S_LINK_UP 1 + +#define VIRTIO_NET_S_ANNOUNCE 2 @@ -1377,12 +1356,19 @@ struct virtio_net_config { packets by negotating the VIRTIO_NET_F_CSUM feature. This “ checksum offload” is a common feature on modern network cards. - If that feature is negotiated, a driver can use TCP or UDP - segmentation offload by negotiating the VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO4 - (IPv4 TCP), VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO6 (IPv6 TCP) and - VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_UFO (UDP fragmentation) features. It should - not send TCP packets requiring segmentation offload which have - the Explicit Congestion Notification bit set, unless the + If that feature is negotiated[footnote: +ie. VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO* and VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_UFO are +dependent on VIRTIO_NET_F_CSUM; a dvice which offers the offload +features must offer the checksum feature, and a driver which +accepts the offload features must accept the checksum feature. +Similar logic applies to the VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_TSO4 features +depending on VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_CSUM. +], a driver can use TCP or UDP segmentation offload by + negotiating the VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO4 (IPv4 TCP), + VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_TSO6 (IPv6 TCP) and VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_UFO + (UDP fragmentation) features. It should not send TCP packets + requiring segmentation offload which have the Explicit + Congestion Notification bit set, unless the VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_ECN feature is negotiated.[footnote: This is a common restriction in real, older network cards. ] @@ -1462,9 +1448,10 @@ It will have a 14 byte ethernet header and 20 byte IP header followed by the TCP header (with the TCP checksum field 16 bytes into that header). csum_start will be 14+20 = 34 (the TCP checksum includes the header), and csum_offset will be 16. The -value in the TCP checksum field will be the sum of the TCP pseudo -header, so that replacing it by the ones' complement checksum of -the TCP header and body will give the correct result. +value in the TCP checksum field should be initialized to the sum +of the TCP pseudo header, so that replacing it by the ones' +complement checksum of the TCP header and body will give the +correct result. ] <enu:If-the-driver>If the driver negotiated @@ -1483,8 +1470,8 @@ Due to various bugs in implementations, this field is not useful as a guarantee of the transport header size. ] - gso_size is the size of the packet beyond that header (ie. - MSS). + gso_size is the maximum size of each packet beyond that header + (ie. MSS). If the driver negotiated the VIRTIO_NET_F_HOST_ECN feature, the VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_ECN bit may be set in “gso_type” as well, @@ -1567,7 +1554,9 @@ Processing packet involves: If the VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_TSO4, TSO6 or UFO options were negotiated, then the “gso_type” may be something other than VIRTIO_NET_HDR_GSO_NONE, and the “gso_size” field indicates the - desired MSS (see [enu:If-the-driver]).Control Virtqueue + desired MSS (see [enu:If-the-driver]). + + Control Virtqueue The driver uses the control virtqueue (if VIRTIO_NET_F_VTRL_VQ is negotiated) to send commands to manipulate various features of @@ -1665,6 +1654,38 @@ can control a VLAN filter table in the device. Both the VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_VLAN_ADD and VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_VLAN_DEL command take a 16-bit VLAN id as the command-specific-data. + Gratuitous Packet Sending + +If the driver negotiates the VIRTIO_NET_F_GUEST_ANNOUNCE (depends +on VIRTIO_NET_F_CTRL_VQ), it can ask the guest to send gratuitous +packets; this is usually done after the guest has been physically +migrated, and needs to announce its presence on the new network +links. (As hypervisor does not have the knowledge of guest +network configuration (eg. tagged vlan) it is simplest to prod +the guest in this way). + +#define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE 3 + + #define VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE_ACK 0 + +The Guest needs to check VIRTIO_NET_S_ANNOUNCE bit in status +field when it notices the changes of device configuration. The +command VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE_ACK is used to indicate that +driver has recevied the notification and device would clear the +VIRTIO_NET_S_ANNOUNCE bit in the status filed after it received +this command. + +Processing this notification involves: + + Sending the gratuitous packets or marking there are pending + gratuitous packets to be sent and letting deferred routine to + send them. + + Sending VIRTIO_NET_CTRL_ANNOUNCE_ACK command through control + vq. + + . + Appendix D: Block Device The virtio block device is a simple virtual block device (ie. @@ -1699,8 +1720,6 @@ device except where noted. VIRTIO_BLK_F_FLUSH (9) Cache flush command support. - - Device configuration layout The capacity of the device (expressed in 512-byte sectors) is always present. The availability of the others all depend on various feature bits @@ -1743,8 +1762,6 @@ device except where noted. If the VIRTIO_BLK_F_RO feature is set by the device, any write requests will fail. - - Device Operation The driver queues requests to the virtqueue, and they are used by @@ -2198,3 +2215,996 @@ as follows: VIRTIO_BALLOON_S_MEMTOT The total amount of memory available (in bytes). +Appendix H: Rpmsg: Remote Processor Messaging + +Virtio rpmsg devices represent remote processors on the system +which run in asymmetric multi-processing (AMP) configuration, and +which are usually used to offload cpu-intensive tasks from the +main application processor (a typical SoC methodology). + +Virtio is being used to communicate with those remote processors; +empty buffers are placed in one virtqueue for receiving messages, +and non-empty buffers, containing outbound messages, are enqueued +in a second virtqueue for transmission. + +Numerous communication channels can be multiplexed over those two +virtqueues, so different entities, running on the application and +remote processor, can directly communicate in a point-to-point +fashion. + + Configuration + + Subsystem Device ID 7 + + Virtqueues 0:receiveq. 1:transmitq. + + Feature bits + + VIRTIO_RPMSG_F_NS (0) Device sends (and capable of receiving) + name service messages announcing the creation (or + destruction) of a channel:/** + + * struct rpmsg_ns_msg - dynamic name service announcement +message + + * @name: name of remote service that is published + + * @addr: address of remote service that is published + + * @flags: indicates whether service is created or destroyed + + * + + * This message is sent across to publish a new service (or +announce + + * about its removal). When we receives these messages, an +appropriate + + * rpmsg channel (i.e device) is created/destroyed. + + */ + +struct rpmsg_ns_msgoon_config { + + char name[RPMSG_NAME_SIZE]; + + u32 addr; + + u32 flags; + +} __packed; + + + +/** + + * enum rpmsg_ns_flags - dynamic name service announcement flags + + * + + * @RPMSG_NS_CREATE: a new remote service was just created + + * @RPMSG_NS_DESTROY: a remote service was just destroyed + + */ + +enum rpmsg_ns_flags { + + RPMSG_NS_CREATE = 0, + + RPMSG_NS_DESTROY = 1, + +}; + + Device configuration layout + +At his point none currently defined. + + Device Initialization + + The initialization routine should identify the receive and + transmission virtqueues. + + The receive virtqueue should be filled with receive buffers. + + Device Operation + +Messages are transmitted by placing them in the transmitq, and +buffers for inbound messages are placed in the receiveq. In any +case, messages are always preceded by the following header: /** + + * struct rpmsg_hdr - common header for all rpmsg messages + + * @src: source address + + * @dst: destination address + + * @reserved: reserved for future use + + * @len: length of payload (in bytes) + + * @flags: message flags + + * @data: @len bytes of message payload data + + * + + * Every message sent(/received) on the rpmsg bus begins with +this header. + + */ + +struct rpmsg_hdr { + + u32 src; + + u32 dst; + + u32 reserved; + + u16 len; + + u16 flags; + + u8 data[0]; + +} __packed; + +Appendix I: SCSI Host Device + +The virtio SCSI host device groups together one or more virtual +logical units (such as disks), and allows communicating to them +using the SCSI protocol. An instance of the device represents a +SCSI host to which many targets and LUNs are attached. + +The virtio SCSI device services two kinds of requests: + + command requests for a logical unit; + + task management functions related to a logical unit, target or + command. + +The device is also able to send out notifications about added and +removed logical units. Together, these capabilities provide a +SCSI transport protocol that uses virtqueues as the transfer +medium. In the transport protocol, the virtio driver acts as the +initiator, while the virtio SCSI host provides one or more +targets that receive and process the requests. + + Configuration + + Subsystem Device ID 8 + + Virtqueues 0:controlq; 1:eventq; 2..n:request queues. + + Feature bits + + VIRTIO_SCSI_F_INOUT (0) A single request can include both + read-only and write-only data buffers. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_F_HOTPLUG (1) The host should enable + hot-plug/hot-unplug of new LUNs and targets on the SCSI bus. + + Device configuration layout All fields of this configuration + are always available. sense_size and cdb_size are writable by + the guest.struct virtio_scsi_config { + + u32 num_queues; + + u32 seg_max; + + u32 max_sectors; + + u32 cmd_per_lun; + + u32 event_info_size; + + u32 sense_size; + + u32 cdb_size; + + u16 max_channel; + + u16 max_target; + + u32 max_lun; + +}; + + num_queues is the total number of request virtqueues exposed by + the device. The driver is free to use only one request queue, + or it can use more to achieve better performance. + + seg_max is the maximum number of segments that can be in a + command. A bidirectional command can include seg_max input + segments and seg_max output segments. + + max_sectors is a hint to the guest about the maximum transfer + size it should use. + + cmd_per_lun is a hint to the guest about the maximum number of + linked commands it should send to one LUN. The actual value + to be used is the minimum of cmd_per_lun and the virtqueue + size. + + event_info_size is the maximum size that the device will fill + for buffers that the driver places in the eventq. The driver + should always put buffers at least of this size. It is + written by the device depending on the set of negotated + features. + + sense_size is the maximum size of the sense data that the + device will write. The default value is written by the device + and will always be 96, but the driver can modify it. It is + restored to the default when the device is reset. + + cdb_size is the maximum size of the CDB that the driver will + write. The default value is written by the device and will + always be 32, but the driver can likewise modify it. It is + restored to the default when the device is reset. + + max_channel, max_target and max_lun can be used by the driver + as hints to constrain scanning the logical units on the + host.h + + Device Initialization + +The initialization routine should first of all discover the +device's virtqueues. + +If the driver uses the eventq, it should then place at least a +buffer in the eventq. + +The driver can immediately issue requests (for example, INQUIRY +or REPORT LUNS) or task management functions (for example, I_T +RESET). + + Device Operation: request queues + +The driver queues requests to an arbitrary request queue, and +they are used by the device on that same queue. It is the +responsibility of the driver to ensure strict request ordering +for commands placed on different queues, because they will be +consumed with no order constraints. + +Requests have the following format: + +struct virtio_scsi_req_cmd { + + // Read-only + + u8 lun[8]; + + u64 id; + + u8 task_attr; + + u8 prio; + + u8 crn; + + char cdb[cdb_size]; + + char dataout[]; + + // Write-only part + + u32 sense_len; + + u32 residual; + + u16 status_qualifier; + + u8 status; + + u8 response; + + u8 sense[sense_size]; + + char datain[]; + +}; + + + +/* command-specific response values */ + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_OK 0 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_OVERRUN 1 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_ABORTED 2 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_BAD_TARGET 3 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_RESET 4 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_BUSY 5 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_TRANSPORT_FAILURE 6 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_TARGET_FAILURE 7 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_NEXUS_FAILURE 8 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FAILURE 9 + + + +/* task_attr */ + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_SIMPLE 0 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_ORDERED 1 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_HEAD 2 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_ACA 3 + +The lun field addresses a target and logical unit in the +virtio-scsi device's SCSI domain. The only supported format for +the LUN field is: first byte set to 1, second byte set to target, +third and fourth byte representing a single level LUN structure, +followed by four zero bytes. With this representation, a +virtio-scsi device can serve up to 256 targets and 16384 LUNs per +target. + +The id field is the command identifier (“tag”). + +task_attr, prio and crn should be left to zero. task_attr defines +the task attribute as in the table above, but all task attributes +may be mapped to SIMPLE by the device; crn may also be provided +by clients, but is generally expected to be 0. The maximum CRN +value defined by the protocol is 255, since CRN is stored in an +8-bit integer. + +All of these fields are defined in SAM. They are always +read-only, as are the cdb and dataout field. The cdb_size is +taken from the configuration space. + +sense and subsequent fields are always write-only. The sense_len +field indicates the number of bytes actually written to the sense +buffer. The residual field indicates the residual size, +calculated as “data_length - number_of_transferred_bytes”, for +read or write operations. For bidirectional commands, the +number_of_transferred_bytes includes both read and written bytes. +A residual field that is less than the size of datain means that +the dataout field was processed entirely. A residual field that +exceeds the size of datain means that the dataout field was +processed partially and the datain field was not processed at +all. + +The status byte is written by the device to be the status code as +defined in SAM. + +The response byte is written by the device to be one of the +following: + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_OK when the request was completed and the status + byte is filled with a SCSI status code (not necessarily + "GOOD"). + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_OVERRUN if the content of the CDB requires + transferring more data than is available in the data buffers. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_ABORTED if the request was cancelled due to an + ABORT TASK or ABORT TASK SET task management function. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_BAD_TARGET if the request was never processed + because the target indicated by the lun field does not exist. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_RESET if the request was cancelled due to a bus + or device reset (including a task management function). + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_TRANSPORT_FAILURE if the request failed due to a + problem in the connection between the host and the target + (severed link). + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_TARGET_FAILURE if the target is suffering a + failure and the guest should not retry on other paths. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_NEXUS_FAILURE if the nexus is suffering a failure + but retrying on other paths might yield a different result. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_BUSY if the request failed but retrying on the + same path should work. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FAILURE for other host or guest error. In + particular, if neither dataout nor datain is empty, and the + VIRTIO_SCSI_F_INOUT feature has not been negotiated, the + request will be immediately returned with a response equal to + VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FAILURE. + + Device Operation: controlq + +The controlq is used for other SCSI transport operations. +Requests have the following format: + +struct virtio_scsi_ctrl { + + u32 type; + + ... + + u8 response; + +}; + + + +/* response values valid for all commands */ + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_OK 0 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_BAD_TARGET 3 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_BUSY 5 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_TRANSPORT_FAILURE 6 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_TARGET_FAILURE 7 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_NEXUS_FAILURE 8 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FAILURE 9 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_INCORRECT_LUN 12 + +The type identifies the remaining fields. + +The following commands are defined: + + Task management function +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF 0 + + + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_ABORT_TASK 0 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_ABORT_TASK_SET 1 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_CLEAR_ACA 2 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_CLEAR_TASK_SET 3 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_I_T_NEXUS_RESET 4 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_LOGICAL_UNIT_RESET 5 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_QUERY_TASK 6 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF_QUERY_TASK_SET 7 + + + +struct virtio_scsi_ctrl_tmf + +{ + + // Read-only part + + u32 type; + + u32 subtype; + + u8 lun[8]; + + u64 id; + + // Write-only part + + u8 response; + +} + + + +/* command-specific response values */ + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FUNCTION_COMPLETE 0 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FUNCTION_SUCCEEDED 10 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_S_FUNCTION_REJECTED 11 + + The type is VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TMF; the subtype field defines. All + fields except response are filled by the driver. The subtype + field must always be specified and identifies the requested + task management function. + + Other fields may be irrelevant for the requested TMF; if so, + they are ignored but they should still be present. The lun + field is in the same format specified for request queues; the + single level LUN is ignored when the task management function + addresses a whole I_T nexus. When relevant, the value of the id + field is matched against the id values passed on the requestq. + + The outcome of the task management function is written by the + device in the response field. The command-specific response + values map 1-to-1 with those defined in SAM. + + Asynchronous notification query +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_AN_QUERY 1 + + + +struct virtio_scsi_ctrl_an { + + // Read-only part + + u32 type; + + u8 lun[8]; + + u32 event_requested; + + // Write-only part + + u32 event_actual; + + u8 response; + +} + + + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_ASYNC_OPERATIONAL_CHANGE 2 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_ASYNC_POWER_MGMT 4 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_ASYNC_EXTERNAL_REQUEST 8 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_ASYNC_MEDIA_CHANGE 16 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_ASYNC_MULTI_HOST 32 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_ASYNC_DEVICE_BUSY 64 + + By sending this command, the driver asks the device which + events the given LUN can report, as described in paragraphs 6.6 + and A.6 of the SCSI MMC specification. The driver writes the + events it is interested in into the event_requested; the device + responds by writing the events that it supports into + event_actual. + + The type is VIRTIO_SCSI_T_AN_QUERY. The lun and event_requested + fields are written by the driver. The event_actual and response + fields are written by the device. + + No command-specific values are defined for the response byte. + + Asynchronous notification subscription +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_AN_SUBSCRIBE 2 + + + +struct virtio_scsi_ctrl_an { + + // Read-only part + + u32 type; + + u8 lun[8]; + + u32 event_requested; + + // Write-only part + + u32 event_actual; + + u8 response; + +} + + By sending this command, the driver asks the specified LUN to + report events for its physical interface, again as described in + the SCSI MMC specification. The driver writes the events it is + interested in into the event_requested; the device responds by + writing the events that it supports into event_actual. + + Event types are the same as for the asynchronous notification + query message. + + The type is VIRTIO_SCSI_T_AN_SUBSCRIBE. The lun and + event_requested fields are written by the driver. The + event_actual and response fields are written by the device. + + No command-specific values are defined for the response byte. + + Device Operation: eventq + +The eventq is used by the device to report information on logical +units that are attached to it. The driver should always leave a +few buffers ready in the eventq. In general, the device will not +queue events to cope with an empty eventq, and will end up +dropping events if it finds no buffer ready. However, when +reporting events for many LUNs (e.g. when a whole target +disappears), the device can throttle events to avoid dropping +them. For this reason, placing 10-15 buffers on the event queue +should be enough. + +Buffers are placed in the eventq and filled by the device when +interesting events occur. The buffers should be strictly +write-only (device-filled) and the size of the buffers should be +at least the value given in the device's configuration +information. + +Buffers returned by the device on the eventq will be referred to +as "events" in the rest of this section. Events have the +following format: + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_EVENTS_MISSED 0x80000000 + + + +struct virtio_scsi_event { + + // Write-only part + + u32 event; + + ... + +} + +If bit 31 is set in the event field, the device failed to report +an event due to missing buffers. In this case, the driver should +poll the logical units for unit attention conditions, and/or do +whatever form of bus scan is appropriate for the guest operating +system. + +Other data that the device writes to the buffer depends on the +contents of the event field. The following events are defined: + + No event +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_NO_EVENT 0 + + This event is fired in the following cases: + + When the device detects in the eventq a buffer that is shorter + than what is indicated in the configuration field, it might + use it immediately and put this dummy value in the event + field. A well-written driver will never observe this + situation. + + When events are dropped, the device may signal this event as + soon as the drivers makes a buffer available, in order to + request action from the driver. In this case, of course, this + event will be reported with the VIRTIO_SCSI_T_EVENTS_MISSED + flag. + + Transport reset +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TRANSPORT_RESET 1 + + + +struct virtio_scsi_event_reset { + + // Write-only part + + u32 event; + + u8 lun[8]; + + u32 reason; + +} + + + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_HARD 0 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_RESCAN 1 + +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_REMOVED 2 + + By sending this event, the device signals that a logical unit + on a target has been reset, including the case of a new device + appearing or disappearing on the bus.The device fills in all + fields. The event field is set to + VIRTIO_SCSI_T_TRANSPORT_RESET. The lun field addresses a + logical unit in the SCSI host. + + The reason value is one of the three #define values appearing + above: + + VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_REMOVED (“LUN/target removed”) is used if + the target or logical unit is no longer able to receive + commands. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_HARD (“LUN hard reset”) is used if the + logical unit has been reset, but is still present. + + VIRTIO_SCSI_EVT_RESET_RESCAN (“rescan LUN/target”) is used if a + target or logical unit has just appeared on the device. + + The “removed” and “rescan” events, when sent for LUN 0, may + apply to the entire target. After receiving them the driver + should ask the initiator to rescan the target, in order to + detect the case when an entire target has appeared or + disappeared. These two events will never be reported unless the + VIRTIO_SCSI_F_HOTPLUG feature was negotiated between the host + and the guest. + + Events will also be reported via sense codes (this obviously + does not apply to newly appeared buses or targets, since the + application has never discovered them): + + “LUN/target removed” maps to sense key ILLEGAL REQUEST, asc + 0x25, ascq 0x00 (LOGICAL UNIT NOT SUPPORTED) + + “LUN hard reset” maps to sense key UNIT ATTENTION, asc 0x29 + (POWER ON, RESET OR BUS DEVICE RESET OCCURRED) + + “rescan LUN/target” maps to sense key UNIT ATTENTION, asc 0x3f, + ascq 0x0e (REPORTED LUNS DATA HAS CHANGED) + + The preferred way to detect transport reset is always to use + events, because sense codes are only seen by the driver when it + sends a SCSI command to the logical unit or target. However, in + case events are dropped, the initiator will still be able to + synchronize with the actual state of the controller if the + driver asks the initiator to rescan of the SCSI bus. During the + rescan, the initiator will be able to observe the above sense + codes, and it will process them as if it the driver had + received the equivalent event. + + Asynchronous notification +#define VIRTIO_SCSI_T_ASYNC_NOTIFY 2 + + + +struct virtio_scsi_event_an { + + // Write-only part + + u32 event; + + u8 lun[8]; + + u32 reason; + +} + + By sending this event, the device signals that an asynchronous + event was fired from a physical interface. + + All fields are written by the device. The event field is set to + VIRTIO_SCSI_T_ASYNC_NOTIFY. The lun field addresses a logical + unit in the SCSI host. The reason field is a subset of the + events that the driver has subscribed to via the "Asynchronous + notification subscription" command. + + When dropped events are reported, the driver should poll for + asynchronous events manually using SCSI commands. + +Appendix X: virtio-mmio + +Virtual environments without PCI support (a common situation in +embedded devices models) might use simple memory mapped device (“ +virtio-mmio”) instead of the PCI device. + +The memory mapped virtio device behaviour is based on the PCI +device specification. Therefore most of operations like device +initialization, queues configuration and buffer transfers are +nearly identical. Existing differences are described in the +following sections. + + Device Initialization + +Instead of using the PCI IO space for virtio header, the “ +virtio-mmio” device provides a set of memory mapped control +registers, all 32 bits wide, followed by device-specific +configuration space. The following list presents their layout: + + Offset from the device base address | Direction | Name + Description + + 0x000 | R | MagicValue + “virt” string. + + 0x004 | R | Version + Device version number. Currently must be 1. + + 0x008 | R | DeviceID + Virtio Subsystem Device ID (ie. 1 for network card). + + 0x00c | R | VendorID + Virtio Subsystem Vendor ID. + + 0x010 | R | HostFeatures + Flags representing features the device supports. + Reading from this register returns 32 consecutive flag bits, + first bit depending on the last value written to + HostFeaturesSel register. Access to this register returns bits HostFeaturesSel*32 + + to (HostFeaturesSel*32)+31 +, eg. feature bits 0 to 31 if + HostFeaturesSel is set to 0 and features bits 32 to 63 if + HostFeaturesSel is set to 1. Also see [sub:Feature-Bits] + + 0x014 | W | HostFeaturesSel + Device (Host) features word selection. + Writing to this register selects a set of 32 device feature bits + accessible by reading from HostFeatures register. Device driver + must write a value to the HostFeaturesSel register before + reading from the HostFeatures register. + + 0x020 | W | GuestFeatures + Flags representing device features understood and activated by + the driver. + Writing to this register sets 32 consecutive flag bits, first + bit depending on the last value written to GuestFeaturesSel + register. Access to this register sets bits GuestFeaturesSel*32 + + to (GuestFeaturesSel*32)+31 +, eg. feature bits 0 to 31 if + GuestFeaturesSel is set to 0 and features bits 32 to 63 if + GuestFeaturesSel is set to 1. Also see [sub:Feature-Bits] + + 0x024 | W | GuestFeaturesSel + Activated (Guest) features word selection. + Writing to this register selects a set of 32 activated feature + bits accessible by writing to the GuestFeatures register. + Device driver must write a value to the GuestFeaturesSel + register before writing to the GuestFeatures register. + + 0x028 | W | GuestPageSize + Guest page size. + Device driver must write the guest page size in bytes to the + register during initialization, before any queues are used. + This value must be a power of 2 and is used by the Host to + calculate Guest address of the first queue page (see QueuePFN). + + 0x030 | W | QueueSel + Virtual queue index (first queue is 0). + Writing to this register selects the virtual queue that the + following operations on QueueNum, QueueAlign and QueuePFN apply + to. + + 0x034 | R | QueueNumMax + Maximum virtual queue size. + Reading from the register returns the maximum size of the queue + the Host is ready to process or zero (0x0) if the queue is not + available. This applies to the queue selected by writing to + QueueSel and is allowed only when QueuePFN is set to zero + (0x0), so when the queue is not actively used. + + 0x038 | W | QueueNum + Virtual queue size. + Queue size is a number of elements in the queue, therefore size + of the descriptor table and both available and used rings. + Writing to this register notifies the Host what size of the + queue the Guest will use. This applies to the queue selected by + writing to QueueSel. + + 0x03c | W | QueueAlign + Used Ring alignment in the virtual queue. + Writing to this register notifies the Host about alignment + boundary of the Used Ring in bytes. This value must be a power + of 2 and applies to the queue selected by writing to QueueSel. + + 0x040 | RW | QueuePFN + Guest physical page number of the virtual queue. + Writing to this register notifies the host about location of the + virtual queue in the Guest's physical address space. This value + is the index number of a page starting with the queue + Descriptor Table. Value zero (0x0) means physical address zero + (0x00000000) and is illegal. When the Guest stops using the + queue it must write zero (0x0) to this register. + Reading from this register returns the currently used page + number of the queue, therefore a value other than zero (0x0) + means that the queue is in use. + Both read and write accesses apply to the queue selected by + writing to QueueSel. + + 0x050 | W | QueueNotify + Queue notifier. + Writing a queue index to this register notifies the Host that + there are new buffers to process in the queue. + + 0x60 | R | InterruptStatus +Interrupt status. +Reading from this register returns a bit mask of interrupts + asserted by the device. An interrupt is asserted if the + corresponding bit is set, ie. equals one (1). + + Bit 0 | Used Ring Update +This interrupt is asserted when the Host has updated the Used + Ring in at least one of the active virtual queues. + + Bit 1 | Configuration change +This interrupt is asserted when configuration of the device has + changed. + + 0x064 | W | InterruptACK + Interrupt acknowledge. + Writing to this register notifies the Host that the Guest + finished handling interrupts. Set bits in the value clear the + corresponding bits of the InterruptStatus register. + + 0x070 | RW | Status + Device status. + Reading from this register returns the current device status + flags. + Writing non-zero values to this register sets the status flags, + indicating the Guest progress. Writing zero (0x0) to this + register triggers a device reset. + Also see [sub:Device-Initialization-Sequence] + + 0x100+ | RW | Config + Device-specific configuration space starts at an offset 0x100 + and is accessed with byte alignment. Its meaning and size + depends on the device and the driver. + +Virtual queue size is a number of elements in the queue, +therefore size of the descriptor table and both available and +used rings. + +The endianness of the registers follows the native endianness of +the Guest. Writing to registers described as “R” and reading from +registers described as “W” is not permitted and can cause +undefined behavior. + +The device initialization is performed as described in [sub:Device-Initialization-Sequence] + with one exception: the Guest must notify the Host about its +page size, writing the size in bytes to GuestPageSize register +before the initialization is finished. + +The memory mapped virtio devices generate single interrupt only, +therefore no special configuration is required. + + Virtqueue Configuration + +The virtual queue configuration is performed in a similar way to +the one described in [sec:Virtqueue-Configuration] with a few +additional operations: + + Select the queue writing its index (first queue is 0) to the + QueueSel register. + + Check if the queue is not already in use: read QueuePFN + register, returned value should be zero (0x0). + + Read maximum queue size (number of elements) from the + QueueNumMax register. If the returned value is zero (0x0) the + queue is not available. + + Allocate and zero the queue pages in contiguous virtual memory, + aligning the Used Ring to an optimal boundary (usually page + size). Size of the allocated queue may be smaller than or equal + to the maximum size returned by the Host. + + Notify the Host about the queue size by writing the size to + QueueNum register. + + Notify the Host about the used alignment by writing its value + in bytes to QueueAlign register. + + Write the physical number of the first page of the queue to the + QueuePFN register. + +The queue and the device are ready to begin normal operations +now. + + Device Operation + +The memory mapped virtio device behaves in the same way as +described in [sec:Device-Operation], with the following +exceptions: + + The device is notified about new buffers available in a queue + by writing the queue index to register QueueNum instead of the + virtio header in PCI I/O space ([sub:Notifying-The-Device]). + + The memory mapped virtio device is using single, dedicated + interrupt signal, which is raised when at least one of the + interrupts described in the InterruptStatus register + description is asserted. After receiving an interrupt, the + driver must read the InterruptStatus register to check what + caused the interrupt (see the register description). After the + interrupt is handled, the driver must acknowledge it by writing + a bit mask corresponding to the serviced interrupt to the + InterruptACK register. + diff --git a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt index 36c367c..142fbb0 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/cleancache.txt @@ -46,10 +46,11 @@ a negative return value indicates failure. A "put_page" will copy a the pool id, a file key, and a page index into the file. (The combination of a pool id, a file key, and an index is sometimes called a "handle".) A "get_page" will copy the page, if found, from cleancache into kernel memory. -A "flush_page" will ensure the page no longer is present in cleancache; -a "flush_inode" will flush all pages associated with the specified file; -and, when a filesystem is unmounted, a "flush_fs" will flush all pages in -all files specified by the given pool id and also surrender the pool id. +An "invalidate_page" will ensure the page no longer is present in cleancache; +an "invalidate_inode" will invalidate all pages associated with the specified +file; and, when a filesystem is unmounted, an "invalidate_fs" will invalidate +all pages in all files specified by the given pool id and also surrender +the pool id. An "init_shared_fs", like init_fs, obtains a pool id but tells cleancache to treat the pool as shared using a 128-bit UUID as a key. On systems @@ -62,12 +63,12 @@ of the kernel (e.g. by "tools" that control cleancache). Or a cleancache implementation can simply disable shared_init by always returning a negative value. -If a get_page is successful on a non-shared pool, the page is flushed (thus -making cleancache an "exclusive" cache). On a shared pool, the page -is NOT flushed on a successful get_page so that it remains accessible to +If a get_page is successful on a non-shared pool, the page is invalidated +(thus making cleancache an "exclusive" cache). On a shared pool, the page +is NOT invalidated on a successful get_page so that it remains accessible to other sharers. The kernel is responsible for ensuring coherency between cleancache (shared or not), the page cache, and the filesystem, using -cleancache flush operations as required. +cleancache invalidate operations as required. Note that cleancache must enforce put-put-get coherency and get-get coherency. For the former, if two puts are made to the same handle but @@ -77,22 +78,22 @@ if a get for a given handle fails, subsequent gets for that handle will never succeed unless preceded by a successful put with that handle. Last, cleancache provides no SMP serialization guarantees; if two -different Linux threads are simultaneously putting and flushing a page +different Linux threads are simultaneously putting and invalidating a page with the same handle, the results are indeterminate. Callers must lock the page to ensure serial behavior. CLEANCACHE PERFORMANCE METRICS -Cleancache monitoring is done by sysfs files in the -/sys/kernel/mm/cleancache directory. The effectiveness of cleancache +If properly configured, monitoring of cleancache is done via debugfs in +the /sys/kernel/debug/mm/cleancache directory. The effectiveness of cleancache can be measured (across all filesystems) with: succ_gets - number of gets that were successful failed_gets - number of gets that failed puts - number of puts attempted (all "succeed") -flushes - number of flushes attempted +invalidates - number of invalidates attempted -A backend implementatation may provide additional metrics. +A backend implementation may provide additional metrics. FAQ @@ -143,7 +144,7 @@ systems. The core hooks for cleancache in VFS are in most cases a single line and the minimum set are placed precisely where needed to maintain -coherency (via cleancache_flush operations) between cleancache, +coherency (via cleancache_invalidate operations) between cleancache, the page cache, and disk. All hooks compile into nothingness if cleancache is config'ed off and turn into a function-pointer- compare-to-NULL if config'ed on but no backend claims the ops @@ -184,15 +185,15 @@ or for real kernel-addressable RAM, it makes perfect sense for transcendent memory. 4) Why is non-shared cleancache "exclusive"? And where is the - page "flushed" after a "get"? (Minchan Kim) + page "invalidated" after a "get"? (Minchan Kim) The main reason is to free up space in transcendent memory and -to avoid unnecessary cleancache_flush calls. If you want inclusive, +to avoid unnecessary cleancache_invalidate calls. If you want inclusive, the page can be "put" immediately following the "get". If put-after-get for inclusive becomes common, the interface could -be easily extended to add a "get_no_flush" call. +be easily extended to add a "get_no_invalidate" call. -The flush is done by the cleancache backend implementation. +The invalidate is done by the cleancache backend implementation. 5) What's the performance impact? @@ -222,7 +223,7 @@ Some points for a filesystem to consider: as tmpfs should not enable cleancache) - To ensure coherency/correctness, the FS must ensure that all file removal or truncation operations either go through VFS or - add hooks to do the equivalent cleancache "flush" operations + add hooks to do the equivalent cleancache "invalidate" operations - To ensure coherency/correctness, either inode numbers must be unique across the lifetime of the on-disk file OR the FS must provide an "encode_fh" function. @@ -243,11 +244,11 @@ If cleancache would use the inode virtual address instead of inode/filehandle, the pool id could be eliminated. But, this won't work because cleancache retains pagecache data pages persistently even when the inode has been pruned from the -inode unused list, and only flushes the data page if the file +inode unused list, and only invalidates the data page if the file gets removed/truncated. So if cleancache used the inode kva, there would be potential coherency issues if/when the inode kva is reused for a different file. Alternately, if cleancache -flushed the pages when the inode kva was freed, much of the value +invalidated the pages when the inode kva was freed, much of the value of cleancache would be lost because the cache of pages in cleanache is potentially much larger than the kernel pagecache and is most useful if the pages survive inode cache removal. diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hugepage-mmap.c b/Documentation/vm/hugepage-mmap.c deleted file mode 100644 index db0dd9a..0000000 --- a/Documentation/vm/hugepage-mmap.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -/* - * hugepage-mmap: - * - * Example of using huge page memory in a user application using the mmap - * system call. Before running this application, make sure that the - * administrator has mounted the hugetlbfs filesystem (on some directory - * like /mnt) using the command mount -t hugetlbfs nodev /mnt. In this - * example, the app is requesting memory of size 256MB that is backed by - * huge pages. - * - * For the ia64 architecture, the Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for - * huge pages. That means that if one requires a fixed address, a huge page - * aligned address starting with 0x800000... will be required. If a fixed - * address is not required, the kernel will select an address in the proper - * range. - * Other architectures, such as ppc64, i386 or x86_64 are not so constrained. - */ - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> -#include <fcntl.h> - -#define FILE_NAME "/mnt/hugepagefile" -#define LENGTH (256UL*1024*1024) -#define PROTECTION (PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE) - -/* Only ia64 requires this */ -#ifdef __ia64__ -#define ADDR (void *)(0x8000000000000000UL) -#define FLAGS (MAP_SHARED | MAP_FIXED) -#else -#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL) -#define FLAGS (MAP_SHARED) -#endif - -static void check_bytes(char *addr) -{ - printf("First hex is %x\n", *((unsigned int *)addr)); -} - -static void write_bytes(char *addr) -{ - unsigned long i; - - for (i = 0; i < LENGTH; i++) - *(addr + i) = (char)i; -} - -static void read_bytes(char *addr) -{ - unsigned long i; - - check_bytes(addr); - for (i = 0; i < LENGTH; i++) - if (*(addr + i) != (char)i) { - printf("Mismatch at %lu\n", i); - break; - } -} - -int main(void) -{ - void *addr; - int fd; - - fd = open(FILE_NAME, O_CREAT | O_RDWR, 0755); - if (fd < 0) { - perror("Open failed"); - exit(1); - } - - addr = mmap(ADDR, LENGTH, PROTECTION, FLAGS, fd, 0); - if (addr == MAP_FAILED) { - perror("mmap"); - unlink(FILE_NAME); - exit(1); - } - - printf("Returned address is %p\n", addr); - check_bytes(addr); - write_bytes(addr); - read_bytes(addr); - - munmap(addr, LENGTH); - close(fd); - unlink(FILE_NAME); - - return 0; -} diff --git a/Documentation/vm/hugepage-shm.c b/Documentation/vm/hugepage-shm.c deleted file mode 100644 index 07956d8..0000000 --- a/Documentation/vm/hugepage-shm.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -/* - * hugepage-shm: - * - * Example of using huge page memory in a user application using Sys V shared - * memory system calls. In this example the app is requesting 256MB of - * memory that is backed by huge pages. The application uses the flag - * SHM_HUGETLB in the shmget system call to inform the kernel that it is - * requesting huge pages. - * - * For the ia64 architecture, the Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for - * huge pages. That means that if one requires a fixed address, a huge page - * aligned address starting with 0x800000... will be required. If a fixed - * address is not required, the kernel will select an address in the proper - * range. - * Other architectures, such as ppc64, i386 or x86_64 are not so constrained. - * - * Note: The default shared memory limit is quite low on many kernels, - * you may need to increase it via: - * - * echo 268435456 > /proc/sys/kernel/shmmax - * - * This will increase the maximum size per shared memory segment to 256MB. - * The other limit that you will hit eventually is shmall which is the - * total amount of shared memory in pages. To set it to 16GB on a system - * with a 4kB pagesize do: - * - * echo 4194304 > /proc/sys/kernel/shmall - */ - -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/ipc.h> -#include <sys/shm.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> - -#ifndef SHM_HUGETLB -#define SHM_HUGETLB 04000 -#endif - -#define LENGTH (256UL*1024*1024) - -#define dprintf(x) printf(x) - -/* Only ia64 requires this */ -#ifdef __ia64__ -#define ADDR (void *)(0x8000000000000000UL) -#define SHMAT_FLAGS (SHM_RND) -#else -#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL) -#define SHMAT_FLAGS (0) -#endif - -int main(void) -{ - int shmid; - unsigned long i; - char *shmaddr; - - if ((shmid = shmget(2, LENGTH, - SHM_HUGETLB | IPC_CREAT | SHM_R | SHM_W)) < 0) { - perror("shmget"); - exit(1); - } - printf("shmid: 0x%x\n", shmid); - - shmaddr = shmat(shmid, ADDR, SHMAT_FLAGS); - if (shmaddr == (char *)-1) { - perror("Shared memory attach failure"); - shmctl(shmid, IPC_RMID, NULL); - exit(2); - } - printf("shmaddr: %p\n", shmaddr); - - dprintf("Starting the writes:\n"); - for (i = 0; i < LENGTH; i++) { - shmaddr[i] = (char)(i); - if (!(i % (1024 * 1024))) - dprintf("."); - } - dprintf("\n"); - - dprintf("Starting the Check..."); - for (i = 0; i < LENGTH; i++) - if (shmaddr[i] != (char)i) - printf("\nIndex %lu mismatched\n", i); - dprintf("Done.\n"); - - if (shmdt((const void *)shmaddr) != 0) { - perror("Detach failure"); - shmctl(shmid, IPC_RMID, NULL); - exit(3); - } - - shmctl(shmid, IPC_RMID, NULL); - - return 0; -} diff --git a/Documentation/vm/map_hugetlb.c b/Documentation/vm/map_hugetlb.c deleted file mode 100644 index eda1a6d..0000000 --- a/Documentation/vm/map_hugetlb.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/* - * Example of using hugepage memory in a user application using the mmap - * system call with MAP_HUGETLB flag. Before running this program make - * sure the administrator has allocated enough default sized huge pages - * to cover the 256 MB allocation. - * - * For ia64 architecture, Linux kernel reserves Region number 4 for hugepages. - * That means the addresses starting with 0x800000... will need to be - * specified. Specifying a fixed address is not required on ppc64, i386 - * or x86_64. - */ -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <stdio.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <sys/mman.h> -#include <fcntl.h> - -#define LENGTH (256UL*1024*1024) -#define PROTECTION (PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE) - -#ifndef MAP_HUGETLB -#define MAP_HUGETLB 0x40000 /* arch specific */ -#endif - -/* Only ia64 requires this */ -#ifdef __ia64__ -#define ADDR (void *)(0x8000000000000000UL) -#define FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS | MAP_HUGETLB | MAP_FIXED) -#else -#define ADDR (void *)(0x0UL) -#define FLAGS (MAP_PRIVATE | MAP_ANONYMOUS | MAP_HUGETLB) -#endif - -static void check_bytes(char *addr) -{ - printf("First hex is %x\n", *((unsigned int *)addr)); -} - -static void write_bytes(char *addr) -{ - unsigned long i; - - for (i = 0; i < LENGTH; i++) - *(addr + i) = (char)i; -} - -static void read_bytes(char *addr) -{ - unsigned long i; - - check_bytes(addr); - for (i = 0; i < LENGTH; i++) - if (*(addr + i) != (char)i) { - printf("Mismatch at %lu\n", i); - break; - } -} - -int main(void) -{ - void *addr; - - addr = mmap(ADDR, LENGTH, PROTECTION, FLAGS, 0, 0); - if (addr == MAP_FAILED) { - perror("mmap"); - exit(1); - } - - printf("Returned address is %p\n", addr); - check_bytes(addr); - write_bytes(addr); - read_bytes(addr); - - munmap(addr, LENGTH); - - return 0; -} diff --git a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c b/Documentation/vm/page-types.c deleted file mode 100644 index 7445caa..0000000 --- a/Documentation/vm/page-types.c +++ /dev/null @@ -1,1100 +0,0 @@ -/* - * page-types: Tool for querying page flags - * - * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it - * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free - * Software Foundation; version 2. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT - * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or - * FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for - * more details. - * - * You should find a copy of v2 of the GNU General Public License somewhere on - * your Linux system; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 - * Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA. - * - * Copyright (C) 2009 Intel corporation - * - * Authors: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com> - */ - -#define _LARGEFILE64_SOURCE -#include <stdio.h> -#include <stdlib.h> -#include <unistd.h> -#include <stdint.h> -#include <stdarg.h> -#include <string.h> -#include <getopt.h> -#include <limits.h> -#include <assert.h> -#include <sys/types.h> -#include <sys/errno.h> -#include <sys/fcntl.h> -#include <sys/mount.h> -#include <sys/statfs.h> -#include "../../include/linux/magic.h" - - -#ifndef MAX_PATH -# define MAX_PATH 256 -#endif - -#ifndef STR -# define _STR(x) #x -# define STR(x) _STR(x) -#endif - -/* - * pagemap kernel ABI bits - */ - -#define PM_ENTRY_BYTES sizeof(uint64_t) -#define PM_STATUS_BITS 3 -#define PM_STATUS_OFFSET (64 - PM_STATUS_BITS) -#define PM_STATUS_MASK (((1LL << PM_STATUS_BITS) - 1) << PM_STATUS_OFFSET) -#define PM_STATUS(nr) (((nr) << PM_STATUS_OFFSET) & PM_STATUS_MASK) -#define PM_PSHIFT_BITS 6 -#define PM_PSHIFT_OFFSET (PM_STATUS_OFFSET - PM_PSHIFT_BITS) -#define PM_PSHIFT_MASK (((1LL << PM_PSHIFT_BITS) - 1) << PM_PSHIFT_OFFSET) -#define PM_PSHIFT(x) (((u64) (x) << PM_PSHIFT_OFFSET) & PM_PSHIFT_MASK) -#define PM_PFRAME_MASK ((1LL << PM_PSHIFT_OFFSET) - 1) -#define PM_PFRAME(x) ((x) & PM_PFRAME_MASK) - -#define PM_PRESENT PM_STATUS(4LL) -#define PM_SWAP PM_STATUS(2LL) - - -/* - * kernel page flags - */ - -#define KPF_BYTES 8 -#define PROC_KPAGEFLAGS "/proc/kpageflags" - -/* copied from kpageflags_read() */ -#define KPF_LOCKED 0 -#define KPF_ERROR 1 -#define KPF_REFERENCED 2 -#define KPF_UPTODATE 3 -#define KPF_DIRTY 4 -#define KPF_LRU 5 -#define KPF_ACTIVE 6 -#define KPF_SLAB 7 -#define KPF_WRITEBACK 8 -#define KPF_RECLAIM 9 -#define KPF_BUDDY 10 - -/* [11-20] new additions in 2.6.31 */ -#define KPF_MMAP 11 -#define KPF_ANON 12 -#define KPF_SWAPCACHE 13 -#define KPF_SWAPBACKED 14 -#define KPF_COMPOUND_HEAD 15 -#define KPF_COMPOUND_TAIL 16 -#define KPF_HUGE 17 -#define KPF_UNEVICTABLE 18 -#define KPF_HWPOISON 19 -#define KPF_NOPAGE 20 -#define KPF_KSM 21 - -/* [32-] kernel hacking assistances */ -#define KPF_RESERVED 32 -#define KPF_MLOCKED 33 -#define KPF_MAPPEDTODISK 34 -#define KPF_PRIVATE 35 -#define KPF_PRIVATE_2 36 -#define KPF_OWNER_PRIVATE 37 -#define KPF_ARCH 38 -#define KPF_UNCACHED 39 - -/* [48-] take some arbitrary free slots for expanding overloaded flags - * not part of kernel API - */ -#define KPF_READAHEAD 48 -#define KPF_SLOB_FREE 49 -#define KPF_SLUB_FROZEN 50 -#define KPF_SLUB_DEBUG 51 - -#define KPF_ALL_BITS ((uint64_t)~0ULL) -#define KPF_HACKERS_BITS (0xffffULL << 32) -#define KPF_OVERLOADED_BITS (0xffffULL << 48) -#define BIT(name) (1ULL << KPF_##name) -#define BITS_COMPOUND (BIT(COMPOUND_HEAD) | BIT(COMPOUND_TAIL)) - -static const char *page_flag_names[] = { - [KPF_LOCKED] = "L:locked", - [KPF_ERROR] = "E:error", - [KPF_REFERENCED] = "R:referenced", - [KPF_UPTODATE] = "U:uptodate", - [KPF_DIRTY] = "D:dirty", - [KPF_LRU] = "l:lru", - [KPF_ACTIVE] = "A:active", - [KPF_SLAB] = "S:slab", - [KPF_WRITEBACK] = "W:writeback", - [KPF_RECLAIM] = "I:reclaim", - [KPF_BUDDY] = "B:buddy", - - [KPF_MMAP] = "M:mmap", - [KPF_ANON] = "a:anonymous", - [KPF_SWAPCACHE] = "s:swapcache", - [KPF_SWAPBACKED] = "b:swapbacked", - [KPF_COMPOUND_HEAD] = "H:compound_head", - [KPF_COMPOUND_TAIL] = "T:compound_tail", - [KPF_HUGE] = "G:huge", - [KPF_UNEVICTABLE] = "u:unevictable", - [KPF_HWPOISON] = "X:hwpoison", - [KPF_NOPAGE] = "n:nopage", - [KPF_KSM] = "x:ksm", - - [KPF_RESERVED] = "r:reserved", - [KPF_MLOCKED] = "m:mlocked", - [KPF_MAPPEDTODISK] = "d:mappedtodisk", - [KPF_PRIVATE] = "P:private", - [KPF_PRIVATE_2] = "p:private_2", - [KPF_OWNER_PRIVATE] = "O:owner_private", - [KPF_ARCH] = "h:arch", - [KPF_UNCACHED] = "c:uncached", - - [KPF_READAHEAD] = "I:readahead", - [KPF_SLOB_FREE] = "P:slob_free", - [KPF_SLUB_FROZEN] = "A:slub_frozen", - [KPF_SLUB_DEBUG] = "E:slub_debug", -}; - - -static const char *debugfs_known_mountpoints[] = { - "/sys/kernel/debug", - "/debug", - 0, -}; - -/* - * data structures - */ - -static int opt_raw; /* for kernel developers */ -static int opt_list; /* list pages (in ranges) */ -static int opt_no_summary; /* don't show summary */ -static pid_t opt_pid; /* process to walk */ - -#define MAX_ADDR_RANGES 1024 -static int nr_addr_ranges; -static unsigned long opt_offset[MAX_ADDR_RANGES]; -static unsigned long opt_size[MAX_ADDR_RANGES]; - -#define MAX_VMAS 10240 -static int nr_vmas; -static unsigned long pg_start[MAX_VMAS]; -static unsigned long pg_end[MAX_VMAS]; - -#define MAX_BIT_FILTERS 64 -static int nr_bit_filters; -static uint64_t opt_mask[MAX_BIT_FILTERS]; -static uint64_t opt_bits[MAX_BIT_FILTERS]; - -static int page_size; - -static int pagemap_fd; -static int kpageflags_fd; - -static int opt_hwpoison; -static int opt_unpoison; - -static char hwpoison_debug_fs[MAX_PATH+1]; -static int hwpoison_inject_fd; -static int hwpoison_forget_fd; - -#define HASH_SHIFT 13 -#define HASH_SIZE (1 << HASH_SHIFT) -#define HASH_MASK (HASH_SIZE - 1) -#define HASH_KEY(flags) (flags & HASH_MASK) - -static unsigned long total_pages; -static unsigned long nr_pages[HASH_SIZE]; -static uint64_t page_flags[HASH_SIZE]; - - -/* - * helper functions - */ - -#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof((x)[0])) - -#define min_t(type, x, y) ({ \ - type __min1 = (x); \ - type __min2 = (y); \ - __min1 < __min2 ? __min1 : __min2; }) - -#define max_t(type, x, y) ({ \ - type __max1 = (x); \ - type __max2 = (y); \ - __max1 > __max2 ? __max1 : __max2; }) - -static unsigned long pages2mb(unsigned long pages) -{ - return (pages * page_size) >> 20; -} - -static void fatal(const char *x, ...) -{ - va_list ap; - - va_start(ap, x); - vfprintf(stderr, x, ap); - va_end(ap); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); -} - -static int checked_open(const char *pathname, int flags) -{ - int fd = open(pathname, flags); - - if (fd < 0) { - perror(pathname); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); - } - - return fd; -} - -/* - * pagemap/kpageflags routines - */ - -static unsigned long do_u64_read(int fd, char *name, - uint64_t *buf, - unsigned long index, - unsigned long count) -{ - long bytes; - - if (index > ULONG_MAX / 8) - fatal("index overflow: %lu\n", index); - - if (lseek(fd, index * 8, SEEK_SET) < 0) { - perror(name); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); - } - - bytes = read(fd, buf, count * 8); - if (bytes < 0) { - perror(name); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); - } - if (bytes % 8) - fatal("partial read: %lu bytes\n", bytes); - - return bytes / 8; -} - -static unsigned long kpageflags_read(uint64_t *buf, - unsigned long index, - unsigned long pages) -{ - return do_u64_read(kpageflags_fd, PROC_KPAGEFLAGS, buf, index, pages); -} - -static unsigned long pagemap_read(uint64_t *buf, - unsigned long index, - unsigned long pages) -{ - return do_u64_read(pagemap_fd, "/proc/pid/pagemap", buf, index, pages); -} - -static unsigned long pagemap_pfn(uint64_t val) -{ - unsigned long pfn; - - if (val & PM_PRESENT) - pfn = PM_PFRAME(val); - else - pfn = 0; - - return pfn; -} - - -/* - * page flag names - */ - -static char *page_flag_name(uint64_t flags) -{ - static char buf[65]; - int present; - int i, j; - - for (i = 0, j = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(page_flag_names); i++) { - present = (flags >> i) & 1; - if (!page_flag_names[i]) { - if (present) - fatal("unknown flag bit %d\n", i); - continue; - } - buf[j++] = present ? page_flag_names[i][0] : '_'; - } - - return buf; -} - -static char *page_flag_longname(uint64_t flags) -{ - static char buf[1024]; - int i, n; - - for (i = 0, n = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(page_flag_names); i++) { - if (!page_flag_names[i]) - continue; - if ((flags >> i) & 1) - n += snprintf(buf + n, sizeof(buf) - n, "%s,", - page_flag_names[i] + 2); - } - if (n) - n--; - buf[n] = '\0'; - - return buf; -} - - -/* - * page list and summary - */ - -static void show_page_range(unsigned long voffset, - unsigned long offset, uint64_t flags) -{ - static uint64_t flags0; - static unsigned long voff; - static unsigned long index; - static unsigned long count; - - if (flags == flags0 && offset == index + count && - (!opt_pid || voffset == voff + count)) { - count++; - return; - } - - if (count) { - if (opt_pid) - printf("%lx\t", voff); - printf("%lx\t%lx\t%s\n", - index, count, page_flag_name(flags0)); - } - - flags0 = flags; - index = offset; - voff = voffset; - count = 1; -} - -static void show_page(unsigned long voffset, - unsigned long offset, uint64_t flags) -{ - if (opt_pid) - printf("%lx\t", voffset); - printf("%lx\t%s\n", offset, page_flag_name(flags)); -} - -static void show_summary(void) -{ - int i; - - printf(" flags\tpage-count MB" - " symbolic-flags\t\t\tlong-symbolic-flags\n"); - - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(nr_pages); i++) { - if (nr_pages[i]) - printf("0x%016llx\t%10lu %8lu %s\t%s\n", - (unsigned long long)page_flags[i], - nr_pages[i], - pages2mb(nr_pages[i]), - page_flag_name(page_flags[i]), - page_flag_longname(page_flags[i])); - } - - printf(" total\t%10lu %8lu\n", - total_pages, pages2mb(total_pages)); -} - - -/* - * page flag filters - */ - -static int bit_mask_ok(uint64_t flags) -{ - int i; - - for (i = 0; i < nr_bit_filters; i++) { - if (opt_bits[i] == KPF_ALL_BITS) { - if ((flags & opt_mask[i]) == 0) - return 0; - } else { - if ((flags & opt_mask[i]) != opt_bits[i]) - return 0; - } - } - - return 1; -} - -static uint64_t expand_overloaded_flags(uint64_t flags) -{ - /* SLOB/SLUB overload several page flags */ - if (flags & BIT(SLAB)) { - if (flags & BIT(PRIVATE)) - flags ^= BIT(PRIVATE) | BIT(SLOB_FREE); - if (flags & BIT(ACTIVE)) - flags ^= BIT(ACTIVE) | BIT(SLUB_FROZEN); - if (flags & BIT(ERROR)) - flags ^= BIT(ERROR) | BIT(SLUB_DEBUG); - } - - /* PG_reclaim is overloaded as PG_readahead in the read path */ - if ((flags & (BIT(RECLAIM) | BIT(WRITEBACK))) == BIT(RECLAIM)) - flags ^= BIT(RECLAIM) | BIT(READAHEAD); - - return flags; -} - -static uint64_t well_known_flags(uint64_t flags) -{ - /* hide flags intended only for kernel hacker */ - flags &= ~KPF_HACKERS_BITS; - - /* hide non-hugeTLB compound pages */ - if ((flags & BITS_COMPOUND) && !(flags & BIT(HUGE))) - flags &= ~BITS_COMPOUND; - - return flags; -} - -static uint64_t kpageflags_flags(uint64_t flags) -{ - flags = expand_overloaded_flags(flags); - - if (!opt_raw) - flags = well_known_flags(flags); - - return flags; -} - -/* verify that a mountpoint is actually a debugfs instance */ -static int debugfs_valid_mountpoint(const char *debugfs) -{ - struct statfs st_fs; - - if (statfs(debugfs, &st_fs) < 0) - return -ENOENT; - else if (st_fs.f_type != (long) DEBUGFS_MAGIC) - return -ENOENT; - - return 0; -} - -/* find the path to the mounted debugfs */ -static const char *debugfs_find_mountpoint(void) -{ - const char **ptr; - char type[100]; - FILE *fp; - - ptr = debugfs_known_mountpoints; - while (*ptr) { - if (debugfs_valid_mountpoint(*ptr) == 0) { - strcpy(hwpoison_debug_fs, *ptr); - return hwpoison_debug_fs; - } - ptr++; - } - - /* give up and parse /proc/mounts */ - fp = fopen("/proc/mounts", "r"); - if (fp == NULL) - perror("Can't open /proc/mounts for read"); - - while (fscanf(fp, "%*s %" - STR(MAX_PATH) - "s %99s %*s %*d %*d\n", - hwpoison_debug_fs, type) == 2) { - if (strcmp(type, "debugfs") == 0) - break; - } - fclose(fp); - - if (strcmp(type, "debugfs") != 0) - return NULL; - - return hwpoison_debug_fs; -} - -/* mount the debugfs somewhere if it's not mounted */ - -static void debugfs_mount(void) -{ - const char **ptr; - - /* see if it's already mounted */ - if (debugfs_find_mountpoint()) - return; - - ptr = debugfs_known_mountpoints; - while (*ptr) { - if (mount(NULL, *ptr, "debugfs", 0, NULL) == 0) { - /* save the mountpoint */ - strcpy(hwpoison_debug_fs, *ptr); - break; - } - ptr++; - } - - if (*ptr == NULL) { - perror("mount debugfs"); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); - } -} - -/* - * page actions - */ - -static void prepare_hwpoison_fd(void) -{ - char buf[MAX_PATH + 1]; - - debugfs_mount(); - - if (opt_hwpoison && !hwpoison_inject_fd) { - snprintf(buf, MAX_PATH, "%s/hwpoison/corrupt-pfn", - hwpoison_debug_fs); - hwpoison_inject_fd = checked_open(buf, O_WRONLY); - } - - if (opt_unpoison && !hwpoison_forget_fd) { - snprintf(buf, MAX_PATH, "%s/hwpoison/unpoison-pfn", - hwpoison_debug_fs); - hwpoison_forget_fd = checked_open(buf, O_WRONLY); - } -} - -static int hwpoison_page(unsigned long offset) -{ - char buf[100]; - int len; - - len = sprintf(buf, "0x%lx\n", offset); - len = write(hwpoison_inject_fd, buf, len); - if (len < 0) { - perror("hwpoison inject"); - return len; - } - return 0; -} - -static int unpoison_page(unsigned long offset) -{ - char buf[100]; - int len; - - len = sprintf(buf, "0x%lx\n", offset); - len = write(hwpoison_forget_fd, buf, len); - if (len < 0) { - perror("hwpoison forget"); - return len; - } - return 0; -} - -/* - * page frame walker - */ - -static int hash_slot(uint64_t flags) -{ - int k = HASH_KEY(flags); - int i; - - /* Explicitly reserve slot 0 for flags 0: the following logic - * cannot distinguish an unoccupied slot from slot (flags==0). - */ - if (flags == 0) - return 0; - - /* search through the remaining (HASH_SIZE-1) slots */ - for (i = 1; i < ARRAY_SIZE(page_flags); i++, k++) { - if (!k || k >= ARRAY_SIZE(page_flags)) - k = 1; - if (page_flags[k] == 0) { - page_flags[k] = flags; - return k; - } - if (page_flags[k] == flags) - return k; - } - - fatal("hash table full: bump up HASH_SHIFT?\n"); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); -} - -static void add_page(unsigned long voffset, - unsigned long offset, uint64_t flags) -{ - flags = kpageflags_flags(flags); - - if (!bit_mask_ok(flags)) - return; - - if (opt_hwpoison) - hwpoison_page(offset); - if (opt_unpoison) - unpoison_page(offset); - - if (opt_list == 1) - show_page_range(voffset, offset, flags); - else if (opt_list == 2) - show_page(voffset, offset, flags); - - nr_pages[hash_slot(flags)]++; - total_pages++; -} - -#define KPAGEFLAGS_BATCH (64 << 10) /* 64k pages */ -static void walk_pfn(unsigned long voffset, - unsigned long index, - unsigned long count) -{ - uint64_t buf[KPAGEFLAGS_BATCH]; - unsigned long batch; - long pages; - unsigned long i; - - while (count) { - batch = min_t(unsigned long, count, KPAGEFLAGS_BATCH); - pages = kpageflags_read(buf, index, batch); - if (pages == 0) - break; - - for (i = 0; i < pages; i++) - add_page(voffset + i, index + i, buf[i]); - - index += pages; - count -= pages; - } -} - -#define PAGEMAP_BATCH (64 << 10) -static void walk_vma(unsigned long index, unsigned long count) -{ - uint64_t buf[PAGEMAP_BATCH]; - unsigned long batch; - unsigned long pages; - unsigned long pfn; - unsigned long i; - - while (count) { - batch = min_t(unsigned long, count, PAGEMAP_BATCH); - pages = pagemap_read(buf, index, batch); - if (pages == 0) - break; - - for (i = 0; i < pages; i++) { - pfn = pagemap_pfn(buf[i]); - if (pfn) - walk_pfn(index + i, pfn, 1); - } - - index += pages; - count -= pages; - } -} - -static void walk_task(unsigned long index, unsigned long count) -{ - const unsigned long end = index + count; - unsigned long start; - int i = 0; - - while (index < end) { - - while (pg_end[i] <= index) - if (++i >= nr_vmas) - return; - if (pg_start[i] >= end) - return; - - start = max_t(unsigned long, pg_start[i], index); - index = min_t(unsigned long, pg_end[i], end); - - assert(start < index); - walk_vma(start, index - start); - } -} - -static void add_addr_range(unsigned long offset, unsigned long size) -{ - if (nr_addr_ranges >= MAX_ADDR_RANGES) - fatal("too many addr ranges\n"); - - opt_offset[nr_addr_ranges] = offset; - opt_size[nr_addr_ranges] = min_t(unsigned long, size, ULONG_MAX-offset); - nr_addr_ranges++; -} - -static void walk_addr_ranges(void) -{ - int i; - - kpageflags_fd = checked_open(PROC_KPAGEFLAGS, O_RDONLY); - - if (!nr_addr_ranges) - add_addr_range(0, ULONG_MAX); - - for (i = 0; i < nr_addr_ranges; i++) - if (!opt_pid) - walk_pfn(0, opt_offset[i], opt_size[i]); - else - walk_task(opt_offset[i], opt_size[i]); - - close(kpageflags_fd); -} - - -/* - * user interface - */ - -static const char *page_flag_type(uint64_t flag) -{ - if (flag & KPF_HACKERS_BITS) - return "(r)"; - if (flag & KPF_OVERLOADED_BITS) - return "(o)"; - return " "; -} - -static void usage(void) -{ - int i, j; - - printf( -"page-types [options]\n" -" -r|--raw Raw mode, for kernel developers\n" -" -d|--describe flags Describe flags\n" -" -a|--addr addr-spec Walk a range of pages\n" -" -b|--bits bits-spec Walk pages with specified bits\n" -" -p|--pid pid Walk process address space\n" -#if 0 /* planned features */ -" -f|--file filename Walk file address space\n" -#endif -" -l|--list Show page details in ranges\n" -" -L|--list-each Show page details one by one\n" -" -N|--no-summary Don't show summary info\n" -" -X|--hwpoison hwpoison pages\n" -" -x|--unpoison unpoison pages\n" -" -h|--help Show this usage message\n" -"flags:\n" -" 0x10 bitfield format, e.g.\n" -" anon bit-name, e.g.\n" -" 0x10,anon comma-separated list, e.g.\n" -"addr-spec:\n" -" N one page at offset N (unit: pages)\n" -" N+M pages range from N to N+M-1\n" -" N,M pages range from N to M-1\n" -" N, pages range from N to end\n" -" ,M pages range from 0 to M-1\n" -"bits-spec:\n" -" bit1,bit2 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) != 0\n" -" bit1,bit2=bit1 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n" -" bit1,~bit2 (flags & (bit1|bit2)) == bit1\n" -" =bit1,bit2 flags == (bit1|bit2)\n" -"bit-names:\n" - ); - - for (i = 0, j = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(page_flag_names); i++) { - if (!page_flag_names[i]) - continue; - printf("%16s%s", page_flag_names[i] + 2, - page_flag_type(1ULL << i)); - if (++j > 3) { - j = 0; - putchar('\n'); - } - } - printf("\n " - "(r) raw mode bits (o) overloaded bits\n"); -} - -static unsigned long long parse_number(const char *str) -{ - unsigned long long n; - - n = strtoll(str, NULL, 0); - - if (n == 0 && str[0] != '0') - fatal("invalid name or number: %s\n", str); - - return n; -} - -static void parse_pid(const char *str) -{ - FILE *file; - char buf[5000]; - - opt_pid = parse_number(str); - - sprintf(buf, "/proc/%d/pagemap", opt_pid); - pagemap_fd = checked_open(buf, O_RDONLY); - - sprintf(buf, "/proc/%d/maps", opt_pid); - file = fopen(buf, "r"); - if (!file) { - perror(buf); - exit(EXIT_FAILURE); - } - - while (fgets(buf, sizeof(buf), file) != NULL) { - unsigned long vm_start; - unsigned long vm_end; - unsigned long long pgoff; - int major, minor; - char r, w, x, s; - unsigned long ino; - int n; - - n = sscanf(buf, "%lx-%lx %c%c%c%c %llx %x:%x %lu", - &vm_start, - &vm_end, - &r, &w, &x, &s, - &pgoff, - &major, &minor, - &ino); - if (n < 10) { - fprintf(stderr, "unexpected line: %s\n", buf); - continue; - } - pg_start[nr_vmas] = vm_start / page_size; - pg_end[nr_vmas] = vm_end / page_size; - if (++nr_vmas >= MAX_VMAS) { - fprintf(stderr, "too many VMAs\n"); - break; - } - } - fclose(file); -} - -static void parse_file(const char *name) -{ -} - -static void parse_addr_range(const char *optarg) -{ - unsigned long offset; - unsigned long size; - char *p; - - p = strchr(optarg, ','); - if (!p) - p = strchr(optarg, '+'); - - if (p == optarg) { - offset = 0; - size = parse_number(p + 1); - } else if (p) { - offset = parse_number(optarg); - if (p[1] == '\0') - size = ULONG_MAX; - else { - size = parse_number(p + 1); - if (*p == ',') { - if (size < offset) - fatal("invalid range: %lu,%lu\n", - offset, size); - size -= offset; - } - } - } else { - offset = parse_number(optarg); - size = 1; - } - - add_addr_range(offset, size); -} - -static void add_bits_filter(uint64_t mask, uint64_t bits) -{ - if (nr_bit_filters >= MAX_BIT_FILTERS) - fatal("too much bit filters\n"); - - opt_mask[nr_bit_filters] = mask; - opt_bits[nr_bit_filters] = bits; - nr_bit_filters++; -} - -static uint64_t parse_flag_name(const char *str, int len) -{ - int i; - - if (!*str || !len) - return 0; - - if (len <= 8 && !strncmp(str, "compound", len)) - return BITS_COMPOUND; - - for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(page_flag_names); i++) { - if (!page_flag_names[i]) - continue; - if (!strncmp(str, page_flag_names[i] + 2, len)) - return 1ULL << i; - } - - return parse_number(str); -} - -static uint64_t parse_flag_names(const char *str, int all) -{ - const char *p = str; - uint64_t flags = 0; - - while (1) { - if (*p == ',' || *p == '=' || *p == '\0') { - if ((*str != '~') || (*str == '~' && all && *++str)) - flags |= parse_flag_name(str, p - str); - if (*p != ',') - break; - str = p + 1; - } - p++; - } - - return flags; -} - -static void parse_bits_mask(const char *optarg) -{ - uint64_t mask; - uint64_t bits; - const char *p; - - p = strchr(optarg, '='); - if (p == optarg) { - mask = KPF_ALL_BITS; - bits = parse_flag_names(p + 1, 0); - } else if (p) { - mask = parse_flag_names(optarg, 0); - bits = parse_flag_names(p + 1, 0); - } else if (strchr(optarg, '~')) { - mask = parse_flag_names(optarg, 1); - bits = parse_flag_names(optarg, 0); - } else { - mask = parse_flag_names(optarg, 0); - bits = KPF_ALL_BITS; - } - - add_bits_filter(mask, bits); -} - -static void describe_flags(const char *optarg) -{ - uint64_t flags = parse_flag_names(optarg, 0); - - printf("0x%016llx\t%s\t%s\n", - (unsigned long long)flags, - page_flag_name(flags), - page_flag_longname(flags)); -} - -static const struct option opts[] = { - { "raw" , 0, NULL, 'r' }, - { "pid" , 1, NULL, 'p' }, - { "file" , 1, NULL, 'f' }, - { "addr" , 1, NULL, 'a' }, - { "bits" , 1, NULL, 'b' }, - { "describe" , 1, NULL, 'd' }, - { "list" , 0, NULL, 'l' }, - { "list-each" , 0, NULL, 'L' }, - { "no-summary", 0, NULL, 'N' }, - { "hwpoison" , 0, NULL, 'X' }, - { "unpoison" , 0, NULL, 'x' }, - { "help" , 0, NULL, 'h' }, - { NULL , 0, NULL, 0 } -}; - -int main(int argc, char *argv[]) -{ - int c; - - page_size = getpagesize(); - - while ((c = getopt_long(argc, argv, - "rp:f:a:b:d:lLNXxh", opts, NULL)) != -1) { - switch (c) { - case 'r': - opt_raw = 1; - break; - case 'p': - parse_pid(optarg); - break; - case 'f': - parse_file(optarg); - break; - case 'a': - parse_addr_range(optarg); - break; - case 'b': - parse_bits_mask(optarg); - break; - case 'd': - describe_flags(optarg); - exit(0); - case 'l': - opt_list = 1; - break; - case 'L': - opt_list = 2; - break; - case 'N': - opt_no_summary = 1; - break; - case 'X': - opt_hwpoison = 1; - prepare_hwpoison_fd(); - break; - case 'x': - opt_unpoison = 1; - prepare_hwpoison_fd(); - break; - case 'h': - usage(); - exit(0); - default: - usage(); - exit(1); - } - } - - if (opt_list && opt_pid) - printf("voffset\t"); - if (opt_list == 1) - printf("offset\tlen\tflags\n"); - if (opt_list == 2) - printf("offset\tflags\n"); - - walk_addr_ranges(); - - if (opt_list == 1) - show_page_range(0, 0, 0); /* drain the buffer */ - - if (opt_no_summary) - return 0; - - if (opt_list) - printf("\n\n"); - - show_summary(); - - return 0; -} diff --git a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt index df09b96..4600cbe 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/pagemap.txt @@ -60,6 +60,7 @@ There are three components to pagemap: 19. HWPOISON 20. NOPAGE 21. KSM + 22. THP Short descriptions to the page flags: @@ -97,6 +98,9 @@ Short descriptions to the page flags: 21. KSM identical memory pages dynamically shared between one or more processes +22. THP + contiguous pages which construct transparent hugepages + [IO related page flags] 1. ERROR IO error occurred 3. UPTODATE page has up-to-date data diff --git a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt index 29bdf62..f734bb2 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/transhuge.txt @@ -166,6 +166,68 @@ behavior. So to make them effective you need to restart any application that could have been using hugepages. This also applies to the regions registered in khugepaged. +== Monitoring usage == + +The number of transparent huge pages currently used by the system is +available by reading the AnonHugePages field in /proc/meminfo. To +identify what applications are using transparent huge pages, it is +necessary to read /proc/PID/smaps and count the AnonHugePages fields +for each mapping. Note that reading the smaps file is expensive and +reading it frequently will incur overhead. + +There are a number of counters in /proc/vmstat that may be used to +monitor how successfully the system is providing huge pages for use. + +thp_fault_alloc is incremented every time a huge page is successfully + allocated to handle a page fault. This applies to both the + first time a page is faulted and for COW faults. + +thp_collapse_alloc is incremented by khugepaged when it has found + a range of pages to collapse into one huge page and has + successfully allocated a new huge page to store the data. + +thp_fault_fallback is incremented if a page fault fails to allocate + a huge page and instead falls back to using small pages. + +thp_collapse_alloc_failed is incremented if khugepaged found a range + of pages that should be collapsed into one huge page but failed + the allocation. + +thp_split is incremented every time a huge page is split into base + pages. This can happen for a variety of reasons but a common + reason is that a huge page is old and is being reclaimed. + +As the system ages, allocating huge pages may be expensive as the +system uses memory compaction to copy data around memory to free a +huge page for use. There are some counters in /proc/vmstat to help +monitor this overhead. + +compact_stall is incremented every time a process stalls to run + memory compaction so that a huge page is free for use. + +compact_success is incremented if the system compacted memory and + freed a huge page for use. + +compact_fail is incremented if the system tries to compact memory + but failed. + +compact_pages_moved is incremented each time a page is moved. If + this value is increasing rapidly, it implies that the system + is copying a lot of data to satisfy the huge page allocation. + It is possible that the cost of copying exceeds any savings + from reduced TLB misses. + +compact_pagemigrate_failed is incremented when the underlying mechanism + for moving a page failed. + +compact_blocks_moved is incremented each time memory compaction examines + a huge page aligned range of pages. + +It is possible to establish how long the stalls were using the function +tracer to record how long was spent in __alloc_pages_nodemask and +using the mm_page_alloc tracepoint to identify which allocations were +for huge pages. + == get_user_pages and follow_page == get_user_pages and follow_page if run on a hugepage, will return the diff --git a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt index 97bae3c..fa206cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt +++ b/Documentation/vm/unevictable-lru.txt @@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ different reverse map mechanisms. process because mlocked pages are migratable. However, for reclaim, if the page is mapped into a VM_LOCKED VMA, the scan stops. - try_to_unmap_anon() attempts to acquire in read mode the mmap semphore of + try_to_unmap_anon() attempts to acquire in read mode the mmap semaphore of the mm_struct to which the VMA belongs. If this is successful, it will mlock the page via mlock_vma_page() - we wouldn't have gotten to try_to_unmap_anon() if the page were already mlocked - and will return @@ -619,11 +619,11 @@ all PTEs from the page. For this purpose, the unevictable/mlock infrastructure introduced a variant of try_to_unmap() called try_to_munlock(). try_to_munlock() calls the same functions as try_to_unmap() for anonymous and -mapped file pages with an additional argument specifing unlock versus unmap +mapped file pages with an additional argument specifying unlock versus unmap processing. Again, these functions walk the respective reverse maps looking for VM_LOCKED VMAs. When such a VMA is found for anonymous pages and file pages mapped in linear VMAs, as in the try_to_unmap() case, the functions -attempt to acquire the associated mmap semphore, mlock the page via +attempt to acquire the associated mmap semaphore, mlock the page via mlock_vma_page() and return SWAP_MLOCK. This effectively undoes the pre-clearing of the page's PG_mlocked done by munlock_vma_page. @@ -641,7 +641,7 @@ with it - the usual fallback position. Note that try_to_munlock()'s reverse map walk must visit every VMA in a page's reverse map to determine that a page is NOT mapped into any VM_LOCKED VMA. However, the scan can terminate when it encounters a VM_LOCKED VMA and can -successfully acquire the VMA's mmap semphore for read and mlock the page. +successfully acquire the VMA's mmap semaphore for read and mlock the page. Although try_to_munlock() might be called a great many times when munlocking a large region or tearing down a large address space that has been mlocked via mlockall(), overall this is a fairly rare event. diff --git a/Documentation/vme_api.txt b/Documentation/vme_api.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..856efa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/vme_api.txt @@ -0,0 +1,396 @@ + VME Device Driver API + ===================== + +Driver registration +=================== + +As with other subsystems within the Linux kernel, VME device drivers register +with the VME subsystem, typically called from the devices init routine. This is +achieved via a call to the following function: + + int vme_register_driver (struct vme_driver *driver); + +If driver registration is successful this function returns zero, if an error +occurred a negative error code will be returned. + +A pointer to a structure of type 'vme_driver' must be provided to the +registration function. The structure is as follows: + + struct vme_driver { + struct list_head node; + const char *name; + int (*match)(struct vme_dev *); + int (*probe)(struct vme_dev *); + int (*remove)(struct vme_dev *); + void (*shutdown)(void); + struct device_driver driver; + struct list_head devices; + unsigned int ndev; + }; + +At the minimum, the '.name', '.match' and '.probe' elements of this structure +should be correctly set. The '.name' element is a pointer to a string holding +the device driver's name. + +The '.match' function allows controlling the number of devices that need to +be registered. The match function should return 1 if a device should be +probed and 0 otherwise. This example match function (from vme_user.c) limits +the number of devices probed to one: + + #define USER_BUS_MAX 1 + ... + static int vme_user_match(struct vme_dev *vdev) + { + if (vdev->id.num >= USER_BUS_MAX) + return 0; + return 1; + } + +The '.probe' element should contain a pointer to the probe routine. The +probe routine is passed a 'struct vme_dev' pointer as an argument. The +'struct vme_dev' structure looks like the following: + + struct vme_dev { + int num; + struct vme_bridge *bridge; + struct device dev; + struct list_head drv_list; + struct list_head bridge_list; + }; + +Here, the 'num' field refers to the sequential device ID for this specific +driver. The bridge number (or bus number) can be accessed using +dev->bridge->num. + +A function is also provided to unregister the driver from the VME core and is +usually called from the device driver's exit routine: + + void vme_unregister_driver (struct vme_driver *driver); + + +Resource management +=================== + +Once a driver has registered with the VME core the provided match routine will +be called the number of times specified during the registration. If a match +succeeds, a non-zero value should be returned. A zero return value indicates +failure. For all successful matches, the probe routine of the corresponding +driver is called. The probe routine is passed a pointer to the devices +device structure. This pointer should be saved, it will be required for +requesting VME resources. + +The driver can request ownership of one or more master windows, slave windows +and/or dma channels. Rather than allowing the device driver to request a +specific window or DMA channel (which may be used by a different driver) this +driver allows a resource to be assigned based on the required attributes of the +driver in question: + + struct vme_resource * vme_master_request(struct vme_dev *dev, + u32 aspace, u32 cycle, u32 width); + + struct vme_resource * vme_slave_request(struct vme_dev *dev, u32 aspace, + u32 cycle); + + struct vme_resource *vme_dma_request(struct vme_dev *dev, u32 route); + +For slave windows these attributes are split into the VME address spaces that +need to be accessed in 'aspace' and VME bus cycle types required in 'cycle'. +Master windows add a further set of attributes in 'width' specifying the +required data transfer widths. These attributes are defined as bitmasks and as +such any combination of the attributes can be requested for a single window, +the core will assign a window that meets the requirements, returning a pointer +of type vme_resource that should be used to identify the allocated resource +when it is used. For DMA controllers, the request function requires the +potential direction of any transfers to be provided in the route attributes. +This is typically VME-to-MEM and/or MEM-to-VME, though some hardware can +support VME-to-VME and MEM-to-MEM transfers as well as test pattern generation. +If an unallocated window fitting the requirements can not be found a NULL +pointer will be returned. + +Functions are also provided to free window allocations once they are no longer +required. These functions should be passed the pointer to the resource provided +during resource allocation: + + void vme_master_free(struct vme_resource *res); + + void vme_slave_free(struct vme_resource *res); + + void vme_dma_free(struct vme_resource *res); + + +Master windows +============== + +Master windows provide access from the local processor[s] out onto the VME bus. +The number of windows available and the available access modes is dependent on +the underlying chipset. A window must be configured before it can be used. + + +Master window configuration +--------------------------- + +Once a master window has been assigned the following functions can be used to +configure it and retrieve the current settings: + + int vme_master_set (struct vme_resource *res, int enabled, + unsigned long long base, unsigned long long size, u32 aspace, + u32 cycle, u32 width); + + int vme_master_get (struct vme_resource *res, int *enabled, + unsigned long long *base, unsigned long long *size, u32 *aspace, + u32 *cycle, u32 *width); + +The address spaces, transfer widths and cycle types are the same as described +under resource management, however some of the options are mutually exclusive. +For example, only one address space may be specified. + +These functions return 0 on success or an error code should the call fail. + + +Master window access +-------------------- + +The following functions can be used to read from and write to configured master +windows. These functions return the number of bytes copied: + + ssize_t vme_master_read(struct vme_resource *res, void *buf, + size_t count, loff_t offset); + + ssize_t vme_master_write(struct vme_resource *res, void *buf, + size_t count, loff_t offset); + +In addition to simple reads and writes, a function is provided to do a +read-modify-write transaction. This function returns the original value of the +VME bus location : + + unsigned int vme_master_rmw (struct vme_resource *res, + unsigned int mask, unsigned int compare, unsigned int swap, + loff_t offset); + +This functions by reading the offset, applying the mask. If the bits selected in +the mask match with the values of the corresponding bits in the compare field, +the value of swap is written the specified offset. + + +Slave windows +============= + +Slave windows provide devices on the VME bus access into mapped portions of the +local memory. The number of windows available and the access modes that can be +used is dependent on the underlying chipset. A window must be configured before +it can be used. + + +Slave window configuration +-------------------------- + +Once a slave window has been assigned the following functions can be used to +configure it and retrieve the current settings: + + int vme_slave_set (struct vme_resource *res, int enabled, + unsigned long long base, unsigned long long size, + dma_addr_t mem, u32 aspace, u32 cycle); + + int vme_slave_get (struct vme_resource *res, int *enabled, + unsigned long long *base, unsigned long long *size, + dma_addr_t *mem, u32 *aspace, u32 *cycle); + +The address spaces, transfer widths and cycle types are the same as described +under resource management, however some of the options are mutually exclusive. +For example, only one address space may be specified. + +These functions return 0 on success or an error code should the call fail. + + +Slave window buffer allocation +------------------------------ + +Functions are provided to allow the user to allocate and free a contiguous +buffers which will be accessible by the VME bridge. These functions do not have +to be used, other methods can be used to allocate a buffer, though care must be +taken to ensure that they are contiguous and accessible by the VME bridge: + + void * vme_alloc_consistent(struct vme_resource *res, size_t size, + dma_addr_t *mem); + + void vme_free_consistent(struct vme_resource *res, size_t size, + void *virt, dma_addr_t mem); + + +Slave window access +------------------- + +Slave windows map local memory onto the VME bus, the standard methods for +accessing memory should be used. + + +DMA channels +============ + +The VME DMA transfer provides the ability to run link-list DMA transfers. The +API introduces the concept of DMA lists. Each DMA list is a link-list which can +be passed to a DMA controller. Multiple lists can be created, extended, +executed, reused and destroyed. + + +List Management +--------------- + +The following functions are provided to create and destroy DMA lists. Execution +of a list will not automatically destroy the list, thus enabling a list to be +reused for repetitive tasks: + + struct vme_dma_list *vme_new_dma_list(struct vme_resource *res); + + int vme_dma_list_free(struct vme_dma_list *list); + + +List Population +--------------- + +An item can be added to a list using the following function ( the source and +destination attributes need to be created before calling this function, this is +covered under "Transfer Attributes"): + + int vme_dma_list_add(struct vme_dma_list *list, + struct vme_dma_attr *src, struct vme_dma_attr *dest, + size_t count); + +NOTE: The detailed attributes of the transfers source and destination + are not checked until an entry is added to a DMA list, the request + for a DMA channel purely checks the directions in which the + controller is expected to transfer data. As a result it is + possible for this call to return an error, for example if the + source or destination is in an unsupported VME address space. + +Transfer Attributes +------------------- + +The attributes for the source and destination are handled separately from adding +an item to a list. This is due to the diverse attributes required for each type +of source and destination. There are functions to create attributes for PCI, VME +and pattern sources and destinations (where appropriate): + +Pattern source: + + struct vme_dma_attr *vme_dma_pattern_attribute(u32 pattern, u32 type); + +PCI source or destination: + + struct vme_dma_attr *vme_dma_pci_attribute(dma_addr_t mem); + +VME source or destination: + + struct vme_dma_attr *vme_dma_vme_attribute(unsigned long long base, + u32 aspace, u32 cycle, u32 width); + +The following function should be used to free an attribute: + + void vme_dma_free_attribute(struct vme_dma_attr *attr); + + +List Execution +-------------- + +The following function queues a list for execution. The function will return +once the list has been executed: + + int vme_dma_list_exec(struct vme_dma_list *list); + + +Interrupts +========== + +The VME API provides functions to attach and detach callbacks to specific VME +level and status ID combinations and for the generation of VME interrupts with +specific VME level and status IDs. + + +Attaching Interrupt Handlers +---------------------------- + +The following functions can be used to attach and free a specific VME level and +status ID combination. Any given combination can only be assigned a single +callback function. A void pointer parameter is provided, the value of which is +passed to the callback function, the use of this pointer is user undefined: + + int vme_irq_request(struct vme_dev *dev, int level, int statid, + void (*callback)(int, int, void *), void *priv); + + void vme_irq_free(struct vme_dev *dev, int level, int statid); + +The callback parameters are as follows. Care must be taken in writing a callback +function, callback functions run in interrupt context: + + void callback(int level, int statid, void *priv); + + +Interrupt Generation +-------------------- + +The following function can be used to generate a VME interrupt at a given VME +level and VME status ID: + + int vme_irq_generate(struct vme_dev *dev, int level, int statid); + + +Location monitors +================= + +The VME API provides the following functionality to configure the location +monitor. + + +Location Monitor Management +--------------------------- + +The following functions are provided to request the use of a block of location +monitors and to free them after they are no longer required: + + struct vme_resource * vme_lm_request(struct vme_dev *dev); + + void vme_lm_free(struct vme_resource * res); + +Each block may provide a number of location monitors, monitoring adjacent +locations. The following function can be used to determine how many locations +are provided: + + int vme_lm_count(struct vme_resource * res); + + +Location Monitor Configuration +------------------------------ + +Once a bank of location monitors has been allocated, the following functions +are provided to configure the location and mode of the location monitor: + + int vme_lm_set(struct vme_resource *res, unsigned long long base, + u32 aspace, u32 cycle); + + int vme_lm_get(struct vme_resource *res, unsigned long long *base, + u32 *aspace, u32 *cycle); + + +Location Monitor Use +-------------------- + +The following functions allow a callback to be attached and detached from each +location monitor location. Each location monitor can monitor a number of +adjacent locations: + + int vme_lm_attach(struct vme_resource *res, int num, + void (*callback)(int)); + + int vme_lm_detach(struct vme_resource *res, int num); + +The callback function is declared as follows. + + void callback(int num); + + +Slot Detection +============== + +This function returns the slot ID of the provided bridge. + + int vme_slot_get(struct vme_dev *dev); diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/00-INDEX b/Documentation/watchdog/00-INDEX deleted file mode 100644 index fc9082a..0000000 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/00-INDEX +++ /dev/null @@ -1,19 +0,0 @@ -00-INDEX - - this file. -convert_drivers_to_kernel_api.txt - - how-to for converting old watchdog drivers to the new kernel API. -hpwdt.txt - - information on the HP iLO2 NMI watchdog -pcwd-watchdog.txt - - documentation for Berkshire Products PC Watchdog ISA cards. -src/ - - directory holding watchdog related example programs. -watchdog-api.txt - - description of the Linux Watchdog driver API. -watchdog-kernel-api.txt - - description of the Linux WatchDog Timer Driver Core kernel API. -watchdog-parameters.txt - - information on driver parameters (for drivers other than - the ones that have driver-specific files here) -wdt.txt - - description of the Watchdog Timer Interfaces for Linux. diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/convert_drivers_to_kernel_api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/convert_drivers_to_kernel_api.txt index be8119b..271b885 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/convert_drivers_to_kernel_api.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/convert_drivers_to_kernel_api.txt @@ -59,6 +59,10 @@ Here is a overview of the functions and probably needed actions: WDIOC_GETTIMEOUT: No preparations needed + WDIOC_GETTIMELEFT: + It needs get_timeleft() callback to be defined. Otherwise it + will return EOPNOTSUPP + Other IOCTLs can be served using the ioctl-callback. Note that this is mainly intended for porting old drivers; new drivers should not invent private IOCTLs. Private IOCTLs are processed first. When the callback returns with diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/src/watchdog-test.c b/Documentation/watchdog/src/watchdog-test.c index 63fdc34..73ff5cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/src/watchdog-test.c +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/src/watchdog-test.c @@ -7,6 +7,7 @@ #include <string.h> #include <unistd.h> #include <fcntl.h> +#include <signal.h> #include <sys/ioctl.h> #include <linux/types.h> #include <linux/watchdog.h> @@ -29,6 +30,14 @@ static void keep_alive(void) * The main program. Run the program with "-d" to disable the card, * or "-e" to enable the card. */ + +void term(int sig) +{ + close(fd); + fprintf(stderr, "Stopping watchdog ticks...\n"); + exit(0); +} + int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { int flags; @@ -47,26 +56,31 @@ int main(int argc, char *argv[]) ioctl(fd, WDIOC_SETOPTIONS, &flags); fprintf(stderr, "Watchdog card disabled.\n"); fflush(stderr); - exit(0); + goto end; } else if (!strncasecmp(argv[1], "-e", 2)) { flags = WDIOS_ENABLECARD; ioctl(fd, WDIOC_SETOPTIONS, &flags); fprintf(stderr, "Watchdog card enabled.\n"); fflush(stderr); - exit(0); + goto end; } else { fprintf(stderr, "-d to disable, -e to enable.\n"); fprintf(stderr, "run by itself to tick the card.\n"); fflush(stderr); - exit(0); + goto end; } } else { fprintf(stderr, "Watchdog Ticking Away!\n"); fflush(stderr); } + signal(SIGINT, term); + while(1) { keep_alive(); sleep(1); } +end: + close(fd); + return 0; } diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt index 4b93c28..086638f 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-kernel-api.txt @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ The Linux WatchDog Timer Driver Core kernel API. =============================================== -Last reviewed: 29-Nov-2011 +Last reviewed: 22-May-2012 Wim Van Sebroeck <wim@iguana.be> @@ -39,6 +39,10 @@ watchdog_device structure. The watchdog device structure looks like this: struct watchdog_device { + int id; + struct cdev cdev; + struct device *dev; + struct device *parent; const struct watchdog_info *info; const struct watchdog_ops *ops; unsigned int bootstatus; @@ -46,10 +50,20 @@ struct watchdog_device { unsigned int min_timeout; unsigned int max_timeout; void *driver_data; + struct mutex lock; unsigned long status; }; It contains following fields: +* id: set by watchdog_register_device, id 0 is special. It has both a + /dev/watchdog0 cdev (dynamic major, minor 0) as well as the old + /dev/watchdog miscdev. The id is set automatically when calling + watchdog_register_device. +* cdev: cdev for the dynamic /dev/watchdog<id> device nodes. This + field is also populated by watchdog_register_device. +* dev: device under the watchdog class (created by watchdog_register_device). +* parent: set this to the parent device (or NULL) before calling + watchdog_register_device. * info: a pointer to a watchdog_info structure. This structure gives some additional information about the watchdog timer itself. (Like it's unique name) * ops: a pointer to the list of watchdog operations that the watchdog supports. @@ -59,8 +73,9 @@ It contains following fields: * bootstatus: status of the device after booting (reported with watchdog WDIOF_* status bits). * driver_data: a pointer to the drivers private data of a watchdog device. - This data should only be accessed via the watchdog_set_drvadata and + This data should only be accessed via the watchdog_set_drvdata and watchdog_get_drvdata routines. +* lock: Mutex for WatchDog Timer Driver Core internal use only. * status: this field contains a number of status bits that give extra information about the status of the device (Like: is the watchdog timer running/active, is the nowayout bit set, is the device opened via @@ -77,6 +92,9 @@ struct watchdog_ops { int (*ping)(struct watchdog_device *); unsigned int (*status)(struct watchdog_device *); int (*set_timeout)(struct watchdog_device *, unsigned int); + unsigned int (*get_timeleft)(struct watchdog_device *); + void (*ref)(struct watchdog_device *); + void (*unref)(struct watchdog_device *); long (*ioctl)(struct watchdog_device *, unsigned int, unsigned long); }; @@ -84,6 +102,21 @@ It is important that you first define the module owner of the watchdog timer driver's operations. This module owner will be used to lock the module when the watchdog is active. (This to avoid a system crash when you unload the module and /dev/watchdog is still open). + +If the watchdog_device struct is dynamically allocated, just locking the module +is not enough and a driver also needs to define the ref and unref operations to +ensure the structure holding the watchdog_device does not go away. + +The simplest (and usually sufficient) implementation of this is to: +1) Add a kref struct to the same structure which is holding the watchdog_device +2) Define a release callback for the kref which frees the struct holding both +3) Call kref_init on this kref *before* calling watchdog_register_device() +4) Define a ref operation calling kref_get on this kref +5) Define a unref operation calling kref_put on this kref +6) When it is time to cleanup: + * Do not kfree() the struct holding both, the last kref_put will do this! + * *After* calling watchdog_unregister_device() call kref_put on the kref + Some operations are mandatory and some are optional. The mandatory operations are: * start: this is a pointer to the routine that starts the watchdog timer @@ -117,11 +150,17 @@ they are supported. These optional routines/operations are: status of the device is reported with watchdog WDIOF_* status flags/bits. * set_timeout: this routine checks and changes the timeout of the watchdog timer device. It returns 0 on success, -EINVAL for "parameter out of range" - and -EIO for "could not write value to the watchdog". On success the timeout - value of the watchdog_device will be changed to the value that was just used - to re-program the watchdog timer device. + and -EIO for "could not write value to the watchdog". On success this + routine should set the timeout value of the watchdog_device to the + achieved timeout value (which may be different from the requested one + because the watchdog does not necessarily has a 1 second resolution). (Note: the WDIOF_SETTIMEOUT needs to be set in the options field of the watchdog's info structure). +* get_timeleft: this routines returns the time that's left before a reset. +* ref: the operation that calls kref_get on the kref of a dynamically + allocated watchdog_device struct. +* unref: the operation that calls kref_put on the kref of a dynamically + allocated watchdog_device struct. * ioctl: if this routine is present then it will be called first before we do our own internal ioctl call handling. This routine should return -ENOIOCTLCMD if a command is not supported. The parameters that are passed to the ioctl @@ -141,6 +180,11 @@ bit-operations. The status bits that are defined are: (This bit should only be used by the WatchDog Timer Driver Core). * WDOG_NO_WAY_OUT: this bit stores the nowayout setting for the watchdog. If this bit is set then the watchdog timer will not be able to stop. +* WDOG_UNREGISTERED: this bit gets set by the WatchDog Timer Driver Core + after calling watchdog_unregister_device, and then checked before calling + any watchdog_ops, so that you can be sure that no operations (other then + unref) will get called after unregister, even if userspace still holds a + reference to /dev/watchdog To set the WDOG_NO_WAY_OUT status bit (before registering your watchdog timer device) you can either: @@ -167,4 +211,4 @@ driver specific data to and a pointer to the data itself. The watchdog_get_drvdata function allows you to retrieve driver specific data. The argument of this function is the watchdog device where you want to retrieve -data from. The function retruns the pointer to the driver specific data. +data from. The function returns the pointer to the driver specific data. diff --git a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt index 17ddd82..04fddbac 100644 --- a/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/watchdog/watchdog-parameters.txt @@ -78,6 +78,11 @@ wd0_timeout: Default watchdog0 timeout in 1/10secs wd1_timeout: Default watchdog1 timeout in 1/10secs wd2_timeout: Default watchdog2 timeout in 1/10secs ------------------------------------------------- +da9052wdt: +timeout: Watchdog timeout in seconds. 2<= timeout <=131, default=2.048s +nowayout: Watchdog cannot be stopped once started + (default=kernel config parameter) +------------------------------------------------- davinci_wdt: heartbeat: Watchdog heartbeat period in seconds from 1 to 600, default 60 ------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO index faf976c..7fba5aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/HOWTO @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ linux-kernel邮件列表中提供反馈，告诉大家你遇到了问题还是 git.kernel.org:/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jejb/scsi-misc-2.6.git 使用quilt管理的补丁集： - - USB, PCI, 驱动程序核心和I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de> + - USB, PCI, 驱动程序核心和I2C, Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org> kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/gregkh/gregkh-2.6/ - x86-64, 部分i386, Andi Kleen <ak@suse.de> ftp.firstfloor.org:/pub/ak/x86_64/quilt/ diff --git a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt index c278f41..4263022 100644 --- a/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/zh_CN/magic-number.txt @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ TTY_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x5402 tty_driver include/linux/tty_driver.h MGSLPC_MAGIC 0x5402 mgslpc_info drivers/char/pcmcia/synclink_cs.c TTY_LDISC_MAGIC 0x5403 tty_ldisc include/linux/tty_ldisc.h USB_SERIAL_MAGIC 0x6702 usb_serial drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h -FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/tulip/de2104x.c +FULL_DUPLEX_MAGIC 0x6969 drivers/net/ethernet/dec/tulip/de2104x.c USB_BLUETOOTH_MAGIC 0x6d02 usb_bluetooth drivers/usb/class/bluetty.c RFCOMM_TTY_MAGIC 0x6d02 net/bluetooth/rfcomm/tty.c USB_SERIAL_PORT_MAGIC 0x7301 usb_serial_port drivers/usb/serial/usb-serial.h @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ QUEUE_MAGIC_USED 0xf7e1cc33 queue_entry drivers/scsi/arm/queue.c HTB_CMAGIC 0xFEFAFEF1 htb_class net/sched/sch_htb.c NMI_MAGIC 0x48414d4d455201 nmi_s arch/mips/include/asm/sn/nmi.h -请注意，在声音记忆管理中仍然有每一些被定义的驱动魔术值。查看include/sound/sndmagic.h来获取他们完整的列表信息。很多OSS声音驱动拥有自己从声卡PCI ID构建的魔术值-他们也没有被列在这里。 +请注意，在声音记忆管理中仍然有一些特殊的为每个驱动定义的魔术值。查看include/sound/sndmagic.h来获取他们完整的列表信息。很多OSS声音驱动拥有自己从声卡PCI ID构建的魔术值-他们也没有被列在这里。 IrDA子系统也使用了大量的自己的魔术值，查看include/net/irda/irda.h来获取他们完整的信息。 |
